Вы находитесь на странице: 1из 478

Operating Instructions (Overall)

AC Servo Motor & Driver

MINAS A5-series

* This product image is 200W type of A5-series.

Thank you for purchasing this Panasonic product.


Before operating this product, please read the instructions carefully, and save this manual for future use.

Thank you for purchasing Digital AC Servo Motor & Driver, MINAS A5-series. This
instruction manual contains information necessary to correctly and safely use the MINAS
A5-series motor and driver. By reading this instruction manual, you will learn how to
identify the model of the motor and driver that will be best suitable your application, how
to wire and set up them, how to set parameters, and how to locate possible cause of
symptom and to take corrective action.
This is the original instruction.

Caution

1) Any part or whole of this document shall not be reproduced without written permission from us.
2) Contents of this document are subject to change without notice.

Organization of this manual

1
Before Using the Products

1. Before Using the Products


Check of the Driver Model ... Installation

2. Preparation

2
Preparation

Describes how to identify and select the desired product and components, how to
UHDGWKHVSHFLFDWLRQVDQGKRZWRLQVWDOOWKHHTXLSPHQW

Operating requirements and procedure


Shows the timing chart and the list of parameters, and describes how to make
wiring and to use the front panel.

3
Connection

3. Connection
Wiring ... I/O settings
Shows block diagrams for each control mode and connection diagrams to the host
controllor, I/O settings.

Setup

4. Setup

Describes parameters ... JOG running


Shows describes parameters and procedure of test operation.

5
Adjustment

5. Adjustment
Gain adjustment ... Auto tuning
Describes various adjusting method including auto tuning and manual gain tuning.

6. When in Trouble

When in Trouble

Read this section when you encounter trouble or error.

7. Supplement
Contains S-T characteristic diagram, dimensional outline drawing, supplemental
description on communications and operation.

7
Supplement

Contents

page

Organization of this manual ............................................................................................ 3


Safety Precautions ............................................................................................................. 6
Conformance to international standards ................................................................... 10
Maintenance and Inspections ....................................................................................... 11

1. Before Using the Products

................................................................... 1-1

1. Introduction ............................................................................................................... 1-2


2. Driver ........................................................................................................................ 1-3
3. Motor ....................................................................................................................... 1-21
4. Check of the Combination of the Driver and the Motor ........................................... 1-23
6. Installation ............................................................................................................... 1-28
7. Permissible Load at Output Shaft ........................................................................... 1-35

2. Preparation

......................................................................................................... 2-1

1. Conformance to international standards ................................................................... 2-2




6\VWHP&RQJXUDWLRQDQG:LULQJ ........................................................................... 2-10


3. Wiring to the Connector, X1 .................................................................................... 2-51
4. Wiring to the Connector, X2 .................................................................................... 2-51
5. Wiring to the Connector, X3 .................................................................................... 2-53
6. Wiring to the Connector, X4 .................................................................................... 2-54
7. Wiring to the Connector, X5 .................................................................................... 2-55
8. Wiring to the Connector, X6 .................................................................................... 2-57
9. Wiring to the Connector, X7 .................................................................................... 2-60
10. Timing Chart .......................................................................................................... 2-61
11. Built-in Holding Brake ............................................................................................ 2-65
12. Dynamic Brake....................................................................................................... 2-67
13. Setup of Parameter and Mode .............................................................................. 2-72
14. Setup of command division and multiplication ratio (electronic gear ratio) ........... 2-84
15. How to Use the Front Panel .................................................................................. 2-86

3. Connection

......................................................................................................... 3-1

1. Outline of mode ......................................................................................................... 3-2


2. Control Block Diagram ............................................................................................ 3-14
3. Wiring to the Connector, X4 .................................................................................... 3-18
4. Inputs and outputs on connector X4 ....................................................................... 3-30
5. IF Monitor Settings .................................................................................................. 3-50

4. Setup

........................................................................................................................ 4-1

1. Describes parameters ............................................................................................... 4-2


2. JOG running ............................................................................................................ 4-59

1. Gain Adjustment ........................................................................................................ 5-2

2
Preparation

5. Adjustment .......................................................................................................... 5-1

Before Using the Products

page

2. Real-Time Auto-Gain Tuning ..................................................................................... 5-4


3. Adaptive Filter ......................................................................................................... 5-10
4. Manual Auto-Gain Tuning (Basic) ............................................................................ 5-13

5. Manual Auto-Gain Tuning (Application) ................................................................... 5-24

6. When in Trouble

Connection

6. About Homing Operation ......................................................................................... 5-39

............................................................................................. 6-1

1. When in Trouble ........................................................................................................ 6-2

2. Setup of gain pre-adjustment protection ................................................................. 6-18

7. Supplement

Setup

3. Troubleshooting ...................................................................................................... 6-21

........................................................................................................ 7-1

1. Safety function ..........................................................................................................7-2


2. Absolute System ..................................................................................................... 7-10

3. Setup Support Software, PANATERM ..................................................................... 7-26

5. Motor Characteristics (S-T Characteristics) ............................................................ 7-55

Adjustment

4. Communication ....................................................................................................... 7-27

6. Dimensions ............................................................................................................. 7-73


7. Options .................................................................................................................... 7-92

6
Cautions for Proper Use ................................................................................................... 7-127
After-Sale Service .................................................................................................... Back cover

When in Trouble

Warranty ........................................................................................................................... 7-126

7
Supplement

Safety Precautions

Please observe safety precautions fully.

The following explanations are for things that must be observed in order to prevent harm to
people and damage to property.
0LVXVHVWKDWFRXOGUHVXOWLQKDUPRUGDPDJHDUHVKRZQDVIROORZVFODVVLHGDFFRUGLQJWRWKH
degree of potential harm or damage.

Danger

Indicates great possibility of death or serious injury.

Caution

Indicates the possibility of injury or property damage.

7KHIROORZLQJLQGLFDWLRQVVKRZWKLQJVWKDWPXVWEHREVHUYHG
Indicates something that must not be done.

Indicates something that must be done.

Danger
Do not subject the Product to water, corrosive or
DPPDEOHJDVHVDQGFRPEXVWLEOHV
Do not place combustibles near by the motor,
driverd regenerative resistor and dynamic brake
resister..
Don't use the motor in a place subject to excessive vibration or shock.

Failure to observe this instruction could result in electrical


VKRFNLQMXU\RUUH

Don't use cables soaked in water or oil.

Failure to observe this instruction could result in electrical


shocks, damages and breakdowns.

The installation area should be away from heat


generating objects such as a heater and a large
wire wound resistor.
Never connect the motor directly to the commercial power supply.

Failure to observe this instrucWLRQFRXOGUHVXOWLQUHHOHFWULFDO


shocks, damages and breakdowns.

Failure to observe this instrucWLRQFRXOGUHVXOWLQUHDQG


breakdowns.

Don't attempt to carry out wiring or manual operation with wet hand.

Failure to observe this instruction could result in electrical


VKRFNLQMXU\RUUH

Do not put your hands in the servo driver.

Failure to observe this instruction could result in burn and


electrical shocks.

Installation area should be free from excessive


dust, and from splashing water and oil.
Mount the motor, driver and peripheral equipments on incombustible material such as metal.

Correctly run and arrange wiring.

)DLOXUHWRKHHGWKLVUHTXLUHPHQW
will result in electric shock, perVRQDOLQMXU\UHPDOIXQFWLRQRU
damage.

)DLOXUHWRKHHGWKHVHUHTXLUHments will result in electric


VKRFNSHUVRQDOLQMXU\RUUH

6
When in Trouble

7
Supplement

Ground the earth terminal of the motor and driver


without fail.
Install and mount the Product and machinery
VHFXUHO\WRSUHYHQWDQ\SRVVLEOHUHRUDFFLGHQWV
incurred by earthquake.
Install an emergency stop circuit externally so that
you can stop the operation and shut off the power
immediately.
Install an overcurrent protection, earth leakage
breaker, over-temperature protection and emergency stop apparatus without fail.
&KHFNDQGFRQUPWKHVDIHW\RIWKHRSHUDWLRQ
after the earthquake.
Before transporting, wiring and inspecting the
driver, turn off power and wait for a time longer
WKDQWKDWVSHFLHGRQWKHQDPHSODWHRQWKHVLGH
panel of the product; and make sure that there is
no risk of electrical shock.

Failure to observe this instrucWLRQFRXOGUHVXOWLQUH


Failure to observe this instruction could result in electrical
shocks, damages and breakdowns.
Failure to heed this precaution
will result in electric shock, perVRQDOLQMXU\UHPDOIXQFWLRQRU
damage.
,QVWDOODWLRQRQDDPPDEOHPDWHULDOPD\FDXVHUH
Allowing a person with no expertise to carry out wiring will
result in electrical shocks.
Incorrect wiring will result in
short circuit, electric shock, personal injury, etc.
Incorrect wiring will result short
FLUFXLWHOHFWULFVKRFNUHRU
malfunction.
Floating ground circuit will
cause electric shock.

Adjustment

After correctly connecting cables, insulate the live


parts with insulator.

Failure to observe this instruction could result in burns.

Setup

:LULQJKDVWREHFDUULHGRXWE\WKHTXDOLHGDQG
authorized specialist.

Connection

Do not subject the cables to excessive force,


heavy object, or pinching force, nor damage the
cables.

Failure to observe this instruction could result in personal


injury.

Preparation

Do not drive the motor with external power.

Before Using the Products

In the case of the motor with shaft end keyway, do


not touch the keyway with bare hands.
Do not touch the rotating portion of the motor
while it is running.
Failure to observe this instruction could result in
damages and breakdowns.
Do not touch the motor, servo driver, heat sink,
regenerative resistor and dynamic brake resister,
since they become very hot.

Energized circuit will cause


electric shock.

Safety Precautions

Please observe safety precautions fully.

Caution
Do not hold the motor cable or motor shaft during
the transportation.

Failure to observe this instruction could result in injuries.

Don't drop or cause topple over of something during transportation or installation.

Failure to observe this instruction could result in injuries and


breakdowns.

Do not step on the Product nor place the heavy


object on them.

Failure to observe this instruction could result in electrical


shocks, injuries, breakdowns
and damages.

Don't use the equipment under direct sunshine.

Failure to heed these instructions will cause personal injury


RUUH

Do not block the heat dissipating holes or put the


foreign particles into them.

Failure to observe this instruction could result in electrical


VKRFNVDQGUH

Do not give strong impact shock to the Product.

Failure to observe this instruction could result in breakdowns.

Do not give strong impact shock to the motor


shaft.

Failure to observe this instruction could result in a failure of


the detector etc.

Do not turn on and off the main power of the driver repeatedly.
Never run or stop the motor with the electro-magnetic contactor installed in the main power side.

Failure to observe this instruction could result in breakdowns.

Do not make an extreme gain adjustment or


change of the drive.
Do not keep the machine running/operating unstably.

Failure to observe this instruction could result in injuries.

Do not use the built-in brake as a "Braking" to


stop the moving load.

Failure to observe this instruction could result in injuries and


breakdowns.

Do not approach to the machine since it may suddenly restart after the power resumption.
Design the machine to secure the safety for the
operator even at a sudden restart.

Failure to observe this instruction could result in injuries.

1HYHUDWWHPSWWRSHUIRUPPRGLFDWLRQGLVPDQWOH
or repair.

Failure to heed this instruction


ZLOOUHVXOWLQUHHOHFWULFVKRFN
personal injury or malfunction.

2EVHUYHWKHVSHFLHGPRXQWLQJPHWKRGDQGGLrection.

)DLOXUHWRKHHGWKHVHUHTXLUHments will result in personal


injury or malfunction.
Using it for transportation of the
machine will cause personal
injury or malfunction.

Don't place any obstacle object around the motor


and peripheral, which blocks air passage.

Temperature rise will cause


EXUQLQMXU\RUUH

)DLOXUHWRKHHGWKHVHUHTXLUHments will result in personal


injury or malfunction.

Provide protection device against idling of electromagnetic brake or gear head, or grease leakage
from gear head.

No protection will cause personal injury, damage, pollution


RUUH

8VHWKHPRWRUDQGWKHGULYHULQWKHVSHFLHGFRPbination.

Not using the motor and the


GULYHULQWKHVSHFLHGFRPELQDWLRQZLOOUHVXOWLQUH

7HVWUXQWKHVHFXUHO\[HGPRWRUZLWKRXWORDGLQJ
to verify normal operation, and then connect it to
the mechanical system.

Operation using a wrong model


or wrong wiring connection will
result in personal injury.

When any error occurs, remove the cause and


release the error after securing the safety, then
restart.

Not removing the cause of the


error will result in personal injury.

If the driver fails, shut off the power on the power


supply side of the driver.

Allowing a large current to conWLQXHWRSDVVZLOOUHVXOWLQUH

Maintenance must be performed by an experienced personnel.

Wrong wiring will cause personal injury or electric shock.

Always keep power disconnected when the power


is not necessary for a long time.

Improper operation will cause


personal injury.

6
When in Trouble

Missing of one of these devices


will result in personal injury or
malfunction.

Adjustment

Connect the brake control relay to the relay which


is to shut off at emergency stop in series.

4
Setup

2EVHUYHWKHVSHFLHGYROWDJH

Operation from a voltage outside the rated voltage will cause


electric shock, personal injury
RUUH

Connection

&UHDWHWKHVSHFLHGFOHDUDQFHEHWZHHQWKHGULYHU
and the control panel inner surface or other devices.

2
Preparation

Use the eye bolt of the motor for transportation of


the motor only, and never use this for transportation of the machine.

Adjust the motor and driver ambient environmental condition to match the motor operating temperature and humidity.

Before Using the Products

Make an appropriate mounting of the Product


matching to its wight and output rating.

7
Supplement

When you dispose the batteries, observe any applicable regulations or laws after
insulating them with tape.
This Product shall be treated as Industrial Waste when you dispose.

Conformance to international standards

Conformed Standards
Driver

EC Directives

EMC
Directives

EN55011
EN61000-6-2
EN61800-3

Low-Voltage
Directives

EN61800-5-1

Machinery
Directives
Functional
safety
(*1)

Motor

EN60034-1
EN60034-5

EN954-1 (Cat. 3)
ISO13849-1 (PL c,d*2) (Cat. 3)
EN61508 (SIL 2)
EN62061 (SIL 2)
EN61800-5-2 (STO)
IEC61326-3-1

UL1004-1
to 750W (200V)
( E327868: from
)
6.0kW

UL Standards

UL508C (E164620)

UL1004

(
CSA Standards

C22.2 No.14

E327868: 400W (400V)


600W (400V), 750W (400V)
0.9kW to 5.0kW

C22.2 No.100

IEC : International Electrotechnical Commission


EN : Europaischen Normen
EMC : Electromagnetic Compatibility
UL : Underwriters Laboratories
CSA : Canadian Standards Association
Pursuant to the directive 2004/108/EC, article 9(2)
Panasonic Testing Centre
Panasonic Service Europe, a division of
Panasonic Marketing Europe GmbH
Winsbergring 15, 22525 Hamburg, F.R. Germany
Products shall conform to the statutory regulations applied in the place of destination.
2QO\IRUSRVLWLRQFRQWUROW\SHGRHVQRWVXSSRUWIXQFWLRQDOVDIHW\(*1) standards.
*2 PL d: Provided that EDM is used.

Note

10

For details on compatibility with international standard, refer to P.2-2 Conformance to


international standards.

Maintenance and Inspections

1
Before Using the Products

Routine maintenance and inspection of the driver and motor are essential for the
proper and safe operation.

Notes on Maintenance and Inspection

Preparation

3
Connection

1) Turn on and turn off should be done by operators or inspectors themselves. When establishing a system using safety functions, completely understand the applicable safety
standards and the operating instruction manual or technical documents for the product.
2) Internal circuit of the driver is kept charged with high voltage for a while even after
power-off. Turn off the power and allow 15 minutes or longer after LED display of the
front panel has gone off, before performing maintenance and inspection.
3) Disconnect all of the connection to the driver when performing megger test (Insulation
resistance measurement) to the driver, otherwise it could result in breakdown of the
driver.
4) Do not use benzine, thinner, alcohol, acidic cleaner and alkaline cleaner because they
can discolor or damage the exterior case.
5) The upper fan on H-frame driver is kept deactivated while servo is off, for the purpose
of energy saving. This is normal.

Inspection Items and Cycles


General and normal running condition

Setup

$PELHQWFRQGLWLRQV& DQQXDODYHUDJH ORDGIDFWRURIRU


lower, operating hours of 20 hours or less per day.
Perform the daily and periodical inspection as per the items below.
Type

/RRVHWLJKWHQLQJ
7UDFHRIRYHUKHDW
'DPDJHWRWKHWHUPLQDOEORFN
/RRVHIDVWHQHUVRQWHUPLQDOEORFN

7
Supplement

Note

Annual

$PELHQWWHPSHUDWXUHKXPLGLW\VSHFNGXVWRUIRUHLJQREMHFW
$EQRUPDOYLEUDWLRQDQGQRLVH
0DLQFLUFXLWYROWDJH
2GRU
/LQWRURWKHUSDUWLFOHVDWDLUKROHV
&OHDQQHVVDWIURQWSRUWLRQRIWKHGULYHUDQGFRQQHFWRU
'DPDJHRIWKHFDEOHV
/RRVHFRQQHFWLRQRUPLVDOLJQPHQWEHWZHHQWKHPRWRUDQG
PDFKLQHRUHTXLSPHQW
3LQFKLQJRIIRUHLJQREMHFWDWWKHORDG

When in Trouble

Motor
with Gear
Reducer

Daily

Items to be inspected

Adjustment

Daily
inspection

Cycles

Inspection cycle may change when the running conditions of the above change.

11

Maintenance and Inspections

Guideline for Parts Replacement


Use the table below for a reference. Parts replacement cycle varies depending on the actual operating conditions. Defective parts should be replaced or repaired when any error
have occurred.

Prohibited

Product

Disassembling for inspection and repair should be


carried out only by authorized dealers or service
company.

Component

Standard replacement
cycles (hour)

Smoothing condenser

Approx. 5 years

Cooling fan

2 to 3 years
(10,000 to 30,000 hours)

Aluminum electrolytic
capacitor (on PCB)

Approx. 5 years

Rush current
preventive relay

Approx. 100,000 times


(depending on working
condition)

Rush current
preventive resistor

Approx. 20,000 times


(depending on working
condition)

Bearing

3 to 5 years
(20,000 to 30,000 hours)

Oil seal

5000 hours

Encoder

3 to 5 years
(20,000 to 30,000 hours)

Battery
for absolute encoder

Life time varies depending


on working conditions.
Refer to the Operating
Instructions attached to the
battery for absolute
encoder.

Driver

Motor

Related page

12

3:DUUDQW\

Note

These hours or cycles are


reference.
When you experience any
HUURUUHSODFHPHQWLVUHTXLUHG
even before this standard
replacement cycle.

1. Introduction

Before Using the Products

1. Before Using the Products

Outline .........................................................................................................1-2
On Opening the Product Package ...............................................................1-2

Preparation

2. Driver
Check of the Model ......................................................................................1-3
Parts Description
A to E-frame..............................................................................................1-4
F-frame .....................................................................................................1-5
G-frame.....................................................................................................1-6

H-frame .....................................................................................................1-7
D to F-frame (400 V) .................................................................................1-8

Connection

G-frame (400 V) ........................................................................................1-9


H-frame (400 V) ......................................................................................1-10
Specifications.............................................................................................1-11
Block Diagram ...........................................................................................1-15

3. Motor

Check of the Model ....................................................................................1-21


Parts Description .......................................................................................1-22

Setup

4. Check of the Combination of the Driver and the Motor


Incremental Specifications, 20-bit ..............................................................1-23
Absolute Specifications, 17-bit...................................................................1-25
Junction cable for motor ...........................................................................1-27

5. Installation
Driver .........................................................................................................1-28

Adjustment

Motor..........................................................................................................1-32

6. Permissible Load at Output Shaft


Motor..........................................................................................................1-35

6
When in Trouble

7
Supplement

1-1

1Before Using
the Products

1. Introduction
Outline

The AC Servo Motor & Driver, MINAS A5-series is the latest servo system that meets all
GHPDQGVIURPDYDULHW\RIPDFKLQHVZKLFKUHTXLUHKLJKVSHHGKLJKSUHFLVLRQDQGKLJK
SHUIRUPDQFHRUZKLFKUHTXLUHVLPSOLHGVHWWLQJV
Compared with the preceding A4-series, product of A5-series offers superior performance
ZKLOHUHTXLULQJVLPSOHVHWXSDQGDGMXVWPHQWE\WKHXVHU
Newly designed motors have wide range of outputs from 50 W to 15.0 kW, associated
ZLWKELWLQFUHPHQWDOHQFRGHUDQGUHGXFHGFRJJLQJWRUTXH
(Only for position control type have range of outputs from 50 W to 5.0 kW.)
They are compatible with 2 closed controls (serial communication type and A-/B-phase
output type) and provided with various automatic adjusting functions such as real time
auto tuning with many automatic setting parameters to make complex tuning easy.
(Only for position control type do not conform to full-closed control.)
These motors assure higher stability with low stiffness machine and high-speed, high
accurate operation with high stiffness machine. They can be used in combination with a
wide variety of machines.
This manual is written as a complete guide for you so that you can fully and correctly
make use of all functions available from MINAS A5.

1Before Using
the Products

1. Introduction
On Opening the Product Package

0DNHVXUHWKDWWKHPRGHOLVZKDW\RXKDYHRUGHUHG
&KHFNLIWKHSURGXFWLVGDPDJHGRUQRWGXULQJWUDQVSRUWDWLRQ
&KHFNLIWKH2SHUDWLQJ,QVWUXFWLRQV VDIHW\ DUHLQFOXGHGRUQRW
&KHFN LI WKH SRZHU FRQQHFWRU PRWRU FRQQHFWRUV FRQQHFWRU IRU H[WHUQDO UHJHQHUDWLYH
resistor connection (D-frame (400 V) and E-frame) and safety by-pass plug are included or not.
(Neither the power connector nor motor connector are included to F-frame to H-frame.)
(Safety bypass plug is not supplied with only for position control type because it does not use
this plug.)

&RQWDFWWRDGHDOHULI\RXQGDQ\IDLOXUHV

1-2

1
Before Using the Products

2. Driver

1Before Using

Check of the Model

the Products

Contents of Name Plate


Model number

Serial Number
e.g.) : P09 04 0001N

Input/output voltage

Lot number

Number of phase

Preparation

Month of production

Rated input/output current

Year of production
(Lower 2 digits of AD year)

Input/output frequency
Rated output of
applicable motor

Manufacture date
e.g.) : 2009 04 01
Manufacture year

Manufacture date

Manufacture month
Connection

Model Designation
Velocity, position,
torque and full-closed
FRQWUROW\SH

M A D H T 1 5 0 5
1 to 4

5 to 6

8 to 9

10 to 12

Special specifications
(letters and numbers)

M A D H T 1 5 0 5 E
1 to 4

5 to 6

8 to 9

10

Setup

Only for position


control type

11 to 12

Special specifications
(letters and numbers)

Frame-size symbol

NOTE)
Only for position control type is
SURYLGHG$)UDPHWR)IUDPH

Symbol Current rating


10A
T1
15A
T2
30A
T3
35A
T4
50A
T5
70A
T7
100A
TA
150A
TB
300A
TC

Specifications
Single phase, 100V
3-phase, 200V
3-phase, 400V
Single/3-phase, 200V

7
Supplement

Related page

Power supply
Symbol
1
3
4
5

When in Trouble

Frame
A5-series, A-frame
A5-series, B-frame
A5-series, C-frame
A5-series, D-frame
A5-series, E-frame
A5-series, F-frame
A5-series, G-frame
A5-series, H-frame

Current detector rating


Symbol Current rating
5A
05
7.5A
07
10A
10
12A
12
20A
20
30A
30
40A
40
64A
64
90A
90
120A
A2
240A
B4

Adjustment

Symbol
MADH
MBDH
MCDH
MDDH
MEDH
MFDH
MGDH
MHDH

Only for position control type

Max. current rating


of power device

3&KHFNRIWKH&RPELQDWLRQRIWKH'ULYHUDQGWKH0RWRU

1-3

1Before Using
the Products

2. Driver
Parts Description

A to D-frame
Front panel
Connector XA:
for main power connection

Connector X7: Monitor connector

05JFAT-SAXGF (JST)

Connector X1: USB connector


Main power
input terminals
Control power
input terminals
Terminals for external
regenerative resistor
(Normally short-circuit
B3 to B2)

L1
L2
L3
L1C
L2C

Connector X2: for Serial bus


Connector X3: Safety function connector

Connector X4: Parallel I/O connector

B1
B3
B2
U
V
W

Connector X5:
for feedback scale
connection

Terminals for motor


connection
Connector XB:
for motor connection

Connector X6:
for encoder
connection
Screws for earth (x2)

06JFAT-SAXGF (JST)

Charge lamp

LED cover
Safety by-pass prug

E-frame

Front panel
Connector XA:
for main power connection

Connector X7: Monitor connector

05JFAT-SAXGSA-L (JST)

Main power
input terminals
Control power
input terminals
Terminals for external
regenerative resistor
(Normally short-circuit
B3 to B2)
Terminals for motor
connection

Connector X1: USB connector

L1
L2
L3
L1C
L2C

Connector X2: for Serial bus


Connector X3: Safety function connector

B1
B3
B2
NC*

Connector X4: Parallel I/O connector


Connector X5:
for feedback scale
connection

U
V
W

Connector X6:
for encoder
connection

Connector XB:
for motor connection
03JFAT-SAXGSA-L (JST)

Connector XC:
Connector for external
regenerative resistor
04JFAT-SAXGSA-L (JST)

Note

1-4

Screws for earth


(x2)

Charge lamp

LED cover

* NC is no connect.

Safety by-pass prug

&RQQHFWRU;$DQG;%DUHDWWDFKHGLQ$WR'IUDPHGULYHU
&RQQHFWRU;$;%DQG;&DUHDWWDFKHGLQ(IUDPHGULYHU
7KHJXUHDERYHVKRZVFRQQHFWLRQVRQYHORFLW\SRVLWLRQWRUTXHDQGIXOOFORVHGPRGHGULYHU
Only for position control type is not provided with X2, X3 and X5.

2. Driver

1
Before Using the Products

Parts Description

F-frame
Details of terminal block

Front panel
Connector X7: Monitor connector

Control power
input terminals
Terminals for external
regenerative resistor

Terminals for motor


connection
* NC is no connect.

Screws for earth (x2)

Connector X1: USB connector


Connector X2: for Serial bus
Connector X3: Safety function connector
Connector X4: Parallel I/O connector

Connector X5:
for feedback scale
connection

Connection

(Normally short-circuit
B3 to B2)

Preparation

Main power
input terminals

L1
L2
L3
L1C
L2C
B1
B3
B2
NC*
U
V
W

Connector X6:
for encoder
connection

Charge lamp
LED cover

Safety by-pass prug

Setup

Terminal cover

5
Adjustment

6
When in Trouble

Related page

Supplement

Note

7KHJXUHDERYHVKRZVFRQQHFWLRQVRQYHORFLW\SRVLWLRQWRUTXHDQGIXOOFORVHGPRGHGULYHU
Only for position control type is not provided with X2, X3 and X5.
3&KHFNRIWKH&RPELQDWLRQRIWKH'ULYHUDQGWKH0RWRU3,QVWDOODWLRQ
3'ULYHUDQG/LVWRI$SSOLFDEOH3HULSKHUDO(TXLSPHQWV3WR'LPHQVLRQV
1-5

2. Driver
Parts Description

G-frame

Front panel
Terminal cover
screw

Connector X7: Monitor connector

L1

L2

Terminal cover

L3

B1

Connector X1: USB connector


Connector X2: for Serial bus
Connector X3: Safety function connector

B2

Connector X4: Parallel I/O connector

NC

Connector X5: for feedback scale


connection
Connector X6: for encoder connection

Terminal cover
screw

Charge lamp

Screws for earth (x2)


Details of terminal block
NC*
L1C
L2C
NC*
NC*
DB1
DB2
NC*
NC*
DB3
DB4
NC*

L1

Main power
input terminals
Terminals for external
regenerative resistor

L2
L3
B1
B2
NC*
U

Terminals for motor


connection

V
W

Control power input terminals

Control terminal for dynamic brake resister

Control terminal for dynamic brake resister


(Normally short-circuit DB3 to DB4.)

* NC is no connect.

LED cover
Safety by-pass prug
Terminal cover

Note
Related page

1-6

7KHJXUHDERYHVKRZVFRQQHFWLRQVRQYHORFLW\SRVLWLRQWRUTXHDQGIXOOFORVHGPRGHGULYHU
Only for position control type is not provided with X2, X3 and X5.
3&KHFNRIWKH&RPELQDWLRQRIWKH'ULYHUDQGWKH0RWRU3,QVWDOODWLRQ
3'ULYHUDQG/LVWRI$SSOLFDEOH3HULSKHUDO(TXLSPHQWV3WR'LPHQVLRQV

2. Driver

1
Before Using the Products

Parts Description

H-frame

2
Front panel
Preparation

Connector X7: Monitor connector


Connector X1: USB connector
Connector X2: for Serial bus
Connector X3: Safety function connector

Connector X4: Parallel I/O connector

Connector X5: for feedback scale connection

Connection

Connector X6: for encoder connection

Charge lamp

4
L1C

L2C

DB1

DB2

Setup

L1

L2

L3

B1

B2

NC

5
Adjustment

Screws for earth (x2)


Details of terminal block
DB1
DB2

Control power
input terminals

Control terminal for


dynamic brake resister

L1C
L2C

6
LED cover
When in Trouble

Safety by-pass prug

L1 L2 L3

Main power
input terminals

B1 B2

NC*

Terminals for motor


connection

Terminals for external


regenerative resistor

Related page

* NC is no connect.

7
Terminal cover

Terminal
cover screw

Supplement

Note

7KHJXUHDERYHVKRZVFRQQHFWLRQVRQYHORFLW\SRVLWLRQWRUTXHDQGIXOOFORVHGPRGHGULYHU
Only for position control type is not provided with X2, X3 and X5.
3&KHFNRIWKH&RPELQDWLRQRIWKH'ULYHUDQGWKH0RWRU3,QVWDOODWLRQ
3'ULYHUDQG/LVWRI$SSOLFDEOH3HULSKHUDO(TXLSPHQWV3WR'LPHQVLRQV
1-7

2. Driver
Parts Description

D, E-frame (400 V)
Connector XA:
for main power connection

Front panel

03JFAT-SAYGSA-L (JST)

Connector XD:
Control power input terminals

Connector X7: Monitor connector

02MJFAT-SAGF (JST)

Control power
input terminals
Main power
input terminals

24V
0V
L1
L2
L3

Terminals for external


regenerative resistor
(Normally short-circuit
B3 to B2)

B1
B3
B2
NC*

Terminals for
motor connection

Connector X1: USB connector


Connector X2: for Serial bus
Connector X3: Safety function connector
Connector X4: Parallel I/O connector
Connector X5:
for feedback scale
connection
Connector X6:
for encoder
connection

U
V
W

Connector XB:
for motor connection
03JFAT-SAXGSA-L (JST)

Connector XC:
Connector for external
regenerative resistor

Screws for earth


(x2)

04JFAT-SAXGSA-L(JST)

Charge lamp
LED cover

* NC is no connect.

Safety by-pass prug

F-frame (400 V)

Details of terminal block


Control power
input terminals
Main power
input terminals
Terminals for external
regenerative resistor
(Normally short-circuit
B3 to B2)

Terminals for motor


connection

24V
0V
L1
L2
L3
B1
B3
B2
NC*
U
V
W

* NC is no connect.

Front panel
Connector X7: Monitor connector
Connector X1: USB connector
Connector X2: for Serial bus
Connector X3: Safety function connector
Connector X4: Parallel I/O connector
Connector X5:
for feedback scale
connection
Connector X6:
for encoder
connection
Charge lamp

Screws for earth (x2)


LED cover

Safety by-pass prug


Terminal cover

Note

1-8

&RQQHFWRU;DQG;DUHDWWDFKHGLQ$WR'IUDPHGULYHU
&RQQHFWRU;$;%;&DQG;'DUHDWWDFKHGLQ'DQG(IUDPH 9 GULYHU
7KHJXUHDERYHVKRZVFRQQHFWLRQVRQYHORFLW\SRVLWLRQWRUTXHDQGIXOOFORVHGPRGHGULYHU
Only for position control type is not provided with X2, X3 and X5.

2. Driver

1
Before Using the Products

Parts Description

G-frame (400 V)

Front panel
Terminal cover
screw

Connector X7: Monitor connector

Terminal cover

L3

B1

Connector X1: USB connector


Connector X2: for Serial bus
Connector X3: Safety function connector

Preparation

L1

L2

B2

Connector X4: Parallel I/O connector

NC

Terminal cover
screw

Charge lamp

3
Connection

Connector X5: for feedback scale


connection
Connector X6: for encoder connection

Screws for earth (x2)


Details of terminal block

L2
L3

Terminals for external


regenerative resistor

B1
B2
NC*
U
V
W

Control power input terminals

Control terminal for dynamic brake resister

Adjustment

Terminals for motor


connection

Setup

NC*
24V
0V
NC*
NC*
DB1
DB2
NC*
NC*
DB3
DB4
NC*

L1

Main power
input terminals

Control terminal for dynamic brake resister


(Normally short-circuit DB3 to DB4.)

* NC is no connect.

6
When in Trouble

LED cover
Safety by-pass prug

Terminal cover

Related page

Supplement

Note

7KHJXUHDERYHVKRZVFRQQHFWLRQVRQYHORFLW\SRVLWLRQWRUTXHDQGIXOOFORVHGPRGHGULYHU
Only for position control type is not provided with X2, X3 and X5.
3&KHFNRIWKH&RPELQDWLRQRIWKH'ULYHUDQGWKH0RWRU3,QVWDOODWLRQ
3'ULYHUDQG/LVWRI$SSOLFDEOH3HULSKHUDO(TXLSPHQWV3WR'LPHQVLRQV
1-9

2. Driver
Parts Description

H-frame (400 V)

Front panel
Connector X7: Monitor connector
Connector X1: USB connector
Connector X2: for Serial bus
Connector X3: Safety function connector

Connector X4: Parallel I/O connector

Connector X5: for feedback scale connection

Connector X6: for encoder connection

Charge lamp

24V

L1

L2

L3

0V

DB1

B1

DB2

B2

NC

Screws for earth (x2)


Details of terminal block
DB1
DB2

Control power
input terminals

Control terminal for


dynamic brake resister

24V
0V
LED cover

Safety by-pass prug

L1 L2 L3

Main power
input terminals

B1 B2

NC*

Terminals for motor


connection

Terminals for external


regenerative resistor

Note
Related page

1-10

* NC is no connect.

Terminal cover

Terminal
cover screw

7KHJXUHDERYHVKRZVFRQQHFWLRQVRQYHORFLW\SRVLWLRQWRUTXHDQGIXOOFORVHGPRGHGULYHU
Only for position control type is not provided with X2, X3 and X5.
3&KHFNRIWKH&RPELQDWLRQRIWKH'ULYHUDQGWKH0RWRU3,QVWDOODWLRQ
3'ULYHUDQG/LVWRI$SSOLFDEOH3HULSKHUDO(TXLSPHQWV3WR'LPHQVLRQV

the Products

Specifications (Velocity, position, torque, full-closed control type)

Main circuit

Single phase, 100 to 120V

Control circuit

Single phase, 100 to 120V

100V

A to
Control D-frame
circuit
E to
H-frame
Main circuit

400V
*1

Control circuit

temperature
Environment

humidity
Altitude
Vibration

Encoder feedback

Feedback scale feedback

Input
Control signal

Analog signal

Input
Output
Input

Pulse signal
Output

Safety function
Front panel
Regeneration
Dynamic brake

50/60Hz
50/60Hz
50/60Hz

DC24V 15%
Primary to earth: withstand 1500 VAC, 1 min, (sensed current: 20 mA) [100V/200V]
withstand 1960 VAC, 1 min, (sensed current: 20 mA) [400V]
* 400V control circuit is excluded.
$PELHQWWHPSHUDWXUH&WR& IUHHIURPIUHH]LQJ
6WRUDJHWHPSHUDWXUH&WR& (Max. temperature guarantee: 80C for 72 hours
free from condensation*2)
Both operating and storage : 20 to 85%RH or less (free from condensation*2)
Lower than 1000m
5.88m/s2RUOHVVWR+] 1RFRQWLQXRXVXVHDWUHVRQDQFHIUHTXHQF\ 
IGBT PWM Sinusoidal wave drive
17-bit (131072 resolution) absolute encoder, 7-wire serial
20-bit (1048576 resolution) incremental encoder, 5-wire serial
A/B phase, initialization signal defferential input.
Manufacturers that support serial communication scale:
Mitsutoyo Corp.
Magnescale Co., Ltd. (old Sony Manufacturing Systems Corp.)
General purpose 10 inputs
The function of general-purpose input is selected by parameters.
General purpose 6 outputs
The function of general-purpose input is selected by parameters.
3 inputs (16Bit A/D : 1 input, 12Bit A/D : 2 inputs)
2 outputs (Analog monitor: 2 output)
2 inputs (Photo-coupler input, Line receiver input)
Photocoupler input is compatible with both line driver I/F and open collector I/F.
Line receiver input is compatible with line driver I/F.
4 outputs ( Line driver: 3 output, open collector: 1 output)
Feed out the encoder feedback pulse (A, B and Z-phase) or feedback scale pulse (EXA,
EXB and EXZ-phase) in line driver. Z-phase and EXZ-phase pulse is also fed out in open
collector.
Connection with PC etc.
1 : 1 communication to a host.
1 : n communication to a host.
Used for functional safety.
(1) 5 keys (MODE, SET, UP, DOWN, SHIFT) (2) LED (6-digit)
(3) Monitor connector (Analog monitor output (2ch), Digital monitor output (1ch))
A, B, G and H-frame: no built-in regenerative resistor (external resistor only)
C to F-frame: Built-in regenerative resistor (external resistor is also enabled.)
A to G-frame: Built-in (external resistor is also available to G-frame)
H-frame: External only
Switching among the following 7 mode is enabled,
 3RVLWLRQFRQWURO  9HORFLW\FRQWURO  7RTXHFRQWURO  3RVLWLRQ9HORFLW\FRQWURO
 3RVLWLRQ7RUTXHFRQWURO  9HORFLW\7RUTXHFRQWURO  )XOOFORVHGFRQWURO

Caution

7KHVSHFLFDWLRQRXWRI-DSDQ
*2 Air containing water vapor will become saturated with water vapor as the temperature falls, causing dew.

Related page

3,QVWDOODWLRQRI'ULYHU3,QVWDOODWLRQRI0RWRU
1-11

7
Supplement

Control mode

3-phase, 380 to 480V

50/60Hz

When in Trouble

Communication
function

USB
RS232
RS485

Single phase, 200 to 230V

50/60Hz

Adjustment

Parallel I/O connector

Output

Single phase, 200 to 240V

50/60Hz

Setup

%DVLF6SHFLFDWLRQV

Control method

3-phase, 200 to 230V

50/60Hz

Connection

Withstand voltage

Single/3-phase, 200 to 240V

+10%
15%
+10%
15%
+10%
15%
+10%
15%
+10%
15%
+10%
15%
+10%
15%

Preparation

Input power

200V

A to
Main D-frame
circuit
E to
H-frame

2. Driver

Before Using the Products

1Before Using

2. Driver
Specifications (Velocity, position, torque, full-closed control type)

Control input

Control output

Control input

Position control

Control output
Max. command
SXOVHIUHTXHQF\
Input pulse signal
Pulse format
input
Electronic gear
(Division/Multiplication of
command pulse)

6PRRWKLQJOWHU
7RUTXHOLPLW
Analog command input
input
7RUTXHIHHGIRUZDUGLQSXW
Instantaneous Speed Observer
Damping Control
Control input

Function

Velocity control

Control output
Velocity command
input
Analog
7RUTXHOLPLW
input
command input
7RUTXHIHHGIRUZDUGLQSXW
Internal velocity command
Soft-start/down function

7RUTXHFRQWURO

Zero-speed clamp
Instantaneous Speed Observer
Control input
Control output
Analog 7RUTXHFRPPDQG
input
input
Speed limit function
Control input

Full-closed control

Control output
Max. command
SXOVHIUHTXHQF\
Input pulse signal
Pulse format
input
Electronic gear
(Division/Multiplication of
command pulse)

6PRRWKLQJOWHU
7RUTXHOLPLW
Analog command input
input
7RUTXHIHHGIRUZDUGLQSXW
Setup range of division/
multiplication of feedback
scale
Auto tuning

Common

Division of encoder feedback pulse


Protective
function

Hard error

Soft error
Traceability of alarm data

1-12

(1) Servo-ON input (2) Alarm clear input (3) Gain switching input
(4) Positive direction over-travel inhibition input (5) Negative direction over-travel inhibition input
(6) Forced alarm input (7) Inertia ratio switching input
(1) Servo-Alarm output (2) Servo-Ready output (3) External brake release signal
 6SHHGDUULYDORXWSXW  7RUTXHLQOLPLWVLJQDORXWSXW
(6) Zero-speed detection output signal (7) Alarm output (8) Alarm attribute output
(1) Deviation counter clear (2) Command pulse inhibition
(3) Command dividing gradual increase switching (4) Damping control switching
 7RUTXHOLPLWVZLWFKLQJ  &RQWUROPRGHVZLWFKLQJ
(1) Positioning complete (In-position) (2)Positional command ON/OFF output
Exclusive interface for Photo-coupler: 500kpps
Exclusive interface for line driver : 4Mpps
Differential input. Selectable with parameter. ((1) Positive and Negative direction,
(2) A and B-phase, (3) Command and direction)

( 1 to 2 )
30

3URFHVVFRPPDQGSXOVHIUHTXHQF\HOHFWURQLFJHDUUDWLR 1 to 230 as positional command


input. Use electronic gear ratio in the range 1/1000 to 1000 times.
3ULPDU\GHOD\OWHURU),5W\SHOWHULVDGDSWDEOHWRWKHFRPPDQGLQSXW
,QGLYLGXDOWRUTXHOLPLWIRUERWKSRVLWLYHDQGQHJDWLYHGLUHFWLRQLVHQDEOHG
$QDORJYROWDJHFDQEHXVHGDVWRUTXHIHHGIRUZDUGLQSXW
Available
Available
(1) Selection of internal velocity setup (2) Speed zero clamp
(3) Speed command sign input (4)Control mode switching
(1) Speed coincidence output (2)Speed command ON/OFF output
Speed command input can be provided by means of analog voltage.
Parameters are used for scale setting and command polarity. (6V/Rated rotational speed Default)
,QGLYLGXDOWRUTXHOLPLWIRUERWKSRVLWLYHDQGQHJDWLYHGLUHFWLRQLVHQDEOHG
$QDORJYROWDJHFDQEHXVHGDVWRUTXHIHHGIRUZDUGLQSXW
Switching the internal 8speed is enabled by command input.
Individual setup of acceleration and deceleration is enabled, with 0 to 10s/1000r/min.
Sigmoid acceleration/deceleration is also enabled.
0-clamp of internal velocity command with speed zero clamp input is enabled.
Available
 6SHHG]HURFODPS  7RUTXHFRPPDQGVLJQLQSXW  &RQWUROPRGHVZLWFKLQJ
(1) Speed coincidence output (2) Speed in-limit output
7RUTXHFRPPDQGLQSXWFDQEHSURYLGHGE\PHDQVRIDQDORJYROWDJH
3DUDPHWHUVDUHXVHGIRUVFDOHVHWWLQJDQGFRPPDQGSRODULW\ 9UDWHGWRUTXH'HIDXOW
Speed limit value with parameter t is enabled.
(1) Deviation counter clear (2) Command pulse inhibition
(3) Command dividing gradual increase switching (4) Damping control switching
 7RUTXHOLPLWVZLWFKLQJ
(1) Full-closed positioning complete (2) Positional command ON/OFF output
Exclusive interface for Photo-coupler: 500kpps
Exclusive interface for line driver : 4Mpps
Differential input. Selectable with parameter. ((1) Positive and Negative direction, (2) A and
B-phase, (3) Command and direction)

( 1 to 2 )
30

3URFHVVFRPPDQGSXOVHIUHTXHQF\HOHFWURQLFJHDUUDWLR 1 to 230 as positional command


input. Use electronic gear ratio in the range 1/1000 to 1000 times.
3ULPDU\GHOD\OWHURU),5W\SHOWHULVDGDSWDEOHWRWKHFRPPDQGLQSXW
,QGLYLGXDOWRUTXHOLPLWIRUERWKSRVLWLYHDQGQHJDWLYHGLUHFWLRQLVHQDEOHG
$QDORJYROWDJHFDQEHXVHGDVWRUTXHIHHGIRUZDUGLQSXW
1/40 to 160 times
The ratio of encoder pulse (numerator) to external scale pulse (denominator) can be set to 1 to 220
(numerator) to 1 to 220 (denominator), but should be set to a ratio within the range shown above.
The load inertia is identified in real time by the driving state of the motor operating according
WRWKHFRPPDQGJLYHQE\WKHFRQWUROOLQJGHYLFHDQGVHWXSVXSSRUWVRIWZDUH3$1$7(50
The gain is set automatically in accordance with the rigidity setting.
Set up of any value is enabled (encoder feedback pulses count is the max.).
Over-voltage, under-voltage, over-speed, over-load,
over-heat, over-current and encoder error etc.
Excess position deviation, command pulse division error, EEPROM error etc.
The alarm data history can be referred to.

Single phase, 100 to 120V

+10%
50/60Hz
15%

Control circuit

Single phase, 100 to 120V

+10%
50/60Hz
15%

A to
D-frame

Single/3-phase, 200 to 240V

+10%
50/60Hz
15%

E to
F-frame

3-phase, 200 to 230V

+10%
50/60Hz
15%

A to
D-frame

Single phase, 200 to 240V

+10%
50/60Hz
15%

E to
F-frame

Single phase, 200 to 230V

+10%
50/60Hz
15%

100V

Input power

200V
Control
circuit

D to
F-frame

Control
circuit

D to
F-frame

Withstand voltage

Environment

Both operating and storage : 20 to 85%RH or less (free from condensation)


Lower than 1000m

Vibration

5.88m/s2RUOHVVWR+] 1RFRQWLQXRXVXVHDWUHVRQDQFHIUHTXHQF\ 
IGBT PWM Sinusoidal wave drive
20-bit (1048576 resolution) incremental encoder, 5-wire serial

Input

General purpose 10 inputs


The function of general-purpose input is selected by parameters.

Output

General purpose 6 outputs


The function of general-purpose input is selected by parameters.

Output

2 outputs (Analog monitor: 2 output)

Control signal

Pulse signal
Output

USB

2 inputs (Photo-coupler input, Line receiver input)


Photocoupler input is compatible with both line driver I/F and open collector I/F.
Line receiver input is compatible with line driver I/F.
4 outputs ( Line driver: 3 output, open collector: 1 output)
Feed out the encoder feedback pulse (A, B and Z-phase) or feedback scale pulse
(EXA, EXB and EXZ-phase) in line driver. Z-phase and EXZ-phase pulse is also fed
out in open collector.
Connection with PC etc.
(1) 5 keys (2) LED (6-digit) (3) Analog monitor output (2ch)

Regeneration

A, B-frame: no built-in regenerative resistor (external resistor only)


C to F-frame: Built-in regenerative resistor (external resistor is also enabled.)

Dynamic brake

A to F-frame: Built-in

Control mode

(1) Position control (2) Internal velocity control (3) Position/ Internal velocity control

6
When in Trouble

Front panel

Adjustment

Parallel I/O connector

Input

Communication
function

Primary to earth: withstand 1500 VAC, 1 min, (sensed current: 20 mA) [100V/200V]
withstand 1960 VAC, 1 min, (sensed current: 20 mA) [400V]
* 400V control circuit is excluded.
$PELHQWWHPSHUDWXUH&WR& IUHHIURPIUHH]LQJ
6WRUDJH WHPSHUDWXUH & WR & (Max. temperature guarantee: 80C for 72
hours free from condensation*2)

Altitude

Encoder feedback

Analog signal

DC 24V 15%

humidity

Control method

+10%
50/60Hz
15%

Setup

%DVLF6SHFLFDWLRQV

temperature

3-phase, 380 to 480V

Connection

Main
circuit

2
Preparation

Main circuit

Main
circuit

Before Using the Products

Specifications (Only for position control type)

the Products

400V

2. Driver

1Before Using

7
 7KHVSHFLFDWLRQRXWRI-DSDQ
*2 Air containing water vapor will become saturated with water vapor as the temperature falls,
causing dew.

Related page

3,QVWDOODWLRQRI'ULYHU3,QVWDOODWLRQRI0RWRU

Caution

Only for position control type is provided A-Frame to F-frame.


1-13

Supplement

Caution

2. Driver
Specifications (Only for position control type)

Control input

(1) Deviation counter clear (2) Command pulse inhibition


(3) Command dividing gradual increase switching
(4) Damping control switching etc.

Control output

Positioning complete (In-position) etc.

Position control

Pulse
input

Max. command
SXOVHIUHTXHQF\

Exclusive interface for Photo-coupler: 500kpps


Exclusive interface for line driver : 4Mpps

Input pulse signal


format

Differential input
((1) Positive and Negative direction, (2) A and B-phase, (3) Command and
direction)

Electronic gear
(Division/
Multiplication of
command pulse)

3URFHVV FRPPDQG SXOVH IUHTXHQF\  HOHFWURQLF JHDU UDWLR 1 to 230 as positional


command input. Use electronic gear ratio in the range 1/1000 to 1000 times.

6PRRWKLQJOWHU

3ULPDU\GHOD\OWHURU),5W\SHOWHULVDGDSWDEOHWRWKHFRPPDQGLQSXW

30

Internal velocity control

Function

Common

Instantaneous Speed
Observer

Available

Damping Control

Available

Control input

(1) Selection of internal velocity setup (2) Speed zero clamp

Control output

Speed arrival

Internal velocity command

Switching the internal 8speed is enabled by command input.

Soft-start/down function

Individual setup of acceleration and deceleration is enabled, with 0 to 10s/1000r/


min. Sigmoid acceleration/deceleration is also enabled.

Zero-speed clamp

0-clamp of internal velocity command with speed zero clamp input is enabled.

Instantaneous Speed
Observer

Available

Auto tuning

The load inertia is identified in real time by the driving state of the motor operating
according to the command given by the controlling device and set up support
VRIWZDUH3$1$7(50
The gain is set automatically in accordance with the rigidity setting.

Division of encoder feedback


pulse

Set up of any value is enabled (encoder pulses count is the max.).

Protective
function

Hard error

Over-voltage, under-voltage, over-speed, over-load,


over-heat, over-current and encoder error etc.

Soft error

Excess position deviation, command pulse division error, EEPROM error etc.

Traceability of alarm data

1-14

( 1 to 2 )

The alarm data history can be referred to.

1
Before Using the Products

2. Driver

1Before Using

Block Diagram

the Products

A, B-frame (100/200 V)
U

P
L1
L2
L3

Fuse

+
Fuse

Voltage
detection

RE

Fuse

+
DC/DC

L2C

(12V
+5V
PS for gate drive
PS for RE

Preparation

L1C

Gate drive

B1
B3
B2
Front panel

Error
detection

Sequence control
Display
operation
control

X1

Parameter control

Protective
curcuit

EEPROM

USB

X2
Serial

Connection

X3
Safety function

X4
Alarm
signal
Pulse train
command
Analog
velocity
command

Division/ +
mulitiplication

Position
deviation amp.

Deviation
counter

Position

16-bit

Speed

Internal speed
command
Internal

Control
input

Speed Velocity
deviation
amp.

External

A/D

Speed
detection

Torque
limit

Current
control

PWM
circuit

Torque

A/D

Control
output

X6

Encoder signal
processing
limit

Pusle
output

Division
processing

X5
Feedback scale signal
processing limit

Setup

Feedback scale unit

C, D-frame (100/200 V)
U

P
L1
L2
L3

Resistor

Fuse
Voltage
detection

+
DC/DC

L2C

Adjustment

Fuse

N
Fan (D-frame only)

L1C

Fuse

RE

(12V
+5V
PS for gate drive
PS for RE

Gate drive

B1
B3
B2

Front panel

X1

Error
detection

Sequence control
Display
operation
control

Parameter control

EEPROM

Protective
curcuit

When in Trouble

USB

X2
Serial

X3
Safety function

X4
Alarm
signal
Pulse train
command
Analog
velocity
command
Control
input

Division/ +
mulitiplication
A/D
16-bit

Deviation
counter

Position
deviation amp.

Internal speed
command
Internal

Control
output

Pusle
output

Position

External

Speed Velocity
deviation
amp.

Speed

Speed
detection

Torque
limit

Current
control

PWM
circuit

Torque

A/D
Encoder signal
processing
limit

Division
processing

X6

X5

Supplement

Feedback scale signal


processing limit

Feedback scale unit

Note

7KHJXUHDERYHVKRZVFRQQHFWLRQVRQYHORFLW\SRVLWLRQWRUTXHDQGIXOOFORVHGPRGHGULYHU
Only for position control type is not provided with X2, X3 and X5.
1-15

2. Driver
Block Diagram

E-frame (200 V)
U

P
L1
L2
L3

Fuse

Resistor

Fuse
Voltage
detection

N
Fan

L1C

Fuse

RE

Gate drive

(12V
+5V
PS for gate drive
PS for RE

DC/DC

L2C

B1
B3
B2

Front panel

Error
detection

Sequence control
Display
operation
control

X1

Parameter control

Protective
curcuit

EEPROM

USB

X2
Serial

X3
Safety function

X4
Alarm
signal
Pulse train
command
Analog
velocity
command

Division/ +
mulitiplication

Position
deviation amp.

Deviation
counter

Position

A/D
16-bit

Speed

Internal speed
command
Internal

Control
input

Speed Velocity
deviation
amp.

External

Speed
detection

Torque
limit

Current
control

PWM
circuit

Torque

A/D

Control
output

X6

Encoder signal
processing
limit

Pusle
output

Division
processing

X5
Feedback scale signal
processing limit

Feedback scale unit

F-frame (200 V)
U

P
L1
L2
L3

Fuse
Resistor

Fuse

Voltage
detection

L1C

Fan

Fuse

L2C

DC/DC

RE

Gate drive

(12V
+5V
PS for gate drive
PS for RE

B1
B3
B2

Front panel
Display
operation
control

X1

Sequence control

Error
detection

Parameter control

Protective
curcuit

EEPROM

USB

X2
Serial

X3
Safety function

X4
Alarm
signal
Pulse train
command
Analog
velocity
command
Control
input

Division/ +
mulitiplication
A/D
16-bit

Deviation
counter

Position
deviation amp.

Internal speed
command
Internal

Control
output

Pusle
output

Position

External

Speed Velocity
deviation
amp.

Speed

Speed
detection

Torque
limit

Current
control

PWM
circuit

Torque

A/D
Encoder signal
processing
limit

Division
processing

X6

X5
Feedback scale signal
processing limit

Feedback scale unit

Note
1-16

7KHJXUHDERYHVKRZVFRQQHFWLRQVRQYHORFLW\SRVLWLRQWRUTXHDQGIXOOFORVHGPRGHGULYHU
Only for position control type is not provided with X2, X3 and X5.

2. Driver

1
Before Using the Products

Block Diagram

G-frame (200 V)
U

P
L1
L2
L3

Fuse

Voltage
detection

Fan

Fuse

Gate drive

DB1

(12V
+5V
PS for gate drive
PS for RE

DC/DC

L2C

RE

Preparation

L1C

+
Fuse

DB2
DB3
DB4

B1
B3
B2

Front panel

Error
detection

Sequence control
Display
operation
control

X1

Parameter control

Protective
curcuit

EEPROM

USB

X2
Serial

Connection

X3
Safety function

X4
Alarm
signal
Pulse train
command
Analog
velocity
command

Division/ +
mulitiplication

Position
deviation amp.

Deviation
counter

Position

External

A/D
16-bit

Speed

Internal speed
command
Internal

Control
input

Speed Velocity
deviation
amp.

Speed
detection

Torque
limit

Current
control

PWM
circuit

Torque

A/D

Control
output

X6

Encoder signal
processing
limit

Pusle
output

Division
processing

X5
Feedback scale signal
processing limit

Setup

Feedback scale unit

H-frame (200 V)
U

P
L1
L2
L3

Fuse

Fuse

N
Fan

Fuse

L2C

DC/DC

Gate drive

DB1

(12V
+5V
PS for gate drive
PS for RE

Adjustment

Voltage
detection

L1C

RE

DB2

B1
B3
B2

Front panel

X1

Error
detection

Sequence control
Display
operation
control

Parameter control

Protective
curcuit

EEPROM

USB

When in Trouble

X2
Serial

X3
Safety function

X4
Alarm
signal
Pulse train
command
Analog
velocity
command
Control
input

Division/ +
mulitiplication
A/D
16-bit

Deviation
counter

Position
deviation amp.

Internal speed
command
Internal

Control
output

Pusle
output

Position

External

Speed Velocity
deviation
amp.

Speed

Speed
detection

Torque
limit

Current
control

PWM
circuit

Torque

A/D
Encoder signal
processing
limit

Division
processing

X6

X5

Supplement

Feedback scale signal


processing limit

Feedback scale unit

Note

7KHJXUHDERYHVKRZVFRQQHFWLRQVRQYHORFLW\SRVLWLRQWRUTXHDQGIXOOFORVHGPRGHGULYHU
Only for position control type is not provided with X2, X3 and X5.
1-17

2. Driver
Block Diagram

D-frame (400 V)
U

P
L1
L2
L3

Fuse

Fuse

Voltage
detection

RE

Fan

24V

Resistor

Fuse

DC/DC

0V

12V
+5V
PS for gate drive
PS for RE

Gate drive

B1
B3
B2

Front panel

Error
detection

Sequence control
Display
operation
control

X1

Parameter control

Protective
curcuit

EEPROM

USB

X2
Serial

X3
Safety function

X4
Alarm
signal
Pulse train
command
Analog
velocity
command

Division/ +
mulitiplication

Position
deviation amp.

Deviation
counter

Position

External

A/D
16-bit

Speed

Internal speed
command
Internal

Control
input

Speed Velocity
deviation
amp.

Speed
detection

Torque
limit

Current
control

PWM
circuit

Torque

A/D

Control
output

X6

Encoder signal
processing
limit

Pusle
output

Division
processing

X5
Feedback scale signal
processing limit

Feedback scale unit

E-frame (400 V)
U

P
L1
L2
L3

Fuse

Voltage
detection

RE

Fan

24V

Resistor

Fuse

Fuse

DC/DC

0V

12V
+5V
PS for gate drive
PS for RE

Gate drive

B1
B3
B2

Front panel

X1

Error
detection

Sequence control
Display
operation
control

Parameter control

Protective
curcuit

EEPROM

USB

X2
Serial

X3
Safety function

X4
Alarm
signal
Pulse train
command
Analog
velocity
command
Control
input

Division/ +
mulitiplication
A/D
16-bit

Deviation
counter

Position
deviation amp.

Internal speed
command
Internal

Control
output

Pusle
output

Position

External

Speed Velocity
deviation
amp.

Speed

Speed
detection

Torque
limit

Current
control

PWM
circuit

Torque

A/D
Encoder signal
processing
limit

Division
processing

X6

X5
Feedback scale signal
processing limit

Feedback scale unit

Note
1-18

7KHJXUHDERYHVKRZVFRQQHFWLRQVRQYHORFLW\SRVLWLRQWRUTXHDQGIXOOFORVHGPRGHGULYHU
Only for position control type is not provided with X2, X3 and X5.

2. Driver

1
Before Using the Products

Block Diagram

F-frame (400 V)
U

P
L1
L2
L3

Fuse

Resistor

Fuse
Voltage
detection

Fuse

12V
+5V
PS for gate drive
PS for RE

DC/DC

0V

Preparation

RE

Fan

24V

Gate drive

B1
B3
B2

Front panel

Error
detection

Sequence control
Display
operation
control

X1

Parameter control

Protective
curcuit

EEPROM

USB

X2
Serial

Connection

X3
Safety function

X4
Alarm
signal
Pulse train
command
Analog
velocity
command

Division/ +
mulitiplication

Position
deviation amp.

Deviation
counter

Position

External

A/D
16-bit

Torque
limit

Speed

Internal speed
command
Internal

Control
input

Speed Velocity
deviation
amp.

Speed
detection

Current
control

PWM
circuit

Torque

A/D

Control
output

X6

Encoder signal
processing
limit

Pusle
output

Division
processing

X5
Feedback scale signal
processing limit

Setup

Feedback scale unit

G-frame (400 V)
U

P
L1
L2
L3

Fuse

N
Fan

Fuse

0V

DC/DC

Gate drive

DB1

(12V
+5V
PS for gate drive
PS for RE

RE

Adjustment

Voltage
detection

24V

+
Fuse

DB2
DB3
DB4

B1
B3
B2

Front panel

X1

Error
detection

Sequence control
Display
operation
control

Parameter control

Protective
curcuit

EEPROM

USB

When in Trouble

X2
Serial

X3
Safety function

X4
Alarm
signal
Pulse train
command
Analog
velocity
command
Control
input

Division/ +
mulitiplication
A/D
16-bit

Deviation
counter

Position
deviation amp.

Internal speed
command
Internal

Control
output

Pusle
output

Position

External

Speed Velocity
deviation
amp.

Speed

Speed
detection

Torque
limit

Current
control

PWM
circuit

Torque

A/D
Encoder signal
processing
limit

Division
processing

X6

X5

Supplement

Feedback scale signal


processing limit

Feedback scale unit

Note

7KHJXUHDERYHVKRZVFRQQHFWLRQVRQYHORFLW\SRVLWLRQWRUTXHDQGIXOOFORVHGPRGHGULYHU
Only for position control type is not provided with X2, X3 and X5.
G-frame: Only for position control type is not provided.
1-19

2. Driver
Block Diagram

H-frame (400 V)
U

P
L1
L2
L3

Fuse

Voltage
detection

24V

+
Fuse

Fan

Fuse

0V

DC/DC

Gate drive

DB1

(12V
+5V
PS for gate drive
PS for RE

RE

DB2

B1
B3
B2

Front panel

X1

Error
detection

Sequence control
Display
operation
control

Parameter control

Protective
curcuit

EEPROM

USB

X2
Serial

X3
Safety function

X4
Alarm
signal
Pulse train
command
Analog
velocity
command
Control
input

Division/ +
mulitiplication
A/D
16-bit

Deviation
counter

Position
deviation amp.

Internal speed
command
Internal

Control
output

Pusle
output

Position

External

Speed Velocity
deviation
amp.

Speed

Speed
detection

Torque
limit

Current
control

PWM
circuit

Torque

A/D
Encoder signal
processing
limit

Division
processing

X6

X5
Feedback scale signal
processing limit

Feedback scale unit

Note

1-20

7KHJXUHDERYHVKRZVFRQQHFWLRQVRQYHORFLW\SRVLWLRQWRUTXHDQGIXOOFORVHGPRGHGULYHU
Only for position control type is not provided.

1
Before Using the Products

3. Motor

1Before Using

Check of the Model

the Products

Contents of Name Plate


Serial Number
e.g.) : 09 04 0001N

Model
Rated input voltage/current

Rated output
Rated frequency
Rated
rotational speed

M S M E 5 A Z S 1 S
1 to 4

Type

5 to 6

Motor rated output

Symbol
MSMD
*1

*1

MSME
*2

MDME
*2

MFME
*2

MGME
*2

*2

*1 The position control type only.


*2 Only for position control type is
MSME, MDME and MHME:
1.0kW to 5.0kW,
MGME: 0.9kW to 3.0kW,
MFME is none.

10

11 to 12

Special specifications
Motor structure
Design order
Symbol
Specifications
1 Standard
Voltage specifications
Connector for encoder
: N/MS3102A20-29P
Symbol Specifications
C IP65 motor
1 100 V
0.9 kW to 5.0 kW
2 200 V
only selectable
4 400 V
100/200 V common
Z (50W only)

Rotary encoder specifications


Specifications
Symbol
Format
Pulse count Resolution Wire count
20bit
1,048,576
G Incremental
5-wire
17bit
131,072
S *3 Absolute
7-wire

Adjustment

MHME

Symbol Output
50W
5A
100W
01
200W
02
400W
04
600W
06
750W
08
900W
09
1.0kW
10
1.5kW
15
2.0kW
20
2.5kW
25
3.0kW
30
4.0kW
40
4.5kW
45
5.0kW
50
6.0kW
60
7.5kW
75
C1 11.0kW
C5 15.0kW

Setup

MHMD

Specifications
Low inertia
(50W to 750W)
High inertia
(200W to 750W)
Low inertia
(50W to 5.0kW)
Middle inertia
(400W to 15.0kW)
Middle inertia
(1.5kW to 4.5kW)
Middle inertia
(0.9kW to 6.0kW)
High inertia
(1.0kW to 7.5kW)

3
Connection

Model Designation

Preparation

Lot number
Month of production
Year of production
(Lower 2 digits of AD year)
Manufacture date
e.g.) : 2009 04 01
Manufacture year
Manufacture date
Manufacture month

*3 Only for position control type does not support the 17-bit absolute
specification. It supports only 20-bit incremental specification.

Motor structure

Symbol

Shaft
Holding brake Oil seal
Round Key way Without With Without With*4

MSME (750W(400V), 1.0kW to 5.0kW),


MDME, MFME, MGME, MHME
Symbol

When in Trouble

MSME (50W to 750W)

Holding brake Oil seal


Shaft
Round Key way Without With Without With

A
C
B
D
*5
S
G
*5
T
H
*4 The product with oil seal is a special order product. *5 Key way with center tap
[Products are standard stock items or manufactured by order. For details, inquire the dealer.]

Related page

Supplement

Note

)RUGHWDLOVRIVSHFLFPRGHOUHIHUWRWKH'LPHQVLRQVRI6XSSOHPHQW
3&KHFNRIWKH&RPELQDWLRQRIWKH'ULYHUDQGWKH0RWRU 3WR'LPHQVLRQV

1-21

3. Motor

1Before Using

Parts Description

the Products

060(

:WR:
Connector for encoder
Connector for motor

Flange
Motor frame

Mounting holes (X4)

[with Brake]
Connector for encoder
Connector for brake
Connector for motor

Flange
Motor frame

Mounting holes (X4)

e.g.) : Low inertia type (MSME series, 50W)


MSME
MDME
MFME
MGMA
MHME

750W(400V), 1.0kW to 5.0kW


400W to 15.0kW
1.5kW to 4.5kW
0.9kW to 6.0kW
1.0kW to 7.5kW
Connector for encoder
Connector for motor
Oil seal

Flange

Motor frame

Mounting holes (X4)

e.g.) : Middle inertia type (MDME series, 1.0kW)

Note

1-22

)RUGHWDLOVRIVSHFLFPRGHOUHIHUWRWKH'LPHQVLRQVRI6XSSOHPHQW 3WR

the Products

4. Check of the Combination of the Driver and the Motor


Incremental Specifications, 20-bit

7KLVGULYHULVGHVLJQHGWREHXVHGLQDFRPELQDWLRQZLWKWKHPRWRUZKLFKDUHVSHFLHGE\
XV&KHFNWKHVHULHVQDPHRIWKHPRWRUUDWHGRXWSXWWRUTXHYROWDJHVSHFLFDWLRQVDQG
HQFRGHUVSHFLFDWLRQV

Remarks

Type

Single
phase,
100V
MSMD

Single/
3-phase,
200V

Low inertia

3000r/min

Single/
3-phase,
200V

Low inertia

3000r/min

3-phase,
200V

3-phase,
400V

2000r/min

3-phase,
200V

MDME

Middle inertia
2000r/min

3-phase,
400V

Note

MADHT1505E

MADHT1507
MBDHT2510
MCDHT3520
MADHT1105
MADHT1107
MBDHT2110
MCDHT3120

MADHT1507E
MBDHT2510E
MCDHT3520E
MADHT1105E
MADHT1107E
MBDHT2110E
MCDHT3120E

MADHT1505

MADHT1505E

MADHT1507
MBDHT2510
MCDHT3520

MADHT1507E
MBDHT2510E
MCDHT3520E

B-frame
C-frame

MDDHT5540

MDDHT5540E

D-frame

MEDHT7364
MFDHTA390

MEDHT7364E
MFDHTA390E

E-frame

MFDHTB3A2

MFDHTB3A2E

MDDHT2412
MDDHT3420
MDDHT3420
MEDHT4430
MFDHT5440

MDDHT2412E
MDDHT3420E
MDDHT3420E
MEDHT4430E
MFDHT5440E

MFDHTA464

MFDHTA464E

MDDHT3530
MDDHT5540
MEDHT7364
MFDHTA390

MDDHT3530E
MDDHT5540E
MEDHT7364E
MFDHTA390E

MFDHTB3A2

MFDHTB3A2E

MGDHTC3B4
MHDHTC3B4

A-frame
B-frame
C-frame
A-frame
B-frame
C-frame
A-frame

F-frame

D-frame

E-frame
F-frame
D-frame
E-frame
F-frame

G-frame

MDDHT2407

MDDHT2407E

MDDHT2412
MDDHT3420
MEDHT4430
MFDHT5440

MDDHT2412E
MDDHT3420E
MEDHT4430E
MFDHT5440E

MFDHTA464

MFDHTA464E

MGDHTB4A2
MHDHTB4A2

B-frame
C-frame

H-frame

D-frame
E-frame
F-frame
G-frame

H-frame

6XI[RILQWKHDSSOLFDEOHPRWRUPRGHOUHSUHVHQWVGHVLJQRUGHU
6XI[RI*LQWKHDSSOLFDEOHPRWRUPRGHOUHSUHVHQWVWKHPRWRUVWUXFWXUH

1-23

7
Supplement

1500r/min

MADHT1505

A-frame

When in Trouble

1500r/min

50W
100W
200W
400W
50W
100W
200W
400W
750W
50W
100W
200W
400W
50W
100W
200W
400W
750W
1.0kW
1.5kW
2.0kW
3.0kW
4.0kW
5.0kW
750W
1.0kW
1.5kW
2.0kW
3.0kW
4.0kW
5.0kW
1.0kW
1.5kW
2.0kW
3.0kW
4.0kW
5.0kW
7.5kW
11.0kW
15.0kW
400W
600W
1.0kW
1.5kW
2.0kW
3.0kW
4.0kW
5.0kW
7.5kW
11.0kW
15.0kW

Adjustment

Single/
3-phase, 200V

MSMD5AZG1 *
MSMD011G1 *
MSMD021G1 *
MSMD041G1 *
MSMD5AZG1 *
MSMD012G1 *
MSMD022G1 *
MSMD042G1 *
MSMD082G1 *
MSME5AZG1 *
MSME011G1 *
MSME021G1 *
MSME041G1 *
MSME5AZG1 *
MSME012G1 *
MSME022G1 *
MSME042G1 *
MSME082G1 *
MSME102G *
MSME152G *
MSME202G *
MSME302G *
MSME402G *
MSME502G *
MSME084G1 *
MSME104G *
MSME154G *
MSME204G *
MSME304G *
MSME404G *
MSME504G *
MDME102G *
MDME152G *
MDME202G *
MDME302G *
MDME402G *
MDME502G *
MDME752G1 *
MDMEC12G1 *
MDMEC52G1 *
MDME044G1 *
MDME064G1 *
MDME104G *
MDME154G *
MDME204G *
MDME304G *
MDME404G *
MDME504G *
MDME754G1 *
MDMEC14G1 *
MDMEC54G1 *

Frame

Setup

MSME

Rated
output

Driver
Model of Only for
position control
type
MADHT1105E
MADHT1107E
MBDHT2110E
MCDHT3120E

Connection

Single
phase,
100V

Model

Model of velocity,
position, torque and
full-closed control type
MADHT1105
MADHT1107
MBDHT2110
MCDHT3120

Preparation

Power
supply

Do not use in other combinations than those listed below.


Motor
Rated
rotational
speed

1
Before Using the Products

1Before Using

4. Check of the Combination of the Driver and the Motor


Incremental Specifications, 20-bit

Motor
Power
supply

Type

Rated
rotational
speed

Single/
3-phase,
200V
MFME
3-phase,
2000r/min
200V
Middle inertia
3-phase,
400V
Single/
3-phase,
200V
3-phase,
200V

MGME

Middle inertia

1000r/min

3-phase,
400V
Single
phase,
100V
Single/
3-phase,
200V
Single/
3-phase,
200V

MHMD

High inertia

3000r/min

2000r/min

3-phase,
200V
MHME

High inertia

3-phase,
400V

1500r/min

2000r/min

1500r/min

Note

1-24

Driver
Model

Rated
output

Model of velocity,
position, torque and
full-closed control type

Model of Only for


position control
type

Frame

MFME152G1 *

1.5kW

MDDHT5540

MDDHT5540E

D-frame

MFME252G1 *
MFME452G1 *
MFME154G1 *
MFME254G1 *
MFME454G1 *

2.5kW
4.5kW
1.5kW
2.5kW
4.5kW

MEDHT7364
MFDHTB3A2
MDDHT3420
MEDHT4430
MFDHTA464

MEDHT7364E
MFDHTB3A2E
MDDHT3420E
MEDHT4430E
MFDHTA464E

E-frame
F-frame
D-frame
E-frame
F-frame

MGME092G *

0.9kW

MDDHT5540

MDDHT5540E

D-frame

MGME202G *
MGME302G *
MGME452G1 *
MGME602G1 *
MGME094G *
MGME204G *
MGME304G *
MGME454G1 *
MGME604G1 *
MHMD021G1 *

2.0kW
3.0kW
4.5kW
6.0kW
0.9kW
2.0kW
3.0kW
4.5kW
6.0kW
200W

MFDHTA390

MFDHTA390E

MFDHTB3A2

MFDHTB3A2E

MGDHTC3B4
MDDHT3420
MFDHT5440

MDDHT3420E
MFDHT5440E

MFDHTA464

MFDHTA464E

MGDHTB4A2
MBDHT2110

MBDHT2110E

G-frame
B-frame

MHMD041G1 *

400W

MCDHT3120

MCDHT3120E

C-frame

MHMD022G1 *
MHMD042G1 *
MHMD082G1 *
MHME102G *

200W
400W
750W
1.0kW

MADHT1507
MBDHT2510
MCDHT3520
MDDHT3530

MADHT1507E
MBDHT2510E
MCDHT3520E
MDDHT3530E

A-frame
B-frame
C-frame

MHME152G *

1.5kW

MDDHT5540

MDDHT5540E

MHME202G *
MHME302G *
MHME402G *
MHME502G *
MHME752G1 *
MHME104G *
MHME154G *
MHME204G *
MHME304G *
MHME404G *
MHME504G *
MHME754G1 *

2.0kW
3.0kW
4.0kW
5.0kW
7.5kW
1.0kW
1.5kW
2.0kW
3.0kW
4.0kW
5.0kW
7.5kW

MEDHT7364
MFDHTA390

MEDHT7364E
MFDHTA390E

MFDHTB3A2

MFDHTB3A2E

MGDHTC3B4
MDDHT2412
MDDHT3420
MEDHT4430
MFDHT5440

MDDHT2412E
MDDHT3420E
MEDHT4430E
MFDHT5440E

MFDHTA464

MFDHTA464E

MGDHTB4A2

6XI[RILQWKHDSSOLFDEOHPRWRUPRGHOUHSUHVHQWVGHVLJQRUGHU
6XI[RI*LQWKHDSSOLFDEOHPRWRUPRGHOUHSUHVHQWVWKHPRWRUVWUXFWXUH

F-frame
G-frame
D-frame
F-frame

D-frame
E-frame
F-frame
G-frame
D-frame
E-frame
F-frame
G-frame

the Products

4. Check of the Combination of the Driver and the Motor


Absolute Specifications, 17-bit

7KLVGULYHULVGHVLJQHGWREHXVHGLQDFRPELQDWLRQZLWKWKHPRWRUZKLFKDUHVSHFLHGE\
XV&KHFNWKHVHULHVQDPHRIWKHPRWRUUDWHGRXWSXWWRUTXHYROWDJHVSHFLFDWLRQVDQG
HQFRGHUVSHFLFDWLRQV

Remarks

Type

Rated rotational
speed

Single phase,
100V

MSME

Low inertia

3000r/min

3-phase,
200V

Single/3-phase,
200V
2000r/min

1500r/min
MDME

Middle inertia
2000r/min

1500r/min

MADHT1505

A-frame
B-frame
C-frame

MADHT1507
MBDHT2510
MCDHT3520

B-frame
C-frame

MDDHT5540

D-frame

MEDHT7364
MFDHTA390

E-frame

MFDHTB3A2
MDDHT2412
MDDHT3420
MDDHT3420
MEDHT4430
MFDHT5440
MFDHTA464
MDDHT3530
MDDHT5540
MEDHT7364
MFDHTA390
MFDHTB3A2

A-frame

F-frame

D-frame
E-frame
F-frame
D-frame
E-frame
F-frame

MGDHTC3B4

G-frame

MHDHTC3B4

H-frame

MDDHT2407
MDDHT2412
MDDHT3420
MEDHT4430
MFDHT5440
MFDHTA464

D-frame
E-frame
F-frame

MGDHTB4A2

G-frame

MHDHTB4A2

H-frame

6
When in Trouble

3-phase,
400V

50W
100W
200W
400W
50W
100W
200W
400W
750W
1.0kW
1.5kW
2.0kW
3.0kW
4.0kW
5.0kW
750W
1.0kW
1.5kW
2.0kW
3.0kW
4.0kW
5.0kW
1.0kW
1.5kW
2.0kW
3.0kW
4.0kW
5.0kW
7.5kW
11.0kW
15.0kW
400W
600W
1.0kW
1.5kW
2.0kW
3.0kW
4.0kW
5.0kW
7.5kW
11.0kW
15.0kW

Adjustment

3-phase,
200V

MSME5AZS1 *
MSME011S1 *
MSME021S1 *
MSME041S1 *
MSME5AZS1 *
MSME012S1 *
MSME022S1 *
MSME042S1 *
MSME082S1 *
MSME102S *
MSME152S *
MSME202S *
MSME302S *
MSME402S *
MSME502S *
MSME084S1 *
MSME104S *
MSME154S *
MSME204S *
MSME304S *
MSME404S *
MSME504S *
MDME102S *
MDME152S *
MDME202S *
MDME302S *
MDME402S *
MDME502S *
MDME752S1 *
MDMEC12S1 *
MDMEC52S1 *
MDME044S1 *
MDME064S1 *
MDME104S *
MDME154S *
MDME204S *
MDME304S *
MDME404S *
MDME504S *
MDME754S1 *
MDMEC14S1 *
MDMEC54S1 *

Frame

Setup

3-phase,
400V

Rated
output

Connection

Single/
3-phase,
200V

Model

Driver
Model of velocity,
position, torque and
full-closed control type
MADHT1105
MADHT1107
MBDHT2110
MCDHT3120

Preparation

Power
supply

Note

Do not use in other combinations than those listed below.


Motor

1
Before Using the Products

1Before Using

7
Supplement

6XI[RILQWKHDSSOLFDEOHPRWRUPRGHOUHSUHVHQWVGHVLJQRUGHU
6XI[RI*LQWKHDSSOLFDEOHPRWRUPRGHOUHSUHVHQWVWKHPRWRUVWUXFWXUH
'HIDXOWRIWKHGULYHULVVHWIRUWKHLQFUHPHQWDOHQFRGHUVSHFLFDWLRQV
When you use in absolute, make the following operations.
a) Install a battery for absolute encoder.
b) 6ZLWFKWKHSDUDPHWHU3U $EVROXWHHQFRGHUVHWXS IURP GHIDXOW WR
2QO\IRUSRVLWLRQFRQWUROW\SHGRHVQRWVXSSRUWWKHELWDEVROXWHVSHFLFDWLRQ
,WVXSSRUWVRQO\ELWLQFUHPHQWDOVSHFLFDWLRQ
1-25

4. Check of the Combination of the Driver and the Motor


Absolute Specifications, 17-bit

Motor
Power
supply

Type

Single/3-phase,
200V
3-phase,
200V

MFME

Middle inertia

Rated rotational
speed

2000r/min

3-phase,
400V
Single/3-phase,
200V
3-phase,
200V

MGME

Middle inertia

1000r/min

3-phase,
400V
Single/
3-phase,
200V
2000r/min

3-phase,
200V
MHME

High inertia

3-phase,
400V

1500r/min

2000r/min

1500r/min

Note

1-26

Driver
Model of velocity,
position, torque and
Frame
full-closed control type

Model

Rated
output

MFME152S1 *

1.5kW

MDDHT5540

D-frame

MFME252S1 *
MFME452S1 *
MFME154S1 *
MFME254S1 *
MFME454S1 *

2.5kW
4.5kW
1.5kW
2.5kW
4.5kW

MEDHT7364
MFDHTB3A2
MDDHT3420
MEDHT4430
MFDHTA464

E-frame
F-frame
D-frame
E-frame
F-frame

MGME092S *

0.9kW

MDDHT5540

D-frame

MGME202S *
MGME302S *
MGME452S1 *
MGME602S1 *
MGME094S *
MGME204S *
MGME304S *
MGME454S1 *
MGME604S1 *
MHME102S *

2.0kW
3.0kW
4.5kW
6.0kW
0.9kW
2.0kW
3.0kW
4.5kW
6.0kW
1.0kW

MFDHTA390

MHME152S *

1.5kW

MDDHT5540

MHME202S *
MHME302S *
MHME402S *
MHME502S *
MHME752S1 *
MHME104S *
MHME154S *
MHME204S *
MHME304S *
MHME404S *
MHME504S *
MHME754S1 *

2.0kW
3.0kW
4.0kW
5.0kW
7.5kW
1.0kW
1.5kW
2.0kW
3.0kW
4.0kW
5.0kW
7.5kW

MEDHT7364
MFDHTA390

MFDHTB3A2
MGDHTC3B4
MDDHT3420
MFDHT5440
MFDHTA464
MGDHTB4A2
MDDHT3530

MFDHTB3A2
MGDHTC3B4
MDDHT2412
MDDHT3420
MEDHT4430
MFDHT5440
MFDHTA464
MGDHTB4A2

6XI[RILQWKHDSSOLFDEOHPRWRUPRGHOUHSUHVHQWVGHVLJQRUGHU
6XI[RI*LQWKHDSSOLFDEOHPRWRUPRGHOUHSUHVHQWVWKHPRWRUVWUXFWXUH
'HIDXOWRIWKHGULYHULVVHWIRUWKHLQFUHPHQWDOHQFRGHUVSHFLFDWLRQV
When you use in absolute, make the following operations.
a) Install a battery for absolute encoder.
b) 6ZLWFKWKHSDUDPHWHU3U $EVROXWHHQFRGHUVHWXS IURP GHIDXOW WR
2QO\IRUSRVLWLRQFRQWUROW\SHGRHVQRWVXSSRUWWKHELWDEVROXWHVSHFLFDWLRQ
,WVXSSRUWVRQO\ELWLQFUHPHQWDOVSHFLFDWLRQ

F-frame
G-frame
D-frame
F-frame
G-frame
D-frame
E-frame
F-frame
G-frame
D-frame
E-frame
F-frame
G-frame

the Products

4. Check of the Combination of the Driver and the Motor


Junction cable for motor

Encoder cable
Motor series

,QFUHPHQWDO6SHFLFDWLRQVELW Note)1

MSMD 50W to 750W

MSME

50W
to 750W (200V)

7-98

MFECA0 ** 0EAM

MFECA0 ** 0MJD

MFECA0 ** 0MJE

(Highly bendable type, Direction of motor shaft)

(Highly bendable type, Direction of motor shaft)

MFECA0 ** 0MKD

MFECA0 ** 0MKE

(Highly bendable type, Opposite direction of motor shaft)

(Highly bendable type, Opposite direction of motor shaft)

7-98

MFECA0 ** 0TJD

MFECA0 ** 0TJE

7-99

(Standard bendable type, Direction of motor shaft)

(Standard bendable type, Direction of motor shaft)

MFECA0 ** 0TKD

MFECA0 ** 0TKE

(Standard bendable type, Opposite direction of motor shaft)

(Standard bendable type, Opposite direction of motor shaft)

note)2

750W (400V),
1.0kW to 5.0kW

MFECA0 ** 0ESE note)2


MFECA0 ** 0ETE note)3
MFECA0 ** 0ESEnote)2
MFECA0 ** 0ETE note)3
MFECA0 ** 0ETE
MFECA0 ** 0ESE note)2
MFECA0 ** 0ETE note)3

MFECA0 ** 0ESE note)2


MFECA0 ** 0ETE note)3

1.5kW to 4.5kW

MGME 0.9kW to 6.0kW


MHMD 200W to 750W
MHME 1.0kW to 7.5kW

3
7-99
to
7-100

Connection

MFECA0 ** 0ESD
MFECA0 ** 0ETD note)3
MFECA0 ** 0ESD note)2
MFECA0 ** 0ETD note)3
MFECA0 ** 0ETD
MFECA0 ** 0ESD note)2
MFECA0 ** 0ETD note)3
MFECA0 ** 0EAM
MFECA0 ** 0ESD note)2
MFECA0 ** 0ETD note)3

MDME 400W to 15.0kW


MFME

Detail
page

Preparation

MSME

Absolute Specifications, 17-bit Note)1

1
Before Using the Products

1Before Using

1RWH  UHSUHVHQWVWKHFDEOHOHQJWK1RWH 'HVLJQRUGHU& N:WRN: 0*0(WRN: 1RWH 'HVLJQRUGHU

Motor cable/ Brake cable

MSMD 50W to 750W

MFMCA0 ** 0EED

MFMCA0 ** 0NJD

MFMCA0 ** 0RJD

Standard bendable type,


Direction of motor shaft

MFMCA0 ** 3FCT
MFMCA0 ** 2FCD
MFMCE0 ** 2FCD
MFMCA0 ** 3FCT

MFMCA0 ** 2FCD

MFMCD0 ** 2ECD

MFMCE0 ** 2FCD

6
7-102
to
7-106

MFMCB0 ** 0GET

MFMCA0 ** 3FCT

1RWH  UHSUHVHQWVWKHFDEOHOHQJWK

Caution

0RWRUFDEOH IRU0+0(N:0*0(N:0'0(N:WRN: LVQRWSUHSDUHGLQ


option.

Related page

)RURWKHUFDEOHFRQQHFWRUDQGFRQQHFWRUNLWUHIHUWR32SWLRQV

1-27

Supplement

MFMCE0 ** 2ECD
MFMCA0 ** 3ECT

When in Trouble

MFMCD0 ** 3ECT

MFMCA0 ** 3ECT
MFMCA0 ** 0EED

Adjustment

MFMCE0 ** 2FCD

MFMCD0 ** 2ECD

Standard bendable type,


(Opposite
direction of motor shaft)

MFMCF0 ** 2ECD

MFMCD0 ** 2ECD

7-106

MFMCA0 ** 3ECT
MFMCA0 ** 2ECD

MFMCA0 ** 3ECT

7-101

MFMCB0 ** 0SJT
MFMCB0 ** 0SKT

MFMCA0 ** 2FCD
MFMCE0 ** 2FCD
MFMCA0 ** 3FCT
MFMCA0 ** 2FCD
MFMCE0 ** 2FCD
MFMCA0 ** 3FCT
MFMCA0 ** 2FCD

MFMCD0 ** 2ECD

Highly bendable type,


(Opposite
direction of motor shaft)
Standard bendable type,
Direction of motor shaft

Standard bendable type,


(Opposite
direction of motor shaft)

1.0kW to 2.0kW200V
750W to 2.0kW400V
3.0kW to 5.0kW
1.0kW to 2.0kW200V
400W to 2.0kW400V
3.0kW to 5.0kW
1.5kW200V
1.5kW400V
2.5kW
4.5kW
0.9kW200V
0.9kW400V
2.0kW to 4.5kW
200W to 750W
1.0kW, 1.5kW200V
1.0kW, 1.5kW400V
2.0kW
3.0kW to 5.0kW

7-101
7-106

MFMCB0 ** 0PKT

MFMCA0 ** 0RKD

MSME
MSME
MSME
MDME
MDME
MDME
MFME
MFME
MFME
MFME
MGME
MGME
MGME
MHMD
MHME
MHME
MHME
MHME

MFMCB0 ** 0GET
Highly bendable type,
(Direction
of motor shaft)

MFMCA0 ** 0NKD

MSME 50W to 750W

Detail
page

MFMCB0 ** 0PJT

Highly bendable type,


(Direction
of motor shaft)

Highly bendable type,


(Opposite
direction of motor shaft)

Brake cable Note)1

Setup

Motor cable Note)1


without Brake
with Brake

Motor series

1Before Using
the Products

5. Installation
Driver

Install the driver properly to avoid a breakdown or an accident.

Installation Place
1) Install the driver in a control panel enclosed in noncombustible material and placed indoor where the product is not subjected to rain or direct sunlight. The products are not
waterproof.
2) Where the products are not subjected to corrosive atmospheres such as hydrogen sulGHVXOIXURXVDFLGFKORULQHDPPRQLDVXOIXUFKORULFJDVVXOIXULFJDVDFLGDONDOLQH
DQGVDOWDQGVRRQDQGDUHIUHHIURPVSODVKRILQDPPDEOHJDV
3) Where the motor is free from grinding oil, oil mist, iron powder or chips.
4) Well-ventilated and low humidity and dust-free place.
5) Vibration-free place.
6) Do not use benzine, thinner, alcohol, acidic cleaner and alkaline cleaner because they can
discolor or damage the exterior case.

Environmental Conditions
Item
Ambient temperature
Ambient humidity
Storage temperature*1
Storage humidity
Vibration
Altitude

Conditions
&WR& IUHHIURPIUHH]LQJ
20% to 85% RH (free from condensation)
&WR&

(Max. temperature guarantee: 80C for 72 hours free from condensation*2)

20% to 85% RH (free from condensation*2)


Lower than 5.88m/s2 (0.6G), 10 to 60Hz
(Do not continuously use the driver for along time at the resonance point.)
Lower than 1000m

*1 Extreme temperatures are permissible only for short period such as during transportation.
*2 Air containing water vapor will become saturated with water vapor as the temperature falls, causing dew.

How to Install
1) Rack-mount type. Install in vertical position, and reserve enough space around the
servo driver for ventilation.
2) Base mount (rear mount) is standard for A/B/C/D-frame driver.
3) To change the mounting surface of A/B/C/D-frame driver, use the optional mounting brackHW)RUFKRRVLQJWKHFRUUHFWRSWLRQDOPRXQWLQJEUDFNHWUHIHUWR30RXQWLQJ%UDFNHW
4) In consideration of strength of the screws and the material of the mounting base, seOHFWDSSURSULDWHIDVWHQLQJWRUTXHIRUWKHSURGXFWPRXQWLQJVFUHZVVRWKDWWKHVFUHZV
will not be loosened or damaged.
Example) To tighten a steel screw into a steel base
A to G-frame: M5 2.7 to 3.3 Nm, H-frame: M6 4.68 to 5.72 Nm
H-frame
A to D-frame
E to G-frame
Basemount (Standard)
[Rear mount]

Frontmount
[Use mounting bracket]

Front or rearmount
[Use mounting bracket]

Mounting bracket
(optional parts)
<E-frame>

Fastening torque of ground terminal (M4)


to be 0.7 to 0.8 N m.
1-28

Rearmount [Basemount]

Mounting bracket
(Attachment)

Fastening torque of ground terminal (M4)


to be 0.7 to 0.8 N m.
<F, G-frame> Fastening torque of ground terminal (M5)
to be 1.4 to 1.6 N m.

Fastening torque of
ground terminal (M6)
to be 2.4 to 2.6 N m.

5. Installation

Mounting Direction and Spacing

Fan

Control panel

Fan

100mm
or more

2
Preparation

5HVHUYHHQRXJKVXUURXQGLQJVSDFHIRUHIIHFWLYHFRROLQJ
,QVWDOOIDQVWRSURYLGHXQLIRUPGLVWULEXWLRQRIWHPSHUDWXUHLQWKHFRQWUROSDQHO
'WR+IUDPHLVSURYLGHGZLWKDFRROLQJIDQDWWKHERWWRP (On the H-frame, the cooling
fan is also installed on the upper side.)
Observe the environmental conditions of the control panel described in the previous page.

Before Using the Products

Driver

3
a

Direction of air flowing


from the internal
cooling fan (D to H-frame)

Note

40mm
or
more

100mm
or more

Connection

40mm
or
more

A to F-frame

10mm or more

G, H-frame

50mm or more

It is recommended to use the conductive paint when you make your own mounting bracket, or repaint after peeling off the paint on the machine for installing the products, in order
to make noise countermeasure.

Setup

Caution on Installation
Caution

1-29

7
Supplement

36SHFLFDWLRQV3,QVWDOODWLRQRIPRWRU
3'LPHQVLRQV30RXQWLQJEUDFNHW

When in Trouble

 :KHQHYHU OLIWLQJ WKH SURGXFW GXULQJ WUDQVSRUWDWLRQLQVWDOODWLRQ RI + IUDPH VHUYR GULYHU  WZR RU
more persons should hold it by metallic member, not by plastic member.
 :HKDYHEHHQPDNLQJWKHEHVWHIIRUWWRHQVXUHWKHKLJKHVWTXDOLW\KRZHYHUDSSOLFDWLRQRIH[FHStionally large external noise disturbance and static electricity, or failure in input power, wiring and
components may result in unexpected action. It is highly recommended that you make a fail-safe
design and secure the safety in the operative range.
If stranded wires are used as the cable, bunch the conductors of the cable using a rod terminals or
a round terminals. If stranded wires are used as they are, unexpected accidents such as an electric
shock and short circuit or injury may result.
7KHUHPLJKWEHDFKDQFHRIVPRNHJHQHUDWLRQGXHWRWKHIDLOXUHRIWKHVHSURGXFWV3D\DQH[WUD
attention when you apply these products in a clean room environment.
%H VXUH WR LQVWDOO D QRIXVH EUHDNHU LQ WKH SRZHU VXSSO\ ,Q DGGLWLRQ EH VXUH WR JURXQG WKH
grounding terminal or grounding wire provided. (In order to prevent electric shock and malfuncWLRQV&ODVV'JURXQGLQJ JURXQGLQJUHVLVWDQFHRIRUOHVV LVUHFRPPHQGHG
 ,IWKHSURGXFWLVJURXQGHGLQVXIFLHQWO\QRWRQO\WKHGULYHUPD\QRWGHOLYHULWVSHUIRUPDQFHVXIFLHQWO\EXWDOVRVDIHW\KD]DUGVVXFKDVDPDOIXQFWLRQGXHWRDHOHFWULFDWLRQRUDGLVWXUEDQFH
may be caused.
,IHOHFWULFZLUHVDUHERXQGDQGUXQWKURXJKPHWDOGXFWWKH\FDQQRWFDUU\WKHUDWHGFXUUHQWGXHWR
temperature rise. If they are forced to carry the rated current, they may burn. When determining
size of the wire.
'RQRWXVHRUVWRUHWKHSURGXFWLQDSODFHVXEMHFWWRPV2 or more vibration or shock, forHLJQPDWHULDOVVXFKDVGXVWPHWDOOLFSRZGHUDQGRLOPLVWOLTXLGVVXFKDVZDWHURLODQGJULQGLQJ
XLG FORVH WR DPPDEOH PDWHULDOV RU LQ DQ DWPRVSKHUH RI FRUURVLYH JDV +2S, SO2, NO2, Cl2,
HWF RULQDPPDEOHJDVXQGHUDQ\FLUFXPVWDQFH

Adjustment

Related page

5. Installation
Driver

Be sure to conduct wiring properly and securely. Insecure or improper wiring may cause the motor running out of control or being damaged from overheating. In addition, pay attention not to allow conductive materials, such as wire chips, entering the driver during the installation and wiring.
6HFXUHWKHVFUHZVDQGHDUWKVFUHZRQWKHWHUPLQDOEORFNZLWKWKHWRUTXHVSHFLHGLQWKHVSHFLcation.
:KHQHVWDEOLVKLQJDV\VWHPXVLQJVDIHW\IXQFWLRQVFRPSOHWHO\XQGHUVWDQGWKHDSSOLFDEOHVDIHW\
standards and the operating instruction manual or technical documents for the product.
1HYHU PDNH DQ DSSURDFK WRWKH PRWRUDQG WKH PDFKLQH V GULYHQ E\ WKHPRWRU ZKLOH SRZHU LV
applied because they may become failure or malfunction.
'RQRWXVHVHUYRRQVLJQDO 65921 DVWKHVWDUWVWRSVLJQDO'RLQJVRPD\GDPDJHWKHEXLOWLQ
dynamic brake circuit in the driver.
3D\DWWHQWLRQWRWKHKHDWGLVVLSDWLRQ7KHGULYHUZLOOJHQHUDWHKHDWZKLOHWKHPRWRULVLQRSHUDtion. Using the driver in a sealed control box may cause an abnormal heating of the control
box. A proper consideration should be given to cool the driver so that the ambient temperature
PDWFKHVWKHVSHFLHGRSHUDWLQJWHPSHUDWXUHUDQJH
7KHUHLVDSRVVLELOLW\WKDWWKHPRWRUZLOOEHGDPDJHGE\KHDWRUHPLWVPRNHRUGXVWGXHWRDIDXOW
in the motor itself or the driver coupled with it. A proper consideration should be given if the motor is used in a clean room or similar environment.
7KHXSSHUIDQRQWKH+IUDPHGULYHUVWRSVGXULQJVHUYR2))WRVDYHHQHUJ\7KLVLVQRUPDO
,I WKH G\QDPLF EUDNH LV DSSOLHG GXULQJ RSHUDWLRQ DW D KLJK VSHHG SURYLGH DSSUR[ PLQXWH
dwell period.
Restarting the motor earlier may cause a broken wire in the dynamic brake making the brake inoperable.
7KHFDSDFLWDQFHRIFDSDFLWRULQWKHSRZHUVXSSO\UHFWLHUFLUFXLWGHFUHDVHVLWVFDSDFLWDQFHZLWK
age.
To prevent a secondary accident due to malfunction, it should be replaced with new one after
5-year use.
Replacement should be performed by us or our authorized distributor.
%HIRUHXVLQJWKHSURGXFWEHVXUHWRUHDGWKHLQVWUXFWLRQPDQXDO 6DIHW\SDUW 

Recommended Electric Wires for Driver


)RUWKHPDLQFLUFXLWXVHHOHFWULFZLUHWKDWZLWKVWDQGVDWOHDVW9$&ZLWKWHPSHUDWXUHUDWLQJRUKLJKHU
:KHQ XVLQJ EXQGOHG ZLUHV UXQQLQJ WKURXJK PHWDOOLF FRQGXLW WKH DPRXQWV RI FXUUHQW
determined according to the reduction rate must be subtracted from the nominal allowable current.
(OHFWULFZLUHV
<In high ambient temperature>
Use heat resistant wire.
Common polyvinyl chloride wires will deteriorate by heat at a higher rate.
<In low ambient temperature>
The surface of vinyl chloride insulation becomes hardened and brittle at low temperaWXUHDQGQHHGVVSHFLFSURWHFWLYHPHDVXUHZKHQXVHGLQFROGUHJLRQ
%HQGUDGLXVRIWKHFDEOHPXVWEHWLPHVRUPRUHLWVQLVKRXWVLGHGLDPHWHU
&DEOHVFDQQRWEHXVHGIRUFRQWLQXRXVUHJHQHUDWLRQEHFDXVHWKH\DUHQRWGHVLJQHGIRU
such application.

Related page

1-30

3-XQFWLRQFDEOHIRUPRWRU

5. Installation

Relationship between Wire Diameter and Permissible Current


:KHQVHOHFWLQJDFDEOHUHIHUWRWKHIROORZLQJVHOHFWLRQJXLGHVKRZLQJUHODWLRQVKLSEHWZHHQFDEOHVSHFLFDWLRQDQGFXUUHQWFDUU\LQJFDSDFLW\
Example: Power supply 3-phase, 200 V, 35 A, ambient temperature 30C

49
61
88
115
139
162
217
298
395

<Supplement>
 7KHFXUUHQWFRUUHFWLRQFRHIFLHQWLVGHWHUPLQHGXVLQJWKHIROORZLQJIRUPXOD

(Max. permissible temp. ambient temp.) 30

Caution

7KHFXUUHQWFRUUHFWLRQFRHIFLHQWLVGHWHUPLQHGDFFRUGLQJWRWKHFDEOH&KHFNWKHVSHFLFDWLRQRIWKHFDEOH
used.
 7KH FXUUHQW UHGXFWLRQ FRHIILFLHQW LV SURYLGHG IRU WKH FDVH
&XUUHQWUHGXFWLRQFRHIILFLHQW
where the cable (4-conductor cable in the case of example),
No. of wires in a tube Coefficient
is housed in plastic race/sheath, plastic tube, metal race/
Up to 3
0.70
VKHDWKPHWDOWXEHRUH[LEOHFRQGXLW
4
0.63
Because the neutral conductor is not counted as a wire, the cur5 or 6
0.56
UHQWUHGXFWLRQFRHIFLHQWIRURUOHVVLVDSSOLHGDVLQGLFDWHGE\
7 to 15
0.49
( ) in the table right.
16 to 40
0.43
41 to 60
61 or more

5HFRPPHQGHGHFRFDEOH

0.39
0.34

Conductor

14
22
38
60
100
150

Caution
Note

Max.
Sheath
(Reference) conductor
thickness Finish O.D. resistance
(mm)
(mm)
(20C)
(W/km)
1.5
12.0
9.42
1.5
13.5
5.30
1.5
16.0
3.40
1.5
17.0
2.36

Outside
diameter
(mm)

7/0.6
7/0.8
7/1.0
7/1.2

1.8
2.4
3.0
3.6

0.8
0.8
1.0
1.0

Circular
compression
Circular
compression
Circular
compression
Circular
compression
Circular
compression
Circular
compression
Circular
compression

4.4

1.0

1.5

19.0

5.5

1.2

1.6

7.3

1.2

9.3

Test
voltage
(V/1 min.)

Minimum (Reference)
insulation
Approx.
resistance
mass
0:NP
(kg/km)

1500
1500
1500
1500

2500
2500
2500
2000

170
250
360
475

1.34

2000

1500

730

23

0.849

2000

1500

1100

1.8

28

0.491

2500

1500

1800

1.5

2.0

35

0.311

2500

1500

2790

12.0

2.0

2.4

44

0.187

2500

1500

4630

14.7

2.0

2.6

51

0.124

3000

1000

6710

17.0

2.5

2.9

60

0.0933

3000

1500

8990

6KLHOGZLOOLQFUHDVHQLVKRXWVLGHGLDPHWHUE\DSSUR[PP
 $SSURSULDWHFDEOHVKRXOGEHVHOHFWHGWRKDYHVXIFLHQWDOORZDQFHIRUSDUDPHWHUVVXFKDVRSHUDWLQJDPELent temperature and current.
 &XUUHQW UHGXFWLRQ FRHIILFLHQW IXQGDPHQWDO SHUPLVVLEOH FXUUHQW HWF VWDWHG RQ WKLV SDJH DUH VXEMHFW WR
change due to e.g. standard revision. Consult cable manufacturers for the latest information.
1-31

Supplement

200

Insulation
thickness
(mm)

Structure
or shape
(wires/mm2)

When in Trouble

Nominal
cross
section
(mm2)
2
3.5
5.5
8

5
Adjustment

Wire category: 4-conductor polyethylene-insulated power cable with heat-resistant polyethylene sheath
(Standard: EM JIS C 3605) Maximum permissible temperature: 90C

Setup

Caution

3
Connection

5.5 to 8 (excl.)
8 to 14 (excl.)
14 to 22 (excl.)
11 to 30 (excl.)
30 to 38 (excl.)
38 to 68 (excl.)
60 to 100 (excl.)
100 to 150 (excl.)
150 to 200 (excl.)

Applicable permissible current


= IXQGDPHQWDOSHUPLVVLEOHFXUUHQW[FXUUHQWUHGXFWLRQFRHIFLHQW[FXUUHQW
FRUUHFWLRQFRHIFLHQW
= 37 x 0.7 x 1.414
.
=. 36.6 (A)
This permissible value is larger than 35 A to be carried though the
cable. Therefore, according to the list of recommended eco-cables,
the cable to be selected for the cable with nominal cross section 3.5
mm2 is a polyethylene-insulated heat-resistant 4-conductor power
FDEOHKDYLQJPPQLVK2' DSSUR[PPZLWKVKLHOG 

2
Preparation

Determine the fundamental permissible current according to the


)XQGDPHQWDOSHUPLVVLEOH
cable conductor material (example: stranded copper wire). (For the
current
Copper
purpose of this example, the ampere indicated by
is selected from
Stranded conductor
wire
the table right.)
(nominal cross section: mm2)
(unit: A)
Next, determine the number of conductors. (In this example, the
2 to 3.5 (excl.)
27
cable contains 4 conductors (3 + ground).) Determine the applicable
3.5
to
5.5
(excl.)
37

permissible current using the following formula.

Before Using the Products

Driver

1Before Using
the Products

5. Installation
Motor

Install the motor properly to avoid a breakdown or an accident.

Installation Place
Since the conditions of location affect a lot to the motor life, select a place which
meets the conditions below.
1) Indoors, where the products are not subjected to rain or direct sun beam. The products
are not waterproof.
2) Where the products are not subjected to corrosive atmospheres such as hydrogen sulGHVXOIXURXVDFLGFKORULQHDPPRQLDVXOIXUFKORULFJDVVXOIXULFJDVDFLGDONDOLQH
DQGVDOWDQGVRRQDQGDUHIUHHIURPVSODVKRILQDPPDEOHJDV
3) Where the motor is free from grinding oil, oil mist, iron powder or chips.
4) Well-ventilated and humid and dust-free place, far apart from the heat source such as
a furnace.
5) Easy-to-access place for inspection and cleaning
6) Vibration-free place.
7) Avoid enclosed place. Motor may gets hot in those enclosure and shorten the motor life.

Environmental Conditions
Item
Ambient temperature*1
Ambient humidity
Storage temperature*2
Storage humidity
Vibration Motor only
Impact
Motor only
Enclosure Motor only
rating (Connector type)
Altitude

Conditions
&WR& IUHHIURPIUHH]LQJ 
20% to 85% RH (free from condensation)
&WR&
(Max. temperature guarantee: 80C for 72 hours free from condensation*5)

20% to 85% RH (free from condensation*5)


Lower than 49m/s2 (5G) at running, 24.5m/s2 (2.5G) at stall
Lower than 98m/s2 (10G)
IP67 (except rotating portion of output shaft and connecting pin
part of the motor connector and the encoder connector)*3*4
Lower than 1000m

*1 Ambient temperature to be measured at 5cm away from the motor.


*2 Permissible temperature for short duration such as transportation.
*3 7KHVHPRWRUVFRQIRUPWRWKHWHVWFRQGLWLRQVVSHFLHGLQ(1VWDQGDUGV (1(1 'R
QRWXVHWKHVHPRWRUVLQDSSOLFDWLRQZKHUHZDWHUSURRISHUIRUPDQFHLVUHTXLUHGVXFKDVFRQWLQXRXV
wash-down operation.
*4 This condition is applied when the connector mounting screw in case of motor 750W or less are
WLJKWHQHG WR WKH UHFRPPHQGHG WLJKWHQLQJ WRUTXH 5HIHU WR 3   %H VXUH WR XVH PRXQWLQJ
screw supplied with the connector. Correctly install and secure the gasket supplied with the cable
connector.
*5 Air containing water vapor will become saturated with water vapor as the temperature falls, causing dew.

How to Install
You can mount the motor either horizontally or vertically as long as you observe the followings.
1) Horizontal mounting
0RXQWWKHPRWRUZLWKFDEOHRXWOHWIDFLQJGRZQZDUGIRUZDWHURLOFRXQWHUPHDVXUH
2) Vertical mounting
8VH WKH PRWRU ZLWK RLO VHDO PDNHWRRUGHU LQ FDVH RI PRWRU : RU OHVV  ZKHQ
mounting the motor with gear reducer to prevent the reducer oil/grease from entering
to the motor.
1-32

5. Installation

1
Before Using the Products

Motor

Oil/Water Protection

2
Motor
Preparation

1) Don't submerge the motor cable to water or oil.


2) Install the motor with the cable outlet facing downward.
3) Avoid a place where the motor is always subjectCable
ed to oil or water.
4) Use the motor with an oil seal when used with the
gear reducer, so that the oil may not enter to the
Oil / Water
motor through shaft.

Stress to Cables

Permissible Load to Output Shaft

5
Adjustment

)RUSHUPLVVLEOHORDGRIHDFKPRGHOUHIHUWR33HUPLVVLEOH/RDGDW2XWSXW6KDIW.

Setup

1) Design the mechanical system so that the applied radial load and/or thrust load to the
motor shaft at installation and at normal operation can meet the permissible value
VSHFLHGWRHDFKPRGHO
2) Pay an extra attention when you use a rigid coupling. (Excess bending load may damage the shaft or deteriorate the bearing life.)
 8VHDH[LEOHFRXSOLQJZLWKKLJKVWLIIQHVVGHVLJQHGH[FOXVLYHO\IRUVHUYRDSSOLFDWLRQLQ
order to make a radial thrust caused by micro misalignment smaller than the permissible value.

Note

3
Connection

1) Avoid a stress application to the cable outlet and connecting portion by bending or selfweight.
 (VSHFLDOO\LQDQDSSOLFDWLRQZKHUHWKHPRWRULWVHOIWUDYHOV[WKHMXQFWLRQFDEOHLQWRWKH
bearer so that the stress by bending can be minimized.
3) Take the cable bending radius as large as possible. (When you use our optional cable,
Minimum R20mm)

Notes on Installation

3-XQFWLRQFDEOHIRUPRWRU3,QVWDOODWLRQRIGULYHU
33HUPLVVLEOH/RDGDW2XWSXW6KDIW3'LPHQVLRQV

1-33

7
Supplement

Related page

6
When in Trouble

1) Do not apply direct impact to the shaft by hammer


while attaching/detaching a coupling to and from
the motor shaft.
Motor
(Or it may damage the encoder mounted on the
other side of the shaft.)
2) Make a full alignment. (incomplete alignment may
cause vibration and damage the bearing.)
3) If the motor shaft is not electrically grounded, it may cause electrolytic corrosion to the
bearing depending on the condition of the machine and its mounting environment, and
PD\UHVXOWLQWKHEHDULQJQRLVH&KHFNDQGYHULFDWLRQE\FXVWRPHULVUHTXLUHG

5. Installation
Motor

Wiring Precautions on Movable Section


When wiring cable bear, take the following precautions:

&DEOHEHDUZLULQJ
7KHEHQGUDGLXVRIWKHFDEOHPXVWEHWLPHVRUPRUHLWVQLVKRXWVLGHGLDPHWHU
)RUQLVKRXWVLGHGLDPHWHUUHIHUWR3+RZWR,QVWDOO5HODWLRQVKLSEHWZHHQ:LUH
'LDPHWHUDQG3HUPLVVLEOH&XUUHQWDQGDVVRFLDWHGWDEOHV
'RQRW[RUEXQGOHZLUHVLQWKHFDEOHEHDU
:KHQVHFXULQJWKHFDEOH[LWRQO\DWQRQPRYDEOHHQGVRIWKHFDEOHEHDUZKHUHWKH
cable is free from any stress (e.g. tension). (Avoid tight lock.)
[Recommended cable bear wiring]
Cable bear

Cable

Caution

Cable end

Do not keep the cable loosened (too long) or under tension (too short).
Otherwise, the sheath will be cracked by internal wall of the cable bear, tangled by other
cable, etc., causing unpredictable troubles.

 &DEOHGLVWRUWLRQ
Keep the cable free from twists or kinks.
Distorted cable will cause loose connection, lowering performance and reliability.

/DPLQDWLRQIDFWRURIFDEOHLQFDEOHEHDU
 3ODFHFDEOHVRQDDWVXUIDFHLQSDUDOOHOZLWKRXWEULQJLQJWKHPLQWRFRQWDFWZLWKHDFK
other and measure the dimension necessary to cover these cables. Then select a cable bear which is wider than the measured dimension.
The lamination factor of cables should be lower than 60% (recommended factor is 30%
or below).
Do not run smaller and larger size cables in the same cable bear. Thin cables may
break under the pressure of thick cables. If it is necessary to mix cables of different
size, isolate them by using suitable separating material such as partition.
[Wiring arrangement in cable bear example]

Cable

Thick cable

1-34

Partition

Thin cable

Cable

Partition

the Products

6. Permissible Load at Output Shaft


Motor

Radial load (P) direction


L

Thrust load (A and B) direction

1
Before Using the Products

1Before Using

A
M

Unit : N (1kgf=9.8N)

At assembly
Motor
series

MSME

During running

Thrust load
Radial thrust

A-direction B-direction
88

117.6

68.6

58.8

200W, 400W

392

147

196

245

98

750W

686

294

392

392

147

50W, 100W

147

88

117.6

68.6

58.8

200W, 400W

392

147

196

245

98

750W (200V)

686

294

392

392

147

750W (400V),
1.0kW, 1.5kW,
2.0kW, 3.0kW

980

588

686

490

196

784

343

490

196

784

343

588

686

1666

784

980

7.5kW

2058

980

1176

1176

490

11.0kW, 15.0kW

4508

1470

1764

2254

686

0.9kW

980

588

686

686

196

2.0kW

1666

784

980

1176

3.0kW
4.0kW
5.0kW

3.0kW
4.5kW

2058

980

1176

6.0kW

MHMD

MHME

1764

588

490

196

784

294

980

588

2.5kW, 4.0kW

1862

686

200W, 400W

392

147

196

245

98

750W

686

294

392

392

147

1.0kW, 1.5kW

980

588

686

490

196

2.0kW to 5.0kW

1666

784

980

784

343

7.5kW

2058

980

1176

1176

490

When the load point varies, calculate the permissible radial load, P (N) from the distance
RIWKHORDGSRLQW/ PP IURPWKHPRXQWLQJDQJHEDVHGRQWKHIRUPXODRIWKHULJKWWDble, and make it smaller than the calculated result.

1-35

Supplement

Note

490

1.5kW

686

When in Trouble

MFME

1470

Adjustment

980

Setup

147

400W to 2.0kW

MGME

Thrust load A
and
B-direction

50W, 100W

4.0kW, 5.0kW

MDME

Radial thrust

Connection

MSMD

Motor output

Preparation

B
L/2

6. Permissible Load at Output Shaft


Motor

L
P
Motor
series

MSMD

MSME

MDME

1-36

Motor
output

Formula of Load
and load point
relation

Motor
series

Motor
output

Formula of Load
and load point
relation

50W

3533
L+39

0.9kW

33957
L+14.5

100W

4905
L+59

2.0kW

69384
L+19

200W

14945
P
L+46

3.0kW

86730
L+19

400W

19723
L+65.5

4.5kW
6.0kW

89964
L+20

750W

37044
L+77

1.5kW

25235
L+19

50W

3533
L+39

2.5kW

40376
L+19

100W

4905
L+59

4.0kW

42336
L+19

200W

14945
L+46

200W

14945
L+46

400W

19723
L+65.5

400W

19723
L+65.5

750W (200V)

37044
L+77

750W

37044
L77

750W (400V)
1.0kW to 3.0kW

20090
L+13.5

1.0kW
1.5kW

24255
L14.5

4.0kW
5.0kW

36848
L+14.5

2.0kW to 5.0kW

46256
L+19

400W
600W

20090
L13.5

7.5kW

89964
L+20

1.0kW to 2.0kW

20580
L14.5

3.0kW

36848
L+14.5

4.0kW
5.0kW

42336
L+19

7.5kW

89946
L+20

11.0kW
15.0kW

200606
L+31

MGME

MFME

MHMD

MHME

2. Preparation

1
Before Using the Products

1. Conformance to international standards


EC Directives .............................................................................................2-2
Composition of Peripheral Equipments ......................................................2-6

2. System Configuration and Wiring


Driver and List of Applicable Peripheral Equipments ...............................2-10
A to G-frame, 100/200 V type:
Overall Wiring/ Wiring of the Main Circuit/ Wiring Diagram ..................................2-12
E-frame, 200 V type: Overall Wiring/ Wiring of the Main Circuit/ Wiring Diagram ...2-16
F-frame, 200 V type: Overall Wiring/ Wiring of the Main Circuit/ Wiring Diagram ...2-20
G-frame, 200 V type: Overall Wiring/ Wiring of the Main Circuit/ Wiring Diagram ..2-24
H-frame, 200 V type: Overall Wiring/ Wiring of the Main Circuit/ Wiring Diagram...2-28
D, E-frame, 400 V type: Overall Wiring/ Wiring of the Main Circuit/ Wiring Diagram ..2-32
F-frame, 400 V type: Overall Wiring/ Wiring of the Main Circuit/ Wiring Diagram ...2-36
G-frame, 400 V type: Overall Wiring/ Wiring of the Main Circuit/ Wiring Diagram ..2-40
H-frame, 400 V type: Overall Wiring/ Wiring of the Main Circuit/ Wiring Diagram...2-44
Specifications of Motor connector ............................................................2-48
Wiring method to connector .....................................................................2-50

2
Preparation

3
Connection

3. Wiring to the connector, X1


Connecting host computer.............................................................................. 2-51

4. Wiring to the connector, X2


Connecting communication connector ........................................................... 2-51

5. Wiring to the connector, X3


Safety function connector.........................................................................2-53

6. Wiring to the connector, X4

Connection to Host Controller ..................................................................2-54

7. Wiring to the connector, X5


Connect on to External Scale...................................................................2-55

Setup

8. Wiring to the connector, X6


Connection to Encoder.............................................................................2-57

9. Wiring to the connector, X7


Monitor output ..........................................................................................2-60

10. Timing Chart


Timing on power-up .................................................................................2-61
Alarm ........................................................................................................2-62
Servo-Lock ...............................................................................................2-63
Servo-ON/OFF .........................................................................................2-64

5
Adjustment

11. Built-in Holding Brake


Outline ......................................................................................................2-65
Specifications ...........................................................................................2-66

12. Dynamic Brake


Outline ......................................................................................................2-67
Connections of external dynamic brake resistor (Example) ........................... 2-68
Condition setting chart .................................................................................... 2-70

13. Setup of Parameter and Mode

When in Trouble

Outline / Setup / Connection ....................................................................2-72


Composition and List of Parameters ........................................................2-73
List of Parameters ....................................................................................2-74
Setup of Torque Limit ...............................................................................2-82

14. Setup of command division and multiplication ratio


(electronic gear ratio)
Relation between Electronic Gear and Position Resolution or Traveling Speed ...2-84

15. How to Use the Front Panel

7
Supplement

Setup ........................................................................................................2-86
Structure of Each Mode ...........................................................................2-88
Setup of front panel lock ..........................................................................2-90
Monitor Mode (SELECTION display) .......................................................2-91
Monitor Mode (EXECUTION display).......................................................2-92
Parameter Setup Mode ..........................................................................2-106
EEPROM Writing Mode .........................................................................2-107
Auxiliary Function Mode (SELECTION display) .....................................2-108
Auxiliary Function Mode (EXECUTION display) ....................................2-109
2-1

1. Conformance to international standards

Preparation

EC Directives

EC Directives
7KH(&'LUHFWLYHVDSSO\WRDOOVXFKHOHFWURQLFSURGXFWVDVWKRVHKDYLQJVSHFLFIXQFWLRQV
and have been exported to EU and directly sold to general consumers. Those products
DUHUHTXLUHGWRFRQIRUPWRWKH(8XQLHGVWDQGDUGVDQGWRIXUQLVKWKH&(PDUNLQJRQWKH
products.
However, our AC servos meet the relevant EC Directives for Low Voltage Equipment so
that the machine or equipment comprising our AC servos can meet EC Directives.

EMC Directives
MINAS Servo System conforms to relevant standard under EMC Directives setting up
certain model (condition) with certain locating distance and wiring of the servo motor and
the driver. And actual working condition often differs from this model condition especially
in wiring and grounding. Therefore, in order for the machine to conform to the EMC Directives, especially for noise emission and noise terminal voltage, it is necessary to examine the machine incorporating our servos.

Conformity to UL Standards
Observe the following conditions of (1) and (2) to make the system conform to UL508C
(E164620).
(1) Use the driver in an environment of Pollution Degree 2 or 1 prescribed in IEC60664-1.
(e.g. Install in the control box with IP54 enclosure.)
(2) Make sure to install a circuit breaker or fuse which are UL recognized (Listed
PDUNHG EHWZHHQWKHSRZHUVXSSO\DQGWKHQRLVHOWHU

Remarks
Note

8VHDFRSSHUFDEOHZLWKWHPSHUDWXUHUDWLQJRI&RUKLJKHU
For rated current of circuit breaker and fuse, refer to P.2-10 Driver and List of Applicable Peripheral Equipments.

(3) Over-load protection level


Over-load protective function will be activated when the effective current exceeds
115% or more than the rated current based on the time characteristics (see the next
SDJH &RQUPWKDWWKHHIIHFWLYHFXUUHQWRIWKHGULYHUGRHVQRWH[FHHGWKHUDWHGFXUrent. Set up the peak permissible current with Pr0.13 (Setup of 1st torque limit) and
Pr5.22 (Setup 2nd torque limit).
(4) Motor over-temperature protection is not provided.
 0RWRURYHUORDGWHPSHUDWXUHSURWHFWLRQVKDOOEHSURYLGHGDWWKHQDOLQVWDOODWLRQXSRQ
required by the NEC (National Electric Code).

Note

2-2

For Overload protection time characterstics, refer to P.6-14.

1. Conformance to international standards

SEMI F47
,QFOXGHVDIXQFWLRQLQFRPSOLDQFHZLWKWKH6(0,)VWDQGDUGIRUYROWDJHVDJLPPXQLW\
under no load or light load.
,GHDOIRUWKHVHPLFRQGXFWRUDQG/&'LQGXVWULHV
(1) Excluding the single-phase 100-V type.
(2) Please verify the actual compliance of your machine with the F47 standard for voltage sag immunity.

2
Preparation

Caution

Before Using the Products

EC Directives

Conformed Standards
Driver
EN55011
EN61000-6-2
EN61800-3

Low-Voltage
Directives

EN61800-5-1

Machinery
Directives
Functional
safety

EN60034-1
EN60034-5

EN954-1 (Cat. 3)
ISO13849-1 (PL c,d*2) (Cat. 3)
EN61508 (SIL 2)
EN62061 (SIL 2)
EN61800-5-2 (STO)
IEC61326-3-1

Setup

(*1)

Connection

EC Directives

EMC
Directives

Motor

UL1004-1
to 750W (200V)
( E327868: from
)
6.0kW

UL Standards

UL508C (E164620)

UL1004

(
C22.2 No.14

C22.2 No.100

Adjustment

CSA Standards

E327868: 400W (400V)


600W (400V), 750W (400V)
0.9kW to 5.0kW

IEC : International Electrotechnical Commission


EN : Europaischen Normen
EMC : Electromagnetic Compatibility
UL : Underwriters Laboratories
CSA : Canadian Standards Association

6
When in Trouble

Pursuant to the directive 2004/108/EC, article 9(2)


Panasonic Testing Centre
Panasonic Service Europe, a division of
Panasonic Marketing Europe GmbH
Winsbergring 15, 22525 Hamburg, F.R. Germany
2QO\IRUSRVLWLRQFRQWUROW\SHGRHVQRWVXSSRUWIXQFWLRQDOVDIHW\(*1) standards.
*2 PL d: Provided that EDM is used.

Use options correctly after reading Operating Instructions of the options to better understand
the precautions.
Take care not to apply excessive stress to each optional part.
2-3

Supplement

Caution

1. Conformance to international standards


EC Directives

Installation Environment
Use the servo driver in the environment of Pollution Degree 1 or 2 prescribed in
IEC-60664-1 (e.g. Install the driver in control panel with IP54 protection structure.)
100V/200V
Power
supply

Metallic control box


Noise filter for signal lines *1

Residual
current device
(RCD)

Circuit
breaker

Surge
absorber

Noise filter

Driver
XA
L1
L2
L3

XB
U
V
W

L1C
L2C

X6

Noise filter for


signal lines

Insulated power supply


for interface

Noise filter for


signal lines *2

X4

Controller

Motor
M
RE

Noise filter for A to F-frame:


signal lines
Motor cable
X3
without shield
cable
Noise filter for
G, H-frame:
signal lines

Safety *3 Motor cable


with shield
controller
cable

Ground (PE)
*1 A to D-frame: Noise filter for signal lines, E to H-frame: Noise filter for signal lines <Power supply cable>
*2 A to F-frame: Noise filter for signal lines, G, H-frame: Noise filter for signal lines <Motor cable>
*3 Only for position control type is not provided with X3 terminal.

400V
Power
supply

Metallic control box


Noise filter for signal lines *1
Residual
current device
(RCD)

Circuit
breaker

Surge
absorber

Noise filter

Driver
XA
L1
L2
L3

Insulated
DC24V

24V
0V

X6

Noise filter for


signal lines

Insulated power supply


for interface

XB
U
V
W

Noise filter for


signal lines *2

X4

Controller

Motor
M
RE

Noise filter for D to F-frame:


signal lines
Motor cable
X3
without shield
cable
Noise filter for
G, H-frame:
signal lines

Safety *3 Motor cable


with shield
controller
cable

Ground (PE)
*1 D to F-frame: Noise filter for signal lines, G, H-frame: Noise filter for signal lines <Power supply cable>
*2 D to F-frame: Noise filter for signal lines, G, H-frame: Noise filter for signal lines <Motor cable>
*3 Only for position control type is not provided with X3 terminal.

0DQGDWRU\UHTXLUHPHQWVWRFRQIRUPWR(0&GLUHFWLYH
Install the servo driver on the metallic casing (control board).
,QVWDOOQRLVHOWHUDQGOLJKWQLQJVXUJHDEVRUEHULQWKHSRZHUVXSSO\OLQH
Use braided shield cable (tin plated annealed copper wire) for I/O signal cable and
encoder cable.
3URYLGH WKH QRLVH OWHU DV VKRZQ LQ WKH JXUH IRU HDFK FDEOH ,2 OLQH DQG SRZHU
source line to be connected to the servo driver.
6KLHOGRIFDEOHVQRWVKRZQRQWKHJXUHVKRXOGEHGLUHFWO\JURXQGHGWKURXJK3(
Because these conditions for EMC directive are affected by status of connected devices, wiring, connection and location, compliance should be checked after completing
installation.

2-4

1. Conformance to international standards

1
Before Using the Products

EC Directives

'HWDLOVRIFDEOH OHIWKDQGILJXUH
From

To

Cable function

Length

Remarks

Shield

1RLVHOWHU
for signal
lines

Breaker

1RLVHOWHU

Power line

2m

Single phase
or 3-phase

none

none

1RLVHOWHU

Servo driver

Power line

2m

none

with

Servo driver

Servo motor

Junction cable
for motor

20m

*1

with

Servo driver

Servo motor

Junction cable
for encoder

20m

with

with

Switch box

Servo driver

I/O cable

3m

with

with

Frame ground

1RLVHOWHU

FG line

1m

none

none

Frame ground

1RLVHOWHU

FG line

1m

none

none

AC power supply

Switch box

Power line

1m

none

none

2
Preparation

Symbol

3
Connection

*1 Frame A to F: none, Frame G and H: with.

5HIHUWR3IRUDOHIWKDQGILJXUHDQGWKHOLVWRIWKH3HULSKHUDO(TXLSPHQWVDIWHU

4
Setup

5
Adjustment

6
When in Trouble

Use options correctly after reading Operating Instructions of the options to better understand
the precautions.
Take care not to apply excessive stress to each optional part.
2-5

Supplement

Caution

1. Conformance to international standards

Preparation

&RPSRVLWLRQRI3HULSKHUDO(TXLSPHQWV

Power Supply
+10%
100V type :
Single phase, 100V
15%
(A to C-frame)
+10%
200V type :
Single/3-phase, 200V
15%
(A to D-frame)
+10%
200V type :
3-phase, 200V
15%
(E to H-frame)
+10%
400V type : Main power supply 3-phase, 380V
15%
(D to H-frame)
: Control power supply
DC 24V 15%

to

120V

+10%
15%

50/60Hz

to

240V

+10%
15%

50/60Hz

to

230V

+10%
15%

50/60Hz

to

480V

+10%
15%

50/60Hz

(1) This product is designed to be used in over-voltage category (installation category) III
of EN 61800-5-1:2007.
(2) Use an insulated power supply of DC12 to 24V which has CE marking or complies
with EN60950.

Remarks

Use sheathed (jacketed) cable, twisted cable or closely bundled cable for power cable.
3RZHUFDEOHDQGVLJQDOZLUHVPXVWEHVXIFLHQWO\LVRODWHGIURPHDFKRWKHU
Twisted

Servo driver

Closely bundled cable

Servo driver
L1

L1C

L2

L2C

L3

United

Circuit Breaker
Install a circuit breaker which complies with IEC Standards and UL recognized (Listed
and PDUNHG EHWZHHQSRZHUVXSSO\DQGQRLVHOWHU
The short-circuit protection circuit on the product is not for protection of branch circuit.
The branch circuit should be protected in accordance with NEC and the applicable local
regulations in your area.

Note

2-6

For driver and applicable peripheral equipments, refer to P.2-10 "Driver and List of Applicable
Peripheral Equipments".

1. Conformance to international standards

1
Before Using the Products

&RPSRVLWLRQRI3HULSKHUDO(TXLSPHQWV

Noise Filter
Option part No.

9ROWDJHVSHFLFDWLRQV
for driver

Manufacturers
part No.

Applicable
driver (frame)

DV0P4170

Single phase 100V/200V

SUP-EK5-ER-6

A, B-frame

3-phase 200V

Manufacturer

A, B-frame

Single phase 100V/200V


3-phase 200V

3SUP-HU10-ER-6

DV0P4220

Single/ 3-phase 200V

3SUP-HU30-ER-6

D-frame

DV0PM20043

3-phase 200V

3SUP-HU50-ER-6

E-frame

DV0P3410

3-phase 200V

3SUP-HL50-ER-6B

F-frame

C-frame

Okaya Electric Ind.

5HFRPPHQGHGFRPSRQHQWV
Model No.

Remarks

3-phase 200V

3-phase 400V

Applicable driver
(frame)
A, B, C-frame
D-frame
E, F-frame
G-frame
H-frame
D, E-frame
F-frame

Manufacturer

TDK-Lambda Corp.

Schaffner

G, H-frame

Isolate the input and output


AC input

Noise Filter

The effect of the noise filter is a little.


AC output

AC input

Noise Filter

5
E

Ground

Ground

AC output

When in Trouble

Do not place the input and output lines


in the same duct or do not tie both in a bundle.

Surge Absorber
9ROWDJHVSHFLFDWLRQV
for driver

Manufacturers
part No.

DV0P1450

3-phase 200V

RAV-781BXZ-4

DV0P4190

Single phase 100V/200V

RAV-781BWZ-4

DV0PM20050

3-phase 400V

RAV-801BXZ-4

Manufacturer

Okaya Electric Ind.

Remarks

When performing withstand voltage test of machine and equipment, be sure to remove the
surge absorber; otherwise, it will be damaged.

Related page

3'ULYHUDQG/LVWRI$SSOLFDEOH3HULSKHUDO(TXLSPHQWV32SWLRQ
2-7

Supplement

Option part No.

5
Adjustment

6HOHFWDQRLVHOWHUZKRVHFDSDFLW\LVFRPPHQVXUDWHZLWKWKHSRZHUVRXUFHFDSDFLW\ LQ
consideration of the load condition).
)RUWKHGHWDLOHGVSHFLFDWLRQVRIHDFKQRLVHOWHUFRQWDFWWKHPDQXIDFWXUHU
:KHQWZRRUPRUHVHUYRGULYHUVDUHXVHGZLWKDVLQJOHQRLVHOWHUDWWKHFRPPRQSRZHUVRXUFHFRQVXOWZLWKWKHQRLVHOWHUPDQXIDFWXUHU
Do not run the input and output wiring on the same passage: noise resistance will drop. (Figure
at lower right)
Isolate the input and output line from each other. (Figure at lower left)

Setup

RTHN-5010
RTHN-5030
RTHN-5050
FS5559-60-34
FS5559-80-34
FN258L-16-07
FN258L-30-07
FN258-42-07
FN258-42-33

Rated
current
10
30
50
60
80
16
30
42
42

Connection

9ROWDJHVSHFLFDWLRQV
for driver

Preparation

DV0PM20042

1. Conformance to international standards


&RPSRVLWLRQRI3HULSKHUDO(TXLSPHQWV

Noise Filter for Signal Lines


Signal line, Encoder line, Control power line, Power line (A to D-frame: 100V/ 200V and
D to F-frame: 400V) and Motor line (A to F-frame).
Option part No.

Manufacturers
part No.

Manufacturer

DV0P1460

ZCAT3035-1330

TDK Corp.

5HFRPPHQGHGFRPSRQHQWV
Option part No.

Manufacturers
part No.

Applicable driver
(frame)

RJ8035

E-frame 200 V, F-frame 200 V

RJ8095

G, H-frame

T400-61D

G, H-frame

Power cable
Motor cable

Manufacturer
KK-CORP.CO.JP
MICROMETALS

<Attaching signal noise filter>


6LJQDOZLUH
Power wire

0RWRUOLQH

(QFRGHUOLQH

:LQGFDEOHVWKHQXPEHURIWXUQVUHTXLUHGWRIRUPWKHVLJQDOQRLVHOWHU
If sheathed (jacketed): remove the sheath (jacket) to the length so that wires (L1, L2,
/ FDQEHZRXQGRQWKHVLJQDOQRLVHOWHU LQFOXGLQJSRZHUOLQHGHGLFDWHGOWHU )RU
effective noise reduction capability, L1, L2 and L3 should be wound together.
If not effective, increase the number of signal noise filters (including power line
GHGLFDWHGOWHUV  6HHJXUHEHORZ
:KHQ LQVWDOOLQJ WKH VLJQDO QRLVH OWHU LQFOXGLQJ PRWRU OLQH GHGLFDWHG OWHU  WR RXU
optional cable, remove the sheath (jacket) to the length so that wires can be wound
RQ WKH VLJQDO QRLVH OWHU LQFOXGLQJ SRZHU OLQH GHGLFDWHG OWHU  )RU HIIHFWLYH QRLVH
reduction capability, U, V and W should be wound together.
If not effective, increase the number of signal noise filters (including power line
GHGLFDWHGOWHUV  6HHJXUHEHORZ
:LQGFDEOHVWKHQXPEHURIWXUQVUHTXLUHGWRIRUPWKHVLJQDOQRLVHOWHU
DV0P1460

Sheath (jacket)

Cover

Electric wire

* If not effective, increase


the number of turns.
FG line

Sheath (jacket)

Cover

Electric wire

* If not effective, increase


the number of turns.
FG line

DV0P1460
Sheath (jacket)

Cover

Electric wire

* If not effective, increase


the number of filters.
FG line

2-8

1. Conformance to international standards

1
Before Using the Products

&RPSRVLWLRQRI3HULSKHUDO(TXLSPHQWV

Residual current device


Install a type B Residual current device (RCD) at primary side of the power supply.

Grounding

Preparation

(1) To prevent electric shock, be sure to connect the ground terminal (


) of the driver,
and the ground terminal (PE) of the control panel.
(2) The ground terminal (
) must not be shared with other equipment. Two ground terminals are provided.

Structure of control board

3
Connection

If there is a gap at cable inlet/outlet, mounting hole of operation panel or a door, radio
waves will penetrate into or radiate out through the gap. To prevent unfavorable conditions due to radio frequency activities, observe the following control board design and
selection instruction.
The control board should be made of metal which provides electrical continuity.
The control board should not have electrically-isolated conductor.
All units installed in the casing should be grounded to the case.

Increasing noise resistance of control I/O signal


Setup

5
Adjustment

When noise is applied to the control input/output, it causes displacement and malfunctioning of I/O signal.
X1 to X7 are secondary side circuit which should be isolated from the primary power
source (24 VDC control power source, 24 VDC braking power source and 24 VDC for
regenerative resistor). Do not connect the secondary side circuit to the primary power
source and ground wire. Otherwise, I/O signal will cause error operation.
Control power source (particularly 24 VDC) should be completely isolated from external
operating power source. Never connect the ground of the control power source to that
of external power source.
The signal line should have shield, the both end of which should be connected to the
ground.

6
When in Trouble

7
For driver and applicable peripheral equipments, refer to P.2-10 Driver and List of Applicable
Peripheral Equipments.

Caution

Use options correctly after reading Operating Instructions of the options to better understand
the precautions.
Take care not to apply excessive stress to each optional part.
2-9

Supplement

Note

2. 6\VWHP&RQJXUDWLRQDQG:LULQJ

'ULYHUDQG/LVWRI$SSOLFDEOH3HULSKHUDO(TXLSPHQWV

Preparation

Driver

Applicable
Voltage
motor
*1

Rated
output

MSME 3-phase,
200V
MHME
MDME
MFME
MDDH MSME
MSME
MDME
MHME
MGME 3-phase,
400V
MSME
MDME
MFME
MHME
MDME
MSME
3-phase,
MHME
200V
MEDH

0.9kW
1.0kW

1.5kW

1.0kW

approx.
0.5kVA

approx.
1.3kVA

approx.
1.8kVA
approx.
1.8kVA

approx.
2.3kVA

DV0P1450

DV0P4170

DV0P4190

DV0P4170

DV0P4190

DV0PM20042

DV0P1450

20A
(3P+1a)

0.75mm2/
AWG18
600 VAC
or more

15A
DV0P1460
DV0P4190

DV0P1450

DV0P4220

30A
(3P+1a)

20A

2.0kW

approx.
3.3kVA

MFME

2.5kW

MGME

2.0k

FN258L-16-07

20A
(3P+1a)

Recommended DV0PM20050
component

DV0P1460
RJ8035
30A

DV0PM20043

DV0P1450

Recommended
component

approx.
3.8kVA
approx.
3.8kVA

FN258L-16-07

Recommended
component

DV0PM20050

DV0P1460

4.5k

approx.
6.8kVA

5.0k

approx.
7.5kVA

2.0kW

approx.
3.8kVA

3.0kW

approx.
4.5kVA

4.0kW

approx.
6.0kVA

4.5k

approx.
6.8kVA

5.0kW

approx.
7.5kVA

0.75mm2/
AWG18
600 VAC
or more

30A
(3P+1a)

0.52mm2/
AWG20
100 VAC
or more
0.75mm2/
AWG18
100 VAC
or more
11mm or
smaller

DV0P1460
RJ8035
50A

DV0P3410

DV0P1450

Recommended
component

5.3

Terminal
block
M5

*5
100A
(3P+1a)

11mm or
smaller

0.75mm2/
AWG18
600 VAC
or more

5.3

Terminal
block
M5

3.5mm2/
AWG12
600 VAC
or more

3.5mm2/
AWG12
600 VAC
or more
7mm or
smaller

10mm or
smaller

30A

FN258L-30-07

Recommended
component

DV0PM20050

DV0P1460

2.0mm2/
AWG14
600 VAC
or more

0.52mm2/
AWG20
100 VAC
or more

60A
(3P+1a)

60A
(3P+1a)

approx.
4.5kVA

approx.
6.0kVA

2.0mm2/
AWG14
600V VAC
or more

*5

15A

Diameter
and
withstand
voltage of
brake cable

0.28mm2/
AWG22 to
0.75mm2/
AWG18
100VAC
or more

0.75mm2/
AWG18
600 VAC
or more

DV0P4190

Diameter
Crimp
Diameter
and
terminal
and
withstand for control
withstand
voltage
power
voltage of
of control
supply
motor cable
power
terminal
*4
supply cable
block

DV0P4190

DV0PM20042

DV0PM20042

10A

1.5kW

Crimp
terminal
for main
circuit
terminal
block

DV0P4190

approx.
1.8kVA

approx.
3.3kVA

MFME

3-phase

Rated
Diameter
operating
and
current of
withstand
magnetic
voltage of
contactor Contact
FRQJXUDWLRQ main circuit
cable
*2

approx.
2.3kVA

2.0kW

MGME
MSME
MDME
MHME

10A

Single phase

Noise
OWHUIRU
signal

approx.
1.8kVA

MSME
MDME
3-phase,
MHME
400V

MSME
MDME
MGME
MHME
MSME
3-phase,
MDME
400V
MHME

)(

approx.
0.9kVA

approx.
3.8kVA

MGME

3-phase

DV0P4170

approx.
0.9kVA

2.5kW

MGME
MDME
MHME
MSME

Single phase

DV0P4170

approx.
0.5kVA

MFME

MFME

approx.
0.4kVA

0.9kW

MDME
MHME
3.0k
MSME
MGME
MDME
3-phase,
4.0k
MHME
200V
MSME

MFDH

at the
rated
(rated
load) (current)

Surge
absorber

Connection to exclusive connector

MGME

Noise
OWHU

Circuit
breaker

Connection to exclusive connector

Single
50W to
MSME phase,
100W
100V
MADH MSMD
Single/
MHMD 3-phase, 50W to
200W
200V
Single
200W
MSME
100V
MBDH MSMD Single/
MHMD 3-phase, 400W
200V
Single
400W
MSME
100V
MCDH MSMD Single/
MHMD 3-phase, 750W
200V
MDME
1.0kW
MHME

5HTXLUHG
Power

60A
(3P+1a)

4.3

Terminal
block
M4

0.75mm2/
AWG18
100 VAC
or more

3.2

Terminal
block
M3

*1 Select peripheral equipments for single/3phase common specification according to the power source.
*2 For the external dynamic brake resistor, use the magnetic contactor with the same rating as that for the main circuit.
*3 When use the external regenerative resistor of the option (DV0PM20058, DV0PM20059), use the cable with the same diameter as the
main circuit cable.
*4 The diameter of the ground cable and the external dynamic brake resistor cable must be equal to, or larger than that of the motor cable.
The motor cable is a shield cable, which conforms to the EC Directives and UL Standards. (G, H-frame only)
*5 Use thses products to suit an international standard.

Related page

2-10

1RLVHOWHU36XUJHDEVRUEHU3
1RLVHOWHUIRUVLJQDO30RWRUEUDNHFRQQHFWRU3

2. 6\VWHP&RQJXUDWLRQDQG:LULQJ

Driver

Applicable
Voltage
motor
*1

Rated
output

5HTXLUHG
Power

6.0kW

approx.
9.0kVA

MHME

7.5kW

approx.
11kVA

MDME

7.5kW

approx.
11kVA

6.0kW

approx.
9.0kVA

7.5kW

approx.
11kVA

11kW

approx.
17kVA

3-phase,
200V

MGDH

MGME

3-phase,
400V

MHME

3-phase,
200V

15kW

MHDH MDME
11kW

approx.
22kVA

60A

30A

FS5559-60-34

Recommended
component

FN258-42-07
or
FN258-42-33 DV0PM20050

50A

60A

5.3mm2/
AWG10
600 VAC
or more
DV0P1460
RJ8095

60A
3P+1a

Recommended
component

Diameter
Crimp
Diameter
and
terminal
and
withstand for control
withstand
voltage
power
voltage of
of control
supply
motor cable
power
terminal
*4
supply cable
block
0.75mm2/
AWG18
600 VAC
or more

5.3

Terminal
block
M5

0.75mm /
AWG18
100 VAC
or more

10mm or
smaller

5.3
2

DV0P1450

(Recommended
component )
*5

FN258-42-07
or
FN258-42-33 DV0PM20050

(Recommended
component )

150A
3P+1a

100A
3P+1a

16mm or
smaller

13.3mm2/
AWG6
600 VAC
or more
*3

0.75mm2/
AWG18
600 VAC
or more

6.4

Terminal
block
M6

Terminal
block
M5

10mm or
smaller

4.3

0.75mm2/
AWG18
100 VAC
or more

Diameter
and
withstand
voltage of
brake cable

13.3 mm2/
AWG6
600 VAC
or more

Terminal
block
M4

21.1 mm2/
AWG4
600 VAC
or more

0.75mm2/
AWG18
100 VAC
or more

13.3 mm2/
AWG6
600 VAC
or more

Connection

approx.
22kVA

11mm or
smaller

T400-61D
FS5559-80-34

approx.
17kVA

Crimp
terminal
for main
circuit
terminal
block

(Recommended
component )

100A

125A

Rated
Diameter
operating
and
current of
withstand
magnetic
voltage of
contactor Contact
FRQJXUDWLRQ main circuit
cable
*2

100A
3P+1a

DV0P1450

(Recommended
component )

3-phase,
400V
15kW

Surge
absorber

Noise
OWHUIRU
signal

Preparation

approx.
11kVA

MGME

Noise
OWHU

at the
rated
(rated
load) (current)

7.5kW

MDME

Circuit
breaker

Before Using the Products

'ULYHUDQG/LVWRI$SSOLFDEOH3HULSKHUDO(TXLSPHQWV

21.1 mm2/
AWG4
600 VAC
or more

 $ERXWFLUFXLWEUHDNHUDQGPDJQHWLFFRQWDFWRU
 7R FRPSO\ WR (& 'LUHFWLYHV LQVWDOO D FLUFXLW EUHDNHU EHWZHHQ WKH SRZHU DQG WKH QRLVH OWHU
without fail, and the circuit breaker should conform to IEC Standards and UL recognized (Listed
and
marked).
Suitable for use on a circuit capable of delivering not more than 5,000Arms symmetrical amperes, below the maximum input voltage of the product.

6HOHFWDFLUFXLWEUHDNHUDQGQRLVHOWHUZKLFKPDWFKWRWKHFDSDFLW\RISRZHU
supply (including a load condition).

Setup

Remarks

 Terminal block and protective ground terminals


8VHDFRSSHUFRQGXFWRUFDEOHVZLWKWHPSHUDWXUHUDWLQJRI&RUKLJKHU
8VHWKHDWWDFKHGH[FOXVLYHFRQQHFWRUIRU$WR(IUDPHDQGPDLQWDLQWKHSHHOHGRIIOHQJWKRIWR
9mm. (Refer to P.2-50)

)DVWHQLQJWRUTXHOLVW 7HUPLQDOEORFNVFUHZ7HUPLQDOFRYHUIDVWHQLQJVFUHZ

Terminal name

F200V

L1, L2, , L1C, L2C, B1, B2, B3, NC, U, V, W


24V0V
L1, L2, , B1, B2, B3, NC, U, V, W
L1C, L2C, 24V, 0V, DB1, DB2, DB3, DB4, NC
L1, L2, , B1, B2, NC, U, V, W
L1C, L2C, 24V, 0V, DB1, DB2
L1, L2, , B1, B2, NC, U, V, W

F400V
G
H

)DVWHQLQJWRUTXHOLVW *URXQGWHUPLQDOVFUHZ&RQQHFWRUWRKRVWFRQWUROOHU ;
Connector to host
controller (X4)
Nominal )DVWHQLQJWRUTXH Nominal )DVWHQLQJWRUTXH
size
1P *1
size
1P *1
M4
0.7 to 0.8
M5
1.4 to 1.6
M2.6
0.3 to 0.35
M6
2.4 to 2.6
Terminal block screw

Driver frame
A to E
F, G
H

*1 Applying fastening torque larger than the maximum value may result in damage to the product.

Remarks

Be sure to conduct wiring properly and securely. Insecure or improper wiring may cause the motor
running out of control or being damaged from overheating. In addition, pay attention not to allow
conductive materials, such as wire chips, entering the driver during the installation and wiring.
2-11

7
Supplement

'RQRWWXUQRQSRZHUZLWKRXWWLJKWHQLQJDOOWHUPLQDOEORFNVFUHZVSURSHUO\
'R QRW WXUQ RQ SRZHU ZLWKRXW WLJKWHQLQJ DOO WHUPLQDO EORFN VFUHZV SURSHUO\ RWKHUZLVH
ORRVHFRQWDFWVPD\JHQHUDWHKHDW VPRNLQJULQJ 
7RFKHFNIRUORRVHQHVVFRQGXFWSHULRGLFLQVSHFWLRQRIIDVWHQLQJWRUTXHRQFHD\HDU

6
When in Trouble

Frame

Terminal cover fastening


screw
Nominal )DVWHQLQJWRUTXH Nominal )DVWHQLQJWRUTXH
size
1P *1
size
1P *1
M5
1.0 to 1.7
M3
0.4 to 0.6
M3
0.19 to 0.21
M4
0.7 to 1.0
M5
1.0 to 1.7
M5
2.0 to 2.4
M3
0.3 to 0.5
M4
0.7 to 1.0
M5
2.0 to 2.5
M6
2.2 to 2.5
Terminal block screw

Adjustment

Driver

2. 6\VWHP&RQJXUDWLRQDQG:LULQJ

Preparation

Overall Wiring (A to D-frame, 100/200 V type)

Connecting Example of A to D-frame


$SSO\WKHYROWDJHGHVLJQDWHGRQWKHQDPHSODWH
 IURPWKHSRZHUVRXUFH

0DLQV
5HVLGXDO
FXUUHQWGHYLFH

6\PPHWULFFXUUHQWVKRXOGEH$UPVRUEHORZ
,IWKHVKRUWFLUFXLWFXUUHQWRQWKHSRZHUVRXUFH
H[FHHGVWKLVYDOXHXVHDFXUUHQWOLPLWLQJGHYLFH
HJFXUUHQWOLPLWLQJIXVHFXUUHQWOLPLWLQJFLUFXLW
EUHDNHURUWUDQVIRUPHU 

:LULQJRI0DLQ&RQQHFWRU ;$
Wiring to Connector, XA
&RQQHFWLRQWRLQSXWSRZHU

&LUFXLW%UHDNHU 0&&%
7RSURWHFWSRZHUVXSSO\OLQHIURPRYHUORDGLQJLQVWDOODZLULQJFLUFXLWEUHDNHUUDWHGWR
WKHFDSDFLW\RIWKHSRZHUVXSSO\

P.2-14

/ 3LQ
/ 3LQ

Noise Filter (NF)


5HPRYHVH[WHUQDOQRLVHIURPWKHSRZHU
OLQHV$QGUHGXFHVDQHIIHFWRIWKHQRLVH
JHQHUDWHGE\WKHVHUYRGULYHU

/ 3LQ
/& 3LQ
/& 3LQ

0DJQHWLF&RQWDFWRU 0&
7XUQVRQRIIWKHPDLQSRZHURIWKHVHUYR
GULYHU
8VHFRLOVXUJHVXSSUHVVLRQXQLWVWRJHWKHU
ZLWKWKLV
Never start nor stop the servo motor
ZLWKWKLV0DJQHWLF&RQWDFWRU
Reactor (L) WREHVXSSOLHGE\FXVWRPHU
5HGXFHVKDUPRQLFFXUUHQWRIWKHPDLQ
SRZHU

:LULQJWR&RQQHFWRU;%

:LULQJRI0RWRU&RQQHFWRU ;%
3LQ% SLQ % SLQ DQG
% SLQ
%DQG%WREHNHSWVKRUWHGIRU
QRUPDORSHUDWLRQ )RU&IUDPH
DQG'IUDPH 
:KHQ\RXFRQQHFWDQH[WHUQDO
UHJHQHUDWLYHUHVLVWRUGLVFRQQHFWD
VKRUWFLUFXLWZLUHEHWZHHQ%DQG%
)RU&IUDPHDQG'IUDPH WKHQ
FRQQHFWWKHH[WHUQDOUHJHQHUDWLYH
UHVLVWRUEHWZHHQ%DQG%VHWXS
3UWRRU

Note
1RWHWKDWQRUHJHQHUDWLYHUHVLVWRULV
HTXLSSHGLQ)UDPH$DQG%W\SH

Note
Related page
2-12

P.2-14

&RQQHFWLRQWRH[WHUQDOFRPSRQHQWV
% 3LQ
% 3LQ
Regenerative resistor (optional)

Remarks

:KHQ\RXXVHDQH[WHUQDOUHJHQHUDWLYHUHVLVWRU
install an external protective apparatus, such
as thermal fuse without fail.
7KHUPDOIXVHDQGWKHUPRVWDWDUHEXLOWLQWRWKH
UHJHQHUDWLYHUHVLVWRU 2SWLRQ If the thermal
fuse is activated, it will not resume.
0RXQWWKHUHJHQHUDWLYHUHVLVWRUon
incombustible material such as metal.

7KLVRYHUDOOZLULQJGLDJUDPLVDW\SLFDORQH7KHSDJHVWKDWIROORZVKRZZLULQJIRUVSHFLF
application. The wiring indicated with the broken line shall be provided only when required.
32SWLRQV

2. 6\VWHP&RQJXUDWLRQDQG:LULQJ

: High voltage

3& WREHVXSSOLHG
E\FXVWRPHU

Wiring to Connector, X7
0RQLWRURXWSXW

3

6HWXSVXSSRUWVRIWZDUH3$1$7(50
3OHDVHGRZQORDGIURPRXUZHEVLWH

:LULQJWR&RQQHFWRU; P.2-51
&RQQHFWLRQWR3& 3$1$7(50

:LULQJWR&RQQHFWRU; 3
&RQQHFWLRQWR6DIHW\E\SDVVSOXJ
&KDUJHODPS
5HG/(' *1

6KRUWFLUFXLWZLUH %%

:LULQJWR&RQQHFWRU;

P.2-54

&RQQHFWLRQWRKRVWFRQWUROOHU

:LULQJWR&RQQHFWRU; P.2-55
&RQQHFWLRQWRIHHGEDFNVFDOH

7KHVHFRORUVDUHXVHG
 IRURSWLRQDOFDEOH

:LULQJWR&RQQHFWRU;
&RQQHFWLRQWRHQFRGHU
*URXQG
HDUWK

-XQFWLRQFDEOHIRUHQFRGHU
-XQFWLRQFDEOHIRUPRWRU
:LULQJWR&RQQHFWRU;% P.2-14
&RQQHFWLRQWRPRWRUGULYLQJSKDVH
DQGJURXQG

P.2-57

Remarks
;WR;DUHXVHGIRUWKH
VHFRQGDU\FLUFXLW7RFRQQHFWWKHVH
WHUPLQDOVWRWKHSULPDU\SRZHU
VXSSO\ SDUWLFXODUO\9'&SRZHU
VXSSO\IRUEUDNH LQVXODWLRQLV
UHTXLUHG
 'RQRWFRQQHFWWKHVHWHUPLQDOVWR
WKHVDPHSRZHUVXSSO\

'&3RZHUVXSSO\
IRUEUDNH'&9
WREHVXSSOLHGE\FXVWRPHU

7
Supplement

Related page

6
When in Trouble

-XQFWLRQFDEOH
IRUEUDNH

'RQRWPDNHGLVSODFHPHQWZLULQJRULQVSHFWLRQ
 ZKLOHWKH/('LVOLWFDXVHRIHOHFWULFVKRFN

Adjustment

*URXQG
WHUPLQDO

Setup

8SKDVH UHG
9SKDVH ZKLWH
:SKDVH EODFN

Note

3
Connection

:LULQJWR&RQQHFWRU; P.2-51
&RQQHFWLRQWR5656
RUKRVWFRQWUROOHU

Preparation

+DQGOHOHYHU
8VHWKLVIRUFRQQHFWRU
FRQQHFWLRQ6WRUHWKLV
DIWHUFRQQHFWLRQIRU
RWKHURFFDVLRQV
5HIHUWR32-50 IRU
FRQQHFWLRQ

Before Using the Products

Overall Wiring (A to D-frame, 100/200 V type)

7KHJXUHDERYHVKRZVFRQQHFWLRQVRQYHORFLW\SRVLWLRQWRUTXHDQGIXOOFORVHGPRGHGULYHU
Only for position control type is not provided with X2, X3 and X5.
3Wiring of the Main Circuit (A to G-frame, 100/200 V type)36SHFLFDWLRQVRI0RWRUFRQQHFWRU

URL: http://industrial.panasonic.com/jp/i/fa_motor.html
2-13

2. 6\VWHP&RQJXUDWLRQDQG:LULQJ

Wiring of the Main Circuit (A to D-frame, 100/200 V type)

Preparation

A to D-frame, 100 V / 200 V type


:LULQJVKRXOGEHSHUIRUPHGE\DVSHFLDOLVWRUDQDXWKRUL]HGSHUVRQQHO
'RQRWWXUQRQWKHSRZHUXQWLOWKHZLULQJLVFRPSOHWHG
1HYHUWRXFKWKHSRZHUFRQQHFWRU ;$DQG;% WRZKLFKKLJKYROWDJHLVDSSOLHG
There is a risk of electric shock.

Tips on Wiring
1) Wire connector (XA and XB).
2) Connect the wired connector to the driver.
Fully insert the connector to the bottom until it clicks.

Power
supply

5&'

MCCB

NF

MC

5
4
3
2
1

L1
L2
/
L1C
L2C
XA

([WHUQDOUHJHQHUDWLYH
resistor

6
5
4
3
2
1

DC
24V

DC power supply
IRUEUDNH

5HG

:KLWH

Varistor
Fuse (125 V 10 A)

Note
Related page

2-14

%
B2
U
V

0DWFKWKHFRORUVRIWKHPRWRUOHDGZLUHVWRWKRVHRIWKH
FRUUHVSRQGLQJPRWRURXWSXWWHUPLQDOV 89: 
'RQ
WGLVFRQQHFWWKHVKRUWLQJFDEOHEHWZHHQ%DQG%
&DQG'IUDPHW\SH 6KRUWLQJFDEOHLVQRWUHTXLUHGIRU
$DQG%IUDPH'LVFRQQHFWWKLVRQO\ZKHQWKHH[WHUQDO
UHJHQHUDWLYHUHJLVWHULVXVHG
Avoid shorting and grounding. Don't connect the
main power.

Earth-ground this.
7RSUHYHQWHOHFWULFVKRFNEHVXUHWRFRQQHFWWKHJURXQG
*UHHQRU E
WHUPLQDO  RIWKHGULYHUDQGWKHJURXQGWHUPLQDO
*UHHQ\HOORZ
JURXQGSODWH RIWKHFRQWUROSDQHO
7KHVHFRORUV

7KHJURXQGWHUPLQDO  PXVWQRWEHVKDUHGZLWKRWKHU
 DUHXVHGIRU
 RSWLRQDOFDEOH
HTXLSPHQW
 7ZRJURXQGWHUPLQDOVDUHSURYLGHG
*URXQGUHVLVWDQFHPD[
)RUDSSOLFDEOHZLUHUHIHUWR3 Don't connect the earth cable to other inserting slot,
nor make them touch.

%ODFN

Motor

B1

&KHFNWKHQDPHSODWHRIWKHGULYHUIRUSRZHU
VSHFLILFDWLRQV
3URYLGHDUHVLGXDOFXUUHQWGHYLFH7KHUHVLGXDO
FXUUHQWGHYLFHWREHWKHRQHGHVLJQHGIRU,QYHUWHU
DQGLVHTXLSSHGZLWKFRXQWHUPHDVXUHVIRUKDUPRQLFV
3URYLGHDFLUFXLWEUHDNHU
0DNHVXUHWRSURYLGHDQRLVHILOWHU
3URYLGHFRLOVXUJHVXSSUHVVLRQXQLWVWRWKHFRLORIWKH
0DJQHWLF&RQWDFWRUUHFRPPHQGHGE\PDQXIDFWXUHU
Never start/stop the motor with this Magnetic
Contactor.
3URYLGHDQ$&5HDFWRU
Connect L1 and L1C, and L3 and L2C at single
phase use (100V and 200V), and don't use L2.

XB

&RPSRVHDGXSOH[%UDNH&RQWURO&LUFXLWVRWKDWWKH
EUDNHFDQDOVREHDFWLYDWHGE\DQH[WHUQDOLPPHGLDWH
VWRSVLJQDO
7KHKROGLQJEUDNHKDVQRSRODULWLHV
)RUWKHKROGLQJEUDNHSRZHUVXSSO\FDSDFLW\DQGKRZWR
XVHWKHEUDNHUHIHUWR6SHFLILFDWLRQVRI%XLOWLQ+ROGLQJ
%UDNHRQ3
3URYLGHDYDULVWRU
 &RQQHFWD$IXVHLQVHULHVZLWKWKHYDULVWRU

The wiring indicated with the broken line shall be provided only when required.
36SHFLFDWLRQVRI0RWRUFRQQHFWRU3:LULQJPHWKRGWRFRQQHFWRU
3&RQQHFWRUNLWIRU;$3&RQQHFWRUNLWIRU;%

Preparation

Wiring Diagram (A to D-frame, 100/200 V type)

Compose the circuit so that the main circuit power will be shut off when an error occurs.

In Case of Single Phase, A to D-frame, 100 V / 200 V type


Power supply Single phase, 100V 15% to 120V +10%

Single phase, 200V 15% to 240V +10%

Remarks
ON

OFF

ALM

MC

Coil surge suppression units


L

Noise filter

MCCB

L1
L2
L3
L1C
L2C

MC

Remove the short wire when you connect


the external regenerative resistor.
(C, D-Frame)

Red
White
* These colors
Black
are used for
Green or Green/Yellow
optional cable.

Motor

Main power
supply
Control power
supply

XB
Connection

B1
B3
B2
U
V
W

External regenerative resistor

XA

Motor
connection

ALM

37
36

X4

ALM+
Setup

Insulated +
DC12 to 24V

(5%)

2
Preparation

When you use single phase,


connect the main power
between L1 and L3 terminals.

Built-in thermostat of
an external regenerative
resistor (light yellow)

1
Before Using the Products

2. 6\VWHP&RQJXUDWLRQDQG:LULQJ

$/0

In Case of 3-Phase, A to D-frame, 200 V type


Power supply 3-phase, 200V 15% to 240V +10%
ON

OFF

ALM

MC

Built-in thermostat of
an external regenerative
resistor (light yellow)

Noise filter

MCCB

MC

External regenerative resistor


Red
White
* These colors
Black
are used for
Green or Green/Yellow
optional cable.

Motor

Note
Related page

Control power
supply

XB

Motor
connection

ALM

37
36

X4

ALM+

Supplement

Insulated +
DC12 to 24V

(5%)

B1
B3
B2
U
V
W

XA

Main power
supply

When in Trouble

Remove the short wire when you connect


the external regenerative resistor.
(C, D-Frame)

L1
L2
L3
L1C
L2C

Adjustment

Coil surge suppression units

$/0

The wiring indicated with the broken line shall be provided only when required.
36SHFLFDWLRQVRI0RWRUFRQQHFWRU3:LULQJPHWKRGWRFRQQHFWRU
2-15

2. 6\VWHP&RQJXUDWLRQDQG:LULQJ

Preparation

Overall Wiring (E-frame, 200 V type)

Connecting Example of E-frame


$SSO\WKHYROWDJHGHVLJQDWHGRQWKHQDPHSODWH
IURPWKHSRZHUVRXUFH
6\PPHWULFFXUUHQWVKRXOGEH$UPVRUEHORZ
,IWKHVKRUWFLUFXLWFXUUHQWRQWKHSRZHUVRXUFHH[FHHGV
WKLVYDOXHXVHDFXUUHQWOLPLWLQJGHYLFH HJFXUUHQWOLPLWLQJIXVHFXUUHQWOLPLWLQJFLUFXLWEUHDNHURU
WUDQVIRUPHU 

0DLQV
Residual
FXUUHQWGHYLFH

:LULQJRI0DLQ&RQQHFWRU ;$
&LUFXLW%UHDNHU 0&&%
7RSURWHFWSRZHUVXSSO\OLQHIURPRYHUORDGLQJLQVWDOODZLULQJFLUFXLWEUHDNHUUDWHGWR
WKHFDSDFLW\RIWKHSRZHUVXSSO\

:LULQJWR&RQQHFWRU;$
&RQQHFWLRQWRLQSXWSRZHU

3

/ 3LQ

Noise Filter (NF)


5HPRYHVH[WHUQDOQRLVHIURPWKHSRZHU
OLQHV$QGUHGXFHVDQHIIHFWRIWKHQRLVH
JHQHUDWHGE\WKHVHUYRGULYHU

L2 (Pin-4)

0DJQHWLF&RQWDFWRU 0&
7XUQVRQRIIWKHPDLQSRZHURIWKHVHUYR
GULYHU
8VHFRLOVXUJHsuppression unitsWRJHWKHU
ZLWKWKLV
Never start nor stop the servo motor
ZLWKWKLV0DJQHWLF&RQWDFWRU

L2C (Pin-1)

L3 (Pin-3)
L1C (Pin-2)

Reactor (L) (to be supplied by customer)


5HGXFHVKDUPRQLFFXUUHQWRIWKHPDLQ
SRZHU

:LULQJRI0RWRU&RQQHFWRU ;&
3LQ% SLQ % SLQ DQG
%SLQ
%DQG%WREHNHSWVKRUWHGIRU
normal operation.
:KHQ\RXFRQQHFWDQH[WHUQDO
UHJHQHUDWLYHUHVLVWRUGLVFRQQHFWD
VKRUWFLUFXLWZLUHEHWZHHQ%DQG
%WKHQFRQQHFWWKHH[WHUQDO
UHJHQHUDWLYHUHVLVWRUEHWZHHQ%
DQG%VHWXS3UWRRU

Note
Related page
2-16

:LULQJWR&RQQHFWRU;&

3

&RQQHFWLRQWRH[WHUQDOFRPSRQHQWV
B1 (Pin-6)
B2 (Pin-4)

Regenerative resistor (optional)

5HPDUNV

:KHQ\RXXVHDQH[WHUQDOUHJHQHUDWLYHUHVLVWRU
install an external protective apparatus, such
as thermal fuse without fail.
7KHUPDOIXVHDQGWKHUPRVWDWDUHEXLOWLQWRWKH
UHJHQHUDWLYHUHVLVWRU 2SWLRQ If the thermal
fuse is activated, it will not resume.
0RXQWWKHUHJHQHUDWLYHUHVLVWRUon
incombustible material such as metal.

7KLVRYHUDOOZLULQJGLDJUDPLVDW\SLFDORQH7KHSDJHVWKDWIROORZVKRZZLULQJIRUVSHFLF
application. The wiring indicated with the broken line shall be provided only when required.
32SWLRQV

2. 6\VWHP&RQJXUDWLRQDQG:LULQJ

+LJKYROWDJH

Before Using the Products

Overall Wiring (E-frame, 200 V type)

PC (to be supplied
by customer)

:LULQJWR&RQQHFWRU;
0RQLWRURXWSXW

3

6HWXSVXSSRUWVRIWZDUH3$1$7(50
3OHDVHGRZQORDGIURPRXUZHEVLWH

:LULQJWR&RQQHFWRU; 3
&RQQHFWLRQWR3& 3$1$7(50

:LULQJWR&RQQHFWRU; 3
&RQQHFWLRQWR6DIHW\E\SDVVSOXJ

6KRUWFLUFXLWZLUH %%

:LULQJWR&RQQHFWRU;

7KHVHFRORUVDUHXVHG
 IRURSWLRQDOFDEOH

3

3

&RQQHFWLRQWRKRVWFRQWUROOHU

:LULQJWR&RQQHFWRU; 3
&RQQHFWLRQWRfeedback scale

&KDUJHODPS
5HG/(' *1

Ground
terminal

Junction cable
for encoder

3

Brake cable

5HPDUNV
;WR;DUHXVHGIRUWKH
VHFRQGDU\FLUFXLW7R
FRQQHFWWKHVHWHUPLQDOVWR
WKHSULPDU\SRZHUVXSSO\
SDUWLFXODUO\9'&
SRZHUVXSSO\IRUEUDNH 
LQVXODWLRQLVUHTXLUHG
 'RQRWFRQQHFWWKHVH
WHUPLQDOVWRWKHVDPH
SRZHUVXSSO\

DC Power supply
for brake DC24V
(to be supplied by customer)

Related page

Supplement

'RQRWPDNHGLVSODFHPHQWZLULQJRULQVSHFWLRQZKLOHWKH/('LVOLWFDXVHRIHOHFWULFVKRFN

Note

6
When in Trouble

Junction cable for motor


&RQQHFWLRQWRPRWRUGULYLQJ
phase and ground

3

Adjustment

Ground
HDUWK

:LULQJWR&RQQHFWRU;
&RQQHFWLRQWRencoder

Setup

:LULQJWR&RQQHFWRU;%
&RQQHFWLRQWRPRWRU
8SKDVH UHG
9SKDVH ZKLWH
:SKDVH EODFN

3
Connection

:LULQJWR&RQQHFWRU; 3
&RQQHFWLRQWR5656
RUKRVWFRQWUROOHU

Preparation

+DQGOHOHYHU
8VHWKLVIRUFRQQHFWRU
FRQQHFWLRQ6WRUHWKLV
after connection for
RWKHURFFDVLRQV
5HIHUWR3for
FRQQHFWLRQ

7KHJXUHDERYHVKRZVFRQQHFWLRQVRQYHORFLW\SRVLWLRQWRUTXHDQGIXOOFORVHGPRGHGULYHU
Only for position control type is not provided with X2, X3 and X5.
3Wiring of the Main Circuit (IUDPH9W\SH 36SHFLFDWLRQVRI0RWRUFRQQHFWRU

URL: http://industrial.panasonic.com/jp/i/fa_motor.html
2-17

2. 6\VWHP&RQJXUDWLRQDQG:LULQJ

Wiring of the Main Circuit (E-frame, 200 V type)

Preparation
E-frame, 200 V type

:LULQJVKRXOGEHSHUIRUPHGE\DVSHFLDOLVWRUDQDXWKRUL]HGSHUVRQQHO
'RQRWWXUQRQWKHSRZHUXQWLOWKHZLULQJLVFRPSOHWHG
1HYHUWRXFKWKHSRZHUFRQQHFWRU ;$;%DQG;& WRZKLFKKLJKYROWDJHLVDSSOLHG
There is a risk of electric shock.

Tips on Wiring
1) Wire connector (XA, XB and XC).
2) Connect the wired connector to the driver.
Fully insert the connector to the bottom until it clicks.

3RZHU
VXSSO\

5&'

0&&%

1)

MC

5
4
3
2
1

L1
L2
/
L1C
L2C
XA

4
3
2
1

([WHUQDOUHJHQHUDWLYH
resistor

%
%
%
1&
XC

5HG

:KLWH
%ODFN

*UHHQ

Motor

3
2
1

U
V
W
;%

7KHVHFRORUV
 DUHXVHGIRU
 RSWLRQDOFDEOH

*URXQGUHVLVWDQFHPD[
)RUDSSOLFDEOHZLUHUHIHUWR3

DC
24V

Varistor
Fuse (125 V 10 A)

Note
Related page

2-18

'&SRZHUVXSSO\
IRUEUDNH

&KHFNWKHQDPHSODWHRIWKHGULYHUIRUSRZHU
VSHFLILFDWLRQV
3URYLGHDUHVLGXDOFXUUHQWGHYLFH7KHUHVLGXDOFXUUHQW
GHYLFHWREHWKHRQHGHVLJQHGIRU,QYHUWHUDQGLV
HTXLSSHGZLWKFRXQWHUPHDVXUHVIRUKDUPRQLFV
3URYLGHDFLUFXLWEUHDNHU
0DNHVXUHWRSURYLGHDQRLVHILOWHU
3URYLGHFRLOVXUJHVXSSUHVVLRQXQLWVWRWKHFRLORIWKH
0DJQHWLF&RQWDFWRUUHFRPPHQGHGE\PDQXIDFWXUHU
Never start/stop the motor with this Magnetic
Contactor.
3URYLGHDQ$&5HDFWRU
Connect L1 and L1C, and L3 and L2C at single
phase use (100V and 200V), and don't use L2.
'RQ
WGLVFRQQHFWWKHVKRUWLQJFDEOHEHWZHHQ%DQG%
'LVFRQQHFWWKLVRQO\ZKHQWKHH[WHUQDOUHJHQHUDWLYH
UHJLVWHULVXVHG
'RQRWFRQQHFWDQ\WKLQJWR1&
0DWFKWKHFRORUVRIWKHPRWRUOHDGZLUHVWRWKRVHRIWKH
FRUUHVSRQGLQJPRWRURXWSXWWHUPLQDOV 89: 
Avoid shorting and grounding. Don't connect the
main power.
Earth-ground this.
7RSUHYHQWHOHFWULFVKRFNEHVXUHWRFRQQHFWWKHJURXQG
WHUPLQDO  RIWKHGULYHUDQGWKHJURXQGWHUPLQDO
JURXQGSODWH RIWKHFRQWUROSDQHO
7KHJURXQGWHUPLQDO  PXVWQRWEHVKDUHGZLWKRWKHU
HTXLSPHQW
 7ZRJURXQGWHUPLQDOVDUHSURYLGHG
Don't connect the earth cable to other inserting slot,
nor make them touch.
&RPSRVHDGXSOH[%UDNH&RQWURO&LUFXLWVRWKDWWKH
EUDNHFDQDOVREHDFWLYDWHGE\DQH[WHUQDOLPPHGLDWH
VWRSVLJQDO
7KHKROGLQJEUDNHKDVQRSRODULWLHV
)RUWKHKROGLQJEUDNHSRZHUVXSSO\FDSDFLW\DQGKRZWR
XVHWKHEUDNHUHIHUWR6SHFLILFDWLRQVRI%XLOWLQ+ROGLQJ
%UDNHRQ3
3URYLGHDYDULVWRU
 &RQQHFWD$IXVHLQVHULHVZLWKWKHYDULVWRU

The wiring indicated with the broken line shall be provided only when required.
36SHFLFDWLRQVRI0RWRUFRQQHFWRU3:LULQJPHWKRGWRFRQQHFWRU
3&RQQHFWRUNLWIRU;$3&RQQHFWRUNLWIRU;%;&

2. 6\VWHP&RQJXUDWLRQDQG:LULQJ

Preparation

Wiring Diagram (E-frame, 200 V type)

Compose the circuit so that the main circuit power will be shut off when an error occurs.

In Case of 3-Phase, E-frame, 200 V type

Power supply 3-phase, 200V 15% to 230V +10%

OFF

ALM

MC

Built-in thermostat of an external


regenerative resistor (light yellow)
Preparation

ON

Noise filter

Coil surge suppression units


MCCB

MC

Red
White
* These colors
Black
are used for
Green
optional cable.

Control power
supply
XC

XB

Motor
connection

ALM

37
36

X4

ALM+

Setup

Insulated +
DC12 to 24V

(5%)

U
V
W

XA

Main power
supply

Connection

Remove the short wire when you connect


the external regenerative resistor.

Motor

L1
L2
L3
L1C
L2C
B1
B3
B2
NC

External regenerative resistor

1
Before Using the Products

$/0

5
Adjustment

6
When in Trouble

Related page

Supplement

Note

The wiring indicated with the broken line shall be provided only when required.
36SHFLFDWLRQVRI0RWRUFRQQHFWRU3:LULQJPHWKRGWRFRQQHFWRU

2-19

2. 6\VWHP&RQJXUDWLRQDQG:LULQJ

Preparation

Overall Wiring (F-frame, 200 V type)

Connecting Example of F-frame


$SSO\WKHYROWDJHGHVLJQDWHGRQWKHQDPHSODWH
from the power source.

0DLQV
Residual
current device

Symmetric current should be 5000 Arms or below.


If the short-circuit current on the power source
exceeds this value, use a current-limiting device
(e.g. current-limiting fuse, current-limiting circuit
breaker or transformer).

&RQQHFWLRQZLWKLQSXW
SRZHUVXSSO\

:LULQJRI0DLQ&LUFXLW
&LUFXLW%UHDNHU 0&&%
To protect power supply line from overloading, install a wiring circuit breaker rated to
the capacity of the power supply.

P.2-22

L1
L2
L3
L1C

1RLVH)LOWHU 1)
Removes external noise from the power
lines. And reduces an effect of the noise
generated by the servo driver.

L2C

0DJQHWLF&RQWDFWRU 0&
Turns on/off the main power of the servo
driver.
Use coil surge suppression units together
with this.
1HYHUVWDUWQRUVWRSWKHVHUYRPRWRU
ZLWKWKLV0DJQHWLF&RQWDFWRU
5HDFWRU / (to be supplied by customer)
Reduces harmonic current of the main
power.
3LQ%%DQG%
%DQG%WREHNHSWVKRUWHG
IRUQRUPDORSHUDWLRQ
:KHQ\RXFRQQHFWDQH[WHUQDO
regenerative resistor, disconnect a
short bar between B2 and B3,
then connect the external regenerative resistor between B1 and
B2, set up Pr0.16 to 1 or 2.
3LQ1&
'RQRWFRQQHFWDQ\WKLQJ

Note
Related page
2-20

&RQQHFWLRQWRH[WHUQDO
FRPSRQHQWV

P.2-22

B1
B2
5HJHQHUDWLYHUHVLVWRU RSWLRQDO

5HPDUNV

:KHQ\RXXVHDQH[WHUQDOUHJHQHUDWLYHUHVLVWRU
LQVWDOODQH[WHUQDOSURWHFWLYHDSSDUDWXVVXFK
DVWKHUPDOIXVHZLWKRXWIDLO
7KHUPDOIXVHDQGWKHUPRVWDWDUHEXLOWLQWRWKH
regenerative resistor (Option). ,IWKHWKHUPDO
IXVHLVDFWLYDWHGLWZLOOQRWUHVXPH
0RXQWWKHUHJHQHUDWLYHUHVLVWRURQ
LQFRPEXVWLEOHPDWHULDOVXFKDVPHWDO

7KLVRYHUDOOZLULQJGLDJUDPLVDW\SLFDORQH7KHSDJHVWKDWIROORZVKRZZLULQJIRUVSHFLF
application. The wiring indicated with the broken line shall be provided only when required.
32SWLRQV

2. 6\VWHP&RQJXUDWLRQDQG:LULQJ

: High voltage

:LULQJWR&RQQHFWRU;
0RQLWRURXWSXW

P.2-60

Before Using the Products

Overall Wiring (F-frame, 200 V type)

PC (to be supplied by customer)


Setup support software
3$1$7(50
Please download
from our web site.

:LULQJWR&RQQHFWRU;

P.2-51

&RQQHFWLRQWR5656
or host controller

:LULQJWR&RQQHFWRU;

3
P.2-53

:LULQJWR&RQQHFWRU;

P.2-54

&RQQHFWLRQWRKRVWFRQWUROOHU

:LULQJWR&RQQHFWRU; P.2-55
&RQQHFWLRQWRfeedback scale
:LULQJWR&RQQHFWRU;
&RQQHFWLRQWRencoder

* These colors are


used for optional
cable.

P.2-57

5HPDUNV

Ground
terminal

Charge lamp
(Red LED)*1

P.2-22

Junction cable
for encoder

DC Power supply for brake


DC24V
(to be supplied by customer)

Supplement

Related page

*1 Do not make displacement, wiring or inspection while the LED is lit - cause of electric shock.

Note

When in Trouble

Junction cable for motor


&RQQHFWLRQWRPRWRUGULYLQJ
SKDVHDQGJURXQG

;WR;DUHXVHGIRUWKHVHFRQGDU\
circuit. To connect these terminals to
the primary power supply (particularly,
24 VDC power supply for brake),
insulation is required.
Do not connect these terminals to the
same power supply.

Adjustment

Junction cable
for brake

Ground
(earth)

4
Setup

U-phase(red)
V-phase(white)
W-phase(black)

Connection

&RQQHFWLRQWR6DIHW\E\SDVVSOXJ

Short circuit wire


(B2-B3)

Preparation

:LULQJWR&RQQHFWRU; P.2-51
&RQQHFWLRQWR3& 3$1$7(50

7KHJXUHDERYHVKRZVFRQQHFWLRQVRQYHORFLW\SRVLWLRQWRUTXHDQGIXOOFORVHGPRGHGULYHU
Only for position control type is not provided with X2, X3 and X5.
3Wiring of the Main Circuit )IUDPH9W\SH 36SHFLFDWLRQVRI0RWRUFRQQHFWRU

URL: http://industrial.panasonic.com/jp/i/fa_motor.html
2-21

2. 6\VWHP&RQJXUDWLRQDQG:LULQJ

Wiring of the Main Circuit (F-frame, 200 V type)

Preparation
F-frame, 200 V type

:LULQJVKRXOGEHSHUIRUPHGE\DVSHFLDOLVWRUDQDXWKRUL]HGSHUVRQQHO
'RQRWWXUQRQWKHSRZHUXQWLOWKHZLULQJLVFRPSOHWHG
Never touch the terminal to which high voltage is applied. There is a risk of electric shock.

Tips on Wiring
  7DNHRIIWKHFRYHU[LQJVFUHZVDQGGHWDFKWKHWHUPLQDOFRYHU
2) Make wiring
Use clamp type terminals of round shape with insulation cover for wiring to the terminal block. For cable diameter and size, reter to "Driver and List of Applicable Peripheral Equipments" (P.2-10).
Tighten the terminal block screw with a torque between 1.0 and 1.7 N P
  $WWDFKWKHWHUPLQDOFRYHUDQG[ZLWKVFUHZV
Tighten the screw securing the cover with a torque written on P.2-11.

L1
3RZHU
VXSSO\

5&'

MCCB

1)

MC

L2
L3
L1C
L2C
B1

([WHUQDOUHJHQHUDWLYH
UHVLVWRU

B3
B2
NC

5HG
:KLWH
%ODFN
*UHHQ

Motor

7KHVHFRORUV
 DUHXVHGIRU
 RSWLRQDOFDEOH

*URXQGUHVLVWDQFHPD[
)RUDSSOLFDEOHZLUHUHIHUWR3
DC
24V

'&SRZHU
VXSSO\
IRUEUDNH

Varistor
)XVH 9$

Note
Related page

2-22

&KHFNWKHQDPHSODWHRIWKHGULYHUIRUSRZHUVSHFLILFDWLRQV
3URYLGHDUHVLGXDOFXUUHQWGHYLFH7KHUHVLGXDOFXUUHQW
GHYLFHWREHWKHRQHGHVLJQHGIRU,QYHUWHUDQGLV
HTXLSSHGZLWKFRXQWHUPHDVXUHVIRUKDUPRQLFV
3URYLGHDFLUFXLWEUHDNHU
0DNHVXUHWRSURYLGHDQRLVHILOWHU
3URYLGHFRLOVXUJHVXSSUHVVLRQXQLWVWRWKHFRLORIWKH
0DJQHWLF&RQWDFWRUUHFRPPHQGHGE\PDQXIDFWXUHUNever
start/stop the motor with this Magnetic Contactor.
3URYLGHDQ$&5HDFWRU
'RQ
WGLVFRQQHFWWKHVKRUWEDUEHWZHHQ%DQG%
'LVFRQQHFWWKLVRQO\ZKHQDQH[WHUQDOUHJHQHUDWLYHUHJLVWHU
LVXVHG
'RQRWFRQQHFWDQ\WKLQJWR1&
0DWFKWKHFRORUVRIWKHPRWRUOHDGZLUHVWRWKRVHRIWKH
FRUUHVSRQGLQJPRWRURXWSXWWHUPLQDOV 89: 
Avoid shorting and grounding.
Don't connect the main power.
Earth-ground this.
7RSUHYHQWHOHFWULFVKRFNEHVXUHWRFRQQHFWWKHJURXQG
WHUPLQDO  RIWKHGULYHUDQGWKHJURXQGWHUPLQDO JURXQG
SODWH RIWKHFRQWUROSDQHO
7KHJURXQGWHUPLQDO  PXVWQRWEHVKDUHGZLWKRWKHU
HTXLSPHQW
 7ZRJURXQGWHUPLQDOVDUHSURYLGHG
Don't connect the earth cable to other inserting slot,
nor make them touch.
&RPSRVHDGXSOH[%UDNH&RQWURO&LUFXLWVRWKDWWKHEUDNH
FDQDOVREHDFWLYDWHGE\DQH[WHUQDOLPPHGLDWHVWRSVLJQDO
7KHKROGLQJEUDNHKDVQRSRODULWLHV
)RUWKHKROGLQJEUDNHSRZHUVXSSO\FDSDFLW\DQGKRZWR
XVHWKHEUDNHUHIHUWR6SHFLILFDWLRQVRI%XLOWLQ+ROGLQJ
%UDNHRQ3
3URYLGHDYDULVWRU
 &RQQHFWD$IXVHLQVHULHVZLWKWKHYDULVWRU

The wiring indicated with the broken line shall be provided only when required.
36SHFLFDWLRQVRI0RWRUFRQQHFWRU

2. 6\VWHP&RQJXUDWLRQDQG:LULQJ

Preparation

Wiring Diagram (F-frame, 200 V type)

Compose the circuit so that the main circuit power will be shut off when an error occurs.

In Case of 3-Phase, F-frame, 200 V type

Power supply 3-phase, 200V 15% to 230V +10%

OFF

ALM

MC

Built-in thermostat of
an external regenerative
resistor (light yellow)

Preparation

ON

Noise filter

Coil surge suppression units

MCCB

MC

(Remove the short wire when you connect


the external regenerative resistor.)
Red
White
* These colors
Black
are used for
optional cable.
Green

Motor

L1
L2
L3
L1C
L2C
B1
B3
B2
NC
U
V
W

Main power
supply

Control power
supply

Motor
connection

4
ALM

37
36

X4

ALM+

Setup

Insulated +
DC12 to 24V

(5%)

Terminal block

Connection

External regenerative resistor

1
Before Using the Products

$/0

5
Adjustment

6
When in Trouble

Related page

Supplement

Note

The wiring indicated with the broken line shall be provided only when required.
36SHFLFDWLRQVRI0RWRUFRQQHFWRU

2-23

2. 6\VWHP&RQJXUDWLRQDQG:LULQJ

Preparation

Overall Wiring (G-frame, 200 V type)

Connecting Example of G-frame


$SSO\WKHYROWDJHGHVLJQDWHGRQWKHQDPHSODWH
from the power source.

0DLQV
Residual
current device

Symmetric current should be 5000 Arms or below.


If the short-circuit current on the power source
exceeds this value, use a current-limiting device
(e.g. current-limiting fuse, current-limiting circuit
breaker or transformer).

&RQQHFWLRQZLWKLQSXW
SRZHUVXSSO\

:LULQJRI0DLQ&LUFXLW
&LUFXLW%UHDNHU 0&&%
To protect power supply line from overloading,
install a wiring circuit breaker rated to the capacity
of the power supply.

L1C

1RLVH)LOWHU 1)
Removes external noise from the power lines. And
reduces an effect of the noise generated by the
servo driver.

L2

P.2-26

L2C
L1
L3

0DJQHWLF&RQWDFWRU 0&
Turns on/off the main power of the servo driver.
Use coil surge suppression units together with this.
1HYHUVWDUWQRUVWRSWKHVHUYRPRWRUZLWKWKLV
0DJQHWLF&RQWDFWRU
5HDFWRU / (to be supplied by customer)
Reduces harmonic current of the main power.

&RQQHFWLRQWRH[WHUQDOFRPSRQHQWVP.2-26

B1
B2
5HJHQHUDWLYHUHVLVWRU(optional)

5HPDUNV
:KHQ\RXXVHDQH[WHUQDOUHJHQHUDWLYHUHVLVWRU
LQVWDOODQH[WHUQDOSURWHFWLYHDSSDUDWXVVXFK
DVWKHUPDOIXVHZLWKRXWIDLO.
7KHUPDOIXVHDQGWKHUPRVWDWDUHEXLOWLQWRWKH
regenerative resistor (Option). ,IWKHWKHUPDOIXVH
LVDFWLYDWHGLWZLOOQRWUHVXPH
0RXQWWKHUHJHQHUDWLYHUHVLVWRURQLQFRPEXVWLEOH
PDWHULDOVXFKDVPHWDO.

1RWH
The wiring indicated with the broken line shall be
provided only when required.

Note
Related page
2-24

3LQ%DQG%
:KHQ\RXFRQQHFWDQH[WHUQDOUHJHQHUDWLYH
resistor, connect the external regenerative resistor
between B1 and B2, set up Pr0.16 to 1 or 2.
3LQ'%'%'%DQG'%
1RUPDOO\OHDYH'%DQG'%VKRUWFLUFXLWHG
To connect the external dynamic brake resistor,
UHIHUWR'\QDPLF%UDNHRQ3'RQRWXVH
WKHH[WHUQDOG\QDPLFEUDNHUHVLVWRUWRJHWKHU
ZLWKWKHEXLOWLQUHVLVWRU
3LQ1&
'RQRWFRQQHFWDQ\WKLQJ

7KLVRYHUDOOZLULQJGLDJUDPLVDW\SLFDORQH7KHSDJHVWKDWIROORZVKRZZLULQJIRUVSHFLF
application. The wiring indicated with the broken line shall be provided only when required.
32SWLRQV

2. 6\VWHP&RQJXUDWLRQDQG:LULQJ

: High voltage

Before Using the Products

Overall Wiring (G-frame, 200 V type)

PC (to be supplied
by customer)

2
P.2-60

6HWXSVXSSRUWVRIWZDUH3$1$7(50
Please download from our web site.

:LULQJWR&RQQHFWRU;

Preparation

:LULQJWR&RQQHFWRU;
0RQLWRURXWSXW

P.2-51

&RQQHFWLRQWR3& 3$1$7(50

L1

L2

L3

:LULQJWR&RQQHFWRU; P.2-53
&RQQHFWLRQWR6DIHW\E\SDVVSOXJ

3
Connection

:LULQJWR&RQQHFWRU; P.2-51
&RQQHFWLRQWR5656
or host controller

B1

:LULQJWR&RQQHFWRU; P.2-54
&RQQHFWLRQWRKRVWFRQWUROOHU

B2

NC

U-phase

V-phase

:-phase

:LULQJWR&RQQHFWRU;
&RQQHFWLRQWRencoder

P.

Junction cable for encoder

Short bar (DB3-DB4)


Charge lamp (LED)
Do not make displacement, wiring or
inspection while the LED is lit - cause
of electric shock.

Ground
(earth)

0RWRUFDEOH 6KLHOGZLUH
&RQQHFWLRQWRPRWRUGULYLQJ
SKDVHDQGJURXQG

5HPDUNV
;WR;DUHXVHGIRUWKHVHFRQGDU\
circuit. To connect these terminals to
the primary power supply (particularly,
24 VDC power supply for brake),
insulation is required.
Do not connect these terminals to the
same power supply.

DC Power supply
for brake DC24V
(to be supplied
by customer)

7
Supplement

Related page

6
When in Trouble

Brake cable

P.2-26

Adjustment

Ground
terminal

Setup

:LULQJWR&RQQHFWRU; P.2-55
&RQQHFWLRQWRfeedback scale

Note

7KHJXUHDERYHVKRZVFRQQHFWLRQVRQYHORFLW\SRVLWLRQWRUTXHDQGIXOOFORVHGPRGHGULYHU
2QO\IRUSRVLWLRQFRQWUROW\SHLVQRWSURYLGHG
3Wiring of the Main Circuit *IUDPH9W\SH 36SHFLFDWLRQVRI0RWRUFRQQHFWRU

URL: http://industrial.panasonic.com/jp/i/fa_motor.html
2-25

2. 6\VWHP&RQJXUDWLRQDQG:LULQJ

Wiring of the Main Circuit (G-frame, 200 V type)

Preparation
G-frame, 200 V type

:LULQJVKRXOGEHSHUIRUPHGE\DVSHFLDOLVWRUDQDXWKRUL]HGSHUVRQQHO
'RQRWWXUQRQWKHSRZHUXQWLOWKHZLULQJLVFRPSOHWHG
Never touch the terminal to which high voltage is applied. There is a risk of electric shock.

Tips on Wiring
 7DNHRIIWKHFRYHU[LQJVFUHZVDQGGHWDFKWKHWHUPLQDOFRYHU
2) Make wiring
Use clamp type terminals of round shape with insulation cover for wiring to the terminal
block. For cable diameter and size, reter to "Driver and List of Applicable Peripheral
Equipments" (P.2-11).
Tighten the terminal block screw with a torque between 2.0 and 2.4 1 m (left side) and
1.0 and 1.7 1 m (right side).
 $WWDFKWKHWHUPLQDOFRYHUDQG[ZLWKVFUHZV
Tighten the screw securing the cover with the torque written on P.2-11.

NC
L1C
L2C
3RZHU 5&' MCCB
VXSSO\

1)

MC

U
V
W
E

L1

NC

L2

NC

L3

DB1

B1

DB2

B2

NC

NC

NC

DB3

DB4

NC

/HIW
VLGH

5LJKW
VLGH

Motor
*URXQGUHVLVWDQFHPD[
)RUDSSOLFDEOHZLUHUHIHUWR3
DC
24V

'&SRZHU
VXSSO\
IRUEUDNH

Varistor
)XVH 9$

Note
Related page

2-26

&KHFNWKHQDPHSODWHRIWKHGULYHUIRUSRZHU
VSHFLILFDWLRQV
3URYLGHDUHVLGXDOFXUUHQWGHYLFH7KHUHVLGXDOFXUUHQW
GHYLFHWREHWKHRQHGHVLJQHGIRU,QYHUWHUDQGLV
HTXLSSHGZLWKFRXQWHUPHDVXUHVIRUKDUPRQLFV
3URYLGHDFLUFXLWEUHDNHU
0DNHVXUHWRSURYLGHDQRLVHILOWHU
3URYLGHFRLOVXUJHVXSSUHVVLRQXQLWVWRWKHFRLORIWKH
0DJQHWLF&RQWDFWRUUHFRPPHQGHGE\PDQXIDFWXUHUNever
start/stop the motor with this Magnetic Contactor.
3URYLGHDQ$&5HDFWRU WREHVXSSOLHGE\FXVWRPHU 
7KHYROWDJHDSSOLHGDFURVV'%DQG'%PXVWEH9$&
RUEHORZRU9'&RUEHORZ
0DWFKWKHFRQQHFWRURIWKHPRWRUDQGGULYHU89:
Avoid shorting and grounding.
Don't connect the main power.
)RUQRUPDORSHUDWLRQGRQRWGLVFRQQHFWWKHVKRUWLQJEDU
IURP'%DQG'%UHPRYHWKHEDURQO\ZKHQWKHH[WHUQDO
G\QDPLFEUDNHUHVLVWRULVXVHG
Earth-ground this.
7RSUHYHQWHOHFWULFVKRFNEHVXUHWRFRQQHFWWKHJURXQG
WHUPLQDO  RIWKHGULYHUDQGWKHJURXQGWHUPLQDO JURXQG
SODWH RIWKHFRQWUROSDQHO
7KHJURXQGWHUPLQDO  PXVWQRWEHVKDUHGZLWKRWKHU
HTXLSPHQW
 7ZRJURXQGWHUPLQDOVDUHSURYLGHG
Don't connect the earth cable to other inserting slot,
nor make them touch.
&RPSRVHDGXSOH[%UDNH&RQWURO&LUFXLWVRWKDWWKHEUDNH
FDQDOVREHDFWLYDWHGE\DQH[WHUQDOLPPHGLDWHVWRSVLJQDO
7KHKROGLQJEUDNHKDVQRSRODULWLHV
)RUWKHKROGLQJEUDNHSRZHUVXSSO\FDSDFLW\DQGKRZWR
XVHWKHEUDNHUHIHUWR6SHFLILFDWLRQVRI%XLOWLQ+ROGLQJ
%UDNHRQ3
3URYLGHDYDULVWRU
 &RQQHFWD$IXVHLQVHULHVZLWKWKHYDULVWRU
* Do not connect anything to NC.

The wiring indicated with the broken line shall be provided only when required.
36SHFLFDWLRQVRI0RWRUFRQQHFWRU

Wiring Diagram (G-frame, 200 V type)

Preparation

Compose the circuit so that the main circuit power will be shut off when an error occurs.

In Case of 3-Phase, G-frame, 200 V type

Power supply 3-phase, 200V 15% to 230V +10%

ALM

OFF

MC1

Built-in thermostat of an external


regenerative resistor (light yellow)

Preparation

ON

Coil surge suppression units


L

Noise filter

MCCB

Power supply
(3-phase)

1
Before Using the Products

2. 6\VWHP&RQJXUDWLRQDQG:LULQJ

MC1

External
regenerative resistor

Main power
supply

Control power
supply

Connection

Note 1)

L1
L2
L3
L1C
L2C
B1
B2
NC
DB1
DB2
DB3
DB4
U
V
W

Motor
connection

4
Motor

37
36

ALM

Setup

Insulated +
DC12 to 24V

(5%)

ALM

ALM

Note 1)
Normally, do not disconnect the shorting bar.

5
Adjustment

6
When in Trouble

Related page

Supplement

Note

The wiring indicated with the broken line shall be provided only when required.
36SHFLFDWLRQVRI0RWRUFRQQHFWRU

2-27

2. 6\VWHP&RQJXUDWLRQDQG:LULQJ

Preparation

Overall Wiring (H-frame, 200 V type)

Connecting Example of H-frame


$SSO\WKHYROWDJHGHVLJQDWHGRQWKHQDPHplate from the power source.

Mains
Residual
current device

Symmetric current should be 5000 Arms or below.


If the short-circuit current on the power source
exceeds this value, use a current-limiting device
(e.g. current-limiting fuse, current-limiting circuit
breaker or transformer).

:LULQJRI0DLQ&LUFXLW
&LUFXLW%UHDNHU 0&&%
To protect power supply line from overloading,
install a wiring circuit breaker rated to the capacity
of the power supply.

Charge lamp (LED)


Do not make displacement,
wiring or inspection while
the LED is lit - cause of
electric shock.

1RLVH)LOWHU 1)
Removes external noise from the power lines. And
reduces an effect of the noise generated by the
servo driver.
0DJQHWLF&RQWDFWRU 0&
Turns on/off the main power of the servo driver.
Use coil surge suppression units together with this.
1HYHUVWDUWQRUVWRSWKHVHUYRPRWRUZLWKWKLV
0DJQHWLF&RQWDFWRU
L2C

5HDFWRU / (to be supplied by customer)


Reduces harmonic current of the main power.
9'&
SRZHUVXSSO\IRU
UHJHQHUDWLYHUHVLVWRU
to be supplied by
customer

L1 L2 L3

&RQQHFWLRQWRH[WHUQDO
FRPSRQHQWV

Related page
2-28

P.2-30

P.2-30

B2
5HJHQHUDWLYHUHVLVWRU
(optional)

:KHQ\RXXVHDQH[WHUQDOUHJHQHUDWLYH
resistor, LQVWDOODQH[WHUQDOSURWHFWLYH
DSSDUDWXVVXFKDVWKHUPDOIXVHZLWKRXW
IDLO.
7KHUPDOIXVHDQGWKHUPRVWDWDUHEXLOWLQWRWKH
regenerative resistor (Option). ,IWKHWKHUPDO
IXVHLVDFWLYDWHGLWZLOOQRWUHVXPH
0RXQWWKHUHJHQHUDWLYHUHVLVWRURQ
LQFRPEXVWLEOHPDWHULDOVXFKDVPHWDO.
)RUZLULQJRIWKHFLUFXLWUHIHUWR:LULQJ
Diagram on P.2-31.

Note

&RQQHFWLRQZLWKLQSXW
SRZHUVXSSO\

B1

* Use a power
supply with
5 A or larger
capacity.

5HPDUNV

L1C

0DJQHWLF&RQWDFWRU 0&
'\QDPLF%UDNH
UHVLVWRU
be supplied by
(tocustomer
)

Turns on/off the dynamic brake


resistor.
Use coil surge suppression units
together with this.

5HPDUNV
:KHQ\RXXVHDQH[WHUQDOG\QDPLFEUDNHUHVLVWRULQVWDOODQ
H[WHUQDOSURWHFWLYHDSSDUDWXVVXFKDVWKHUPDOIXVH
ZLWKRXWIDLO
0RXQWWKHG\QDPLFEUDNHUHVLVWRURQLQFRPEXVWLEOHPDWHULDO
VXFKDVPHWDO
)RUZLULQJRIWKHFLUFXLWUHIHUWR:LULQJ'LDJUDPRQ3
)RUDQH[DPSOHRIWKHUHFRPPHQGHGSURWHFWLYHFLUFXLWUHIHUWR
Dynamic Brake on P.2-67.

7KLVRYHUDOOZLULQJGLDJUDPLVDW\SLFDORQH7KHSDJHVWKDWIROORZVKRZZLULQJIRUVSHFLF
application. The wiring indicated with the broken line shall be provided only when required.
32SWLRQV

2. 6\VWHP&RQJXUDWLRQDQG:LULQJ

: High voltage
:LULQJWR&RQQHFWRU;

P.2-60

0RQLWRURXWSXW

Before Using the Products

Overall Wiring (H-frame, 200 V type)

PC(to be supplied by customer)


Setup support software
PANATERM
Please download
from our web site.

Preparation

:LULQJWR&RQQHFWRU; P.2-51
&RQQHFWLRQWR3& 3$1$7(50

:LULQJWR&RQQHFWRU;

P.2-51

&RQQHFWLRQWR5656
or host controller

:LULQJWR&RQQHFWRU; P.2-54
&RQQHFWLRQWRKRVWFRQWUROOHU
:LULQJWR&RQQHFWRU; P.2-55
&RQQHFWLRQWRfeedback scale
L1C

L2

L3

B1

DB1

DB2

B2

NC

Junction cable
for encoder

Ground terminal

Motor cable (Shield wire)


&RQQHFWLRQWRPRWRUGULYLQJ
SKDVHDQGJURXQG

3LQ%DQG%

P.2-30

:KHQ\RXFRQQHFWDQH[WHUQDOUHJHQHUDWLYH
resistor, connect the external regenerative
resistor between B1 and B2, set up Pr0.16
to 1 or 2.
3LQ'%DQG'%
:KHQLQVWDOOLQJDQH[WHUQDOG\QDPLFEUDNH
resistor, connect the magnetic contactor (for
controlling) for external dynamic brake to
between LIC and DB1.

5HPDUNV
DC Power supply
for brake DC24V
(to be supplied
by customer)

Related page

3LQ1&
'RQRWFRQQHFWDQ\WKLQJ

Supplement

Note

7KHYROWDJHDSSOLHGDFURVV'%DQG
'%PXVWEH9$&RUEHORZRU
9'&RUEHORZ

6
When in Trouble

Brake cable

5HPDUNV
;WR;DUHXVHGIRUWKHVHFRQGDU\FLUFXLW
To connect these terminals to the primary
power supply (particularly, the 24 VDC
power supply for brake and the 24 VDC
power supply for regenerative resistor),
insulation is required.
Do not connect these terminals to the same
power supply.

Adjustment

Ground
(earth)

U-phase
V-phase
W-phase

P.2-57
Setup

L1

L2C

:LULQJWR&RQQHFWRU;
&RQQHFWLRQWRencoder

Connection

:LULQJWR&RQQHFWRU; P.2-53
&RQQHFWLRQWR6DIHW\E\SDVVSOXJ

7KHJXUHDERYHVKRZVFRQQHFWLRQVRQYHORFLW\SRVLWLRQWRUTXHDQGIXOOFORVHGPRGHGULYHU
2QO\IRUSRVLWLRQFRQWUROW\SHLVQRWSURYLGHG
3Wiring of the Main Circuit +IUDPH9W\SH 36SHFLFDWLRQVRI0RWRUFRQQHFWRU

URL: http://industrial.panasonic.com/jp/i/fa_motor.html
2-29

2. 6\VWHP&RQJXUDWLRQDQG:LULQJ

Wiring of the Main Circuit (H-frame, 200 V type)

Preparation
H-frame, 200 V type

:LULQJVKRXOGEHSHUIRUPHGE\DVSHFLDOLVWRUDQDXWKRUL]HGSHUVRQQHO
'RQRWWXUQRQWKHSRZHUXQWLOWKHZLULQJLVFRPSOHWHG
Never touch the terminal to which high voltage is applied. There is a risk of electric shock.

Tips on Wiring
 7DNHRIIWKHFRYHU[LQJVFUHZVDQGGHWDFKWKHWHUPLQDOFRYHU
2) Make wiring
Use clamp type terminals of round shape with insulation cover for wiring to the terminal
block. For cable diameter and size, reter to "Driver and List of Applicable Peripheral
Equipments" (P.2-11).
Tighten the terminal block screw with a torque between 0.7 and 0.8 1 m (upper side)
and 2.2 and 2.5 1 m (lower side).
 $WWDFKWKHWHUPLQDOFRYHUDQG[ZLWKVFUHZV
Tighten the screw securing the cover with the torque written on P.2-11.

Upper
VLGH

L1C
L2C
Power 5&' MCCB
supply

1)

MC

L1

DB1

L2

DB2

L3
DC
24V

3RZHUVXSSO\IRU
UHJHQHUDWLYHUHVLVWRU

B1
B2
NC

U
V
W
E

U
V
W
Lower
VLGH

Motor
*URXQGUHVLVWDQFHPD[
)RUDSSOLFDEOHZLUHUHIHUWR3
DC
24V

DC power
supply
IRUEUDNH

Varistor
)XVH 9$

Note
Related page

2-30

&KHFNWKHQDPHSODWHRIWKHGULYHUIRUSRZHU
VSHFLILFDWLRQV
3URYLGHDUHVLGXDOFXUUHQWGHYLFH7KHUHVLGXDOFXUUHQW
GHYLFHWREHWKHRQHGHVLJQHGIRU,QYHUWHUDQGLV
HTXLSSHGZLWKFRXQWHUPHDVXUHVIRUKDUPRQLFV
3URYLGHDFLUFXLWEUHDNHU
0DNHVXUHWRSURYLGHDQRLVHILOWHU
3URYLGHFRLOVXUJHVXSSUHVVLRQXQLWVWRWKHFRLORIWKH
0DJQHWLF&RQWDFWRUUHFRPPHQGHGE\PDQXIDFWXUHU
Never start/stop the motor with this Magnetic
Contactor.
7KHYROWDJHDSSOLHGDFURVV'%DQG'%PXVWEH
9$&RUEHORZRU9'&RUEHORZ
3URYLGHDQ$&5HDFWRU WREHVXSSOLHGE\FXVWRPHU 
'RQRWFRQQHFWDQ\WKLQJWR1&
0DWFKWKHFRQQHFWRURIWKHPRWRUDQGGULYHUU, V, W
Avoid shorting and grounding.
Don't connect the main power.
Earth-ground this.
7RSUHYHQWHOHFWULFVKRFNEHVXUHWRFRQQHFWWKHJURXQG
WHUPLQDO  RIWKHGULYHUDQGWKHJURXQGWHUPLQDO
JURXQGSODWH RIWKHFRQWUROSDQHO
7KHJURXQGWHUPLQDO  PXVWQRWEHVKDUHGZLWKRWKHU
HTXLSPHQW
 7ZRJURXQGWHUPLQDOVDUHSURYLGHG
Don't connect the earth cable to other inserting slot,
nor make them touch.
&RPSRVHDGXSOH[%UDNH&RQWURO&LUFXLWVRWKDWWKH
EUDNHFDQDOVREHDFWLYDWHGE\DQH[WHUQDOLPPHGLDWH
VWRSVLJQDO
7KHKROGLQJEUDNHKDVQRSRODULWLHV
)RUWKHKROGLQJEUDNHSRZHUVXSSO\FDSDFLW\DQGKRZWR
XVHWKHEUDNHUHIHUWR6SHFLILFDWLRQVRI%XLOWLQ+ROGLQJ
%UDNHRQ3
3URYLGHDYDULVWRU
 &RQQHFWD$IXVHLQVHULHVZLWKWKHYDULVWRU

The wiring indicated with the broken line shall be provided only when required.
36SHFLFDWLRQVRI0RWRUFRQQHFWRU

Wiring Diagram (H-frame, 200 V type)

Preparation

Compose the circuit so that the main circuit power will be shut off when an error occurs.

In Case of 3-Phase, H-frame, 200 V type

Power supply 3-phase, 200V 15% to 230V +10%

OFF

ALM

MC1

Coil surge suppression units


L

Noise filter

MCCB

Power supply
(3-phase)

MC1

Insulated +
DC24V

Note 1)
MC2

External
R1
regenerative resistor R2
Note 4)

Coil surge suppression units


Note 2) Note 5) Note 5) Note 5)

Dynamic Brake resistor


Note 3)

MC2

Motor

Note 4)

Main power
supply

Control power
supply

Connection

L1
L2
L3
L1C
L2C
B1
B2
NC
DB1
DB2
U
V
W

Built-in thermostat of
an external regenerative resistor
(T1 and T2 terminals)

Preparation

ON

Motor
connection

ALM
37
36

ALM
ALM

Setup

Insulated +
DC12 to 24V

(5%)

Note 1)
Magnetic contactor MC2 must be the same rating as the contactor MC1 in the main circuit.

5
Adjustment

Note 2)
Servo may be turned on in the external sequence if the contact deposits: to protect the system,
provide the auxiliary contact.
Note 3)
Use 1.2 , 400 W resistor (to be supplied by customer).
Note 4)
To use the external dynamic brake resistor:
Connect the R1 and R2 terminals to B1 and B2.
Connect the T1 and T2 terminals as shown in the left diagram.
Connect the 24 V and 0 V terminals to a 24 VDC power supply.
Connect the E terminal to the ground.
Refer to P.7-122 Options for the specifications of the external regenerative resistor.
Note 5)
Provide an external protective device (e.g. thermal fuse) to monitor the temperature of the external
dynamic brake resistor.

7
Supplement

Related page

6
When in Trouble

Note

1
Before Using the Products

2. 6\VWHP&RQJXUDWLRQDQG:LULQJ

The wiring indicated with the broken line shall be provided only when required.
36SHFLFDWLRQVRI0RWRUFRQQHFWRU

2-31

2. 6\VWHP&RQJXUDWLRQDQG:LULQJ

Preparation

Overall Wiring (D, E-frame, 400 V type)

Connecting Example of D, E-frame


$SSO\WKHYROWDJHGHVLJQDWHGRQWKHQDPHSODWH
from the power source.
Symmetric current should be 5000 Arms or below.
If the short-circuit current on the power source
exceeds this value, use a current-limiting device
(e.g. current-limiting fuse, current-limiting circuit
breaker or transformer).

:LULQJRI0DLQ&RQQHFWRU ;$
&LUFXLW%UHDNHU 0&&%
To protect power supply line from overloading, install a wiring circuit breaker rated to
the capacity of the power supply.
1RLVH)LOWHU 1)
Removes external noise from the power
lines. And reduces an effect of the noise
generated by the servo driver.

0DLQV
Residual
current device

* Use a power
supply with
2 A or larger
capacity.

9'&SRZHUVXSSO\
IRUFRQWURO
(to be supplied by customer)

24V
0V

:LULQJWR&RQQHFWRU;' P.2-34
&RQQHFWLRQWRcontrol power
:LULQJWR&RQQHFWRU;$

P.2-34

&RQQHFWLRQWRLQSXWSRZHU
L1 (Pin-3)
L2 (Pin-2)
L3 (Pin-1)

0DJQHWLF&RQWDFWRU 0&
Turns on/off the main power of the servo
driver.
Use coil surge suppression units together
with this.
1HYHUVWDUWQRUVWRSWKHVHUYRPRWRU
ZLWKWKLV0DJQHWLF&RQWDFWRU
5HDFWRU / (to be supplied by customer)
Reduces harmonic current of the main
power.

:LULQJRI0RWRU&RQQHFWRU ;&
3LQ% SLQ % SLQ DQG% SLQ
%DQG%WREHNHSWVKRUWHGIRUQRUPDO
RSHUDWLRQ
:KHQ\RXFRQQHFWDQH[WHUQDOUHJHQHUDWLYH
resistor, disconnect a short circuit wire
between B2 and B3, then connect the external
regenerative resistor between B1 and B2, set
up Pr0.16 to 1 or 2.

5HPDUNV

Note
Related page
2-32

:LULQJWR&RQQHFWRU;&

P.2-34

&RQQHFWLRQWRH[WHUQDOFRPSRQHQWV
B1 (Pin-4)
B2 (Pin-2)

5HJHQHUDWLYHUHVLVWRU(optional)
:KHQ\RXXVHDQH[WHUQDOUHJHQHUDWLYHUHVLVWRU
LQVWDOODQH[WHUQDOSURWHFWLYHDSSDUDWXVVXFK
DVWKHUPDOIXVHZLWKRXWIDLO
7KHUPDOIXVHDQGWKHUPRVWDWDUHEXLOWLQWRWKH
regenerative resistor (Option). ,IWKHWKHUPDOIXVH
LVDFWLYDWHGLWZLOOQRWUHVXPH
0RXQWWKHUHJHQHUDWLYHUHVLVWRURQLQFRPEXVWLEOH
PDWHULDOVXFKDVPHWDO

7KLVRYHUDOOZLULQJGLDJUDPLVDW\SLFDORQH7KHSDJHVWKDWIROORZVKRZZLULQJIRUVSHFLF
application. The wiring indicated with the broken line shall be provided only when required.
32SWLRQV

2. 6\VWHP&RQJXUDWLRQDQG:LULQJ

: High voltage
:LULQJWR&RQQHFWRU;

P.2-60

0RQLWRURXWSXW

PC (to be supplied by customer)


Setup support software
3$1$7(50
Please download
from our web site.

:LULQJWR&RQQHFWRU;

2
P.2-51

&RQQHFWLRQWR3& 3$1$7(50

:LULQJWR&RQQHFWRU;

Preparation

Handle lever
Use this for connector
connection. Store this
after connection for
other occasions.
(Refer to P.2-50 for
connection.)

Before Using the Products

Overall Wiring (D, E-frame, 400 V type)

P.2-51

&RQQHFWLRQWR5656
or host controller

:LULQJWR&RQQHFWRU; P.2-54
&RQQHFWLRQWRKRVWFRQWUROOHU

Connection

:LULQJWR&RQQHFWRU; P.2-53
&RQQHFWLRQWR6DIHW\E\SDVVSOXJ

Short circuit wire (B2-B3)

:LULQJWR&RQQHFWRU;%
&RQQHFWLRQWRPRWRU

:LULQJWR&RQQHFWRU; P.2-55
&RQQHFWLRQWRfeedback scale

P.2-34

:LULQJWR&RQQHFWRU;
&RQQHFWLRQWRencoder

P.2-57

Setup

U-phase(red)
V-phase(white)
:SKDVH EODFN

5HPDUNV
Ground
terminal

Ground
(earth)

Charge lamp
(Red LED)*1

Brake cable

6
P.2-34

When in Trouble

0RWRUFDEOH 6KLHOGZLUH
&RQQHFWLRQWRPRWRUGULYLQJ
SKDVHDQGJURXQG

DC Power supply for brake


DC24V
(to be supplied by customer)

Related page

Supplement

*1 Do not make displacement, wiring or inspection while the LED is lit - cause of electric shock.

Note

5
Adjustment

Junction cable
for encoder

;WR;DUHXVHGIRUWKHVHFRQGDU\
circuit. To connect these terminals to
the primary power supply (particularly,
the 24 VDC power supply for control
and the 24 VDC power supply for
brake), insulation is required.
Do not connect these terminals to the
same power supply.

7KHJXUHDERYHVKRZVFRQQHFWLRQVRQYHORFLW\SRVLWLRQWRUTXHDQGIXOOFORVHGPRGHGULYHU
Only for position control type is not provided with X2, X3 and X5.
3Wiring of the Main Circuit '(IUDPH9W\SH 36SHFLFDWLRQVRI0RWRUFRQQHFWRU

URL: http://industrial.panasonic.com/jp/i/fa_motor.html
2-33

2. 6\VWHP&RQJXUDWLRQDQG:LULQJ

Wiring of the Main Circuit (D, E-frame, 400 V type)

Preparation

D, E-frame, 400 V type


:LULQJVKRXOGEHSHUIRUPHGE\DVSHFLDOLVWRUDQDXWKRUL]HGSHUVRQQHO
'RQRWWXUQRQWKHSRZHUXQWLOWKHZLULQJLVFRPSOHWHG
1HYHU WRXFK WKH SRZHU FRQQHFWRU ;$ ;% ;& DQG ;'  WR ZKLFK KLJK YROWDJH LV DSplied. There is a risk of electric shock.

Tips on Wiring
1) Wire connector (XA, XB, XC and XD).
2) Connect the wired connector to the driver.
Fully insert the connector to the bottom until it clicks.

2
1

DC
24V

Power RCD MCCB


supply

NF

MC

3
2
1
4
3
2
1

Yellow
(X2)

Black
*UHHQ
or
*UHHQ/
Yellow

Motor

L1
L2
/
XA
B1
%
B2
N

3
2
1

:KLWH

0V
XD

XC

Red

24V

U
V
W
XB

7KHVHFRORUV
 DUHXVHGIRU
 RSWLRQDOFDEOH

*URXQGUHVLVWDQFHPD[
)RUDSSOLFDEOHZLUHUHIHUWR3

DC
24V

Varistor
Fuse (125 V 10 A)

Note
Related page

2-34

DC power supply
IRUEUDNH

'LUHFWSRZHUVXSSO\IRUFRQWUROFLUFXLW
&KHFNWKHQDPHSODWHRIWKHGULYHUIRUSRZHU
VSHFLILFDWLRQV
3URYLGHDUHVLGXDOFXUUHQWGHYLFH7KHUHVLGXDOFXUUHQW
GHYLFHWREHWKHRQHGHVLJQHGIRU,QYHUWHUDQGLV
HTXLSSHGZLWKFRXQWHUPHDVXUHVIRUKDUPRQLFV
3URYLGHDFLUFXLWEUHDNHU
0DNHVXUHWRSURYLGHDQRLVHILOWHU
3URYLGHFRLOVXUJHVXSSUHVVLRQXQLWVWRWKHFRLORIWKH
0DJQHWLF&RQWDFWRUUHFRPPHQGHGE\PDQXIDFWXUHU
Never start/stop the motor with this Magnetic
Contactor.
3URYLGHDQ$&5HDFWRU
$&SKDVHSRZHUVXSSO\9IRUPDLQFLUFXLW
'RQ
WGLVFRQQHFWWKHVKRUWLQJFDEOHEHWZHHQ%DQG
%'LVFRQQHFWWKLVRQO\ZKHQWKHH[WHUQDO
UHJHQHUDWLYHUHJLVWHULVXVHG
'RQRWFRQQHFWDQ\WKLQJWR1
0DWFKWKHFRORUVRIWKHPRWRUOHDGZLUHVWRWKRVHRIWKH
FRUUHVSRQGLQJPRWRURXWSXWWHUPLQDOV 89: 
Avoid shorting and grounding. Don't connect the
main power.
Earth-ground this.
7RSUHYHQWHOHFWULFVKRFNEHVXUHWRFRQQHFWWKH
JURXQGWHUPLQDO  RIWKHGULYHUDQGWKHJURXQG
WHUPLQDO JURXQGSODWH RIWKHFRQWUROSDQHO
7KHJURXQGWHUPLQDO  PXVWQRWEHVKDUHGZLWKRWKHU
HTXLSPHQW
 7ZRJURXQGWHUPLQDOVDUHSURYLGHG
Don't connect the earth cable to other inserting
slot, nor make them touch.
&RPSRVHDGXSOH[%UDNH&RQWURO&LUFXLWVRWKDWWKH
EUDNHFDQDOVREHDFWLYDWHGE\DQH[WHUQDOLPPHGLDWH
VWRSVLJQDO
7KHKROGLQJEUDNHKDVQRSRODULWLHV
)RUWKHKROGLQJEUDNHSRZHUVXSSO\FDSDFLW\DQGKRZ
WRXVHWKHEUDNHUHIHUWR6SHFLILFDWLRQVRI%XLOWLQ
+ROGLQJ%UDNHRQ3
3URYLGHDYDULVWRU
 &RQQHFWD$IXVHLQVHULHVZLWKWKHYDULVWRU

The wiring indicated with the broken line shall be provided only when required.
36SHFLFDWLRQVRI0RWRUFRQQHFWRU3:LULQJPHWKRGWRFRQQHFWRU
3&RQQHFWRUNLWIRU;$3&RQQHFWRUNLWIRU;%;&3&RQQHFWRUNLWIRU;'

Preparation

Wiring Diagram (D, E-frame, 400 V type)

Compose the circuit so that the main circuit power will be shut off when an error occurs.

In Case of 3-Phase, D, E-frame, 400 V type

Power supply 3-phase, 380V 15% to 480V +10%

OFF

ALM

MC

Built-in thermostat of an external


regenerative resistor (light yellow)

Coil surge suppression units

Insulated +

XD

Note 1)

24V
0V

MCCB

Noise filter

DC24V

L1
L2
L3

(Remove the short wire when you connect


the external regenerative resistor.)

U
V
W

XA

Main power
supply
XC

XB

Motor
connection

ALM

37
36

ALM+

X4

Setup

Insulated +
DC12 to 24V

(5%)

Control power
supply

Connection

B1
B3
B2
N

External regenerative resistor

Motor

Preparation

ON

1
Before Using the Products

2. 6\VWHP&RQJXUDWLRQDQG:LULQJ

$/0

Note 1)
Shielding the circuit is recommended for the purpose of noise reduction.

5
Adjustment

6
When in Trouble

Related page

Supplement

Note

The wiring indicated with the broken line shall be provided only when required.
36SHFLFDWLRQVRI0RWRUFRQQHFWRU3:LULQJPHWKRGWRFRQQHFWRU

2-35

2. 6\VWHP&RQJXUDWLRQDQG:LULQJ

Preparation

Overall Wiring (F-frame, 400 V type)

Connecting Example of F-frame


$SSO\WKHYROWDJHGHVLJQDWHGRQWKHQDPHSODWH
from the power source.
Symmetric current should be 5000 Arms or below.
If the short-circuit current on the power source
exceeds this value, use a current-limiting device
(e.g. current-limiting fuse, current-limiting circuit
breaker or transformer).

0DLQV
Residual
current device

* Use a power
supply with
2 A or larger
capacity.

9'&SRZHUVXSSO\
IRUFRQWURO
(to be supplied by customer)

24V
0V

:LULQJRI0DLQ&LUFXLW
&LUFXLW%UHDNHU 0&&%
To protect power supply line from overloading, install a wiring circuit breaker rated to
the capacity of the power supply.
1RLVH)LOWHU 1)
Removes external noise from the power
lines. And reduces an effect of the noise
generated by the servo driver.

&RQQHFWLRQZLWKFRQWURO
SRZHUVXSSO\

3

&RQQHFWLRQZLWKLQSXW
SRZHUVXSSO\

3

/
L2
/

0DJQHWLF&RQWDFWRU 0&
Turns on/off the main power of the servo
driver.
Use coil surge suppression units together
with this.
1HYHUVWDUWQRUVWRSWKHVHUYRPRWRU
ZLWKWKLV0DJQHWLF&RQWDFWRU
5HDFWRU / (to be supplied by customer)
Reduces harmonic current of the main
power.
3LQ%%DQG%
%DQG%WREHNHSWVKRUWHGIRU
normal operation.
:KHQ\RXFRQQHFWDQH[WHUQDO
regenerative resistor, disconnect a
VKRUWEDUEHWZHHQ%DQG%
then connect the external regenHUDWLYHUHVLVWRUEHWZHHQ%DQG
%VHWXS3UWRRU
3LQ1&
'RQRWFRQQHFWDQ\WKLQJ

Note
Related page
2-36

&RQQHFWLRQWRH[WHUQDO
FRPSRQHQWV

3

%
%

5HJHQHUDWLYHUHVLVWRU RSWLRQDO

5HPDUNV

:KHQ\RXXVHDQH[WHUQDOUHJHQHUDWLYHUHVLVWRU
LQVWDOODQH[WHUQDOSURWHFWLYHDSSDUDWXVVXFK
DVWKHUPDOIXVHZLWKRXWIDLO
7KHUPDOIXVHDQGWKHUPRVWDWDUHEXLOWLQWRWKH
regenerative resistor (Option). ,IWKHWKHUPDOIXVH
LVDFWLYDWHGLWZLOOQRWUHVXPH
0RXQWWKHUHJHQHUDWLYHUHVLVWRURQLQFRPEXVWLEOH
PDWHULDOVXFKDVPHWDO

7KLVRYHUDOOZLULQJGLDJUDPLVDW\SLFDORQH7KHSDJHVWKDWIROORZVKRZZLULQJIRUVSHFLF
application. The wiring indicated with the broken line shall be provided only when required.
32SWLRQV

2. 6\VWHP&RQJXUDWLRQDQG:LULQJ

: High voltage

Before Using the Products

Overall Wiring (F-frame, 400 V type)

PC (to be supplied
by customer)

2
P.2-60

6HWXSVXSSRUWVRIWZDUH3$1$7(50
Please download from our web site.

:LULQJWR&RQQHFWRU;

Preparation

:LULQJWR&RQQHFWRU;
0RQLWRURXWSXW

P.

&RQQHFWLRQWR3& 3$1$7(50

:LULQJWR&RQQHFWRU; P.
&RQQHFWLRQWR5656
or host controller

Connection

:LULQJWR&RQQHFWRU; P.
&RQQHFWLRQWR6DIHW\E\SDVVSOXJ
:LULQJWR&RQQHFWRU; P.2-54
&RQQHFWLRQWRKRVWFRQWUROOHU

Short bar
%%

U-phase(red)
V-phase(white)
:SKDVH EODFN

:LULQJWR&RQQHFWRU;

Setup

:LULQJWR&RQQHFWRU; P.2-55
&RQQHFWLRQWRfeedback scale

P.2-57

&RQQHFWLRQWRencoder

5HPDUNV

Charge lamp
5HG/(' 

Junction cable for motor


&RQQHFWLRQWRPRWRUGULYLQJ
SKDVHDQGJURXQG

3

Junction cable
for encoder

'&3RZHUVXSSO\IRUEUDNH
'&9
(to be supplied by customer)

Related page

Supplement

'RQRWPDNHGLVSODFHPHQWZLULQJRULQVSHFWLRQZKLOHWKH/('LVOLWFDXVHRIHOHFWULFVKRFN

Note

6
When in Trouble

Junction cable
for brake

Ground
(earth)

5
Adjustment

Ground
terminal

;WR;DUHXVHGIRUWKHVHFRQGDU\FLUFXLW
To connect these terminals to the primary
SRZHUVXSSO\ SDUWLFXODUO\WKH9'&SRZHU
VXSSO\IRUFRQWURODQGWKH9'&SRZHU
supply for brake), insulation is required.
 'RQRWFRQQHFWWKHVHWHUPLQDOVWRWKHVDPH
power supply.

7KHJXUHDERYHVKRZVFRQQHFWLRQVRQYHORFLW\SRVLWLRQWRUTXHDQGIXOOFORVHGPRGHGULYHU
Only for position control type is not provided with X2, X3 and X5.
3Wiring of the Main Circuit )IUDPH9W\SH 36SHFLFDWLRQVRI0RWRUFRQQHFWRU

URL: http://industrial.panasonic.com/jp/i/fa_motor.html
2-37

2. 6\VWHP&RQJXUDWLRQDQG:LULQJ

Wiring of the Main Circuit (F-frame, 400 V type)

Preparation
F-frame, 400 V type

:LULQJVKRXOGEHSHUIRUPHGE\DVSHFLDOLVWRUDQDXWKRUL]HGSHUVRQQHO
'RQRWWXUQRQWKHSRZHUXQWLOWKHZLULQJLVFRPSOHWHG
Never touch the terminal to which high voltage is applied. There is a risk of electric shock.

Tips on Wiring
 7DNHRIIWKHFRYHU[LQJVFUHZVDQGGHWDFKWKHWHUPLQDOFRYHU
2) Make wiring
Use clamp type terminals of round shape with insulation cover for wiring to the terminal
block. For cable diameter and size, reter to "Driver and List of Applicable Peripheral
Equipments" (P.2-10).
Tighten the terminal block screw with a torque written on P.2-11.
 $WWDFKWKHWHUPLQDOFRYHUDQG[ZLWKVFUHZV
Tighten the screw securing the cover with a torque written on P.2-11.

24V

DC
24V

0V

L1
3RZHU 5&' MCCB
VXSSO\

1)

MC

L2
L3
B1
B3
B2
NC

<HOORZ
;

5HG
:KLWH

W
%ODFN
*UHHQRU
*UHHQ\HOORZ

W
E

Motor
*URXQGUHVLVWDQFHPD[
)RUDSSOLFDEOHZLUHUHIHUWR3
DC
24V

Varistor
)XVH 9$

Note
Related page

2-38

'&SRZHU
VXSSO\
IRUEUDNH

'LUHFWSRZHUVXSSO\IRUFRQWUROFLUFXLW
&KHFNWKHQDPHSODWHRIWKHGULYHUIRUSRZHUVSHFLILFDWLRQV
3URYLGHDUHVLGXDOFXUUHQWGHYLFH7KHUHVLGXDOFXUUHQWGHYLFH
WREHWKHRQHGHVLJQHGIRU,QYHUWHUDQGLVHTXLSSHGZLWK
FRXQWHUPHDVXUHVIRUKDUPRQLFV
3URYLGHDFLUFXLWEUHDNHU
0DNHVXUHWRSURYLGHDQRLVHILOWHU
3URYLGHFRLOVXUJHVXSSUHVVLRQXQLWVWRWKHFRLORIWKH
0DJQHWLF&RQWDFWRUUHFRPPHQGHGE\PDQXIDFWXUHUNever
start/stop the motor with this Magnetic Contactor.
3URYLGHDQ$&5HDFWRU
$&SKDVHSRZHUVXSSO\9IRUPDLQFLUFXLW
'RQ
WGLVFRQQHFWWKHVKRUWEDUEHWZHHQ%DQG%
'LVFRQQHFWWKLVRQO\ZKHQDQH[WHUQDOUHJHQHUDWLYHUHJLVWHULV
XVHG
'RQRWFRQQHFWDQ\WKLQJWR1&
0DWFKWKHFRORUVRIWKHPRWRUOHDGZLUHVWRWKRVHRIWKH
FRUUHVSRQGLQJPRWRURXWSXWWHUPLQDOV 89: 
Avoid shorting and grounding.
Don't connect the main power.
Earth-ground this.
7RSUHYHQWHOHFWULFVKRFNEHVXUHWRFRQQHFWWKHJURXQG
WHUPLQDO  RIWKHGULYHUDQGWKHJURXQGWHUPLQDO JURXQG
SODWH RIWKHFRQWUROSDQHO
7KHJURXQGWHUPLQDO  PXVWQRWEHVKDUHGZLWKRWKHU
HTXLSPHQW
 7ZRJURXQGWHUPLQDOVDUHSURYLGHG
Don't connect the earth cable to other inserting slot, nor
make them touch.
&RPSRVHDGXSOH[%UDNH&RQWURO&LUFXLWVRWKDWWKHEUDNH
FDQDOVREHDFWLYDWHGE\DQH[WHUQDOLPPHGLDWHVWRSVLJQDO
7KHKROGLQJEUDNHKDVQRSRODULWLHV
)RUWKHKROGLQJEUDNHSRZHUVXSSO\FDSDFLW\DQGKRZWRXVH
WKHEUDNHUHIHUWR6SHFLILFDWLRQVRI%XLOWLQ+ROGLQJ%UDNHRQ
3
3URYLGHDYDULVWRU
 &RQQHFWD$IXVHLQVHULHVZLWKWKHYDULVWRU

The wiring indicated with the broken line shall be provided only when required.
36SHFLFDWLRQVRI0RWRUFRQQHFWRU

Wiring Diagram (F-frame, 400 V type)

Preparation

Compose the circuit so that the main circuit power will be shut off when an error occurs.

In Case of 3-Phase, F-frame, 400 V type

Power supply 3-phase, 380V 15% to 480V +10%

OFF

ALM

MC

Built-in thermostat of an external


regenerative resistor (light yellow)

Coil surge suppression units


Note 1)
Insulated +

24V
0V

MCCB

Noise filter

DC24V

(Remove the short wire when you connect


the external regenerative resistor.)

Motor
connection

4
ALM

37
36

X4

ALM+
Setup

Insulated +
DC12 to 24V

(5%)

Main power
supply

Connection

MC

External regenerative resistor

Motor

Control power
supply

L1
L2
L3
B1
B3
B2
NC
U
V
W

Preparation

ON

1
Before Using the Products

2. 6\VWHP&RQJXUDWLRQDQG:LULQJ

$/0

Note 1)
Shielding the circuit is recommended for the purpose of noise reduction.

5
Adjustment

6
When in Trouble

Related page

Supplement

Note

The wiring indicated with the broken line shall be provided only when required.
36SHFLFDWLRQVRI0RWRUFRQQHFWRU

2-39

2. 6\VWHP&RQJXUDWLRQDQG:LULQJ

Preparation

Overall Wiring (G-frame, 400 V type)

Connecting Example of G-frame


$SSO\WKHYROWDJHGHVLJQDWHGRQWKHQDPHplate from the power source.
Symmetric current should be 5000 Arms or below.
If the short-circuit current on the power source
exceeds this value, use a current-limiting device
(e.g. current-limiting fuse, current-limiting circuit
breaker or transformer).

0DLQV
Residual
current device

:LULQJRI0DLQ&LUFXLW
&LUFXLW%UHDNHU 0&&%
To protect power supply line from overloading,
install a wiring circuit breaker rated to the capacity
of the power supply.

* Use a power
supply with
5 A or larger
capacity.

9'&SRZHUVXSSO\
IRUFRQWURO
(to be supplied by customer)

24V
0V

&RQQHFWLRQZLWKFRQWURO
SRZHUVXSSO\
&RQQHFWLRQZLWKLQSXW
SRZHUVXSSO\
/

1RLVH)LOWHU 1)
Removes external noise from the power lines. And
reduces an effect of the noise generated by the
servo driver.

P.2-42
P.2-42

L2
L3

0DJQHWLF&RQWDFWRU 0&
Turns on/off the main power of the servo driver.
Use coil surge suppression units together with this.
1HYHUVWDUWQRUVWRSWKHVHUYRPRWRUZLWKWKLV
0DJQHWLF&RQWDFWRU
5HDFWRU / (to be supplied by customer)
Reduces harmonic current of the main power.

&RQQHFWLRQWRH[WHUQDOFRPSRQHQWVP.2-42
%
B2

5HJHQHUDWLYHUHVLVWRU(optional)

5HPDUNV
:KHQ\RXXVHDQH[WHUQDOUHJHQHUDWLYHUHVLVWRU
LQVWDOODQH[WHUQDOSURWHFWLYHDSSDUDWXVVXFK
DVWKHUPDOIXVHZLWKRXWIDLO.
7KHUPDOIXVHDQGWKHUPRVWDWDUHEXLOWLQWRWKH
regenerative resistor (Option). ,IWKHWKHUPDOIXVH
LVDFWLYDWHGLWZLOOQRWUHVXPH
0RXQWWKHUHJHQHUDWLYHUHVLVWRURQLQFRPEXVWLEOH
PDWHULDOVXFKDVPHWDO.

1RWH
The wiring indicated with the broken line shall be
provided only when required.

Note
Related page
2-40

3LQ%DQG%
:KHQ\RXFRQQHFWDQH[WHUQDOUHJHQHUDWLYH
resistor, connect the external regenerative resistor
EHWZHHQ%DQG%VHWXS3UWRRU
3LQ'%'%'%DQG'%
1RUPDOO\OHDYH'%DQG'%VKRUWFLUFXLWHG
To connect the external dynamic brake resistor,
UHIHUWR'\QDPLF%UDNHRQ3
 'RQRWXVHWKHH[WHUQDOG\QDPLFEUDNHUHVLVWRU
WRJHWKHUZLWKWKHEXLOWLQUHVLVWRU
3LQ1&
'RQRWFRQQHFWDQ\WKLQJ

7KLVRYHUDOOZLULQJGLDJUDPLVDW\SLFDORQH7KHSDJHVWKDWIROORZVKRZZLULQJIRUVSHFLF
application. The wiring indicated with the broken line shall be provided only when required.
32SWLRQV

2. 6\VWHP&RQJXUDWLRQDQG:LULQJ

: High voltage

Before Using the Products

Overall Wiring (G-frame, 400 V type)

PC (to be supplied
by customer)

:LULQJWR&RQQHFWRU;
0RQLWRURXWSXW

P.

:LULQJWR&RQQHFWRU; P.
&RQQHFWLRQWR3& 3$1$7(50

L1

:LULQJWR&RQQHFWRU; P.
&RQQHFWLRQWR5656
or host controller

Preparation

6HWXSVXSSRUWVRIWZDUH3$1$7(50
Please download from our web site.

L3

:LULQJWR&RQQHFWRU;

P.2-53

&RQQHFWLRQWR6DIHW\E\SDVVSOXJ

B1

B2

Connection

L2

:LULQJWR&RQQHFWRU; P.2-54
&RQQHFWLRQWRKRVWFRQWUROOHU

NC

U-phase

V-phase

:LULQJWR&RQQHFWRU;
&RQQHFWLRQWRencoder

P.

4
Setup

:SKDVH

:LULQJWR&RQQHFWRU; P.2-55
&RQQHFWLRQWRfeedback scale

Junction cable for encoder

Short bar (DB3-DB4)


Charge lamp (LED)
Do not make displacement, wiring
or inspection while the LED is lit cause of electric shock.

Ground
(earth)

0RWRUFDEOH 6KLHOGZLUH
&RQQHFWLRQWRPRWRUGULYLQJ
SKDVHDQGJURXQG

5HPDUNV
;WR;DUHXVHGIRUWKHVHFRQGDU\
circuit. To connect these terminals to
the primary power supply (particularly,
the 24 VDC power supply for control
and the 24 VDC power supply for
brake), insulation is required.
Do not connect these terminals to the
same power supply.

DC Power supply
for brake DC24V
(to be supplied
by customer)

Related page

7
Supplement

Note

6
When in Trouble

Brake cable

P.2-42

Adjustment

Ground
terminal

7KHJXUHDERYHVKRZVFRQQHFWLRQVRQYHORFLW\SRVLWLRQWRUTXHDQGIXOOFORVHGPRGHGULYHU
2QO\IRUSRVLWLRQFRQWUROW\SHLVQRWSURYLGHG
3Wiring of the Main Circuit *IUDPH9W\SH 36SHFLFDWLRQVRI0RWRUFRQQHFWRU

URL: http://industrial.panasonic.com/jp/i/fa_motor.html
2-41

2. 6\VWHP&RQJXUDWLRQDQG:LULQJ

Wiring of the Main Circuit (G-frame, 400 V type)

Preparation
G-frame, 400 V type

:LULQJVKRXOGEHSHUIRUPHGE\DVSHFLDOLVWRUDQDXWKRUL]HGSHUVRQQHO
'RQRWWXUQRQWKHSRZHUXQWLOWKHZLULQJLVFRPSOHWHG
Never touch the terminal to which high voltage is applied. There is a risk of electric shock.

Tips on Wiring
 7DNHRIIWKHFRYHU[LQJVFUHZVDQGGHWDFKWKHWHUPLQDOFRYHU
2) Make wiring
Use clamp type terminals of round shape with insulation cover for wiring to the terminal
block. For cable diameter and size, reter to "Driver and List of Applicable Peripheral
Equipments" (P.2-11).
Tighten the terminal block screw with a torque between 2.0 and 2.4 1 m (left side) and
1.0 and 1.7 1 m (right side).
 $WWDFKWKHWHUPLQDOFRYHUDQG[ZLWKVFUHZV
Tighten the screw securing the cover with the torque written on P.2-11.

NC

DC
24V

24V
0V

3RZHU 5&' MCCB


VXSSO\

1)

MC

U
V
W
E

L1

NC

L2

NC

L3

DB1

B1

DB2

B2

NC

NC

NC

DB3

DB4

NC

/HIW
VLGH

5LJKW
VLGH

Motor
*URXQGUHVLVWDQFHPD[
)RUDSSOLFDEOHZLUHUHIHUWR3
DC
24V

'&SRZHU
VXSSO\
IRUEUDNH

Varistor
)XVH 9$

Note
Related page

2-42

&KHFNWKHQDPHSODWHRIWKHGULYHUIRUSRZHUVSHFLILFDWLRQV
3URYLGHDUHVLGXDOFXUUHQWGHYLFH7KHUHVLGXDOFXUUHQW
GHYLFHWREHWKHRQHGHVLJQHGIRU,QYHUWHUDQGLV
HTXLSSHGZLWKFRXQWHUPHDVXUHVIRUKDUPRQLFV
3URYLGHDFLUFXLWEUHDNHU
0DNHVXUHWRSURYLGHDQRLVHILOWHU
3URYLGHFRLOVXUJHVXSSUHVVLRQXQLWVWRWKHFRLORIWKH
0DJQHWLF&RQWDFWRUUHFRPPHQGHGE\PDQXIDFWXUHU
Never start/stop the motor with this Magnetic
Contactor.
'LUHFWSRZHUVXSSO\9'&IRUFRQWUROFLUFXLW
3URYLGHDQ$&5HDFWRU WREHVXSSOLHGE\FXVWRPHU 
$&SKDVHSRZHUVXSSO\9IRUPDLQFLUFXLW
7KHYROWDJHDSSOLHGDFURVV'%DQG'%PXVWEH
9$&RUEHORZRU9'&RUEHORZ
0DWFKWKHFRQQHFWRURIWKHPRWRUDQGGULYHU89:
Avoid shorting and grounding.
Don't connect the main power.
)RUQRUPDORSHUDWLRQGRQRWGLVFRQQHFWWKHVKRUWLQJ
EDUIURP'%DQG'%UHPRYHWKHEDURQO\ZKHQWKH
H[WHUQDOG\QDPLFEUDNHUHVLVWRULVXVHG
Earth-ground this.
7RSUHYHQWHOHFWULFVKRFNEHVXUHWRFRQQHFWWKH
JURXQGWHUPLQDO  RIWKHGULYHUDQGWKHJURXQG
WHUPLQDO JURXQGSODWH RIWKHFRQWUROSDQHO
7KHJURXQGWHUPLQDO  PXVWQRWEHVKDUHGZLWK
RWKHUHTXLSPHQW
 7ZRJURXQGWHUPLQDOVDUHSURYLGHG
Don't connect the earth cable to other inserting
slot, nor make them touch.
&RPSRVHDGXSOH[%UDNH&RQWURO&LUFXLWVRWKDWWKH
EUDNHFDQDOVREHDFWLYDWHGE\DQH[WHUQDOLPPHGLDWH
VWRSVLJQDO
7KHKROGLQJEUDNHKDVQRSRODULWLHV
)RUWKHKROGLQJEUDNHSRZHUVXSSO\FDSDFLW\DQGKRZ
WRXVHWKHEUDNHUHIHUWR6SHFLILFDWLRQVRI%XLOWLQ
+ROGLQJ%UDNHRQ3
3URYLGHDYDULVWRU
 &RQQHFWD$IXVHLQVHULHVZLWKWKHYDULVWRU
* Do not connect anything to NC.

The wiring indicated with the broken line shall be provided only when required.
36SHFLFDWLRQVRI0RWRUFRQQHFWRU

Wiring Diagram (G-frame, 400 V type)

Preparation

Compose the circuit so that the main circuit power will be shut off when an error occurs.

In Case of 3-Phase, G-frame, 400 V type

Power supply 3-phase, 380V 15% to 480V +10%

OFF

ALM

MC1

Built-in thermostat of
an external regenerative
resistor (light yellow)

Preparation

ON

MCCB

Noise filter

Coil surge suppression units

Power supply
(3-phase)

Insulated + Note 1)
DC24V

1
Before Using the Products

2. 6\VWHP&RQJXUDWLRQDQG:LULQJ

MC1

External
regenerative resistor

Main power
supply

Control power
supply

Connection

Note 2)

L1
L2
L3
24V
0V
B1
B2
NC
DB1
DB2
DB3
DB4
U
V
W

Motor
connection

4
Motor

37
36

ALM

Setup

Insulated +
DC12 to 24V

(5%)

ALM

ALM

Note 1)
Shielding the circuit is recommended for the purpose of noise reduction.
Note 2)
Normally, do not disconnect the shorting bar.

5
Adjustment

6
When in Trouble

Related page

Supplement

Note

The wiring indicated with the broken line shall be provided only when required.
36SHFLFDWLRQVRI0RWRUFRQQHFWRU

2-43

2. 6\VWHP&RQJXUDWLRQDQG:LULQJ

Preparation

Overall Wiring (H-frame, 400 V type)

Connecting Example of H-frame


Mains
Residual
current device

Symmetric current should be 5000 Arms or below.


If the short-circuit current on the power source
exceeds this value, use a current-limiting device
(e.g. current-limiting fuse, current-limiting circuit
breaker or transformer).

Neutral point

$SSO\WKHYROWDJHGHVLJQDWHGRQWKHQDPHplate from the power source.

* Use a power
supply with
5 A or larger
capacity.

9'&SRZHUVXSSO\
IRUFRQWURO
(to be supplied by customer)

:LULQJRI0DLQ&LUFXLW
&LUFXLW%UHDNHU 0&&%
To protect power supply line from overloading,
install a wiring circuit breaker rated to the capacity
of the power supply.

Charge lamp (LED)

1RLVH)LOWHU 1)
Removes external noise from the power lines. And
reduces an effect of the noise generated by the
servo driver.

Do not make displacement,


wiring or inspection while
the LED is lit - cause of
electric shock.

L1C

0DJQHWLF&RQWDFWRU 0&
Turns on/off the main power of the servo driver.
Use coil surge suppression units together with this.
1HYHUVWDUWQRUVWRSWKHVHUYRPRWRUZLWKWKLV
0DJQHWLF&RQWDFWRU

0V

24V
&RQQHFWLRQZLWK
FRQWUROSRZHU
VXSSO\

P.2-46

5HDFWRU / (to be supplied by customer)


Reduces harmonic current of the main power.
9'&
SRZHUVXSSO\IRU
UHJHQHUDWLYHUHVLVWRU
to be supplied by
customer

L1 L2 L3

&RQQHFWLRQWRH[WHUQDO
FRPSRQHQWV

Related page
2-44

P.2-46

B2
5HJHQHUDWLYHUHVLVWRU
(optional)

:KHQ\RXXVHDQH[WHUQDOUHJHQHUDWLYH
resistor, LQVWDOODQH[WHUQDOSURWHFWLYH
DSSDUDWXVVXFKDVWKHUPDOIXVHZLWKRXW
IDLO.
7KHUPDOIXVHDQGWKHUPRVWDWDUHEXLOWLQWRWKH
regenerative resistor (Option). ,IWKHWKHUPDO
IXVHLVDFWLYDWHGLWZLOOQRWUHVXPH
0RXQWWKHUHJHQHUDWLYHUHVLVWRURQ
LQFRPEXVWLEOHPDWHULDOVXFKDVPHWDO.
)RUZLULQJRIWKHFLUFXLWUHIHUWR:LULQJ
Diagram on P.2-47.

Note

P.2-46

B1

* Use a power
supply with
5 A or larger
capacity.

5HPDUNV

&RQQHFWLRQZLWKLQSXW
SRZHUVXSSO\

0DJQHWLF&RQWDFWRU 0&
'\QDPLF%UDNH
UHVLVWRU
be supplied by
(tocustomer
)

Turns on/off the dynamic brake


resistor.
Use coil surge suppression units
together with this.

5HPDUNV
:KHQ\RXXVHDQH[WHUQDOG\QDPLFEUDNHUHVLVWRULQVWDOODQ
H[WHUQDOSURWHFWLYHDSSDUDWXVVXFKDVWKHUPDOIXVH
ZLWKRXWIDLO
0RXQWWKHG\QDPLFEUDNHUHVLVWRURQLQFRPEXVWLEOHPDWHULDO
VXFKDVPHWDO
)RUZLULQJRIWKHFLUFXLWUHIHUWR:LULQJ'LDJUDPRQ3
)RUDQH[DPSOHRIWKHUHFRPPHQGHGSURWHFWLYHFLUFXLWUHIHUWR
Dynamic Brake on P.2-67.

7KLVRYHUDOOZLULQJGLDJUDPLVDW\SLFDORQH7KHSDJHVWKDWIROORZVKRZZLULQJIRUVSHFLF
application. The wiring indicated with the broken line shall be provided only when required.
32SWLRQV

2. 6\VWHP&RQJXUDWLRQDQG:LULQJ

: High voltage
:LULQJWR&RQQHFWRU;
0RQLWRURXWSXW

P.2-60

Before Using the Products

Overall Wiring (H-frame, 400 V type)

PC(to be supplied by customer)


Setup support software
PANATERM
Please download
from our web site.

Preparation

:LULQJWR&RQQHFWRU; P.2-51
&RQQHFWLRQWR3& 3$1$7(50

:LULQJWR&RQQHFWRU; P.2-51
&RQQHFWLRQWR5656
or host controller

:LULQJWR&RQQHFWRU;

P.2-53

:LULQJWR&RQQHFWRU;

P.2-54

&RQQHFWLRQWRKRVWFRQWUROOHU

:LULQJWR&RQQHFWRU;

P.2-55

&RQQHFWLRQWRfeedback scale
24V

0V

DB1

:LULQJWR&RQQHFWRU;

DB2

Connection

&RQQHFWLRQWR6DIHW\E\SDVVSOXJ

P.2-57

&RQQHFWLRQWRencoder

L2

L3

B1

B2

NC

Junction cable
for encoder
U-phase
V-phase
:-phase

Ground terminal

Motor cable (Shield wire)


&RQQHFWLRQWRPRWRUGULYLQJ
SKDVHDQGJURXQG

5HPDUNV
7KHYROWDJHDSSOLHGDFURVV'%DQG'%
PXVWEH9$&RUEHORZRU9'&RU
EHORZ

1RWH

DC Power supply
for brake DC24V
(to be supplied
by customer)

Related page

7KHJXUHDERYHVKRZVFRQQHFWLRQVRQYHORFLW\SRVLWLRQWRUTXHDQGIXOOFORVHGPRGHGULYHU
2QO\IRUSRVLWLRQFRQWUROW\SHLVQRWSURYLGHG
3Wiring of the Main Circuit +IUDPH9W\SH 36SHFLFDWLRQVRI0RWRUFRQQHFWRU

URL: http://industrial.panasonic.com/jp/i/fa_motor.html
2-45

7
Supplement

Note

/&LVFRQQHFWHGDIWHUWKH5SKDVHRIWKHQRLVH
filter.
/&LVQRWLQGLFDWHGRQWKHGULYHUERG\
3LQ1&
'RQRWFRQQHFWDQ\WKLQJ

When in Trouble

Brake cable

P.2-46

;WR;DUHXVHGIRUWKHVHFRQGDU\FLUFXLW7R
connect these terminals to the primary power
supply (particularly, the 24 VDC power supply for
control, the 24 VDC power supply for brake, and
the 24 VDC power supply for regenerative
resistor), insulation is required.
Do not connect these terminals to the same power
supply.
3LQ%DQG%
:KHQ\RXFRQQHFWDQH[WHUQDOUHJHQHUDWLYH
resistor, connect the external regenerative resistor
between B1 and B2, set up Pr0.16 to 1 or 2.
3LQ'%DQG'%
:KHQLQVWDOOLQJDQH[WHUQDOG\QDPLFEUDNH
resistor, connect the magnetic contactor (for
controlling) for external dynamic brake to between
LIC and DB1.

Adjustment

Ground
(earth)

Setup

5HPDUNV
L1

2. 6\VWHP&RQJXUDWLRQDQG:LULQJ

Wiring of the Main Circuit (H-frame, 400 V type)

Preparation
H-frame, 400 V type

:LULQJVKRXOGEHSHUIRUPHGE\DVSHFLDOLVWRUDQDXWKRUL]HGSHUVRQQHO
'RQRWWXUQRQWKHSRZHUXQWLOWKHZLULQJLVFRPSOHWHG
Never touch the terminal to which high voltage is applied. There is a risk of electric shock.

Tips on Wiring
 7DNHRIIWKHFRYHU[LQJVFUHZVDQGGHWDFKWKHWHUPLQDOFRYHU
2) Make wiring
Use clamp type terminals of round shape with insulation cover for wiring to the terminal
block. For cable diameter and size, reter to "Driver and List of Applicable Peripheral
Equipments" (P.2-11).
Tighten the terminal block screw with a torque between 0.7 and 1.0 1 m (upper side)
and 2.2 and 2.5 1 m (lower side).
 $WWDFKWKHWHUPLQDOFRYHUDQG[ZLWKVFUHZV
Tighten the screw securing the cover with the torque written on P.2-11.

Upper
VLGH

DC
24V

24V
0V

Power 5&' MCCB


supply

1)

MC

L1

DB1

L2

DB2

L3
B1

DC
24V

3RZHUVXSSO\IRU
UHJHQHUDWLYHUHVLVWRU

B2
NC
U

W
Lower
VLGH

Motor
*URXQGUHVLVWDQFHPD[
)RUDSSOLFDEOHZLUHUHIHUWR3
DC
24V

DC power
supply
IRUEUDNH

Varistor
)XVH 9$

Note
Related page

2-46

&KHFNWKHQDPHSODWHRIWKHGULYHUIRUSRZHU
VSHFLILFDWLRQV
3URYLGHDUHVLGXDOFXUUHQWGHYLFH7KHUHVLGXDOFXUUHQW
GHYLFHWREHWKHRQHGHVLJQHGIRU,QYHUWHUDQGLV
HTXLSSHGZLWKFRXQWHUPHDVXUHVIRUKDUPRQLFV
3URYLGHDFLUFXLWEUHDNHU
0DNHVXUHWRSURYLGHDQRLVHILOWHU
3URYLGHFRLOVXUJHVXSSUHVVLRQXQLWVWRWKHFRLORIWKH
0DJQHWLF&RQWDFWRUUHFRPPHQGHGE\PDQXIDFWXUHU
Never start/stop the motor with this Magnetic
Contactor.
'LUHFWSRZHUVXSSO\IRUFRQWUROFLUFXLW
7KHYROWDJHDSSOLHGDFURVV'%DQG'%PXVWEH
9$&RUEHORZRU9'&RUEHORZ
3URYLGHDQ$&5HDFWRU WREHVXSSOLHGE\FXVWRPHU 
$&SKDVHSRZHUVXSSO\9IRUPDLQFLUFXLW
'RQRWFRQQHFWDQ\WKLQJWR1&
0DWFKWKHFRQQHFWRURIWKHPRWRUDQGGULYHU89:
Avoid shorting and grounding.
Don't connect the main power.
Earth-ground this.
7RSUHYHQWHOHFWULFVKRFNEHVXUHWRFRQQHFWWKH
JURXQGWHUPLQDO  RIWKHGULYHUDQGWKHJURXQG
WHUPLQDO JURXQGSODWH RIWKHFRQWUROSDQHO
7KHJURXQGWHUPLQDO  PXVWQRWEHVKDUHGZLWK
RWKHUHTXLSPHQW
 7ZRJURXQGWHUPLQDOVDUHSURYLGHG
Don't connect the earth cable to other inserting
slot, nor make them touch.
&RPSRVHDGXSOH[%UDNH&RQWURO&LUFXLWVRWKDWWKH
EUDNHFDQDOVREHDFWLYDWHGE\DQH[WHUQDOLPPHGLDWH
VWRSVLJQDO
7KHKROGLQJEUDNHKDVQRSRODULWLHV
)RUWKHKROGLQJEUDNHSRZHUVXSSO\FDSDFLW\DQGKRZ
WRXVHWKHEUDNHUHIHUWR6SHFLILFDWLRQVRI%XLOWLQ
+ROGLQJ%UDNHRQ3
3URYLGHDYDULVWRU
 &RQQHFWD$IXVHLQVHULHVZLWKWKHYDULVWRU

The wiring indicated with the broken line shall be provided only when required.
36SHFLFDWLRQVRI0RWRUFRQQHFWRU

Wiring Diagram (H-frame, 400 V type)

Preparation

Compose the circuit so that the main circuit power will be shut off when an error occurs.

In Case of 3-Phase, H-frame, 400 V type

Power supply 3-phase, 380V 15% to 480V +10%

ALM

OFF

MC1

Coil surge suppression units

Power supply
(Neutral point)

Insulated + Note 1)
DC24V

Insulated +
DC24V

Note 2)

MC1

External
R1
regenerative resistor R2
Note 5)

MC2

Coil surge suppression units


Note 3) Note 6) Note 6) Note 6)

Dynamic Brake resistor


Note 4)

MC2

Motor

L1
L2
L3
24V
0V
B1
B2
NC
DB1
DB2
U
V
W

Note 5)

Main power
supply

Control power
supply

Connection

The AC voltage across


DB1 and DB2 must be
300 V or below.

Noise filter

MCCB

Built-in thermostat of
an external regenerative
resistor
(T1 and T2 terminals)

Motor
connection

ALM
37
36

ALM
ALM

Setup

Insulated +
DC12 to 24V

(5%)

Note 1)
Shielding the circuit is recommended for the purpose of noise reduction.

5
Adjustment

Note 2)
Magnetic contactor MC2 must be the same rating as the contactor MC1 in the main circuit.
Note 3)
Servo may be turned on in the external sequence if the contact deposits: to protect the system,
provide the auxiliary contact.
Note 4)
Use 4.8 , 400 W resistor (to be supplied by customer).

6
When in Trouble

Note 5)
To use the external dynamic brake resistor:
Connect the R1 and R2 terminals to B1 and B2.
Connect the T1 and T2 terminals as shown in the left diagram.
Connect the 24 V and 0 V terminals to a 24 VDC power supply.
Connect the E terminal to the ground.
Refer to P.7-122 Options for the specifications of the external regenerative resistor.

Related page

Supplement

Note 6)
Provide an external protective device (e.g. thermal fuse) to monitor the temperature of the external
dynamic brake resistor.

Note

Preparation

ON

Power supply
(3-phase)

1
Before Using the Products

2. 6\VWHP&RQJXUDWLRQDQG:LULQJ

The wiring indicated with the broken line shall be provided only when required.
36SHFLFDWLRQVRI0RWRUFRQQHFWRU

2-47

2. 6\VWHP&RQJXUDWLRQDQG:LULQJ

Specifications of Motor connector

Preparation

 :KHQWKHPRWRUVRI060'0+0'!DUHXVHGWKH\DUHFRQQHFWHGDVVKRZQEHORZ
Connector: Made by Tyco Electronics k.k, (The figures below show connectors for the motor.)

&RQQHFWRUIRUHQFRGHU
3
6

2
5

PIN No. Application


NC
1
PS
2
PS
3
E5V
4
E0V
5
FG(SHIELD)
6

1
4

172168-1
20-bit Incremental

&RQQHFWRUIRUEUDNH

<Connector for motor>


2
4

&RQQHFWRU
IRUPRWRU

<Connector for brake>

1
3

1
2

172167-1
PIN No. Application
1
U-phase
V-phase
2
W-phase
3
Ground
4

172165-1
PIN No. Application
1
Brake
2
Brake

 :KHQWKHPRWRUVRI060( :WR: !DUHXVHGWKH\DUHFRQQHFWHGDVVKRZQEHORZ


Connector: Made by Japan Aviation Electronics Industry, Ltd. (The figures below show connectors for the motor.)
* Do not remove the gasket supplied with the junction cable connector. Securely install the gasket in place. Otherwise,
the degree of protection of IP67 will not be guaranteed.

1
2
3
4

&RQQHFWRUIRUHQFRGHU

5
6
7

JN6CR07PM2

20-bit Incremental
PIN No. Application
FG(SHIELD)
1

2
E0V
3
PS
4

5
E5V
6
PS
7

17-bit Absolute
PIN No. Application
FG(SHIELD)
1
%$7
2
E0V
3
PS
4
BAT
5
E5V
6
PS
7

Tightening torque of the screw (M2) 0.19 to 0.21 Nm


* Be sure to use only the screw supplied with the connector, to
avoid damage.

PE

&RQQHFWRUIRUPRWRU

PIN No. Application


1
U-phase
2
V-phase
3
W-phase
PE
Ground

3
2
1

JN8AT04NJ1

Tightening torque of the screw (M2) 0.085 to 0.095 Nm


(screwed to plastic)
* Be sure to use only the screw supplied with the connector,
to avoid damage.

[Motor with brake]

&RQQHFWRUIRUEUDNH

Remarks
2-48

PIN No. Application


1
Brake
* Electromagnetic brake is
2
Brake
a nonpolar device.

Tightening torque of the screw (M2) 0.19 to 0.21 Nm

JN4AT02PJM-R

* Be sure to use only the screw supplied with the connector,


to avoid damage.

Do not connect anything to NC.

2. 6\VWHP&RQJXUDWLRQDQG:LULQJ

 :KHQWKHPRWRUVRI060( : 9 N:WRN: 0'0(0)0(0*0(0+0(!DUHXVHG


 WKH\DUHFRQQHFWHGDVVKRZQEHORZ
Connector: Made by Japan Aviation Electronics Industry, Ltd. (The figures below show connectors for the motor.)

&RQQHFWRUIRUHQFRGHU <IP65 Encoder connector for motor>


M

K
J

C
P

1 2 3
4 5 6 7
8 9 10

S
H

E
F

JN2AS10ML3-R

N/MS3102A20-29P
20-bit Incremental
PIN No. Application

,3 motor
&RQQHFWRUIRUHQFRGHU
6PDOOW\SH

17-bit Absolute
PIN No. Application
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
E0V
E5V
FG(SHIELD)
PS
PS
NC
NC
NC
NC
BAT
BAT

A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
J
K
L
M
N
P
R
S
T

E0V
NC
PS
E5V
NC
NC
PS
NC
FG(SHIELD)
NC

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10

17-bit Absolute
PIN No. Application
E0V
1
NC
2
PS
3
E5V
4
BAT
5
BAT
6
PS
7
NC
8
FG(SHIELD)
9
10
NC

4
Remarks

Do not connect anything to NC.

Setup

NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
E0V
E5V
FG(SHIELD)
PS
PS
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC

20-bit Incremental
PIN No. Application

Connection

A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
J
K
L
M
N
P
R
S
T

2
Preparation

,3 motor
&RQQHFWRUIRUHQFRGHU
/DUJHW\SH

<IP67 Encoder connector for motor>

Before Using the Products

Specifications of Motor connector

&RQQHFWRUIRUPRWRUEUDNH
Table of Connector for motor and Connector for brake
0RWRU
PRGHO

0RWRUFDSDFLW\

9
9
ZLWK%UDNH ZLWKRXW%UDNH ZLWK%UDNH ZLWKRXW%UDNH
C
C
'
'
1.5W
MFME
'
'
'
'
2.5kW, 4.5kW
C
A
'
A
0.9kW
'
%
'
%
MGME 2.0kW to 4.5kW
()
(
()
(
6.0kW
C
A
'
A
1.0kW to 1.5kW
'
%
'
%
MHME 2.0kW to 5.0kW
()
(
()
(
7.5kW

0RWRU
PRGHO

Connector for motor

Connector
for motor

A
JL04V-2E20-4PE-B-R

JL04HV-2E22-22PE-B-R
PIN No. Application
A
U-phase
B
V-phase
C
W-phase
D
Ground

G H

JL04V-2E20-18PE-B-R

JL04V-2E24-11PE-B-R

PIN No. Application


with Brake: Brake
G
without Brake: NC
with Brake: Brake
H
without Brake: NC
NC
A
U-phase
F
V-phase
I
W-phase
B
Ground
E
Ground
D
NC
C

PIN No. Application


with Brake: Brake
A
without Brake: NC
with Brake: Brake
B
without Brake: NC
NC
C
U-phase
D
V-phase
E
W-phase
F
Ground
G
Ground
H
NC
I

<Motor>

<Brake>

E
JL04V-2E32-17PE-B-R

F
N/MS3102A 14S-2P

PIN No. Application


U-phase
A
V-phase
B
W-phase
C
Ground
D

PIN No. Application


Brake
A
Brake
B
NC
C
NC
D

Remarks

Do not connect anything to NC.


2-49

7
Supplement

A B C
B

E D C

Connector
for brake

When in Trouble

G H A
F

0RWRUFDSDFLW\

Adjustment

750W
1.0kW to 2.0kW
3.0kW to 5.0kW
400W, 600W
1.0kW to 2.0kW
MDME
3.0kW to 5.0kW
7.5kW to 15.0kW
MSME

9
9
ZLWK%UDNH ZLWKRXW%UDNH ZLWK%UDNH ZLWKRXW%UDNH

'
A
C
A
'
A
'
%
'
%

'
A
C
A
'
A
'
%
'
%
()
(
()
(

2. 6\VWHP&RQJXUDWLRQDQG:LULQJ

Wiring method to connector

Preparation

)ROORZWKHSURFHGXUHVEHORZIRUWKHZLULQJFRQQHFWLRQWRWKH&RQQHFWRU XA , XB and XC .

How to connect
1. Peel off the insulation cover of the cable.
)RUVLQJOHZLUH 3OHDVHREH\WKHOHQJWKLQJXUH 
)RUVWUDQGHGZLUHV IHUUXOHVPXVWEHXVHGDVLOOXVWUDWHGEHORZ 
Example: Ferrules with plastic insulating sleeve
(AI series, Phoenix Contact, Ltd.)
1) Peel off the sheath so that the conductor portion of the
cable will protrude from the tip of the ferrule. (It should
protrude 1 mm or more from the ferrule.)
2) Insert the cable into the ferrule and crimp it with an appropriate crimping tool.
3) After crimping, cut off the cable conductor portion protruding from the ferrule. (The allowable protruding length
after cutting should be 0 to 0.5 mm.)
Part No. of the crimping tool:
CRIMPFOX U-D66 (1204436)
Available from Phoenix Contact, Ltd.
(1) AB

8 to 9 mm

Examples: Nylon-insulated ferrule


(NTUB series, J.S.T. Mfg. Co., Ltd.)
Vinyl-insulated ferrule
(VTUB series, J.S.T. Mfg. Co., Ltd.)
1) Peel off the sheath of the cable conductor
portion to the length equal to that of sheath
on the ferrule.
2) Insert the cable into the ferrule and crimp it
with an appropriate crimping tool.
3DUW1RRIWKHFULPSLQJWRRO<17
Available from J.S.T. Mfg. Co., Ltd

ABABC
A

(2)

1mm or more

(3)

:KHQSHHOLQJRIIWKHVKHDWKRIWKHFDEOHWDNHFDUHQRWWRGDPDJHRWKHUSRUWLRQV
:KHQFULPSLQJWKHIHUUXOHVXIFLHQWO\FKHFNWKHVWDWXVRIWKHIHUUXOHDQGFDEOH,IWKHFRQGXFWRUVRIWKHFDEOH
stick out from the insulation cover or protrude excessively from the tip of the ferrule, accidents such as an elecWULFVKRFNDQGUHIURPDVKRUWFLUFXLWPD\UHVXOW
100V/200V specifications

400V specifications

<Cables Compatible with Connector>


Conductor Size
AWG18 to 12
6KHDWK2XWOLQH
WRPP
<Recommended Connector Bar Terminal>
Conductor Size
AWG18
7HUPLQDO0RGHO1XPEHU $,*< 3KRHQL[&RQWDFW/WG
Conductor Size
AWG16 to 14
Terminal Model Number VTUB-2 or NTUB-2 (J.S.T. Mfg. Co., Ltd)

XA, XB, XC
<Cables Compatible with Connector>
Conductor Size
AWG18 to 12
6KHDWK2XWOLQH
WRPP
<Recommended Connector Bar Terminal>
Conductor Size
AWG16 to 14
Terminal Model Number VTUB-2 or NTUB-2 (J.S.T. Mfg. Co., Ltd)
XD
<Cables Compatible with Connector>
Conductor Size
AWG24 to 20
6KHDWK2XWOLQH
WRPP
<Recommended Connector Bar Terminal>
Conductor Size
AWG24 to 22
Terminal Model Number VTUB-0.5 (J.S.T. Mfg. Co., Ltd)

2. Insert the cable to the connector in the following 2 methods.


(a) Insert the cable using the supplied handle lever.
 E ,QVHUWWKHFDEOHXVLQJDDWEODGHVFUHZGULYHU (GJHZLGWKWRPP 
(a) Using handle lever

Attach the handle


lever to the handling
slot on the upper
portion. Press down
the lever to push
down the spring.

Insert the peeled


cable while pressing
down the lever, until
it hits the insertion
slot (round hole).

(b) Using screw driver

Release the lever.

Press the screw


driver to the
handling slot on the
upper portion to
push down the
spring.

* You can pull out the cable by pushing down the spring as the above.

7DNHRIIWKHFRQQHFWRUIURPWKH6HUYR'ULYHUEHIRUHPDNLQJFRQQHFWLRQ
,QVHUWRQO\RQHFDEOHLQWRHDFKRQHRIFDEOHLQVHUWLRQVORW
3D\DWWHQWLRQWRLQMXU\E\VFUHZGULYHU
2-50

Insert the peeled


cable while pressing
down the screw
driver, until it hits
the insertion slot
(round hole).

Release the screw


driver.

Connecting host computer

Preparation

This is used for USB connection to a personal computer. It is possible to change the parameter setting and perform monitoring.
Application

Caution

Connector
Pin No.

VBUS

D+

Do not connect.

GND

Connected to ground of control circuit.

Contents

Use for communication with personal


computer.

Preparation

USB signal terminal

Symbol

Before Using the Products

3. Wiring to the connector, X1

Use commercially available USB mini-B connector for the driver.


Connection

4. Wiring to the connector, X2

Connecting communication connector

Preparation

This is used for connection to the host controller when two or more units are used.
RS232 and RS485 interfaces are supplied.
Symbol

Connector
Pin No.

Signal ground

GND

Connected to ground of control circuit.

NC

Do not connect.

TXD

RXD

RS232
The transmission / reception method.



485+



485+

FG

Shell

RS485 signal

RS485
The transmission / reception method.

6
Connected with protective earth terminal in
the servo driver.

Connector (plug): 2040008-1 (optional, available from Tyco Electronics)


[Connector pin assignment]
8 6 4 2
7 5 3 1

Note
Related page

(Viewed from cable)

; WR ; DUH XVHG IRU WKH VHFRQGDU\ FLUFXLW7R FRQQHFW WKHVH WHUPLQDOV WR WKH SULPDU\ SRZHU
supply (particularly, the 24 VDC power supply for control, the 24 VDC power supply for brake,
and the 24 VDC power supply for regenerative resistor [H-frame only]), insulation is required.
Do not connect these terminals to the same power supply.
2QO\IRUSRVLWLRQFRQWUROW\SHLVQRWSURYLGHGZLWK;
3&RQQHFWRU.LWIRU&RPPXQLFDWLRQ&DEOH IRU5656
2-51

Supplement

Remarks

When in Trouble

Frame ground

Contents

Adjustment

RS232 signal

Setup

Application

4. Wiring to the connector, X2


Connecting host computer

7KLVVHUYRGULYHUIHDWXUHVNLQGVRIFRPPXQLFDWLRQIXQFWLRQ56DQG56DQG\RXFDQXVHLQ
3 connecting methods.

To communicate with a single driver through RS232


Connect the host (PC or controller) to an driver through RS232.
[How to connect]
Shut off both powers of
the PC andthe driver
before inserting/pulling
out the connector.

Cable prepared
by the user

Connector X2

Connector

To communicate with multiple drivers through RS232 and RS485


By connecting the host (PC and host controller) and one driver via RS232 and connecting other drivers via RS485 each other, you can connect multiple drivers.
RS485

RS485

RS232
Connector X2

Connector X2

Set the axis number (Pr5.31) of driver


to be connected through RS485 to a value
in the range 1 to 31.

Note

Connector X2

Host controller
(PC controller)

Set the axis number (Pr5.31) of driver to be


connected to the host through RS232 to 0.

<RXFDQFRQQHFWXSWRGULYHUVZLWKWKHKRVW
)RUGHWDLOVUHIHUWR3&RPPXQLFDWLRQRI6XSSOHPHQW

To communicate with multiple drivers only through RS485


Communications between the host (PC or controller) and multiple drivers can be made
through RS485.
RS485

RS485

RS232
Connector X2

Connector X2

Connector X2

Host controller
(PC controller)

Set the axis number (Pr5.31) of driver to be connected


through RS485 to a value in the range 1 to 31.

Note
Remarks

Note
2-52

<RXFDQFRQQHFWXSWRGULYHUVZLWKWKHKRVW
)RUGHWDLOVUHIHUWR3&RPPXQLFDWLRQRI6XSSOHPHQW
; WR ; DUH XVHG IRU WKH VHFRQGDU\ FLUFXLW7R FRQQHFW WKHVH WHUPLQDOV WR WKH SULPDU\ SRZHU
supply (particularly, the 24 VDC power supply for control, the 24 VDC power supply for brake,
and the 24 VDC power supply for regenerative resistor [H-frame only]), insulation is required.
Do not connect these terminals to the same power supply.
2QO\IRUSRVLWLRQFRQWUROW\SHLVQRWSURYLGHGZLWK;

Safety function connector

Preparation

Application

Connector
Pin No.

SF1

SF1+

SF2

SF2+

EDM

EDM+

FG

Shell

NC

Contents

Do not connect.

Safety input 2

EDM output

Frame ground

Connection

Safety input 1

These are two independent circuits that


turn off the operation signal to the power
module to shut off the motor current.

This is an output for monitoring the failure


of the safety function.
Connected with protective earth terminal in
the servo driver.

4
Setup

Symbol

2
Preparation

A safety by-pass plug is supplied as standard equipment. Do not disconnect it in normal


times.
When controlling the safety function from the connected host controller, accessory conQHFWRUFDQQRWEHXVHG3UHSDUHDQGZLUHWKHFRQQHFWRU RSWLRQ DVVSHFLHGEHORZ
Since the standard connector cannot be used when controlling the safety function from
the host controller, purchase the optional connector and make connection as shown below.

Before Using the Products

5. Wiring to the connector, X3

Connector (plug): 2013595-1 (optional, available from Tyco Electronics)


[Connector pin assignment]
8 6 4 2
7 5 3 1

(Viewed from cable)


Adjustment

6
When in Trouble

; WR ; DUH XVHG IRU WKH VHFRQGDU\ FLUFXLW7R FRQQHFW WKHVH WHUPLQDOV WR WKH SULPDU\ SRZHU
supply (particularly, the 24 VDC power supply for control, the 24 VDC power supply for brake,
and the 24 VDC power supply for regenerative resistor [H-frame only]), insulation is required.
Do not connect these terminals to the same power supply.

Caution
Note

'LVFRQQHFWLQJWKLVFRQQHFWRUGXULQJRSHUDWLRQUHVXOWVLQLPPHGLDWHVWRS

Related page

3&RQQHFWRU.LWIRU6DIHW\

2QO\IRUSRVLWLRQFRQWUROW\SHLVQRWSURYLGHGZLWK;

2-53

7
Supplement

Remarks

6. Wiring to the connector, X4

Connection to Host Controller

Preparation
Tips on wiring
3m
or shorter

Peripheral apparatus such as host controller should be located


within3m.

Controller
30cm or longer

Separate the main circuit at least 30cm away.


Don't pass them in the same duct, nor bind them together.

Power
supply
Motor

Power supply for control signals (VCC) between COM+ and


COM (VDC) should be prepared by customer.
COM+

1
2
GND

Use shield twisted pair for the wiring of command pulse input
and encoder signal output.
Don't apply more than 24V to the control signal output
terminals, nor run 50mA or more to them.

VDC

COM

FG
Connector X4

When the relay is directly driven by the control output signals,


install a diode in parallel with a relay, and in the direction as
the Fig. shows. The driver might be damaged without a diode
installment, or by reverse direction.
Frame ground (FG) and the shell of connector is connected to
the earth terminal inside of the driver.

Related page

)RUGHWDLOVUHIHUWR3:LULQJ'LDJUDPWRWKHFRQQHFWRU;DQG3,QSXWV
and outputs on connector X4.

6SHFLFDWLRQVRIWKH&RQQHFWRU;
Connector at
driver side
52986-5079
equivalent

Connecter to be prepared by customer


Part name

Part No.

Connecter (soldering type)

54306-5019

Connector cover

54331-0501

equivalent

Manufacturer

Molex Inc.

equivalent

or
10250-52A2**
equivalent

Note

Connecter (soldering type)

10150-3000PE

Connector cover

10350-52A0-008

equivalent

Sumitomo 3M

equivalent

)RUGHWDLOVUHIHUWR32SWLRQVRI6XSSOHPHQW

Remarks

7LJKWHQLQJWRUTXHRIWKHVFUHZVIRUFRQQHFWRU ; IRUWKHFRQQHFWLRQWRWKHKRVWWREH
0.3 to 0.35Nm. Larger tightening torque than these may damage the connector at the
driver side.

Remarks

; WR ; DUH XVHG IRU WKH VHFRQGDU\ FLUFXLW7R FRQQHFW WKHVH WHUPLQDOV WR WKH SULPDU\ SRZHU
supply (particularly, the 24 VDC power supply for control, the 24 VDC power supply for brake,
and the 24 VDC power supply for regenerative resistor [H-frame only]), insulation is required.
Do not connect these terminals to the same power supply.

2-54

Connect on to External Scale

Preparation

Provide a power supply for the external scale on your part or use the following power output (250mA or less).
Symbol

Connector
Pin No.

Contents

Power supply
output

EX5V

Supply the power of external scale or A, B,


Z phase encoder.

EX0V

Connected to ground of control circuit.

I/F of external
scale signals

EXPS

/EXPS

Serial signal
The transmission / reception method.

EXA

/EXA

EXB

/EXB

EXZ

/EXZ

10

FG

Shell

Application

3
Parallel signal
reception
Correspondence speed :
4Mpps (after quadruple)

Connection

Frame ground

2
Preparation

A, B, Z phase
Endoder signal
input

Before Using the Products

7. Wiring to the connector, X5

Connected with protective earth terminal in


the servo driver.

Connector (plug) sirial external signal: MUF-PK10K-X (by J.S.T. Mfg. Co., Ltd.)

E0V
PS

EXB
EXZ

EXA
1

3
2

5
4

Setup

PS
E5V

7
6

9
8 10

EXA

EXZ
EXB

(Viewed from cable)

2)

Adjustment

Caution
1) The manufacturers applicable external scales for this product are as follows.
Mitutoyo Corp.
Magnescale Co., Ltd.
For the details of the external scale product, contact each company.

5HFRPPHQGHGH[WHUQDOVFDOHUDWLRLV([WHUQDOVFDOHUDWLR

6
When in Trouble

If you set up the external scale ratio to smaller value than 50/position loop gain (Pr1.00
and Pr.1.05), you may not be able to control per 1 pulse unit, even if within the range
as described above. Setup of larger scale ratio may result in larger noise.

Note
Related page

; WR ; DUH XVHG IRU WKH VHFRQGDU\ FLUFXLW7R FRQQHFW WKHVH WHUPLQDOV WR WKH SULPDU\ SRZHU
supply (particularly, the 24 VDC power supply for control, the 24 VDC power supply for brake,
and the 24 VDC power supply for regenerative resistor [H-frame only]), insulation is required.
Do not connect these terminals to the same power supply.
2QO\IRUSRVLWLRQFRQWUROW\SHLVQRWSURYLGHGZLWK;
3'HWDLOVRI3DUDPHWHU3&RQQHFWRU.LWIRU([WHUQDO6FDOH
2-55

Supplement

Remarks

7. Wiring to the connector, X5


Connect on to Feedback Scale

Wiring Diagram of X5
2

EX0V

EXPS

EXPS

EXA

EXA

EXB

EXB

EXZ

10

EXZ

EX5V

+5V

EX0V

0V

EXPS

Regulator

Connector X5
1

EX5V

EXPS
EXA
EXA
EXB
EXB
EXZ
EXZ

Twisted pair

MUF-PK10-X
(J.S.T. Mfg. Co., Ltd.)

FG

Shell of X5 (FG)

Detection head
External scale side

Junction cable

Servo driver

External scale unit

How to Wiring
Wire the signals from the external scale to the external scale connector, X5.
1) Cable for the external scale to be the twisted pair with bundle shielding and to having the twisted core wire with diameter of 0.18mm2.
2) Cable length to be max. 20m. Double wiring for 5V power supply is recommended
when the wiring length is long to reduce the voltage drop effect.
 &RQQHFW WKH RXWHU OP RI WKH VKLHOG ZLUH RI WKH H[WHUQDO VFDOH WR WKH VKLHOG RI WKH
MXQFWLRQFDEOH$OVRFRQQHFWWKHRXWHUOPRIWKHVKLHOGZLUHWRWKHVKHOO )* RIFRQnector X5 of the driver without fail.
4) Separate the wiring to X7 from the power line (L1, L2, L3, B1, B2, B3, U, V. W, )
as much as possible (30cm or more). Do not pass these wires in the same duct, nor
bundle together.
5) Do not connect anything to the vacant pins of X5.
6) The maximum power available from the connector X5 is 250 mA at 5 V 5%. If you
use an external scale requiring more power, you should provide the suitable power
source by yourself. Some external scales need longer initialization period after
SRZHUXS<RXUGHVLJQVKRXOGPHHWWKLVRSHUDWLRQWLPLQJDIWHUSRZHUXS
7) When driving the external scale from an external power supply, keep the EX5V
pin open circuit so that it does not receive any external voltage. Connect the
GND circuit (0 V) to EX0V (connector X5, pin 2) of the driver to eliminate potential
difference.

Input circuit
(;$(;%(;=LQSXWFLUFXLW
EXA, EXB, EXZ

2k

20k
PULS

120
EXA, EXB, EXZ
2k

Remarks

Note
2-56

20k

; WR ; DUH XVHG IRU WKH VHFRQGDU\ FLUFXLW7R FRQQHFW WKHVH WHUPLQDOV WR WKH SULPDU\ SRZHU
supply (particularly, the 24 VDC power supply for control, the 24 VDC power supply for brake,
and the 24 VDC power supply for regenerative resistor [H-frame only]), insulation is required.
Do not connect these terminals to the same power supply.
2QO\IRUSRVLWLRQFRQWUROW\SHLVQRWSURYLGHGZLWK;

1
Before Using the Products

8. Wiring to the connector, X6

Connection to Encoder

Preparation
Tips on Wiring

Maximum cable length between the driver and the motor to be


20m. Consult with a dealer or distributor if you want to use the
longer cable than 20m. (Refer to the back cover.)

Power
supply

20m max.

Keep this wiring away from the main circuit by 30 cm or more.


Don't guide this wiring through the same duct with the main,
nor bind them together.
The voltage of input power to encoder side connector should
be in the range 4.905.25 VDC.

E5V
E0V

PS
PS
FG

PS
PS

Driver side
Connector X6

5
Adjustment

Encoder side
connector

manufactured by JAE
Small type motor (50W to 750W): connect to 6-pins
Large type motor (0.9W to 15.0kW): connect to 9-pins
5) Connect nothing to the empty terminals of each connector.

4
Setup

E5V
E0V

3
Connection

Encoder
junction cable

When you make your own encoder junction cable (for


connectors, refer to P.7-111, "Options (Connector Kit for Motor
and Encoder connection)" of Supplement.
1) Refer to the Wiring Diagram below.
2) Cable to be : Shielded twisted pair cable with core diameter
of 0.18mm2 or larger (AWG24), and with higher bending
resistance.
3) Use twisted pair cable for corresponding signal/power
wiring.
4) Shielding treatment
6KLHOG ZDOO RI WKH GULYHU VLGH  ,W VROGHUV WKH VKHOO RI
Connector X6.
6KLHOGZDOORIWKHPRWRUVLGH

Preparation

Encoder 30cm or more

Motor

6
When in Trouble

7
; WR ; DUH XVHG IRU WKH VHFRQGDU\ FLUFXLW7R FRQQHFW WKHVH WHUPLQDOV WR WKH SULPDU\ SRZHU
supply (particularly, the 24 VDC power supply for control, the 24 VDC power supply for brake,
and the 24 VDC power supply for regenerative resistor [H-frame only]), insulation is required.
Do not connect these terminals to the same power supply.

Related page

3&RQQHFWRU.LWIRU(QFRGHU
2-57

Supplement

Remarks

8. Wiring to the connector, X6


Connection to Encoder

Wiring Diagram
,QFDVHRIELWLQFUHPHQWDOHQFRGHU
MHMD 200W to 750W

White
%ODFN

4
E5V
5
E0V

Light blue
Purple

PS

X6
5V
1
E5V
0V
2
E0V
3
4
5
PS
6
PS

2
3

PS
FG

Shell (FG)

172160-1
(Tyco Electronics)

Motor

Caution

Motor

Regulator

MSMD 50W to 750W

Twisted pair
Driver

Encoder cable

2QO\WKHW\SHRIRQO\IRUSRVLWLRQFRQWURO

E5V 6
E0V 3

X6

E5V
2
E0V
3

+5V
0V

Regulator

MSME 50W to 750W

PS
PS
FG

1
5
2
6
3
7
4

PS
PS
Shell (FG)

Twisted pair

(Viewed from cable)

Caution

7
4
1

Cable connector: JN6FR07SM1


(by Japan Aviation Electronics Ind.)

Encoder cable

Motor

Driver

7LJKWHQWKHPRWRUFRQQHFWRUPRXQWLQJVFUHZ 0 ZLWKDWRUTXHEHWZHHQDQG
Nm. To avoid damage, be sure to use only the screw supplied with the connector.
'RQRWUHPRYHWKHJDVNHWVXSSOLHGZLWKWKHMXQFWLRQFDEOHFRQQHFWRU6HFXUHO\LQVWDOOWKH
JDVNHWLQSODFH2WKHUZLVHWKHGHJUHHRISURWHFWLRQRI,3ZLOOQRWEHJXDUDQWHHG

MSME 750W (400V), 1.0kW to 5.0kW


MFME 1.5kW to 4.5kW
MGME 0.9kW to 6.0kW

MDME 400W to 15.0kW


MHME 1.0kW to 7.5kW
1

E5V 4
E0V 1

X6

E5V
2
E0V
3

+5V
0V

Regulator

Connector pin
assignment

4
PS
PS
FG

3
7
9

PS
PS
Shell (FG)

Twisted pair
Cable connector: JN2DS10SL1-R
(by Japan Aviation Electronics Ind.)

Motor

Remarks

2-58

Encoder cable

Driver

; WR ; DUH XVHG IRU WKH VHFRQGDU\ FLUFXLW7R FRQQHFW WKHVH WHUPLQDOV WR WKH SULPDU\ SRZHU
supply (particularly, the 24 VDC power supply for control, the 24 VDC power supply for brake,
and the 24 VDC power supply for regenerative resistor [H-frame only]), insulation is required.
Do not connect these terminals to the same power supply.

8. Wiring to the connector, X6

1
Before Using the Products

Connection to Encoder

In case of 17-bit absolute encoder

1
5
2
6
3
7
4

X6

E5V
2
E0V
3

battery

+5V
0V

Preparation

Connector pin
assignment

E5V 6
E0V 3
5
BAT+
2
BAT
7
PS
4
PS
1
FG

Regulator

MSME 50W to 750W

4
5
6

PS
PS
Shell (FG)

Twisted pair

Encoder cable

Motor

Driver

7LJKWHQWKHPRWRUFRQQHFWRUPRXQWLQJVFUHZ 0 ZLWKDWRUTXHEHWZHHQDQG
Nm. To avoid damage, be sure to use only the screw supplied with the connector.
'RQRWUHPRYHWKHJDVNHWVXSSOLHGZLWKWKHMXQFWLRQFDEOHFRQQHFWRU6HFXUHO\LQVWDOOWKH
JDVNHWLQSODFH2WKHUZLVHWKHGHJUHHRISURWHFWLRQRI,3ZLOOQRWEHJXDUDQWHHG

Remarks

&RQQHFWWKHEDWWHU\IRUDEVROXWHHQFRGHUDFURVV3DQG3RIWKHMXQFWLRQFRQQHFWRU WKH
figure above).
$EDWWHU\KROGHUDQGDEDWWHU\FRQQHFWLRQFDEOHVKRXOGEHWKHRSWLRQFDEOHRUSUHSDUHGE\
the user.

battery

X6

E5V
2
E0V
3

+5V
0V

4
5
6

Adjustment

E5V 4
E0V 1
6
BAT+
5
BAT
3
PS
7
PS
9
FG

MDME 400W to 15.0kW


MHME 1.0kW to 7.5kW
Regulator

MSME 750W (400V), 1.0kW to 5.0kW


MFME 1.5kW to 4.5kW
MGME 0.9kW to 6.0kW

4
Setup

Caution

Connection

(Viewed from cable)

Cable connector: JN6FR07SM1


(by Japan Aviation Electronics Ind.)

PS
PS
Shell (FG)

Twisted pair
Cable connector: JN2DS10SL1-R
(by Japan Aviation Electronics Ind.)

Motor

Driver

&RQQHFWWKHEDWWHU\IRUDEVROXWHHQFRGHUDFURVV3DQG3RIWKHMXQFWLRQFRQQHFWRU WKH
figure above).
$EDWWHU\KROGHUDQGDEDWWHU\FRQQHFWLRQFDEOHVKRXOGEHWKHRSWLRQFDEOHRUSUHSDUHGE\
the user.

When in Trouble

Remarks

Encoder cable

7
; WR ; DUH XVHG IRU WKH VHFRQGDU\ FLUFXLW7R FRQQHFW WKHVH WHUPLQDOV WR WKH SULPDU\ SRZHU
supply (particularly, the 24 VDC power supply for control, the 24 VDC power supply for brake,
and the 24 VDC power supply for regenerative resistor [H-frame only]), insulation is required.
Do not connect these terminals to the same power supply.
2-59

Supplement

Remarks

9. Wiring to the connector, X7

Monitor output

Preparation

The connector X7 of the front panel is for monitor output.


Analogue output : 2 systems
Digital output
: 1 systems
In both cases, it is possible to switch the output signal by setting parameters.
Output circuit

Connector X7
Manufacturers part No.: 530140610
Manufacturer: Japan Molex Inc.

X7

N

AM1 1

N

AM2 2

N

DM 4

Measuring
instrument

GND 3

Symbol

Connector
Pin No.

Analogue monitor
output 1

AM1

Analogue monitor
output 2

AM2

Signal ground

GND

Connected to ground of control circuit.

DM

2XWSXWWKHGLJLWDOVLJQDOIRUPRQLtor.
2XWSXWYROWDJHLV&026OHYHOFRPSDWLEOH
2XWSXWLPSHGDQFHLVN::KHQ
connecting a measuring instrument, check
its input circuit for impedance matching.

NC

Do not connect.

NC

Do not connect.

Application

Digital monitor
output *1

Contents
2XWSXWWKHDQDORJXHVLJQDOIRUPRQLWRU
7KHDPSOLWXGHRIWKHRXWSXWVLJQDOLV9
2XWSXWLPSHGDQFHLVN::KHQ
connecting a measuring instrument, check
its input circuit for impedance matching.

*1 Position, Velocity, torque, Full closed type.


NC on Only for position control type. Leave this pin unconnected.
3DUDPHWHUUHUDWHGWRPRQLWRURXWSXW
Parametr No.
Class
No.

Title

Function

16

Type of analog
monitor 1

Select the type of monitor for analog monitor 1.

17

Analog monitor 1
output gain

Set up the output gain of analog monitor 1.

18

Type of analog
monitor 2

Select the type of monitor for analog monitor 2.

19

Analog monitor 2
output gain

Set up the output gain of analog monitor 2.

20

Type of digital
monitor

Select type of the digital monitor.

21

Analog monitor
output setup

Select output format of the analog monitor.

*1 Position, Velocity, torque, Full closed type.


Only for position control type is not provided with this function.

Remarks

; WR ; DUH XVHG IRU WKH VHFRQGDU\ FLUFXLW7R FRQQHFW WKHVH WHUPLQDOV WR WKH SULPDU\ SRZHU
supply (particularly, the 24 VDC power supply for control, the 24 VDC power supply for brake,
and the 24 VDC power supply for regenerative resistor [H-frame only]), insulation is required.
Do not connect these terminals to the same power supply.

Related page

3'HWDLOVRISDUDPHWHU3&RQQHFWRU.LWIRU$QDORJ0RQLWRU6LJQDO

2-60

Preparation

Before Using the Products

10. Timing Chart

Timing on power-up

Servo-on signal accept timing on power-up


Control
power supply
(L1C,L2C)

ON

approx.100 to 300 ms
OFF

approx.2s

Preparation

Internal control
power supply

OFF

established

approx.1.5s
Action of
driver CPU

reset

(initialization) *3

usually operation

0s or longer
OFF

*2

ON
Connection

Main
power supply
(L1,L2,L3)

10ms or longer
Servo-Ready output
(S-RDY)

output Tr OFF

10ms or longer
*2

output Tr ON

0ms or longer
Servo-ON input
(SRV-ON)

input coupler OFF

input coupler ON

approx.2ms
engaged

Setup

Dynamic
brake

released
approx.60ms

Motor
energization

Position/Speed/
Torque command

energized

approx.4ms
output Tr OFF (brake engaged)

No command entry

ON
(brake released)
100ms or longer
*1
Command
entry

7KHDERYHFKDUWVKRZVWKHWLPLQJIURP$&SRZHU21WRFRPPDQGLQSXW
$FWLYDWHWKHH[WHUQDOFRPPDQGLQSXWDFFRUGLQJWRWKHDERYHWLPLQJFKDUW
*1. In this term Servo-ON input (SRV-ON) turns ON as a hard ware, but operation command can not be received.
 65'<RXWSXWZLOOWXUQRQZKHQERWKFRQGLWLRQVDUHPHWLQLWLDOL]DWLRQRIPLFURFRPputer has been completed and the main power has been turned on.
*3. After Internal control power supply , protective functions are active from approx. 1.5
sec after the start of initializing microcomputer. Please set the signals, especially for
protective function, for example over-travel inhibit input (POT, NOT) or external scale
input, so as to decide their logic until this term.
The lapse time can be changed with Pr6.18 Wait time after power-up.
3'HWDLOVRISDUDPHWHU

2-61

7
Supplement

Related page

6
When in Trouble

Caution

Adjustment

External brake
release output
(BRK-OFF)

not-energized

10. Timing Chart

Alarm

Preparation

When an Error (Alarm) Has Occurred (at Servo-ON Command)


Alarm

alarm

normal
0.5 to 5 ms

Dynamic brake

released

engaged *2

Motor energization

energized

non-energized

Servo-Ready output output Tr ON


(ready)
(S-RDY)
Servo-Alarm output output Tr ON
(not Alarm)
(ALM)
External brake
release output
(BRK-OFF)

output Tr OFF (not ready)


output Tr OFF (Alarm)
value of Pr4.38

output Tr ON
(Break release)

output Tr OFF (Break engage)

t1 *1

when setup
value of Pr4.38
is shorter,

motor speed
Setup value of Pr4.39

Setup value of Pr4.38


output Tr ON
(Break release)
motor speed
Setup value of Pr4.39

Caution

t1 *1

engaged (OFF)

when time to fall


below value of
Pr4.39 is shorter,

*1. t1 will be a shorter time of either the setup value of Pr4.38[Mechanical brake action at
running setup] or elapsing time for the motor speed to fall below Pr4.39[Brake release
speed setup].
t1 will be 0 when the motor is in stall regardless of the setup pf Pr4.37.
*2. When an alarm is generated, the dynamic brake operates according to Pr5.10 Sequence at alarm.

When an Alarm Has Been Cleared (at Servo-ON Command)


120ms or longer *1
Alarm-clear input
(A-CLR)
Dynamic brake
Motor energization
External brake
release output
(BRK-OFF)

Caution

2-62

input coupler
OFF

input coupler
OFF

input coupler ON

engaged
not-energized

approx.2ms
approx.60ms

released
energized

approx.4ms
output Tr OFF
(Break engage)

Servo-Ready output
(S-RDY)

output Tr OFF
(not ready)

Servo-Alarm output
(ALM)

output Tr OFF
(alarm)

Position/Speed/
Torque command

no input entry

output Tr ON
(Break release)
output Tr ON
(ready)
output Tr ON
(not alarm)
100ms or longer

input enabled

*1. The alarm clear input recognition time can be changed in Pr5.16 Alarm clear input setup.

Preparation

Before Using the Products

10. Timing Chart

Servo-Lock

Servo-ON/OFF Action While the Motor Is at Stall (Servo-Lock)


Remarks

To turn on/off the servo during normal operation, first stop the motor.

2
Servo-ON input
(SRV-ON)

input coupler
OFF

input coupler ON

input coupler
OFF

Dynamic brake

engaged *3

released

1 to 6ms

engaged *2

Preparation

approx.2ms

t1 *1
Motor energization

not-energized
approx.60ms

Caution

output Tr OFF
(Break engage)

not-energized

approx.4ms
output Tr ON
(Break release)

3
Connection

External brake
release output
(BRK-OFF)

energized

output Tr OFF
(Break engage)

4
Setup

*1 t1 depends on the setup value of Pr4.37 Setup of mechanical brake action at stalling.
*2 The operation of dynamic brake during servo off depends on the setup value of
Pr5.06 Sequence at servo off.
*3. Servo-ON will not be activated until the motor speed falls below approx. 30r/min.

5
Adjustment

6
When in Trouble

7
Supplement

Related page

3'HWDLOVRI3DUDPHWHU

2-63

10. Timing Chart

Servo-ON/OFF

Preparation

Servo-ON/OFF Action While the Motor Is in Motion


Remarks

7LPLQJDWHPHUJHQF\VWRSRUWULS'RQRWUHSHDWWKLVVHTXHQFH
at Servo-ON

Servo-ON input
(SRV-ON)

input coupler
OFF

at Servo-OFF
input coupler
OFF

input coupler ON
*4

Dynamic brake

Motor energization

1 to 5ms

engaged *3

released

not-energized

energized

engaged *3

not-energized *5

approx.60ms
Setup value of
Pr4.38

approx.4ms
External brake
release output
(BRK-OFF)

Output Tr OFF

Output Tr OFF

Output Tr.ON
t1 *1

Motor rotational speed


approx.30r/min
Motor rotational
speed

Motor rotational
speed
Setup value of
Pr4.39

servo validated

when setup
Setup value of
value of Pr4.38
Pr4.38
is shorter

released (ON)
No servo-ON until the motor speed
falls below approx. 30r/min.

engaged (OFF)
t1 *1

Motor rotational
speed
Setup value of
Pr4.39

when time to fall


below value of
Pr4.39 is shorter

Caution

*1. t1 will be a shorter time of either the setup value of Pr4.38 Mechanical brake action
at running setup or elapsing time for the motor speed to fall below Pr4.39 Brake release speed setup.
*2. Even though the SRV-ON signal is turned on again during the motor deceleration,
Servo-ON will not be activated until the motor stops.
*3. For the action of dynamic brake at alarm occurrence, refer to an explanation of
Pr5.06, Sequence at Servo-OFF as well.
*4. Servo-ON will not be activated until the motor speed falls below approx. 30r/min.
*5. For the motor energization during deceleration at Servo-OFF depends on the setup value
of Pr.5.08, Sequence at Servo-OFF.

Related page

3'\QDPLFEUDNH

2-64

Outline

Preparation

In the applications where the motor drives the vertical axis, this brake would be used to
hold and prevent the work (moving load) from falling by gravity while the power to the
servo is shut off.

Caution

Connecting Example
The following shows the example when the brake is controlled by using the brake release
output signal (BRK-OFF) of the driver.
RY
11 BRK-OFF+
12 to 24V
BRK-OFF
10
41

Motor

VDC

COM

Brake coil

RY
Surge
absorber
Power supply
for brake
DC24V

3
Connection

Relays to be shut off


at emergency stop

Driver

2
Preparation

Use this built-in brake for "Holding" purpose only, that is to hold
the stalling status. Never use this for "Brake" purpose to stop the
load in motion.

Before Using the Products

11. Built-in Holding Brake

Fuse
(10A)

Connector X4

Caution

)RUWKHEUDNHUHOHDVHWLPLQJDWSRZHURQRUEUDNLQJWLPLQJDW6HUYR2))6HUYR$ODUP
while the motor is in motion, refer to P.2-61, "Timing Chart".
:LWK WKH SDUDPHWHU 3U 6HWXS RI PHFKDQLFDO EUDNH DFWLRQ ZKLOH WKH PRWRU LV LQ
motion), you can set up a time between when the motor enters to a free-run from energized status and when BRK-OFF signal turns off (brake will be engaged), when the
Servo-OFF or alarm occurs while the motor is in motion.
1. The lining sound of the brake (chattering and etc.) might be generated while running
the motor with built-in brake, however this does not affect any functionality.
 0DJQHWLFX[PLJKWEHJHQHUDWHGWKURXJKWKHPRWRUVKDIWZKLOHWKHEUDNHFRLOLVHQHUgized (brake is open). Pay an extra attention when magnetic sensors are used nearby
the motor.
2-65

7
Supplement

Note

6
When in Trouble

Output Timing of BRK-OFF Signal

5
Adjustment

1. The brake coil has no polarity.


2. Power supply for the brake to be provided by customer. Do not co-use the power supply for the brake and for the control signals (VDC).
3. Install a surge absorber as the above Fig. shows to suppress surge voltage generDWHGE\212))DFWLRQ RIWKHUHOD\ 5< :KHQ\RXXVHDGLRGH QRWHWKDWWKHWLPH
from the brake release to brake engagement is slower than that of the case of using a
surge absorber.
4. For a surge absorber, refer to P.7-124, "Recommended Components" of Supplement.
 5HFRPPHQGHGFRPSRQHQWVDUHVSHFLHGWRPHDVXUHWKHEUDNHUHOHDVLQJWLPH
Reactance of the cable varies depending on the cable length, and it might generate
surge voltage.
Select a surge absorber so that relay coil voltage (max. rating : 30V, 50mA) and terminal voltage may not exceed the rating.

Setup

Note

11. Built-in Holding Brake

Preparation
Motor
series

MSMD

Specifications

Motor
output

Static
friction
WRUTXH
Nm

50W, 100W

0.29 or less

200W, 400W 1.27 or less

Exciting
Permissible
Rotor
Engaging Releasing
Permissible Permissible
current Releasing
angular
inertia
time
time
work (J) per total work
DC A
acceleration
voltage
4
2
3
ms
x 10 J
ms
one braking
x 10 kgm
rad/s2
(at cool-off)
0.002
0.018

50 or less 15 or less

0.36

2.45 or less

0.075

70 or less 20 or less

0.42

50W, 100W

0.29 or less

0.002

35 or less 20 or less

0.3

137

44.1

196

147

39.2

4.9

0.018

50 or less 15 or less

0.36

70 or less 20 or less

0.42

15 or less

0.7

15 or less
100

0.81

50 or less
130

0.9

1470

2200

2.5 or less

50 or less 15 or less

0.70

392

490

4.9 or less

70 or less
80 or less
200

0.59

588

780

0.79

1176

1500

1470

2200

1372

2900

1.0kW

0.33

11.8 or less

3.0kW

1.35

1.35

7.5kW
1.5kW

7.8 or less

2.5kW

21.6 or less

4.5kW

31.4 or less

0.9kW

13.7 or less

2.0kW

24.5 or less

3.0kW

1.3

150 or less 50 or less

1.4

7.1

300 or less 140 or less

1.08

4.7

80 or less 35 or less

0.83

4.7

8.75

150 or less 100 or less

0.75

1.35

50 or less
100 or less
130

0.79

25 or less
200

1.3

80 or less

50 or less
150 or less 130
50 or less

1.4

0.018

50 or less 15 or less

0.36

0.075

70 or less 20 or less

0.42

80 or less

70 or less
200

100 or less
80 or less

4.7
58.8 or less

4.5kW, 6.0kW
200W, 400W 1.27 or less
750W

2.45 or less

1.0kW

4.9 or less
13.7 or less

2.0kW to
5.0kW

24.5 or less

7.5kW

58.8 or less

4.7

DC2V
or more

DC2V
or more

137

44.1

196

147

392

490

30000

30000

10000

10000

5440
5000

DC2V
or more

DC2V
or more

2000

4000

1372

2900

1470

1500

3000
10000

2200

1176

1500

1372

2900

10000

5440

5000
137

44.1

196

147

0.59

588

780

50 or less
130

0.79

1176

1500

25 or less
200

1.3

1372

2900

150 or less 50 or less

1.4

1.35
1.5kW

0.9

25 or less
80 or less
200

58.8 or less

11kW, 15kW 100 or less

110 or less

100 or less 50 or less


110 or less 130

16.2 or less

4.0kW, 5.0kW 24.5 or less

50 or less
80 or less

1.5kW, 2.0kW 13.7 or less

MHME

4.9

0.075

400W, 600W

MHMD

DC1V
or more

39.2

750W(200V) 2.45 or less

4.0kW, 5.0kW 16.2 or less

MGME

DC1V
or more

200W, 400W 1.27 or less

3.0kW

MFME

0.3

750W

750W(400V) 2.5 or less


MSME 1.0kW, 1.5kW,
7.8 or less
2.0kW

MDME

35 or less 20 or less

DC1V
or more

30000

10000
DC2V
or more

5440
5000

([FLWDWLRQYROWDJHLV'&9
5HOHDVLQJWLPHYDOXHVUHSUHVHQWWKHRQHVZLWK'&FXWRIIXVLQJDYDULVWRU
Values in ( ) represent those measured by using a diode (V03C by Hitachi, Ltd.)
$ERYHYDOXHV H[FHSWVWDWLFIULFWLRQWRUTXHUHOHDVLQJYROWDJHDQGH[FLWDWLRQFXUUHQW UHSUHVHQWW\SLFDO
values.
%DFNODVKRIWKHEXLOWLQKROGLQJEUDNHLVNHSWRUVPDOOHUDWH[IDFWRU\SRLQW
6HUYLFHOLIHRIWKHQXPEHURIDFFHOHUDWLRQGHFHOHUDWLRQZLWKWKHDERYHSHUPLVVLEOHDQJXODUDFFHOHUDWLRQLVPRUHWKDQPLOOLRQWLPHV /LIHHQGLVGHQHGDVZKHQWKHEUDNHEDFNODVKGUDVWLFDOO\FKDQJes.)
2-66

1
Before Using the Products

12. Dynamic Brake

Outline

Preparation

This driver (A to G-frame) is equipped with a dynamic brake for emergency stop.
Pay a special attention to the followings.
The H-frame driver does not incorporate the dynamic brake.

Caution

1. Dynamic brake is only for emergency stop.

The Motor becomes a dynamo when driven externally and short circuit curUHQWRFFXUUHGZKLOHG\QDPLFEUDNHLVDFWLYDWHGPD\FDXVHVPRNLQJRUUH

3
Connection

2. Dynamic brake is a short-duration rating, and designed for only emergency stop. Allow approx. 10 minutes pause when the dynamic brake is activated during high-speed running.
(F-frame(200V), G-frame(200V/400V) built-in dynamic brake resistor is capable of
handling up to 3 continuous halts at the rated revolutions with max. permissible inertia.
When overheated under more critical operating conditions, the brake will blow out and
should be replaced with a new one.)

Preparation

Do not start/stop the motor by turning on/off the Servo-ON signal (SRV-ON).
Otherwise it may damage the dynamic brake circuit of the driver.

<RXFDQDFWLYDWHWKHG\QDPLFEUDNHLQWKHIROORZLQJFDVHV
1)
2)
3)
4)

Driver

Resistance specifications per piece

Quantity of use

Voltage

Resistance

Electric power

G, H

200V



400W

3 pcs.

G, H

400V



400W

3 pcs.

Dynamic Brake Characteristics (e.g. Motor MDME 15kW 200V)


Brake torque (Nm)

80
70

Resistor 1.2
Resistor 2.4

60
50

6
When in Trouble

Frame

5
Adjustment

 ,IWKHEXLOWLQG\QDPLFEUDNHUHVLVWRURIWKH*IUDPHGULYHULVLQVXIFLHQWH[WHUnal dynamic brake resistors can be connected.


 )RUWKH+IUDPHGULYHUH[WHUQDOG\QDPLFEUDNHUHVLVWRUVFDQEHFRQQHFWHG
Connections of the external dynamic brake resistors are the same as those of
the G-frame driver. (The DB3 and DB4 terminals are not provided.)
 8VHWKHIROORZLQJUHVLVWRUVDVWKHH[WHUQDOG\QDPLFEUDNHUHVLVWRUV 7REHSUHpared by user)

4
Setup

When the main power is turned off


At Servo-OFF
When one of the protective function is activated.
When over-travel inhibit input (NOT, POT) of connector X4 is activated
In the above cases from 1) to 4), you can select either activation of the dynamic brake
or making the motor free-run during deceleration or after the stop, with parameter.
Note that when the control power is off, for A to F-frame driver, the dynamic brake will
be kept actived, and for G and H-frame driver, the dynamic brake will be kept released.

40

30
20
10
0

500

1000

1500

2000

Supplement

Motor speed (r/min)

Related page

3,QSXWVDQGRXWSXWVRQFRQQHFWRU;
3'HWDLOVRI3DUDPHWHU
33URWHFWLYH)XQFWLRQ

2-67

12. Dynamic Brake

Preparation

Connections of external dynamic brake resistor (Example)

G-frame, 200 V
0DLQV
Residual
FXUUHQWGHYLFH

/&
/&
L1

L1

L2

L2

L3

L3

B1

B2

NC

U-phase

V-phase

:SKDVH

$X[LOLDU\FRQWDFW 

Thermal fuse
(one fuse for each resistor)
(to be supplied by customer)

Disconnect the
shorting bar
(between DB3
9'&SRZHUVXSSO\
and DB4).
for brake

Magnetic Contactor (MC)

(to be supplied by
customer)

Turns on/off the dynamic brake resistor.


Use coil surge suppression units together with
this.

Remarks
6KRXOGEHWKHVDPHUDWLQJDVWKDWRIWKH
magnetic contactor for main circuit.
3URYLGHDQDX[LOLDU\FRQWDFW(*1) as protection
means so that servo ON will not occur in
the external sequence even if the contact
deposits.
Dynamic Brake Resistor (to be supplied by customer)

Remarks
:KHQ\RXXVHDQH[WHUQDOG\QDPLFEUDNHUHVLVWRU
install an external protective apparatus, such as
thermal fuse without fail.
0RXQWWKHG\QDPLFEUDNHUHVLVWRUon incombustible
material such as metal.
Do not use an external dynamic brake resistor
together with the built-in resistor.
Provide one dynamic brake resistor for each phase.
:KHQXVLQJDQH[WHUQDOG\QDPLFEUDNHEHVXUHWRXVHWKH
resistor.
Do not make short circuit.
2-68

Terminals DB1, DB2, DB3 and DB4


7RFRQQHFWDQH[WHUQDOG\QDPLFEUDNH
UHVLVWRUGLVFRQQHFWWKHVKRUWLQJEDU
between DB3 and DB4.
&RQQHFWDPDJQHWLFFRQWDFWRU IRU
FRQWURO IRUWKHH[WHUQDOG\QDPLFEUDNH
EHWZHHQ/&DQG'%
3URYLGHDQH[WHUQDOSURWHFWLYHGHYLFH
(e.g. thermal fuse) between DB2 and
/&

Remarks
7KHYROWDJHDSSOLHGDFURVV'%DQG
DB2 must be 300 VAC or below or
100 VDC or below.
Pin NC
'RQRWFRQQHFWDQ\WKLQJ

12. Dynamic Brake

1
Before Using the Products

Connections of external dynamic brake resistor (Example)

G-frame, 400 V
* Use a power
supply with
5 A or larger
capacity.

24 VDC power supply


for control

(to be supplied by customer)

24V
0V
L1

Preparation

Neutral point

0DLQV
5HVLGXDO
FXUUHQWGHYLFH

L1

L2

L2

L3

L3

B1

B2

L1C

NC

U-phase

V-phase

Connection

W-phase

$X[LOLDU\FRQWDFW 

4
Disconnect the
shorting bar
(between DB3
24 VDC power supply
and DB4).
IRUEUDNH

0DJQHWLF&RQWDFWRU 0&

Setup

7KHUPDOIXVH
RQHIXVHIRUHDFKUHVLVWRU
(to be supplied by customer)

(to be supplied by
customer)

7XUQVRQRIIWKHG\QDPLFEUDNHUHVLVWRU
Use coil surge suppression units together with
this.
6KRXOGEHWKHVDPHUDWLQJDVWKDWRIWKH
PDJQHWLFFRQWDFWRUIRUPDLQFLUFXLW
3URYLGHDQDX[LOLDU\FRQWDFW(*1) as protection
PHDQVVRWKDWVHUYR21ZLOOQRWRFFXULQ
WKHH[WHUQDOVHTXHQFHHYHQLIWKHFRQWDFW
deposits.

Remarks
7KHYROWDJHDSSOLHGDFURVV'%DQG
DB2 must be 300 VAC or below or
100 VDC or below.

Note
/&LVFRQQHFWHGDIWHUWKH5SKDVHRI
WKHQRLVHILOWHU
/&LVQRWLQGLFDWHGRQWKHGULYHUERG\
Pin NC
'RQRWFRQQHFWDQ\WKLQJ

2-69

Supplement

Remarks
:KHQ\RXXVHDQH[WHUQDOG\QDPLFEUDNHUHVLVWRU
LQVWDOODQH[WHUQDOSURWHFWLYHDSSDUDWXVVXFKDV
WKHUPDOIXVHZLWKRXWIDLO
0RXQWWKHG\QDPLFEUDNHUHVLVWRUon incombustible
PDWHULDOVXFKDVPHWDO
'RQRWXVHDQH[WHUQDOG\QDPLFEUDNHUHVLVWRU
WRJHWKHUZLWKWKHEXLOWLQUHVLVWRU
3URYLGHRQHG\QDPLFEUDNHUHVLVWRUIRUHDFKSKDVH
:KHQXVLQJDQH[WHUQDOG\QDPLFEUDNHEHVXUHWRXVHWKH
resistor.
 'RQRWPDNHVKRUWFLUFXLW

7RFRQQHFWDQH[WHUQDOG\QDPLFEUDNH
resistor, disconnect the shorting bar
between DB3 and DB4.
&RQQHFWDPDJQHWLFFRQWDFWRU IRU
FRQWURO IRUWKHH[WHUQDOG\QDPLFEUDNH
between L1C and DB1.
3URYLGHDQH[WHUQDOSURWHFWLYHGHYLFH
HJWKHUPDOIXVH EHWZHHQ'%DQG
the neutral point.

When in Trouble

Dynamic Brake Resistor (to be supplied by customer)

Terminals DB1, DB2, DB3 and DB4


Adjustment

Remarks

12. Dynamic Brake

Condition setting chart

Preparation

1) Setup of driving condition from deceleration to after stop by main power-off (Pr5.07)
Sequence at main
power-off (Pr5.07)

Driving condition
During deceleration

After stalling

Contents of
deviation
counter

Setup value of Pr5.07


0

D B

D B

Clear

Free-run

D B

Clear

D B

Free-run

Clear

Free-run

Free-run

Clear

D B

D B

Hold

Free-run

D B

Hold

D B

Free-run

Hold

Free-run

Free-run

Hold

Emergency stop

D B

Clear

Emergency stop

Free-run

Clear

Torque limit value at emergency stop will be that of Pr5.11 (Setup of torque at emergency stop)
when the setup value is 8 or 9.

2) Setup of driving condition from deceleration to after stop by Servo-OFF (Pr5.06)


Sequence at main
Servo-OFF (Pr5.06)

Driving condition
During deceleration

After stalling

Contents of
deviation
counter

Setup value of Pr5.06


0

D B

D B

Clear

Free-run

D B

Clear

D B

Free-run

Clear

Free-run

Free-run

Clear

D B

D B

Hold

Free-run

D B

Hold

D B

Free-run

Hold

Free-run

Free-run

Hold

Emergency stop

D B

Clear

Emergency stop

Free-run

Clear

Torque limit value at emergency stop will be that of Pr5.11 (Setup of torque at emergency stop)
when the setup value is 8 or 9.

2-70

12. Dynamic Brake

3) Setup of driving condition from deceleration to after stop by activation of protective function (Pr5.10)
Sequence at over-travel
inhibit input (Pr5.10)

Driving condition
During deceleration

After stalling

Contents of
deviation
counter

Before Using the Products

Condition setting chart

Setup value of Pr5.10


D B

D B

Hold

Free-run

D B

Hold

D B

Free-run

Hold

Free-run

Free-run

Hold

Engaged A: Emergency stop


Engaged B: DB

D B

Hold

Engaged A: Emergency stop


Engaged B: Free-run

D B

Hold

Engaged A: Emergency stop


Engaged B: DB

Free-run

Hold

Engaged A: Emergency stop


Engaged B: Free-run

Free-run

Hold

3
Connection

Preparation

4
Setup

When setup value is within the range 4 and 7, the protection function that supports
immediate stop acts according to operation A and the function that does not support
acts according to operation B.
During deceleration to stop, the main power supply must be maintained.
When the protection function acts, content of deviation counter is cleared as the alarm
is cleared.

4) Setup of driving condition from deceleration to after stop by validation of over-travel inhibit input (Pr5.05)
Driving condition
During deceleration

After stalling

Contents of
deviation
counter

Adjustment

Sequence at over-travel
inhibit input (Pr5.05)
Setup value of Pr5.05

DB

Torque command to
inhibited direction is 0

Hold

Torque command to
inhibited direction is 0

Torque command to
inhibited direction is 0

Hold

Emergency stop

Torque command to
inhibited direction is 0

clear

6
When in Trouble

Torque limit value during deceleration will be that of Pr5.11 (Setup of torque at emergency
stop) when the setup value is 2.
Changes will be validated after the control power is turned on.

7
Supplement

2-71

13. Setup of Parameter and Mode

Preparation

Outline / Setup / Connection

Outline of Parameter
This driver is equipped with various parameters to set up its characteristics and functions.
This section describes the function and purpose of each parameter. Read and comprehend very well so that you can adjust this driver in optimum condition for your running
requirements.

Setup of Parameter
<RXFDQUHIHUDQGVHWXSWKHSDUDPHWHUZLWKHLWKHURQHRIWKHIROORZLQJ
1) front panel of the driver
2) combination of the setup support software, "PANATERM" and PC.

Note

How to control the front panel, refer to P.2-86.

Setup with the PC


It is possible to connect your personal computer to connector X1 of MINAS A5 using a
USB cable for personal computer connection. Downloading the setup support software
PANATERM from our web site and installing it on your personal computer will allow you
to perform the following easily.

:LWKWKH3$1$7(50\RXFDQH[HFXWHWKHIROORZLQJV
1) Setup and storage of parameters, and writing to the memory (EEPROM).
2) Monitoring of I/O, pulse input and load factor.
3) Display of the present alarm and reference of the error history.
4) Data measurement of the wave-form graphic and bringing of the stored data.
5) Normal auto-gain tuning
6) Frequency characteristic measurement of the machine system.

Note

Because no production software such as CD-ROM is available, download the setup support software from our web site and install it on your personal computer.

+RZWR&RQQHFW

Connect to X1
(USB mini-B)

86%FDEOH

Setup support software PANATERM


Please download from our web site and
use after install to the PC.

On the driver, use commercially available USB mini-B connector.


7KHFRQQHFWRURQWKHSHUVRQDOFRPSXWHUVLGHVKRXOGEHLQDFFRUGDQFHZLWKWKHVSHFLcations of the PC.
:KHQWKHFDEOHGRHVQRWKDYHQRLVHOWHUDWWDFKDVLJQDOOLQHQRLVHOWHU '93 
to both ends of the cable.
Related page

2-72

3'HWDLOVRI3DUDPHWHU
36HWXSVXSSRUWVRIWZDUH>3$1$7(50@

Composition and List of Parameters

Preparation

7KHSDUDPHWHU1RLVGLVSOD\HGLQWKHIRUPRI3U;<< ;&ODVVLFDWLRQ<<1R 
)RUWKHGHWDLOVRQWKHSDUDPHWHUVUHIHUWR3'HWDLOVRISDUDPHWHU
Parametr No.
Class No.*

Class name

Group

page

00 to 17 Basic setting

Parameter for Basic setting

P.2-74

00 to 27 Gain adjustment

Parameter for Gain adjustment

P.2-75

00 to 23 Damping control

Parameter for Damping control

P.2-76

00 to 29

00 to 44 I/F monitor setting

Parameter for I/F monitor setting

P.2-78

00 to 35 Enhancing setting

Parameter for Enhancing setting

P.2-79

00 to 39 Special setting

Parameter for Special setting

P.2-81

Verocity/ Torque/
Parameter for Verocity/ Torque/ Full-closed
Full-closed control control

2
Preparation

1
Before Using the Products

13. Setup of Parameter and Mode

P.2-77

3
Connection

* The Parameter No. consists of 2 digits.

,QWKLVGRFXPHQWIROORZLQJV\PEROVUHSUHVHQWHDFKPRGH
Symbol

Control mode
Position control

Velocity control

Torque control

Full-Closed control

P/S

Position (1st)/Velocity (2nd) control

3*

P/T

Position (1st)/Torque (2nd) control

4*

S/T

Velocity (1st)/Torque (2nd) control

5*

5
Adjustment

Setup

Setup value
of Pr0.01

6
When in Trouble

* When you select the combination mode of 3, 4 or 5, you can select either 1st or 2nd
with control mode switching input (C-MODE).
When C-MODE is ON : 1st mode selection
When C-MODE is OFF : 2nd mode selection
Do not enter the command 10ms before/after the switching.

7
Supplement

2-73

13. Setup of Parameter and Mode

Preparation

List of Parameters

[Class 0] Basic setting


Parametr
No.

Default
Title

Range

Class No.

A,B
C
D,E,F G,H
-frame -frame -frame -frame

Unit

Turning
Related
on of Control Mode Detail
power
page
supply P S T F

00

Rotational direction setup

0 to 1

01

Control mode setup

0 to 6

02

Real-time auto-gain tuning setup

0 to 6

03

Selection of machine stiffness at realtime auto-gain tuning

0 to 31

04

Inertia ratio

05

4-4

4-5

13

11

0 to 10000

250

Selection of command pulse input

0 to 1

06

Command pulse rotational direction


setup

0 to 1

07

Command pulse input mode setup

0 to 3

08

Command pulse counts per one


motor revolution

0 to 220

10000

pulse

09

1st numerator of electronic gear

0 to 230

10

Denominator of electronic gear

0 to 230

10000

11

Output pulse counts per one motor


revolution

1 to 262144

2500

P/r

12

Reversal of pulse output logic

0 to 3

13

1st torque limit

0 to 500

500*1

100000

Command
unit

4-6

4-7

0 to 2

27

14

Position deviation excess setup

15

Absolute encoder setup

0 to 2

16

External regenerative resistor setup

0 to 3

17

Load factor of external regenerative


resistor selection

0 to 4

4-8

4-9


4-11

4-12

'HQLWLRQRIV\PEROVXQGHU3RZHU2II2QLIDFKDQJHLVPDGHLWZLOOEHUHHFWHGXSRQWKHSDUDPHWHUZKHQWKH
power to the driver is turned off and then on again.
* 'HQLWLRQRIV\PEROVXQGHU5HODWHGPRGH3SRVLWLRQFRQWURO6YHORFLW\FRQWURO7WRUTXHFRQWURO)IXOOFORVHGFRQWURO
*1 Default settings depend on the combination of driver and motor. Refer to P. 2-82 Torque limit setting.

Note

2-74

Parameter describes of this page is P.4-4 to P.4-12.

13. Setup of Parameter and Mode

[Class 1] Gain adjustment


Parametr
No.

Default
Title

Range

Class No.

A,B
C
D,E,F G,H
-frame -frame -frame -frame

Unit

Turning
Related
on of Control Mode Detail
power
page
supply P S T F

00

1st gain of position loop

0 to 30000

480

320

0.1/s*

01

1st gain of velocity loop

1 to 32767

270

180

0.1Hz*

02

1st time constant of velocity loop


integration

1 to 10000

210

310

0.1ms*

4-13

03

VWOWHURIVSHHGGHWHFWLRQ

04

VWWLPHFRQVWDQWRIWRUTXHOWHU

0 to 2500

84

05

2nd gain of position loop

0 to 30000

06

2nd gain of velocity loop

1 to 32767

07

2nd time constant of velocity loop


integration

1 to 10000

08

QGOWHURIVSHHGGHWHFWLRQ

0 to 5

09

QGWLPHFRQVWDQWRIWRUTXHOWHU

0 to 2500

10

Velocity feed forward gain

0 to 1000

11

9HORFLW\IHHGIRUZDUGOWHU

12

126

0.01ms

570

380

0.1/s*

270

180

0.1Hz*

10000

0.1ms*

126

4-14

0.01ms*

300

0.10%*

0 to 6400

50

0.01ms*

Torque feed forward gain

0 to 1000

0.10%*

13

7RUTXHIHHGIRUZDUGOWHU

0 to 6400

0.01ms*

4-15

14

2nd gain setup

0 to 1

15

Mode of position control switching

0 to 10

16

Delay time of position control


switching

0 to 10000

50

0.1ms*

17

Level of position control switching

0 to 20000

50

18

Hysteresis at position control


switching

0 to 20000

33

4-17

19

Position gain switching time

0 to 10000

33

0.1ms*

20

Mode of velocity control switching

0 to 5

21

Delay time of velocity control


switching

0 to 10000

0.1ms*

22

Level of velocity control switching

0 to 20000

23

Hysteresis at velocity control


switching

0 to 20000

24

Mode of torque control switching

0 to 3

25

Delay time of torque control switching 0 to 10000

0.1ms*

26

Level of torque control switching

0 to 20000

27

Hysteresis at torque control switching 0 to 20000

2-75

7
Supplement

Parameter describes of this page is P.4-13 to P.4-19.

6
When in Trouble

The symbol * attached to Unit. indicates that the digits of setting unit will change if the
parameter is set by using the setup support software PANATERM.

Adjustment

4-18

'HQLWLRQRIV\PEROVXQGHU3RZHU2II2QLIDFKDQJHLVPDGHLWZLOOEHUHHFWHGXSRQWKHSDUDPHWHUZKHQWKH
power to the driver is turned off and then on again.
* 'HQLWLRQRIV\PEROVXQGHU5HODWHGPRGH3SRVLWLRQFRQWURO6YHORFLW\FRQWURO7WRUTXHFRQWURO)IXOOFORVHGFRQWURO

Note

Setup

4-16

4-19

Caution

Connection

84

2
Preparation

0 to 5

Before Using the Products

List of Parameters

13. Setup of Parameter and Mode


List of Parameters

[Class 2] Damping control


Parametr
No.

Default
Title

Range

Class No.

00

$GDSWLYHOWHUPRGHVHWXS

01

1st notch frequency

02

A,B
C
D,E,F G,H
-frame -frame -frame -frame

Unit

Turning
Related
on of Control Mode Detail
power
page
supply P S T F

0 to 4

50 to 5000

5000

Hz

1st notch width selection

0 to 20

03

1st notch depth selection

0 to 99

04

2nd notch frequency

50 to 5000

5000

Hz

05

2nd notch width selection

0 to 20

06

2nd notch depth selection

0 to 99

07

3rd notch frequency

50 to 5000

5000

Hz

08

3rd notch width selection

0 to 20

09

3rd notch depth selection

0 to 99

4-21

10

4th notch frequency

50 to 5000

5000

Hz

11

4th notch width selection

0 to 20

12

4th notch depth selection

0 to 99

13

6HOHFWLRQRIGDPSLQJOWHUVZLWFKLQJ

0 to 3

14

1st damping frequency

0 to 2000

0.1Hz*

15

VWGDPSLQJOWHUVHWXS

0 to 1000

0.1Hz*

4-23

16

2nd damping frequency

0 to 2000

0.1Hz*

4-22

17

QGGDPSLQJOWHUVHWXS

0 to 1000

0.1Hz*

4-23

18

3rd damping frequency

0 to 2000

0.1Hz*

4-22

19

UGGDPSLQJOWHUVHWXS

0 to 1000

0.1Hz*

4-23

20

4th damping frequency

0 to 2000

0.1Hz*

4-22

21

WKGDPSLQJOWHUVHWXS

0 to 1000

0.1Hz*

22

3RVLWLRQDOFRPPDQGVPRRWKLQJOWHU

0 to 10000

0.1ms*

23

3RVLWLRQDOFRPPDQG),5OWHU

0 to 10000

0.1ms*

4-24

4-20

4-22

4-23

'HQLWLRQRIV\PEROVXQGHU3RZHU2II2QLIDFKDQJHLVPDGHLWZLOOEHUHHFWHGXSRQWKHSDUDPHWHUZKHQWKH
power to the driver is turned off and then on again.
* 'HQLWLRQRIV\PEROVXQGHU5HODWHGPRGH3SRVLWLRQFRQWURO6YHORFLW\FRQWURO7WRUTXHFRQWURO)IXOOFORVHGFRQWURO

Caution
Note
2-76

The symbol * attached to Unit. indicates that the digits of setting unit will change if the
parameter is set by using the setup support software PANATERM.
Parameter describes of this page is P.4-20 to P.4-24.

13. Setup of Parameter and Mode

>&ODVV@9HURFLW\7RUTXH)XOOFORVHGFRQWURO
Parametr
No.

Default
Title

Range

Class No.

Turning
Related
on of Control Mode Detail
power
page
supply P S T F

0 to 1

10 to 2000

500

(r/min)/
V

0 to 1

1st speed of speed setup

WR

r/min

05

2nd speed of speed setup

WR

r/min

06

3rd speed of speed setup

WR

r/min

07

4th speed of speed setup

WR

r/min

08

5th speed of speed setup

WR

r/min

09

6th speed of speed setup

WR

r/min

10

7th speed of speed setup

WR

r/min

11

8th speed of speed setup

WR

r/min

00

01

02

Input gain of speed command

03

Reversal of speed command input

04

4-25

4-26

4-27

12

Acceleration time setup

0 to 10000

13

Deceleration time setup

0 to 10000

ms/
(1000r/min)
ms/
(1000r/min)

14

Sigmoid acceleration/ deceleration


time setup

0 to 1000

ms

15

Speed zero-clamp function selection

0 to 3

16

Speed zero clamp level

10 to 20000

30

r/min

17

Selection of torque command

0 to 2

18

Torque command direction selection

0 to 1

19

Input gain of torque command

10 to 100

30

0.1V/100%*

20

Input reversal of torque command

0 to 1

21

Speed limit value 1

0 to 20000

r/min

22

Speed limit value 2

0 to 20000

r/min

23

External scale selection

0 to 2

Setup

4-28

5
4-29
Adjustment

20

4-30

24

Numerator of external scale division

0 to 2

25

Denominator of external scale


division

1 to 220

10000

26

Reversal of direction of external scale

0 to 1

27

External scale Z phase disconnection


detection disable

0 to 1

28

Hybrid deviation excess setup

1 to 227

16000

Command
unit

29

Hybrid deviation clear setup

0 to 100

Revolution

6
4-31

4-32

The symbol * attached to Unit. indicates that the digits of setting unit will change if the
parameter is set by using the setup support software PANATERM.
Parameter describes of this page is P.4-25 to P.4-32.
2-77

7
Supplement

'HQLWLRQRIV\PEROVXQGHU3RZHU2II2QLIDFKDQJHLVPDGHLWZLOOEHUHHFWHGXSRQWKHSDUDPHWHUZKHQWKH
power to the driver is turned off and then on again.
* 'HQLWLRQRIV\PEROVXQGHU5HODWHGPRGH3SRVLWLRQFRQWURO6YHORFLW\FRQWURO7WRUTXHFRQWURO)IXOOFORVHGFRQWURO

Note

When in Trouble

Caution

Connection

0 to 3

2
Preparation

Speed setup, Internal/External


switching
Speed command rotational direction
selection

A,B
C
D,E,F G,H
-frame -frame -frame -frame

Unit

Before Using the Products

List of Parameters

13. Setup of Parameter and Mode


List of Parameters

[Class 4] I/F monitor setting


Parametr
No.

Default
Title

Range

Class No.

A,B
C
D,E,F G,H
-frame -frame -frame -frame

Unit

Turning
Related
on of Control Mode Detail
power
page
supply P S T F

00

SI1 input selection (Pin No.8)

0 to 00FFFFFFh

8553090

4-33

01

SI2 input selection (Pin No.9)

0 to 00FFFFFFh

8487297

02

SI3 input selection (Pin No.26)

0 to 00FFFFFFh

9539850

03

SI4 input selection (Pin No.27)

0 to 00FFFFFFh

394758

04

SI5 input selection (Pin No.28)

0 to 00FFFFFFh

4108

05

SI6 input selection (Pin No.29)

0 to 00FFFFFFh

197379

4-34

06

SI7 input selection (Pin No.30)

0 to 00FFFFFFh

3847

07

SI8 input selection (Pin No.31)

0 to 00FFFFFFh

263172

08

SI9 input selection (Pin No.32)

0 to 00FFFFFFh

328965

09

SI10 input selection (Pin No.33)

0 to 00FFFFFFh

3720

10

0 to 00FFFFFFh

197379

11

0 to 00FFFFFFh

131586

12

0 to 00FFFFFFh

65793

13

0 to 00FFFFFFh

328964

14

15

) 0 to 00FFFFFFh
) 0 to 00FFFFFFh

460551

(
SO2 output selection (
SO3 output selection (
SO4 output selection (
SO5 output selection (
SO6 output selection (

394758

16

Type of analog monitor 1

0 to 21

17

Analog monitor 1 output gain

0 to 214748364

18

Type of analog monitor 2

0 to 21

4-36

19

Analog monitor 2 output gain

0 to 214748364

20

Type of digital monitor

0 to 3

21

Analog monitor output setup

0 to 2

22

Analog input 1 (AI1) offset setup

WR

0.366mV

23

$QDORJLQSXW $, OWHU

0 to 6400

0.01ms*

24

Analog input 1 (AI1) overvoltage


setup

0 to 100

0.1V*

25

Analog input 2 (AI2) offset setup

WR

5.86mV

26

$QDORJLQSXW $, OWHU

0 to 6400

0.01ms*

27

Analog input 2(AI2) overvoltage


setup

0 to 100

0.1V*

28

Analog input 3 (AI3) offset setup

WR

5.86mV

29

$QDORJLQSXW $, OWHU

0 to 6400

0.01ms*

4-39

SO1 output selection

)
)
)
)

Pin No.10, 11
Line driver output
Pin No.34, 35
Line driver output
Pin No.36, 37
Line driver output
Pin No.38, 39
Line driver output
Pin No.12
Open collector output
Pin No.40
Open collector output

4-35

4-38

'HQLWLRQRIV\PEROVXQGHU3RZHU2II2QLIDFKDQJHLVPDGHLWZLOOEHUHHFWHGXSRQWKHSDUDPHWHUZKHQWKH
power to the driver is turned off and then on again.
* 'HQLWLRQRIV\PEROVXQGHU5HODWHGPRGH3SRVLWLRQFRQWURO6YHORFLW\FRQWURO7WRUTXHFRQWURO)IXOOFORVHGFRQWURO

Caution
Note
2-78

The symbol * attached to Unit. indicates that the digits of setting unit will change if the
parameter is set by using the setup support software PANATERM.
Parameter describes of this page is P.4-33 to P.4-39.

13. Setup of Parameter and Mode

Parametr
No.

Range

Class No.

30

Unit

Related
Turning
on of Control Mode Detail
power
page
supply P S T F

0.1V*

Default
Title

A,B
C
D,E,F G,H
-frame -frame -frame -frame

0 to 262144

10

Command
unit

0 to 3

0 to 100

31

32

33

INP hold time

0 to 30000

1ms

34

Zero-speed

10 to 20000

50

r/min

35

Speed coincidence range

10 to 20000

50

r/min

36

At-speed (Speed arrival)

10 to 20000

1000

r/min

37

0 to 10000

1ms

4-41

38

0 to 10000

1ms

39

Brake release speed setup

30 to 3000

30

r/min

40

Selection of alarm output 1

0 to 10

41

Selection of alarm output 2

0 to 10

42

2nd Positioning complete (In-position)


0 to 262144
range

10

Command
unit

4-39

Preparation

Analog input 3 (AI3) overvoltage


setup
Positioning complete (In-position)
range
Positioning complete (In-position)
output setup

Before Using the Products

List of Parameters

4-40

4-42

Title

Range

A,B
C
D,E,F G,H
-frame -frame -frame -frame

Unit

00

2nd numerator of electronic gear

0 to 230

01

3rd numerator of electronic gear

0 to 230

02

4th numerator of electronic gear

0 to 230

03

Denominator of pulse output division 0 to 262144

04

Over-travel inhibit input setup

0 to 2

05

Sequence at over-travel inhibit

0 to 2

06

Sequence at Servo-Off

0 to 9

07

Sequence at main power OFF

0 to 9

08

LV trip selection at main power OFF

0 to 1

09

Detection time of main power off

70 to 2000

70

1ms

5
Adjustment

Class No.

Turning
Related
on of Control Mode Detail
power
page
supply P S T F

Setup

[Class 5] Enhancing setting


Default

'HQLWLRQRIV\PEROVXQGHU3RZHU2II2QLIDFKDQJHLVPDGHLWZLOOEHUHHFWHGXSRQWKHSDUDPHWHUZKHQWKH
power to the driver is turned off and then on again.
* 'HQLWLRQRIV\PEROVXQGHU5HODWHGPRGH3SRVLWLRQFRQWURO6YHORFLW\FRQWURO7WRUTXHFRQWURO)IXOOFORVHGFRQWURO

Parametr
No.

Connection

Mechanical brake action at stalling


setup
Mechanical brake action at running
setup

4-43

6
When in Trouble

4-44

4-45

Note

Parameter describes of this page is P.4-39 to P.4-45.

2-79

Supplement

'HQLWLRQRIV\PEROVXQGHU3RZHU2II2QLIDFKDQJHLVPDGHLWZLOOEHUHHFWHGXSRQWKHSDUDPHWHUZKHQWKH
power to the driver is turned off and then on again.
* 'HQLWLRQRIV\PEROVXQGHU5HODWHGPRGH3SRVLWLRQFRQWURO6YHORFLW\FRQWURO7WRUTXHFRQWURO)IXOOFORVHGFRQWURO

13. Setup of Parameter and Mode


List of Parameters

Parametr
No.

Default
Title

Range

Class No.

10

Sequence at alarm

11

A,B
C
D,E,F G,H
-frame -frame -frame -frame

Unit

Related
Turning
on of Control Mode Detail
power
page
supply P S T F

0 to 7

4-45

Torque setup for emergency stop

0 to 500

12

Over-load level setup

0 to 500

13

Over-speed level setup

0 to 20000

r/min

14

Motor working range setup

0 to 1000

10

0.1
revolution*

15

,)UHDGLQJOWHU

0 to 3

16

Alarm clear input setup

0 to 1

17

Counter clear input mode

0 to 4

18

0 to 1

19

0 to 4

20

Position setup unit select

0 to 1

21

Selection of torque limit

0 to 6

4-48

22

2nd torque limit

0 to 500

500*1

23

Torque limit switching setup 1

0 to 4000

ms/100%

24

Torque limit switching setup 2

0 to 4000

ms/100%

25

0 to 500

500*1

4-49

26

0 to 500

500*1

27

Input gain of analog torque limit

10 to 100

30

0.1V/100%*

28

LED initial status

0 to 35

29

RS232 baud rate setup

0 to 6

4-50

30

RS485 baud rate setup

0 to 6

31

Axis address

0 to 127

32

Command pulse input maximum


setup

250 to 4000

4000

kpulse/s

33

Pulse regenerative output limit setup

0 to 1

4-51

34

For manufactuer's use

35

Front panel lock setup

0 to 1

Invalidation of command pulse inhibit


input
Command pulse inhibit input reading
setup

External input positive direction


torque limit
External input negative direction
torque limit

4-46

4-47

'HQLWLRQRIV\PEROVXQGHU3RZHU2II2QLIDFKDQJHLVPDGHLWZLOOEHUHHFWHGXSRQWKHSDUDPHWHUZKHQWKH
power to the driver is turned off and then on again.
* 'HQLWLRQRIV\PEROVXQGHU5HODWHGPRGH3SRVLWLRQFRQWURO6YHORFLW\FRQWURO7WRUTXHFRQWURO)IXOOFORVHGFRQWURO
*1 Default settings depend on the combination of driver and motor. Refer to P. 2-82 Torque limit setting.

Caution
Note
2-80

The symbol * attached to Unit. indicates that the digits of setting unit will change if the
parameter is set by using the setup support software PANATERM.
Parameter describes of this page is P.4-45 to P.4-51.

13. Setup of Parameter and Mode

[Class 6] Special setting


Parametr
No.

Default
Title

Range

Class No.

00

Analog torque feed forward


conversion gain

02

Turning
Related
on of Control Mode Detail
power
page
supply P S T F

0 to 100

0.1V/100%*

Velocity deviation excess setup

0 to 20000

r/min

04

JOG trial run command speed

0 to 500

300

r/min

4-51

05

Position 3rd gain valid time

0 to 10000

0.1ms*

06

Position 3rd gain scale factor

50 to 1000

100

07

Torque command additional value

WR

08

WR

09

WR

4-52

10

Function expansion setup

0 to 63

11

Current response setup

50 to 100

100

13

Current response setup

0 to 10000

250

14

Emergency stop time at alarm

0 to 1000

200

1ms

15

2nd over-speed level setup

0 to 20000

r/min

16

For manufacturer's use

17

Front panel parameter writing


selection

0 to 1

18

Power-up wait time

0 to 100

0.1s*

19

Encoder Z phase setup

0 to 32767

pulse

20

Z-phase setup of external scale

0 to 400

21

0 to 228

pulse

4-54

22

0 to 1

23

Disturbance torque compensating gain WR

24

'LVWXUEDQFHREVHUYHUOWHU

0 to 2500

53

0.01ms*

27

Alarm latch time selection

0 to 10

31

Real time auto tuning estimation speed

0 to 3

32

Real time auto tuning custom setup

WR

4-56

33

For manufacturer's use

1000

34

Hybrid vibration suppression gain

0 to 30000

0.1/s*

35

+\EULGYLEUDWLRQVXSSUHVVLRQOWHU

0 to 6400

10

0.01ms*

37

Oscillation detecting level

0 to 1000

0.1%*

38

Alarm mask setup

WR

39

For manufactuer's use

4
4-53

4-55

Note

The symbol * attached to Unit. indicates that the digits of setting unit will change if the
parameter is set by using the setup support software PANATERM.
Parameter describes of this page is P.4-51 to P.4-57.
2-81

Supplement

'HQLWLRQRIV\PEROVXQGHU3RZHU2II2QLIDFKDQJHLVPDGHLWZLOOEHUHHFWHGXSRQWKHSDUDPHWHUZKHQWKH
power to the driver is turned off and then on again.
* 'HQLWLRQRIV\PEROVXQGHU5HODWHGPRGH3SRVLWLRQFRQWURO6YHORFLW\FRQWURO7WRUTXHFRQWURO)IXOOFORVHGFRQWURO

Caution

6
When in Trouble

4-57

5
Adjustment

Setup

Serial absolute external scale Z


phase setup
A, B phase external scale pulse
output method selection

Connection

Positive direction torque


compensation value
Negative direction torque
compensation value

2
Preparation

A,B
C
D,E,F G,H
-frame -frame -frame -frame

Unit

Before Using the Products

List of Parameters

13. Setup of Parameter and Mode

Preparation

6HWXSRI7RUTXH/LPLW

Torque limit setup range is 0 to 300 and default is 300 except the combinations of the
motor and the driver listed in the table below.
Frame

Model No.
MDDHT5540

D
MDDHT3420

MFDHTA390

MFDHTB3A2

F
MFDHT5440

MFDHTA464

Applicable motor

Max. value of
Frame
WRUTXHOLPLW

Model No.

Applicable motor

Max. value of
WRUTXHOLPLW

MGME092G**

225

MGME602G**

272

MGME092S**

225

MGME602S**

272

MGME094G**

225

MDME752G**

265

MGME094S**

225

MDME752S**

265

MGME202G**

250

MHME752G**

265

MGME202S**

250

MHME752S**

265

MGME302G**

250

MGME604G**

272

MGME302S**

250

MGME604S**

272

MGME452G**

262

MDME754G**

267

MGME452S**

262

MDME754S**

267

MGME204G**

250

MHME754G**

267

MGME204S**

250

MHME754S**

267

MGME304G**

250

MDMEC12G**

265

MGME304S**

250

MDMEC12S**

265

MGME454G**

263

MDMEC52G**

253

MGME454S**

263

MDMEC52S**

253

MDMEC14G**

265

MDMEC14S**

265

MDMEC54G**

253

MDMEC54S**

253

MGDHTC3B4

MGDHTB4A2

MHDHTC3B4

MHDHTB4A2

The above limit applies to Pr0.13 (1st torque limit), Pr5.22 (2nd torque limit), Pr5.11
(Torque setup for emergency stop), Pr5.25 (External input positive direction torque
limit) and Pr5.26(External input negative direction torque limit).

Caution

2-82

When you change the motor model, above max. value may change as well. Check and
reset the setup values of Pr0.13, Pr5.22, Pr5.11, Pr5.25 and Pr5.26.

13. Setup of Parameter and Mode

Cautions on Replacing the Motor


As stated previously, torque limit setup range might change when you replace the combination of the motor and the driver. Pay attention to the followings.

Before Using the Products

6HWXSRI7RUTXH/LPLW

:KHQWKHPRWRUWRUTXHLVOLPLWHG

e.g.1)

before replacing the motor

after replacing the motor


MADHT1507

MADHT1507

MSME012S1A

MSME022S1A

Pr0.13 Setup range : 0 to 300%


Setup value : 100%.
Torque limit value
0.64N m x 100% =
0.64N m

Set up Pr0.13 to 200 to


make torque limit value
to 0.64N m
(0.32N m x 200% = 0.64N m)

Pr0.13 Setup range : Change to 0 to 300%.


Setup value : Keep 100%.
Torque limit value
0.32N m x 100% =
0.32N m

:KHQ\RXZDQWWRREWDLQWKHPD[PRWRUWRUTXH
 <RXQHHGWRUHVHWWKHWRUTXHOLPLWLQJVHWXSWRWKHXSSHUOLPLWEHFDXVHWKHXSSHUOLPLW
value might be different from the previous motor. (see e.g.2)
after replacing the motor
MADHT1507
MSME022S1A

MSME012S1A
Rated torque
0.32N m

Pr0.13 Setup range : 0 to 300%


Setup value : 300%.

4
Setup

before replacing the motor

MADHT1507

Connection

Rated torque
0.32N m

Rated torque
0.64N m

e.g.2)

Preparation

When you replace the motor series or to the different wattage motor, you need to reset
the torque limit setup because the rated toque of the motor is different from the previous motor. (see e.g.1)

Pr0.13 Setup range : change to 0 to 300%


Setup value : Keep 300%.

Set up Pr0.13 to 300 to obtain


the max. output torque.

5
Adjustment

6
When in Trouble

7
Supplement

2-83

14.

Preparation

Setup of command division and


multiplication ratio (electronic gear ratio)

Relation between Electronic Gear and Position Resolution or Traveling Speed


Driver
Electronic gear ratio

Pulse train position


command

Travel distance : P1 [P]


Traveling speed : F [PPS]

D=

Rotational speed : N[r/min]

Pr0.09
Pr0.10

Motor

Encoder

Gear

Machine

Reduction ratio : R

Encoder pulse counts : E [P/r]


* 1,048,576 (=20bit)
* 131,072 (=17bit)

Example of ball screw drive by servo motor


Here we take a ball screw drive as an example of machine.
A travel distance of a ball screw M [mm] corresponding to travel command P1 [P], can be
described by the following formula (1) by making the lead of ball screw as L [mm]
M = P1 x (D/E) x (1/R) x L .................. (1)
WKHUHIRUH SRVLWLRQ UHVROXWLRQ WUDYHO GLVWDQFH 0 SHU RQH FRPPDQG SXOVH  ZLOO EH GHscribed by the formula (2)
 0  '( [ 5 [/ 
modifying the above formula (2), electronic gear ratio can be found in the formula (3).
 '  0[([5 [/ 
Actual traveling velocity of ball screw, V[mm/s] can be described by the formula (4) and
the motor rotational speed, N at that time can be described by the formula (5).
V = F x (D/E) x (1/R) x L ..................... (4)
N = F x (D/E) x 60 ............................... (5)
modifying the above formula (5), electronic gear ratio can be found in the formula (6).
D = (N x E)/ (F x 60) ........................... (6)

Note

 0DNHDSRVLWLRQUHVROXWLRQ0DVDSSUR[WRRIWKHPDFKLQHSRVLWLRQLQJDFFXUDF\, considering a mechanical error.


2) Set up Pr0.09 and Pr0.10 to any values between 1 to 230.
3) The desired setting can be determined by selecting value of numerator and denominator of electronic gear. However, an excessively high division or multiplication ratio cannot guarantee the operation. The ratio should be in a range between 1/1000 and 1000.
Excessively high multiplication ratio will cause Err27.2 (command pulse multiplication
error protection) due to varying command pulse input or noises, even if the other setWLQJVDUHZLWKLQWKHVSHFLHGUDQJH
4)

2-84

2n
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
210

Decimal
1
2
4
8
16
32
64
128
256
512
1024

2n
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220

Decimal
2048
4096
8192
16384
32768
65536
131072
262144
524288
1048576

14. Setup of command division and multiplication ratio (electronic gear ratio)

Electronic gear ratio

D=

0.00052171
=
10

Lead of ball screw, L =20mm


Gear reduction ratio, R = 1
Position resolution,
0 PP
Encoder, 17-bit
(E= 217P/r)

0.000052171
= 0.32768
20

0.000052201
=
20

5220
20105

655360
=
100000

D < 1, hence
use 120-bit.

5242880
2000000

Motor rotational speed (r/min), N = F

500000

= 50 60

1215
10000

1
22

= 750

Electronic gear ratio

Ditto
To make it to 2000r/min.

Pr0.10 = 100000

D = 1 is the
condition for
minimum resolution.

Pr0.09 = 5242880
Pr0.10 = 2000000

60

2000217
2000217
262144000
=
=
50000060
30000000
30000000

Pr0.09
D=
Pr0.10

Pr0.09 = 262144000
Pr0.10 = 30000000

1
20
1
20
1

20 =
= 0.00133mm

=
217
3750
22
3750 4
1

When in Trouble

Travel distance per command pulse (mm)


(Position resolution)
D
1
M =

L
E
R
215

3750

D
60
E

NE
D=
F 60

Adjustment

D=

1
217

Pr0.09 = 655360

Setup

Lead of ball screw, L =20mm


Gear reduction ratio, R = 1
Position resolution,
0 PP
Line driver pulse input,
500kpps
Encoder, 17-bit

Pr0.09
Pr0.10

Connection

Encoder : 20-bit (E = 220 P/r)

5217
10104

D=

Preparation

Lead of ball screw, L =10mm


Gear reduction ratio, R = 1
Position resolution,
0 PP
Encoder, 17-bit
(E= 217P/r)

MER
L

Before Using the Products

Relation between Electronic Gear and Position Resolution or Traveling Speed

7
Supplement

Related page

3'HWDLOVRI3DUDPHWHU

2-85

15. How to Use the Front Panel

Setup

Preparation

Setup with the Front Panel


Display LED (6-digit)
Switch to error display screen when error
occurs, and LED will flash (about 2Hz).
LED will flash slowly (about 1Hz) when warning
occurs.
6

X7

Shifting of the digit for data


changing to higher digit.
X7
Output connector for monitor

Note

2-86

Mode switching button


(valid at SELECTION display)
Press this to switch 4 kinds of mode.
1) Monitor Mode
2) Parameter Set up Mode
3) EEPROM Writing Mode
4) Auxiliary Function Mode
SET Button (valid at any time)
Press this to switch SELECTION and
EXECUTION display.
Press these to change display and data, select
parameters and execute actions.
(Change/Selection/Execution is valid to the digit
which decimal point flashes.)
Numerical value increases by pressing, ,
decreases by pressing .

For connector X7, refer to P.2-60 Wiring to the connector, X7.

15. How to Use the Front Panel

1
Before Using the Products

Setup

Initial Status of the Front Panel Display (7 Segment LED)


Status

Front panel display shows the following after turning on the power of the driver.
approx. 0.6 sec

approx. 0.6 sec

Initial display of LED


(Determined by the setup of Parameter, Pr5.28 "Initial status of LED".)

Upon Occurrence of an Alarm

Connection

If a driver alarm is generated, the front panel display shows the following repeatedly.
approx. 0.8 sec

0.3 sec

Repeatedly(during continuous alarm)

Below shows possible cause of an alarm.


Content

A0

Overload protection

Load factor is 85% or more the protection level.

A1

Over-regeneration
alarm

Regenerative load factor is 85% or more the protection


level.

A2

Battery alarm

Battery voltage is 3.2 V or lower.

A3

Fan alarm

Fan has stopped for 1 sec.

A4

Encoder
communication alarm

The number of successive encoder communication errors


H[FHHGVWKHVSHFLHGYDOXH

A5

Encoder overheat
alarm

The encoder detects overheat alarm.

A6

Oscillation detection
alarm

Oscillation or vibration is detected.

A7

Lifetime detection
alarm

The life expectancy of capacity or fan becomes shorter


WKDQWKHVSHFLHGWLPH

A8

External scale error


alarm

The external scale detects the alarm.

A9

External scale
communication alarm

The number of successive external scale communication


HUURUVH[FHHGVWKHVSHFLHGYDOXH

5
Adjustment

6
When in Trouble

7
Supplement

Related page

Alarm

Setup

alarm
No.

Preparation

approx. 2 sec

3'HWDLOVRI3DUDPHWHU

2-87

15. How to Use the Front Panel

Preparation

Structure of Each Mode

Use each button on the touch panel to select the structure and switch the mode.

SELECTION display

0RQLWRU
PRGH
,QLWLDOVWDWXVRI
WKH&RQVROH/('

6(7EXWWRQ

P.2-91

0RGHVZLWFKLQJEXWWRQ

3DUDPHWHU
VHWXSPRGH
P.2-106

0RGHVZLWFKLQJEXWWRQ
((3520
ZULWLQJPRGH
P.2-107

0RGHVZLWFKLQJEXWWRQ

$X[LOLDU\
IXQFWLRQPRGH
P.2-108

0RGHVZLWFKLQJEXWWRQ

Note
Caution

2-88

<RXFDQFKDQJHWKHDVKLQJGHFLPDOSRLQWZLWK

, then shift the digit for data change

On power-up, the monitor mode executed is displayed according to the setup of Pr5.28 LED
initial status.

15. How to Use the Front Panel

1
Before Using the Products

Structure of Each Mode

EXECUTION display

2
Preparation

3WR105

6(7EXWWRQ

3
Connection

......P.2-106

6(7EXWWRQ

)RUGHWDLOVRISDUDPHWHUVUHIHUWR
3'HWDLOVRISDUDPHWHU

4
......P.2-107
Setup

6(7EXWWRQ

......P.2-109
$ODUPFOHDU

......P.2-110
Adjustment

$XWRPDWLFRIIVHWDGMXVWPHQW $,WR
6(7EXWWRQ
......P.2-111

0RWRUWULDOUXQ -2*

3

When in Trouble

&OHDULQJRIDEVROXWHHQFRGHU
......P.2-114
,QLWLDOL]DWLRQRISDUDPHWHU
......P.2-115
5HOHDVHRIIURQWSDQHOORFN

7
Supplement

2-89

15. How to Use the Front Panel

Setup of front panel lock

Preparation
Outline

To prevent operational error e.g. unintentional parameter modification, the front panel
may be locked.
Once locked, operations on the panel are limited as follows:
Mode

Locked panel conditions

Monitor Mode

No limitation: all monitored data can be checked.

Parameter Set up Mode

No parameter can be changed but setting can be checked.

EEPROM Writing Mode

Cannot be run. (No display)

Auxiliary Function Mode

Cannot be run except for Release of front panel lock. (No


display)

How to operate
5HODWHGSDUDPHWHUV
Parameter No.
Class
No.
5

35

Title

Function

Setup of front panel lock

Locks the operation attempted from the front


panel.

Lock and unlock can be made in one of two ways.


Procedure

Lock

Unlock

Note
Related page

2-90

Front panel

Setup support software


PANATERM

(1) Set Pr5.35 Front panel lock to 1, and writ the setting to EEPROM.
(2) Turn on power to the driver.
(3) The front panel is locked.
(1) Execute the auxiliary function
mode, front panel lock release
function.
(2) Turn on power to the driver.
(3) The front panel is unlocked.

For details of front panel lock release, refer to P.2-113.


3'HWDLOVRI3DUDPHWHU

(1) Set Pr5.35 Front panel lock to 0,


and writ the setting to EEPROM.
(2) Turn on power to the driver.
(3) The front panel is unlocked.

Monitor Mode (SELECTION display)

Preparation

To change the monitor display setting, select the display option to be changed
from SELECTION display, and press
to change to EXECUTION display.
to return to the selection display,
After completion of changing, press

1
Before Using the Products

15. How to Use the Front Panel

2
Monitor Mode SELECTION display
Description

Pages to
refer

Display
example

Description

Preparation

Display
example

Pages to
refer

Positional command
deviation

P.2-92 (1)

No. of changes in
I/O signals

Motor speed

P.2-92 (2)

Absolute encoder data P.2-101 (12)

Positional command
speed

P.2-92 (2)

Absolute external
scale position

Velocity control
command

P.2-92 (2)

No. of encoder/ external scale


communication errors monitor P.2-102 (14)

Torque command

P.2-92 (2)

Communication
axis address

P.2-101 (11)

Command pulse sum P.2-93 (3)

External scale deviation


P.2-103 (17)
[External scale unit]

External scale
feedback pulse sum

P.2-93 (3)

Hybrid deviation
[Command unit]

Control mode

P.2-93 (4)

Voltage across PN [V] P.2-103 (19)

I/O signal status

P.2-94 (5)

Software version

P.2-103 (20)

Analog input value

P.2-95 (6)

Driver serial number

P.2-103 (21)

Error factor and


reference of history

P.2-96 (7)

Motor serial number

P.2-104 (22)

Alarm Display

P.2-98 (8)

Accumulated
operation time

P.2-104 (23)

Regenerative load
factor

P.2-99 (9)

Automatic motor
recognizing function

P.2-104 (24)

Over-load factor

P.2-99 (9)

Temperature
information

P.2-104 (25)

Inertia ratio

P.2-99 (9)

Safety condition
monitor

P.2-105 (26)

P.2-103 (18)

EXECUTION
display
(SET button)

5
Adjustment

6
When in Trouble

<Return to Positional command deviation.>

Display shifts toward the arrowed direction by pressing

and reversed direction by pressing

(Mode switch button)

:KHQ\RXWXUQRQWKH3URGXFWIRUWKHUVWWLPHGLVSOD\VKRZV
To change this display, change the setup of Pr5.28 (Initial status of LED).

. (at motor stall)

2-91

Supplement

Parameter Setup Mode SELECTION display

Note

Setup

Encoder positional
deviation [Encoder unit] P.2-102 (16)

P.2-100 (10)

Connection

P.2-102 (15)

Feedback pulse sum P.2-93 (3)

Factor of
no-motor running

P.2-102 (13)

15. How to Use the Front Panel

Preparation

Monitor Mode (EXECUTION display)

(1) Display of positional command deviation [command unit]


Displays positional deviation of the command unit in High order or Low order.

Positional command deviation


......Low order
......High order
To switch between Low order (L) and High order (H), press

(2) Display of motor speed, positional command speed,


YHORFLW\FRQWUROFRPPDQGDQGWRUTXHFRPPDQG
0RWRUVSHHG UPLQ

Displays the motor speed (r/min).


3RVLWLRQDOFRPPDQGVSHHG UPLQ

Displays positional command speed (r/min).


9HORFLW\FRQWUROFRPPDQG UPLQ

Displays velocity control command (r/min).


7RUTXHFRPPDQG 

Displays torque command (%).

2-92

15. How to Use the Front Panel

(3) Display of Feedback Pulse Sum, Command Pulse Sum and External Scale Feedback Pulse Sum
)HHGEDFN3XOVH6XP>(QFRGHUIHHGEDFNSXOVH]

Before Using the Products

Monitor Mode (EXECUTION display)

2
Preparation

Feedback Pulse Sum


......Low order
......High order
To switch between Low order (L) and High order (H), press

3
&RPPDQG3XOVH6XP>&RPPDQG3XOVH@
Connection

Command Pulse Sum


......Low order
......High order
To switch between Low order (L) and High order (H), press

Setup

([WHUQDO6FDOH)HHGEDFN3XOVH6XP

External Scale Feedback Pulse Sum

......Low order

To switch between Low order (L) and High order (H), press

Adjustment

......High order
.

(4) Display of Control Mode

When in Trouble

.....Position control mode


.....Velocity control mode
.....Torque control mode
.....Full-closed control mode

7
Supplement

2-93

15. How to Use the Front Panel


Monitor Mode (EXECUTION display)

(5) Display of I/O Signal Status


Displays the control input and output signal to be connected to connector X4.
Use this function to check if the wiring is correct or not.

.....Active *1
.....Inactive *1
Pin No.
.....Input signal
.....Output signal
6KLIWWKHIODVKLQJGHFLPDOSRLQWZLWK
5LJKWVLGHRIGHFLPDOSRLQW3LQ1RVHOHFWLRQ

/HIWVLGHRIGHFLPDOSRLQW,QSXW2XWSXW3LQ1RVHOHFWLRQ
6HOHFW,QRU2XWE\SUHVVLQJRUEXWWRQ

6HOHFWWKH3LQ1RWREHPRQLWRUHGE\SUHVVLQJ
/RZHVWSODFH3LQ1R
RIRXWSXWVLJQDO

(Highest place Pin No.


RILQSXWVLJQDO

*1 When input signal


When output signal

Note

2-94

Active : Input signal photocoupler is ON.


Inactive : Input signal photocoupler is OFF.
Active : Output signal transistor is ON.
Inactive : Output signal transistor is OFF.

For detail of input/output signal, refer to P.3-30 Inputs and outputs on connector X4
For detail of Error Code, refer to P.6-2 Protective Function.

15. How to Use the Front Panel

1
Before Using the Products

Monitor Mode (EXECUTION display)

(6) Display of Analog Input Value

2
Input voltage value [V]
Preparation

Input signal
Select the signal No. to be monitored by pressings
(Analog input 1 value, unit [V])

.
Displays the value after
offset correction.

(Analog input 2 value, unit [V])


Connection

(Analog input 3 value, unit [V])

Caution

Voltage exceeding 10V can not be displayed correctly.

4
Setup

5
Adjustment

6
When in Trouble

7
Supplement

2-95

15. How to Use the Front Panel


Monitor Mode (EXECUTION display)

(7) Display of Error Factor and Reference of History

Error code No. (

appears if no error occurs)

........Present error
........History 0 (latest error)
........History 13 (oldest error)

<RXFDQUHIHUWKHODVW
error factors (including
present one)
Press
to select
WKHIDFWRUWREHUHIHUUHG

<List of error code No.>


Error code
Main

Sub

11

Control power supply under- voltage protection

12

Over-voltage protection

Main power supply under-voltage protection (between P to N)

Main power supply under-voltage protection (AC interception detection)

Over-current protection

IPM error protection

15

Over-heat protection

16

Over-load protection

Over-regeneration load protection

Over-regeneration Tr error protection

Encoder communication disconnect error protection

Encoder communication error protection

Encoder communication data error protection

Position deviation excess protection

Velocity deviation excess protection

Hybrid deviation excess error protection

Over-speed protection

2nd over-speed protection

Command pulse input frequency error protection

Command pulse multiplier error protection

28

Limit of pulse replay error protection

29

'HYLDWLRQFRXQWHURYHURZSURWHFWLRQ

30

Safety detection

IF overlaps allocation error 1 protection

IF overlaps allocation error 2 protection

IF input function number error 1 protection

IF input function number error 2 protection

IF output function number error 1 protection

IF output function number error 2 protection

&/WWLQJHUURUSURWHFWLRQ

,1+WWLQJHUURUSURWHFWLRQ

13

14

18

21
23
24
25
26

27

33

2-96

Attribute
Protective function

History

Can be Immediate
cleared
stop

*1

15. How to Use the Front Panel

Error code
Main

Sub

34

Attribute
Protective function

37

0 to 2 EEPROM check code error protection


Analog input1 excess protection

Analog input2 excess protection

Analog input3 excess protection

40

Absolute system down error protection

41

Absolute counter over error protection

42

Absolute over-speed error protection

43

Initialization failure

44

Absolute single turn counter error protection

45

Absolute multi-turn counter error protection

47

Absolute status error protection

48

Encoder Z-phase error protection

49

Encoder CS signal error protection

External scale connection error protection

External scale communication error protection

External scale status 0 error protection

External scale status 1 error protection

External scale status 2 error protection

External scale status 3 error protection

External scale status 4 error protection

External scale status 5 error protection

A-phase connection error protection

B-phase connection error protection

Z-phase connection error protection

Compulsory alarm input protection

50

51

55

87
95

5
Adjustment

Setup

Over-travel inhibit input protection

Connection

2
Preparation

0 to 2 EEPROM parameter error protection

39

Can be Immediate
stop
cleared

Software limit protection

36

38

History

0 to 4 Motor automatic recognition error protection

1) Certain alarms are not included in the history. For detailed information on alarms e.g.
alarm numbers, refer to P.6-2.
2) When one of the errors which are listed in error history occurs, this error and history o
shows the same error No.

2-97

7
Supplement

Caution

History...The error will be stored in the error history.


Can be cleared...To cancel the error, use the alarm clear input (A-CLR).
If the alarm clear input is not effective, turn off power, remove the cause of the error
and then turn on power again.
Immediate stop...Instantaneous controlled stop upon occurrence of an error.
(Setting of Pr.5.10 Sequence at alarm is also required.)

When in Trouble

Other number Other error

Note

Before Using the Products

Monitor Mode (EXECUTION display)

15. How to Use the Front Panel


Monitor Mode (EXECUTION display)

(8) Alarm Display


......No alarm occurred
......High priority alarm
Alarm number
7RGLVSOD\WKHDODUPRFFXUUHQFHFRQGLWLRQSUHVVRUEXWWRQ

alarm
No.

Alarm

Content

Latched
time *1

A0

Overload protection

Load factor is 85% or more the protection level.

A1

Over-regeneration
alarm

Regenerative load factor is 85% or more the


protection level.

A2

Battery alarm

Battery voltage is 3.2 V or lower.

A3

Fan alarm

Fan has stopped for 1 sec.

WRVRU

A4

Encoder communication
alarm

The number of successive encoder communication


HUURUVH[FHHGVWKHVSHFLHGYDOXH

WRVRU

A5

Encoder overheat alarm

The encoder detects overheat alarm.

WRVRU

A6

Oscillation detection
alarm

Oscillation or vibration is detected.

WRVRU

A7

Lifetime detection alarm

Life expectancy of capacitor or fan is short.

A8

External scale error


alarm

The external scale detects the alarm.

WRVRU

A9

External scale
communication alarm

The number of successive external scale


FRPPXQLFDWLRQHUURUVH[FHHGVWKHVSHFLHGYDOXH

WRVRU

WRVRU
VRU
)L[HGDW

)L[HGDW

*1 Alarms can be cleared by using the alarm clear. Because the all existing alarms are kept cleared while the alarm
FOHDULQSXW $&/5 LVNHSW21EHVXUHWRWXUQLW2))GXULQJQRUPDORSHUDWLRQ(LWKHUVRUFDQEHVHOHFWHG
by using user parameter.
 ([FHSWLRQ%DWWHU\DODUPLV[HGDWEHFDXVHLWLVODWFKHGE\WKHHQFRGHU
 %HFDXVHWKHHQGRIOLIHDODUPPHDQVWKDWWKHOLIHH[SHFWDQF\FDQQRWEHH[WHQGHGWKHDODUPLVVHWDW

2-98

15. How to Use the Front Panel

1
Before Using the Products

Monitor Mode (EXECUTION display)

(9) Display of Regenerative Load Factor, Over-load Factor and Inertia Ratio
5HJHQHUDWLYH/RDG)DFWRU

2
Preparation

Display the ratio (%) against the alarm trigger level of regenerative
protection.
This is valid when Pr0.16 (External regenerative resistor setup) is 0
or 1.
2YHUORDG)DFWRU

3
Connection

Displays the ratio (%) against the rated load.


Refer to P.6-14, "Overload Protection Time Characteristics" of
When in Trouble.
,QHUWLD5DWLR

4
Setup

Displays the inertia ratio (%) .


Value of Pr0.04 (Inertia Ratio) will be displayed as it is.

5
Adjustment

6
When in Trouble

7
Supplement

Note

For alarm function, refer to P.4-42 "Pr4.40, Pr4.41".

2-99

15. How to Use the Front Panel


Monitor Mode (EXECUTION display)

10) Display of the Factor of No-Motor Running


Displays the factor of no-motor running in number.
.......Position control

.......Torque control

....... Velocity control

....... Full-closed control

Factor No.
Control mode
([SODQDWLRQRIIDFWRU1R
Factor
No.

Factor

Content

P S

Occurrence of
error/alarm

An error is occurring, and an alarm is triggered.

00

No particular factor

No factor is detected for No-motor run.


The motor runs in normal case.

01

Main power shutoff

The main power of the driver is not turned on.

02

No entry of
SRV-ON input

The Servo-ON input (SRV-ON) is not connected to COM.

03

Over-travel
inhibition input
is valid

While Pr5.04 is 0 (Run-inhibition input is valid),


 3RVLWLYH GLUHFWLRQ RYHUWUDYHO LQKLELWLRQ LQSXW 327  LV RSHQ DQG VSHHG
command is Positive direction.
 1HJDWLYH GLUHFWLRQ RYHUWUDYHO LQKLELWLRQ LQSXW 127  LV RSHQ DQG VSHHG
command is Negative direction.

04

Torque limit setup


is small

Either one of the valid torque limit setup value of Pr0.13 (1st) or Pr5.22
(2nd) is set to 5% or lower than the rating.

While Pr5.21 is 0 (analog torque limit input accepted),


3RVLWLYHGLUHFWLRQDQDORJWRUTXHOLPLWLQSXW 3$7/ LVQHJDWLYHYROWDJH
and speed command is Positive direction.
1HJDWLYHGLUHFWLRQDQDORJWRUTXHOLPLWLQSXW 1$7/ LVSRVLWLYHYROWDJH
and speed command is Negative direction.

Pr5.18 is 0 (Command pulse inhibition input is valid.), and INH is open.

DVKLQJ

05

Analog torque
limit input is valid.

06

INH input is valid.

07

Command pulse
input frequency
is low.

The position command per each control cycle is 1 pulse or smaller due to,
1RFRUUHFWHQWU\RIFRPPDQGSXOVH
1RFRUUHFWFRQQHFWLRQWRWKHLQSXWVHOHFWHGZLWK3U
1RPDWFKLQJWRLQSXWVWDWXVVHOHFWHGZLWK3USU3U

08

CL input is valid.

While Pr5.17 is 0 (Deviation counter clear at level), the deviation counter


clear input (CL) is connected to COM.

09

ZEROSPD input
is valid.

10

External speed
command is small.

While the analog speed command is selected, the analog speed


command is smaller than 0.06[V].

11

Internal speed
command is 0.

While the internal speed command is selected, the internal speed


command is set to lower than 30 [r/min]

12

Torque command
is small.

The analog torque command input (SPR or P-ATL) is smaller than 5 [%]
of the rating.

13

Speed limit is
small.

 :KLOH 3U LV  VSHHG LV OLPLWHG E\ WK VSHHG RI LQWHUQDO VSHHG 
Pr3.07, (4th speed of speed setup) is set to lower than 30 [r/min].
:KLOH3ULV VSHHGLVOLPLWHGE\635LQSXW WKHDQDORJVSHHGOLPLW
input (SPR) is smaller than 0.06 [V].

The motor runs at 20 [r/min] or lower even though the factors from 1 to 13
are cleared,
(the command is small, the load is heavy, the motor lock or hitting, driver/
motor fault etc.)

14

Other factor

Note

2-100

Related
Control Mode

While Pr3.15 is 1 (Speed zero clamp is valid.), the speed zero clamp input
(ZEROSPD) is open.

* Motor might run even though the other number than 0 is displayed.
Refer to "6.In trouble".

15. How to Use the Front Panel

1
Before Using the Products

Monitor Mode (EXECUTION display)

(11) Display of No. of changes in I/O signals

No. of changes in I/O signals (the signal is invalid)

Preparation

Pin No.
.....Input signal
.....Output signal
6KLIWWKHIODVKLQJGHFLPDOSRLQWZLWK
/HIWVLGHRIGHFLPDOSRLQW3LQ1RVHOHFWLRQ

3
Connection

5LJKWVLGHRIGHFLPDOSRLQW,QSXW2XWSXW3LQ1RVHOHFWLRQ
7KHVZLWFKRILQSXWRXWSXWE\SUHVVLQJRUEXWWRQ

4
Setup

6HOHFWWKH1RRISLQWKHQXPEHURIFKDQJHVRQWKDWSLQVKRXOGEHGLVSOD\HG
E\SUHVVLQJRUEXWWRQ
/RZHVWSODFH3LQ1R
of output signal)

5
Adjustment

(Highest place Pin No.


of input signal)

(12) Display of absolute encoder data

6
When in Trouble

Encoder data
......One revolution data, Low order (L)
2QHUHYROXWLRQGDWD+LJKRUGHU +
......Multi-revolution data
6HOHFWWKHGDWDWREHGLVSOD\HGE\SUHVVLQJRUEXWWRQ

7
Supplement

2-101

15. How to Use the Front Panel


Monitor Mode (EXECUTION display)

(13) Display of absolute external scale position


'LVSOD\VWKHDEVROXWHSRVLWLRQRIVHULDODEVROXWHVFDOH
,IDVHULDOLQFUHPHQWDOVFDOHGLVSOD\VWKHVFDOHSRVLWLRQUHODWLYHWRWKHSRZHURQSRVLWLRQ
ZKLFKLVGHQHGDV

External scale data


......Absolute external scale position -Low order
......Absolute external scale position -High order
Select encoder or external scale by pressing

or

button.

(14) Display of No. of encoder/ external scale communication errors monitor

No. of communication errors


......Encoder
......External scale
Select encoder or external scale by pressing

or

button.

(15) Display of communication axis address

Displays the value set to Pr5.31 Axis address.

(16) Display of encoder positional deviation [Encoder unit]

encoder positional deviation [Encoder unit]


......Low order
......High order
To switch between Low order (L) and High order (H), press

2-102

15. How to Use the Front Panel

1
Before Using the Products

Monitor Mode (EXECUTION display)

(17) Display of External Scale Deviation [External Scale Unit]

External Scale Deviation [External scale unit]

Preparation

......Low order
......High order
To switch between Low order (L) and High order (H), press

(18) Display of hybrid deviation [Command unit]

Connection

Hybrid deviation [Command unit]


......Low order
......High order
To switch between Low order (L) and High order (H), press

Setup

(19) Display of voltage across PN [V]

Displays the voltage across PN [V]


(only for reference not an instrument)

Adjustment

(20) Display of Software Version

Displays the software version of the driver.


(Example of display: Ver 1.00)

6
When in Trouble

(21) Display of driver serial number

Driver serial number


......Driver serial number- Low order

......Driver serial number- High order


or

.
Supplement

To switch between Low order (L) and High order (H), press
(Example of display: Serial number 09010001)

2-103

15. How to Use the Front Panel


Monitor Mode (EXECUTION display)

(22) Display of motor serial number

Motor serial number


......Motor serial number- Low order
......Motor serial number- High order
To switch between Low order (L) and High order (H), press
(Example of display: Serial number 09040001)

or

(23) Display of accumulated operation time

Displays accumulated operation time [h].


......Low order
......High order
To switch between Low order (L) and High order (H), press

(24) Automatic Motor Recognizing Function


......Automatic recognition is valid.
......Automatic recognition is invalid.

(25) Display of temperature

Displays the driver temperature [C].


(This is not meter readings but only for reference.)

Displays the encoder temperature [C].


(This is not meter readings but only for reference.)

2-104

15. How to Use the Front Panel

1
Before Using the Products

Monitor Mode (EXECUTION display)

(26) Display of safety condition monitor

: Servo-off condition

Preparation

: Servo-on condition Dot information


: Alarm condition

Flashing Normal change is possible

3
Connection

Servo ready condition


OFF: Dot unlit
ON: Dot lit
6HOHFWGHVLUHGPRQLWRURSWLRQE\SUHVVLQJRUEXWWRQ

4
,QSXWSKRWRFRXSOHU21

,QSXWSKRWRFRXSOHU2))

,QSXWSKRWRFRXSOHU21

2XWSXWSKRWRFRXSOHU2))

2XWSXWSKRWRFRXSOHU21

Setup

,QSXWSKRWRFRXSOHU2))

5
Adjustment

6
When in Trouble

7
Supplement

Related page

P.7-2 safety.

2-105

15. How to Use the Front Panel

Parameter Setup Mode

Preparation

Monitor Mode SELECTION display


(Mode switch button)

EXECUTION display

Parameter Setup Mode SELECTION display

3DUDPHWHU1R
+H[DGHFLPDO1R

Parameter value

You can change the


value which digit has
a flashing decimal
point.

Class

Note
For parameters which place is displayed
with
, the content changed and
written to EEPROM becomes valid after
turning off the power once.
3UHVVRUWRVHOHFWSDUDPHWHU1R
to be set.
Pr0.00
Pr0.01
(SET button)

Pr6.32
Pr6.33
Pr0.00
3UHVVDQGWKHIODVKLQJGHFLPDO
separator shifts to the high order position,
allowing the figure at this digit to any other
figure.
Pr0.01

3UHVVRUWRVHWXSWKHYDOXHRI
parameter. (Value increases with
decreases with
.)
3UHVVDQGWKHIODVKLQJGHFLPDO
separator shifts to the high order position,
allowing the figure at this digit to any other
figure.
3URORQJHGGHSUHVVLRQRIXSGDWHVWKH
SDUDPHWHULQWKHGULYHU1RWHWKDWWKH
parameter value selected by
or
is
not reflected until
is pressed in this
way.
7RFDQFHOWKHYDOXHVHOHFWHGE\RU
press
instead of
, and the driver
internal parameter value is kept
unchanged and the display returns to the
parameter number display screen.

Remarks
After changing the parameter value and
pressing
, the content will be reflected in
the control. 'RQRWH[WUHPHO\FKDQJHWKH
parameter value which change might affect the
motor movement very much (especially
velocity loop or position loop gains).

Pr0.11
Pr1.11
'LVSOD\WKH1RRISDUDPHWHUWREH
changed and press
to change to
(;(&87,21GLVSOD\
(Mode switch button)

EEPROM Writing Mode SELECTION display

Note

2-106

$IWHUVHWWLQJXSSDUDPHWHUVUHWXUQWR6(/(&7PRGHUHIHUULQJWRVWUXFWXUHRIHDFKPRGH
(P.2-88).
(DFKSDUDPHWHUKDVDOLPLWLQQXPEHURISODFHVIRUXSSHUVKLIWLQJ

Preparation

EEPROM Writing Mode

Parameter Setup Mode SELECTION display


0RGHVZLWFKEXWWRQ

EXECUTION display

EEPROM Writing Mode SELECTION display

Preparation

7RZULWHWKHSDUDPHWHUWR((3520SUHVV
 WRFKDQJHWR(;(&87,21GLVSOD\

1
Before Using the Products

15. How to Use the Front Panel

.HHSSUHVVLQJXQWLOWKHGLVSOD\
changes to
when you
execute writing.
* Start flashes instantaneously and is
difficult to check visually.

3
Connection

increases while
keep pressing
(for
approx. 5sec) as the
right fig. shows.

Starts writing.

Setup

(SET button)

Writing completes

Writing error

When you change the parameters which


contents become valid after resetting,
will be displayed after finishing
wiring. Turn off the control power once to
reset.

Auxiliary Function Mode SELECTION display

Caution

is displayed indicating that no writing is made to EEPROM.

2-107

7
Supplement

1. When writing error occurs, make writing again. If the writing error repeats many times,
this might be a failure.
2. Don't turn off the power during EEPROM writing. Incorrect data might be written. If this
happens, set up all of parameters again, and re-write after checking the data.
:KHQWKHHUURUGHQHGE\(UU8QGHUYROWDJHSURWHFWLRQRIFRQWUROSRZHUVXSSO\
occurs,

6
When in Trouble

0RGHVZLWFKEXWWRQ

Adjustment

Note

Preparation

15. How to Use the Front Panel


Auxiliary Function Mode (SELECTION display)

EEPROM Writing Mode SELECTION display


0RGHVZLWFKEXWWRQ

EXECUTION display

Auxiliary Function Mode SELECTION display


7RVHOHFWWKHGHVLUHGDX[LOLDU\IXQFWLRQ
SUHVVRU

Display
example

$ODUP&OHDU

Description

Pages to
refer

$ODUP&OHDU

3 

3UHVVLQJ
$ODUPFOHDUVWDUWV
$ODUPFOHDUFRPSOHWHV
$$XWRPDWLF
2IIVHW$GMXVWPHQW

$$XWRPDWLF
2IIVHW$GMXVWPHQW

3 

$$XWRPDWLF
2IIVHW$GMXVWPHQW

$$XWRPDWLF
2IIVHW$GMXVWPHQW

3 

$$XWRPDWLF
2IIVHW$GMXVWPHQW

$$XWRPDWLF
2IIVHW$GMXVWPHQW

3 

7ULDO5XQ

0RWRU7ULDO5XQ

3 

&OHDULQJRI
$EVROXWH(QFRGHU

&OHDULQJRI
$EVROXWH(QFRGHU

3 

,QLWLDOL]DWLRQRI
SDUDPHWHU

,QLWLDOL]DWLRQRI
SDUDPHWHU

3 

5HOHDVHRI
IURQWSDQHOORFN

5HOHDVHRI
IURQWSDQHOORFN

3 

$ODUP&OHDU
7'LVSOD\WKHDX[LOLDU\IXQFWLRQWREH
FKDQJHGDQGSUHVVWRFKDQJHWR
(;(&87,21GLVSOD\
0RGHVZLWFKEXWWRQ

Monitor Mode SELECTION display

2-108

6(7EXWWRQ

Preparation

Auxiliary Function Mode (EXECUTION display)

1) Alarm Clear Screen


This function releases the current alarm status.
Certain alarms will persist. If this is the case, refer to P.6-2 When in Trouble - Protective
Function.

3UHVVWRFDOOIRU
(;(&87,21GLVSOD\

(SET button)

2
Preparation

EXECUTION display

SELECTION display

1
Before Using the Products

15. How to Use the Front Panel

.HHSSUHVVLQJXQWLOWKHGLVSOD\FKDQJHVWR
ZKHQ\RXH[HFXWHDODUPFUHDU

3
Connection

LQFUHDVHVZKLOHNHHS
SUHVVLQJ IRUDSSUR[VHF 
DVWKHOHIWILJVKRZV

4
$ODUPFOHDUVWDUWV
Setup

&OHDULQJ
ILQLVKHV
$ODUPFOHDUFRPSOHWHV

&OHDULVQRWILQLVKHG
5HOHDVHWKHHUURUE\
UHVHWWLQJWKHSRZHU

5
Adjustment

6
When in Trouble

7
After alarm cleaning, return to SELECTION display, referring to structure of each mode (P.2-88).

2-109

Supplement

Note

15. How to Use the Front Panel


Auxiliary Function Mode (EXECUTION display)

(2) Analog inputs 1 to 3 automatic offset adjustment


This function automatically adjusts offset setting of analog input.
Analog input 1 (AI1)......Pr4.22 (Analog input 1 (AI1) offset setup)
Analog input 2 (AI2)......Pr4.25 (Analog input 2 (AI2) offset setup)
Analog input 3 (AI3)......Pr4.28 (Analog input 1 (AI3) offset setup)
EXECUTION display

SELECTION display

([DPSOHRI$QDORJLQSXW $, 
6(7EXWWRQ

:KHQ\RXH[HFXWHDXWRPDWLFRIIVHWDGMXVWPHQWPDNH
FRPPDQGLQSXWWR9WKHQNHHSSUHVVLQJXQWLOWKHGLVSOD\
FKDQJHVWR

3UHVVWRFDOOIRU
(;(&87,21GLVSOD\

LQFUHDVHVZKLOHNHHS
SUHVVLQJ IRUDSSUR[VHF 
DVWKHOHIWILJVKRZV

$XWRPDWLFRIIVHWDGMXVWPHQWVWDUWV
$GMXVWPHQW
ILQLVKHV
$XWRPDWLFRIIVHW
DGMXVWPHQWILQLVKHV

Remarks
Note

2-110

(UURURFFXUV

,QYDOLGPRGHLVVHOHFWHG
RURIIVHWYDOXHH[FHHGV
WKHVHWXSUDQJHRI3U

<RXFDQQRWZULWHWKHGDWDRQO\E\H[HFXWLQJDXWRPDWLFRIIVHWDGMXVWPHQW
([HFXWHDZULWLQJWR((3520ZKHQ\RXQHHGWRUHHFWWKHUHVXOWDIWHUZDUG
After completion of the automatic offset adjustment, return to SELECTION display by
referring to P.2-88 Structure of Each Mode.

15. How to Use the Front Panel

(3) Motor trial run


<RXFDQPDNHDWULDOUXQ -2*UXQ ZLWKRXWFRQQHFWLQJWKH&RQQHFWRU&RQQHFWRU;WR
the host controller such as PLC.

Remarks

2
Preparation

6HSDUDWHWKHPRWRUIURPWKHORDGGHWDFKWKH&RQQHFWRUConnector X4 before the trial


run.
%ULQJWKHXVHUSDUDPHWHUVHWXSV HVSHFLDOO\3UDQG3UWR WRGHIDXOWVWR
avoid oscillation or other failure.

Before Using the Products

Auxiliary Function Mode (EXECUTION display)

,QVSHFWLRQ%HIRUH7ULDO5XQ
(1) Inspection on wiring

0LVZLULQJ" (VSHFLDOO\SRZHULQSXWDQGPRWRURXWSXW
6KRUWRUJURXQGHG"
/RRVHFRQQHFWLRQ"

Connection





(2) Confirmation of power supply and voltage




5DWHGYROWDJH"

Display LED

Power
supply

4
Setup

5
Adjustment

(3) Fixing of the servo motor



8QVWDEOHPRXQWLQJ"
(4) Separation from the

PHFKDQLFDOV\VWHP

Connector X6

(5) Release of the brake

When in Trouble

ground
Machine

Motor

7
(6) Turn to Servo-OFF after finishing the trial run by pressing

Supplement

Related page

)RUZLULQJGHWDLOVUHIHUWR32YHUDOO:LULQJ
33U
33UWR

2-111

15. How to Use the Front Panel


Auxiliary Function Mode (EXECUTION display)

3URFHGXUHIRU7ULDO5XQ
(;(&87,21GLVSOD\

6(/(&7,21GLVSOD\

3UHVVWRFDOOIRU
(;(&87,21GLVSOD\

6(7EXWWRQ

.HHSSUHVVLQJXQWLOWKHGLVSOD\FKDQJHVWR
ZKHQ\RXH[HFXWH0RWRUWULDOUXQ
LQFUHDVHVZKLOHNHHS
pressing
(for approx. 5sec)
as the left fig. shows.

3UHSDUDWLRQ
VWHS
1RWDVHUYRUHDG\VWDWXV
6KXWVRIIWKHPDLQZKHQ
HUURURFFXUV
7KHQNHHSSUHVVLQJXQWLOWKHGLVSOD\RI/('FKDQJHVWR
.
Keep pressing
(approx. 5 sec)
to shift the decimal point toward
left as the left fig. shows.

3UHSDUDWLRQ
VWHS
1RWD6HUYR5HDG\
Or SRV-ON signal is
not entered.
$IWHUWKH6HUYR21RISUHSDUDWLRQVWHSIRUWULDOUXQ
 WKHPRWRUUXQVDWWKHSUHVHWVSHHGZLWK3U -3*VSHHG 
WR3RVLWLYHGLUHFWLRQGLUHFWLRQE\SUHVVLQJ1HJDWLYH
GLUHFWLRQE\SUHVVLQJ

Caution

Before starting the trial run, set the gain-related parameters to appropriate values to avoid
problems such as oscillation. If the load is removed, be sure to set Pr0.04 Inertia Ratio to 0.
During the trial run, use the velocity control mode. Various settings including parameters
should assure safe and positive operation under appropriate velocity control.
If SRV-ON becomes valid during trial run, the display changes to
which is normal run through external command.

Note

$IWHUQLVKHGWULDOUXQQLQJUHWXUQWR6(/(&7,21GLVSOD\UHIHUULQJWRVWUXFWXUHRIHDFKPRGH
(P.2-88).

2-112

15. How to Use the Front Panel

1
Before Using the Products

Auxiliary Function Mode (EXECUTION display)

4) Clearing of Absolute Encoder


<RXFDQFOHDUWKHPXOWLWXUQGDWDRIWKHDEVROXWHHQFRGHU

(SET button)

Preparation

3UHVVWRFDOOIRU
EXECUTION display.

EXECUTION display

SELECTION display

.HHSSUHVVLQJXQWLOWKHGLVSOD\FKDQJHVWR
when you execute Clearing of Absolute Encoder.
increases while keep
pressing
(for approx. 5sec)
as the left fig. shows.

3
Connection

Clearing of absolute encoder starts

4
Clearing
finishes
Error occurs
When non-applicable
encoder is connected

Setup

Clearing of
absolute encoder
completes

5
Adjustment

6
When in Trouble

7
$IWHUFOHDULQJRIDEVROXWHHQFRGHUQLVKHVUHWXUQWR6(/(&7,21GLVSOD\UHIHUULQJWRVWUXFture of each mode (P.2-88).

2-113

Supplement

Note

15. How to Use the Front Panel


Auxiliary Function Mode (EXECUTION display)

(5) Initialization of parameter


Initialize the parameter.
EXECUTION display

SELECTION display

3UHVVWRFDOOIRU
EXECUTION display.

(SET button)

.HHSSUHVVLQJXQWLOWKHGLVSOD\FKDQJHVWR
when you execute Initialization of parameter.
increases while keep
pressing
(for approx. 5sec)
as the left fig. shows.

Initialization of parameter
Initialization
finishes
Initialization of
parameter completes

Error occurs
(Minor error occurs)

Caution

Parameter cannot be initialized when one of the following error occurs: Err11.0 Under
voltage protection of control power supply, EEPROM related errors (Err36.0, Err36.1,
Err36.2, Err37.0, Err37.1 and Err37.2) - initialization will result in Error display.

Note

$IWHULQLWLDOL]DWLRQRISDUDPHWHUQLVKHVUHWXUQWR6(/(&7,21GLVSOD\UHIHUULQJWRVWUXFWXUH
of each mode (P.2-88).

2-114

15. How to Use the Front Panel

1
Before Using the Products

Auxiliary Function Mode (EXECUTION display)

(6) Release of front panel lock


Release the front panel lock setting.

(SET button)

Preparation

3UHVVWRFDOOIRU
EXECUTION display.

EXECUTION display

SELECTION display

.HHSSUHVVLQJXQWLOWKHGLVSOD\FKDQJHVWR
when you execute Release of front panel lock.
increases while keep
pressing
(for approx. 5sec)
as the left fig. shows.

3
Connection

Release of front panel lock

4
Release
finishes
Error occurs

Setup

Release of
front panel lock
completes

5
Adjustment

6
When in Trouble

7
$IWHUUHOHDVHRIIURQWSDQHOORFNQLVKHVUHWXUQWR6(/(&7,21GLVSOD\UHIHUULQJWRVWUXFWXUH
of each mode (P.2-88).

2-115

Supplement

Note

MEMO

2-116

3. Connection

1
Before Using the Products

1. Outline of mode

Position Control Mode ................................................................................3-2


Velocity Control Mode .................................................................................3-6

Preparation

Torque Control Mode ..................................................................................3-9


Full-closed Control Mode ..........................................................................3-12

2. Control Block Diagram


Position Control Mode ..............................................................................3-14
Velocity Control Mode ...............................................................................3-15

Torque Control Mode ................................................................................3-16


Full-closed Control Mode ..........................................................................3-17

Connection

3. Wiring Diagram to the connector, X4


([DPSOHRIFRQWUROPRGHVSHFLFZLULQJ...................................................3-18
&RQQHFWLQJ([DPSOHWR+RVW&RQWUROOHU....................................................3-20

4. Inputs and outputs on connector X4


Interface Circuit (Input) .............................................................................3-30

Interface Circuit (Output) ..........................................................................3-32


,QSXW6LJQDODQG3LQ1R ...........................................................................3-34
2XWSXW6LJQDODQG3LQ1R ........................................................................3-45

Setup

5. IF Monitor Settings
+RZWR$VVLJQ9DULRXV,2)XQFWLRQVWRWKH,) ........................................3-50

5
Adjustment

6
When in Trouble

7
Supplement

3-1

1. Outline of mode

Connection

Position Control Mode

Outline
<RXFDQSHUIRUPSRVLWLRQFRQWUROEDVHGRQWKHSRVLWLRQDOFRPPDQG SXOVHWUDLQ IURPWKH
KRVWFRQWUROOHU
7KLVVHFWLRQGHVFULEHVWKHIXQGDPHQWDOVHWXSWREHXVHGIRUWKHSRVLWLRQFRQWURO
Positional
command
(pulse train)

CL input
Host
controller

Servo driver
Electronic
Positional command
gear section
filtering function

Command pulse
input section

Counter clear function

INH input

Command pulse inhibition (INH) function

Pulse output

Position
control
section

Pulse regeneration
function
Positioning complete
output (INP) function

INP
output

Function
(1) Process of command pulse input
7KHSRVLWLRQDOFRPPDQGVRIWKHIROORZLQJW\SHV SXOVHWUDLQ DUHDYDLODEOH
SKDVHSXOVH
3RVLWLYHGLUHFWLRQSXOVHQHJDWLYHGLUHFWLRQSXOVH
3XOVHWUDLQVLJQ
6HWWKHSXOVHFRQJXUDWLRQDQGSXOVHFRXQWLQJPHWKRGEDVHGRQWKHVSHFLFDWLRQDQG
FRQJXUDWLRQRILQVWDOODWLRQRIWKHKRVWFRQWUROOHU
7KHLQSXWWHUPLQDOVFDQDFFRPPRGDWHWKHIROORZLQJV\VWHPV
,QSXW38/6+38/6+6,*1+6,*1+OLQHUHFHLYHULQSXW 0SSV
,QSXW38/638/66,*16,*1SKRWRFRXSOHULQSXW NSSV

Caution

)RUOLQHGULYHURXWSXW,QSXWFDQDOVREHXVHGZLWKRXWFKDQJLQJWKHDOORZDEOHLQSXW
frequency.
5HOHYDQWSDUDPHWHUV
Parameter
No.

Note

5HODWHGSDJH

3-2

Title

5DQJH

Function

Pr0.05

Selection of command
pulse input

0 to 1

<RXFDQVHOHFWHLWKHUWKHSKRWRFRXSOHULQSXWRUWKH
H[FOXVLYHLQSXWIRUOLQHGULYHUDVWKHFRPPDQGSXOVH
input.

Pr0.06

Command pulse rotational


direction setup

0 to 1

6HWVWKHFRXQWLQJGLUHFWLRQZKHQFRPPDQGSXOVHLV
input.

Pr0.07

Command pulse input


mode setup

0 to 3

6HWVWKHFRXQWLQJPHWKRGZKHQFRPPDQGSXOVHLV
input.

)RUGHWDLOVRIWKHVHSDUDPHWHUVUHIHUWR3DQG'HWDLOVRISDUDPHWHU

3&RQWURO%ORFN'LDJUDP
3:LULQJ'LDJUDPWRWKHFRQQHFWRU;

1. Outline of mode

(2) Electronic gear function

5HOHYDQWSDUDPHWHUV
Parameter
No.

5DQJH

Function

0 to
1048576

6HWWKHFRPPDQGSXOVHVWKDWFDXVHVVLQJOHWXUQRI
WKHPRWRUVKDIW

Pr0.08

Command pulse
counts per one motor
UHYROXWLRQ

Pr0.09

1st numerator of
HOHFWURQLFJHDU

6HWWKHQXPHUDWRURIGLYLVLRQPXOWLSOLFDWLRQ
0 to
RSHUDWLRQPDGHDFFRUGLQJWRWKHFRPPDQGSXOVH
1073741824
input.

Pr0.10

'HQRPLQDWRURI
HOHFWURQLFJHDU

6HWWKH'HQRPLQDWRURIGLYLVLRQPXOWLSOLFDWLRQ
1 to
RSHUDWLRQPDGHDFFRUGLQJWRWKHFRPPDQGSXOVH
1073741824
input.

3
Connection

Note

Title

2
Preparation

7KLV IXQFWLRQ PXOWLSOLHV WKH LQSXW SXOVH FRPPDQG IURP WKH KRVW FRQWUROOHU E\ WKH SUHGHWHUPLQHG GLYLGLQJ RU PXOWLSO\LQJ IDFWRU DQG DSSOLHV WKH UHVXOW WR WKH SRVLWLRQ FRQWURO
VHFWLRQDVWKHSRVLWLRQDOFRPPDQG%\XVLQJWKLVIXQFWLRQGHVLUHGPRWRUURWDWLRQVRU
PRYHPHQWGLVWDQFHSHUXQLWLQSXWFRPPDQGSXOVHFDQEHVHWRUWKHFRPPDQGSXOVH
IUHTXHQF\FDQEHLQFUHDVHGLIWKHGHVLUHGPRWRUVSHHGFDQQRWEHREWDLQHGGXHWROLPLWHGSXOVHRXWSXWFDSDFLW\RIWKHKRVWFRQWUROOHU

Before Using the Products

Position Control Mode

)RUGHWDLOVRIWKHVHSDUDPHWHUVUHIHUWR3'HWDLOVRISDUDPHWHU

(3) Positional command filtering function


VHWWKHFRPPDQGOWHU

Setup

7RPDNHWKHSRVLWLRQDOFRPPDQGGLYLGHGRUPXOWLSOLHGE\WKHHOHFWURQLFJHDUVPRRWK
5HOHYDQWSDUDPHWHUV
Parameter
No.

5DQJH

Unit

Function

Pr2.22

Positional command
VPRRWKLQJOWHU

0 to 10000

0.1ms

6HWXSWKHWLPHFRQVWDQWRIWKHVW
GHOD\OWHULQUHVSRQVHWRWKHSRVLWLRQDO
command.

Pr2.23

Positional command
),5OWHU

0 to 10000

0.1ms

6HWXSWKHWLPHFRQVWDQWRIWKHVW
GHOD\OWHULQUHVSRQVHWRWKHSRVLWLRQDO
command.

5
Adjustment

Note

Title

)RUGHWDLOVRIWKHVHSDUDPHWHUVUHIHUWR3DQG'HWDLOVRISDUDPHWHU

6
When in Trouble

7
Supplement

3-3

1. Outline of mode
Position Control Mode

(4) Pulse regeneration function


7KHLQIRUPDWLRQRQWKHDPRXQWRIPRYHPHQWFDQEHVHQWWRWKHKRVWFRQWUROOHULQWKH
IRUP RI$ DQG %SKDVH SXOVHV IURP WKH VHUYR GULYHU :KHQ WKH RXWSXW VRXUFH LV WKH
HQFRGHU=SKDVHVLJQDOLVRXWSXWRQFHSHUPRWRUUHYROXWLRQRULIWKHIHHGEDFNVFDOH
WKHVLJQDOLVRXWSXWDWDEVROXWH]HURSRVLWLRQ7KHRXWSXWUHVROXWLRQ%SKDVHORJLFDQG
RXWSXWVRXUFH HQFRGHURUH[WHUQDOVFDOH FDQEHVHWZLWKSDUDPHWHUV
5HOHYDQWSDUDPHWHUV
Parameter
No.

Pr0.11

Pr0.12

Note

Title

Output pulse counts


per one motor
UHYROXWLRQ

5HYHUVDORISXOVH
RXWSXWORJLF

5DQJH

Unit

Function

1 to 262144

3U

<RXFDQVHWXSWKHRXWSXWSXOVHFRXQWVSHU
RQHPRWRUUHYROXWLRQIRUHDFK2$DQG2%
ZLWKWKH3UVHWXS

<RXFDQVHWXSWKH%SKDVHORJLFDQG
WKHRXWSXWVRXUFHRIWKHSXOVHRXWSXW
:LWKWKLVSDUDPHWHU\RXFDQUHYHUVHWKH
SKDVHUHODWLRQEHWZHHQWKH$SKDVHSXOVH
DQGWKH%SKDVHSXOVHE\UHYHUVLQJWKH
%SKDVHORJLF

0 to 3

Pr5.03

'HQRPLQDWRURISXOVH
0 to 262144
RXWSXWGLYLVLRQ

)RUDSSOLFDWLRQZKHUHWKHQXPEHURI
SXOVHVSHUUHYROXWLRQLVQRWDQLQWHJHU
WKLVSDUDPHWHUFDQEHVHWWRDYDOXHRWKHU
WKDQDQGWKHGLYLGLQJUDWLRFDQEHVHWE\
VHWWLQJQXPHUDWRURIGLYLVLRQWR3UDQG
GHQRPLQDWRURIGLYLVLRQWR3U

Pr5.33

3XOVHUHJHQHUDWLYH
output limit setup

0 to 1

(QDEOHGLVDEOHGHWHFWLRQRI(UU3XOVH
UHJHQHUDWLYHOLPLWSURWHFWLRQ

Pr6.20

=SKDVHVHWXSRI
external scale

0 to 400

6HWXSWKH=SKDVHUHJHQHUDWLYHZLGWKRI
IHHGEDFNVFDOHLQXQLWRIWLPH

Pr6.21

Serial absolute
0 to
H[WHUQDOVFDOH=SKDVH
268435456
setup

Pr6.22

$%SKDVHH[WHUQDO
scale pulse output
PHWKRGVHOHFWLRQ

0 to 1

pulse

)XOOFORVHGFRQWUROXVLQJVHULDODEVROXWH
IHHGEDFNVFDOH:KHQRXWSXWWLQJSXOVHVE\
XVLQJWKHIHHGEDFNVFDOHDVWKHVRXUFHRI
WKHRXWSXWVHWWKH=SKDVHRXWSXWLQWHUYDO
LQXQLWVRI$SKDVHRXWSXWSXOVHVRIWKH
IHHGEDFNVFDOH EHIRUHPXOWLSOLHGE\ 

6HOHFWWKHSXOVHUHJHQHUDWLRQPHWKRGRI$
%DQG=SDUDOOHOIHHGEDFNVFDOH

)RU GHWDLOV RI WKHVH SDUDPHWHUV UHIHU WR 3     DQG  'HWDLOV RI
SDUDPHWHU

 'HYLDWLRQFRXQWHUFOHDUIXQFWLRQ
7KHGHYLDWLRQFRXQWHUFOHDULQSXW &/ FOHDUVWKHFRXQWVRISRVLWLRQDOGHYLDWLRQFRXQWHU
DWWKHSRVLWLRQFRQWUROWR
5HOHYDQWSDUDPHWHUV
Parameter
No.

Pr5.17

Note

3-4

Title

Counter clear input


mode

5DQJH

0 to 4

Function

<RXFDQVHWXSWKHFOHDULQJFRQGLWLRQVRIWKH
FRXQWHUFOHDULQSXWVLJQDO

)RUGHWDLOVRIWKHVHSDUDPHWHUVUHIHUWR3'HWDLOVRISDUDPHWHU

1. Outline of mode

(6) Positioning complete output (INP) function


7KHFRPSOHWLRQRISRVLWLRQLQJFDQEHYHULHGE\WKHSRVLWLRQLQJFRPSOHWHRXWSXW ,13 

Before Using the Products

Position Control Mode

:KHQ WKH DEVROXWH YDOXH RI WKH SRVLWLRQDO GHYLDWLRQ FRXQWHU DW WKH SRVLWLRQ FRQWURO LV
HTXDOWRRUEHORZWKHSRVLWLRQLQJFRPSOHWHUDQJHE\WKHSDUDPHWHUWKHRXWSXWLV21

3UHVHQFH DQG DEVHQFH RI SRVLWLRQDO FRPPDQG FDQ EH VSHFLHG DV RQH RI MXGJPHQW
Preparation

conditions.
5HOHYDQWSDUDPHWHUV
Parameter
No.

5DQJH

Unit

Pr4.31

3RVLWLRQLQJFRPSOHWH
,QSRVLWLRQ UDQJH

0 to 262144

Command
unit

Pr4.32

3RVLWLRQLQJFRPSOHWH
(In-position) output
setup

0 to 3

Pr4.33

,13KROGWLPH

0 to 30000

1ms

Pr4.42

QG3RVLWLRQLQJ
complete (In-position)
UDQJH

0 to 262144

Command
unit

Function

6HWXSWKHWLPLQJRISRVLWLRQDOGHYLDWLRQ
DWZKLFKWKHSRVLWLRQLQJFRPSOHWHVLJQDO
,13 LVRXWSXW
6HOHFWWKHFRQGLWLRQWRRXWSXWWKH
SRVLWLRQLQJFRPSOHWHVLJQDO ,13 

3
Connection

Note

Title

6HWXSWKHKROGWLPHZKHQ3U
3RVLWLRQLQJFRPSOHWHRXWSXWVHWXS 
6HWXSWKHWLPLQJRISRVLWLRQDOGHYLDWLRQ
DWZKLFKWKHSRVLWLRQLQJFRPSOHWHVLJQDO
,13 LVRXWSXW

)RUGHWDLOVRIWKHVHSDUDPHWHUVUHIHUWR3DQG'HWDLOVRISDUDPHWHU

7KH FRPPDQG SXOVH LQSXW FRXQWLQJ SURFHVV FDQ EH IRUFLEO\ WHUPLQDWHG E\ XVLQJ WKH

Setup

(7) Command pulse inhibition (INH) function

FRPPDQGSXOVHLQKLELWLQSXWVLJQDO ,1+ :KHQ,1+LQSXWLV21WKHVHUYRGULYHULJQRUHVWKHFRPPDQGSXOVHGLVDEOLQJSXOVHFRXQWLQJIXQFWLRQ


7KHGHIDXOWVHWWLQJRIWKLVLQKLELWLRQIXQFWLRQLVGLVDEOH7RXVH,1+IXQFWLRQFKDQJHWKH
VHWWLQJRI3U,QYDOLGDWLRQRIFRPPDQGSXOVHSURKLELWLRQLQSXW

5HOHYDQWSDUDPHWHUV
5DQJH

Function

Pr5.18

,QYDOLGDWLRQRI
FRPPDQGSXOVHLQKLELW
input

0 to 1

6HOHFWFRPPDQGSXOVHLQKLELWLQSXWHQDEOHGLVDEOH

Pr5.19

&RPPDQGSXOVHLQKLELW
LQSXWUHDGLQJVHWXS

0 to 4

6HOHFWFRPPDQGSXOVHLQKLELWLQSXWHQDEOHGLVDEOH
VLJQDOUHDGLQJSHULRG:KHQWKHVWDWXVRIVHYHUDO
VLJQDOVUHDGGXULQJWKHSUHGHWHUPLQHGUHDGLQJ
SHULRGDUHVDPHXSGDWHWKHVLJQDOVWDWXV

)RUGHWDLOVRIWKHVHSDUDPHWHUVUHIHUWR3'HWDLOVRISDUDPHWHU

6
When in Trouble

Title

Adjustment

Note

Parameter
No.

7
Supplement

3-5

1. Outline of mode

Connection

Velocity Control Mode

Outline
<RXFDQFRQWUROWKHVSHHGDFFRUGLQJWRWKHDQDORJVSHHGFRPPDQGIURPWKHKRVWFRQWUROOHURUWKHVSHHGFRPPDQGVHWLQWKHVHUYRGULYHU
Analog
speed command
(10V)
Host
controller

Servo driver
Process of analog
speed command input

ZEROSPD input

Speed zero clamp (ZEROSPD) function

AT-SPEED output

Velocity
control
section

Attained speed output

V-COIN output

Note

Internal speed
command settings

Speed coincidence output

2QO\IRUSRVLWLRQFRQWUROW\SHLVQRWSURYLGHGZLWKDQDORJLQSXW

Function
(1) Velocity control by analog speed command
7KH DQDORJ VSHHG FRPPDQG LQSXW YROWDJH LV FRQYHUWHG WR HTXLYDOHQW GLJLWDO VSHHG
FRPPDQG<RXFDQVHWWKHOWHUWRHOLPLQDWHQRLVHRUDGMXVWWKHRIIVHW
5HOHYDQWSDUDPHWHUV

Note

5HODWHGSDJH

3-6

Parameter
No.

Title

5DQJH

Unit

Function

Pr3.00

6SHHGVHWXS,QWHUQDO
([WHUQDOVZLWFKLQJ

0 to 3

7KLVGULYHULVHTXLSSHGZLWKLQWHUQDOVSHHG
VHWXSIXQFWLRQVRWKDW\RXFDQFRQWUROWKH
VSHHGZLWKFRQWDFWLQSXWVRQO\

Pr3.01

Speed command
rotational direction
selection

0 to 1

6HOHFWWKH3RVLWLYH1HJDWLYHGLUHFWLRQ
VSHFLI\LQJPHWKRG

Pr3.02

,QSXWJDLQRIVSHHG
command

10 to 2000

Pr3.03

5HYHUVDORIVSHHG
command input

0 to 1

6SHFLI\WKHSRODULW\RIWKHYROWDJHDSSOLHG
WRWKHDQDORJVSHHGFRPPDQG 635 

Pr4.22

$QDORJLQSXW $, 
offset setup

WR
5578

0.359mV

6HWXSWKHRIIVHWFRUUHFWLRQYDOXHDSSOLHG
WRWKHYROWDJHIHGWRWKHDQDORJLQSXW

Pr4.23

$QDORJLQSXW $, 
OWHU

0 to 6400

0.01ms

6HWXSWKHWLPHFRQVWDQWRIVWGHOD\OWHU
WKDWGHWHUPLQHVWKHODJWLPHEHKLQGWKH
YROWDJHDSSOLHGWRWKHDQDORJLQSXW

%DVHGRQWKHYROWDJHDSSOLHGWRWKH
UPLQ
DQDORJVSHHGFRPPDQG 635 VHWXSWKH
9
FRQYHUVLRQJDLQWRPRWRUFRPPDQGVSHHG

)RUGHWDLOVRIWKHVHSDUDPHWHUVUHIHUWR3DQG'HWDLOVRISDUDPHWHU
2QO\IRUSRVLWLRQFRQWUROW\SHLVQRWSURYLGHGZLWKDQDORJLQSXW

3&RQWURO%ORFN'LDJUDP
3:LULQJ'LDJUDPWRWKHFRQQHFWRU;

1. Outline of mode

(2) Velocity control by internal speed command


<RXFDQFRQWUROWKHVSHHGE\XVLQJWKHLQWHUQDOVSHHGFRPPDQGVHWWRWKHSDUDPHWHU

Before Using the Products

Velocity Control Mode

%\ XVLQJ WKH LQWHUQDO VSHHG FRPPDQG VHOHFWLRQV    ,1763'    \RX FDQ
VHOHFWEHVWDSSURSULDWHRQHDPRQJXSWRLQWHUQDOVSHHGFRPPDQGVHWWLQJV'HIDXOW

VHWWLQJXVHVWKHDQDORJVSHHGFRPPDQG7RXVHWKHLQWHUQDOVSHHGFRPPDQGVHOHFWLW
Preparation

WKURXJK3U,QWHUQDOH[WHUQDOVSHHGVHWXS
5HOHYDQWSDUDPHWHUV
Title

5DQJH

Unit

Function

Pr3.00

6SHHGVHWXS,QWHUQDO
([WHUQDOVZLWFKLQJ

0 to 3

7KLVGULYHULVHTXLSSHGZLWKLQWHUQDOVSHHG
VHWXSIXQFWLRQVRWKDW\RXFDQFRQWUROWKH
VSHHGZLWKFRQWDFWLQSXWVRQO\

Pr3.01

Speed command
rotational direction
selection

0 to 1

6HOHFWWKH3RVLWLYH1HJDWLYHGLUHFWLRQ
VSHFLI\LQJPHWKRG

Pr3.04

1st speed of speed setup

6HWXSLQWHUQDOFRPPDQGVSHHGVVWWRVW

Pr3.05

2nd speed of speed setup

6HWXSLQWHUQDOFRPPDQGVSHHGVVWWRQG

Pr3.06

3rd speed of speed setup

6HWXSLQWHUQDOFRPPDQGVSHHGVVWWRUG

Pr3.07

WKVSHHGRIVSHHGVHWXS

Pr3.08

WKVSHHGRIVSHHGVHWXS

Pr3.09

WKVSHHGRIVSHHGVHWXS

6HWXSLQWHUQDOFRPPDQGVSHHGVVWWRWK

Pr3.10

WKVSHHGRIVSHHGVHWXS

6HWXSLQWHUQDOFRPPDQGVSHHGVVWWRWK

Pr3.11

WKVSHHGRIVSHHGVHWXS

6HWXSLQWHUQDOFRPPDQGVSHHGVVWWRWK

WR
20000

UPLQ

3
Connection

6HWXSLQWHUQDOFRPPDQGVSHHGVVWWRWK
6HWXSLQWHUQDOFRPPDQGVSHHGVVWWRWK

4
Setup

Note

Parameter
No.

)RUGHWDLOVRIWKHVHSDUDPHWHUVUHIHUWR3DQG'HWDLOVRISDUDPHWHU

 6SHHG]HURFODPS =(5263' IXQFWLRQ

<RXFDQIRUFLEO\VHWWKHVSHHGFRPPDQGWRE\XVLQJWKHVSHHG]HURFODPSLQSXW
5HOHYDQWSDUDPHWHUV

Pr3.15

6SHHG]HURFODPS
function selection

Pr3.16

6SHHG]HURFODPS
OHYHO

5DQJH

Unit

0 to 3

0 to 1

UPLQ

Function

<RXFDQVHWXSWKHIXQFWLRQRIWKHVSHHG
]HURFODPSLQSXW
HOHFWWKHWLPLQJDWZKLFKWKHSRVLWLRQ
FRQWUROLVDFWLYDWHGDVWKH3U6SHHG
]HURFODPSIXQFWLRQVHOHFWLRQLVVHWWRRU
3.

)RUGHWDLOVRIWKHVHSDUDPHWHUVUHIHUWR3'HWDLOVRISDUDPHWHU

(4) Attained speed output (AT-SPEED)


7KHVLJQDO$763(('LVRXWSXWDVWKHPRWRUUHDFKHVWKHVSHHGVHWWR3U$WWDLQHG
VSHHG
5HOHYDQWSDUDPHWHUV
Parameter
No.

Note

$WVSHHG
6SHHGDUULYDO

5DQJH

Unit

10 to 20000

UPLQ

Function

6HWWKHGHWHFWLRQWLPLQJRIWKHVSHHG
DUULYDORXWSXW $763((' 

Supplement

Pr4.36

Title

6
When in Trouble

Note

Title

Adjustment

Parameter
No.

)RUGHWDLOVRIWKHVHSDUDPHWHUVUHIHUWR3'HWDLOVRISDUDPHWHU

3-7

1. Outline of mode
Velocity Control Mode

(5) Speed coincidence output (V-COIN)


7KLV VLJQDO LV RXWSXW ZKHQ WKH PRWRU VSHHG LV HTXDO WR WKH VSHHG VSHFLILHG E\ WKH
VSHHGFRPPDQG7KHPRWRUVSHHGLVMXGJHGWREHFRLQFLGHQWZLWKWKHVSHFLHGVSHHG
ZKHQWKHGLIIHUHQFHIURPWKHVSHHGFRPPDQGEHIRUHDIWHUDFFHOHUDWLRQGHFHOHUDWLRQLV
ZLWKLQWKHUDQJHVSHFLHGE\3U6SHHGFRLQFLGHQWUDQJH
5HOHYDQWSDUDPHWHUV
Parameter
No.

Pr4.35

Note

Title

Speed coincidence
UDQJH

5DQJH

Unit

10 to 20000

UPLQ

Function

6HWWKHVSHHGFRLQFLGHQFH 9&2,1 
RXWSXWGHWHFWLRQWLPLQJ

)RUGHWDLOVRIWKHVHSDUDPHWHUVUHIHUWR3'HWDLOVRISDUDPHWHU

(6) Speed command acceleration/deceleration setting function


7KLV IXQFWLRQ FRQWUROV WKH VSHHG E\ DGGLQJ DFFHOHUDWLRQ RU GHFHOHUDWLRQ LQVWUXFWLRQ LQ
WKHGULYHUWRWKHLQSXWVSHHGFRPPDQG
8VLQJWKLVIXQFWLRQ\RXFDQXVHWKHVRIWVWDUWZKHQLQSXWWLQJVWHSZLVHVSHHGFRPPDQG
RUZKHQXVLQJLQWHUQDOVSHHGVHWXS<RXFDQDOVRXVH6VKDSHGDFFHOHUDWLRQGHFHOHUDWLRQIXQFWLRQWRPLQLPL]HVKRFNGXHWRFKDQJHLQVSHHG
5HOHYDQWSDUDPHWHUV
Parameter
No.

Caution

Title

5DQJH

Unit

Function

Pr3.12

$FFHOHUDWLRQWLPH
setup

0 to 10000

6HWXSDFFHOHUDWLRQSURFHVVLQJWLPHLQ
PV
UPLQ UHVSRQVHWRWKHVSHHGFRPPDQGLQSXW

Pr3.13

'HFHOHUDWLRQWLPH
setup

0 to 10000

6HWXSGHFHOHUDWLRQSURFHVVLQJWLPHLQ
PV
UPLQ UHVSRQVHWRWKHVSHHGFRPPDQGLQSXW

Pr3.14

6LJPRLGDFFHOHUDWLRQ
deceleration time setup

0 to 1000

ms

6HW6FXUYHWLPHIRUDFFHOHUDWLRQ
GHFHOHUDWLRQSURFHVVZKHQWKHVSHHG
command is applied.

:KHQ WKH SRVLWLRQ ORRS LV H[WHUQDO WR WKH GULYHU GR QRW XVH WKH DFFHOHUDWLRQ
GHFHOHUDWLRQWLPHVHWWLQJ6HWWKHVHYDOXHVWR

Note

3-8

)RUGHWDLOVRIWKHVHSDUDPHWHUVUHIHUWR3DQG'HWDLOVRISDUDPHWHU

1. Outline of mode

Connection

Torque Control Mode

Outline
7KHWRUTXHFRQWUROLVSHUIRUPHGDFFRUGLQJWRWKHWRUTXHFRPPDQGVSHFLHGLQWKHIRUPRI
DQDORJYROWDJH)RUFRQWUROOLQJWKHWRUTXHWKHVSHHGOLPLWLQSXWLVUHTXLUHGLQDGGLWLRQWR
WKHWRUTXHFRPPDQGWRPDLQWDLQWKHPRWRUVSHHGZLWKLQWKHVSHHGOLPLW
FRPPDQGDQGVSHHGOLPLWDVVKRZQLQWKHWDEOHEHORZ

3U 6HOHFWLRQRIWRUTXHFRPPDQG
Setup
YDOXH

Torque command input

Velocity limit input

Selection of torque
command 1

$QDORJLQSXW*1
$,ELWUHVROXWLRQ

3DUDPHWHUYDOXH
(Pr3.21)

Selection of torque
command 2

$QDORJLQSXW
$,ELWUHVROXWLRQ

$QDORJLQSXW
$,ELWUHVROXWLRQ

Selection of torque
command 3

$QDORJLQSXW*1
$,ELWUHVROXWLRQ

3DUDPHWHUYDOXH
3U3U

3
Connection

2
Preparation

:LWKWKH$VHULHVWRUTXHFRQWUROPRGHVDUHDYDLODEOHHDFKUHTXLUHVGLIIHUHQWWRUTXH

Before Using the Products

*1 )RU 3U &RQWURO PRGH VHWXS   YHORFLW\WRUTXH FRQWURO  WKH WRUTXH FRPPDQG
LQSXWLVWKHDQDORJLQSXW $,ELWUHVROXWLRQ 

Note

)RUGHWDLOVRIWKHVHSDUDPHWHUVUHIHUWR3'HWDLOVRISDUDPHWHU

<Selection of torque command 1, 3>

Host
controller

Servo driver
Process of analog
torque command input

ZEROSPD input

Speed limit value


(Parameter)

Speed zero clamp (ZEROSPD) function

AT-SPEED output

Setup

Analog
torque command
(AI1, 10V)

Torque
control
section

Attained speed output

V-COIN output

Speed coincidence output


Adjustment

<Selection of torque command2>


Process of analog
torque command input

Speed limit input


(AI1, 10V)

Process of
speed limit input

ZEROSPD input
AT-SPEED output
V-COIN output

Servo driver

Speed zero clamp (ZEROSPD) function

6
Torque
control
section

When in Trouble

Host
controller

Analog
torque command
(AI2, 10V)

Attained speed output


Speed coincidence output

5HODWHGSDJH

Supplement

Note

2QO\IRUSRVLWLRQFRQWUROW\SHLVQRWSURYLGHGZLWKDQDORJLQSXW
3&RQWURO%ORFN'LDJUDP3:LULQJ'LDJUDPWRWKHFRQQHFWRU;

3-9

1. Outline of mode
Torque Control Mode

Function
(1) Process of analog torque command input
7KLV SURFHVV FRQYHUWV WKH DQDORJ WRUTXH FRPPDQG LQSXW YROWDJH  WR WKH HTXLYDOHQW
GLJLWDOWRUTXHFRPPDQGKDYLQJWKHVDPHHIIHFW<RXFDQVHWWKHOWHURUDGMXVWWKHRIIset to eliminate noise.
5HOHYDQWSDUDPHWHUV<Selection of torque command 1, 3>
Parameter
No.

Title

Pr3.18

Torque command
direction selection

Pr3.19

,QSXWJDLQRIWRUTXH
command

Pr3.20

,QSXWUHYHUVDORIWRUTXH
command

Pr4.22
Pr4.23

5DQJH

Unit

0 to 1

10 to 100

Function

6HOHFWWKHGLUHFWLRQSRVLWLYHQHJDWLYH
direction of torque command.

%DVHGRQWKHYROWDJH 9 DSSOLHGWRWKH
0.1V DQDORJWRUTXHFRPPDQG 7545 VHWXS
 WKHFRQYHUVLRQJDLQWRWRUTXHFRPPDQG
 

0 to 1

6HWXSWKHSRODULW\RIWKHYROWDJHDSSOLHG
WRWKHDQDORJWRUTXHFRPPDQG 7545 

$QDORJLQSXW $, 
offset setup

WR
5578

0.359mV

6HWXSWKHRIIVHWFRUUHFWLRQYDOXHDSSOLHG
WRWKHYROWDJHIHGWRWKHDQDORJLQSXW

$QDORJLQSXW $, 
OWHU

0 to 6400

0.01ms

6HWXSWKHWLPHFRQVWDQWRIVWGHOD\OWHU
WKDWGHWHUPLQHVWKHODJWLPHEHKLQGWKH
YROWDJHDSSOLHGWRWKHDQDORJLQSXW

5HOHYDQWSDUDPHWHUV<Selection of torque command 2>


Parameter
No.

Note

3-10

Title

Pr3.18

Torque command
direction selection

Pr3.19

,QSXWJDLQRIWRUTXH
command

Pr3.20

,QSXWUHYHUVDORIWRUTXH
command

Pr4.25
Pr4.26

5DQJH

Unit

0 to 1

10 to 100

Function

6HOHFWWKHGLUHFWLRQSRVLWLYHQHJDWLYH
direction of torque command.

%DVHGRQWKHYROWDJH 9 DSSOLHGWRWKH
0.1V DQDORJWRUTXHFRPPDQG 7545 VHWXS
 WKHFRQYHUVLRQJDLQWRWRUTXHFRPPDQG
 

0 to 1

6HWXSWKHSRODULW\RIWKHYROWDJHDSSOLHG
WRWKHDQDORJWRUTXHFRPPDQG 7545 

$QDORJLQSXW $, 
offset setup

WR

5.86mV

6HWXSWKHRIIVHWFRUUHFWLRQYDOXHDSSOLHG
WRWKHYROWDJHIHGWRWKHDQDORJLQSXW

$QDORJLQSXW $, 
OWHU

0 to 6400

0.01ms

6HWXSWKHWLPHFRQVWDQWRIVWGHOD\OWHU
WKDWGHWHUPLQHVWKHODJWLPHEHKLQGWKH
YROWDJHDSSOLHGWRWKHDQDORJLQSXW

)RUGHWDLOVRIWKHVHSDUDPHWHUVUHIHUWR3DQG'HWDLOVRISDUDPHWHU

1. Outline of mode

1
Before Using the Products

Torque Control Mode

(2) Speed limit function


7KHVSHHGOLPLWLVRQHRISURWHFWLYHIXQFWLRQVXVHGGXULQJWRUTXHFRQWURO
7KLVIXQFWLRQUHJXODWHVWKHPRWRUVSHHGVRWKDWLWGRHVQRWH[FHHGWKHVSHHGOLPLWZKLOH

WKHWRUTXHLVFRQWUROOHG

Caution

:KLOHWKHVSHHGOLPLWLVXVHGWRFRQWUROWKHPRWRUWKHWRUTXHFRPPDQGDSSOLHGWRWKH
VKRXOGKDYHWKHIROORZLQJUHVXOWWKHPRWRUVSHHGLVHTXDOWRWKHVSHHGOLPLW
5HOHYDQWSDUDPHWHUV<Selection of torque command 1, 3>
Parameter
No.

Title

5DQJH

Unit

6SHHGOLPLWYDOXH

0 to 20000

UPLQ

Pr3.22

6SHHGOLPLWYDOXH

0 to 20000

UPLQ

Pr3.15

6SHHG]HURFODPS
function selection

0 to 3

Function

6HWXSWKHVSHHGOLPLWXVHGIRUWRUTXH
FRQWUROOLQJ
<RXFDQVHWXSWKHIXQFWLRQRIWKHVSHHG
]HURFODPSLQSXW

5HOHYDQWSDUDPHWHUV<Selection of torque command 2>


Parameter
No.

5DQJH

Unit

Function

%DVHGRQWKHYROWDJHDSSOLHGWRWKH
UPLQ
DQDORJVSHHGFRPPDQG 635 VHWXSWKH
9
FRQYHUVLRQJDLQWRPRWRUFRPPDQGVSHHG

Pr3.02

,QSXWJDLQRIVSHHG
command

10 to 2000

Pr4.22

$QDORJLQSXW $, 
offset setup

WR
5578

0.359mV

6HWXSWKHRIIVHWFRUUHFWLRQYDOXHDSSOLHG
WRWKHYROWDJHIHGWRWKHDQDORJLQSXW

Pr4.23

$QDORJLQSXW $, 
OWHU

0 to 6400

0.01ms

6HWXSWKHWLPHFRQVWDQWRIVWGHOD\OWHU
WKDWGHWHUPLQHVWKHODJWLPHEHKLQGWKH
YROWDJHDSSOLHGWRWKHDQDORJLQSXW

Pr3.15

6SHHG]HURFODPS
function selection

0 to 3

<RXFDQVHWXSWKHIXQFWLRQRIWKHVSHHG
]HURFODPSLQSXW

)RUGHWDLOVRIWKHVHSDUDPHWHUVUHIHUWR3DQG'HWDLOVRISDUDPHWHU

4
Setup

Note

Title

Connection

Pr3.21

Preparation

PRWRU LV QRW GLUHFWO\ SURSRUWLRQDO WR WKH DQDORJ WRUTXH FRPPDQG 7RUTXH FRPPDQG

5
Adjustment

6
When in Trouble

7
Supplement

3-11

1. Outline of mode

Connection

Full-closed Control Mode

Outline
,Q WKLV IXOOFORVHG FRQWURO \RX FDQ PDNH D SRVLWLRQ FRQWURO E\ XVLQJ D H[WHUQDO VFDOH
PRXQWHGH[WHUQDOO\ZKLFKGHWHFWVWKHSRVLWLRQGLUHFWO\DQGIHHGVLWEDFN:LWKWKLVFRQWURO
\RX FDQ FRQWURO ZLWKRXW EHLQJ DIIHFWHG E\ WKH SRVLWLRQDO YDULDWLRQ GXH WR WKH EDOO VFUHZ
HUURURUWHPSHUDWXUHDQG\RXFDQH[SHFWWRDFKLHYHDYHU\KLJKSUHFLVLRQSRVLWLRQLQJLQ
sub-micron order.
Controller

(Speed detection)
Position
command
Position detection
External scale

We recommend the external scale division ratio of


ExternalVFDOHGLYLVLRQUDWLR


Cautions on Full-Closed Control


  (QWHUWKHFRPPDQGSXOVHVPDNLQJWKHH[WHUQDOVFDOHDVDUHIHUHQFH
 ,IWKHFRPPDQGSXOVHVGRQRWPDWFKWRWKHH[WHUQDOVFDOHSXOVHVXVHWKHFRPPDQGGLYLVLRQ
PXOWLSOLFDWLRQIXQFWLRQ 3UWR3U DQGVHWXSVRWKDWWKHFRPPDQGSXOVHVDIWHUGLYLVLRQ
PXOWLSOLFDWLRQLVEDVHGRQWKHH[WHUQDOVFDOHUHIHUHQFH 



  7KH$VHULHVVXSSRUWVWKHH[WHUQDOVFDOHRI$DQG%SKDVHRXWSXWW\SHDQGVHULDOFRPPXQLFDWLRQW\SH,QLWLDOL]HWKHSDUDPHWHUVDFFRUGLQJWRWKHIROORZLQJSURFHGXUHVDQGZULWHWR((3520
DQGWXUQRQSRZHU
  :KHQXVLQJDVFDOHRI$DQG%SKDVHRXWSXWW\SHFRUUHFWO\FRQQHFWLWVRWKDWWKHURWDWLQJGLUHFWLRQRIWKHPRWRU &:&&: DQG$SKDVHDQG%SKDVHRIWKHH[WHUQDOVFDOHKDYHWKHIROORZLQJUHODWLRQVKLS
CCW direction
EXA

t1
t1

CW direction
t1

t1

EXB

EXA

t1
t1

t1

t1

EXB
t2

t1Vt2V

t2

t1Vt2V

<How to make an initial setup of parameters related to external scale >


 7XUQRQWKHSRZHUDIWHUFKHFNLQJWKHZLULQJ
 &KHFN WKH YDOXHV LQLWLDO  IHHGEDFN SXOVH VXP DQG H[WHUQDO VFDOH IHHGEDFN SXOVH VXP ZLWK WKH
front panel.
 0RYHWKHZRUNDQGFKHFNWKHWUDYHOIURPWKHLQLWLDOYDOXHVRIWKHDERYH 
 ,IWKHWUDYHORIWKHIHHGEDFNSXOVHVXPDQGWKHH[WHUQDOVFDOHIHHGEDFNSXOVHVXPDUHUHYHUVHGLQ
SRVLWLYHDQGQHJDWLYHVHWXSWKHUHYHUVDORIH[WHUQDOVFDOHGLUHFWLRQ 3U WR
 6HWXSWKHH[WHUQDOVFDOHGLYLVLRQUDWLR 3U3U XVLQJWKHIRUPXODEHORZ
7RWDOYDULDWLRQRIIHHGEDFNSXOVHVXP

([WHUQDOVFDOHGLYLVLRQUDWLR
 


7RWDOYDULDWLRQRIH[WHUQDOVFDOHIHHGEDFNSXOVHVXP
 ,IWKHGHVLJQYDOXHRIWKHH[WHUQDOVFDOHGLYLVLRQUDWLRLVREWDLQHGVHWXSWKLVYDOXH

Note
5HODWHGSDJH

3-12

2QO\IRUSRVLWLRQFRQWUROW\SHLVQRWSURYLGHGZLWKFRQQHFWRU;
3&RQWURO%ORFN'LDJUDP3:LULQJ'LDJUDPWRWKHFRQQHFWRU;
3,QSXWVDQGRXWSXWVRQFRQQHFWRU;3'HWDLOVRISDUDPHWHU

Pr3.24
Pr3.25

1. Outline of mode

2
Preparation

 6HWXSDSSURSULDWHYDOXHRIK\EULGGHYLDWLRQH[FHVV 3U LQFRPPDQGXQLWLQRUGHUWRDYRLG


WKHGDPDJHWRWKHPDFKLQH
 $VHULHVGULYHUFDOFXODWHVWKHGLIIHUHQFHEHWZHHQWKHHQFRGHUSRVLWLRQDQGWKHH[WHUQDOVFDOH
SRVLWLRQDVK\EULGGHYLDWLRQDQGLVXVHGWRSUHYHQWWKHPDFKLQHUXQDZD\RUGDPDJHLQFDVHRI
WKHH[WHUQDOVFDOHEUHDNGRZQRUZKHQWKHPRWRUDQGWKHORDGLVGLVFRQQHFWHG
 ,IWKHK\EULGGHYLDWLRQH[FHVVUDQJHLVWRRZLGHGHWHFWLRQRIWKHEUHDNGRZQRUWKHGLVFRQQHFWLRQ
ZLOOEHGHOD\HGDQGHUURUGHWHFWLRQHIIHFWZLOOEHORVW,IWKLVLVWRRQDUURZLWPD\GHWHFWWKHQRUPDO
GLVWRUWLRQEHWZHHQWKHPRWRUDQGWKHPDFKLQHXQGHUQRUPDORSHUDWLRQDVDQHUURU
 :KHQ WKH H[WHUQDO VFDOH GLYLVLRQ UDWLRQ LV QRW FRUUHFW K\EULG GHYLDWLRQ H[FHVV HUURU (UU 
PD\RFFXUHVSHFLDOO\ZKHQWKHZRUNWUDYHOVORQJGLVWDQFHHYHQWKRXJKWKHH[WHUQDOVFDOHDQG
WKHPRWRUSRVLWLRQPDWFKHV 
 ,QWKLVFDVHZLGHQWKHK\EULGGHYLDWLRQH[FHVVUDQJHE\PDWFKLQJWKHH[WHUQDOVFDOHGLYLVLRQUDWLRWRWKHFORVHVWYDOXH

Before Using the Products

Full-closed Control Mode

3
Connection

Function
(1) Selection of external scale type
6HOHFWWKHW\SHRIH[WHUQDOVFDOHWREHXVHG
5HOHYDQWSDUDPHWHUV
Parameter
No.

Pr3.23

Note

External scale
selection
5HYHUVDORIGLUHFWLRQRI
external scale

5DQJH

Function

0 to 2

6HOHFWWKHW\SHRIH[WHUQDOVFDOH

0 to 1

5HYHUVHWKHGLUHFWLRQRIH[WHUQDOVFDOHIHHGEDFN
counter.

Setup

Pr3.26

Title

)RUGHWDLOVRIWKHVHSDUDPHWHUVUHIHUWR330 and 31'HWDLOVRISDUDPHWHU

 6HWXSRIH[WHUQDOVFDOHGLYLVLRQUDWLR
6HWXSWKHGLYLVLRQUDWLRRIHQFRGHUUHVROXWLRQDQGH[WHUQDOVFDOHUHVROXWLRQ
5HOHYDQWSDUDPHWHUV

Pr3.24
Pr3.25

Note

Title

1XPHUDWRURIH[WHUQDO
VFDOHGLYLVLRQ
'HQRPLQDWRURI
H[WHUQDOVFDOHGLYLVLRQ

5DQJH

0 to 220
1 to 220

Function

6HWXSWKHQXPHUDWRURIWKHH[WHUQDOVFDOHGLYLGLQJ
setup.
6HWXSWKH'HQRPLQDWRURIWKHH[WHUQDOVFDOH
GLYLGLQJVHWXS

)RUGHWDLOVRIWKHVHSDUDPHWHUVUHIHUWR331'HWDLOVRISDUDPHWHU

 6HWXSRIK\EULGH[FHVVLYHGHYLDWLRQ

5DQJH

Pr3.28

+\EULGGHYLDWLRQ
excess setup

1 to 227

Pr3.29

+\EULGGHYLDWLRQFOHDU
setup

0 to 100

Function

<RXFDQVHWXSWKHSHUPLVVLEOHJDS K\EULGGHYLDWLRQ 
EHWZHHQWKHSUHVHQWPRWRUSRVLWLRQDQGWKHSUHVHQW
external scale position.
$VWKHPRWRUWXUQVWKHQXPEHURIUHYROXWLRQVVHWE\
WKLVSDUDPHWHUWKHK\EULGGHYLDWLRQLVFOHDUHGWR

)RUGHWDLOVRIWKHVHSDUDPHWHUVUHIHUWR332'HWDLOVRISDUDPHWHU
3-13

7
Supplement

Note

Title

When in Trouble

7KLV IXQFWLRQ GHWHFWV WKH SRVLWLRQDO GLIIHUHQFH EHWZHHQ WKH PRWRU HQFRGHU  DQG ORDG
H[WHUQDOVFDOH DQGHQDEOHVWKHK\EULGH[FHVVLYHGHYLDWLRQSURWHFWLRQLIWKHGLIIHUHQFH
H[FHHGV3U+\EULGH[FHVVLYHGHYLDWLRQVHWXS
+\EULGH[FHVVLYHGHYLDWLRQLVPDLQO\FDXVHGE\IHHGEDFNVFDOHHUURUZURQJFRQQHFWLRQ
DQGORRVHFRQQHFWLRQEHWZHHQWKHPRWRUDQGORDG
5HOHYDQWSDUDPHWHUV
Parameter
No.

Adjustment

Parameter
No.

2. Control Block Diagram

Connection

Position Control Mode

Sum of command pulses


[Command unit]

Pulse train
Input setup
PULS
Input
SIGN
selection 0.05
Direction 0.06
setup
Mode

Positional command
speed [r/min]

Electric gear
One
1st
revolu- 0.08 numerator 0.09
tion
Denominator 0.10

0.07

Smoothing
filter

2nd
numerator 5.00
3rd
numerator 5.01
4th
numerator 5.02

Damping control

FIR

Gain switching

Switching 2.13
selection
Frequency Filter
1st
2.14 2.15

Primary 2.22
delay
2.23

2nd

2.16

2.17

3rd

2.18

2.19

2nd
setup

1.14 3rd

setup

6.05

Mode

1.15 Scale

6.06

Delay
time

1.16

Level

1.17

4th

2.20

2.21

Friction
compensation
additional 6.07
value
Positive 6.08
direction
Negative 6.09
direction

Torque
feed forward

Gain

1.10

Gain

1.12

Filter

1.11

Filter

1.13

Switching 1.19
time

Notch filter

Velocity control

1st
2nd

1.00

1.05

Speed detection
filter

Encoder
positional deviation
[Encoder pulse]

Sum of
feedback pulses
[Encoder pulse]

Frequency Depth Width

Propor- Integration
tion

Position control

velocity control
command [r/min]

1st

1.03

2nd

1.08

1st

1.01

1.02

2nd

1.06

1.07

Inertia ratio

0.04

Function
expansion

6.10

1st

2.01

2.02

2.03

2nd 2.04

2.05

2.06

3rd

2.07

2.08

2.09

4th

2.10

2.11

2.12

Adaptive
mode setup 2.00

2nd inertia ratio 6.13

Instantaneous 6.10
speed

Disturbance
observer

Motor speed
[r/min]

Pulse
regeneration
One
revolution 0.11

Gain

6.23

1st

1.04

Filter

6.24

2nd

1.09

Torque limit

Encoder

Motor

Selection 5.21

Current control
Response 6.11
setup
Torque command

Load

3-14

Torque filter

Speed detection

Reversal 0.12
Pulses
output
Numerator/
Denominator
OA
Denomi- 5.03
OB
nator
OZ

5HODWHGSDJH

factor

Hysteresis 1.18

Command positional deviation


[Command unit]

Velocity
feed forward
Inversion of
electric gear

Internal positional
command speed [r/min]

Main
power
supply

3:LULQJH[DPSOHRISRVLWLRQFRQWUROPRGH
3&RQQHFWLQJH[DPSOHWRKRVWFRQWUROOHU
3,QSXWVDQGRXWSXWVRQFRQQHFWRU;3/LVWRI3DUDPHWHUV

[]

1st

0.13

2nd

5.22

2. Control Block Diagram

Connection

Velocity Control Mode

1
Before Using the Products

Gain switching

Analog
input 1
16bit A/D
AI1

Analog input
Offset
Filter

Torque
feed forward

3.02

Gain

1.12

Reversal 3.03

Filter

1.13

Gain

4.23

Mode

1.20

Delay
time

1.21

Level

1.22

Hysteresis 1.23

Scaling

4.22

1.14

Preparation

Al1 input voltage


[]

2nd
setup

Friction
compensation
additional 6.07
value

3
Notch filter

Velocity control
Velocity command
selection
Internal/External 3.00
switching
Direction
3.01
selection

Frequency Depth Width

Propor- Integration
tion

Acceleration/
Deceleration limit
Accelera- 3.12
tion
Decelera- 3.13
tion

Sigmoid 3.14

1st

1.01

1.02

2nd

1.06

1.07

Inertia ratio

0.04

Function
expansion

6.10

1st

2.01

2.02

2.03

2nd 2.04

2.05

2.06

3rd

2.07

2.08

2.09

4th

2.10

2.11

2.12

Connection

Velocity control
command [r/min]

Adaptive
mode setup 2.00

2nd inertia ratio 6.13

Setup

Internal velocity setup

Velocity
detection filter

1st

3.04 5th

3.08

2nd

3.05 6th

3.09

1st

1.03

3rd

3.06 7th

3.10

2nd

1.08

4th

3.07 8th

3.11

Instantaneous 6.10
speed

Disturbance
observer
Motor speed
[r/min]

Pulse
regeneration
One
revolution 0.11

Torque filter

Gain

6.23

1st

1.04

Filter

6.24

2nd

1.09

Adjustment

Sum of
feedback pulses
[Encoder pulse]

Velocity detection

Reversal 0.12
Pulses
output
Numerator/
Denominator
OA
Denomi- 5.03
OB
nator
OZ

Torque limit
Motor

Selection 5.21

Current control
Response 6.11
setup

1st

0.13

2nd

5.22

When in Trouble

Encoder

Torque command

Load

Main
power
supply

[]

5HODWHGSDJH

Supplement

Note

2QO\IRUSRVLWLRQFRQWUROW\SHLVQRWSURYLGHGZLWKDQDORJLQSXW
3:LULQJH[DPSOHRIYHORFLW\FRQWUROPRGH

3-15

2. Control Block Diagram

Connection

Torque Control Mode

Al2 input voltage


[]
Gain switching
Analog
input 2
12bit A/D
AI2

Analog input
Offset
Filter

4.25
4.26

Scaling
Gain

3.19

Torque command
selection

Reversal 3.20

Scaling

2nd
setup

1.14

Mode

1.24

Delay
time

1.25

Level

1.26

Hysteresis 1.27

Internal/External 3.17
switching
Direction
3.18
selection

Absolute value

Torque command

Analog
input 1
16bit A/D
AI1

Gain
Analog input

3.19

Reversal 3.20
Sign

Offset

4.22

Filter

4.23

Scaling

Speed limit
[r/min]

Speed limit

Gain

Reversal 3.03

Al1 input voltage


[]

Notch filter

Velocity control

3.02

Frequency Width Depth

Propor- Integration
tion

Speed limit
selection
Command 3.17
selection

Internal
speed limit
Limit
value 1 3.21
Limit
value 2 3.22

1st

1.01

1.02

2nd

1.06

1.07

Inertia ratio

0.04

Function
expansion

6.10

1st

2.01

2.02

2.03

2nd 2.04

2.05

2.06

3rd

2.07

2.08

2.09

4th

2.10

2.11

2.12

2nd inertia ratio 6.13


Velocity
detection filter
1st

1.03

2nd

1.08

Instantaneous 6.10
speed
Torque filter
Sum of
feedback pulses
[Encoder pulse]

Motor speed
[r/min]

Pulse
regeneration
One
revolution 0.11

Speed detection

Reversal 0.12
Pulses
output
Numerator/
Denominator
OA
Denomi- 5.03
OB
nator
OZ

Torque limit

Encoder

Motor

Selection 5.21

Current control
Response 6.11
setup
Torque command

Load

Note
5HODWHGSDJH

3-16

Main
power
supply

[]

2QO\IRUSRVLWLRQFRQWUROW\SHLVQRWSURYLGHGZLWKDQDORJLQSXW
3:LULQJH[DPSOHRIWRUTXHFRQWUROPRGH

1st

0.13

2nd

5.22

1st

1.04

2nd

1.09

2. Control Block Diagram

Connection

Full-closed Control Mode

1
Before Using the Products

Internal positional
command speed [r/min]

Sum of command pulses


[Command unit]

Mode

Positional command
speed [r/min]

Electric gear
One
1st
revolu- 0.08 numerator 0.09
tion
Denominator 0.10

0.07

Smoothing
filter

2nd
numerator 5.00
3rd
numerator 5.01
4th
numerator 5.02

Damping control

2.23

2.16

2.17

3rd

2.18

2.19

4th

1.14 3rd

setup

6.05

Mode

1.15 Scale

6.06

Delay
time

1.16

Level

1.17

2.20

2.21

Friction
compensation
additional 6.07
value
Positive 6.08
direction
Negative 6.09
direction

Torque
feed forward

Gain

1.10

Gain

1.12

Filter

1.11

Filter

1.13

Notch filter

1st

1.00

1.05

Speed detection
filter
External scale
Pulse
regeneration

Full-closed
deviation
[External scale pulse]

Numera- 0.11
tor
Denomi- 5.03
nator

Sum of
feedback pulses
[External scale pulse]

Reversal 0.12

Hybrid
deviation
[Command unit]

Z-phase 6.20
Width
Z-phase 6.21
setup
output
method 6.22

Inversion of
electric gear

Encoder Reversal 0.12


feedback
Numerator/
pulses
Denominator
output Denomi5.03
OA
nator
OB
OZ

1.03

2nd

1.08

1.02

2nd

1.06

1.07

Inertia ratio

0.04

Function
expansion

6.10

1st

2.01

2.02

2.03

2nd 2.04

2.05

2.06

3rd

2.07

2.08

2.09

4th

2.10

2.11

2.12

2nd inertia ratio 6.13

Instantaneous 6.10
speed

Motor speed
[r/min]

External scale
Reverse dividing
Numera- 3.25
tor
Denomi- 3.24
nator

Adaptive
mode setup 2.00

Disturbance
observer
Gain

6.23

1st

1.04

Filter

6.24

2nd

1.09

Speed detection

Input setup
Type

Torque limit

3.23

Reversal 3.26

Torque filter

When in Trouble

Pulse
regeneration
One
revolution 0.11

velocity control
command [r/min]

1st

1.01

Adjustment

External
scale
pulse
output
EXA
EXB
EXZ

1st

Encoder

Motor

-phase 3.27
invalid

Selection 5.21

Current control
Response 6.11
setup

1st

0.13

2nd

5.22

Torque command

5HODWHGSDJH

Main
power
supply

[]

Supplement

External scale

Note

4
Setup

2nd

Frequency Width Depth

Propor- Integration
tion

Position control

Switching 1.19
time

Velocity control

factor

Connection

Velocity
feed forward
Inversion of
electric gear

2nd

2nd
setup

Hysteresis 1.18

Command positional deviation


[Command unit]

Gain switching

Switching 2.13
selection
Frequency Filter
1st
2.14 2.15

Primary 2.22
delay
FIR

2
Preparation

Pulse train
Input setup
PULS
Input
SIGN
selection 0.05
Direction 0.06
setup

External scale
dividing
Numera- 3.24
tor
Denomi- 3.25
nator

2QO\IRUSRVLWLRQFRQWUROW\SHLVQRWSURYLGHGZLWKDQDORJLQSXW
3:LULQJH[DPSOHRIIXOOFORVHFRQWUROPRGH

3-17

3. Wiring Diagram to the connector, X4

Connection

Example of control mode specific wiring

Wiring Example of Position Control Mode


Command pulse
inhibition input
Deviation counter
clear input

2.2k

7 COM+
33
INH
30

4.7k

2.2k

2.2k

Servo-ON input

29 SRV-ON
Gain switching input 27
GAIN
Electronic gear
switching input 1
Damping control
switching input 1
Control mode
switching input

Alarm clear input

Servo-Ready output
Servo-Alarm output

VDC
12 to 24V

2.2k

GND

NOT

37

ALM+

36

ALM-

48

OB+

23

45

power supply

PULS2 4

Z-phase output
19 (open collector)

220
2.2k

50

24VDC

SIGN2 6

220
20k
47k

47k

(
47k

SIGNH1
47 SIGNH2
13 GND

OPC1 2

2.2k

PULSH2

OPC1 1

2.2k

25

CZ

ZSP

46

Specifications VDC -1.5 .


=10mA
R+220 .
of R
12V 1k1/2W
24V 2k1/2W

2.2k

PULSH1

VDC

Z-phase (2) When you do not use the


output
external resistor with 24V

24

GND

INP+

VDC

B-phase
output

49

OBOZ-

41 COM44

SIGN2 6

A-phase
output

22

12

PULS2 4

220
2.2k SIGN1 5

(Use with
500 kpps or less.)

21

OA-

OZ+

38 INPExternal brake release output 11


BRKOFF+
10 BRKOFFTorque in-limit output
40 TLC

Command pulse input B


(Use with 4Mpps or less.)

6
13

220

OA+

35 S-RDY+
34 S-RDY-

Positioning complete output 39

Zero speed detection output

SIGN2

2.2k PULS1 3

Command
pulse
input A

SIGN1
220

DIV1

POT

OPC2

26 VS-SEL1
32 C-MODE
31 A-CLR
9

PULS2

Divider

Positive direction
over-travel inhibition input
Negative direction
over-travel inhibition input

28

PULS1
220

CL

In case of open collector I/F (1) When you use the external
resistor with 12V and 24V
power supply

OPC1

47k

SPR/TRQR/SPL

20k

2k 20k

P-ATL/TRQR

10k

120
2k 20k
2k 20k

N-ATL

10k

1k

SP

1k

IM

FG

16

Positive direction torque limit input


(0 to +10V)

17

GND

20k 20k 14k

120
2k 20k

15

GND

20k 20k 14k

: Twisted pair)

14

18

Negative direction torque limit input


(-10 to +10V)

43

Velocity monitor output


Torque monitor output

42

X4

Be sure to connect.

Wiring Example of Velocity Control Mode


Selection 1 input of
internal command speed
Selection 2 input of
internal command speed

Servo-ON input
Gain switching input
Selection 3 input of
internal command speed

7 COM+
33 INTSPD1
30 INTSPD2
29 SRV-ON
27 GAIN
28 INTSPD3

Speed zero clamp input 26


Alarm clear input
Positive direction
over-travel inhibition input
Negative direction
over-travel inhibition input

VDC
12 to 24V

32 C-MODE
31 A-CLR
9 POT
8

35 S-RDY+
34 S-RDY-

Servo alarm output

37

ALM+

36

ALM-

OBOZ-

GND
CZ

39 AT-SPEED+
38 AT-SPEED-

40

OB+
OZ+

21

A-phase output

22
48

B-phase output

49
23

Z-phase output

24

25
19 Z-phase output (open collector)

20k

External brake release output 11


BRKOFF+
10 BRKOFF-

Torque in-limit output

OA-

NOT

Servo-Ready output

At-speed output

OA+

ZEROSPD

Divider

Control mode switching


input

4.7k

47k

47k

47k

TLC

47k

20k

Zero speed detection output 12

ZSP
41 COM-

20k 20k 14k


10k

20k 20k 14k

SPR/TRQR/SPL

14

Velocity command
input (0 to 10V)

GND 15
16
P-ATL/TRQR
17
GND
N-ATL 18

Positive direction torque


limit input (0 to 10V)
Negative direction torque
limit input (-10 to 0V)

10k

1k

50

1k

FG

SP
IM

43

Velocity monitor output

42

Torque monitor output

X4

Note

: Twisted pair)

7KHIXQFWLRQVRIWKHIROORZLQJSLQFDQEHFKDQJHGXVLQJSDUDPHWHUV 5HIHUWR3
,QSXW 3RVLWLRQ 2XWSXW
,QSXW 9HORFLW\ 2XWSXW
3LQVLQWKHJXUHDERYHUHSUHVHQWGHIDXOWSDUDPHWHUYDOXHV

Caution
3-18

2QO\IRUSRVLWLRQFRQWUROW\SHLVQRWSURYLGHGZLWKDQDORJLQSXW
:LWKSRVLWLRQFRQWURORQO\W\SHGRQRWFRQQHFWDQDORJLQSXWRQSLQVDQGWR6*RISLQ

3. Wiring Diagram to the connector, X4

1
Before Using the Products

Example of control mode specific wiring

Wiring Example of Torque Control Mode


7 COM+

Servo-ON input
Gain switching input

Control mode
switching input

VDC
12 to 24V

CL

28 DIV1
26 ZEROSPD
32 C-MODE

37

ALM+

36

ALM-

OB+

TLC

Zero speed detection output 12

ZSP

Z-phase
output

24

25

GND

19 Z-phase output (open collector)

CZ
20k
47k

47k

47k

47k

SPR/TRQR/SPL

20k

GND

20k 20k 14k


10k

41 COM-

14

20k 20k 14k

Torque command input or


velocity limit input (0 to 10V)

15

P-ATL/TRQR 16
17
GND

Wiring example when control mode Pr0.01=5 or Pr3.17=1


CCWTL/TRQR

N-ATL 18

10k

1k

SP

1k

50

23

OZ+

11 BRKOFF+
10 BRKOFF40

B-phase
output

49

OB-

Connection

Torque in-limit output

48

OZ-

39 AT-SPEED+
38 AT-SPEED-

A-phase
output

22

OA-

NOT

Servo-Alarm output

21

OA+

31 A-CLR
9 POT

35 S-RDY+
34 S-RDY-

External brake release output

29 SRV-ON
27 GAIN

Servo-Ready output

At-speed output

4.7k

Divider

Alarm clear input


Positive direction
over-travel inhibition input
Negative direction
over-travel inhibition input

INH

30

Preparation

Speed zero clamp


input

33

IM

GND

16

Negative direction torque


limit input (0 to 10V)
Select with Pr3.17.

17

43

Velocity monitor output

42

Torque monitor output

FG

X4

: Twisted pair)

Command pulse
inhibition input
Deviation counter
clear input

2.2k

7 COM+
33
INH
30

4.7k

2.2k

2.2k

Servo-ON input

29 SRV-ON
Gain switching input 27
GAIN
Electronic gear
switching input 1
Damping control
switching input 1
Control mode
switching input

Servo-Alarm output

VDC
12 to 24V

28

DIV1
26 VS-SEL1
32 C-MODE
31 A-CLR
9
8

NOT

ALM+

36
Positioning complete output 39

ALM-

OBOZ-

CZ

SIGNH1
47 SIGNH2
13 GND
50

Be sure to connect.

SIGN2 6

VDC

220

21

A-phase
output

22
48

Specifications VDC -1.5 .


=10mA
R+220 .
of R
12V 1k1/2W
24V 2k1/2W

VDC

B-phase
output

49
23

Z-phase (2) When you do not use the


output
external resistor with 24V

24

power supply
OPC1 1

2.2k

25

PULS2 4

Z-phase output

220

19 (open collector)

2.2k

OPC1 2

2.2k

24VDC

220
20k
47k

47k

(
47k

47k

20k

2k 20k

2k 20k
2k 20k

20k 20k 14k


10k

120
2k 20k

1k
1k

FG

SPR/TRQR/SPL
GND

20k 20k 14k


10k

120

When in Trouble

46

SIGN2 6

ZSP
41 COM-

PULSH2

PULS2 4

220
2.2k SIGN1 5

(Use with
500 kpps or less.)

PULSH1

2.2k PULS1 3

Command
pulse
input A

2.2k

GND

INP+

12

45

P-ATL/TRQR
GND
N-ATL
SP
IM

: Twisted pair)

14
15
16
17
18
43
42

Positive direction torque limit input


(0 to +10V)
Negative direction torque limit input
(-10 to +10V)
Velocity monitor output
Torque monitor output

X4

7KHIXQFWLRQVRIWKHIROORZLQJSLQFDQEHFKDQJHGXVLQJSDUDPHWHUV 5HIHUWR3
,QSXW 7RUTXH 2XWSXW
,QSXW )XOOFORVHG 2XWSXW
3LQVLQWKHJXUHDERYHUHSUHVHQWGHIDXOWSDUDPHWHUYDOXHV

Caution

2QO\IRUSRVLWLRQFRQWUROW\SHLVQRWSURYLGHGZLWKDQDORJLQSXW
2QO\IRUSRVLWLRQFRQWUROW\SHLVQRWSURYLGHGZLWKFRQQHFWRU;
:LWKSRVLWLRQFRQWURORQO\W\SHGRQRWFRQQHFWDQDORJLQSXWRQSLQVDQGWR6*RISLQ
3-19

Supplement

Note

In case of open collector I/F (1) When you use the external
resistor with 12V and 24V
power supply

44

Command pulse input B


(Use with 4Mpps or less.)

OB+
OZ+

38 INPExternal brake release output 11


BRKOFF+
10 BRKOFFTorque in-limit output
40 TLC

Zero speed detection output

OA-

35 S-RDY+
34 S-RDY-

6
SIGN2
13
GND
OA+

POT

37

OPC2
SIGN1

220

Divider

Servo-Ready output

2.2k

PULS2

Adjustment

Alarm clear input


Positive direction
over-travel inhibition input
Negative direction
over-travel inhibition input

PULS1
220

CL

OPC1

Setup

Wiring Example of Full-closed Control Mode

3. Wiring Diagram to the connector, X4

Connection

Connecting Example to Host Controller

Connection between MINAS A5 and FP2-PP22 AFP2434 (Panasonic Electric Works)


PLC

Driver

FP2-PP22 AFP2434
(Panasonic Electric Works)

A5-series
50

FG

A1

PULS1

B1

PULS2

A2

SIGN1

B2

SIGN2

A4

23

OZ

B3

24

OZ

13,25

GND

COM

A7

30

CL

B7

29

SRV-ON

B4

27

GAIN

31

A-CLR

POT

NOT

35

S-RDY

34

S-RDY

37

ALM

36

ALM

39

INP

38

INP

41

COM

* Process of shield wire varies with equipment.

CW pulse command
output

CCW pulse command


output
390

220

Command pulse
input 2

220

Command sign
input 2

Z-phase output

Origin input

Deviation counter
reset output
3.6k

Origin proximity input

from
PLC I/O
output

A5
6.8k

Limit excess
A6

Limit excess

to
PLC I/O
input

External power supply 24VDC A20


input
GND B20

Origin proximity sensor


CW limit sensor
CCW limit sensor

+ 24V
GND
DC24V
Power supply

5HODWHGSDJH

3-20

4.7

4.7

4.7

Counter clear input


Servo-ON input
Gain switching input
Alarm clear input

4.7

Inhibit positive direction


travel input

4.7

Inhibit negative direction


travel input
Servo-Ready output

B6

Note

4.7

UHSUHVHQWVWZLVWHGSDLUZLUH
3,QSXWVDQGRXWSXWVRQFRQQHFWRU;

Servo-Alarm output

Positioning complete
output

3. Wiring Diagram to the connector, X4

Connection between MINAS A5 and FPG-PP12 AFPG432 (Panasonic Electric Works)


PLC

Driver

FPG-PP12 AFPG432
(Panasonic Electric Works)

A5-series
FG

CW pulse command
output

A1

PULS1

B1

PULS2

CCW pulse command


output

A2

SIGN1

B2

SIGN2

560

A4

23

OZ

B3

24

OZ

13,25

GND

COM

A7

30

CL

B7

29

SRV-ON

B4

27

GAIN

31

A-CLR

POT

NOT

35

S-RDY

220

Command pulse
input 2

220

Command sign
input 2

Deviation counter
reset output
6.8k

from
PLC I/O
output

A5

FG A19

4.7

4.7

4.7

Counter clear input


Servo-ON input
Gain switching input
Alarm clear input

4.7

Inhibit positive direction


travel input

4.7

Inhibit negative direction


travel input
Servo-Ready output

FG B19

GND B20

Origin proximity sensor


CW limit sensor

37

ALM

36

ALM

39

INP

38

INP

41

COM

Servo-Alarm output

Positioning complete
output

6
When in Trouble

CCW limit sensor

to
PLC I/O
input

S-RDY

+ 24V
GND
DC24V
Power supply

5HODWHGSDJH

7
Supplement

Note

5
Adjustment

to
PLC I/O
input

External power supply


24VDC A20
input

34

4
Setup

Origin proximity input

4.7

Connection

Z-phase output

Origin input

Preparation

50

* Process of shield wire varies with equipment.

Before Using the Products

Connecting Example to Host Controller

UHSUHVHQWVWZLVWHGSDLUZLUH
3,QSXWVDQGRXWSXWVRQFRQQHFWRU;

3-21

3. Wiring Diagram to the connector, X4


Connecting Example to Host Controller

Connection between MINAS A5 and FP2-PP22 AFP2434 (Panasonic Electric Works)


PLC

Driver

FP2-PP2 AFP2430
(Panasonic Electric Works)

A5-series
50

FG

A1

PULS1

B1

PULS2

A2

SIGN1

B2

SIGN2

A4

23

OZ

B3

24

OZ

13,25

GND

COM

A7

30

CL

B7

29

SRV-ON

B4

27

GAIN

31

A-CLR

POT

NOT

FG A19

35

S-RDY

FG B19

34

S-RDY

37

ALM

36

ALM

39

INP

38

INP

41

COM

* Process of shield wire varies with equipment.

CW pulse command
output

CCW pulse command


output
220

220

Command pulse
input 2

220

Command sign
input 2

Z-phase output

Origin input

Deviation counter
reset output
1.6

Origin proximity input

from
PLC I/O
output

A5

4.7

4.7

4.7

4.7

Counter clear input


Servo-ON input
Gain switching input
Alarm clear input

4.7

Inhibit positive direction


travel input

4.7

Inhibit negative direction


travel input
Servo-Ready output

to
PLC I/O
input

External power supply


24VDC A20
input
GND B20

Origin proximity sensor


CW limit sensor
CCW limit sensor

to
PLC I/O
input

+ 24V
GND
DC24V
Power supply

Note
5HODWHGSDJH

3-22

UHSUHVHQWVWZLVWHGSDLUZLUH
3,QSXWVDQGRXWSXWVRQFRQQHFWRU;

Servo-Alarm output

Positioning complete
output

3. Wiring Diagram to the connector, X4

1
Before Using the Products

Connecting Example to Host Controller

Connection between MINAS A5 and FPG-C32T (Panasonic Electric Works)


PLC

Driver

FPG-C32T
(Panasonic Electric Works)

A5-series
FG

PULS1

PULS2

SIGN1

SIGN2

X2

19

CZ

COM

13

GND

25

GND

COM

Y2

30

CL

29

SRV-ON

27

GAIN

31

A-CLR

COM

POT

X3

NOT

35

S-RDY

Y0

CW pulse command
output

Y1

CCW pulse command


output
5.6k

2k

2k

220

Command pulse
input 2

220

Command sign
input 2

Deviation counter
reset output

Origin proximity input

CCW limit excess


input

3k

5.6k

5.6k

4.7

4.7

Servo-ON input
Gain switching input
Alarm clear input

4.7

Inhibit positive direction


travel input

4.7

Inhibit negative direction


travel input
Servo-Ready output

X5

to
PLC I/O
input
X6

Origin proximity sensor


CCW limit sensor

34

S-RDY

37

ALM

36

ALM

39

INP

38

INP

41

COM

Servo-Alarm output

6
When in Trouble

+ 24V
GND
DC24V
Power supply

7
Supplement

5HODWHGSDJH

Positioning complete
output

CW limit sensor

Note

Adjustment

CW limit excess
input

4.7

Counter clear input

Setup

from
PLC I/O
output

4.7

Connection

Z-phase output

Origin input

Preparation

50

* Process of shield wire varies with equipment.

UHSUHVHQWVWZLVWHGSDLUZLUH
3,QSXWVDQGRXWSXWVRQFRQQHFWRU;

3-23

3. Wiring Diagram to the connector, X4


Connecting Example to Host Controller

Connection between MINAS A5 and F3YP14-ON/F3YP18-ON (Yokogawa Electric Corp.)


PLC

Driver

F3YP14-ON/F3YP18-ON
(Yokogawa Electric Corp.)

A5-series
50

FG

14a

PULS1

13a

PULS2

12a

SIGN1

11a

SIGN2

15a

23

OZ

16a

24

OZ

13,25

GND

COM

10a

30

CL

9a

29

SRV-ON

27

GAIN

31

A-CLR

POT

NOT

1a

35

S-RDY

3a

34

S-RDY

37

ALM

36

ALM

39

INP

38

INP

41

COM

* Process of shield wire varies with equipment.

CW pulse command
output

CCW pulse command


output
240

Origin line driver


input

5V power supply
for pulse output

V
GND

CW limit input

7.4k

CCW limit input

7.4k

Origin proximity input

7.4k

from
PLC I/O
output

8b
8a

to
PLC I/O
input
2a

4a

CCW limit sensor


CW limit sensor

+ 5V
GND
DC5V
Power supply

3-24

220

Command sign
input 2

4.7

4.7

4.7

4.7

Counter clear input


Servo-ON input
Gain switching input
Alarm clear input

4.7

Inhibit positive direction


travel input

4.7

Inhibit negative direction


travel input
Servo-Ready output

Origin proximity sensor

5HODWHGSDJH

Command pulse
input 2

Z-phase output

Deviation counter
reset output

Note

220

+ 24V
GND
DC24V
Power supply

UHSUHVHQWVWZLVWHGSDLUZLUH
3,QSXWVDQGRXWSXWVRQFRQQHFWRU;

Servo-Alarm output

Positioning complete
output

3. Wiring Diagram to the connector, X4

Connection between MINAS A5 and F3NC32-ON/F3NC34-ON (Yokogawa Electric Corp.)


PLC

Driver

F3NC32-ON/F3NC34-ON
(Yokogawa Electric Corp.)

A5-series
FG

3a

PULS1

4a

PULS2

5a

SIGN1

6a

SIGN2

19a

23

OZ

20a

24

OZ

13,25

GND

COM

30

CL

29

SRV-ON

27

GAIN

31

A-CLR

POT

NOT

35

S-RDY

Pulse output A

220

Command pulse
input 2

220

Command sign
input 2

Pulse output B
Encoder Z-phase
output +

240

14a

Deviation counter
reset output

1a

from
PLC I/O
output

1b

Contact point
input COM

13a

Negative direction
limit input

7.4k

7.4k

Origin input

4.7

4.7

Servo-ON input
Gain switching input
Alarm clear input

4.7

Inhibit positive direction


travel input

4.7

Inhibit negative direction


travel input
Servo-Ready output

8a

to
PLC I/O
input
9a

7a

34

S-RDY

37

ALM

36

ALM

39

INP

38

INP

41

COM

Servo-Alarm output

6
When in Trouble

CCW limit sensor


CW limit sensor

7
Supplement

+ 24V
GND
DC24V
Power supply

5HODWHGSDJH

Positioning complete
output

Origin proximity sensor

Note

Adjustment

Positive direction
limit input

7.4k

4.7

Counter clear input

Setup

External power supply


24VDC input
External power supply
24VDC input (GND)

4.7

Connection

Z-phase output

Encoder Z-phase
output

Preparation

50

* Process of shield wire varies with equipment.

Before Using the Products

Connecting Example to Host Controller

UHSUHVHQWVWZLVWHGSDLUZLUH
3,QSXWVDQGRXWSXWVRQFRQQHFWRU;

3-25

3. Wiring Diagram to the connector, X4


Connecting Example to Host Controller

Connection between MINAS A5 and CJ1W-NC113 (Omron Corp.)


PLC

Driver

CJ1W-NC113
(Omron Corp.)

A5-series
50

FG

PULS1

PULS2

SIGN1

SIGN2

A16

23

OZ

A14

24

OZ

A1

13,25

GND

A2

COM

A10

30

CL

29

SRV-ON

27

GAIN

31

A-CLR

POT

NOT

35

S-RDY

34

S-RDY

37

ALM

36

ALM

39

INP

38

INP

41

COM

* Process of shield wire varies with equipment.


1.6k

CW pulse command
output
1.6k

CCW pulse command


output
150

Origin line driver


input

A6

A8

V
GND

Deviation counter
reset output

A24

Emergency stop
input

4.7k

Origin proximity
input

4.7k

CCW limit excess


input

4.7k

CW limit excess
input

4.7k

from
PLC I/O
output

A20

A21

to
PLC I/O
input
A22

CCW limit sensor


CW limit sensor

+ 24V
GND
DC24V
Power supply

3-26

220

Command sign
input 2

4.7

4.7

4.7

4.7

Counter clear input


Servo-ON input
Gain switching input
Alarm clear input

4.7

Inhibit positive direction


travel input

4.7

Inhibit negative direction


travel input
Servo-Ready output

A23

Origin proximity sensor

5HODWHGSDJH

Command pulse
input 2

Z-phase output

Power supply
for output

Note

220

UHSUHVHQWVWZLVWHGSDLUZLUH
3,QSXWVDQGRXWSXWVRQFRQQHFWRU;

Servo-Alarm output

Positioning complete
output

3. Wiring Diagram to the connector, X4

1
Before Using the Products

Connecting Example to Host Controller

Connection between MINAS A5 and CJ1W-NC133 (Omron Corp.)


PLC

Driver

CJ1W-NC133
CJ1W-NC113
(Omron Corp.)

A5-series
FG

CW pulse command
output

A5

PULS1

A6

PULS2

CCW pulse command


output

A7

SIGN1

A8

SIGN2

150

Origin line driver


input

A16

23

OZ

A14

24

OZ

A1

13,25

GND

A2

COM

A10

30

CL

29

SRV-ON

27

GAIN

31

A-CLR

POT

NOT

35

S-RDY

220

Command pulse
input 2

220

Command sign
input 2

V
GND

Deviation counter
reset output

A24
4.7k

Origin proximity input

CCW limit over input

5V power supply
for pulse output

4.7k

4.7k

GND
V

A21

4.7

4.7

Servo-ON input
Gain switching input
Alarm clear input

4.7

Inhibit positive direction


travel input

4.7

Inhibit negative direction


travel input
Servo-Ready output

34

S-RDY

37

ALM

A22

36

ALM

A3

39

INP

A4

38

INP

41

COM

A23

to
PLC I/O
input

Servo-Alarm output

6
When in Trouble

CCW limit sensor


CW limit sensor

+ 24V
GND
DC24V
Power supply

Supplement

+ 5V
GND
DC5V
Power supply

5HODWHGSDJH

Positioning complete
output

Origin proximity sensor

Note

Adjustment

CW limit over input

4.7k

from
PLC I/O
output

A20

4.7

Counter clear input

Setup

Emergency stop
input

4.7

Connection

Z-phase output

24V power supply


for output

Preparation

50

* Process of shield wire varies with equipment.

UHSUHVHQWVWZLVWHGSDLUZLUH
3,QSXWVDQGRXWSXWVRQFRQQHFWRU;

3-27

3. Wiring Diagram to the connector, X4


Connecting Example to Host Controller

Connection between MINAS A5 and QD75D1 (Mitsubishi Electric Corp.)


PLC

Driver

QD75D1
(Mitsubishi Electric Corp.)

A5-series
50

FG

15

PULS1

16

PULS2

17

SIGN1

18

SIGN2

23

OZ

10

24

OZ

13,25

GND

COM

13

30

CL

14

29

SRV-ON

12

27

GAIN

31

A-CLR

POT

NOT

35

S-RDY

34

S-RDY

37

ALM

36

ALM

39

INP

38

INP

41

COM

* Process of shield wire varies with equipment.

CW pulse command
output

CCW pulse command


output
300

220

Command pulse
input 2

220

Command sign
input 2

Zero point signal

Z-phase output

4.7

Counter clear input

Deviation counter clear

Drive unit ready

4.7k

from
PLC I/O
output

11

Common

Proximity signal

4.3k

Upper limit

4.7k

Lower limit

4.7k

to
PLC I/O
input

1
2

CW limit sensor
CCW limit sensor

+ 24V
GND
DC24V
Power supply

5HODWHGSDJH

3-28

4.7

4.7

Servo-ON input
Gain switching input
Alarm clear input

4.7

Inhibit positive direction


travel input

4.7

Inhibit negative direction


travel input
Servo-Ready output

Origin proximity sensor

Note

4.7

UHSUHVHQWVWZLVWHGSDLUZLUH
3,QSXWVDQGRXWSXWVRQFRQQHFWRU;

Servo-Alarm output

Positioning complete
output

3. Wiring Diagram to the connector, X4

1
Before Using the Products

Connecting Example to Host Controller

Connection between MINAS A5 and KV-5000/3000 (keyence Corp.)


PLC

Driver

KV-5000/3000
(keyence Corp.)

A5-series
FG

4.3k

Origin sensor input

PULS1

PULS2

X axis limit switch CW


X axis limit switch CCW

4.3k

4.3k

SIGN1

SIGN2

14

23

OZ

15

24

OZ

16

13,25

GND

COM

30

CL

29

SRV-ON

27

GAIN

31

A-CLR

POT

NOT

35

S-RDY

1
3

2k

4
2k

1.2k

220

Command pulse
input 2

220

Command sign
input 2

3
Connection

Z-phase output

X axis CW

19

X sxis deviation
counter clear

4.7

4.7

4.7

Counter clear input


Servo-ON input
Gain switching input
Alarm clear input

4.7

Inhibit positive direction


travel input

4.7

Inhibit negative direction


travel input
Servo-Ready output

36

to
PLC I/O
input
40

Origin proximity sensor


CW limit sensor

34

S-RDY

37

ALM

36

ALM

39

INP

38

INP

41

COM

Servo-Alarm output

Positioning complete
output

6
When in Trouble

CCW limit sensor

+ 24V
GND
DC24V
Power supply

5HODWHGSDJH

7
Supplement

Note

5
Adjustment

X axis CCW

4
Setup

from
PLC I/O
output

26

4.7

Preparation

50

* Process of shield wire varies with equipment.

UHSUHVHQWVWZLVWHGSDLUZLUH
3,QSXWVDQGRXWSXWVRQFRQQHFWRU;

3-29

4. Inputs and outputs on connector X4

Connection

Interface Circuit (Input)

Input Circuit
SI

Related
control mode

Connection to sequence input signals

&RQQHFWWRFRQWDFWVRIVZLWFKHVDQGUHOD\VRURSHQFROOHFWRURXWSXWWUDQVLVWRUV
:KHQ\RXXVHFRQWDFWLQSXWVXVHWKHVZLWFKHVDQGUHOD\VIRUPLFURFXUUHQWWRDYRLGFRQWDFW
failure.
0DNHWKHORZHUOLPLWYROWDJHRIWKHSRZHUVXSSO\ WR9 DV9RUPRUHLQRUGHUWR
VHFXUHWKHSULPDU\FXUUHQWIRUSKRWRFRXSOHUV
12 to 24V

Relay

7 COM+4.7k1

7 COM+4.7k1

SRV-ON etc.

SRV-ON etc.
Relay

Note

PI1

V\VWHPV6,WR6,)RUDVVLJQDQGIXQFWLRQUHIHUWR3WR3
5HODWHGSDJH
P.3-50
Related
Connection to sequence input signals (Pulse train interface) control
mode

 /LQHGULYHU,) 3HUPLVVLEOHPD[LQSXWIUHTXHQF\RIFRPPDQGSXOVHLQSXWVLJQDONSSV
7KLVVLJQDOWUDQVPLVVLRQPHWKRGKDVEHWWHUQRLVHLPPXQLW\
:HUHFRPPHQGWKLVWRVHFXUHWKHVLJQDOWUDQVPLVVLRQ
 2SHQFROOHFWRU,) 3HUPLVVLEOHPD[LQSXWIUHTXHQF\RIFRPPDQGSXOVHLQSXWVLJQDONSSV
7KHPHWKRGZKLFKXVHVDQH[WHUQDOFRQWUROVLJQDOSRZHU
 VXSSO\ 9'&
VDC Specifications
1k11/2W
12V
&XUUHQWUHJXODWLQJUHVLVWRU 5 FRUUHVSRQGLQJWR9'& is
2k11/2W
24V
 UHTXLUHGLQWKLVFDVH
&RQQHFWWKHVSHFLHGUHVLVWHUDVEHORZ
VDC 1.5 .
 5 VKRXOGEHSODFHGFORVHWRWKHGULYHUIRUHIIHFWLYHQRLVHUHGXFWLRQ

R+220

=. 10mA

 2SHQFROOHFWRU,) 3HUPLVVLEOHPD[LQSXWIUHTXHQF\RIFRPPDQGSXOVHLQSXWVLJQDONSSV
&RQQHFWLQJGLDJUDPZKHQDFXUUHQWUHJXODWLQJUHVLVWRULVQRWXVHGZLWK9SRZHUVXSSO\
(1)

1 PULS1

2.2k

(3)

1 OPC1

2.2k

2.2k

4 PULS2

4 PULS2

220
2 SIGN1

220
2.2k

2.2k

2 OPC1

(2)
R

6 SIGN2

220

3 PULS1

13

220

2.2k

* Keep the length of wiring short (1 m or less).

4 PULS2

220
5 SIGN1

VDC

6 SIGN2
13

220

2.2k

0D[LQSXWYROWDJH
'&95DWHGFXUUHQWP$
UHSUHVHQWVWZLVWHGSDLU

V\VWHP3,)RUIXQFWLRQUHIHUWR33

3-30

2.2k

2.2k

24VDC

6 SIGN2
13

2.2k

4. Inputs and outputs on connector X4

PI2

Before Using the Products

Interface Circuit (Input)

Connection to sequence input signals


3XOVHWUDLQLQWHUIDFHH[FOXVLYHWROLQHGULYHU

Related
control mode

2k

44

Preparation

/LQHGULYHU,) 3HUPLVVLEOHPD[LQSXWIUHTXHQF\RIFRPPDQGSXOVHLQSXWVLJQDO0SSV
7KLVVLJQDOWUDQVPLVVLRQPHWKRGKDVEHWWHUQRLVHLPPXQLW\
:HUHFRPPHQGWKLVWRVHFXUHWKHVLJQDOWUDQVPLVVLRQZKHQOLQHGULYHU,)LVXVHG

20k
PULS

120

45

46

2k

20k

2k

20k

3
SIGN

2k

13

Connection

120

47

20k

UHSUHVHQWVWZLVWHGSDLU
V\VWHP3,)RUIXQFWLRQUHIHUWR33

AI

4
Related
control mode

Analog command input

F
Setup

,WJRHVWKURXJKV\VWHPV$,WR$,
0D[SHUPLVVLEOHLQSXWYROWDJHWRHDFKLQSXWLV9
)RULQSXWLPSHGDQFHRIHDFKLQSXWUHIHUWRWKHULJKW)LJ
:KHQ\RXFRPSRVHDVLPSOHFRPPDQGFLUFXLWXVLQJYDULDEOHUHVLVWRU 95 DQGUHJLVWHU5
FRQQHFWDVWKHULJKW)LJVKRZV:KHQWKHYDULDEOHUDQJHRIHDFKLQSXWLVPDGHDV
 9WR9XVH95ZLWKN:%FKDUDFWHULVWLFV:RUODUJHU5ZLWK::RU
ODUJHU
$'FRQYHUWHUUHVROXWLRQRIHDFKFRPPDQGLQSXWLVDVIROORZV
  $'&ELW $,
  $'&ELW $,$,

5
Adjustment

20k
47k

12V

47k

R
VR

AI1 SPR

14

47k

47k

15

17

AI3 N-ATL 18

20k

14k

20k

20k

When in Trouble

AI2 P-ATL 16
12V

10k

14k

20k

20k

10k

Note

UHSUHVHQWVWZLVWHGSDLU

Supplement

)RUIXQFWLRQUHIHUWR33

2QO\IRUSRVLWLRQFRQWUROW\SHLVQRWSURYLGHGZLWKDQDORJLQSXW

3-31

4. Inputs and outputs on connector X4

Connection

Interface Circuit (Output)

Output Circuit
SO

Related
control mode

Sequence output circuit

7KHRXWSXWFLUFXLWLVFRPSRVHGRIRSHQFROOHFWRUWUDQVLVWRURXWSXWVLQWKH'DUOLQJWRQ
FRQQHFWLRQDQGFRQQHFWWRUHOD\VRUSKRWRFRXSOHUV
7KHUHH[LVWVFROOHFWRUWRHPLWWHUYROWDJH9CE 6$7 RIDSSUR[9DWWUDQVLVWRU21GXHWRWKH
'DUOLQJWRQFRQQHFWLRQRIWKHRXWSXWRU1RWHWKDWQRUPDO77/,&FDQQRWEHGLUHFWO\FRQQHFWHG
VLQFHLWGRHVQRWPHHW9,/
7KHUHDUHWZRW\SHVRIRXWSXWRQH V\VWHPVRI6262 ZKLFKHPLWWHUVLGHRIWKHRXWSXW
WUDQVLVWRULVLQGHSHQGHQWDQGLVFRQQHFWDEOHLQGLYLGXDOO\DQGWKHRQH V\VWHPVRI6,WR
6, ZKLFKLVFRPPRQWRVLGHRIWKHFRQWUROSRZHUVXSSO\ &20 
,IDUHFRPPHQGHGSULPDU\FXUUHQWYDOXHRIWKHSKRWRFRXSOHULVP$GHFLGHWKHUHVLVWRU
YDOXHXVLQJWKHIRUPXODRIWKHEHORZJXUH
:KHQDFFHSWLQJWKHRXWSXWVLJQDOWKURXJKDORJLFFLUFXLWHJJDWHLQXHQFHIURPQRLVHV
VKRXOGEHSUHYHQWHG
)RUWKHUHFRPPHQGHGSULPDU\FXUUHQWYDOXHUHIHUWRWKHGDWDVKHHWRIWKHHTXLSPHQWDQG
SKRWRFRXSOHUWREHXVHG
Install toward the direction as
the fig. shows without fail.

Pay attention to the polarity


of the power supply.
Connection in the opposite
polarity will damage the
servo driver.

SO1 to 4
ALM+ etc.
12 to 24V

ALM etc.
VDC
SO5, 6
ZSP, TLC

R [k1] =

VDC[V] 2.5[V]

41 COM

10
Max. rating 30V, 50mA

Note

PO1

)RUIXQFWLRQUHIHUWR3WR3
5HODWHGSDJH
P.3-52
/LQHGULYHU 'LIIHUHQWLDORXWSXW RXWSXW

)HHGVRXWWKHGLYLGHGHQFRGHU
RXWSXWV $%DQG=SKDVH LQ
GLIIHUHQWLDOWKURXJKHDFKOLQHGULYHU
$WWKHKRVWVLGHUHFHLYHWKHVHLQOLQH
UHFHLYHU,QVWDOODWHUPLQDOUHVLVWRU
DSSUR[  ULJKWJXUH 
EHWZHHQOLQHUHFHLYHULQSXWVZLWKRXW
fail.
7KHVHRXWSXWVDUHQRWLQVXODWHG

Related
control mode

21
A
22
48
49

OZ+
OZ

23
24

(1)

Connect signal ground of the host


and the driver without fail.

3-32

OB+
OB

GND

)RUIXQFWLRQUHIHUWR3

AM26LS31 or
equivalent

AM26LS32 or equivalent
OA+
OA

UHSUHVHQWVWZLVWHGSDLU

25

4. Inputs and outputs on connector X4

PO2

Before Using the Products

Interface Circuit (Output)

Related
control mode

Open collector output

2
Preparation

)HHGVRXWWKH=SKDVHVLJQDODPRQJWKHHQFRGHUVLJQDOVLQRSHQFROOHFWRU7KLVRXWSXWLV
not insulated.
5HFHLYHWKLVRXWSXWZLWKKLJKVSHHGSKRWRFRXSOHUVDWWKHKRVWVLGHVLQFHWKHSXOVHZLGWKRI
WKH=SKDVHVLJQDOLVQDUURZ
Max. rating 30V,
50mA

19 CZ

High speed photo-coupler


(TLP554 by Toshiba or equivalent)

Connection

25 GND

UHSUHVHQWVWZLVWHGSDLU

)RUIXQFWLRQUHIHUWR3

AO

Analog monitor output

Related
control mode

5HVROXWLRQ!

5
Adjustment

(1) Speed monitor output (SP)


 :LWKDVHWXSRI9UPLQWKHUHVROXWLRQFRQYHUWHGWRVSHHGLVUPLQP9
(2) Torque monitor output (IM)
 :LWKDUHODWLRQRI9UDWHGWRUTXH  WKHUHVROXWLRQFRQYHUWHGWRWRUTXHLV
P9

43 SP N

6
When in Trouble

Measuring
instrument
or
external
circuit

Setup

7KHUHDUHWZRRXWSXWVWKHVSHHGPRQLWRUVLJQDORXWSXW 63 DQGWKHWRUTXHPRQLWRU
VLJQDORXWSXW ,0
2XWSXWVLJQDOZLGWKLV9
7KHRXWSXWLPSHGDQFHLVN3D\DQDWWHQWLRQWRWKHLQSXWLPSHGDQFHRIWKHPHDVXULQJ
LQVWUXPHQWRUWKHH[WHUQDOFLUFXLWWREHFRQQHFWHG

42 IM N
17 GND

)RUIXQFWLRQUHIHUWR3

7
Supplement

3-33

4. Inputs and outputs on connector X4

Connection

Input Signal and Pin No.

Input Signals (common) and Their Functions


Pin
1R

Title of
VLJQDO

Power supply for control signal (+)

Symbol

COM+

Related
control mode

,)FLUFXLW

&RQQHFWRIWKHH[WHUQDO'&SRZHUVXSSO\ WR9 
8VHWKHSRZHUVXSSO\YROWDJHRI99

Pin
1R

41

Title of
VLJQDO

Power supply for control signal (-)

Symbol

&20

Related
control mode
,)FLUFXLW

&RQQHFWRIWKHH[WHUQDO'&SRZHUVXSSO\ WR9 
7KHSRZHUFDSDFLW\YDULHVGHSHQGLQJRQDFRPSRVLWLRQRI,2FLUFXLW$RUPRUHLV
recommended.

3-34

4. Inputs and outputs on connector X4

Input Signals (Pulse Train) and Their Functions


<RXFDQVHOHFWDSSURSULDWHLQWHUIDFHRXWRIWZRNLQGVGHSHQGLQJRQWKHFRPPDQGSXOVHVSHFLFDWLRQV

3XOVHWUDLQLQWHUIDFHH[FOXVLYHIRUOLQHGULYHU
44
45

Pin
1R

46
47

Title of
VLJQDO

Command pulse input 1

Symbol

3LQ1RPULSH1
3LQ1RPULSH2

Title of
VLJQDO

Command pulse sign input 1

Symbol

3LQ1RSIGNH1
3LQ1RSIGNH2

Related
control mode
,)FLUFXLW
Related
control mode
,)FLUFXLW

PI2 3-31 SDJH


P

Preparation

Pin
1R

Before Using the Products

Input Signal and Pin No.

PI2 3-31 SDJH

3
Connection

,QSXWWHUPLQDOIRUSRVLWLRQFRPPDQGSXOVH<RXFDQVHOHFWE\VHWWLQJXS3U 6HOHFWLRQRI
command pulse input) to 1.
7KLVLQSXWEHFRPHVLQYDOLGDWVXFKFRQWUROPRGHDVYHORFLW\FRQWURORUWRUTXHFRQWUROZKHUH
no position command is required.
3HUPLVVLEOHPD[LQSXWIUHTXHQF\LV0SSV
<RXFDQVHOHFWXSWRFRPPDQGSXOVHLQSXWIRUPDWVZLWK3U 6HWXSRIFRPPDQGSXOVH
rotational direction) and Pr0.07 (Setup of command pulse input mode).
)RUGHWDLOVUHIHUWRWKHWDEOHQH[WSDJH&RPPDQGSXOVHLQSXWIRUPDW

3XOVHWUDLQLQWHUIDFH VXSSRUWVERWKOLQHGULYHUDQGRSHQFROOHFWRU
Command pulse input 2

Symbol

3LQ1ROPC1
3LQ1RPULS1
3LQ1RPULS2

Title of
VLJQDO

Command pulse sign input 2

Symbol

3LQ1ROPC2
3LQ1RSIGN1
3LQ1RSIGN2

Related
control mode
,)FLUFXLW
Related
control mode
,)FLUFXLW

PI1 3-30 SDJH


P

PI1 3-30 SDJH

6
When in Trouble

,QSXWWHUPLQDOIRUWKHSRVLWLRQFRPPDQG<RXFDQVHOHFWE\VHWWLQJXS3U 6HOHFWLRQRI
command pulse input) to 0.
7KLVLQSXWEHFRPHVLQYDOLGDWVXFKFRQWUROPRGHDVWKHYHORFLW\FRQWURORUWRUTXHFRQWURO
ZKHUHQRSRVLWLRQFRPPDQGLVUHTXLUHG
3HUPLVVLEOHPD[LQSXWIUHTXHQF\LVNSSVDWOLQHGULYHULQSXWDQGNSSVDWRSHQ
collector input.
<RXFDQVHOHFWXSWRFRPPDQGSXOVHLQSXWIRUPDWVZLWK3U 6HWXSRIFRPPDQGSXOVH
rotational direction) and Pr0.07 (Setup of command pulse input mode).
)RUGHWDLOVUHIHUWRWKHWDEOHQH[WSDJH&RPPDQGSXOVHLQSXWIRUPDW

Adjustment

Pin
1R

2
5
6

Title of
VLJQDO

Setup

Pin
1R

1
3
4

7
Supplement

5HODWHGSDJH

3,QSXWVDQGRXWSXWVRQFRQQHFWRU;
3'HWDLOVRISDUDPHWHU

3-35

4. Inputs and outputs on connector X4


Input Signal and Pin No.

,QSXWIRUPDWFRPPDQGSXOVH
Pr0.06 setup value Pr0.07 setup value
&RPPDQGSXOVH &RPPDQGSXOVH
rotational
LQSXWPRGH
GLUHFWLRQVHWXS
setup

0 or 2

&RPPDQG
pulse format

SKDVH
difference
2-phase pulse
(A + B-phase)
Positive direction
pulse train
+
Negative direction
pulse train

pulse train
+
Signal

Signal
title

3RVLWLYHGLUHFWLRQ
FRPPDQG
t1

t1

0 or 2

Positive direction
pulse train
+
Negative direction
pulse train

pulse train
+
Signal

t1

t1

A-phase

PULS
B-phase

SIGN

t1

t1

t1

%SKDVHDGYDQFHVWR$E\

t1

%SKDVHGHOD\VIURP$E\

t3

PULS

t2

t2

t4

t5

SIGN
PULS

t2

t2

t4

t5

SIGN

H
t6

SKDVH
difference
2-phase pulse
(A + B-phase)

1HJDWLYHGLUHFWLRQ
FRPPDQG

t6 t6
t1

t6

t1

t1

t1

A-phase

PULS
SIGN

B-phase
t1

t1

t1

t1

%SKDVHGHOD\VIURP$E\ %SKDVHDGYDQFHVWR$E\
t3

PULS

t2

t2

SIGN
PULS

t4

SIGN

t5

t2

t2

t4

t5

L
t6

H
t6 t6

t6

38/6DQG6,*1UHSUHVHQWVWKHRXWSXWVRISXOVHWUDLQLQSXWFLUFXLW5HIHUWRWKHILJRI3,QSXW&LUFXLW
,QFDVHRIQHJDWLYHGLUHFWLRQSXOVHWUDLQSRVLWLYHGLUHFWLRQSXOVHWUDLQDQGSXOVHWUDLQVLJQSXOVHWUDLQZLOO
EHFDSWXUHGDWWKHULVLQJHGJH
,QFDVHRISKDVHSXOVHSXOVHWUDLQZLOOEHFDSWXUHGDWHDFKHGJH

3HUPLVVLEOHPD[LQSXWIUHTXHQF\DQGPLQQHFHVVDU\WLPHZLGWKRIFRPPDQGSXOVHLQSXWVLJQDO
Input I/F of PULS/SIGN signal

Permissible max.
input frequency

Pulse train interface exclusive to line driver


Line driver interface
Pulse train interface
Open collector interface

4Mpps
500kpps
200kpps

5HODWHGSDJH

3-36

3'HWDLOVRI3DUDPHWHU

0LQQHFHVVDU\WLPHZLGWK V
t1

t2

t3

t4

t5

t6























4. Inputs and outputs on connector X4

Control Input
&RQWUROVLJQDOKDYLQJWKHGHVLUHGIXQFWLRQFDQEHDSSOLHGWRDQ\LQSXWSLQRI,)FRQQHFWRU
7KHORJLFFDQEHFKDQJHG

Before Using the Products

Input Signal and Pin No.

'HIDXOWDVVLJQPHQW

notation

Pin
1R

Title of
VLJQDO
Symbol

SI2 input

Pin
1R

26

Title of
VLJQDO
Symbol

SI3 input

Pin
1R

27

Title of
VLJQDO
Symbol

SI4 input

Pin
1R

28

Title of
VLJQDO
Symbol

SI5 input

Pin
1R

29

Title of
VLJQDO
Symbol

SI6 input

Pin
1R

30

Title of
VLJQDO
Symbol

SI7 input

Pin
1R

31

Title of
VLJQDO
Symbol

SI8 input

Pin
1R

32

Title of
VLJQDO
Symbol

SI9 input

Pin
1R

33

Title of
VLJQDO
Symbol

SI10 input

SI1

SI2

SI3

SI4

SI5

SI6

SI7

SI8

SI9

SI10

/RJLF*1

6LJQDO

/RJLF*1

127

b-contact

127

b-contact

Pr4.00

K
(8553090)

127

Pr4.01

K
(8487297)

POT

Pr4.02

$K
966(/ a-contact =(5263' b-contact =(5263' b-contact
(9539850)

Pr4.03

K
(394758)

Pr4.04

&K
(4108)

Pr4.05

K
65921 a-contact 65921 a-contact 65921 a-contact
(197379)

Pr4.06

IK
(3847)

&/

Pr4.07

K
(263172)

$&/5

Pr4.08

K
&02'( a-contact &02'( a-contact &02'( a-contact
(328965)

Pr4.09

(K
(3720)

b-contact

*$,1

b-contact

a-contact

POT

*$,1

b-contact

a-contact

POT

*$,1

b-contact

a-contact

4
',9

a-contact ,1763' a-contact

a-contact ,1763' a-contact

$&/5

a-contact

,1+

a-contact

$&/5

a-contact

b-contact ,1763' a-contact

6
When in Trouble

7KHIXQFWLRQGHSHQGVRQSDUDPHWHUVHWXS5HIHUWR3
5HIHUWRWKHQH[WVHFWLRQ)XQFWLRQDVVLJQDEOHWRJHQHUDOSXUSRVHLQSXW
Note

Adjustment

SI1 input

Torque control

6LJQDO

Setup

Title of
VLJQDO
Symbol

/RJLF

Connection

Pin
1R

6LJQDO

'HIDXOW6HWXS
Verocity control

Preparation

'HIDXOW
$SSOLFDEOH parameter 3RVLWLRQ)XOOFORVHGFRQWURO
VHWWLQJ
parameter  GHFLPDO
*1

*2SHUDWLRQRIDFRQWDFWDQGEFRQWDFW


DFRQWDFW,QSXWVLJQDOGLVFRQQHFWHGIURP&20IXQFWLRQGLVDEOHG 2))VWDWH


,QSXWVLJQDOFRQQHFWHGWR&20IXQFWLRQHQDEOHG 21VWDWH

EFRQWDFW,QSXWVLJQDOGLVFRQQHFWHGIURP&20IXQFWLRQHQDEOHG 21VWDWH


,QSXWVLJQDOFRQQHFWHGWR&20IXQFWLRQGLVDEOHG 2))VWDWH
>@1RIXQFWLRQDVVLJQHG
5HODWHGSDJH
P.3-50

7
Supplement

3-37

4. Inputs and outputs on connector X4


Input Signal and Pin No.

Function allocatable to control input


Title of
VLJQDO

6HUYR21LQSXW

Symbol

65921

Related
control mode
'HIDXOWDVVLJQPHQW

29 (SI6)

,)FLUFXLW

SI 3-30 SDJH

7KLVVLJQDOWXUQVRQRIIWKHVHUYR PRWRU 
Title of
VLJQDO

3RVLWLYHGLUHFWLRQRYHUWUDYHOLQKLELWLRQLQSXW

Symbol

POT

'HIDXOWDVVLJQPHQW

Related
control mode

9 (SI2)

,)FLUFXLW

SI 3-30 SDJH

3RVLWLYHGLUHFWLRQRYHUWUDYHOLQKLELWLQSXW
7KH RSHUDWLRQ ZLWK WKLV LQSXW WXUQHG 21 LV VHW XS LQ 3U 6HWXS RI RYHUWUDYHO LQKLELW
LQSXW
:KHQXVLQJWKLVLQSXWVHW3U6HWXSRIRYHUWUDYHOLQKLELWLQSXWWRDYDOXHRWKHUWKDQ
VRWKDWWKHLQSXWLV21ZKHQWKHPRYLQJSRUWLRQRIWKHPDFKLQHH[FHHGVWKLVVLJQDOUDQJH
WRZDUGSRVLWLYHGLUHFWLRQ
Title of
VLJQDO

1HJDWLYHGLUHFWLRQRYHUWUDYHOLQKLELWLRQLQSXW

Symbol

NOT

'HIDXOWDVVLJQPHQW

Related
control mode

8 (SI1)

,)FLUFXLW

SI 3-30 SDJH

1HJDWLYHGLUHFWLRQRYHUWUDYHOLQKLELWLQSXW
7KH RSHUDWLRQ ZLWK WKLV LQSXW WXUQHG 21 LV VHW XS LQ 3U 6HWXS RI RYHUWUDYHO LQKLELW
LQSXW
:KHQXVLQJWKLVIXQFWLRQVHW3U6HWXSRIRYHUWUDYHOLQKLELWLQSXWWRDYDOXHRWKHUWKDQ
VRWKDWWKHLQSXWLV21ZKHQWKHPRYLQJSRUWLRQRIWKHPDFKLQHH[FHHGVWKLVVLJQDOUDQJH
WRZDUGQHJDWLYHGLUHFWLRQ
Title of
VLJQDO

'HYLDWLRQFRXQWHUFOHDULQSXW

Symbol

CL

Related
control mode
'HIDXOWDVVLJQPHQW

30 (SI7)

,)FLUFXLW

SI 3-30 SDJH

&OHDUVWKHSRVLWLRQDOGHYLDWLRQFRXQWHU
'HIDXOWVHWXSFOHDUVWKHFRXQWHUDWWKHULVLQJHGJHRIWKHFOHDULQSXW7RFKDQJHWKHVHWXS
PRGLI\LWLQWKH3U&RXQWHUFOHDULQSXWPRGH
<Signal width and clear timing>
Pr5.17

CL signal width

'HYLDWLRQFOHDUWLPLQJ

VRUPRUH

1 ms or more

&RQWLQXDOO\FOHDUWKHFRXQWHUZKLOHWKHGHYLDWLRQFRXQWHU
FOHDULQSXWLV21*1

VRUPRUH

2QO\ RQFH FOHDU WKH FRXQWHU DW 2)) WR 21 HGJH RI WKH

1 ms or more

GHYLDWLRQFRXQWHUFOHDULQSXWVLJQDO*1

'HYLDWLRQFRXQWHUFOHDULQSXW212)) LQSXWSKRWRFRXSOHU212))

Caution

5HODWHGSDJH

3-38

7KLV IXQFWLRQ FDQ EH DVVLJQHG WR RQO\ 6,$OORFDWLRQ RI WKLV IXQFWLRQ WR DQ\ RWKHU SLQ ZLOO
cause an error.

3'HWDLOVRI3DUDPHWHU

4. Inputs and outputs on connector X4

Title of
VLJQDO

Alarm clear input

Symbol

$&/5

Related
control mode
'HIDXOWDVVLJQPHQW

31 (SI8)

,)FLUFXLW

SI 3-30 SDJH

&OHDUVWKHDODUPFRQGLWLRQ
7KLVLQSXWFDQQRWFOHDUVRPHDODUPV
)RUGHWDLOVUHIHUWR3:KHQLQ7URXEOH3URWHFWLYHIXQFWLRQ3  $ODUP'LVSOD\
DQG3'LVSOD\RI%DWWHU\$ODUP
Command pulse inhibition input

Symbol

INH

'HIDXOWDVVLJQPHQW

Related
control mode

33 (SI10)

,)FLUFXLW

SI 3-30 SDJH

,JQRUHVWKHSRVLWLRQDOFRPPDQGSXOVH
:KHQXVLQJWKLVIHDWXUHVHW3U,QYDOLGDWLRQRIFRPPDQGSXOVHLQKLELWLRQLQSXWWR
7KLVIXQFWLRQFDQEHDVVLJQHGWRRQO\6,$OORFDWLRQRIWKLV IXQFWLRQWRDQ\RWKHUSLQZLOO
cause an error.

Title of
VLJQDO

Control mode switching input

Symbol

C-MODE

'HIDXOWDVVLJQPHQW

Related
control mode

32 (SI9)

,)FLUFXLW

SI 3-30 SDJH

6HOHFWVDFRQWUROPRGH

Caution

(OHFWURQLFJHDU GLYLVLRQPXOWLSOLFDWLRQ VZLWFKLQJLQSXW

Symbol

DIV1

Title of
VLJQDO

(OHFWURQLFJHDU GLYLVLRQPXOWLSOLFDWLRQ VZLWFKLQJLQSXW

Symbol

DIV2

'HIDXOWDVVLJQPHQW

'HIDXOWDVVLJQPHQW

Related
control mode

28 (SI5)

,)FLUFXLW
Related
control mode

,)FLUFXLW

Setup

7KLVVLJQDOLVUHTXLUHGLQDOOFRQWUROPRGHV1RVHWWLQJZLOOFDXVHDQHUURU
'RQRWLQSXWDQ\FRPPDQGPVEHIRUHDQGDIWHUFKDQJLQJWKHFRQWUROPRGH

Title of
VLJQDO

SI 3-30 SDJH
P

OFF
OFF
21
21

Title of
VLJQDO

Damping control switching input 1

Symbol

VS-SEL1

Title of
VLJQDO

Damping control switching input 2

Symbol

VS-SEL2

'HIDXOWDVVLJQPHQW

'HIDXOWDVVLJQPHQW

Related
control mode

26 (SI3)

,)FLUFXLW
Related
control mode

,)FLUFXLW

SI 3-30 SDJH
P

SI 3-30 SDJH

$OVRUHIHUWR33U>'DPSLQJOWHUVZLWFKLQJVHOHFWLRQ@
3-39

7
Supplement

6HOHFWVDSSOLFDEOHIUHTXHQF\IRUGDPSLQJFRQWURO
 &RPELQDWLRQRIGDPSLQJFRQWUROLQSXWFKDQJHRYHUDQG 966(/966(/ HQDEOHV
select of max. 4 options.

Note

When in Trouble

OFF
21
OFF
21

6HOHFWHGFRPPDQGGLYLGLQJPXOWLSO\LQJSURFHVV
Numerator
Denominator
Pr0.09
Pr0.10
Pr5.00
Pr0.10
Pr5.01
Pr0.10
Pr5.02
Pr0.10

Adjustment

DIV2

SI 3-30 SDJH

8SWRQXPHUDWRUVFDQEHXVHGIRUFRPPDQGGLYLGLQJPXOWLSO\LQJE\XVLQJ',9DQG',9
',9DQG',9YVQXPHUDWRUGHQRPLQDWRURIVHOHFWHGFRPPDQGGLYLGLQJPXOWLSO\LQJSURFHVV!
DIV1

Connection

Caution

Preparation

Title of
VLJQDO

Before Using the Products

Input Signal and Pin No.

4. Inputs and outputs on connector X4


Input Signal and Pin No.

Title of
VLJQDO

Gain switching input

Symbol

GAIN

Related
control mode
'HIDXOWDVVLJQPHQW

27 (SI4)

SI 3-30 SDJH

,)FLUFXLW

6HOHFWVWRUQGJDLQ
Title of
VLJQDO

Torque limit switching input

Symbol

TL-SEL

Related
control mode
'HIDXOWDVVLJQPHQW

SI 3-30 SDJH

,)FLUFXLW

 Select 1st or 2nd torque limit.


Pr5.21

Torque limit
switching input
(TL-SEL)

Torque limit
switching setup
(Pr5.23, Pr5.24)

3RVLWLYHGLUHFWLRQ
Torque limit

$QDORJLQSXW*1

0
1

OFF
21

Pr0.13
Pr0.13

Pr5.22
Pr0.13

Valid

Pr5.22

$QDORJLQSXW*1

5
6

1HJDWLYHGLUHFWLRQ
Torque limit

OFF
21

Pr0.13

Pr5.22

Pr5.25

Pr5.26

*1 7RVSHFLI\WKHWRUTXHOLPLWYDOXHE\DQDQDORJLQSXWUHIHUWR3U$QDORJWRUTXHOLPLWIXQFWLRQ
6HWXSRIUDWHRIFKDQJHDIWHUWRUTXHOLPLWVZLWFKRYHU
:KHQ DSSO\LQJ 3U 7RUTXH OLPLW VHOHFWLRQ   FKDQJLQJ UDWH RI WRUTXH VORSH  DIWHU
VHOHFWLQJQHZWRUTXHOLPLWFDQEHFKDQJHG
:KHQFKDQJLQJIURPWKHVWWRUTXHOLPLWWRQGWRUTXHOLPLWWKHFKDQJLQJUDWH VORSH VHWDW
3U 7RUTXH OLPLW VHOHFWLRQ VHWXS  LV DSSOLHG DIWHU FKDQJLQJ IURP WKH QG WRUTXH OLPLW
WRVWWRUTXHOLPLWWKHFKDQJLQJUDWH VORSH VHWDW3U7RUTXHOLPLWVHOHFWLRQVHWXSLV
DSSOLHG7KHVLJQRIWKHFKDQJLQJUDWHLVDXWRPDWLFDOO\VHOHFWHGE\WKHGULYHUDFFRUGLQJWRWKH
GLIIHUHQFHLQYDOXHEHWZHHQWKHVWDQGQGWRUTXHOLPLW
,I3U7RUTXHOLPLWVHOHFWLRQVHWXSDQG3U7RUTXHOLPLWVHOHFWLRQVHWXSDUHVHWWR
VZLWFKRYHULVLQVWDQWDQHRXV

Torque limit selection input


(TL-SEL)
1st torque limit
(Pr0.13)
2nd torque limit
(Pr5.22)

Caution

Torque limit selection setup 1 (Pr5.23)

Torque limit selection setup 2 (Pr 5.24)

:KHQWKHVWWRUTXHOLPLW 3U DQGQGWRUTXHOLPLW 3U DUHFKDQJHGIURPWKHIURQW


SDQHORUWKURXJKFRPPXQLFDWLRQWKHFKDQJLQJUDWHVHWXSLVLJQRUHGDQGWKHQHZWRUTXHOLPLW
YDOXHLVLPPHGLDWHO\DQGGLUHFWO\DSSOLHG7KDWLVFKDQJLQJUDWHVHWWLQJLVHIIHFWLYHRQO\ZKHQ
WKHVHOHFWLRQLVPDGHE\XVLQJWKHWRUTXHOLPLWVHOHFWLQSXW 7/6(/ 

5HODWHGSDJH

3-40

3'HWDLOVRI3DUDPHWHU

4. Inputs and outputs on connector X4

Selection 1 input of internal command speed

Symbol

INTSPD1

Title of
VLJQDO

Selection 2 input of internal command speed

Symbol

INTSPD2

Title of
VLJQDO

Selection 3 input of internal command speed

Symbol

INTSPD3

'HIDXOWDVVLJQPHQW

'HIDXOWDVVLJQPHQW

'HIDXOWDVVLJQPHQW

Related
control mode

33 (SI10)

Related
control mode

SI 3-30 SDJH

,)FLUFXLW
Related
control mode

28 (SI5)

SI 3-30 SDJH

,)FLUFXLW

30 (SI7)

SI 3-30 SDJH

,)FLUFXLW

6HOHFWRQHRILQWHUQDOFRPPDQGVSHHGV
5HODWLRQVKLSEHWZHHQ3U6ZLWFKLQJEHWZHHQLQWHUQDODQGH[WHUQDOVSHHGVHWXS
and internal command speed selection 1-3 and the speed command selected>.
Pr3.00

Selection 2 of
internal command
speed (INTSPD2)
OFF
OFF
21
21
OFF
OFF
21

21

21

Selection of
speed command
1st speed
2nd speed
3rd speed
WKVSHHG
1st speed
2nd speed
3rd speed
$QDORJVSHHG
command
VWWRWKVSHHG
WKVSHHG
WKVSHHG
WKVSHHG
WKVSHHG

1RHIIHFW

1RHIIHFW

OFF
21
21
21
21

INTSPD2
Speed
command
[r/min]

open

COM

open

COM
4th

open

INTSPD2

open

INTSPD3

open

2nd
1st

Speed
command
[r/min]

Speed zero clamp input

Symbol

=(5263'

COM
COM
8th

4th
1st

2nd

5th

1st

Example 2) When Pr3.00=3


Related
control mode

'HIDXOWDVVLJQPHQW

6th

3rd

26 (SI3)

,)FLUFXLW

SI 3-30 SDJH

6HWWKHVSHHGFRPPDQGWR
:KHQXVLQJVHW3U6SHHG]HURFODPSIXQFWLRQVHOHFWLRQWRDYDOXHRWKHUWKDQ
Speed command sign input

Symbol

VC-SIGN

Related
control mode
'HIDXOWDVVLJQPHQW

,)FLUFXLW

7
F

SI 3-30 SDJH

6SHFLI\WKHVLJQRIVSHHGFRPPDQGLQSXWDWYHORFLW\FRQWURO
 5HIHUWR33U6SHHGFRPPDQGURWDWLRQDOGLUHFWLRQVHOHFWLRQ
3-41

Supplement

Title of
VLJQDO

When in Trouble

Example 1) When Pr3.00=1 or 2


Title of
VLJQDO

COM

7th

3rd
1st

INTSPD1

5
Adjustment

,QWHUQDOFRPPDQGVSHHGVZLWFKLQJSDWWHUQVKRXOGEHVRDUUDQJHGDVVKRZQEHORZWKDWVLQJOH
LQSXWVLJQDOVDUHVHOHFWHGDOWHUQDWHO\,IRUPRUHLQSXWVLJQDOVDUHVHOHFWHGVLPXOWDQHRXVO\
XQVSHFLHGLQWHUQDOFRPPDQGVSHHGPD\EHDGYHUWHQWO\VHOHFWHGZKRVHVHWWLQJYDOXHDQG
DFFHOHUDWLRQGHFHOHUDWLRQVHWWLQJZLOOFDXVHXQH[SHFWHGRSHUDWLRQ
INTSPD1

Setup

7KHVDPHDV3U 
OFF
OFF
21
OFF
OFF
21
21
21

Caution

Selection 3 of
internal command
speed (INTSPD3)

Connection

Selection 1 of
internal command
speed (INTSPD1)
OFF
21
OFF
21
OFF
21
OFF

2
Preparation

Title of
VLJQDO

Before Using the Products

Input Signal and Pin No.

4. Inputs and outputs on connector X4


Input Signal and Pin No.

Title of
VLJQDO

Torque command sign input

Symbol

TC-SIGN

Related
control mode
'HIDXOWDVVLJQPHQW

,)FLUFXLW

SI 3-30 SDJH

6SHFLI\WKHVLJQRIWRUTXHFRPPDQGLQSXWDWWRUTXHFRQWURO
21
OFF

1HJDWLYHGLUHFWLRQ
3RVLWLYHGLUHFWLRQ

 5HIHUWR33U7RUTXHFRPPDQGGLUHFWLRQVHOHFWLRQ
Title of
VLJQDO

Forced alarm input

Symbol

E-STOP

Related
control mode
'HIDXOWDVVLJQPHQW

,)FLUFXLW

SI 3-30 SDJH

 *HQHUDWHV(UU)RUFHGDODUPLQSXWHUURU
Title of
VLJQDO

Inertia ratio switching input

Symbol

J-SEL

Related
control mode
'HIDXOWDVVLJQPHQW

,)FLUFXLW

SI 3-30 SDJH

 6HOHFWVVWLQHUWLDUDWLRRUQGLQHUWLDUDWLRDFFRUGLQJWRWKHLQHUWLDUDWLRVHOHFWLQSXW -6(/ 
Inertia ratio switching
input (J-SEL)

Applicable inertia ratio

OFF

1st Inertia ratio (Pr0.04)

21

2nd Inertia ratio (Pr6.12)

 5HIHUWR33U)XQFWLRQH[SDQVLRQVHWXS

Note

3-42

2QO\IRUSRVLWLRQFRQWUROW\SHLVQRWSURYLGHGZLWKDQDORJLQSXW

4. Inputs and outputs on connector X4

1
Before Using the Products

Input Signal and Pin No.

Input Signals (Analog Command)


14

Pin
1R

16

Pin
1R

18

Title of
VLJQDO

AI1 input

Symbol

AI1

Title of
VLJQDO

AI2 input

Symbol

AI2

Title of
VLJQDO

AI3 input

Symbol

AI3

Correspondence function

635754563/
Correspondence function

Preparation

Pin
1R

75453$7/
Correspondence function

N-ATL

3
Function allocatable to Input Signals (Analog Command)
3RVLWLYHGLUHFWLRQ7RUTXHOLPLWLQSXW

Symbol

P-ATL

Title of
VLJQDO

1HJDWLYHGLUHFWLRQ7RUTXHOLPLWLQSXW

Symbol

N-ATL

Related
control mode

$, 3-31 SDJH

,)FLUFXLW
Related
control mode

$, 3-31 SDJH

,)FLUFXLW

Connection

Title of
VLJQDO

 6SHFLI\WKHWRUTXHOLPLWIRUHDFKGLUHFWLRQYDOXHE\WKHDQDORJYROWDJH
3RVLWLYHGLUHFWLRQ
Torque limit input
(P-ATL)

1HJDWLYHGLUHFWLRQ
Torque limit input
(N-ATL)

3RVLWLYHGLUHFWLRQ
Torque limit

1HJDWLYHGLUHFWLRQ
Torque limit

0 to 10V

WR9

3$7/

1$7/

Setup

Pr5.21

1
6HWXSWKURXJKSDUDPHWHU*1

2
3
4

0 to 10V

0 to 10V

0 to 10V

1RHIIHFW

1$7/
3$7/

Setup by parameter *1

* :KHQVSHFLI\LQJWKHWRUTXHOLPLWYDOXHWKURXJKWKHSDUDPHWHUUHIHUWR37RUTXHOLPLW
VHOHFWIXQFWLRQ

Adjustment

3$7/

6
When in Trouble

7
Supplement

Note

2QO\IRUSRVLWLRQFRQWUROW\SHLVQRWSURYLGHGZLWKDQDORJLQSXW

3-43

4. Inputs and outputs on connector X4


Input Signal and Pin No.

Title of
VLJQDO

Speed command input

Symbol

635

Related
control mode
,)FLUFXLW

$, 3-31 SDJH

,QSXWWKHVSHHGFRPPDQGLQWKHIRUPRIDQDORJYROWDJH
7KHWDEOHEHORZVKRZVUHODWLRQVKLSEHWZHHQWKHFRPELQDWLRQRI3U6ZLWFKLQJEHWZHHQ
LQWHUQDODQGH[WHUQDOVSHHGVHWXS3U6SHHGFRPPDQGGLUHFWLRQVHOHFWLRQ3U
6SHHGFRPPDQGLQSXWLQYHUVLRQDQDORJVSHHGFRPPDQG 635 RI,)FRQQHFWRUDQGVSHHG
FRPPDQGVLJQVHOHFWLRQ 9&6,*1 DQGWKHPRWRUURWDWLRQDOGLUHFWLRQDQGWKHFRQYHUVLRQ
JUDSKRIDQDORJVSHHGFRPPDQGLQSXWYROWDJHWRWKHVSHHGFRPPDQG
Pr3.00

Pr3.01

Pr3.03

Speed command input


635

Speed command
sign selection
(VC-SIGN)

9ROWDJH (0 to 10V)

1RHIIHFW

9ROWDJH WR9

1RHIIHFW

9ROWDJH (0 to 10V)

1RHIIHFW

9ROWDJH WR9

1RHIIHFW

0
0
1

Title of
VLJQDO

Torque command input

Symbol

7545

1RHIIHFW

9ROWDJH (0 to 10V)
9ROWDJH WR9
9ROWDJH (0 to 10V)
9ROWDJH WR9

OFF

1HJDWLYH
direction

21

Related
control mode
,)FLUFXLW

Motor
rotational
direction
3RVLWLYH
direction
1HJDWLYH
direction
1HJDWLYH
direction
3RVLWLYH
direction
3RVLWLYH
direction

$, 3-31 SDJH

 ,QSXWWKHWRUTXHFRPPDQGLQWKHIRUPRIDQDORJYROWDJH
 :KHQ3U7RUTXHFRPPDQGVHOHFWLRQ SLQ1R
 :KHQ3U7RUTXHFRPPDQGVHOHFWLRQ SLQ1R
Pr3.17

Pr3.18

Pr3.20

Torque command input


7545

Torque command
sign selection
(TC-SIGN)

9ROWDJH (0 to 10V)

1RHIIHFW

9ROWDJH WR9

1RHIIHFW

9ROWDJH (0 to 10V)

1RHIIHFW

9ROWDJH WR9

1RHIIHFW

0
0
1

Title of
VLJQDO

Speed limit input

Symbol

SPL

1RHIIHFW

9ROWDJH (0 to 10V)
9ROWDJH WR9
9ROWDJH (0 to 10V)
9ROWDJH WR9

OFF

1HJDWLYH
direction

21

Related
control mode
,)FLUFXLW

Motor
rotational
direction
3RVLWLYH
direction
1HJDWLYH
direction
1HJDWLYH
direction
3RVLWLYH
direction
3RVLWLYH
direction

$, 3-31 SDJH

:KHQVHWWLQJ3U7RUTXHFRPPDQGVHOHFWLRQWRLQSXWWKHVSHHGOLPLWYDOXHLQWKHIRUP
RIDQDORJYROWDJH

Note

3-44

2QO\IRUSRVLWLRQFRQWUROW\SHLVQRWSURYLGHGZLWKDQDORJLQSXW

4. Inputs and outputs on connector X4

Connection

Output Signal and Pin No.

Output Signals (Common) and Their Functions

1
Before Using the Products

&RQWURORXWSXWVLJQDORIGHVLUHGIXQFWLRQFDQEHDVVLJQHGWR,)FRQQHFWRU/RJLFRIWKHRXWSXW

SLQFDQQRWEHFKDQJHG

Title of
VLJQDO

6LJQDO

6LJQDO

%5.2))

%5.2))

%5.2))

SO2 output
3LQ1R62
3LQ1RSO2+

Pr4.11

K
(131586)

65'<

65'<

65'<

Pr4.12

K
(65793)

$/0

$/0

$/0

Pr4.13

K
(328964)

,13

$763(('

$763(('

Pr4.14

K
(460551)

=63

=63

=63

Pr4.15

K
(394758)

7/&

7/&

7/&

36
37

Pin
1R

38
39

Pin
1R

12

Title of
VLJQDO
Symbol

SO5 output

Pin
1R

40

Title of
VLJQDO
Symbol

SO6 output

Title of
VLJQDO

SO3 output

Symbol

3LQ1R62
3LQ1RSO3+

Title of
VLJQDO

SO4 output

Symbol

3LQ1R62
3LQ1RSO4+

SO5

SO6

 7KHIXQFWLRQLVFKDQJHGE\WKHVHWWLQJRISDUDPHWHU)RUGHWDLOVUHIHUWR3
 6HH)XQFWLRQVDVVLJQDEOHWRFRQWURORXWSXWDVVKRZQEHORZ
>@1RIXQFWLRQDVVLJQHG

P.3-52

Adjustment

5HODWHGSDJH

Function allocatable to control input


Title of
VLJQDO

6HUYR$ODUPRXWSXW

Symbol

ALM

Related
control mode
'HIDXOWDVVLJQPHQW

36, 37 (SO3)

,)FLUFXLW

SO 3-32 SDJH

6HUYR5HDG\RXWSXW

Symbol

65'<

Related
control mode
'HIDXOWDVVLJQPHQW

34, 35 (SO2)

,)FLUFXLW

6
When in Trouble

7KLVVLJQDOVKRZVWKDWWKHGULYHULVLQDODUPVWDWXV
2XWSXWWUDQVLVWRUWXUQV21ZKHQWKHGULYHULVDWQRUPDOVWDWXVDQGWXUQV2))DWDODUPVWDWXV
Title of
VLJQDO

4
Setup

Pin
1R

3
Connection

34
35

Note

6LJQDO

K
(197379)

Pin
1R

Symbol

Verocity control Torque control

Pr4.10

10
11

Title of
VLJQDO

3RVLWLRQ)XOO
closed control

SO1 output
3LQ1R62
3LQ1RSO1+

Pin
1R

Symbol

 GHFLPDO
notation

'HIDXOW6HWXS
Preparation

$SSOLFDEOH
parameter

'HIDXOW
parameter
VHWWLQJ

SO 3-32 SDJH

7KLVVLJQDOVKRZVWKDWWKHGULYHULVUHDG\WREHDFWLYDWHG
2XWSXWWUDQVLVWRUWXUQV21ZKHQERWKFRQWURODQGPDLQSRZHUDUH21EXWQRWDWDODUPVWDWXV

7
Supplement

3-45

4. Inputs and outputs on connector X4


Output Signal and Pin No.

Title of
VLJQDO

External brake release signal

Symbol

%5.2))

Related
control mode
'HIDXOWDVVLJQPHQW

10, 11 (SO1)

,)FLUFXLW

SO 3-32 SDJH

)HHGVRXWWKHWLPLQJVLJQDOZKLFKDFWLYDWHVWKHKROGLQJEUDNHRIWKHPRWRU
7XUQVWKHRXWSXWWUDQVLVWRU21DWWKHUHOHDVHWLPLQJRIWKHKROGLQJEUDNH
Title of
VLJQDO

Positioning complete

Symbol

INP

Title of
VLJQDO

Positioning complete 2

Symbol

INP2

Related
control mode
'HIDXOWDVVLJQPHQW

38, 39 (SO4)

,)FLUFXLW
Related
control mode

'HIDXOWDVVLJQPHQW

,)FLUFXLW

SO 3-32 SDJH
P

SO 3-32 SDJH

2XWSXWVWKHSRVLWLRQLQJFRPSOHWHVLJQDOSRVLWLRQLQJFRPSOHWHVLJQDO
7XUQV21WKHRXWSXWWUDQVLVWRUXSRQFRPSOHWLRQRISRVLWLRQLQJ
Title of
VLJQDO

6SHHGDUULYDORXWSXW

Symbol

AT-SPPED

Related
control mode
'HIDXOWDVVLJQPHQW

38, 39 (SO4)

,)FLUFXLW

SO 3-32 SDJH

2XWSXWVWKHVSHHGDUULYDOVLJQDO
7XUQV21WKHRXWSXWWUDQVLVWRUXSRQDUULYHRIVSHHG
Title of
VLJQDO

Torque in-limit signal output

Symbol

TLC

Related
control mode
'HIDXOWDVVLJQPHQW

40 (SO6)

,)FLUFXLW

SO 3-32 SDJH

2XWSXWVWKHWRUTXHLQOLPLWVLJQDO
7XUQV21WKHRXWSXWWUDQVLVWRUXSRQOLPLWRIWRUTXH
Title of
VLJQDO

Zero-speed detection output signal

Symbol

ZSP

'HIDXOWDVVLJQPHQW

Related
control mode

12 (SO5)

,)FLUFXLW

SO 3-32 SDJH

2XWSXWVWKH]HURVSHHGGHWHFWLRQVLJQDO
7XUQV21WKHRXWSXWWUDQVLVWRUXSRQGHWHFWLRQRI=HURVSHHG
Title of
VLJQDO

Speed coincidence output

Symbol

V-COIN

Related
control mode
'HIDXOWDVVLJQPHQW

,)FLUFXLW

SO 3-32 SDJH

2XWSXWVWKHVSHHGFRLQFLGHQFHVLJQDO
7XUQV21WKHRXWSXWWUDQVLVWRUXSRQFRLQFLGHQFHRIVSHHG
Title of
VLJQDO

Alarm output 1

Symbol

:$51

Related
control mode
'HIDXOWDVVLJQPHQW

,)FLUFXLW

 2XWSXWVWKHZDUQLQJRXWSXWVLJQDOVHWWR3U:DUQLQJRXWSXWVHOHFW
 7XUQV21WKHRXWSXWWUDQVLVWRUXSRQRFFXUUHQFHRIZDUQLQJFRQGLWLRQ

3-46

SO 3-32 SDJH

4. Inputs and outputs on connector X4

Title of
VLJQDO

Alarm output 2

Symbol

:$51

Related
control mode
'HIDXOWDVVLJQPHQW

,)FLUFXLW

SO 3-32 SDJH

 2XWSXWVWKHZDUQLQJRXWSXWVLJQDOVHWWR3U:DUQLQJRXWSXWVHOHFW
 7XUQV21WKHRXWSXWWUDQVLVWRUXSRQRFFXUUHQFHRIZDUQLQJFRQGLWLRQ

Alarm

$

Pr6.27 *1

Content

$

%DWWHU\DODUP

%DWWHU\YROWDJHLV9RUORZHU

$

Fan alarm
Encoder
communication alarm
(QFRGHURYHUKHDW
alarm
Oscillation detection
alarm
/LIHWLPHGHWHFWLRQ
alarm
External scale error
alarm
External scale
communication alarm

$

$
$
$
$
$
$

bit5

bit0

)DQKDVVWRSSHGIRUVHF
7KHQXPEHURIVXFFHVVLYHHQFRGHUFRPPXQLFDWLRQ
HUURUVH[FHHGVWKHVSHFLHGYDOXH

bit6

bit4

7KHHQFRGHUGHWHFWVRYHUKHDWDODUP

bit3

2VFLOODWLRQRUYLEUDWLRQLVGHWHFWHG

bit9

bit2

7KHIHHGEDFNVFDOHGHWHFWVWKHDODUP

bit8

7KHQXPEHURIVXFFHVVLYHIHHGEDFNVFDOH
FRPPXQLFDWLRQHUURUVH[FHHGVWKHVSHFLHGYDOXH

10

bit10

Fixed at no
time limit.

7KHOLIHH[SHFWDQF\RIFDSDFLW\RUIDQEHFRPHV
VKRUWHUWKDQWKHVSHFLHGWLPH

Fixed at no
time limit.

4
Setup

/RDGIDFWRULVRUPRUHWKHSURWHFWLRQOHYHO
5HJHQHUDWLYHORDGIDFWRULVRUPRUHWKH
SURWHFWLRQOHYHO

Connection

2YHUORDGSURWHFWLRQ
2YHUUHJHQHUDWLRQ
alarm

Pr4.40/ Pr6.38
Corresponding
Pr4.41 *2 bit *3
1
bit7

Preparation

6HOHFWLRQRIDODUPRXWSXWDQGRXWSXW
Alarm
No.

Before Using the Products

Output Signal and Pin No.

5
Adjustment

* 7KHFLUFOHPHDQVWKDWDWLPHLQWKHUDQJHWRVRUQRWLPHOLPLWFDQEHVHOHFWHGWKURXJK3U
:DUQLQJODWFKLQJWLPH1RWHWKDWWKHEDWWHU\ZDUQLQJDQGWKHHQGRIOLIHZDUQLQJKDYHQRWLPHOLPLW
* 6HOHFWWKHZDUQLQJRXWSXWVLJQDO :$51 RUZDUQLQJRXWSXWVLJQDO :$51 WKURXJK3U
:DUQLQJRXWSXWVHOHFWRU3U:DUQLQJRXWSXWVHOHFW:KHQWKHVHWYDOXHLVDOOZDUQLQJV
DUH25HGEHIRUHEHLQJRXWSXW'RQRWVHWWRDQ\YDOXHRWKHUWKDQWKRVHVSHFLILHGLQWKHWDEOHDERYH
* $ZDUQLQJGHWHFWLRQFDQEHPDVNHGE\3U:DUQLQJPDVNVHWXS&RUUHVSRQGLQJELWVDUHVKRZQ
LQWKHWDEOH:DUQLQJLVPDVNHGZLWKELW 
*4 7KHXSSHUIDQRQWKH+IUDPHGULYHUVWRSVGXULQJVHUYR2))WRVDYHHQHUJ\7KLVLVQRUPDODQGQRIDQ
alarm is displayed.

Positional command ON/OFF output

Symbol

P-CMD

'HIDXOWDVVLJQPHQW

Related
control mode

,)FLUFXLW

SO 3-32 SDJH

 7XUQVRQRXWSXWWUDQVLVWRUZLWKSRVLWLRQDOFRPPDQGDSSOLHG
Title of
VLJQDO

Speed in-limit output

Symbol

V-LIMIT

Related
control mode
'HIDXOWDVVLJQPHQW

,)FLUFXLW

SO 3-32 SDJH

 7XUQVRQRXWSXWWUDQVLVWRUZKHQWKHVSHHGLVOLPLWHGE\WRUTXHFRQWUROOLQJIXQFWLRQ
Alarm attribute output

Symbol

ALM-ATB

Related
control mode
'HIDXOWDVVLJQPHQW

,)FLUFXLW

SO 3-32 SDJH

 7XUQVRQRXWSXWWUDQVLVWRUZKHQDQDODUPWKDWFDQEHFOHDUHGJHQHUDWHV

3-47

Supplement

Title of
VLJQDO

6
When in Trouble

Title of
VLJQDO

4. Inputs and outputs on connector X4


Output Signal and Pin No.

Title of
VLJQDO

Speed command ON/OFF output

Symbol

V-CMD

'HIDXOWDVVLJQPHQW

Related
control mode

,)FLUFXLW

SO 3-32 SDJH

 7XUQVRQRXWSXWWUDQVLVWRUZKHQWKHVSHHGFRPPDQGLVDSSOLHGZKLOHWKHVSHHGLVFRQWUROOHG

Output Signals (Pulse Train) and Their Functions


Pin
1R

21
22

Pin
1R

48
49

Pin
1R

23
24

Title of
VLJQDO

A-phase output

Symbol

3LQ1ROA+
3LQ1ROA

Title of
VLJQDO

B-phase output

Symbol

3LQ1ROB+
3LQ1ROB

Title of
VLJQDO

Z-phase output

Symbol

3LQ1ROZ+
3LQ1ROZ

Related
control mode
,)FLUFXLW
Related
control mode
,)FLUFXLW
Related
control mode
,)FLUFXLW

PO1 3-32 SDJH


P

PO1 3-32 SDJH


P

PO1 3-32 SDJH

)HHGVRXWWKHGLYLGHGHQFRGHUVLJQDORUIHHGEDFNVFDOHVLJQDO $%=SKDVH LQGLIIHUHQWLDO


HTXLYDOHQWWR56
*URXQGIRUOLQHGULYHURIRXWSXWFLUFXLWLVFRQQHFWHGWRVLJQDOJURXQG *1' DQGLVQRWLQVXODWHG
0D[RXWSXWIUHTXHQF\LV0SSV DIWHUTXDGUXSOHG

Pin
1R

19

Title of
VLJQDO

Z-phase output

Symbol

CZ

Related
control mode
,)FLUFXLW

PO2 3-33 SDJH

2SHQFROOHFWRURXWSXWRI=SKDVHVLJQDO
7KHHPLWWHUVLGHRIWKHWUDQVLVWRURIWKHRXWSXWFLUFXLWLVFRQQHFWHGWRWKHVLJQDOJURXQG *1' 
and is not insulated.
:KHQXVLQJWKH&=VLJQDOLVRODWHLWIURPH[WHUQDOQRLVH
1RWH WKDW WKH ORJLF RI = SKDVH RSHQ FROOHFWRU RXWSXW &=  LV D UHYHUVDO RI WKH OLQH GULYHU
RXWSXW 2= ORJLF

Note

:KHQWKHRXWSXWVRXUFHLVWKHHQFRGHU
,IWKHHQFRGHUUHVROXWLRQ

Pr0.11
LVPXOWLSOHRI=SKDVHZLOOEHIHGRXWV\QFKURQL]LQJ
Pr5.03

 ZLWK$SKDVH,QRWKHUFDVHWKH=SKDVHZLGWKZLOOEHHTXDOWRWKHHQFRGHUUHVROXWLRQDQG
ZLOOQRWV\QFKURQL]HZLWK$SKDVHEHFDXVHRIQDUURZHUZLGWKWKDQWKDWRI$SKDVH
Pr0.11
when the encoder resolution
is
Pr5.03
multiple of 4,

Pr0.11
when the encoder resolution
is
Pr5.03
not multiple of 4,

Z
synchronized

not-synchronized

,QFDVHRIWKHZLUHELWLQFUHPHQWDOHQFRGHUWKHVLJQDOVHTXHQFHPLJKWQRWIROORZWKH
DERYHJXQWLOWKHUVW=SKDVHLVIHGRXW:KHQ\RXXVHWKHSXOVHRXWSXWDVWKHFRQWURO
VLJQDOURWDWHWKHPRWRURQHUHYROXWLRQRUPRUHWRPDNHVXUHWKDWWKH=SKDVHLVIHGRXWDW
OHDVWRQFHEHIRUHXVLQJ
3-48

4. Inputs and outputs on connector X4

1
Before Using the Products

Output Signal and Pin No.

Output Signals (Analog) and Their Functions


Pin
1R

42

Title of
VLJQDO

Torque monitor output

Symbol

IM

Related
control mode
,)FLUFXLW

$2 3-33 SDJH

Preparation

'HQLWLRQRIWKHRXWSXWVLJQDOYDULHVZLWKWKHRXWSXWRI3U DQDORJPRQLWRUW\SH 
7KHRXWSXWVLJQDOLVLGHQWLFDOWRWKHDQDORJPRQLWRURQWKHIURQWPRQLWRU
)RURXWSXWVHWWLQJUHIHUWR3'HWDLOVRISDUDPHWHU

Pin
1R

43

Title of
VLJQDO

Speed monitor output

Symbol

SP

Related
control mode
,)FLUFXLW

$2 3-33 SDJH

3
Connection

'HQLWLRQRIWKHRXWSXWVLJQDOYDULHVZLWKWKHRXWSXWRI3U DQDORJPRQLWRUW\SH 
7KHRXWSXWVLJQDOLVLGHQWLFDOWRWKHDQDORJPRQLWRURQWKHIURQWPRQLWRU
)RURXWSXWVHWWLQJUHIHUWR3'HWDLOVRISDUDPHWHU

Output Signals (Others) and Their Functions


Pin
1R

13, 15
17, 25

Title of
VLJQDO

Signal ground

Symbol

GND

Related
control mode

4
P

,)FLUFXLW

Setup

6LJQDOJURXQG
7KLVRXWSXWLVLQVXODWHGIURPWKHFRQWUROVLJQDOSRZHU &20 LQVLGHRIWKHGULYHU

Pin
1R

50

Title of
VLJQDO

Frame ground

Symbol

FG

Related
control mode
,)FLUFXLW

Adjustment

7KLVRXWSXWLVFRQQHFWHGWRWKHHDUWKWHUPLQDOLQVLGHRIWKHGULYHU

6
When in Trouble

7
Supplement

3-49

5. IF Monitor Settings

Connection

How to Assign Various I/O Functions to the I/F

Control Input Settings


Title of signal
SI1 input selection
SI2 input selection
SI3 input selection
SI4 input selection
SI5 input selection
SI6 input selection
SI7 input selection
SI8 input selection
SI9 input selection
SI10 input selection

Connector X4
Pin No.
8
9
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33

Parameter No.
Pr4.00
Pr4.01
Pr4.02
Pr4.03
Pr4.04
Pr4.05
Pr4.06
Pr4.07
Pr4.08
Pr4.09

7KHVHSDUDPHWHUVVKDOOEHVHWE\XVLQJ
KH[DGHFLPDOQXPEHUV6HWWLQJVKDOOEHPDGHIRU
HDFKFRQWUROPRGHDVVKRZQLQH[DPSOHVEHORZ
00 K3RVLWLRQ)XOOFORVHGFRQWURO
00 K6SHHGFRQWURO
00 K7RUTXHFRQWURO
Set an appropriate function number in place of
 DQG )RUWKHIXQFWLRQ
QXPEHUVHHWKHWDEOHRQWKHEHORZ

Title

Symbol

,QYDOLG
3RVLWLYHGLUHFWLRQRYHUWUDYHOLQKLELWLRQLQSXW
1HJDWLYHGLUHFWLRQRYHUWUDYHOLQKLELWLRQLQSXW
6HUYR21LQSXW*1
$ODUPFOHDULQSXW
&RQWUROPRGHVZLWFKLQJLQSXW*2
*DLQVZLWFKLQJLQSXW
'HYLDWLRQFRXQWHUFOHDULQSXW*3
&RPPDQGSXOVHLQKLELWLRQLQSXW*4
7RUTXHOLPLWVZLWFKLQJLQSXW
'DPSLQJFRQWUROVZLWFKLQJLQSXW
'DPSLQJFRQWUROVZLWFKLQJLQSXW
(OHFWURQLFJHDUVZLWFKLQJLQSXW
(OHFWURQLFJHDUVZLWFKLQJLQSXW
Selection 1 input of internal command speed
Selection 2 input of internal command speed
Selection 3 input of internal command speed
6SHHG]HURFODPSLQSXW
6SHHGFRPPDQGVLJQLQSXW
7RUTXHFRPPDQGVLJQLQSXW
Forced alarm input
,QHUWLDUDWLRVZLWFKLQJLQSXW

POT
127
65921
$&/5
&02'(
*$,1
&/
,1+
7/6(/
966(/
966(/
',9
',9
,1763'
,1763'
,1763'
=(5263'
9&6,*1
7&6,*1
E-STOP
-6(/

6HWXSYDOXH
a-contact
b-contact
K
'RQRWVHWXS
K
K
K
K
K
K
K
'RQRWVHWXS
K
K
K
K
K
'RQRWVHWXS
K
K
K
K
$K
$K
%K
%K
&K
&K
'K
'K
(K
(K
)K
)K
K
K
K
K
K
K
K
K
K
K
K
K

(e.g. 1) Parameter setting


00 82 82 82 h (Hexadecimal numbers)
Position/ Full-closed Control (Negative direction over-travel inhibition input; b-contact)
Velocity Control

(Negative direction over-travel inhibition input; b-contact)

Torque Control

(Negative direction over-travel inhibition input; b-contact)

Convert to a decimal number


8553090

Enter this value to the relevant parameter.

(e.g. 2) Parameter setting


00 h (Hexadecimal numbers)
Position/ Full-closed Control (Damping control switching input 1; a-contact)
Velocity Control

(Speed zero clamp input; b-contact)

Torque Control

(Speed zero clamp input; b-contact)

Convert to a decimal number


Enter this value to the relevant parameter.

3-50

5. IF Monitor Settings

1
Before Using the Products

How to Assign Various I/O Functions to the I/F

The front panel display is in decimal (six digits).


For setting functions and parameters, hexadecimal and
decimal numbers should be used respectively.
6

The expression of 00 h indicates that the number


is hexadecimal.

7
Supplement

Note

6
When in Trouble

* 6HUYRRQLQSXWVLJQDO 65921 PXVWEHXVHGWRHQDEOHVHUYRRQ


* :KHQXVLQJFRQWUROPRGHVZLWFKLQJLQSXW &02'( VHWWKHVLJQDOWRDOOFRQWUROPRGHV
,IWKHVLJQDOLVVHWWRRQO\RUFRQWUROPRGHV(UU,)LQSXWIXQFWLRQQXPEHUHUURU
RU(UU,)LQSXWIXQFWLRQQXPEHUHUURUZLOOEHJHQHUDWHG
7KHFRQWUROLQSXWSLQVHWWRLQYDOLGVWDWHGRHVQRWDIIHFWDQ\RSHUDWLRQ
)XQFWLRQ VHUYRRQ LQSXW DODUP FOHDU HWF  WR EH XVHG LQ PXOWLSOH FRQWURO PRGHV
PXVWEHDVVLJQHGWRWKHVDPHSLQZLWKFRUUHFWORJLFDODUUDQJHPHQW,QFRUUHFWVHWWLQJ
ZLOO FDXVH (UU ,) LQSXW PXOWLSOH DVVLJQPHQW HUURU  RU (UU ,) LQSXW PXOWLSOH
DVVLJQPHQWHUURU
* 'HYLDWLRQFRXQWHUFOHDULQSXW &/ FDQEHDVVLJQHGRQO\WR6,LQSXW:URQJDVVLJQPHQW
ZLOOFDXVH(UU&RXQWHUFOHDUDVVLJQPHQWHUURU
* &RPPDQG SXOVH LQKLELW LQSXW ,1+  FDQ EH DVVLJQHG RQO\ WR 6, LQSXW :URQJ
DVVLJQPHQWZLOOFDXVH(UU&RPPDQGSXOVHLQSXWLQKLELWLQSXW

5
Adjustment

'RQRWVHWXSWRDYDOXHRWKHUWKDQWKDWVSHFLHGLQWKHWDEOH
'R QRW DVVLJQ VSHFLILF IXQFWLRQ WR  RU PRUH VLJQDOV 'XSOLFDWHG DVVLJQPHQW ZLOO FDXVH
(UU,)LQSXWPXOWLSOHDVVLJQPHQWHUURURU(UU,)LQSXWPXOWLSOHDVVLJQPHQWHUURU

4
Setup

Caution

3
Connection

The SI1 input (connector X4, pin No. 8) means that the negative direction over-travel
inhibition input is set to b-contact as a factory default.
For using the device in the position or full-closed control mode, the negative direction
over-travel inhibition input is set to b-contact by setting 8 and 2 in the seventh and eighth
digits from the left respectively. The settings in the first to sixth digits from the left do not
matter.
For the hexadecimal value 00000082h or simply 82h, enter 130 (decimal) to the
parameter Pr4.00.
To make multiple settings, enter the function number in the first eight digits from the left and
then enter a parameter in a decimal number after converting it from a hexadecimal number.
An example of this is shown in example 1 (the case on the left side).
Similarly, the SI3 input (connector X4, pin No. 26) has a function of damping control switching
input 1 as a default when used in the position control mode.
Also, if the speed control is used, it is set to the function of speed zero clamp input.
Therefore, in order to set it to the damping control switching input in the position control
mode, enter the value of 10 (decimal) in the parameter Pr4.02 meaning the hexadecimal
number 0Ah, or Ah.
To change the speed zero clamp of pin No. 26 from b-contact to a-contact in the speed
control mode, enter the decimal number of 4352 in the parameter Pr4.02 meaning the
hexadecimal number of 00001100h, or 1100h.

Preparation

X7

,QSXWFLUFXLWUHIHUWR3DQGIXQFWLRQUHIHUWR3WR3
5HODWHGSDJH 33

3-51

5. IF Monitor Settings
How to Assign Various I/O Functions to the I/F

Control Output Settings


Title of signal
SO1 input
SO2 input
SO3 input
SO4 input
SO5 input
SO6 input

Connector X4
Pin No.




12
40

Parameter No.
Pr4.10
Pr4.11
Pr4.12
Pr4.13
Pr4.14
Pr4.15

7KHVHSDUDPHWHUVVKDOOEHVHWE\XVLQJ
KH[DGHFLPDOQXPEHUV6HWWLQJVKDOOEHPDGHIRU
HDFKFRQWUROPRGHDVVKRZQLQH[DPSOHVEHORZ
00 K3RVLWLRQ)XOOFORVHGFRQWURO
00 K6SHHGFRQWURO
00 K7RUTXHFRQWURO
Set an appropriate function number in place of
 DQG )RUWKHIXQFWLRQ
QXPEHUVHHWKHWDEOHRQWKHULJKW

(e.g. 1) Parameter setting

Setup
YDOXH
K
K
K
K
K
K
K
K
K
$K
%K
&K
'K
(K
)K

Title

Symbol

,QYDOLG
6HUYR5HDG\RXWSXW
([WHUQDOEUDNHUHOHDVHVLJQDO
3RVLWLRQLQJFRPSOHWHRXWSXW
$WVSHHGRXWSXW
Torque in-limit VLJQDOoutput
=HURVSHHGGHWHFWLRQRXWSXWVLJQDO
Speed coincidence output
$ODUPRXWSXW
$ODUPRXWSXW
3RVLWLRQDOFRPPDQG212))RXWSXW
3RVLWLRQLQJFRPSOHWH
Speed in-limit output
$ODUPDWWULEXWHRXWSXW
6SHHGFRPPDQG212))RXWSXW

65'<
%5.2))
,13
$7633('
7/&
=63
9&2,1
:$51
:$51
3&0'
,13
9/,0,7
$/0$7%
9&0'

00 03 03 03 h (Hexadecimal numbers)
Position/ Full-closed Control (External brake release signal)
Velocity Control

(External brake release signal)

Torque Control

(External brake release signal)

Convert to a decimal number


197379

Enter this value to the relevant parameter.

(e.g. 2) Parameter setting


00 05 05 04 h (Hexadecimal numbers)
Position/ Full-closed Control (Positioning complete)
Velocity Control

(Speed arrival output)

Torque Control

(Speed zero clamp input; b-contact)

Convert to a decimal number


328964

Enter this value to the relevant parameter.

 6DPHIXQFWLRQFDQEHDVVLJQHGWRRUPRUHRXWSXWVLJQDOV
 &RQWURORXWSXWSLQVHWWRLQYDOLGDOZD\VKDVWKHRXWSXWWUDQVLVWRUWXUQHG2))
 'RQRWFKDQJHWKHVHWXSYDOXHVKRZQLQWKHWDEOH

Caution
Note

3-52

*1RWHWKDWWKHVHWXSYDOXHVDUHGLVSOD\HGLQGHFLPDORQWKHIURQWSDQHO
,QSXWFLUFXLWUHIHUWR3DQGIXQFWLRQUHIHUWR3WR3
5HODWHGSDJH
P.4-35

4. Setup

1
Before Using the Products

5. Details of parameter

List of Parameters .......................................................................................4-2


[Class 0] Basic setting ...............................................................................4-4

Preparation

[Class 1] Gain adjustment ........................................................................4-13


[Class 2] Damping control ........................................................................4-20
[Class 3] Verocity/ Torque/ Full-closed control .........................................4-25
[Class 4] I/F monitor setting .....................................................................4-33
[Class 5] Enhancing setting .....................................................................4-43
[Class 6] Special setting ..........................................................................4-52

2.Trial Run (JOG run)

Connection

Inspection Before Trial Run ......................................................................4-59


Trial Run by Connecting the Connector X4 ..............................................4-60
Setup of Motor Rotational Speed and Input Pulse Frequency .................4-63

4
Setup

5
Adjustment

6
When in Trouble

7
Supplement

4-1

1. Details of parameter

Setup

List of Parameters

$SDUDPHWHULVGHVLJQDWHGDVIROORZV
Pr0.00
Class
Parameter No.
'HQLWLRQRIV\PEROVXQGHU5HODWHGPRGH
 3SRVLWLRQFRQWURO6YHORFLW\FRQWURO
 7WRUTXHFRQWURO)IXOOFORVHGFRQWURO
Parametr No.

Title

Class No.

00
01

07
[Class 1] Gain adjustment

08
09
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27

Note
4-2

4-5

4-6
4-7

4-8

4-9

4-11

00
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
09
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23

Title

$GDSWLYHOWHUPRGHVHWXS
frequency
1st notch ZLGWKVHOHFWLRQ
depth selection
frequency
2nd notch ZLGWKVHOHFWLRQ
depth selection
frequency
3rd notch ZLGWKVHOHFWLRQ
depth selection
frequency
4th notch ZLGWKVHOHFWLRQ
depth selection
6HOHFWLRQRIGDPSLQJOWHUVZLWFKLQJ
frequency
1st
damping OWHUVHWXS
frequency
2nd
damping OWHUVHWXS
frequency
3rd
damping OWHUVHWXS
frequency
4th
damping OWHUVHWXS
Positional VPRRWKLQJOWHU
command ),5OWHU

Related Control Mode Detail


P S T F page



4-20






4-21




4-22

4-23
4-22
4-23
4-22
4-23
4-22

4-23

4-24

00
4-12

01


4-13





4-14





4-15


4-16


4-17



4-18

[Class 3] Verocity/ Torque/ Full-closed control

03
04
05
06

4-4

[Class 2] Damping control

[Class 0] Basic setting

02

Class No.

Related Control Mode Detail


P S T F page

00 Rotational direction setup


01 Control mode setup
02 Real-time setup
auto-gain Selection of machine
03 tuning
stiffness
04 Inertia ratio
05
input selection
Command
06
otational direction setup
pulse
input mode setup
07
Command pulse counts
08
SHURQHPRWRUUHYROXWLRQ
09 1st numerator of electronic gear
10 Denominator of electronic gear
Output pulse counts per one motor
11
UHYROXWLRQ
12 5HYHUVDORISXOVHRXWSXWORJLF
13 1st torque limit
14 3RVLWLRQGHYLDWLRQH[FHVVVHWXS
15 $EVROXWHHQFRGHUVHWXS
16 ([WHUQDOUHJHQHUDWLYHUHVLVWRUVHWXS
/RDGIDFWRURIH[WHUQDOUHJHQHUDWLYH
17
resistor selection
gain of position loop
JDLQRIYHORFLW\ORRS
WLPHFRQVWDQWRIYHORFLW\ORRS
1st
integration
OWHURIVSHHGGHWHFWLRQ
WLPHFRQVWDQWRIWRUTXHOWHU
gain of position loop
JDLQRIYHORFLW\ORRS
WLPHFRQVWDQWRIYHORFLW\ORRS
2nd
integration
OWHURIVSHHGGHWHFWLRQ
WLPHFRQVWDQWRIWRUTXHOWHU
gain
9HORFLW\IHHGIRUZDUG
OWHU
gain
7RUTXHIHHGIRUZDUG
OWHU
2nd gain setup
mode
Position
delay time
control
VZLWFKLQJ OHYHO
hysteresis
3RVLWLRQJDLQVZLWFKLQJWLPH
mode
Velocity
delay time
control
VZLWFKLQJ OHYHO
hysteresis
mode
Torque
delay time
control
VZLWFKLQJ OHYHO
hysteresis

Parametr No.

02
03
04
05
06
07
08
09
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27

4-19

28
29

6SHHGVHWXS,QWHUQDO([WHUQDO
VZLWFKLQJ
rotational direction
selection
Speed
input gain
command
UHYHUVDOLQSXW
1st
2nd
3rd
4th
Speed
setup
5th
6th
7th
8th
acceleration
Time setup
deceleration
Sigmoid acceleration/ deceleration
time setup
function selection
Speed
zero-clamp OHYHO
selection
direction selection
Torque
command
input gain
LQSXWUHYHUVDO
Speed limit 1
YDOXH
2
selection
QXPHUDWRURIGLYLVLRQ
([WHUQDO
GHQRPLQDWRURIGLYLVLRQ
scale
UHYHUVDORIGLUHFWLRQ
Z phase disconnection
detection disable
H[FHVVVHWXS
Hybrid
GHYLDWLRQ
clear setup

4-25


4-26

4-27

4-28

4-29



4-30



4-31


4-32

2QO\IRUSRVLWLRQFRQWUROW\SHLVQRWSURYLGHGZLWK; &RPPXQLFDWLRQFRQQHFWRU ; 6DIHW\


IXQFWLRQFRQQHFWRU ; ([WHUQDOVFDOHFRQQHFWRU DQGDQDORJLQSXW

1. Details of parameter

Parametr No.
Class No.



4-34







4-35





4-36






25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
00

4-38

02
04
05
06
07

4-39

08

09

10
11
13
14
15

4-40


4-41



4-42

4-43

21
22

18
19
20

4-44

4-45

4-46

4-47



4-48



4-49




4-50



4-51

$QDORJWRUTXHIHHGIRUZDUG

FRQYHUVLRQJDLQ

9HORFLW\GHYLDWLRQH[FHVVVHWXS

JOG trial run command speed

YDOLGWLPH
Position 3rd gain

scale factor

7RUTXHFRPPDQGDGGLWLRQDOYDOXH

3RVLWLYHGLUHFWLRQ torque
compensation

1HJDWLYHGLUHFWLRQ YDOXH

)XQFWLRQH[SDQVLRQVHWXS

Current response setup

2nd Inertia ratio

Emergency stop time at alarm

QGRYHUVSHHGOHYHOVHWXS
)URQWSDQHOSDUDPHWHUZULWLQJ

selection

3RZHUXSZDLWWLPH

Encoder Z phase setup

=SKDVHVHWXSRIH[WHUQDOVFDOH
6HULDODEVROXWHH[WHUQDOVFDOH=SKDVH

setup
$%SKDVHH[WHUQDOVFDOHSXOVH

output method selection


Disturbance torque compensating gain

'LVWXUEDQFHREVHUYHUOWHU

$ODUPODWFKWLPHVHOHFWLRQ

estimation
speed
Real time
auto tuning

custom setup

+\EULGYLEUDWLRQ gain
suppression

OWHU

2VFLOODWLRQGHWHFWLRQOHYHO

$ODUPPDVNVHWXS
For manufacturer's use

4-52





4-53

4-54

4-55




4-56

4-57


4-58

4-46

4-3

Supplement

23
24
27
31
32
34
35
37
38
39

When in Trouble

17

0RWRUZRUNLQJUDQJHVHWXS
,)UHDGLQJOWHU
$ODUPFOHDULQSXWVHWXS
Counter clear input mode
Command pulse ,QYDOLGDWLRQ
inhibit input
reading setup
Position setup unit select
Selection of torque limit
2nd torque limit
1
7RUTXHOLPLWVZLWFKLQJ
setup
2
SRVLWLYHGLUHFWLRQWRUTXH
([WHUQDO limit
input
QHJDWLYHGLUHFWLRQWRUTXH
limit
Input gain of analog torque limit
LED initial status
RS232
baud rate setup
RS485
$[LVDGGUHVV
&RPPDQGSXOVHLQSXWPD[LPXPVHWXS
3XOVHUHJHQHUDWLYHRXWSXWOLPLWVHWXS
For manufacturer's use
Front panel lock setup

Adjustment

2nd
3rd numerator of electronic gear
4th
'HQRPLQDWRURISXOVHRXWSXWGLYLVLRQ
2YHUWUDYHOLQKLELWLQSXWVHWXS
6HTXHQFHDWRYHUWUDYHOLQKLELW
6HTXHQFHDW6HUYR2II
sequence
PDLQSRZHU
LV trip selection
OFF
detection time
Sequence at alarm
Torque setup for emergency stop
2YHUORDGOHYHOVHWXS
2YHUVSHHGOHYHOVHWXS

14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24

Related Control Mode Detail


P S T F page

Setup

[Class 5] Enhancing setting

00
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
09
10
11
12
13

Title

Connection

42

4-33

Class No.

Preparation

40
41

6, 3LQ1R
6, 3LQ1R
6, 3LQ1R
6, 3LQ1R
6, 3LQ1R
Input
selection 6, 3LQ1R
6, 3LQ1R
6, 3LQ1R
6, 3LQ1R
6, 3LQ1R
3LQ1R

SO1  /LQHGULYHURXWSXW
 3LQ1R
SO2 /LQHGULYHURXWSXW
3LQ1R

SO3  /LQHGULYHURXWSXW
Output
3LQ1R
selection SO4  /LQHGULYHURXWSXW

3LQ1R
SO5  Open
collector output
3LQ1R
SO6  Open
collector output
type
$QDORJPRQLWRU
output gain
type
$QDORJPRQLWRU
output gain
Type of digital monitor
$QDORJPRQLWRURXWSXWVHWXS
offset setup
$QDORJLQSXW
OWHU
$,
RYHUYROWDJHVHWXS
offset setup
$QDORJLQSXW
OWHU
$,
RYHUYROWDJHVHWXS
offset setup
$QDORJLQSXW
OWHU
$,
RYHUYROWDJHVHWXS
Positioning complete range
,QSRVLWLRQ
output setup
,13KROGWLPH
Zero-speed
Speed coincidence range
$WVSHHG 6SHHGDUULYDO
at stalling setup
Mechanical
brake action
at running setup
Mechanical brake action at running
setup
1
Selection of
alarm output
2
QG3RVLWLRQLQJFRPSOHWH ,QSRVLWLRQ 
range

Parametr No.

[Class 6] Special setting

39

Related Control Mode Detail


P S T F page

[Class 5] Enhancing setting

[Class 4] I/F monitor setting

00
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
09
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38

Title

Before Using the Products

List of Parameters

1. Details of parameter

Setup

[Class 0] Basic setting


'HIDXOW>@

Pr0.00 *

Rotational direction setup

Range

Unit

Default

Related
control mode

0 to 1

P S T F

6HWXSWKHUHODWLRQVKLSEHWZHHQWKHGLUHFWLRQRIFRPPDQGDQGGLUHFWLRQRIPRWRUURWDWLRQ
0RWRUWXUQV&:LQUHVSRQVHWRSRVLWLYHGLUHFWLRQFRPPDQG &:ZKHQYLHZHGIURPORDG
VLGHVKDIWHQG
0RWRUWXUQV&&:LQUHVSRQVHWRSRVLWLYHGLUHFWLRQFRPPDQG &&:ZKHQYLHZHGIURPORDG
VLGHVKDIWHQG
Positive direction
(CCW)

Negative direction
(CW)

Default
Setup
value
0
[1]

Pr0.01 *

Command direction

Motor rotational
direction

Positive direction
drive inhibit input

Negative direction
drive inhibit input

3RVLWLYHGLUHFWLRQ

&:

Valid

1HJDWLYHGLUHFWLRQ

&&:

Valid

3RVLWLYHGLUHFWLRQ

&&:

Valid

1HJDWLYHGLUHFWLRQ

&:

Valid

Control mode setup

Range

Unit

Default

Related
control mode

0 to 6

P S T F

You can set up the control mode to be used.


Content

Setup
value

1st mode

2st mode

[0]

Position

Velocity

Torque

3 *1

Position

Velocity

4 *1

Position

Torque

Velocity

Torque

Full-closed

5
6

*1

*  :KHQ\RXVHWXSWKHFRPELQDWLRQPRGHRI
RU\RXFDQVHOHFWHLWKHUWKHVWRUWKHQG
ZLWKFRQWUROPRGHVZLWFKLQJLQSXW &02'( 

:KHQ&02'(LVRSHQWKHVWPRGHZLOOEH
selected.

:KHQ&02'(LVVKRUWHGWKHQGPRGHZLOO
be selected.
Don't enter commands 10ms before/after
VZLWFKLQJ
C-MODE

open

close

open

2nd

1st

1st

10ms or longer

10ms or longer

7KHZDYHIRUPDERYHVKRZVZKHQORJLFDO
VHWWLQJRI&02'(LQSXWLVDFRQWDFW:KHQ
EFRQWDFWLVXVHGRSHQDQGVKRUWLVUHYHUVHG

Note

Related page
4-4

$SDUDPHWHULVGHVLJQDWHGDVIROORZVClass Pr0.00 Parameter No.


)RUSDUDPHWHUVZKLFK1RKDYHDVXIIL[RI * FKDQJHGFRQWHQWVZLOOEHYDOLGDWHGZKHQ
\RXWXUQRQWKHFRQWUROSRZHU
2QO\IRUSRVLWLRQFRQWUROW\SHLVQRWSURYLGHGZLWK; &RPPXQLFDWLRQFRQQHFWRU ; 6DIHW\
IXQFWLRQFRQQHFWRU ; ([WHUQDOVFDOHFRQQHFWRU DQGDQDORJLQSXW
3,QSXWVDQGRXWSXWVRQFRQQHFWRU;

1. Details of parameter

1
'HIDXOW>@

Pr0.02

Real-time auto-gain tuning setup

Range

Unit

Default

Related
control mode

0 to 6

P S T F

You can set up the action mode of the real-time auto-gain tuning.

,QYDOLG

[1]

Standard

%DVLF PRGH 'R QRW XVH XQEDODQFHG ORDG IULFWLRQ FRPSHQVDWLRQ RU
JDLQVZLWFKLQJ

Positioning *1

Main application is positioning. It is recommended to use this mode


RQ HTXLSPHQW ZLWKRXW XQEDODQFHG KRUL]RQWDO D[LV EDOO VFUHZ GULYLQJ
HTXLSPHQWZLWKORZIULFWLRQHWF

9HUWLFDOD[LV*2

:LWK DGGLWLRQDO IHDWXUHV WR WKH SRVLWLRQLQJ PRGH  XVH WKLV PRGH WR
SRVLWLYHO\ DQG HIIHFWLYHO\ FRPSHQVDWH IRU XQEDODQFHG ORDG WR WKH
YHUWLFDOD[LVRUPLQLPL]HYDULDWLRQVLQVHWWLQJWLPH

Friction
compensation *3

:LWKDGGLWLRQDOIHDWXUHVWRWKHYHUWLFDOD[LVPRGHXVHWKLVPRGHWR
SRVLWLYHO\DQGHIIHFWLYHO\UHGXFHSRVLWLRQLQJVHWWLQJWLPHZKHQWKHEHOW
GULYLQJD[LVKDVKLJKIULFWLRQ

Varying degree of load inertia in motion


Real-time auto-gain tuning function is disabled.

Load characteristic (VWLPDWHWKHORDGFKDUDFWHULVWLFVZLWKRXWFKDQJLQJFXUUHQWSDUDPHWHU


measurement
VHWWLQJ7KLVPRGHUHTXLUHVXVHRIWKHVHWXSVXSSRUWVRIWZDUH
Customize *4

Functions of real-time auto-gain tuning can be customized to meet the


UHTXLUHPHQWVRIWKHVSHFLFDSSOLFDWLRQE\FRPELQLQJGHVLUHGIXQFWLRQV
DFFRUGLQJWRWKH3U5HDOWLPHDXWRJDLQWXQLQJFXVWRPVHWWLQJ

Range

Unit

0 to 31

Related
Default
control mode
$%&IUDPH13
P S T F
D to H-IUDPH11

<RXFDQVHWXSWKHUHVSRQVHZKLOHWKHUHDOWLPHDXWRJDLQWXQLQJLVYDOLG
low
low

machine stiffness
servo gain

high
high

0, 1 - - - - - - - 11 - - 13 - - - - - - - - - - - - 30, 31
low
response
high

Related page

$SDUDPHWHULVGHVLJQDWHGDVIROORZVClass Pr0.00 Parameter No.


)RUSDUDPHWHUVZKLFK1RKDYHDVXIIL[RI * FKDQJHGFRQWHQWVZLOOEHYDOLGDWHGZKHQ
\RXWXUQRQWKHFRQWUROSRZHU
3,QSXWVDQGRXWSXWVRQFRQQHFWRU;
4-5

7
Supplement

Note

+LJKHU WKHVHWXS YDOXH KLJKHU WKHYHORFLW\ UHVSRQVH DQGVHUYR VWLIIQHVV ZLOOEHREWDLQHG


+RZHYHU ZKHQLQFUHDVLQJWKH YDOXH FKHFN WKH UHVXOWLQJRSHUDWLRQWR DYRLGRVFLOODWLRQRU
YLEUDWLRQ
&RQWUROJDLQLVXSGDWHGZKLOHWKHPRWRULVVWRSSHG,IWKHPRWRUFDQQRWEHVWRSSHGGXHWR
H[FHVVLYHO\ORZJDLQRUFRQWLQXRXVDSSOLFDWLRQRIRQHZD\GLUHFWLRQFRPPDQGDQ\FKDQJH
PDGH WR 3U 6HOHFWLRQ RI PDFKLQH VWLIIQHVV DW UHDOWLPH DXWRJDLQ WXQLQJ LV QRW XVHG
IRUXSGDWH,IWKHFKDQJHGVWLIIQHVVVHWWLQJLVPDGHYDOLGDIWHUWKHPRWRUVWRSSHGDEQRUPDO
VRXQGRURVFLOODWLRQZLOOEHJHQHUDWHG7RSUHYHQWWKLVSUREOHPVWRSWKHPRWRUDIWHUFKDQJLQJ
the stiffness setting and check that the changed setting is enabled.

When in Trouble

Caution

Adjustment

Selection of machine stiffness


at real-time auto-gain tuning

4
Setup

*1 Velocity and torque controls are the same as in the standard mode.
*2 Torque control is the same as in the standard mode.
* 9HORFLW\FRQWUROLVWKHVDPHDVLQWKHYHUWLFDOD[LVPRGH7RUTXHFRQWUROLVWKHVDPHDV
in the standard mode.
* &HUWDLQIXQFWLRQ V LVQRWDYDLODEOHLQDVSHFLFFRQWUROPRGH5HIHUWRGHVFULSWLRQLQ
Pr6.32.

Pr0.03

3
Connection

Mode

Preparation

Setup
value

Before Using the Products

[Class 0] Basic setting

1. Details of parameter
[Class 0] Basic setting

'HIDXOW>@

Pr0.04

Inertia ratio

Range

Unit

Default

Related
control mode

0 to 10000

250 *

P S T F

Set 1st inertia ratio.


<RXFDQVHWXSWKHUDWLRRIWKHORDGLQHUWLDDJDLQVWWKHURWRU RIWKHPRWRU LQHUWLD
3U  ORDGLQHUWLDURWRULQHUWLD >@
7KHLQHUWLDUDWLRZLOOEHHVWLPDWHGDWDOOWLPHZKLOHWKHUHDOWLPHDXWRJDLQWXQLQJLVYDOLGDQG
LWVUHVXOWZLOOEHVDYHGWR((3520HYHU\PLQ

Caution

Pr0.05 *

,IWKHLQHUWLDUDWLRLVFRUUHFWO\VHWWKHVHWXSXQLWRI3UDQG3UEHFRPHV +] :KHQ
WKHLQHUWLDUDWLRRI3ULVODUJHUWKDQWKHDFWXDOWKHVHWXSXQLWRIWKHYHORFLW\ORRSJDLQ
EHFRPHVODUJHUDQGZKHQWKHLQHUWLDUDWLRRI3ULVVPDOOHUWKDQWKHDFWXDOWKHVHWXSXQLW
RIWKHYHORFLW\ORRSJDLQEHFRPHVVPDOOHU

Selection of command pulse input

Range

Unit

Default

0 to 1

Related
control mode

<RX FDQ VHOHFW HLWKHU WKH SKRWRFRXSOHU LQSXW RU WKH H[FOXVLYH LQSXW IRU OLQH GULYHU DV WKH
command pulse input.
Setup value
[0]
1

Note

4-6

Content
3KRWRFRXSOHULQSXW 38/638/66,*16,*1
([FOXVLYHLQSXWIRUOLQHGULYHU 38/6+38/6+6,*1+6,*1+ 

3DUDPHWHUVZKLFKGHIDXOWYDOXHVKDYHDVXIIL[RI*ZLOOEHDXWRPDWLFDOO\VHWXSGXULQJ
UHDO WLPH DXWRJDLQ WXQLQJ :KHQ \RX FKDQJH PDQXDOO\ LQYDOLGDWH WKH UHDOWLPH DXWRJDLQ
WXQLQJUVW WKHQVHWUHIHUULQJWR35HOHDVHRI$XWRPDWLF*DLQ$GMXVWLQJ)XQFWLRQRI
$GMXVWPHQW

1. Details of parameter

1
'HIDXOW>@

Pr0.06 *
Pr0.07 *

Command pulse rotational direction setup


Command pulse input mode setup

Range

Unit

Default

0 to 1

Related
control mode

Range

Unit

Default

0 to 3

Related
control mode

7KHWDEOHEHORZVKRZVFRPELQDWLRQVRI3U&RPPDQGSXOVHURWDWLRQDOGLUHFWLRQVHWXSDQG3U
&RPPDQGSXOVHLQSXWPRGHVHWXS
3XOVHVDUHFRXQWHGDWHGJHVLQGLFDWHGE\WKHDUURZVDVVKRZQLQWKHWDEOH
,QSXWIRUPDWFRPPDQGSXOVH

0 or 2

[0]

[1]

&RPPDQG
pulse format

SKDVH
difference
2-phase pulse
(A + B-phase)
Positive direction
pulse train
+
Negative direction
pulse train

pulse train
+
Signal

Signal
title

3RVLWLYHGLUHFWLRQ
FRPPDQG
t1

t1

0 or 2

pulse train
+
Signal

t1

PULS
B-phase

SIGN

t1

t1

t1

%SKDVHDGYDQFHVWR$E\

t1

%SKDVHGHOD\VIURP$E\

t3

PULS

t2

t2

t4

t5

SIGN
PULS

t2

t2

t4

t5

SIGN

H
t6 t6
t1

t6

t1

t1

t1

A-phase

PULS
SIGN

B-phase
t1

t1

t1

t1

%SKDVHGHOD\VIURP$E\ %SKDVHDGYDQFHVWR$E\

Adjustment

Positive direction
pulse train
+
Negative direction
pulse train

t1

A-phase

t6

SKDVH
difference
2-phase pulse
(A + B-phase)

1HJDWLYHGLUHFWLRQ
FRPPDQG

Setup

3
Connection

Pr0.06 setup value Pr0.07 setup value


&RPPDQGSXOVH &RPPDQGSXOVH
rotational
LQSXWPRGH
GLUHFWLRQVHWXS
setup

2
Preparation

<RXFDQVHWXSWKHURWDWLRQDOGLUHFWLRQDJDLQVWWKHFRPPDQGSXOVHLQSXWDQGWKHFRPPDQG
pulse input format.

Before Using the Products

[Class 0] Basic setting

t3

PULS

t2

t2

SIGN
PULS

t4

SIGN

t5

t2

t2

t4

t5

L
t6

H
t6 t6

t6

3HUPLVVLEOHPD[LQSXWIUHTXHQF\DQGPLQQHFHVVDU\WLPHZLGWKRIFRPPDQGSXOVHLQSXWVLJQDO
Permissible max.
input frequency

Pulse train interface exclusive to line driver


Line driver interface
Pulse train interface
Open collector interface

4Mpps
500kpps
200kpps

When in Trouble

Input I/F of PULS/SIGN signal

0LQQHFHVVDU\WLPHZLGWK V
t1

t2

t3

t4

t5

t6























0DNHWKHULVLQJIDOOLQJWLPHRIWKHFRPPDQGSXOVHLQSXWVLJQDOWRVRUVPDOOHU

Related page

$SDUDPHWHULVGHVLJQDWHGDVIROORZVClass Pr0.00 Parameter No.


)RUSDUDPHWHUVZKLFK1RKDYHDVXIIL[RI * FKDQJHGFRQWHQWVZLOOEHYDOLGDWHGZKHQ
\RXWXUQRQWKHFRQWUROSRZHU
3,QSXWVDQGRXWSXWVRQFRQQHFWRU;
4-7

Supplement

Note

1. Details of parameter
[Class 0] Basic setting

'HIDXOW>@

Pr0.08 *

Command pulse counts per one motor


revolution

Range

Unit

Default

0 to 1048576

pulse

10000

Related
control mode

Set the command pulses that causes single turn of the motor shaft.
:KHQWKLVVHWWLQJLV3UVWQXPHUDWRURIHOHFWURQLFJHDUDQG3U'HQRPLQDWRURI
HOHFWURQLFJHDUEHFRPHYDOLG

Pr0.09

1st numerator of electronic gear

Range

Unit

Default

0 to 230

Related
control mode

6HWWKHQXPHUDWRURIGLYLVLRQPXOWLSOLFDWLRQRSHUDWLRQPDGHDFFRUGLQJWRWKHFRPPDQGSXOVHLQSXW
7KLVVHWXSLVHQDEOHGZKHQ3UFRPPDQGSXOVHFRXQWVSHURQHPRWRUUHYROXWLRQ 

Pr0.10

Denominator of electronic gear

Range

Unit

Default

1 to 230

10000

Related
control mode

6HWWKH'HQRPLQDWRURIGLYLVLRQPXOWLSOLFDWLRQRSHUDWLRQPDGHDFFRUGLQJWRWKHFRPPDQG
pulse input.
7KLVVHWXSLVHQDEOHGZKHQ3UFRPPDQGSXOVHFRXQWVSHURQHPRWRUUHYROXWLRQ 

,QWHUUHODWLRQVKLSEHWZHHQ3U3UDQG3UGXULQJ3RVLWLRQFRQWURO!
Pr0.08

Pr0.09

Pr0.10

Command division/multiplication operation


Command
pulse input

1 to 1048576

1RWHIIHFW

1RWHIIHFW

Positional
command

[Pr0.08 setup value]


 5HJDUGOHVV RI VHWXS RI 3U DQG 3U WKLV
RSHUDWLRQLVSURFHVVHGDFFRUGLQJWRVHWXSYDOXHRI
Pr0.08.

Command
pulse input
0

Encoder resolution

Encoder resolution

Positional
command

[Pr0.10 setup value]

0 to 1073741824

 :KHQ ERWK 3U DQG 3U DUH VHW WR  WKLV
RSHUDWLRQLVSURFHVVHGDFFRUGLQJWRVHWXSYDOXHRI
Pr0.10.

Command
pulse input
1 to 1073741824 1 to 1073741824

[Pr0.09 setting]

Positional
command

[Pr0.10 setting]
 :KHQ VHWXS YDOXH RI 3U LV  DQG 3U
 WKLV RSHUDWLRQLV SURFHVVHGDFFRUGLQJWR VHWXS
YDOXHRI3UDQG3U

,QWHUUHODWLRQVKLSEHWZHHQ3U3UDQG3UGXULQJIXOOFORVHGFRQWURO!

Related page

4-8

36HWXSRI0RWRU5RWDWLRQDO6SHHGDQG,QSXW3XOVH)UHTXHQF\
333URWHFWLYHIXQFWLRQ 'HWDLORIHUURUFRGH

1. Details of parameter

1
'HIDXOW>@

Pr0.08

Pr0.09

Pr0.10

Command division/multiplication operation


Command
pulse input

1 to 1073741824

1 to 1073741824

[Pr0.09 setting]

Positional
command

[Pr0.10 setting]

 :KHQ VHWXS YDOXH RI 3U WKLV RSHUDWLRQ LV


SURFHVVHGDFFRUGLQJWRVHWXSYDOXHRI3UDQG
Pr0.10.

7KH GHVLUHG VHWWLQJ FDQ EH GHWHUPLQHG E\ VHOHFWLQJ YDOXH RI QXPHUDWRU DQG GHQRPLQDWRU RI
HOHFWURQLFJHDU+RZHYHUDQH[FHVVLYHO\KLJKGLYLVLRQRUPXOWLSOLFDWLRQUDWLRFDQQRWJXDUDQWHH
WKHRSHUDWLRQ7KHUDWLRVKRXOGEHLQDUDQJHEHWZHHQDQG
([FHVVLYHO\ KLJK PXOWLSOLFDWLRQ UDWLR ZLOO FDXVH (UU FRPPDQG SXOVH PXOWLSOLFDWLRQ HUURU
SURWHFWLRQ GXHWRYDU\LQJFRPPDQGSXOVHLQSXWRUQRLVHVHYHQLIWKHRWKHUVHWWLQJVDUHZLWKLQ
WKHVSHFLHGUDQJH
'XULQJ IXOO FORVHG FRQWUROOLQJ GR QRW FKDQJH FRPPDQG GLYLVLRQ DQG PXOWLSOLFDWLRQ UDWLR
2WKHUZLVH(UU +\EULGRYHUGHYLDWLRQDODUP ZLOOEHJHQHUDWHG
Output pulse counts
per one motor revolution

Range

Unit

Default

Related
control mode

0 to 262144

P/r

2500

P S T F

4
Setup

Pr0.11 *

 ,I 3U LV  GXULQJ IXOO FORVHG FRQWUROOLQJ WKH


SURFHVV DV VKRZQ DERYH LV SHUIRUPHG ZLWK ERWK
numerator and denominator set to 1.

Connection

Caution

Command
pulse input

1 to 1073741824

Positional
command

Preparation

,QYDOLG

Before Using the Products

[Class 0] Basic setting

<RXFDQVHWXSWKHRXWSXWSXOVHFRXQWVSHURQHPRWRUUHYROXWLRQIRUHDFK2$DQG2%ZLWK
the Pr0.11 setup.

Caution

)RUGHWDLOVRIVHWXSUHIHUWRGHVFULSWLRQLQ3U

5
Adjustment

6
When in Trouble

Related page

$SDUDPHWHULVGHVLJQDWHGDVIROORZVClass Pr0.00 Parameter No.


)RUSDUDPHWHUVZKLFK1RKDYHDVXIIL[RI * FKDQJHGFRQWHQWVZLOOEHYDOLGDWHGZKHQ
\RXWXUQRQWKHFRQWUROSRZHU
36HWXSRI0RWRU5RWDWLRQDO6SHHGDQG,QSXW3XOVH)UHTXHQF\
333URWHFWLYHIXQFWLRQ 'HWDLORIHUURUFRGH
4-9

Supplement

Note

1. Details of parameter
[Class 0] Basic setting

'HIDXOW>@

Pr5.03 *

Denominator of pulse output division

Range

Unit

Default

Related
control mode

0 to 262144

P S T F

)RUDQDSSOLFDWLRQZKHUHWKHQXPEHURIRXWSXWSXOVHVSHURQHPRWRUUHYROXWLRQLVQRWDQ
LQWHJHUVHWWKLVSDUDPHWHUWRDYDOXHRWKHUWKDQDQGWKHGLYLGLQJUDWLRFDQEHVHWE\XVLQJ
Pr0.11 as the numerator and Pr5.03 as the denominator.
2XWSXWSXOVHFRXQWVSHURQHUHYROXWLRQ
1
 3UVHWXSYDOXH/ Pr5.03 VHWXSYDOXH (QFRGHUUHVROXWLRQ
4
<Combination of Pr0.11 Output pulse counts per one motor revolution and Pr5.03
'HQRPLQDWRURISXOVHRXWSXWGLYLVLRQ!
Pr0.11

Pr5.03

Pulse reproducing process


When the output source is encoder
Encoder
feedback pulse
[pulse]

[0]

Output pulse
[Pr0.11 setup value]4 [pulse]
Encoder resolution

* :KHQ3U WKHDERYHSURFHVVLVPDGHDFFRUGLQJWR
3UVHWXSYDOXH
 7KHQXPEHURISXOVHVRIUHSURGXFHGSXOVHRXWSXW2$DQG
OB are the number of pulses set in Pr0.11. The resolution of
SXOVHRXWSXWSHURQHUHYROXWLRQLVHTXDOWRRUOHVVWKHHQFRGHU
resolution.

:KHQWKHRXWSXWVRXUFHLVH[WHUQDOVFDOH
External scale pulse
[pulse]

Output pulse
[pulse]

1
* 'LYLVLRQUDWLRLV

1 to 262144

Encoder feedback pulse


or external scale pulse
[Pr0.11 setup value]
[pulse]
[Pr5.03 setup value]

Output pulse
[pulse]

* ,I3ULVQRWHTXDOWRWKHQWKHDERYHSURFHVVLVSHUIRUPHG
EDVHGRQVHWXSYDOXHRI3UDQG3U

When the output source is encoder


1 to 262144

 7KH QXPEHU RI UHSURGXFHG SXOVHV 2$ 2%  SHU RQH PRWRU


UHYROXWLRQLVQRWDQLQWHJHU
 1RWHWKDWZKHQWKHQXPEHURISXOVHVSHURQHPRWRUUHYROXWLRQ
LVQRWDQLQWHJHU=SKDVHRXWSXWLVQRWV\QFKURQL]HGZLWKWKDW
RI$SKDVH UHGXFLQJ SXOVH ZLGWK7KH SXOVH RXWSXW UHVROXWLRQ
SHU RQH UHYROXWLRQ FDQQRW EHFRPH KLJKHU WKDQ WKH HQFRGHU
resolution.

:KHQRXWSXWVRXUFHLVH[WHUQDOVFDOH
 6HWWLQJ
 QXPHUDWRU 3UVHWWLQJ GHQRPLQDWRU 3UVHWWLQJ 
 1RPXOWLSOLFDWLRQ

Note
Related page

4-10

$SDUDPHWHULVGHVLJQDWHGDVIROORZVClass Pr0.00 Parameter No.


)RUSDUDPHWHUVZKLFK1RKDYHDVXIIL[RI * FKDQJHGFRQWHQWVZLOOEHYDOLGDWHGZKHQ
\RXWXUQRQWKHFRQWUROSRZHU
36HWXSRI7RUTXH/LPLW3,QSXWVDQGRXWSXWVRQFRQQHFWRU;
33URWHFWLYH)XQFWLRQ

1. Details of parameter

1
'HIDXOW>@

Pr0.12 *

Reversal of pulse output logic

Range

Unit

Default

Related
control mode

0 to 3

P S T F

Pr0.12
[0]

B-phase
logic
1RQ
UHYHUVDO

5HYHUVDO
3

Caution

CW direction
rotation

Encoder

$SKDVH

$SKDVH

([WHUQDO
scale

B-phase

B-phase

Encoder

$SKDVH

$SKDVH

([WHUQDO
scale

B-phase

B-phase

6HWXSYDOXHDQGDUHYDOLGRQO\IRUIXOOFORVHGFRQWURO6HWWLQJPXVWEHRULIQRWIRUIXOO
closed control.
The selection of the output source of Z-phase is held concurrently.
6HWXSYDOXHDQGDUH=SKDVHRXWSXWRIHQFRGHU
6HWXSYDOXHDQGDUH=SKDVHRXWSXWRIH[WHUQDOVFDOH

1st torque limit

Range

Unit

Default

Related
control mode

0 to 500

500

P S T F

Setup

Pr0.13

CCW direction
rotation

Connection

Output
source

2
Preparation

<RX FDQ VHW XS WKH %SKDVH ORJLF DQG WKH RXWSXW VRXUFH RI WKH SXOVH RXWSXW  :LWK WKLV
SDUDPHWHU \RX FDQUHYHUVH WKH SKDVH UHODWLRQ EHWZHHQ WKH$SKDVH SXOVH DQG WKH %SKDVH
SXOVHE\UHYHUVLQJWKH%SKDVHORJLF(QFRGHURUH[WHUQDOVFDOHFDQEHVHOHFWHGDVWKHRXWSXW
source for full-closed control. The encoder is selected as the source if not for full-closed control.
5HYHUVDORISXOVHRXWSXWORJLF!

Before Using the Products

[Class 0] Basic setting

<RXFDQVHWXSWKHOLPLWYDOXHRIWKHPRWRURXWSXWWRUTXH

Note

3RVLWLRQGHYLDWLRQH[FHVVVHWXS

5
Range

Unit

WR Command
unit

Default

Related
control mode

100000

6HWH[FHVVUDQJHRISRVLWLRQDOGHYLDWLRQE\WKHFRPPDQGXQLW GHIDXOW 
6HWXSXQLWFDQEHFKDQJHGWRHQFRGHUXQLWWKURXJK3U SRVLWLRQVHWXSXQLWVHOHFWLRQ 
,IWKHXQLWLVFKDQJHGVHWXSZLWKWKHHQFRGHUSXOVHFRXQWVDWWKHSRVLWLRQFRQWURODQGZLWK
WKHH[WHUQDOVFDOHSXOVHFRXQWVDWWKHIXOOFORVHGFRQWURO
(UU (UURUGHWHFWLRQRISRVLWLRQGHYLDWLRQH[FHVV EHFRPHVLQYDOLGZKHQ\RXVHWXSWKLVWR

Pr0.15 *

)RUGHVFULSWLRQRIFRPPDQGXQLWDQGHQFRGHUXQLWUHIHUWR33U

Absolute encoder setup

Range

Unit

Default

0 to 2

Related
control mode

When in Trouble

Note

Adjustment

Pr0.14

)RUGHWDLOVRIWRUTXHOLPLWYDOXHUHIHUWR3

You can set up the using method of 17-bit absolute encoder.


Setup value
0
[1]

Caution

Use as an incremental encoder.


Supplement

Function
Use as an absolute encoder.
8VHDVDQDEVROXWHHQFRGHUEXWLJQRUHWKHPXOWLWXUQFRXQWHURYHU

7KLVSDUDPHWHUZLOOEHLQYDOLGDWHGZKHQZLUHELWLQFUHPHQWDOHQFRGHULVXVHG

4-11

1. Details of parameter
[Class 0] Basic setting

'HIDXOW>@

Pr0.16 *

([WHUQDOUHJHQHUDWLYHUHVLVWRUVHWXS

Range

Unit

0 to 3

Related
Default
control mode
$%*+IUDPH3
P S T F
&'()IUDPH0

:LWK WKLV SDUDPHWHU \RX FDQ VHOHFW HLWKHU WR XVH WKH EXLOWLQ UHJHQHUDWLYH UHVLVWRU RI WKH
GULYHURUWRVHSDUDWHWKLVEXLOWLQUHJHQHUDWLYHUHVLVWRUDQGH[WHUQDOO\LQVWDOOWKHUHJHQHUDWLYH
UHVLVWRU EHWZHHQ%DQG%RI&RQQHFWRU;%LQFDVHRI$WR'IUDPHEHWZHHQ%DQG%
RI &RQQHFWRU ;& LQ FDVH RI 'IUDPH 9  DQG (IUDPH EHWZHHQ % DQG % RI WHUPLQDO
EORFNLQFDVHRI)WR+IUDPH 
$%*DQG+IUDPHGULYHULVQRWSURYLGHGZLWKEXLOWLQUHVLVWHU
Setup value

[0]
&WR)IUDPH

Regenerative
resistor
to be used

Function

5HJHQHUDWLYHSURFHVVLQJFLUFXLWZLOOEHDFWLYDWHGDQG
Built-in resistor UHJHQHUDWLYHUHVLVWRURYHUORDGSURWHFWLRQZLOOEHWULJJHUHG
DFFRUGLQJWRWKHEXLOWLQUHVLVWRU DSSUR[GXW\ 

([WHUQDO
resistor

7KHGULYHUWULSVGXHWRUHJHQHUDWLYHRYHUORDGSURWHFWLRQ
(UU ZKHQUHJHQHUDWLYHSURFHVVLQJFLUFXLWLVDFWLYDWHGDQG
LWVDFWLYHUDWLRH[FHHGV

([WHUQDO
resistor

5HJHQHUDWLYHSURFHVVLQJFLUFXLWLVDFWLYDWHGEXWQRUHJHQHUDWLYH
RYHUORDGSURWHFWLRQLVWULJJHUHG

[3]
$%*+IUDPH

1RUHVLVWRU

%RWKUHJHQHUDWLYHSURFHVVLQJFLUFXLWDQGUHJHQHUDWLYHSURWHFWLRQ
DUHQRWDFWLYDWHGDQGEXLOWLQFDSDFLWRUKDQGOHVDOOUHJHQHUDWLYH
SRZHU

Remarks

,QVWDOODQH[WHUQDOSURWHFWLRQVXFKDVWKHUPDOIXVHZKHQ\RXXVHWKHH[WHUQDOUHJHQHUDWLYH
resistor.
2WKHUZLVHWKHUHJHQHUDWLYHUHVLVWRUPLJKWEHKHDWHGXSDEQRUPDOO\DQGUHVXOWLQEXUQRXW
UHJDUGOHVVRIYDOLGDWLRQRULQYDOLGDWLRQRIUHJHQHUDWLYHRYHUORDGSURWHFWLRQ

Caution

:KHQ\RXXVHWKHEXLOWLQUHJHQHUDWLYHUHVLVWRUQHYHUWRVHWXSRWKHUYDOXHWKDQ'RQ
W
WRXFKWKHH[WHUQDOUHJHQHUDWLYHUHVLVWRU
([WHUQDOUHJHQHUDWLYHUHVLVWRUJHWVYHU\KRWDQGPLJKWFDXVHEXUQLQJ

Pr0.17 *

/RDGIDFWRURIH[WHUQDOUHJHQHUDWLYH
resistor selection

Range

Unit

Default

Related
control mode

0 to 4

P S T F

:KHQ VHOHFWLQJ WKH H[WHUQDO UHJHQHUDWLYH UHVLVWRU 3U     VHOHFW WKH FRPSXWLQJ
PHWKRGRIORDGIDFWRURIUHJHQHUDWLYHUHVLVWRU
Setup value

Function

[0]

5HJHQHUDWLYHORDGIDFWRULVZKHQGXW\IDFWRURIH[WHUQDOUHJHQHUDWLYHUHVLVWRULV
10%.

1 to 4

Note
Related page
4-12

)RUPDQXIDFWXUHU
VXVH GRQRWVHWXS

$SDUDPHWHULVGHVLJQDWHGDVIROORZVClass Pr0.00 Parameter No.


)RUSDUDPHWHUVZKLFK1RKDYHDVXIIL[RI * FKDQJHGFRQWHQWVZLOOEHYDOLGDWHGZKHQ
\RXWXUQRQWKHFRQWUROSRZHU
36\VWHP&RQJXUDWLRQDQG:LULQJ3,QSXWVDQGRXWSXWVRQFRQQHFWRU;

1. Details of parameter

Setup

[Class 1] Gain adjustment

Pr1.00

1st gain of position loop

Range

Unit

0 to 30000

0.1/s

Related
Default
control mode
$%C-IUDPH480
P
F
D to H-IUDPH320

You can determine the response of the positional control system.


+LJKHUWKHJDLQRISRVLWLRQORRS\RXVHWIDVWHUWKHSRVLWLRQLQJWLPH\RXFDQREWDLQ
1RWHWKDWWRRKLJKVHWXSPD\FDXVHRVFLOODWLRQ

1st gain of velocity loop

Range

Unit

1 to 32767

0.1Hz

Related
Default
control mode
$%C-IUDPH270
P S T F
D to H-IUDPH180

<RXFDQGHWHUPLQHWKHUHVSRQVHRIWKHYHORFLW\ORRS
,QRUGHUWRLQFUHDVHWKHUHVSRQVHRIRYHUDOOVHUYRV\VWHPE\VHWWLQJKLJKSRVLWLRQORRSJDLQ
\RXQHHGKLJKHUVHWXSRIWKLVYHORFLW\ORRSJDLQDVZHOO+RZHYHUWRRKLJKVHWXSPD\FDXVH
oscillation.

Pr1.02

:KHQWKHLQHUWLDUDWLRRI3ULVVHWFRUUHFWO\WKHVHWXSXQLWRI3UEHFRPHV +] 

1st time constant of velocity loop


integration

Range

Unit

1 to 10000

0.1ms

Related
Default
control mode
$%C-IUDPH210
P S T F
D to H-IUDPH310

1st filter of speed detection

Setup

<RXFDQVHWXSWKHLQWHJUDWLRQWLPHFRQVWDQWRIYHORFLW\ORRS
6PDOOHUWKHVHWXSIDVWHU\RXFDQGRJLQGHYLDWLRQDWVWDOOWR
7KHLQWHJUDWLRQZLOOEHPDLQWDLQHGE\VHWWLQJWR
7KHLQWHJUDWLRQHIIHFWZLOOEHORVWE\VHWWLQJWR

Pr1.03

Range

Unit

Default

Related
control mode

0 to 5

P S T F

1st time constant of torque filter

Range

Unit

0 to 2500

0.01ms

Related
Default
control mode
$%C-IUDPH84
P S T F
D to H-IUDPH126

6
When in Trouble

<RXFDQVHWXSWKHWLPHFRQVWDQWRIWKHVWGHOD\OWHULQVHUWHGLQWKHWRUTXHFRPPDQG
SRUWLRQ<RXPLJKWH[SHFWVXSSUHVVLRQRIRVFLOODWLRQFDXVHGE\GLVWRUWLRQUHVRQDQFH

5
Adjustment

<RXFDQVHWXSWKHWLPHFRQVWDQWRIWKHORZSDVVOWHU /3) DIWHUWKHVSHHGGHWHFWLRQLQ


steps.
+LJKHUWKHVHWXSODUJHUWKHWLPHFRQVWDQW\RXFDQREWDLQVRWKDW\RXFDQGHFUHDVHWKH
PRWRUQRLVHKRZHYHUUHVSRQVHEHFRPHVVORZ8VHZLWKDGHIDXOWYDOXHRILQQRUPDO
operation.

Pr1.04

3
Connection

Caution

Preparation

Pr1.01

Before Using the Products

Note
Related page

7R3DQDVRQLF0,1$6XVHUV$DQGKLJKHUVHULHV
 &$87,213DUDPHWHUVHWWLQJVVKRZQLQWKLVPDQXDOPD\GLIIHUIURPWKRVHDSSOLHGWR\RXU
SURGXFW V 
)RUSDUDPHWHUVZKLFK1RKDYHDVXIIL[RI * FKDQJHGFRQWHQWVZLOOEHYDOLGDWHGZKHQ
\RXWXUQRQWKHFRQWUROSRZHU
3,QSXWVDQGRXWSXWVRQFRQQHFWRU;
4-13

Supplement

Caution

1. Details of parameter
[Class 1] Gain adjustment

'HIDXOW>@

Pr1.05

2nd gain of position loop

Pr1.06

2nd gain of velocity loop

Pr1.07

2nd time constant of velocity loop


integration

Pr1.08

2nd filter of speed detection

Pr1.09

2nd time constant of torque filter

Related
Default
control mode
$%C-IUDPH570
P
F
D to H-IUDPH380

Range

Unit

0 to 30000

0.1/s

Range

Unit

1 to 32767

0.1Hz

Range

Unit

Default

Related
control mode

1 to 10000

0.1ms

10000

P S T F

Range

Unit

Default

Related
control mode

0 to 5

P S T F

Range

Unit

0 to 2500

0.01ms

Related
Default
control mode
$%C-IUDPH270
P S T F
D to H-IUDPH180

Related
Default
control mode
$%C-IUDPH 84
P S T F
D to H-IUDPH126

3RVLWLRQORRSYHORFLW\ORRSVSHHGGHWHFWLRQOWHUDQGWRUTXH FRPPDQGOWHUKDYHWKHLU
SDLUVRIJDLQRUWLPHFRQVWDQW VWDQGQG 

Related page

Pr1.10

)RUGHWDLOVRIVZLWFKLQJWKHVWDQGWKHQGJDLQRUWKHWLPHFRQVWDQWUHIHUWR3*DLQ
6ZLWFKLQJ)XQFWLRQRI$GMXVWPHQW
The function and the content of each parameter is as same as that of the 1st gain and time
constant.

9HORFLW\IHHGIRUZDUGJDLQ

Range

Unit

Default

0 to 1000

0.10%

300

Related
control mode

0XOWLSO\ WKH YHORFLW\ FRQWURO FRPPDQG FDOFXODWHG DFFRUGLQJ WR WKH LQWHUQDO SRVLWLRQDO
command by the ratio of this parameter and add the result to the speed command resulting
from the positional control process.

Pr1.11

9HORFLW\IHHGIRUZDUGILOWHU

Range

Unit

Default

0 to 6400

0.01ms

50

Related
control mode

6HWWKHWLPHFRQVWDQWRIVWGHOD\OWHUZKLFKDIIHFWVWKHLQSXWRIYHORFLW\IHHGIRUZDUG
8VDJHH[DPSOHRIYHORFLW\IHHGIRUZDUG!
7KHYHORFLW\IHHGIRUZDUGZLOOEHFRPHHIIHFWLYHDVWKHYHORFLW\IHHGIRUZDUGJDLQLVJUDGXDOO\
LQFUHDVHG ZLWK WKH YHORFLW\ IHHG IRUZDUG ILOWHU VHW DW DSSUR[   PV 7KH SRVLWLRQDO
GHYLDWLRQGXULQJRSHUDWLRQDWDFRQVWDQWYHORFLW\LVUHGXFHGDVVKRZQLQWKHHTXDWLRQEHORZ
LQSURSRUWLRQWRWKHYDOXHRIYHORFLW\IHHGIRUZDUGJDLQ
3RVLWLRQDOGHYLDWLRQ>XQLWRIFRPPDQG@ FRPPDQGVSHHG>XQLWRIFRPPDQGV@
SRVLWLRQDOORRSJDLQ>V@ YHORFLW\IHHGIRUZDUGJDLQ>@ 

Note
Related page
4-14

$SDUDPHWHULVGHVLJQDWHGDVIROORZVClass Pr0.00 Parameter No.


)RUSDUDPHWHUVZKLFK1RKDYHDVXIIL[RI * FKDQJHGFRQWHQWVZLOOEHYDOLGDWHGZKHQ
\RXWXUQRQWKHFRQWUROSRZHU
3,QSXWVDQGRXWSXWVRQFRQQHFWRU;

1. Details of parameter

1
'HIDXOW>@

Pr1.12

7RUTXHIHHGIRUZDUGJDLQ

Range

Unit

Default

0 to 1000

0.1%

Related
control mode

P S

Pr1.13

7RUTXHIHHGIRUZDUGILOWHU

Range

Unit

Default

0 to 6400

0.01ms

Related
control mode

P S

Caution

2nd gain setup

Range

Unit

Default

Related
control mode

0 to 1

P S T F

$UUDQJHWKLVSDUDPHWHUZKHQSHUIRUPLQJRSWLPXPDGMXVWPHQWE\XVLQJWKHJDLQVZLWFKLQJ
function.
*DLQVHOHFWLRQVZLWFKLQJ

VWJDLQLV[HGDWDYDOXH%\XVLQJWKHJDLQVZLWFKLQJLQSXW *$,1 FKDQJH


WKHYHORFLW\ORRSRSHUDWLRQIURP3,WR3
*$,1LQSXWSKRWRFRXSOHU2)) PI operation
*$,1LQSXWSKRWRFRXSOHU21 P operation
*7KHDERYHGHVFULSWLRQDSSOLHVZKHQWKHORJLFDOVHWWLQJRI*$,1LQSXWLV
DFRQWDFW212))RISKRWRFRXSOHULVUHYHUVHGZKHQEFRQWDFW

[1]

(QDEOH JDLQ VZLWFKLQJ RI VW JDLQ 3U3U  DQG QG JDLQ 3U
3U 

4-15

7
Supplement

)RUVZLWFKLQJFRQGLWLRQRIWKHVWDQGWKHQGUHIHUWR3*DLQ6ZLWFKLQJ)XQFWLRQRI
$GMXVWPHQW

6
When in Trouble

Related page

Setup value

5
Adjustment

Pr1.14

=HURSRVLWLRQDOGHYLDWLRQLVLPSRVVLEOHLQDFWXDOVLWXDWLRQEHFDXVHRIGLVWXUEDQFHWRUTXH
$VZLWKWKHYHORFLW\IHHGIRUZDUGODUJHWRUTXHIHHGIRUZDUGOWHUWLPHFRQVWDQWGHFUHDVHV
WKHRSHUDWLQJQRLVHEXWLQFUHDVHVSRVLWLRQDOGHYLDWLRQDWDFFHOHUDWLRQFKDQJHSRLQW

4
Setup

8VDJHH[DPSOHRIWRUTXHIHHGIRUZDUG!
7RXVHWKHWRUTXHIHHGIRUZDUGFRUUHFWO\VHWWKHLQHUWLDUDWLR
8VHWKHYDOXHWKDWZDVGHWHUPLQHGDWWKHVWDUWRIWKHUHDOWLPHDXWRWXQLQJRUVHWWKHLQHUWLD
UDWLRWKDWFDQEHFDOFXODWHGIURPWKHPDFKLQHVSHFLFDWLRQWR3U,QHUWLDUDWLR
7KHWRUTXHIHHGIRUZDUGZLOOEHFRPHHIIHFWLYHDVWKHWRUTXHIHHGIRUZDUGJDLQLVJUDGXDOO\
LQFUHDVHGZLWKWKHWRUTXHIHHGIRUZDUGOWHULVVHWDWDSSUR[ PV 
3RVLWLRQDOGHYLDWLRQDWDFRQVWDQWDFFHOHUDWLRQGHFHOHUDWLRQFDQEHPLQLPL]HGFORVHWRE\
LQFUHDVLQJWKHWRUTXHIRUZDUGJDLQ7KLVPHDQVWKDWSRVLWLRQDOGHYLDWLRQFDQEHPDLQWDLQHG
DWQHDURYHUHQWLUHRSHUDWLRQUDQJHZKLOHGULYLQJLQWUDSH]RLGDOVSHHGSDWWHUQXQGHULGHDO
FRQGLWLRQZKHUHGLVWXUEDQFHWRUTXHLVQRWDFWLYH

3
Connection

6HWXSWKHWLPHFRQVWDQWRIVWGHOD\OWHUZKLFKDIIHFWVWKHLQSXWRIWRUTXHIHHGIRUZDUG
7KHWRUTXHIHHGIRUZDUGZLOOEHFRPHHIIHFWLYHDVWKHWRUTXHIHHGIRUZDUGJDLQLVJUDGXDOO\
LQFUHDVHGZLWKWKHWRUTXHIHHGIRUZDUGOWHULVVHWDWDSSUR[ PV 

2
Preparation

0XOWLSO\WKHWRUTXHFRPPDQGFDOFXODWHGDFFRUGLQJWRWKHYHORFLW\FRQWUROFRPPDQGE\WKH
UDWLRRIWKLVSDUDPHWHUDQGDGGWKHUHVXOWWRWKHWRUTXHFRPPDQGUHVXOWLQJIURPWKHYHORFLW\
control process.
3RVLWLRQDOGHYLDWLRQDWDFRQVWDQWDFFHOHUDWLRQGHFHOHUDWLRQFDQEHPLQLPL]HGFORVHWRE\
LQFUHDVLQJWKHWRUTXHIRUZDUGJDLQ7KLVPHDQVWKDWSRVLWLRQDOGHYLDWLRQFDQEHPDLQWDLQHG
DWQHDURYHUHQWLUHRSHUDWLRQUDQJHZKLOHGULYLQJLQWUDSH]RLGDOVSHHGSDWWHUQXQGHULGHDO
FRQGLWLRQZKHUHGLVWXUEDQFHWRUTXHLVQRWDFWLYH

Before Using the Products

[Class 1] Gain adjustment

1. Details of parameter
[Class 1] Gain adjustment

Pr1.15

0RGHRISRVLWLRQFRQWUROVZLWFKLQJ

Range

Unit

Default

0 to 10

Related
control mode

6HWXSWKHWULJJHULQJFRQGLWLRQRIJDLQVZLWFKLQJIRUSRVLWLRQFRQWURO
Setup
value

6ZLWFKLQJ
condition

[0]

)L[HGWRVWJDLQ

)L[HGWRQGJDLQ

)L[HGWRWKHQGJDLQ 3UWR3U 

:LWKJDLQ
VZLWFKLQJLQSXW

VWJDLQZKHQWKHJDLQVZLWFKLQJLQSXW *$,1 LVRSHQ


QGJDLQZKHQWKHJDLQVZLWFKLQJLQSXW *$,1 LVFRQQHFWHGWR&20
*,IQRLQSXWVLJQDOLVDOORFDWHGWRWKHJDLQVZLWFKLQJLQSXW *$,1 WKHVWJDLQLV[HG

Torque
command is
large

6KLIWWRWKHQGJDLQZKHQWKHDEVROXWHYDOXHRIWKHWRUTXHFRPPDQGH[FHHGHG OHYHO
K\VWHUHVLV   SUHYLRXVO\ZLWKWKHVWJDLQ
5HWXUQWRWKHVWJDLQZKHQWKHDEVROXWHYDOXHRIWKHWRUTXHFRPPDQGZDVNHSWEHORZ OHYHO
K\VWHUHVLV   SUHYLRXVO\GXULQJGHOD\WLPHZLWKWKHQGJDLQ

Speed
command is
large

9DOLGIRUSRVLWLRQDQGIXOOFORVHGFRQWUROV
6KLIWWRWKHQGJDLQZKHQWKHDEVROXWHYDOXHRIWKHVSHHGFRPPDQGH[FHHGHG OHYHO
K\VWHUHVLV  UPLQ SUHYLRXVO\ZLWKWKHVWJDLQ
5HWXUQWRWKHVWJDLQZKHQWKHDEVROXWHYDOXHRIWKHVSHHGFRPPDQGZDVNHSWEHORZ OHYHO
K\VWHUHVLV  UPLQ SUHYLRXVO\GXULQJGHOD\WLPHZLWKWKHQGJDLQ

Position
GHYLDWLRQLV
large

9DOLGIRUSRVLWLRQDQGIXOOFORVHGFRQWUROV
6KLIWWRWKHQGJDLQZKHQWKHDEVROXWHYDOXHRIWKHSRVLWLRQDOGHYLDWLRQH[FHHGHG OHYHO
K\VWHUHVLV  SXOVH SUHYLRXVO\ZLWKWKHVWJDLQ
5HWXUQWRWKHVWJDLQZKHQWKHDEVROXWHYDOXHRIWKHSRVLWLRQDOGHYLDWLRQZDVNHSWEHORZ
OHYHOK\VWHUHVLV  SXOVH SUHYLRXVO\RYHUGHOD\WLPHZLWKWKHQGJDLQ
*8QLWRIOHYHODQGK\VWHUHVLV SXOVH LVVHWDVWKHHQFRGHUUHVROXWLRQIRUSRVLWLRQDOFRQWURO
DQGH[WHUQDOVFDOHUHVROXWLRQIRUIXOOFORVHGFRQWURO

Position
command
H[LVWV

9DOLGIRUSRVLWLRQDQGIXOOFORVHGFRQWUROV
6KLIWWRWKHQGJDLQZKHQWKHSRVLWLRQDOFRPPDQGZDVQRWSUHYLRXVO\ZLWKWKHVWJDLQ
5HWXUQWRWKHVWJDLQZKHQWKHSRVLWLRQDOFRPPDQGZDVNHSWSUHYLRXVO\GXULQJGHOD\
WLPHZLWKWKHQGJDLQ

1RWLQ
positioning
complete

9DOLGIRUSRVLWLRQDQGIXOOFORVHGFRQWUROV
6KLIWWRWKHQGJDLQZKHQWKHSRVLWLRQLQJZDVQRWFRPSOHWHGSUHYLRXVO\ZLWKWKHVWJDLQ
5HWXUQWRWKHVWJDLQZKHQWKHSRVLWLRQLQJZDVNHSWLQFRPSOHWHGFRQGLWLRQSUHYLRXVO\
GXULQJGHOD\WLPHZLWKWKHQGJDLQ

$FWXDOVSHHGLV
large

9DOLGIRUSRVLWLRQDQGIXOOFORVHGFRQWUROV
 6KLIW WR WKH QG JDLQ ZKHQ WKH DEVROXWH YDOXH RI WKH DFWXDO VSHHG H[FHHGHG OHYHO 
K\VWHUHVLV  UPLQ SUHYLRXVO\ZLWKWKHVWJDLQ
5HWXUQWRWKHVWJDLQZKHQWKHDEVROXWHYDOXHRIWKHDFWXDOVSHHGZDVNHSWEHORZ OHYHO
K\VWHUHVLV  UPLQ SUHYLRXVO\GXULQJGHOD\WLPHZLWKWKHQGJDLQ

10

Position
command
H[LVWV
$FWXDOVSHHG

9DOLGIRUSRVLWLRQDQGIXOOFORVHGFRQWUROV
6KLIWWRWKHQGJDLQZKHQWKHSRVLWLRQDOFRPPDQGZDVQRWSUHYLRXVO\ZLWKWKHVWJDLQ
 5HWXUQ WR WKH VW JDLQ ZKHQ WKH SRVLWLRQDO FRPPDQG ZDV NHSW DW  GXULQJ WKH GHOD\
WLPHDQGWKHDEVROXWHYDOXHRIDFWXDOVSHHGZDVNHSWEHORZ OHYHOK\VWHUHVLV  UPLQ 
SUHYLRXVO\ZLWKWKHQGJDLQ

Pr1.16

*DLQVZLWFKLQJFRQGLWLRQ
)L[HGWRWKHVWJDLQ 3UWR3U 

'HOD\WLPHRISRVLWLRQFRQWUROVZLWFKLQJ

Range

Unit

Default

0 to 10000

0.1ms

50

Related
control mode

)RUSRVLWLRQFRQWUROOLQJ:KHQVKLIWLQJIURPWKHQGJDLQWRWKHVWJDLQZLWK3U3RVLWLRQ
FRQWURO VZLWFKLQJ PRGH VHW DW       RU  VHW XS WKH GHOD\ WLPH IURP WULJJHU
GHWHFWLRQWRWKHVZLWFKLQJRSHUDWLRQ

Note
Related page
4-16

$SDUDPHWHULVGHVLJQDWHGDVIROORZVClass Pr0.00 Parameter No.


)RUSDUDPHWHUVZKLFK1RKDYHDVXIIL[RI * FKDQJHGFRQWHQWVZLOOEHYDOLGDWHGZKHQ
\RXWXUQRQWKHFRQWUROSRZHU
3,QSXWVDQGRXWSXWVRQFRQQHFWRU;

1. Details of parameter

1
'HIDXOW>@

Pr1.17

/HYHORISRVLWLRQFRQWUROVZLWFKLQJ

Range

Unit

Default

0 to 20000

Modedependent

50

Related
control mode

)RUSRVLWLRQFRQWUROOLQJ6HWXSWULJJHULQJOHYHOZKHQ3U3RVLWLRQFRQWUROJDLQVZLWFKLQJ
PRGHLVVHWDWRU
8QLWRIVHWWLQJYDULHVZLWKVZLWFKLQJPRGH

Pr1.18

6HWWKHOHYHOHTXDOWRRUKLJKHUWKDQWKHK\VWHUHVLV

+\VWHUHVLVDWSRVLWLRQFRQWUROVZLWFKLQJ

Range

Unit

Default

0 to 20000

Modedependent

33

Related
control mode

)RU SRVLWLRQ FRQWUROOLQJ 6HW XS WULJJHULQJ K\VWHUHVLV ZKHQ 3U 3RVLWLRQ FRQWURO JDLQ
VZLWFKLQJPRGHLVVHWDWRU
8QLWRIVHWWLQJYDULHVZLWKVZLWFKLQJPRGH

Pr1.19

:KHQOHYHOK\VWHUHVLVWKHK\VWHUHVLVLVLQWHUQDOO\DGMXVWHGVRWKDWLWLVHTXDOWROHYHO

3RVLWLRQJDLQVZLWFKLQJWLPH

Range

Unit

Default

0 to 10000

0.1ms

33

Related
control mode

3RVLWLRQJDLQVZLWFKLQJWLPH!
:KHQXVLQJSRVLWLRQFRQWURODQGIXOOFORVHGFRQWUROJDLQRISRVLWLRQORRSUDSLGO\FKDQJHV
FDXVLQJ WRUTXH FKDQJH DQG YLEUDWLRQ %\ DGMXVWLQJ 3U 3RVLWLRQ JDLQ VZLWFKLQJ WLPH
LQFUHDVLQJUDWHRIWKHSRLVRQORRSJDLQFDQEHGHFUHDVHGDQGYLEUDWLRQOHYHOFDQEHUHGXFHG
6HWWLQJRIWKLVSDUDPHWHUGRHVQRWDIIHFWWKHJDLQVZLWFKLQJWLPHZKHQWKHJDLQRISRVLWLRQ
ORRSLVVZLWFKHGWRORZHUOHYHO JDLQLVVZLWFKHGLPPHGLDWHO\ 

2nd (Pr1.05)
Position gain
switching time (ms)
(Pr1.19)

1st (Pr1.00)
Result of
switching

1st

5
Adjustment

([DPSOHVW 3U !QG 3U

4
Setup

)RUSRVLWLRQFRQWUROOLQJ,IWKHGLIIHUHQFHEHWZHHQ3UVWJDLQRISRVLWLRQORRSDQG3U
QGJDLQRISRLVRQORRSLVODUJHWKHLQFUHDVLQJUDWHRISRVLWLRQORRSJDLQFDQEHOLPLWHGE\
this parameter.
7KHSRVLWLRQORRSJDLQZLOOLQFUHDVHRYHUWKHWLPHVHW

Caution

3
Connection

Caution

2
Preparation

Caution

Before Using the Products

[Class 1] Gain adjustment

2nd

1st

When in Trouble

Related page

$SDUDPHWHULVGHVLJQDWHGDVIROORZVClass Pr0.00 Parameter No.


)RUSDUDPHWHUVZKLFK1RKDYHDVXIIL[RI * FKDQJHGFRQWHQWVZLOOEHYDOLGDWHGZKHQ
\RXWXUQRQWKHFRQWUROSRZHU
3,QSXWVDQGRXWSXWVRQFRQQHFWRU;
4-17

Supplement

Note

1. Details of parameter
[Class 1] Gain adjustment

'HIDXOW>@

Pr1.20

0RGHRIYHORFLW\FRQWUROVZLWFKLQJ

Range

Unit

Default

0 to 5

Related
control mode

)RUYHORFLW\FRQWUROOLQJ6HWWKHFRQGLWLRQWRWULJJHUJDLQVZLWFKLQJ
Setup value

6ZLWFKLQJFRQGLWLRQ

[0]

)L[HGWRWKHVWJDLQ

)L[HGWRWKHVWJDLQ 3UWR3U 

)L[HGWRWKHQGJDLQ

)L[HGWRWKHQGJDLQ 3UWR3U 

Related page

Pr1.21

*DLQVZLWFKLQJFRQGLWLRQ

*DLQVZLWFKLQJLQSXW

VWJDLQZKHQWKHJDLQVZLWFKLQJLQSXW *$,1 LVRSHQ


QGJDLQZKHQWKHJDLQVZLWFKLQJLQSXW *$,1 LVFRQQHFWHGWR
COM.
*,IQRLQSXWVLJQDOLVDOORFDWHGWRWKHJDLQVZLWFKLQJLQSXW *$,1 
WKHVWJDLQLV[HG

Torque command

 6KLIW WR WKH QG JDLQ ZKHQ WKH DEVROXWH YDOXH RI WKH WRUTXH
FRPPDQG H[FHHGHG OHYHO  K\VWHUHVLV    SUHYLRXVO\ ZLWK
the 1st gain.
5HWXUQWRWKHVWJDLQZKHQWKHDEVROXWHYDOXHRIWKHWRUTXH
FRPPDQGZDVNHSWEHORZ OHYHOK\VWHUHVLV   SUHYLRXVO\
GXULQJGHOD\WLPHZLWKWKHQGJDLQ

Speed command
YDULDWLRQLVODUJHU

9DOLGRQO\GXULQJYHORFLW\FRQWURO
 6KLIW WR WKH QG JDLQ ZKHQ WKH DEVROXWH YDOXH RI WKH VSHHG
FRPPDQGYDULDWLRQVH[FHHGHG OHYHOK\VWHUHVLV  UPLQV 
SUHYLRXVO\ZLWKWKHVWJDLQ
5HWXUQWRWKHVWJDLQZKHQWKHDEVROXWHYDOXHRIWKHVSHHG
FRPPDQGYDULDWLRQVZDVNHSWEHORZ OHYHOK\VWHUHVLV  U
PLQV GXULQJGHOD\WLPHSUHYLRXVO\ZLWKWKHQGJDLQ
*7KHVWJDLQLV[HGZKLOHWKHYHORFLW\FRQWUROLVQRWDSSOLHG

)RUWKHVZLWFKLQJOHYHODQGWLPLQJUHIHUWR36HWXSRI*DLQ6ZLWFKLQJ&RQGLWLRQRI$GMXVWPHQW

'HOD\WLPHRIYHORFLW\FRQWUROVZLWFKLQJ

Range

Unit

Default

0 to 10000

0.1ms

Related
control mode

)RUYHORFLW\FRQWUROOLQJ:KHQVKLIWLQJIURPWKHQGJDLQWRWKHVWJDLQZLWK3U9HORFLW\
FRQWURO VZLWFKLQJ PRGH VHW DW   RU  VHW WKH GHOD\ WLPH IURP WULJJHU GHWHFWLRQ WR WKH
VZLWFKLQJRSHUDWLRQ

Pr1.22

/HYHORIYHORFLW\FRQWUROVZLWFKLQJ

Range

Unit

Default

0 to 20000

Modedependent

Related
control mode

)RUYHORFLW\FRQWUROOLQJ6HWXSWULJJHULQJOHYHOZKHQ3U9HORFLW\FRQWUROJDLQVZLWFKLQJ
PRGHLVVHWDWRU

Caution

Pr1.23

8QLWRIVHWWLQJYDULHVZLWKVZLWFKLQJPRGH
6HWWKHOHYHOHTXDOWRRUKLJKHUWKDQWKHK\VWHUHVLV

+\VWHUHVLVDWYHORFLW\FRQWUROVZLWFKLQJ

Range

Unit

Default

0 to 20000

Modedependent

Related
control mode

)RU YHORFLW\ FRQWUROOLQJ 6HW XS WULJJHULQJ K\VWHUHVLV ZKHQ 3U 9HORFLW\ FRQWURO JDLQ
VZLWFKLQJPRGHLVVHWDWRU

Caution

Note
Related page
4-18

8QLWRIVHWWLQJYDULHVZLWKVZLWFKLQJPRGH
:KHQOHYHOK\VWHUHVLVWKHK\VWHUHVLVLVLQWHUQDOO\DGMXVWHGVRWKDWLWLVHTXDOWROHYHO
$SDUDPHWHULVGHVLJQDWHGDVIROORZVClass Pr0.00 Parameter No.
)RUSDUDPHWHUVZKLFK1RKDYHDVXIIL[RI * FKDQJHGFRQWHQWVZLOOEHYDOLGDWHGZKHQ
\RXWXUQRQWKHFRQWUROSRZHU
3,QSXWVDQGRXWSXWVRQFRQQHFWRU;

1. Details of parameter

1
'HIDXOW>@

Pr1.24

0RGHRIWRUTXHFRQWUROVZLWFKLQJ

Range

Unit

Default

0 to 3

Related
control mode

)RUWRUTXHFRQWUROOLQJ6HWWKHFRQGLWLRQWRWULJJHUJDLQVZLWFKLQJ
6ZLWFKLQJFRQGLWLRQ

[0]

)L[HGWRWKHVWJDLQ

)L[HGWRWKHVWJDLQ 3UWR3U 

)L[HGWRWKHQGJDLQ

)L[HGWRWKHQGJDLQ 3UWR3U 

Pr1.25

*DLQVZLWFKLQJLQSXW

VWJDLQZKHQWKHJDLQVZLWFKLQJLQSXW *$,1 LVRSHQ


QGJDLQZKHQWKHJDLQVZLWFKLQJLQSXW *$,1 LVFRQQHFWHGWR
COM.
*,IQRLQSXWVLJQDOLVDOORFDWHGWRWKHJDLQVZLWFKLQJLQSXW *$,1 
WKHVWJDLQLV[HG

Torque command

 6KLIW WR WKH QG JDLQ ZKHQ WKH DEVROXWH YDOXH RI WKH WRUTXH
FRPPDQG H[FHHGHG OHYHO  K\VWHUHVLV    SUHYLRXVO\ ZLWK
the 1st gain.
5HWXUQWRWKHVWJDLQZKHQWKHDEVROXWHYDOXHRIWKHWRUTXH
FRPPDQGZDVNHSWEHORZ OHYHOK\VWHUHVLV   SUHYLRXVO\
GXULQJGHOD\WLPHZLWKWKHQGJDLQ

'HOD\WLPHRIWRUTXHFRQWUROVZLWFKLQJ

Range

Unit

Default

0 to 10000

0.1ms

Related
control mode

/HYHORIWRUTXHFRQWUROVZLWFKLQJ

Range

Unit

Default

0 to 20000

Modedependent

Related
control mode

)RU WRUTXH FRQWUROOLQJ 6HW XS WULJJHULQJ OHYHO ZKHQ 3U7RUTXH FRQWURO JDLQ VZLWFKLQJ
mode is set at 3.
8QLWYDULHVGHSHQGLQJRQWKHVHWXSRIPRGHRIFRQWUROVZLWFKLQJ

Pr1.27

6HWWKHOHYHOHTXDOWRRUKLJKHUWKDQWKHK\VWHUHVLV

+\VWHUHVLVDWWRUTXHFRQWUROVZLWFKLQJ

Range

Unit

Default

0 to 20000

Modedependent

Related
control mode

:KHQOHYHOK\VWHUHVLVWKHK\VWHUHVLVLVLQWHUQDOO\DGMXVWHGVRWKDWLWLVHTXDOWROHYHO

6
When in Trouble

)RU WRUTXH FRQWUROOLQJ 6HW XS WULJJHULQJ K\VWHUHVLV ZKHQ 3U 7RUTXH FRQWURO JDLQ
VZLWFKLQJPRGHLVVHWDW
8QLWRIVHWWLQJYDULHVZLWKVZLWFKLQJPRGH

Caution

5
Adjustment

Caution

4
Setup

)RUWRUTXHFRQWUROOLQJ:KHQVKLIWLQJIURPWKHQGJDLQWRWKHVWJDLQZLWK3U7RUTXH
FRQWUROVZLWFKLQJPRGHVHWDWVHWXSWKHGHOD\WLPHIURPWULJJHUGHWHFWLRQWRWKHVZLWFKLQJ
operation.

Pr1.26

3
Connection

*DLQVZLWFKLQJFRQGLWLRQ

Preparation

Setup value

Before Using the Products

[Class 1] Gain adjustment

Related page

$SDUDPHWHULVGHVLJQDWHGDVIROORZVClass Pr0.00 Parameter No.


)RUSDUDPHWHUVZKLFK1RKDYHDVXIIL[RI * FKDQJHGFRQWHQWVZLOOEHYDOLGDWHGZKHQ
\RXWXUQRQWKHFRQWUROSRZHU
3,QSXWVDQGRXWSXWVRQFRQQHFWRU;
4-19

Supplement

Note

1. Details of parameter

Setup

[Class 2] Damping control

Pr2.00

Adaptive filter mode setup

Range

Unit

Default

0 to 4

Related
control mode

P S

6HW XS WKH UHVRQDQFH IUHTXHQF\ WR EH HVWLPDWHG E\ WKH DGDSWLYH ILOWHU DQG VSHFLI\ WKH
operation after estimation.
Setup value

Pr2.01

Content

[0]

$GDSWLYHOWHU
LQYDOLG

3DUDPHWHUVUHODWHGWRWKHUGDQGWKQRWFKOWHUKROGWKH
FXUUHQWYDOXH

$GDSWLYHOWHU
OWHULVYDOLG

2QHDGDSWLYHOWHULVHQDEOHG3DUDPHWHUVUHODWHGWRWKHUG
QRWFKOWHUZLOOEHXSGDWHGEDVHGRQDGDSWLYHSHUIRUPDQFH

$GDSWLYHOWHU
OWHUVDUHYDOLG

7ZRDGDSWLYHOWHUVDUHHQDEOHG3DUDPHWHUVUHODWHGWRWKH
UGDQGWKQRWFKOWHUVZLOOEHXSGDWHGEDVHGRQDGDSWLYH
performance.

Resonance frequency
measurement mode

Measure the resonance frequency. Result of measurement


FDQEHFKHFNHGZLWK3$1$7(503DUDPHWHUVUHODWHGWRWKH
UGDQGWKQRWFKOWHUKROGWKHFXUUHQWYDOXH

Clear result of
adaptation

3DUDPHWHUVUHODWHGWRWKHUGDQGWKQRWFKOWHUDUH
GLVDEOHGDQGUHVXOWVRIDGDSWLYHRSHUDWLRQDUHFOHDUHG

1st notch frequency

Range

Unit

Default

Related
control mode

50 to 5000

Hz

5000

P S T F

6HWWKHFHQWHUIUHTXHQF\RIWKHVWQRWFKOWHU

Caution

Pr2.02

7KHQRWFKOWHUIXQFWLRQZLOOEHLQYDOLGDWHGE\VHWWLQJXSWKLVSDUDPHWHUWR

VWQRWFKZLGWKVHOHFWLRQ

Range

Unit

Default

Related
control mode

0 to 20

P S T F

6HWWKHZLGWKRIQRWFKDWWKHFHQWHUIUHTXHQF\RIWKHVWQRWFKOWHU

Caution

Pr2.03

+LJKHUWKHVHWXSODUJHUWKHQRWFKZLGWK\RXFDQREWDLQ8VHZLWKGHIDXOWVHWXSLQQRUPDO
operation.

1st notch depth selection

Range

Unit

Default

Related
control mode

0 to 99

P S T F

6HWWKHGHSWKRIQRWFKDWWKHFHQWHUIUHTXHQF\RIWKHVWQRWFKOWHU

Caution

Pr2.04

+LJKHUWKHVHWXSVKDOORZHUWKHQRWFKGHSWKDQGVPDOOHUWKHSKDVHGHOD\\RXFDQREWDLQ

2nd notch frequency

Range

Unit

Default

Related
control mode

50 to 5000

Hz

5000

P S T F

6HWWKHFHQWHUIUHTXHQF\RIWKHQGQRWFKOWHU

Caution

Pr2.05

7KHQRWFKOWHUIXQFWLRQZLOOEHLQYDOLGDWHGE\VHWWLQJXSWKLVSDUDPHWHUWR

QGQRWFKZLGWKVHOHFWLRQ

Range

Unit

Default

Related
control mode

0 to 20

P S T F

6HWWKHZLGWKRIQRWFKDWWKHFHQWHUIUHTXHQF\RIWKHQGQRWFKOWHU

Caution

4-20

+LJKHUWKHVHWXSODUJHUWKHQRWFKZLGWK\RXFDQREWDLQ8VHZLWKGHIDXOWVHWXSLQQRUPDORSHUDWLRQ

1. Details of parameter

1
'HIDXOW>@

Pr2.06

2nd notch depth selection

Range

Unit

Default

Related
control mode

0 to 99

P S T F

6HWWKHGHSWKRIQRWFKDWWKHFHQWHUIUHTXHQF\RIWKHQGQRWFKOWHU

Caution

+LJKHUWKHVHWXSVKDOORZHUWKHQRWFKGHSWKDQGVPDOOHUWKHSKDVHGHOD\\RXFDQREWDLQ

3rd notch frequency

Range

Unit

Default

Related
control mode

50 to 5000

Hz

5000

P S T F

1RWFKIUHTXHQF\LVDXWRPDWLFDOO\VHWWRWKHVWUHVRQDQFHIUHTXHQF\HVWLPDWHGE\WKHDGDSWLYHOWHU

Caution

Pr2.08

,QQRUHVRQDQFHSRLQWLVIRXQGWKHIUHTXHQF\LVVHWWR

UGQRWFKZLGWKVHOHFWLRQ

Unit

Default

Related
control mode

0 to 20

P S T F

Pr2.09

+LJKHUWKHVHWXSODUJHUWKHQRWFKZLGWK\RXFDQREWDLQ8VHZLWKGHIDXOWVHWXSLQQRUPDORSHUDWLRQ
:KHQWKHDSSOLFDEOHOWHUIXQFWLRQLVXVHGSDUDPHWHUYDOXHLVDXWRPDWLFDOO\VHW

3rd notch depth selection

Range

Unit

Default

Related
control mode

0 to 99

P S T F

3
Connection

Range

6HWWKHZLGWKRIQRWFKDWWKHFHQWHUIUHTXHQF\RIWKHUGQRWFKOWHU

Caution

Preparation

Pr2.07

Before Using the Products

[Class 2] Damping control

6HWWKHGHSWKRIQRWFKDWWKHFHQWHUIUHTXHQF\RIWKHUGQRWFKOWHU

Pr2.10

Setup

Caution

+LJKHUWKHVHWXSVKDOORZHUWKHQRWFKGHSWKDQGVPDOOHUWKHSKDVHGHOD\\RXFDQREWDLQ
:KHQWKHDSSOLFDEOHOWHUIXQFWLRQLVXVHGSDUDPHWHUYDOXHLVDXWRPDWLFDOO\VHW

4th notch frequency

Range

Unit

Default

Related
control mode

50 to 5000

Hz

5000

P S T F

1RWFKIUHTXHQF\LVDXWRPDWLFDOO\VHWWRWKHQGUHVRQDQFHIUHTXHQF\HVWLPDWHGE\WKHDGDSWLYHOWHU

Pr2.11

7KHQRWFKOWHUIXQFWLRQZLOOEHLQYDOLGDWHGE\VHWWLQJXSWKLVSDUDPHWHUWR

WKQRWFKZLGWKVHOHFWLRQ

Range

Unit

Default

Related
control mode

0 to 20

P S T F

6HWWKHZLGWKRIQRWFKDWWKHFHQWHUIUHTXHQF\RIWKHWKQRWFKOWHU

Caution

4th notch depth selection

Range

Unit

Default

Related
control mode

0 to 99

P S T F

6
When in Trouble

Pr2.12

+LJKHUWKHVHWXSODUJHUWKHQRWFKZLGWK\RXFDQREWDLQ8VHZLWKGHIDXOWVHWXSLQQRUPDORSHUDWLRQ
:KHQWKHDSSOLFDEOHOWHUIXQFWLRQLVXVHGSDUDPHWHUYDOXHLVDXWRPDWLFDOO\VHW

Adjustment

Caution

6HWWKHGHSWKRIQRWFKDWWKHFHQWHUIUHTXHQF\RIWKHWKQRWFKOWHU

Caution

Related page

$SDUDPHWHULVGHVLJQDWHGDVIROORZVClass Pr0.00 Parameter No.


)RUSDUDPHWHUVZKLFK1RKDYHDVXIIL[RI * FKDQJHGFRQWHQWVZLOOEHYDOLGDWHGZKHQ
\RXWXUQRQWKHFRQWUROSRZHU
3,QSXWVDQGRXWSXWVRQFRQQHFWRU;
4-21

Supplement

Note

+LJKHUWKHVHWXSVKDOORZHUWKHQRWFKGHSWKDQGVPDOOHUWKHSKDVHGHOD\\RXFDQREWDLQ
:KHQWKHDSSOLFDEOHOWHUIXQFWLRQLVXVHGSDUDPHWHUYDOXHLVDXWRPDWLFDOO\VHW

1. Details of parameter
[Class 2] Damping control

'HIDXOW>@

Pr2.13

6HOHFWLRQRIGDPSLQJILOWHUVZLWFKLQJ

Range

Unit

Default

0 to 3

Related
control mode

$PRQJOWHUVVHOHFWWKHOWHUVWREHXVHGIRUGDPSLQJFRQWURO
:KHQVHWXSYDOXHLV8SWROWHUVFDQEHXVHGVLPXOWDQHRXVO\
:KHQVHWXSYDOXHLVRU6HOHFWWKHOWHUZLWKH[WHUQDOLQSXW V  966(/DQGRU966(/ 
Setup
value

VS-SEL2

VS-SEL1

[0]

1st damping 2nd damping 3rd damping 4th damping

:LWKVHWXSYDOXH6HOHFWWKHOWHUZLWKFRPPDQGGLUHFWLRQ
Setup
value
3

Caution

Pr2.14
Pr2.16

Position command
direction

1st damping 2nd damping 3rd damping 4th damping

3RVLWLYHGLUHFWLRQ
1HJDWLYHGLUHFWLRQ

 6ZLWFKLQJ RI GDPSLQJ FRQWUROV ZLOO EH GRQH RQ WKH ULVLQJ HGJH RI WKH FRPPDQG ZKRVH
QXPEHU RI SXOVHV PV KDV EHHQ FKDQJHG IURP  ZKLOH WKH SRVLWLRQLQJ FRPSOHWH
signal is being output.
 :KHQWKHGDPSLQJIUHTXHQF\LVLQFUHDVHGRUGLVDEOHGDQGSRVLWLRQLQJFRPSOHWHUDQJHLV
ODUJHDQGSXOVHVDUHVWRUHGLQWKHOWHUDWWKDWWLPH WKHDUHDUHSUHVHQWHGE\WKHYDOXHRI
SRVLWLRQFRPPDQGEHIRUHOWHUVXEWUDFWHGE\WKHYDOXHRISRVLWLRQFRPPDQGDIWHUOWHUDQG
LQWHJUDWHGZLWKWKHWLPH 1RWHWKDWVLQFHWKHVHSXOVHVZLOOEHGLVFKDUJHGDWDKLJKHUUDWH
XSRQVZLWFKLQJWRUHWXUQEDFNWRWKHRULJLQDOSRVLWLRQWKHPRWRUPD\UXQDWDVSHHGKLJKHU
than the command speed for a short time.

1st damping frequency


2nd damping frequency

Pr2.18

3rd damping frequency

Pr2.20

4th damping frequency

Range

Unit

Default

0 to 2000

0.1Hz

Range

Unit

Default

0 to 2000

0.1Hz

Range

Unit

Default

0 to 2000

0.1Hz

Range

Unit

Default

0 to 2000

0.1Hz

Related
control mode

Related
control mode

Related
control mode

Related
control mode

<RX FDQ VHW XS WKH VW WR WK GDPSLQJ IUHTXHQF\ RI WKH GDPSLQJ FRQWURO ZKLFK VXSSUHVV
YLEUDWLRQDWWKHORDGHGJH
7KHGULYHUPHDVXUHVYLEUDWLRQDWORDGHGJH6HWXSXQLWLV>+]@

Related page

Note
Related page
4-22

7KHVHWXSIUHTXHQF\LVWR>+]@6HWXSRIWREHFRPHVLQYDOLG5HIHUWR3
'DPSLQJFRQWURODVZHOOEHIRUHXVLQJWKLVSDUDPHWHU

$SDUDPHWHULVGHVLJQDWHGDVIROORZVClass Pr0.00 Parameter No.


)RUSDUDPHWHUVZKLFK1RKDYHDVXIIL[RI * FKDQJHGFRQWHQWVZLOOEHYDOLGDWHGZKHQ
\RXWXUQRQWKHFRQWUROSRZHU
3,QSXWVDQGRXWSXWVRQFRQQHFWRU;

1. Details of parameter

Pr2.15
Pr2.17

Pr2.21

2nd damping filter setup


3rd damping filter setup
4th damping filter setup

Range

Unit

Default

0 to 1000

0.1Hz

Range

Unit

Default

0 to 1000

0.1Hz

Range

Unit

Default

0 to 1000

0.1Hz

Range

Unit

Default

0 to 1000

0.1Hz

Related
control mode

Related
control mode

Related
control mode

,IWRUTXHVDWXUDWLRQRFFXUVZLWKGDPSLQJIUHTXHQF\ VWWK HQDEOHGGHFUHDVHWKHVHWXS


YDOXHRULIWKHRSHUDWLRQLVVORZLQFUHDVHLW8VXDOO\VHWLWWR
7KHPD[LPXPVHWXSYDOXHLVLQWHUQDOO\OLPLWHGWRWKHFRUUHVSRQGLQJGDPSLQJIUHTXHQF\RU
GDPSLQJIUHTXHQF\ZKLFKHYHULVVPDOOHU

Related page

5HIHUWR3'DPSLQJFRQWURODVZHOOEHIRUHXVLQJWKLVSDUDPHWHU

Positional command smoothing filter

Range

Unit

Default

0 to 10000

0.1ms

Related
control mode

6HWXSWKHWLPHFRQVWDQWRIWKHVWGHOD\OWHULQUHVSRQVHWRWKHSRVLWLRQDOFRPPDQG
:KHQDVTXDUHZDYHFRPPDQGIRUWKHWDUJHWVSHHG9FLVDSSOLHGVHWXSWKHWLPHFRQVWDQW
RIWKHVWGHOD\OWHUDVVKRZQLQWKHJXUHEHORZ
Positional command before filter
Positional command after filter

4
Setup

Speed
[r/min]

3
Connection

Caution

Pr2.22

Related
control mode
Preparation

Pr2.19

1st damping filter setup

Before Using the Products

[Class 2] Damping control

Filter switching
waiting time *2

Vc
Vc0.632 *1

Positional command smoothing


filter setup time [ms]
(Pr2.22 0.1 ms)

Vc0.368 *1

6
When in Trouble

* $FWXDOOWHUWLPHFRQVWDQW VHWXSYDOXHPV KDVWKHPD[LPXPDEVROXWHHUURURIPVIRUDWLPH


FRQVWDQWEHORZPVDQGWKHPD[LPXPUHODWLYHHUURURIIRUDWLPHFRQVWDQWPVRUPRUH
* 6ZLWFKLQJRI3U3RVLWLRQDOFRPPDQGVPRRWKLQJOWHULVSHUIRUPHGRQWKHULVLQJHGJHRIWKHFRPPDQG
ZLWK WKH QXPEHU RI FRPPDQG SXOVHV PV LV FKDQJHG IURP  WR D YDOXH RWKHU WKDQ  ZKLOH WKH
positioning complete is being output.
 ,IWKHOWHUWLPHFRQVWDQWLVGHFUHDVHGDQGSRVLWLRQLQJFRPSOHWHUDQJHLVLQFUHDVHGDQGDPDQ\QXPEHU
RISOXVVHVDUHDFFXPXODWHGLQWKHOWHU WKHDUHDHTXLYDOHQWRIYDOXHRISRVLWLRQDOFRPPDQGOWHUYDOXH
RISRVLWLRQDOFRPPDQGDIWHUOWHULQWHJUDWHGRYHUWKHWLPH DWWKHWLPHRIVZLWFKLQJWKHVHSXOVHVDUH
GLVFKDUJHGDWDKLJKHUUDWHFDXVLQJWKHPRWRUWRUHWXUQWRWKHSUHYLRXVSRVLWLRQWKHPRWRUUXQVDWD
speed higher than the command speed for a short time.
* (YHQ LI 3U 3RVLWLRQDO FRPPDQG VPRRWKLQJ ILOWHU LV FKDQJHG LW LV QRW DSSOLHG LPPHGLDWHO\ ,I WKH
VZLWFKLQJDVGHVFULEHGLQ*RFFXUVGXULQJWKLVGHOD\WLPHWKHFKDQJHRI3UZLOOEHVXVSHQGHG

Adjustment

Time

Related page

$SDUDPHWHULVGHVLJQDWHGDVIROORZVClass Pr0.00 Parameter No.


)RUSDUDPHWHUVZKLFK1RKDYHDVXIIL[RI * FKDQJHGFRQWHQWVZLOOEHYDOLGDWHGZKHQ
\RXWXUQRQWKHFRQWUROSRZHU
3,QSXWVDQGRXWSXWVRQFRQQHFWRU;
4-23

Supplement

Note

1. Details of parameter
[Class 2] Damping control

'HIDXOW>@

Pr2.23

Positional command FIR filter

Range

Unit

Default

0 to 10000

0.1ms

Related
control mode

6HWXSWKHWLPHFRQVWDQWRIWKHVWGHOD\OWHULQUHVSRQVHWRWKHSRVLWLRQDOFRPPDQG
:KHQDVTXDUHZDYHFRPPDQGRIWKHWDUJHWVSHHG9FLVDSSOLHGVHWXSWKH9&DUULYDO
WLPHDVVKRZQLQWKHJXUHEHORZ
Speed
[r/min]

Positional command before filter


Positional command after filter

Filter switching
waiting time *2

Vc
Positional command
smoothing filter setup
time [ms]
(Pr2.23 0.1 ms)*1
Time
* 7KHDFWXDODYHUDJHWUDYHOWLPH VHWXSYDOXHPV KDVWKHPD[LPXPDEVROXWHHUURURIPVIRUD
WLPHFRQVWDQWEHORZPVDQGWKHPD[LPXPUHODWLYHHUURURIIRUDWLPHFRQVWDQWPVRUPRUH
* :KHQFKDQJLQJ3U3RVLWLRQDOFRPPDQG),5OWHUVWRSWKHFRPPDQGSXOVHDQGZDLWXQWLOWKHOWHU
VZLWFKLQJZDLWWLPHKDVHODSVHG7KHOWHUVZLWFKLQJZDLWWLPH LVWKHVHWXSYDOXHPVPV
ZKHQWKHVHWXSWLPHLVPVDQGVHWXSYDOXHPVZKHQWKHVHWXSWLPHLVPVRUPRUH,I
3ULVFKDQJHGZKLOHWKHFRPPDQGSXOVHLVEHLQJLQSXWWKHFKDQJHLVQRWUHHFWHGXQWLOWKHFRPPDQG
SXOVHOHVVVWDWHKDVFRQWLQXHGIRUWKHOWHUVZLWFKLQJZDLWWLPH
* (YHQLI3U3RVLWLRQDOFRPPDQG),5OWHULVFKDQJHGLWLVQRWDSSOLHGLPPHGLDWHO\,IWKHVZLWFKLQJDV
described in *RFFXUVGXULQJWKLVGHOD\WLPHWKHFKDQJHRI3UZLOOEHVXVSHQGHG

Note
Related page
4-24

$SDUDPHWHULVGHVLJQDWHGDVIROORZVClass Pr0.00 Parameter No.


)RUSDUDPHWHUVZKLFK1RKDYHDVXIIL[RI * FKDQJHGFRQWHQWVZLOOEHYDOLGDWHGZKHQ
\RXWXUQRQWKHFRQWUROSRZHU
3,QSXWVDQGRXWSXWVRQFRQQHFWRU;

1. Details of parameter

Setup

[Class 3] Verocity/ Torque/ Full-closed control

Pr3.00

6SHHGVHWXS,QWHUQDO([WHUQDOVZLWFKLQJ

Unit

Default

0 to 3

Related
control mode

7KLVGULYHULVHTXLSSHGZLWKLQWHUQDOVSHHGVHWXSIXQFWLRQVRWKDW\RXFDQFRQWUROWKHVSHHG
ZLWKFRQWDFWLQSXWVRQO\
Setup value

Preparation

,QWHUQDOVSHHGFRPPDQGVWWRWKVSHHG 3UWR3U

,QWHUQDOVSHHGFRPPDQGVWWRUGVSHHG 3UWR3U 
$QDORJVSHHGFRPPDQG 635

,QWHUQDOVSHHGFRPPDQGVWWRWKVSHHG 3UWR3U

5HODWLRQVKLSEHWZHHQ3U,QWHUQDOH[WHUQDOVZLWFKLQJVSHHGVHWXSDQGWKH
LQWHUQDOFRPPDQGVSHHGVHOHFWLRQDQGDQGVSHHGFRPPDQGWREHVHOHFWHG!

Selection 2 of
internal command
speed (INTSPD2)
OFF
OFF
21
21
OFF
OFF
21

21

21

Selection 3 of
internal command
speed (INTSPD3)

1st speed
2nd speed
3rd speed
4th speed
1st speed
2nd speed
3rd speed
$QDORJVSHHG
command
1st to 4th speed
5th speed
6th speed
7th speed
8th speed

1RHIIHFW

1RHIIHFW

The same as Pr3.00=1


OFF
OFF
21
OFF
OFF
21
21
21

Selection of
Speed command

OFF
21
21
21
21

4
Setup

Selection 1 of
internal command
speed (INTSPD1)
OFF
21
OFF
21
OFF
21
OFF

Connection

Setup
value

INTSPD2
Speed
command
[r/min]

open

COM

open

COM
4th

open

INTSPD2

open

INTSPD3

open

3rd
1st

Speed
command
[r/min]

COM
COM
8th

4th
1st

2nd

6th

5th

3rd
1st

Example 2) When Pr3.00=3

Speed command rotational direction


selection

Range

Unit

Default

0 to 1

Related
control mode

6HOHFWWKH3RVLWLYH1HJDWLYHGLUHFWLRQVSHFLI\LQJPHWKRG
Setup value

Speed command
direction
(VC-SIGN)
1RHIIHFW
1RHIIHFW
OFF
21

7
Position command
direction
Supplement

[0]

Select speed
command sign
(1st to 8th speed)


Sign has no effect.


Sign has no effect.

When in Trouble

Example 1) When Pr3.00=1 or 2

Pr3.01

COM

7th

2nd
1st

INTSPD1

5
Adjustment

,QWHUQDO FRPPDQG VSHHG VZLWFKLQJ SDWWHUQ VKRXOG EH VR DUUDQJHG DV VKRZQ EHORZ
that single input signals are selected alternately. If 2 or more input signals are selected
VLPXOWDQHRXVO\ XQVSHFLHG LQWHUQDOFRPPDQGVSHHGPD\EHDGYHUWHQWO\ VHOHFWHGZKRVH
VHWWLQJYDOXHDQGDFFHOHUDWLRQGHFHOHUDWLRQVHWWLQJZLOOFDXVHXQH[SHFWHGRSHUDWLRQ
INTSPD1

Speed setup method


$QDORJVSHHGFRPPDQG 635

[0]

Before Using the Products

'HIDXOW>@

Range

3RVLWLYHGLUHFWLRQ
1HJDWLYHGLUHFWLRQ
3RVLWLYHGLUHFWLRQ
1HJDWLYHGLUHFWLRQ

4-25

1. Details of parameter
[Class 3] Verocity/ Torque/ Full-closed control

'HIDXOW>@

Pr3.02

Input gain of speed command

Range

Unit

Default

Related
control mode

10 to 2000

UPLQ 9

500

S T

%DVHGRQWKHYROWDJHDSSOLHGWRWKHDQDORJVSHHGFRPPDQG 635 VHWXSWKHFRQYHUVLRQ


gain to motor command speed.
<RX FDQ VHW XS D VORSH RI WKH UHODWLRQ EHWZHHQ WKH FRPPDQG LQSXW YROWDJH DQG WKH
PRWRUVSHHGZLWK3U
'HIDXOWLVVHWWR3U >UPLQ@
hence input of 6V becomes 3000r/min.

Caution

 'RQRWDSSO\PRUHWKDQ9WRWKHVSHHGFRPPDQGLQSXW 635 


 :KHQ\RXFRPSRVHDSRVLWLRQORRSRXWVLGHRIWKHGULYHUZKLOH\RXXVHWKH
GULYHULQYHORFLW\FRQWUROPRGHWKHVHWXSRI3UJLYHVODUJHUYDULDQFH
WRWKHRYHUDOOVHUYRV\VWHP
 3D\DQH[WUDDWWHQWLRQWRRVFLOODWLRQFDXVHGE\ODUJHUVHWXSRI3U
Positive direction
Speed (r/min)
3000

10

6
2

4 6 8 10
Command input voltage (V)

Slope at ex-factory
3000
Negative direction

Pr3.03

Reversal of speed command input

Range

Unit

Default

0 to 1

Related
control mode

6SHFLI\WKHSRODULW\RIWKHYROWDJHDSSOLHGWRWKHDQDORJVSHHGFRPPDQG 635 
Setup value
0

1RQUHYHUVDO

9ROWDJH 3RVLWLYHGLUHFWLRQ9ROWDJH 1HJDWLYHGLUHFWLRQ

[1]

5HYHUVDO

9ROWDJH 1HJDWLYHGLUHFWLRQ9ROWDJH 3RVLWLYHGLUHFWLRQ

Note

'HIDXOW RI WKLV SDUDPHWHU LV  DQG WKH PRWRU WXUQV WR &: ZLWK   VLJQDO WKLV KDV
FRPSDWLELOLW\WRH[LVWLQJ0,1$6VHULHVGULYHU

Caution

:KHQ \RX FRPSRVH WKH VHUYR GULYH V\VWHP ZLWK WKLV GULYHU VHW WR YHORFLW\ FRQWURO PRGH
DQGH[WHUQDOSRVLWLRQLQJXQLWWKHPRWRUPLJKWSHUIRUPDQDEQRUPDODFWLRQLIWKHSRODULW\RI
the speed command signal from the unit and the polarity of this parameter setup does not
match.

Note
Related page
4-26

Motor rotating direction

$SDUDPHWHULVGHVLJQDWHGDVIROORZVClass Pr0.00 Parameter No.


)RUSDUDPHWHUVZKLFK1RKDYHDVXIIL[RI * FKDQJHGFRQWHQWVZLOOEHYDOLGDWHGZKHQ
\RXWXUQRQWKHFRQWUROSRZHU
3,QSXWVDQGRXWSXWVRQFRQQHFWRU;

1. Details of parameter

1
'HIDXOW>@

Pr3.04
Pr3.05

Pr3.07
Pr3.08
Pr3.09

2nd speed of speed setup


3rd speed of speed setup
4th speed of speed setup
5th speed of speed setup
6th speed of speed setup
7th speed of speed setup

Pr3.11

8th speed of speed setup

Default

WR

r/min

Range

Unit

Default

WR

r/min

Range

Unit

Default

WR

r/min

Range

Unit

Default

WR

r/min

Range

Unit

Default

WR

r/min

Range

Unit

Default

WR

r/min

Range

Unit

Default

WR

r/min

Range

Unit

Default

WR

r/min

Related
control mode

S
Related
control mode

S
Related
control mode

S
Related
control mode

S
Related
control mode

S
Related
control mode

Deceleration time setup

4
Range

Unit

Default

0 to 10000

ms/
(1000r/min)

Range

Unit

Default

0 to 10000

ms/
(1000r/min)

Related
control mode

S
Related
control mode

Stepwise input speed command

Speed command after


acceleration/deceleration
process

5
Adjustment

Set up acceleration/deceleration processing time in response to the speed command input.


6HWWKHWLPHUHTXLUHGIRUWKHVSHHGFRPPDQG VWHSZLVHLQSXW WRUHDFKUPLQWR3U
$FFHOHUDWLRQWLPHVHWXS$OVRVHWWKHWLPHUHTXLUHGIRUWKHVSHHGFRPPDQGWRUHDFKIURP
UPLQWRUPLQWR3U'HFHOHUDWLRQWLPHVHWXS
$VVXPLQJWKDW WKH WDUJHW YDOXHRI WKH VSHHGFRPPDQGLV9F UPLQ  WKH WLPH UHTXLUHGIRU
DFFHOHUDWLRQGHFHOHUDWLRQFDQEHFRPSXWHGIURPWKHIRUPXODVKRZQEHORZ
$FFHOHUDWLRQWLPH PV  9F3UPV
'HFHOHUDWLRQWLPH PV  9F3UPV
Speed
[r/min]

Setup

Pr3.13

Acceleration time setup

S
Related
control mode

6HWXSLQWHUQDOFRPPDQGVSHHGVVWWRWK

Pr3.12

Related
control mode

Connection

Pr3.10

Unit

Preparation

Pr3.06

1st speed of speed setup

Range

Before Using the Products

[Class 3] Verocity/ Torque/ Full-closed control

1000r/min
When in Trouble

Time
Pr3.121ms

Caution

Related page

:KHQ WKH VSHHG GLIIHUHQFH EHWZHHQ WKH VSHHG FRPPDQG EHLQJ VHOHFWHG DQG WKH VSHHG
command after acceleration/deceleration indicates the same direction as that of the speed
FRPPDQGDSSOLHGDIWHUDFFHOHUDWLRQGHFHOHUDWLRQUHVXOWLVDFFHOHUDWLRQDQGLIWKHUHYHUVH
GLUHFWLRQWKHUHVXOWLVGHFHOHUDWLRQ
$SDUDPHWHULVGHVLJQDWHGDVIROORZVClass Pr0.00 Parameter No.
)RUSDUDPHWHUVZKLFK1RKDYHDVXIIL[RI * FKDQJHGFRQWHQWVZLOOEHYDOLGDWHGZKHQ
\RXWXUQRQWKHFRQWUROSRZHU
3,QSXWVDQGRXWSXWVRQFRQQHFWRU;
4-27

7
Supplement

Note

Pr3.131ms

1. Details of parameter
[Class 3] Verocity/ Torque/ Full-closed control

'HIDXOW>@

Pr3.14

Sigmoid acceleration/ deceleration time


setup

Range

Unit

Default

0 to 1000

ms

Related
control mode

6HW6FXUYHWLPHIRUDFFHOHUDWLRQGHFHOHUDWLRQSURFHVVZKHQWKHVSHHGFRPPDQGLVDSSOLHG
$FFRUGLQJ WR 3U$FFHOHUDWLRQ WLPH VHWXS DQG 3U 'HFHOHUDWLRQ WLPH VHWXS VHW XS
VLJPRLGWLPHZLWKWLPHZLGWKFHQWHULQJWKHLQHFWLRQSRLQWRIDFFHOHUDWLRQGHFHOHUDWLRQ
ts

Speed
[r/min]

Target speed (Vc)

ts

Speed command after


acceleration/deceleration
process

ta = Vc/1000 Pr3.12 1ms


td = Vc/1000 Pr3.13 1ms
ts = Pr3.14 1ms
* Use with the setup of
ta/2 > ts, td/2 > ts

ts

ts

Time
ta

Pr3.15

td

Speed zero-clamp function selection

Range

Unit

Default

Related
control mode

0 to 3

S T

You can set up the function of the speed zero clamp input.
Setup value
[0]

Function of ZEROSPD (Pin-26)


,QYDOLG6SHHG]HURFODPSLQSXWLVLJQRUHG

6SHHGFRPPDQGLVIRUFHGWRZKHQWKHVSHHG]HURFODPS =(5263' LQSXWVLJQDO


LVWXUQHG21 *1.

6SHHGFRPPDQGLVIRUFHGWRZKHQWKHVSHHG]HURFODPS =(5263' LQSXWVLJQDO


LVWXUQHG21 *1$QGZKHQWKHDFWXDOPRWRUVSHHGGURSVWR3U6SHHG]HURFODPS
OHYHORUEHORZWKHSRVLWLRQFRQWUROLVVHOHFWHGDQGVHUYRORFNLVDFWLYDWHGDWWKLVSRLQW
7KHIXQGDPHQWDORSHUDWLRQVH[FHSWIRUWKLVIXQFWLRQ VZLWFKLQJWRWKHSRVLWLRQFRQWURO 
DUHLGHQWLFDOWRWKRVHZKHQVHWXSYDOXHLV

:KHQWKHVSHHG]HURFODPS =(5263' LQSXWVLJQDOLV21 *1 and speed command is


EHORZ3U
6SHHG]HURFODPSOHYHOUPLQWKHQWKHSRVLWLRQFRQWUROLVVHOHFWHGDQGVHUYRORFN
LVDFWLYDWHGDWWKDWSRLQW

 7KH GHIDXOW ORJLF LV EFRQWDFW WKH IXQFWLRQ LV HQDEOHG ZKLOH WKH WHUPLQDO LV RSHQ LQSXW VLJQDO LV
21 5HIHUWR3&RQWUROLQSXW

Pr3.16

Speed zero clamp level

Range

Unit

Default

Related
control mode

10 to 20000

r/min

30

S T

6HOHFWWKHWLPLQJDWZKLFKWKHSRVLWLRQFRQWUROLVDFWLYDWHGDVWKH3U6SHHG]HURFODPS
function selection is set to 2 or 3.
,I3U WKHQK\VWHUHVLVRIUPLQLVSURYLGHGIRUGHWHFWLRQ

Note
Related page
4-28

$SDUDPHWHULVGHVLJQDWHGDVIROORZVClass Pr0.00 Parameter No.


)RUSDUDPHWHUVZKLFK1RKDYHDVXIIL[RI * FKDQJHGFRQWHQWVZLOOEHYDOLGDWHGZKHQ
\RXWXUQRQWKHFRQWUROSRZHU
3,QSXWVDQGRXWSXWVRQFRQQHFWRU;

1. Details of parameter

1
'HIDXOW>@

Pr3.17

Selection of torque command

Range

Unit

Default

0 to 2

Related
control mode

You can select the input of the torque command and the speed limit.

Torque command input

Velocity limit input

[0]

$QDORJLQSXW *1
$,ELWUHVROXWLRQ

3DUDPHWHUYDOXH
3U

$QDORJLQSXW
$,ELWUHVROXWLRQ

$QDORJLQSXW
$,ELWUHVROXWLRQ

$QDORJLQSXW *1
$,ELWUHVROXWLRQ

3DUDPHWHUYDOXH
3U3U

Preparation

Setup value

* )RU3U&RQWUROPRGHVHWXS  YHORFLW\WRUTXHFRQWURO WKHWRUTXHFRPPDQGLQSXW


LVWKHDQDORJLQSXW $,ELWUHVROXWLRQ 

Torque command direction selection

Range

Unit

Default

0 to 1

Related
control mode

6HOHFWWKHGLUHFWLRQSRVLWLYHQHJDWLYHGLUHFWLRQRIWRUTXHFRPPDQG
Setup value
[0]
1

3
Connection

Pr3.18

Before Using the Products

[Class 3] Verocity/ Torque/ Full-closed control

Designation
6SHFLI\WKHGLUHFWLRQZLWKWKHVLJQRIWRUTXHFRPPDQG
([DPSOH7RUTXHFRPPDQGLQSXW  IRUSRVLWLYHGLUHFWLRQ IRUQHJDWLYHGLUHFWLRQ

6SHFLI\WKHGLUHFWLRQZLWKWRUTXHFRPPDQGVLJQ 7&6,*1 
2))3RVLWLYHGLUHFWLRQ211HJDWLYHGLUHFWLRQ
Setup

Pr3.19

Input gain of torque command

Range

Unit

Default

10 to 100

0.1V/100%

30

Related
control mode

%DVHG RQ WKH YROWDJH 9  DSSOLHG WR WKH DQDORJ WRUTXH FRPPDQG 7545  VHW XS WKH
FRQYHUVLRQJDLQWRWRUTXHFRPPDQG  

DQGVHWXSLQSXWYROWDJHQHFHVVDU\WR
Default

produce the rated torque.


 'HIDXOWVHWXSRIUHSUHVHQWV9

Positive direction

Adjustment

torque
300[%]

 8QLWRIWKHVHWXSYDOXHLV>9@

Rated 200
torque

100
10V 8 6 4 2
2

100

6 8 10V
command input v

300[%]

Negative direction

Input reversal of torque command

Range

Unit

Default

0 to 1

Related
control mode

6HWXSWKHSRODULW\RIWKHYROWDJHDSSOLHGWRWKHDQDORJWRUTXHFRPPDQG 7545 
Direction of motor output torque

[0]

1RQUHYHUVDO

9ROWDJH 3RVLWLYHGLUHFWLRQ9ROWDJH 1HJDWLYHGLUHFWLRQ

5HYHUVDO

9ROWDJH 1HJDWLYHGLUHFWLRQ9ROWDJH 3RVLWLYHGLUHFWLRQ

7
Supplement

Setup value

6
When in Trouble

200

Pr3.20

4-29

1. Details of parameter
[Class 3] Verocity/ Torque/ Full-closed control

'HIDXOW>@

Pr3.21

Speed limit value 1

Range

Unit

Default

0 to 20000

r/min

Related
control mode

Set up the speed limit used for torque controlling.


'XULQJWKHWRUTXHFRQWUROOLQJWKHVSHHGVHWE\WKHVSHHGOLPLWYDOXHFDQQRWEHH[FHHGHG
:KHQ3U WKHVSHHGOLPLWLVDSSOLHGXSRQUHFHLYLQJSRVLWLYHGLUHFWLRQFRPPDQG

Pr3.22

Speed limit value 2

Range

Unit

Default

0 to 20000

r/min

Related
control mode

6SHHGOLPLWYDOXHRIQHJDWLYHGLUHFWLRQFRPPDQGZKHQ3U 
Pr3.17

Pr3.21

Pr3.22

Pr3.15
0

0 to 20000

1RHIIHFW

1 to 3

0 to 20000 0 to 20000
2

Pr3.23 *

Speed zero clamp


Analog torque
(ZEROSPD)
command direction
1RHIIHFW

3UVHWXSYDOXH

OFF

1RHIIHFW

3UVHWXSYDOXH

21

1RHIIHFW

0 to 20000 0 to 20000

1 to 3

OFF

0 to 20000 0 to 20000

1 to 3

21

([WHUQDOVFDOHVHOHFWLRQ

Speed limit value

3RVLWLYHGLUHFWLRQ

3UVHWXSYDOXH

1HJDWLYHGLUHFWLRQ

3UVHWXSYDOXH

3RVLWLYHGLUHFWLRQ

3UVHWXSYDOXH

1HJDWLYHGLUHFWLRQ

3UVHWXSYDOXH

1RHIIHFW

Range

Unit

Default

0 to 2

Related
control mode

6HOHFWWKHW\SHRIH[WHUQDOVFDOH
Setup
value

([WHUQDOVFDOHW\SH

Compatible scale

Compatible
speed
to 4Mpps
DIWHUTXDGUXSOHG

$%SKDVHRXWSXWW\SH*1

([WHUQDOVFDOHRI$%SKDVHRXWSXWW\SH

Serial communication type


LQFUHPHQWDOYHUVLRQ *1

0DJQHVFDOH&R/WG
65656/6/

to 400Mpps

Serial communication type


DEVROXWHYHUVLRQ *1

Mitsutoyo Corp.
$767$67$
0DJQHVFDOH&R/WG
6565

to 400Mpps

[0]

* &RQQHFW WKH H[WHUQDO VFDOH VR WKDW LW LQFUHPHQWV WKH FRXQW DV WKH PRWRU VKDIW WXUQV
SRVLWLYH GLUHFWLRQ DQG GHFUHPHQWV DV WKH VKDIW WXUQV QHJDWLYH GLUHFWLRQ ,I WKLV
FRQQHFWLRQDUUDQJHPHQWLVLPSRVVLEOHGXHWRLQVWDOODWLRQFRQGLWLRQHWFXVHWKHFRXQW
UHYHUVHIXQFWLRQRI3U5HYHUVDORIGLUHFWLRQRIH[WHUQDOVFDOH

Caution

Note
Related page
4-30

:KHQ WKH VHWXS YDOXH LV  RU  ZKLOH WKH$ % SKDVH RXWSXW W\SH LV FRQQHFWHG (UU
([WHUQDO VFDOH ZLULQJ HUURU SURWHFWLRQ RFFXUV DQG LI WKH VHWXS YDOXH LV  ZKLOH WKH VHULDO
FRPPXQLFDWLRQW\SHLVFRQQHFWHG(UURU$SKDVH%SKDVHRU=SKDVHZLULQJHUURU
SURWHFWLRQZLOORFFXU

$SDUDPHWHULVGHVLJQDWHGDVIROORZVClass Pr0.00 Parameter No.


)RUSDUDPHWHUVZKLFK1RKDYHDVXIIL[RI * FKDQJHGFRQWHQWVZLOOEHYDOLGDWHGZKHQ
\RXWXUQRQWKHFRQWUROSRZHU
3,QSXWVDQGRXWSXWVRQFRQQHFWRU;33URWHFWLYH)XQFWLRQ

1. Details of parameter

Pr3.24 *

1XPHUDWRURIH[WHUQDOVFDOHGLYLVLRQ

Range

Unit

Default

WR

Related
control mode

6HWXSWKHQXPHUDWRURIWKHH[WHUQDOVFDOHGLYLGLQJVHWXS
:KHQVHWXSYDOXH HQFRGHUUHVROXWLRQLVXVHGDVQXPHUDWRURIWKHGLYLVLRQ

'HQRPLQDWRURIH[WHUQDOVFDOHGLYLVLRQ

Range

Unit

Default

Related
control mode

WR

10000

Pr3.24 1048576
Pr3.25 100000

Caution

Encoder resolution per one motor revolution [pulse]


External scale resolution per one motor revolution [pulse]

,IWKLVUDWLRLVZURQJWKHGLIIHUHQFHEHWZHHQWKHSRVLWLRQFDOFXODWHGEDVHGRQWKHHQFRGHU
SXOVHVDQGWKHSRVLWLRQFDOFXODWHGEDVHGRQWKHH[WHUQDOVFDOHSXOVHVEHFRPHVODUJHRYHUD
ORQJWUDYHOGLVWDQFHDQGZLOODFWLYDWHWKHH[FHVVK\EULGGHYLDWLRQHUURUSURWHFWLRQ

5HYHUVDORIGLUHFWLRQRIH[WHUQDOVFDOH

Range

Unit

Default

0 to 1

Related
control mode

4
Setup

Pr3.26 *

3
Connection

&KHFNWKHQXPEHURIHQFRGHUIHHGEDFNSOXVHVSHURQHPRWRUUHYROXWLRQDQGWKHQXPEHURI
H[WHUQDOVFDOHSXOVHVSHURQHPRWRUUHYROXWLRQDQGWKHQVHWXSWKHQXPHUDWRURIH[WHUQDO
VFDOHGLYLVLRQ 3U DQGWKHGHQRPLQDWRURIH[WHUQDOVFDOHGLYLVLRQ 3U WRHVWDEOLVK
WKHH[SUHVVLRQVKRZQEHORZ
:LWK3UVHWDWWKHHQFRGHUUHVROXWLRQLVDXWRPDWLFDOO\XVHGDVQXPHUDWRU
([DPSOH:KHQEDOOVFUHZSLWFKLVPPVFDOHBPSXOVHHQFRGHUUHVROXWLRQELWV
SXOVHV 

Preparation

Pr3.25 *

Before Using the Products

[Class 3] Verocity/ Torque/ Full-closed control

5HYHUVHWKHGLUHFWLRQRIH[WHUQDOVFDOHIHHGEDFNFRXQWHU
Setup value
[0]
1

Pr3.27 *

&RXQWYDOXHRIH[WHUQDOVFDOHFDQEHXVHGDVLWLV
6LJQ SRVLWLYHQHJDWLYH RIFRXQWYDOXHRIH[WHUQDOVFDOHVKRXOGEHLQYHUWHG

)RUVHWWLQJPHWKRGRIWKLVSDUDPHWHUUHIHUWR3)XOOFORVHGFRQWUROPRGH

([WHUQDOVFDOH=SKDVHGLVFRQQHFWLRQ
detection disable

Range

Unit

Default

0 to 1

Related
control mode

(QDEOHGLVDEOH=SKDVHGLVFRQQHFWLRQGHWHFWLRQZKHQ$%SKDVHRXWSXWW\SHH[WHUQDOVFDOH
is used.
Content

[0]

Valid

,QYDOLG

6
When in Trouble

Setup value

Adjustment

Note

Content

Related page

$SDUDPHWHULVGHVLJQDWHGDVIROORZVClass Pr0.00 Parameter No.


)RUSDUDPHWHUVZKLFK1RKDYHDVXIIL[RI * FKDQJHGFRQWHQWVZLOOEHYDOLGDWHGZKHQ
\RXWXUQRQWKHFRQWUROSRZHU
3,QSXWVDQGRXWSXWVRQFRQQHFWRU;
4-31

Supplement

Note

1. Details of parameter
[Class 3] Verocity/ Torque/ Full-closed control

'HIDXOW>@

Pr3.28 *

+\EULGGHYLDWLRQH[FHVVVHWXS

Range

Unit

WR Command
unit

Default

Related
control mode

16000

<RX FDQ VHWXS WKH SHUPLVVLEOH JDS K\EULG GHYLDWLRQ  EHWZHHQ WKH SUHVHQW PRWRU SRVLWLRQ
DQGWKHSUHVHQWH[WHUQDOVFDOHSRVLWLRQ

Pr3.29 *

Hybrid deviation clear setup

Range

Unit

Default

0 to 100

5HYROXWLRQ

Related
control mode

$VWKHPRWRUWXUQVWKHQXPEHURIUHYROXWLRQVVHWE\WKLVSDUDPHWHUWKHK\EULGGHYLDWLRQLV
FOHDUHGWR1RFOHDULQJLVPDGHZLWKVHWXSYDOXH
+\EULGGHYLDWLRQFOHDUIHDWXUH!
$VWKHPRWRUUHDFKHVWKHQXPEHURIUHYROXWLRQVVHWE\3U+\EULGGHYLDWLRQFOHDUVHWXS
FOHDUWKHK\EULGGHYLDWLRQWR7KLVIHDWXUHDOORZVWKHPRWRUWREHXVHGLQDQDSSOLFDWLRQ
ZKHUHK\EULGGHYLDWLRQDFFXPXODWHGXHWRVOLSSDJHHWF
Hybrid deviation value
(command unit) (absolute value)

Excess hybrid deviation error

Pr3.28
(Hybrid deviation
excess setup)

Pr3.29
(Hybrid deviation clear setup)

Pr3.29
(Hybrid deviation clear setup)
No. of motor revolutions [rev]

Note: Revolution in the hybrid deviation clear setup is counted by using encoder feedback pulses.

Caution

Note
Related page
4-32

7RXVHWKHK\EULGGHYLDWLRQFOHDUEHVXUHWRVHW3U+\EULGGHYLDWLRQFOHDUVHWXSWRWKH
DSSURSULDWHYDOXH,IWKHVHWXSYDOXHLVWRRVPDOOZLWKUHVSHFWWRWKHYDOXHRI3U+\EULG
GHYLDWLRQ H[FHVV VHWXS DEQRUPDO RSHUDWLRQ GXH WR HJ H[WHUQDO VFDOH FRQQHFWLRQ HUURU
cannot be protected.
Limit sensor should be used to assure safety.

$SDUDPHWHULVGHVLJQDWHGDVIROORZVClass Pr0.00 Parameter No.


)RUSDUDPHWHUVZKLFK1RKDYHDVXIIL[RI * FKDQJHGFRQWHQWVZLOOEHYDOLGDWHGZKHQ
\RXWXUQRQWKHFRQWUROSRZHU
3,QSXWVDQGRXWSXWVRQFRQQHFWRU;

1. Details of parameter

Setup

[Class 4] I/F monitor setting

Pr4.00 *

SI1 input selection

Range

Unit

0 to 00FFFFFFh

Default

Related
control mode

00828282h
P S T F


$VVLJQIXQFWLRQVWR6,LQSXWV
7KHVHSDUDPHWHUVDUHSUHVHQWHGLQKH[DGHFLPDOV*5
+H[DGHFLPDOSUHVHQWDWLRQLVIROORZHGE\DVSHFLFFRQWUROPRGHGHVLJQDWLRQ
0 0 * * K SRVLWLRQIXOOFORVHGFRQWURO
0 0 * * K YHORFLW\FRQWURO
0 0 * * K WRUTXHFRQWURO
Replace * *ZLWKWKHIXQFWLRQQXPEHU
)RUWKHIXQFWLRQQXPEHUVHHWKHWDEOHEHORZ/RJLFDOVHWXSLVDOVRDIXQFWLRQQXPEHU

'RQRWVHWXSWRDYDOXHRWKHUWKDQWKDWVSHFLHGLQWKHWDEOH
'R QRW DVVLJQ VSHFLILF IXQFWLRQ WR  RU PRUH VLJQDOV 'XSOLFDWHG DVVLJQPHQW ZLOO FDXVH
Err33.0 I/F input multiple assignment error 1 or Err33.1 I/F input multiple assignment error 2.

4-33

7
Supplement

* 6HUYRRQLQSXWVLJQDO 65921 PXVWEHXVHGWRHQDEOHVHUYRRQ


* :KHQXVLQJFRQWUROPRGHVZLWFKLQJLQSXW &02'( VHWWKHVLJQDOWRDOOFRQWUROPRGHV,IWKHVLJQDOLV
VHWWRRQO\RUFRQWUROPRGHV(UU,)LQSXWIXQFWLRQQXPEHUHUURURU(UU,)LQSXWIXQFWLRQ
QXPEHUHUURUZLOOEHJHQHUDWHG
7KHFRQWUROLQSXWSLQVHWWRLQYDOLGVWDWHGRHVQRWDIIHFWDQ\RSHUDWLRQ
)XQFWLRQ VHUYRRQLQSXWDODUPFOHDUHWF WREHXVHGLQPXOWLSOHFRQWUROPRGHVPXVWEHDVVLJQHGWR
WKHVDPHSLQZLWKFRUUHFWORJLFDODUUDQJHPHQW ,QFRUUHFWVHWWLQJZLOOFDXVH(UU,)LQSXWPXOWLSOH
assignment error 1 or Err33.1 I/F input multiple assignment error 2.
* 'HYLDWLRQ FRXQWHU FOHDU LQSXW &/  FDQ EH DVVLJQHG RQO\ WR 6, LQSXW :URQJ DVVLJQPHQW ZLOO FDXVH
Err33.6 Counter clear assignment error.
* &RPPDQGSXOVHLQKLELWLQSXW ,1+ FDQEHDVVLJQHGRQO\WR6,LQSXW:URQJDVVLJQPHQWZLOOFDXVH
Err33.7 Command pulse input inhibit input.
* 1RWHWKDWWKHIURQWSDQHOLQGLFDWHVSDUDPHWHUYDOXHLQGHFLPDOQXPEHU

6
When in Trouble

)RULQSXWSLQDVVLJQPHQWZLWKGHIDXOWVHWWLQJUHIHUWRUHIHUWR3&RQWUROLQSXW
Related page
P.3-50
([DPSOHRIFKDQJH!
 7R FKDQJH WKH GHIDXOW VHWWLQJ 1HJDWLYH GLUHFWLRQ RYHUWUDYHO LQKDELWDWLRQ LQSXW LQ DOO
PRGHV IRUEFRQWDFWWRIRUDFRQWDFWVHWWKHLQSXWWRK
 )RUHDVLHUVHWWLQJXVHWKHVHWXSVXSSRUWVRIWZDUH3$1$7(50

Adjustment

Caution

Setup

Note

POT
127
65921
$&/5
C-MODE
*$,1
CL
,1+
TL-SEL
VS-SEL1
VS-SEL2
DIV1
DIV2
,1763'
,1763'
,1763'
ZEROSPD
9&6,*1
7&6,*1
E-STOP
J-SEL

Setup value
a-contact
b-contact
00h
Do not setup.
01h
81h
02h
82h
03h
83h
04h
Do not setup.
05h
85h
06h
86h
07h
Do not setup.
08h
88h
09h
89h
$K
$K
0Bh
8Bh
0Ch
8Ch
0Dh
8Dh
0Eh
8Eh
0Fh
8Fh
10h
90h
11h
91h
12h
92h
13h
93h
14h
94h
15h
95h

Connection

,QYDOLG
3RVLWLYHGLUHFWLRQRYHUWUDYHOLQKLELWLRQLQSXW
1HJDWLYHGLUHFWLRQRYHUWUDYHOLQKLELWLRQLQSXW
6HUYR21LQSXW*1
$ODUPFOHDULQSXW
&RQWUROPRGHVZLWFKLQJLQSXW*2
*DLQVZLWFKLQJLQSXW
'HYLDWLRQFRXQWHUFOHDULQSXW*3
Command pulse inhibition input *4
7RUTXHOLPLWVZLWFKLQJLQSXW
'DPSLQJFRQWUROVZLWFKLQJLQSXW
'DPSLQJFRQWUROVZLWFKLQJLQSXW
(OHFWURQLFJHDUVZLWFKLQJLQSXW
(OHFWURQLFJHDUVZLWFKLQJLQSXW
Selection 1 input of internal command speed
Selection 2 input of internal command speed
Selection 3 input of internal command speed
Speed zero clamp input
Speed command sign input
Torque command sign input
Forced alarm input
,QHUWLDUDWLRVZLWFKLQJLQSXW

Symbol

2
Preparation

Title

Before Using the Products

1. Details of parameter
[Class 4] I/F monitor setting

Pr4.01 *

SI2 input selection

Pr4.02 *

SI3 input selection

Pr4.03 *

SI4 input selection

Pr4.04 *

SI5 input selection

Pr4.05 *

SI6 input selection

Pr4.06 *

SI7 input selection

Caution

Pr4.07 *
Pr4.08 *
Pr4.09 *

Default

Related
control mode

Range

Unit

0 to 00FFFFFFh

Range

Unit

0 to 00FFFFFFh

Range

Unit

0 to 00FFFFFFh

Range

Unit

0 to 00FFFFFFh

Range

Unit

0 to 00FFFFFFh

Range

Unit

Default

Related
control mode

0 to 00FFFFFFh

00000f07h


P S T F

00818181h
P S T F

Default

Related
control mode

$K
P S T F

Default

Related
control mode

00060606h
P S T F

Default

Related
control mode

0000100Ch
P S T F

Default

Related
control mode

00030303h
P S T F


'HYLDWLRQFRXQWHUFOHDU &/ FDQEHVHWXSRQO\ZLWKWKLVSDUDPHWHU,IDQ\RWKHUSDUDPHWHU


LVXVHGIRUWKLVSXUSRVH(UU&RXQWHUFOHDUDVVLJQPHQWHUURUZLOOEHLVVXHG
SI8 input selection

SI9 input selection

SI10 input selection

Range

Unit

0 to 00FFFFFFh

Range

Unit

0 to 00FFFFFFh

Range

Unit

0 to 00FFFFFFh

Default

Related
control mode

00040404h P S T F

Default

Related
control mode

00050505h P S T F

Default

Related
control mode

00000E88h P S T F


$VVLJQIXQFWLRQVWR6,WR6,LQSXWV
7KHVHSDUDPHWHUVDUHSUHVHQWHGLQKH[DGHFLPDOV
Setup procedure is the same as described for Pr4.00.

Note
Caution

Note
Related page
4-34

)RULQSXWSLQDVVLJQPHQWZLWKGHIDXOWVHWWLQJDOVRUHIHUWR3&RQWUROLQSXW
&RPPDQGSXOVHLQKLELWLRQLQSXW ,1+ FDQEHVHWXSRQO\ZLWKWKLVSDUDPHWHU,IDQ\RWKHU
SDUDPHWHULVXVHGIRUWKLVSXUSRVH(UU,1+DVVLJQPHQWHUURUZLOOEHLVVXHG

$SDUDPHWHULVGHVLJQDWHGDVIROORZVClass Pr0.00 Parameter No.


)RUSDUDPHWHUVZKLFK1RKDYHDVXIIL[RI * FKDQJHGFRQWHQWVZLOOEHYDOLGDWHGZKHQ
\RXWXUQRQWKHFRQWUROSRZHU
3,QSXWVDQGRXWSXWVRQFRQQHFWRU;33URWHFWLYH)XQFWLRQ

1. Details of parameter

1
'HIDXOW>@

Pr4.10 *

SO1 output selection

Range

Unit

0 to 00FFFFFFh

Default

Related
control mode

00030303h
P S T F


$VVLJQIXQFWLRQVWR62RXWSXWV
7KHVHSDUDPHWHUVDUHSUHVHQWHGLQKH[DGHFLPDOV*1
+H[DGHFLPDOSUHVHQWDWLRQLVIROORZHGE\DVSHFLFFRQWUROPRGHGHVLJQDWLRQ
0 0 * * K SRVLWLRQIXOOFORVHGFRQWURO
0 0 * * K YHORFLW\FRQWURO
0 0 * * K WRUTXHFRQWURO
Replace * *ZLWKWKHIXQFWLRQQXPEHU
)RUWKHIXQFWLRQQXPEHUVHHWKHWDEOHEHORZ/RJLFDOVHWXSLVDOVRDIXQFWLRQQXPEHU

,QYDOLG
6HUYR5HDG\RXWSXW
([WHUQDOEUDNHUHOHDVHsignal
Positioning complete output
$WVSHHGRXWSXW
Torque in-limit signal output
Zero-speed detection output signal
Speed coincidence output
$ODUPRXWSXW
$ODUPRXWSXW
3RVLWLRQDOFRPPDQG212))RXWSXW
Positioning complete 2
Speed in-limit output
$ODUPDWWULEXWHRXWSXW
6SHHGFRPPDQG212))RXWSXW

S-RDY
BRK-OFF
,13
$7633('
TLC
ZSP
9&2,1
:$51
:$51
P-CMD
,13
V-LIMIT
$/0$7%
V-CMD

Note
)RURXWSXWSLQDVVLJQPHQWZLWK
GHIDXOWVHWWLQJDOVRUHIHUWR3
2XWSXWVLJQDOV FRPPRQ 
and their functions.
Related page
P.3-52
([DPSOHRIFKDQJH!
To change the default setting
([WHUQDOEUDNHUHOHDVHVLJQDO
LQDOOPRGHV WR$ODUPRXWSXW
VHWWKHLQSXWWRK
)RUHDVLHUVHWWLQJXVHWKH
VHWXSVXSSRUWVRIWZDUH
3$1$7(50

4
Setup

Symbol

Connection

Caution

Title

2
Preparation

Setup
value
00h
02h
03h
04h
05h
06h
07h
08h
09h
$K
0Bh
0Ch
0Dh
0Eh
0Fh

Before Using the Products

[Class 4] I/F monitor setting

 Same function can be assigned to 2 or more output signals.


 &RQWURORXWSXWSLQVHWWRLQYDOLGDOZD\VKDVWKHRXWSXWWUDQVLVWRUWXUQHG2))

 'RQRWFKDQJHWKHVHWXSYDOXHVKRZQLQWKHWDEOH

*1RWHWKDWWKHVHWXSYDOXHVDUHGLVSOD\HGLQGHFLPDORQWKHIURQWSDQHO

Pr4.12 *

Pr4.14 *
Pr4.15 *

SO3 output selection

SO4 output selection

SO5 output selection

SO6 output selection

0 to 00FFFFFFh

Range

Unit

0 to 00FFFFFFh

Range

Unit

0 to 00FFFFFFh

Range

Unit

0 to 00FFFFFFh

Range

Unit

0 to 00FFFFFFh

Default

Related
control mode

00020202h P S T F

Default

Related
control mode

00010101h
P S T F

Default

Related
control mode

00050504h P S T F

Default

Related
control mode

00070707h P S T F

Default

Related
control mode

00060606h P S T F


7
Supplement

$VVLJQIXQFWLRQVWR62WR62RXWSXWV
7KHVHSDUDPHWHUVDUHSUHVHQWHGLQKH[DGHFLPDOV
Setup procedure is the same as described for Pr4.10.

6
When in Trouble

Pr4.13 *

SO2 output selection

Unit

Adjustment

Pr4.11 *

Range

4-35

1. Details of parameter
[Class 4] I/F monitor setting

'HIDXOW>@

Pr4.16

Type of analog monitor 1

Range

Unit

Default

Related
control mode

0 to 21

P S T F

Select the type of monitor for analog monitor 1. *6HHWKHWDEOHVKRZQRQWKHQH[WSDJH

Pr4.17

Analog monitor 1 output gain

Range

Unit

Default

Related
control mode

0 to 214748364

[Monitor unit
in Pr4.16] / V

P S T F

Set up the output gain of analog monitor 1.


)RU3U 0RWRUVSHHG9LVRXWSXWDWWKHPRWRUVSHHG>UPLQ@ 3UVHWXSYDOXH

Pr4.18

Type of analog monitor 2

Range

Unit

Default

Related
control mode

0 to 21

P S T F

Select the type of monitor for analog monitor 2. *6HHWKHWDEOHVKRZQRQWKHQH[WSDJH

Pr4.19

Analog monitor 2 output gain

Range

Unit

Default

Related
control mode

0 to 214748364

[Monitor unit
in Pr4.16] / V

P S T F

Set up the output gain of analog monitor 2.


)RU3U 7RUTXHFRPPDQG9LVRXWSXWDWWKHWRUTXHFRPPDQG>@ 3UVHWXSYDOXH

Pr4.20

Type of digital monitor

Range

Unit

Default

Related
control mode

0 to 3

P S T F

Select type of the digital monitor.

Note

Related page
4-36

Digital signal output

Setup value

Type of monitor

L output

H output

[0]

Positioning complete condition

1RWFRPSOHWHG

Completed

Positional command

:LWKRXWFRPPDQG

:LWKFRPPDQG

$ODUP

1RWJHQHUDWHG

Generated

Gain selected

1st gain

2nd gain
LQFOXGLQJUGJDLQ

$SDUDPHWHULVGHVLJQDWHGDVIROORZVClass Pr0.00 Parameter No.


)RUSDUDPHWHUVZKLFK1RKDYHDVXIIL[RI * FKDQJHGFRQWHQWVZLOOEHYDOLGDWHGZKHQ
\RXWXUQRQWKHFRQWUROSRZHU
2QO\IRUSRVLWLRQFRQWUROW\SHLVQRWSURYLGHGZLWKDQDORJLQSXW
2QO\IRUSRVLWLRQFRQWUROW\SHLVQRWSURYLGHGZLWKGLJLWDOPRQLWRURXWSXW
3,QSXWVDQGRXWSXWVRQFRQQHFWRU;

1. Details of parameter

Unit

Output gain for setting


Pr4.17/Pr4.19 = 0

Motor speed

r/min

500

Positional command speed *3

r/min

500

Internal positional command speed *3

r/min

500

Velocity control command

r/min

500

Torque command

33

SXOVH &RPPDQGXQLW

3000

&RPPDQGSRVLWLRQDOGHYLDWLRQ

(QFRGHUSRVLWLRQDOGHYLDWLRQ*4

SXOVH (QFRGHUXQLW

3000

)XOOFORVHGGHYLDWLRQ*4

SXOVH ([WHUQDOVFDOHXQLW

3000

+\EULGGHYLDWLRQ

SXOVH &RPPDQGXQLW

3000

9ROWDJHDFURVV31

80

10

5HJHQHUDWLYHORDGIDFWRU

33

11

2YHUORDGIDFWRU

33

12

3RVLWLYHGLUHFWLRQWRUTXHOLPLW

33

13

1HJDWLYHGLUHFWLRQWRUTXHOLPLW

33

14

6SHHGOLPLWYDOXH

r/min

500

15

Inertia ratio

500

16

$QDORJLQSXW

*2

17

$QDORJLQSXW*2

18

*2

$QDORJLQSXW

*5

Encoder temperature

10

20

'ULYHUWHPSHUDWXUH

10

21

Encoder single-turn data *1

SXOVH (QFRGHUXQLW

110000

7KHHQFRGHUURWDWLRQGDWD&&:LVDOZD\VSRVLWLYHYDOXHUHJDUGOHVVRI3U5RWDWLRQDOGLUHFWLRQVHWXS
7KHGLUHFWLRQRIRWKHUPRQLWRUGDWDEDVLFDOO\IROORZV3U5RWDWLRQDOGLUHFWLRQVHWXS
$QDORJLQSXWVDQGDOZD\VRXWSXWWHUPLQDOYROWDJHUHJDUGOHVVRIXVDJHRIDQDORJLQSXWIXQFWLRQ
2QO\IRUSRVLWLRQFRQWUROW\SHLVQRWSURYLGHGZLWKDQDORJLQSXWV
)RUWKHFRPPDQGSXOVHLQSXWWKHVSHHGEHIRUHWKHFRPPDQGOWHU VPRRWKLQJ),5OWHU LVGHQHGDVSRVLWLRQDO
FRPPDQGVSHHGDQGVSHHGDIWHUOWHULVGHQHGDVLQWHUQDOFRPPDQGVSHHG

Command
division/
multiplication
process

Command
pulse input

Positional
command
filter

Position
control

Encoder feedback/
external scale feedback

Command
division/
multiplication

Command
division/multiplication
reverse conversion

Positional
control

Encoder feedback/
external scale feedback

Supplement

Positional
command
filter

When in Trouble

* &RPPDQGSRVLWLRQDOGHYLDWLRQLVWKHGHYLDWLRQZLWKUHVSHFWWRWKHFRPPDQGSXOVHLQSXWDQGWKHHQFRGHUSRVLWLRQDO
GHYLDWLRQIXOOFORVHGSRVLWLRQDOGHYLDWLRQLVWKHGHYLDWLRQDWWKHLQSXWVHFWLRQRIWKHSRVLWLRQDOFRQWURODVGHVFULEHGLQ
WKHJXUHEHORZ
Encoder positional deviation (encoder unit)
/ Full-closed deviation (external unit)
Command
pulse input

5
Adjustment

Positional command
Internal position
speed [r/min]
command speed [r/min]

Setup

19

3
Connection

*

*

*

*4

2
Preparation

Type of monitor

Pr4.16/Pr4.18

Before Using the Products

[Class 4] I/F monitor setting

Positional command deviation (command unit)


* 7HPSHUDWXUHLQIRUPDWLRQIURPWKHHQFRGHULQFOXGHVYDOXHRQO\ZKHQLWLVDELWLQFUHPHQWDOHQFRGHU2WKHUZLVH
WKHYDOXHLVDOZD\V
4-37

1. Details of parameter
[Class 4] I/F monitor setting

'HIDXOW>@

Pr4.21

Analog monitor output setup

Range

Unit

Default

Related
control mode

0 to 2

P S T F

Select output format of the analog monitor.


Setup value
Signed data output

10 V to 10 V

$EVROXWHYDOXHGDWDRXWSXW

9WR9

'DWDRXWSXWZLWKRIIVHW

9WR9 9DWFHQWHU

[0]

Pr4.22

Output format

Analog input 1 (AI1) offset setup

Range

Unit

Default

Related
control mode

WR

0.359mV

P S T F

6HWXSWKHRIIVHWFRUUHFWLRQYDOXHDSSOLHGWRWKHYROWDJHIHGWRWKHDQDORJLQSXW

Pr4.23

Analog input 1 (AI1) filter

Range

Unit

Default

Related
control mode

0 to 6400

0.01ms

P S T F

6HWXSWKHWLPHFRQVWDQWRIVWGHOD\OWHUWKDWGHWHUPLQHVWKHODJWLPHEHKLQGWKHYROWDJH
applied to the analog input 1.

Pr4.24

Analog input 1 (AI1) overvoltage setup

Range

Unit

Default

Related
control mode

0 to 100

0.1V

P S T F

6HW XS WKH H[FHVVLYH OHYHO RI WKH LQSXW YROWDJH RI DQDORJ LQSXW  E\ XVLQJ WKH YROWDJH
DVVRFLDWHGZLWKRIIVHW

Pr4.25

Analog input 2 (AI2) offset setup

Range

Unit

Default

Related
control mode

WR

5.86mV

P S T F

6HWXSWKHRIIVHWFRUUHFWLRQYDOXHDSSOLHGWRWKHYROWDJHIHGWRWKHDQDORJLQSXW

Pr4.26

Analog input 2 (AI2) filter

Range

Unit

Default

Related
control mode

0 to 6400

0.01ms

P S T F

6HWXSWKHWLPHFRQVWDQWRIVWGHOD\OWHUWKDWGHWHUPLQHVWKHODJWLPHEHKLQGWKHYROWDJH
applied to the analog input 2.

Pr4.27

Analog input 2 (AI2) overvoltage setup

Range

Unit

Default

Related
control mode

0 to 100

0.1V

P S T F

6HW XS WKH H[FHVVLYH OHYHO RI WKH LQSXW YROWDJH RI DQDORJ LQSXW  E\ XVLQJ WKH YROWDJH
DVVRFLDWHGZLWKRIIVHW

Pr4.28

Analog input 3 (AI3) offset setup

Range

Unit

Default

Related
control mode

WR

5.86mV

P S T F

6HWXSWKHRIIVHWFRUUHFWLRQYDOXHDSSOLHGWRWKHYROWDJHIHGWRWKHDQDORJLQSXW

Note
Related page
4-38

$SDUDPHWHULVGHVLJQDWHGDVIROORZVClass Pr0.00 Parameter No.


)RUSDUDPHWHUVZKLFK1RKDYHDVXIIL[RI * FKDQJHGFRQWHQWVZLOOEHYDOLGDWHGZKHQ
\RXWXUQRQWKHFRQWUROSRZHU
3,QSXWVDQGRXWSXWVRQFRQQHFWRU;

1. Details of parameter

Pr4.29

Analog input 3 (AI3) filter

Range

Unit

Default

Related
control mode

0 to 6400

0.01ms

P S T F

6HWXSWKHWLPHFRQVWDQWRIVWGHOD\OWHUWKDWGHWHUPLQHVWKHODJWLPHEHKLQGWKHYROWDJH
applied to the analog input 3.

Analog input 3 (AI3) overvoltage setup

Range

Unit

Default

Related
control mode

0 to 100

0.1V

P S T F

6HW XS WKH H[FHVVLYH OHYHO RI WKH LQSXW YROWDJH RI DQDORJ LQSXW  E\ XVLQJ WKH YROWDJH
DVVRFLDWHGZLWKRIIVHW

Pr4.31

Positioning complete (In-position) range

Range

Unit

Default

0 to 262144

Command
unit

10

Related
control mode

Pr4.32

The command unit is used as the default unit but can be replaced by the encoder unit by
XVLQJ 3U 3RVLWLRQLQJ XQLW VHOHFWLRQ 1RWH WKDW ZKHQ WKH HQFRGHU XQLW LV XVHG XQLW RI
3U3RVLWLRQDOGHYLDWLRQH[FHVVVHWXSLVDOVRFKDQJHG
)RUGHVFULSWLRQRIFRPPDQGXQLWDQGHQFRGHUXQLWUHIHUWR33U

Range

Unit

Default

0 to 3

Related
control mode

6HOHFWWKHFRQGLWLRQWRRXWSXWWKHSRVLWLRQLQJFRPSOHWHVLJQDO ,13 
Action of positioning complete signal

[0]

7KHVLJQDOZLOOWXUQRQZKHQWKHSRVLWLRQDOGHYLDWLRQLVVPDOOHUWKDQ3U 3RVLWLRQLQJ
FRPSOHWHUDQJH

7KH VLJQDO ZLOO WXUQ RQ ZKHQ WKHUH LV QR SRVLWLRQ FRPPDQG DQG WKH SRVLWLRQDO
GHYLDWLRQLVVPDOOHUWKDQ3U 3RVLWLRQLQJFRPSOHWHUDQJH 

7KHVLJQDOZLOOWXUQRQZKHQWKHUHLVQRSRVLWLRQFRPPDQGWKH]HURVSHHGGHWHFWLRQVLJQDO
LV21DQGWKHSRVLWLRQDOGHYLDWLRQLVVPDOOHUWKDQ3U 3RVLWLRQLQJFRPSOHWHUDQJH 

7KHVLJQDOZLOOWXUQRQZKHQWKHUHLVQRSRVLWLRQFRPPDQGDQGWKHSRVLWLRQDOGHYLDtion
LVVPDOOHUWKDQ3U 3RVLWLRQLQJFRPSOHWHUDQJH 7KHQKROGV21VWDWXVXQWLOWKH
QH[WSRVLWLRQFRPPDQGLVHQWHUHG6XEVHTXHQWO\21VWDWHLVPDLQWDLQHGXQWLO3U
,13KROGWLPHKDVHODSVHG$IWHUWKHKROGWLPH,13RXWSXWZLOOEHWXUQHG212))DFFRUGLQJWRWKHFRPLQJSRVLWLRQDOFRPPDQGRUFRQGLWLRQRIWKHSRVLWLRQDOGHYLDWLRQ

Range

Unit

Default

0 to 30000

1ms

Related
control mode

6HWXSWKHKROGWLPHZKHQ3U3RVLWLRQLQJFRPSOHWHRXWSXWVHWXS 
Setup value
[0]
1 to 30000

Related page

State of positioning complete signal


7KHKROGWLPHLVPDLQWDLQHGGHQLWHO\NHHSLQJ21VWDWHXQWLOWKHQH[WSRVLWLRQDO
FRPPDQGLVUHFHLYHG

21VWDWHLVPDLQWDLQHGIRUVHWXSWLPH PV EXWVZLWFKHGWR2))VWDWHDVWKHSRVLWLRQDO
FRPPDQGLVUHFHLYHGGXULQJKROGWLPH

$SDUDPHWHULVGHVLJQDWHGDVIROORZVClass Pr0.00 Parameter No.


)RUSDUDPHWHUVZKLFK1RKDYHDVXIIL[RI * FKDQJHGFRQWHQWVZLOOEHYDOLGDWHGZKHQ
\RXWXUQRQWKHFRQWUROSRZHU
3,QSXWVDQGRXWSXWVRQFRQQHFWRU;
4-39

Supplement

Note

When in Trouble

INP hold time

5
Adjustment

Pr4.33

Setup value

Setup

Positioning complete (In-position)


output setup

Connection

Note

6HWXSWKHWLPLQJRISRVLWLRQDOGHYLDWLRQDWZKLFKWKHSRVLWLRQLQJFRPSOHWHVLJQDO ,13 LVRXWSXW

Caution

2
Preparation

Pr4.30

Before Using the Products

[Class 4] I/F monitor setting

1. Details of parameter
[Class 4] I/F monitor setting

'HIDXOW>@

Pr4.34

Zero-speed

Range

Unit

Default

Related
control mode

10 to 20000

r/min

50

P S T F

<RXFDQVHWXSWKHWLPLQJWRIHHGRXWWKH]HURVSHHGGHWHFWLRQRXWSXWVLJQDO =63RU7&/ LQ


rotational speed [r/min].
7KH]HURVSHHGGHWHFWLRQVLJQDO =63 ZLOOEHIHGRXWZKHQWKHPRWRUVSHHGIDOOVEHORZWKH
VHWXSRIWKLVSDUDPHWHU3U
 7KHVHWXSRI3ULVYDOLGIRUERWK
3RVLWLYH DQG 1HJDWLYH GLUHFWLRQ
regardless of the motor rotating
direction.
 7KHUHLVK\VWHUHVLVRI>UPLQ@

Positive direction
speed
(Pr4.34+10)r/min

(Pr4.3410)r/min
Negative direction
ON

ZSP

Pr4.35

Speed coincidence range

Range

Unit

Default

Related
control mode

10 to 20000

r/min

50

S T

6HWWKHVSHHGFRLQFLGHQFH 9&2,1 RXWSXWGHWHFWLRQWLPLQJ


2XWSXWWKHVSHHGFRLQFLGHQFH 9&2,1 ZKHQWKHGLIIHUHQFHEHWZHHQWKHVSHHGFRPPDQG
DQGWKHPRWRUVSHHGLVHTXDOWRRUVPDOOHUWKDQWKHVSHHGVSHFLHGE\WKLVSDUDPHWHU

Speed
[r/min]

Speed
command

Speed command after


acceleration/deceleration
process

Pr4.35 *1
(Speed coincidence
range)

Pr4.35 *1
(Speed coincidence range)

Motor speed
Time
Pr4.35 *1
(Speed coincidence range)

Speed coincidence
output
V-COIN

ON

OFF

ON

OFF

*1 %HFDXVHWKHVSHHGFRLQFLGHQFHGHWHFWLRQLVDVVRFLDWHGZLWKUPLQK\VWHUHVLVDFWXDO
GHWHFWLRQUDQJHLVDVVKRZQEHORZ
Speed coincidence output OFF 21WLPLQJ 3U UPLQ
6SHHGFRLQFLGHQFHRXWSXW21 2))WLPLQJ 3U UPLQ

Note
Related page
4-40

$SDUDPHWHULVGHVLJQDWHGDVIROORZVClass Pr0.00 Parameter No.


)RUSDUDPHWHUVZKLFK1RKDYHDVXIIL[RI * FKDQJHGFRQWHQWVZLOOEHYDOLGDWHGZKHQ
\RXWXUQRQWKHFRQWUROSRZHU
3,QSXWVDQGRXWSXWVRQFRQQHFWRU;

1. Details of parameter

1
'HIDXOW>@

Pr4.36

At-speed (Speed arrival)

Range

Unit

Default

Related
control mode

10 to 20000

r/min

1000

S T

Speed
[r/min]
Pr4.36+10
3U

Motor speed

Time

3U
3U

Pr4.37

OFF

ON

OFF

Mechanical brake action at stalling setup

ON

Connection

the speed
arrival output
AT-SPEED

Range

Unit

Default

Related
control mode

0 to 10000

1ms

P S T F

<RXFDQVHWXSWKHWLPHIURPZKHQWKHEUDNHUHOHDVHVLJQDO %5.2)) WXUQVRIIWRZKHQ


WKHPRWRULVGHHQHUJL]HG 6HUYRIUHH ZKHQWKHPRWRUWXUQVWR6HUYR2))ZKLOHWKHPRWRU
is at stall.
SRV-ON

OFF

ON

BRK-OFF

release

actual brake

hold

tb

hold

release

motor
energization energized

Adjustment

nonenergized
Pr4.37

Pr4.38

Mechanical brake action at running setup

Range

Unit

Default

Related
control mode

0 to 10000

1ms

P S T F

SRV-ON

OFF

ON

BRK-OFF

release

hold

tb
actual
brake

energized

nonenergized

Supplement

motor
energization

6
When in Trouble

<RXFDQVHWXSWLPHIURPZKHQGHWHFWLQJWKHRIIRI6HUYR21LQSXWVLJQDO 65921 LVWR


ZKHQH[WHUQDOEUDNHUHOHDVHVLJQDO %5.2)) WXUQVRIIZKLOHWKHPRWRUWXUQVWRVHUYRRII
during the motor in motion.
 6HWXSWRSUHYHQWWKHEUDNHGHWHULRUDWLRQ
due to the motor running.
 $W6HUYR2))GXULQJWKHPRWRULV
UXQQLQJWERIWKHULJKWJZLOOEHD
VKRUWHURQHRIHLWKHU3UVHWXSWLPH
or time lapse till the motor speed falls
EHORZ3UVHWXSVSHHG

4
Setup

 6HWXSWRSUHYHQWDPLFURWUDYHOGURSRI
WKHPRWRU ZRUN GXHWRWKHDFWLRQGHOD\
WLPH WE RIWKHEUDNH
 $IWHUVHWWLQJXS3UWE 
then compose the sequence so as the
GULYHUWXUQVWR6HUYR2))DIWHUWKHEUDNH
LVDFWXDOO\DFWLYDWHG

2
Preparation

6HWWKHGHWHFWLRQWLPLQJRIWKHVSHHGDUULYDORXWSXW $763((' 
:KHQWKHPRWRUVSHHGH[FHHGVWKLVVHWXSYDOXHWKHVSHHGDUULYDORXWSXW $763((' LV
output.
'HWHFWLRQLVDVVRFLDWHGZLWKUPLQK\VWHUHVLV

Before Using the Products

[Class 4] I/F monitor setting

Pr4.39
setup speed.

4-41

1. Details of parameter
[Class 4] I/F monitor setting

'HIDXOW>@

Pr4.39

Brake release speed setup

Range

Unit

Default

Related
control mode

30 to 3000

r/min

30

P S T F

Set up the speed timing of brake output checking during operation.

Pr4.40

Selection of alarm output 1

Pr4.41

Selection of alarm output 2

Range

Unit

Default

Related
control mode

0 to 10

P S T F

Range

Unit

Default

Related
control mode

0 to 10

P S T F

Select the type of alarm issued as the alarm output 1 or 2.


Setup
value

Alarm

[0]

Content
ORed output of all alarms.

2YHUORDGSURWHFWLRQ

/RDGIDFWRULVRUPRUHWKHSURWHFWLRQOHYHO

2YHUUHJHQHUDWLRQDODUP

5HJHQHUDWLYHORDGIDFWRULVRUPRUHWKHSURWHFWLRQOHYHO

Battery alarm

%DWWHU\YROWDJHLV9RUORZHU

Fan alarm

Fan has stopped for 1 sec. *1

Encoder communication
alarm

7KHQXPEHURIVXFFHVVLYHHQFRGHUFRPPXQLFDWLRQHUURUV
H[FHHGVWKHVSHFLHGYDOXH

(QFRGHURYHUKHDWDODUP

7KHHQFRGHUGHWHFWVRYHUKHDWDODUP

Oscillation detection alarm

2VFLOODWLRQRUYLEUDWLRQLVGHWHFWHG

Lifetime detection alarm

/LIHH[SHFWDQF\RIFDSDFLWRURUIDQEHFRPHVVKRUW

([WHUQDOVFDOHHUURUDODUP

7KHH[WHUQDOVFDOHGHWHFWVWKHDODUP

10

([WHUQDOVFDOH
communication alarm

7KHQXPEHURIVXFFHVVLYHH[WHUQDOVFDOHFRPPXQLFDWLRQ
HUURUVH[FHHGVWKHVSHFLHGYDOXH

7KHXSSHUIDQRQWKH+IUDPHGULYHUVWRSVGXULQJVHUYR2))WRVDYHHQHUJ\7KLVLVQRUPDO

Related page

Pr4.42

)RUGHWDLOHGGHVFULSWLRQRIDODUPW\SHVUHIHUWR3

2nd Positioning complete (In-position)


range

Range

Unit

Default

0 to 262144

Command
unit

10

Related
control mode

7KH,13WXUQV21ZKHQHYHUWKHSRVLWLRQDOGHYLDWLRQLVORZHUWKDQWKHYDOXHVHWXSLQWKLV
SDUDPHWHUZLWKRXWEHLQJDIIHFWHGE\3U3RVLWLRQLQJFRPSOHWHRXWSXWVHWXS 3UHVHQFH
DEVHQFHRISRVLWLRQDOFRPPDQGLVQRWUHODWHGWRWKLVMXGJPHQW 

Caution

Note

)RUGHVFULSWLRQRIFRPPDQGXQLWDQGHQFRGHUXQLWUHIHUWR33U

Note

$SDUDPHWHULVGHVLJQDWHGDVIROORZVClass Pr0.00 Parameter No.


)RUSDUDPHWHUVZKLFK1RKDYHDVXIIL[RI * FKDQJHGFRQWHQWVZLOOEHYDOLGDWHGZKHQ
\RXWXUQRQWKHFRQWUROSRZHU

Related page
4-42

The command unit is used as the default unit but can be replaced by the encoder unit by
XVLQJ 3U 3RVLWLRQLQJ XQLW VHOHFWLRQ 1RWH WKDW ZKHQ WKH HQFRGHU XQLW LV XVHG XQLW RI
3U3RVLWLRQDOGHYLDWLRQH[FHVVVHWXSLVDOVRFKDQJHG

3,QSXWVDQGRXWSXWVRQFRQQHFWRU;

1. Details of parameter

Setup

[Class 5] Enhancing setting

1
'HIDXOW>@

Pr5.00
Pr5.01

Unit

Default

0 to 230

Range

3rd numerator of electronic gear

30

0 to 2

Range

4th numerator of electronic gear

30

0 to 2

Related
control mode

Unit

Default

Unit

Default

Related
control mode

Denominator of pulse output division

Range

Unit

Default

Related
control mode

0 to 262144

P S T F

)RUGHWDLOVUHIHUWR3

Over-travel inhibit input setup

Range

Unit

Default

Related
control mode

0 to 2

P S T F

Setup

Pr5.04 *

3
Connection

6HW WKH QG WR WK QXPHUDWRU RI GLYLVLRQPXOWLSOLFDWLRQ RSHUDWLRQ PDGH DFFRUGLQJ WR WKH
command pulse input.
7KLVVHWXSLVHQDEOHGZKHQ3UFRPPDQGSXOVHFRXQWVSHURQHPRWRUUHYROXWLRQ RU
full closed controlling.
:KHQ WKH VHWWLQJ YDOXH LV  IRU SRVLWLRQLQJ FRQWUROOLQJ HQFRGHU UHVROXWLRQ LV VHW DV D
numerator.
:KHQWKHVHWWLQJYDOXHLVIRUIXOOFORVHGFRQWUROOLQJERWKQXPHUDWRUDQGGHQRPLQDWRUDUH
set to 1.

Pr5.03 *

Related
control mode
Preparation

Pr5.02

2nd numerator of electronic gear

Range

Before Using the Products

6HWXSWKHRSHUDWLRQRIWKHUXQLQKLELWLRQ 327127 LQSXWV


Setup value
0

'LVDEOH327127

[1]

327RU127LQSXWDFWLYDWHV(UU5XQLQKLELWLRQLQSXWSURWHFWLRQ

Sequence at over-travel inhibit

Range

Unit

Default

Related
control mode

0 to 2

P S T F

:KHQ3U2YHUWUDYHOLQKLELWLRQ VSHFLI\WKHVWDWXVGXULQJGHFHOHUDWLRQDQGVWRSDIWHU
DSSOLFDWLRQRIWKHRYHUWUDYHOLQKLELWLRQ 327127 

Pr5.04

Related page

During deceleration

After stalling

Deviation counter
content

[0]

Dynamic brake
action

Torque command=0
WRZDUGVLQKLELWHGGLUHFWLRQ

Hold

Torque command=0
WRZDUGVLQKLELWHGGLUHFWLRQ

Torque command=0
WRZDUGVLQKLELWHGGLUHFWLRQ

Hold

Emergency stop

Command=0
WRZDUGVLQKLELWHGGLUHFWLRQ

Clears before/
after deceleration

$SDUDPHWHULVGHVLJQDWHGDVIROORZVClass Pr0.00 Parameter No.


)RUSDUDPHWHUVZKLFK1RKDYHDVXIIL[RI * FKDQJHGFRQWHQWVZLOOEHYDOLGDWHGZKHQ
\RXWXUQRQWKHFRQWUROSRZHU
3,QSXWVDQGRXWSXWVRQFRQQHFWRU;33URWHFWLYH)XQFWLRQ
4-43

Supplement

Note

Pr5.05

6
When in Trouble

'HWDLOVRI3U 6HTXHQFHDWRYHUWUDYHOLQKLELW !

Adjustment

Pr5.05 *

Operation
POT ,QKLELWSRVLWLYHGLUHFWLRQWUDYHO
127 ,QKLELWQHJDWLYHGLUHFWLRQWUDYHO

1. Details of parameter
[Class 5] Enhancing setting

'HIDXOW>@

Pr5.06

Sequence at Servo-Off

Range

Unit

Default

Related
control mode

0 to 9

P S T F

6SHFLI\WKHVWDWXVGXULQJGHFHOHUDWLRQDQGDIWHUVWRSDIWHUVHUYRRII
Setup
value

During deceleration *3

After stalling

Positional deviation/
H[WHUQDOVFDOH
deviation

[0]

'\QDPLF%UDNH '% DFWLRQ

'\QDPLF%UDNH '% DFWLRQ

Clear *4

)UHHUXQ '%2))

'\QDPLF%UDNH '% DFWLRQ

Clear *4

'\QDPLF%UDNH '% DFWLRQ

)UHHUXQ '%2))

Clear *4

)UHHUXQ '%2))

)UHHUXQ '%2))

Clear *4

'\QDPLF%UDNH '% DFWLRQ

'\QDPLF%UDNH '% DFWLRQ

Hold *2

)UHHUXQ '%2))

'\QDPLF%UDNH '% DFWLRQ

Hold *2

'\QDPLF%UDNH '% DFWLRQ

)UHHUXQ '%2))

Hold *2

)UHHUXQ '%2))

)UHHUXQ '%2))

Hold *2

Emergency stop *1

'\QDPLF%UDNH '% DFWLRQ

Clear *4

Emergency stop *1

)UHHUXQ '%2))

Clear *4

* (PHUJHQF\VWRSUHIHUVWRDFRQWUROOHGLPPHGLDWHVWRSZLWKVHUYRRQ

7KHWRUTXHFRPPDQGYDOXHLVOLPLWHGGXULQJWKLVSURFHVVE\3U(PHUJHQF\VWRSWRUTXHVHWXS
* ,IWKHSRVLWLRQDOFRPPDQGLVNHSWDSSOLHGRUWKHPRWRULVNHSWUXQQLQJZLWKVHUYRRIIFRQGLWLRQSRVLWLRQDO
GHYLDWLRQ LV DFFXPXODWHG FDXVLQJ (UU ([FHVV SRVLWLRQDO GHYLDWLRQ SURWHFWLRQ WR EH LVVXHG ,I WKH
VHUYRLVWXUQHG21ZKLOHWKHSRVLWLRQRUH[WHUQDOVFDOHLVVLJQLFDQWO\GHYLDWLQJWKHPRWRUPD\UDSLGO\
RSHUDWH WR UHGXFH WKH GHYLDWLRQ WR  5HPHPEHU WKHVH UHTXLUHPHQWV LI \RX ZDQW WR PDLQWDLQ WKH
SRVLWLRQDOGHYLDWLRQH[WHUQDOVFDOHGHYLDWLRQ
* 'HFHOHUDWLRQ SHULRG LV WKH WLPH UHTXLUHG IRU WKH UXQQLQJ PRWRU WR VSHHG GRZQ WR  UPLQ 2QFH WKH
PRWRUVSHHGGURSVEHORZUPLQLWLVWUHDWHGDVLQVWRSVWDWHUHJDUGOHVVRILWVVSHHG
* 3RVLWLRQDOGHYLDWLRQH[WHUQDOVFDOHGHYLDWLRQLVDOZD\VFOHDUHGWR

Caution

,IDQHUURURFFXUVGXULQJVHUYRRIIIROORZ3U6HTXHQFHDWDODUP,IWKHPDLQSRZHULV
WXUQHGRIIGXULQJVHUYRRIIIROORZ3U6HTXHQFHGXULQJPDLQSRZHULQWHUUXSWLRQ

Related page

5HIHU WR 3 7LPLQJ &KDUW6HUYR212)) DFWLRQ ZKLOH WKH PRWRU LV DW VWDOO RI
3UHSDUDWLRQDVZHOO

Pr5.07

6HTXHQFHDWPDLQSRZHU2))

Range

Unit

Default

Related
control mode

0 to 9

P S T F

6SHFLI\WKHVWDWXVGXULQJGHFHOHUDWLRQDIWHUPDLQSRZHULQWHUUXSWRUDIWHUVWRSSDJH
7KH UHODWLRQVKLS EHWZHHQ WKH VHWXS YDOXH RI 3U DQG WKH RSHUDWLRQ DQG SURFHVV DW
GHYLDWLRQFRXQWHUVLVWKHVDPHDVWKDWIRU3U VHTXHQFHDWPDLQSRZHU2)) 

Caution

Note
Related page
4-44

,I DQ HUURU RFFXUV ZLWK WKH PDLQ SRZHU VXSSO\ WXUQHG RII 3U 6HTXHQFH DW DODUP LV
applied to the operation.
:KHQ WKH PDLQ SRZHU VXSSO\ LV WXUQHG RII ZLWK VHUYRRQ VWDWH (UU 0DLQ SRZHU
XQGHUYROWDJH HUURU RFFXUV LI 3U /9 WULS VHOHFWLRQ ZLWK PDLQ SRZHU RII   DQG WKH
RSHUDWLRQIROORZV3U6HTXHQFHDWDODUP

$SDUDPHWHULVGHVLJQDWHGDVIROORZVClass Pr0.00 Parameter No.


)RUSDUDPHWHUVZKLFK1RKDYHDVXIIL[RI * FKDQJHGFRQWHQWVZLOOEHYDOLGDWHGZKHQ
\RXWXUQRQWKHFRQWUROSRZHU
3,QSXWVDQGRXWSXWVRQFRQQHFWRU;

1. Details of parameter

1
'HIDXOW>@

Pr5.08

/9WULSVHOHFWLRQDWPDLQSRZHU2))

Range

Unit

Default

Related
control mode

0 to 1

P S T F

<RX FDQ VHOHFW ZKHWKHU RU QRW WR DFWLYDWH (UU 0DLQ SRZHU XQGHUYROWDJH SURWHFWLRQ 
IXQFWLRQZKLOHWKHPDLQSRZHUVKXWRIIFRQWLQXHVIRUWKHVHWXSRI3U 0DLQSRZHU2))
GHWHFWLRQWLPH 

Caution

:KHQWKHPDLQSRZHULVVKXWRIIGXULQJ6HUYR21(UUZLOOQRWEHWULJJHUHGDQG
WKHGULYHUWXUQVWR6HUYR2))7KHGULYHUUHWXUQVWR6HUYR21DJDLQDIWHUWKHPDLQ
SRZHUUHVXPSWLRQ

[1]

:KHQWKHPDLQSRZHULVVKXWRIIGXULQJ6HUYR21WKHGULYHUZLOOWULSGXHWR(UU
0DLQSRZHUORZYROWDJHSURWHFWLRQ 

7KLVSDUDPHWHULVLQYDOLGZKHQ3U 'HWHFWLRQWLPHRIPDLQSRZHU2)) (UU


0DLQ SRZHU XQGHUYROWDJH SURWHFWLRQ  LVWULJJHUHG ZKHQ VHWXS RI3 LVORQJ DQG 31
YROWDJH RI WKH PDLQ FRQYHUWHU IDOOV EHORZ WKH VSHFLILHG YDOXH EHIRUH GHWHFWLQJ WKH PDLQ
SRZHUVKXWRIIUHJDUGOHVVRIWKH3UVHWXS

'HWHFWLRQWLPHRIPDLQSRZHURII

Range

Unit

Default

Related
control mode

70 to 2000

1ms

70

P S T F

<RXFDQVHWXSWKHWLPHWRGHWHFWWKHVKXWRIIZKLOHWKHPDLQSRZHULVNHSWVKXWRIIFRQWLQXRXVO\
7KHPDLQSRZHURIIGHWHFWLRQLVLQYDOLGZKHQ\RXVHWXSWKLVWR

Sequence at alarm

Range

Unit

Default

Related
control mode

0 to 7

P S T F

4
Setup

Pr5.10

3
Connection

Pr5.09 *

$FWLRQRIPDLQSRZHUORZYROWDJHSURWHFWLRQ

2
Preparation

Setup value

Before Using the Products

[Class 5] Enhancing setting

6SHFLI\WKHVWDWXVGXULQJGHFHOHUDWLRQDQGDIWHUVWRSDIWHURFFXUUHQFHRIDODUP
During deceleration *3

After stalling

Positional deviation/
H[WHUQDOVFDOH
deviation

[0]

'\QDPLF%UDNH '% DFWLRQ

'\QDPLF%UDNH '% DFWLRQ

Hold *1

)UHHUXQ '%2))

'\QDPLF%UDNH '% DFWLRQ

Hold *1

'\QDPLF%UDNH '% DFWLRQ

)UHHUXQ '%2))

Hold *1

)UHHUXQ '%2))

)UHHUXQ '%2))

Hold *1

$FWLRQ$(PHUJHQF\VWRS
$FWLRQ%'%DFWLRQ *2

'\QDPLF%UDNH '% DFWLRQ

Hold *1

$FWLRQ$(PHUJHQF\VWRS
$FWLRQ%'%2)) *2

'\QDPLF%UDNH '% DFWLRQ

Hold *1

$FWLRQ$(PHUJHQF\VWRS
$FWLRQ%'%DFWLRQ *2

)UHHUXQ '%2))

Hold *1

$FWLRQ$(PHUJHQF\VWRS
$FWLRQ%'%2)) *2

)UHHUXQ '%2))

Hold *1

5
Adjustment

Setup
value

6
When in Trouble

4-45

7
Supplement

* 3RVLWLRQDO GHYLDWLRQH[WHUQDO VFDOH GHYLDWLRQ LV PDLQWDLQHG GXULQJ DODUP FRQGLWLRQ DQG ZLOO EH
FOHDUHGZKHQWKHDODUPLVFDQFHOOHG
* $FWLRQRI$%:KHQDQDODUPUHTXLULQJHPHUJHQF\VWRSRFFXUVWKHDFWLRQ$LVVHOHFWHGZKHQWKH
VHWXSYDOXHLQWKHWDEOHLVVHWZLWKLQWKHUDQJHWRFDXVLQJHPHUJHQF\VWRSRIRSHUDWLRQ:KHQ
DQDODUPQRWUHTXLULQJHPHUJHQF\VWRSRFFXUVLWWULJJHUVG\QDPLFEUDNLQJ '% VSHFLHGE\DFWLRQ
%RUIUHHUXQQLQJ
* 'HFHOHUDWLRQSHULRGLVWKHWLPHUHTXLUHGIRUWKHUXQQLQJPRWRUWRVSHHGGRZQWRUPLQ

1. Details of parameter
[Class 5] Enhancing setting

'HIDXOW>@

Pr5.11

Torque setup for emergency stop

Range

Unit

Default

Related
control mode

0 to 500

P S T F

Set up the torque limit at emergency stop.

Note

Pr5.12

:KHQVHWXSYDOXHLVWKHWRUTXHOLPLWIRUQRUPDORSHUDWLRQLVDSSOLHG

Over-load level setup

Range

Unit

Default

Related
control mode

0 to 500

P S T F

<RXFDQVHWXSWKHRYHUORDGOHYHO7KHRYHUORDGOHYHOEHFRPHV>@E\VHWWLQJXSWKLV
to 0.
8VHWKLVZLWKVHWXSLQQRUPDORSHUDWLRQ6HWXSRWKHUYDOXHRQO\ZKHQ\RXQHHGWRORZHU
WKHRYHUORDGOHYHO
7KHVHWXSYDOXHRIWKLVSDUDPHWHULVOLPLWHGE\>@RIWKHPRWRUUDWLQJ

Pr5.13

Over-speed level setup

Range

Unit

Default

Related
control mode

0 to 20000

r/min

P S T F

,IWKHPRWRUVSHHGH[FHHGVWKLVVHWXSYDOXH(UU2YHUVSHHGSURWHFWLRQRFFXUV
7KHRYHUVSHHGOHYHOEHFRPHVWLPHVRIWKHPRWRUPD[VSHHGE\VHWWLQJXSWKLVWR

Pr5.14

0RWRUZRUNLQJUDQJHVHWXS

Range

Unit

Default

Related
control mode

0 to 1000

UHYROXWLRQ

10

P S T F

<RXFDQVHWXSWKHPRYDEOHUDQJHRIWKHPRWRUDJDLQVWWKHSRVLWLRQFRPPDQGLQSXWUDQJH
:KHQWKHPRWRUPRYHPHQWH[FHHGVWKHVHWXSYDOXHVRIWZDUHOLPLWSURWHFWLRQRI(UU
ZLOOEHWULJJHUHG

Pr5.15 *

I/F reading filter

Range

Unit

Default

Related
control mode

0 to 3

P S T F

Select reading period of the control input signal.


Setup value

Reading period of the signal.

[0]

0.166ms

0.333ms

1ms

1.666ms

([FOXGHGHYLDWLRQFRXQWHUFOHDULQSXW &/ DQGFRPPDQGSXOVHLQKLELWLQSXW ,1+ 

Note
Related page
4-46

$SDUDPHWHULVGHVLJQDWHGDVIROORZVClass Pr0.00 Parameter No.


)RUSDUDPHWHUVZKLFK1RKDYHDVXIIL[RI * FKDQJHGFRQWHQWVZLOOEHYDOLGDWHGZKHQ
\RXWXUQRQWKHFRQWUROSRZHU
3,QSXWVDQGRXWSXWVRQFRQQHFWRU;33URWHFWLYH)XQFWLRQ

1. Details of parameter

1
'HIDXOW>@

Pr5.16 *

Alarm clear input setup

Range

Unit

Default

Related
control mode

0 to 1

P S T F

6HOHFWDODUPFOHDULQSXW $&/5 UHFRJQLWLRQWLPH

Setup value

Recognition time

[0]

120ms

7R3U,)UHDGLQJOWHU

Counter clear input mode

Range

Unit

Default

0 to 4

Related
control mode

You can set up the clearing conditions of the counter clear input signal.
0

,QYDOLG

&OHDUDWDOHYHO QRUHDGLQJOWHU

&OHDUDWDOHYHO ZLWKUHDGLQJOWHU

[3]

&OHDUDWDQHGJH QRUHDGLQJOWHU

&OHDUDWDQHGJH ZLWKUHDGLQJOWHU

)RUVLJQDOZLGWKWLPLQJUHTXLULQJWKHGHYLDWLRQFRXQWHULQSXWUHIHUWR3

Invalidation of command pulse inhibit


input

Range

Unit

Default

0 to 1

Related
control mode

Setup

Pr5.18

Clear condition

Connection

Note

Setup value

Preparation

Pr5.17

Before Using the Products

[Class 5] Enhancing setting

Select command pulse inhibit input enable/disable.


Setup value
0

Valid

[1]

,QYDOLG

Command pulse inhibit input reading


setup

Range

Unit

Default

0 to 4

Related
control mode

6HOHFWFRPPDQGSXOVHLQKLELWLQSXWHQDEOHGLVDEOHVLJQDOUHDGLQJSHULRG :KHQ WKH VWDWXV RI


VHYHUDOVLJQDOVUHDGGXULQJWKHSUHGHWHUPLQHGUHDGLQJSHULRGDUHVDPHXSGDWHWKHVLJQDOVWDWXV

Related page

[0]

0.166ms

0.333ms

1ms

1.666ms

PV QRFKHFNIRUPXOWLSOHFRLQFLGHQFH

Longer reading period protects against operation error due to noise but decreases response
to input signal.

$SDUDPHWHULVGHVLJQDWHGDVIROORZVClass Pr0.00 Parameter No.


)RUSDUDPHWHUVZKLFK1RKDYHDVXIIL[RI * FKDQJHGFRQWHQWVZLOOEHYDOLGDWHGZKHQ
\RXWXUQRQWKHFRQWUROSRZHU
3,QSXWVDQGRXWSXWVRQFRQQHFWRU;33URWHFWLYH)XQFWLRQ
4-47

7
Supplement

Note

Signal reading period

When in Trouble

Caution

Setup value

Adjustment

Pr5.19 *

INH input

1. Details of parameter
[Class 5] Enhancing setting

Pr5.20 *

Position setup unit select

Range

Unit

Default

0 to 1

Related
control mode

6SHFLI\ WKH XQLW WR GHWHUPLQH WKH UDQJH RI SRVLWLRQLQJ FRPSOHWH DQG H[FHVVLYH SRVLWLRQDO
GHYLDWLRQ

Note

Setup value

Unit

[0]

Command unit

Encoder unit

7KHFRPPDQGXQLWGHQHVFRPPDQGSXOVHIURPWKHKLJKHUOHYHOGHYLFHDVVHWWLQJYDOXH
ZKLOHWKHHQFRGHUXQLWGHQHVHQFRGHUSXOVHDVVHWWLQJYDOXH
:KHQWKHHOHFWURQLFJHDUUDWLRVHWE\XVLQJWKHFRPPDQGGLYLVLRQDQGPXOWLSOLFDWLRQIXQFWLRQ
HOHFWURQLFJHDU LV5WKHIROORZLQJUHODWLRQVKLSLVREWDLQHG
Command unit R = encoder unit
)RUH[DPSOHLIELWHQFRGHULVXVHGZLWKWKHGHIDXOWVHWWLQJ
R=

Pr5.21

220
220
WKHQFRPPDQGXQLW
= encoder unit.
10000
10000

Selection of torque limit

Range

Unit

Default

0 to 6

Related
control mode

P S

You can set up the torque limiting method.


Setup value

Positive direction

3$7/ WR9

Negative direction
1$7/ WR9
VWWRUTXHOLPLW 3U

[1]
2

VWWRUTXHOLPLW 3U

QGWRUTXHOLPLW 3U

TL-SEL OFF VWWRUTXHOLPLW 3U


7/6(/21 QGWRUTXHOLPLW 3U

3
4

3$7/ WR9

1$7/ WR9
3$7/ WR9

TL-SEL OFF
VWWRUTXHOLPLW 3U
6

QGWRUTXHOLPLW 3U

7/6(/21
([WHUQDOLQSXWSRVLWLYHGLUHFWLRQWRUTXH
OLPLW 3U

Pr5.22

2nd torque limit

([WHUQDOLQSXWQHJDWLYHGLUHFWLRQWRUTXH
OLPLW 3U

Range

Unit

Default

0 to 500

500

Related
control mode

P S

<RXFDQVHWXSWKHQGOLPLWYDOXHRIWKHPRWRURXWSXWWRUTXH
7KHYDOXHRISDUDPHWHULVOLPLWHGWRWKHPD[LPXPWRUTXHRIWKHDSSOLFDEOHPRWRU

Note

)RUGHWDLOVRIWRUTXHOLPLWYDOXHUHIHUWR3

Note

$SDUDPHWHULVGHVLJQDWHGDVIROORZVClass Pr0.00 Parameter No.


)RUSDUDPHWHUVZKLFK1RKDYHDVXIIL[RI * FKDQJHGFRQWHQWVZLOOEHYDOLGDWHGZKHQ
\RXWXUQRQWKHFRQWUROSRZHU

Related page
4-48

36HWXSRI7RUTXH/LPLW3,QSXWVDQGRXWSXWVRQFRQQHFWRU;33URWHFWLYH)XQFWLRQ

1. Details of parameter

1
'HIDXOW>@

Pr5.23

7RUTXHOLPLWVZLWFKLQJVHWXS

Range

Unit

Default

0 to 4000

ms/100%

Related
control mode

P S

6SHFLI\WKHUDWHRIFKDQJH VORSH IURPVWWRQGGXULQJWRUTXHOLPLWVZLWFKLQJ

7RUTXHOLPLWVZLWFKLQJVHWXS

Range

Unit

Default

0 to 4000

ms/100%

2
Related
control mode

P S

6SHFLI\WKHUDWHRIFKDQJH VORSH IURPQGWRVWGXULQJWRUTXHOLPLWVZLWFKLQJ

Pr5.25

([WHUQDOLQSXWSRVLWLYHGLUHFWLRQ
torque limit

Range

Unit

Default

0 to 500

500

Related
control mode

P S

Note

Pr5.26

)RUGHWDLOVRIWRUTXHOLPLWYDOXHUHIHUWR3
([WHUQDOLQSXWQHJDWLYHGLUHFWLRQ
torque limit

Range

Unit

Default

0 to 500

500

Related
control mode

P S

Note

Pr5.27

4
Setup

6HWXSQHJDWLYHGLUHFWLRQWRUTXHOLPLWXSRQUHFHLYLQJ7/6(/ZLWK3U6HOHFWLRQRIWRUTXH
limit set at 6.
7KHYDOXHRISDUDPHWHULVOLPLWHGWRWKHPD[LPXPWRUTXHRIWKHDSSOLFDEOHPRWRU

3
Connection

6HWXSSRVLWLYHGLUHFWLRQWRUTXHOLPLWXSRQUHFHLYLQJ7/6(/ZLWK3U6HOHFWLRQRIWRUTXH
limit set at 6.
7KHYDOXHRISDUDPHWHULVOLPLWHGWRWKHPD[LPXPWRUTXHRIWKHDSSOLFDEOHPRWRU

Preparation

Pr5.24

Before Using the Products

[Class 5] Enhancing setting

)RUGHWDLOVRIWRUTXHOLPLWYDOXHUHIHUWR3

Input gain of analog torque limit

Range

Unit

Default

10 to 100

0.1V/100%

30

Related
control mode

P S

Adjustment

)URPWKHYROWDJH>9@DSSOLHGWRWKHDQDORJWRUTXHOLPLWLQSXW 3$7/1$7/ VHWFRQYHUVLRQ


gain to torque limit [%].

6
When in Trouble

Related page

$SDUDPHWHULVGHVLJQDWHGDVIROORZVClass Pr0.00 Parameter No.


)RUSDUDPHWHUVZKLFK1RKDYHDVXIIL[RI * FKDQJHGFRQWHQWVZLOOEHYDOLGDWHGZKHQ
\RXWXUQRQWKHFRQWUROSRZHU
36HWXSRI7RUTXH/LPLW3,QSXWVDQGRXWSXWVRQFRQQHFWRU;33URWHFWLYH)XQFWLRQ

4-49

Supplement

Note

1. Details of parameter
[Class 5] Enhancing setting

'HIDXOW>@

Pr5.28 *

LED initial status

Range

Unit

Default

Related
control mode

0 to 35

P S T F

<RXFDQVHOHFWWKHW\SHRIGDWDWREHGLVSOD\HGRQWKHIURQWSDQHO/(' VHJPHQW DWWKH


LQLWLDOVWDWXVDIWHUSRZHURQ
Power -ON

Flashes (for approx. 2 sec) during initialization


Setup value
of Pr5.28

Setup
Content
value
0 3RVLWLRQDOFRPPDQGGHYLDWLRQ

Setup
Content
value
12 Error factor and reference of history

Setup
Content
value
24 (QFRGHUSRVLWLRQDOGHYLDWLRQ>(QFRGHUXQLW@

[1]

Motor speed

13

$ODUP'LVSOD\

25

([WHUQDOVFDOHGHYLDWLRQ>([WHUQDOVFDOHXQLW@

Positional command speed

14

5HJHQHUDWLYHORDGIDFWRU

26

+\EULGGHYLDWLRQ>&RPPDQGXQLW@

Velocity control command

15

2YHUORDGIDFWRU

27

9ROWDJHDFURVV31>9@

Torque command

16

Inertia ratio

28

6RIWZDUHYHUVLRQ

Feedback pulse sum

17

Factor of no-motor running

29

'ULYHUVHULDOQXPEHU

Command pulse sum

18

1RRIFKDQJHVLQ,2VLJQDOV

30

Motor serial number

([WHUQDOVFDOHIHHGEDFNSXOVHVXP 20

$EVROXWHHQFRGHUGDWD

31

$FFXPXODWHGRSHUDWLRQWLPH

Control mode

21

$EVROXWHH[WHUQDOVFDOHSRVLWLRQ

32

$XWRPDWLFPRWRUUHFRJQL]LQJIXQFWLRQ

33

Temperature information

35

Safety condition monitor

10

I/O signal status

22

1RRIHQFRGHUH[WHUQDOVFDOH
communication errors monitor

11

$QDORJLQSXWYDOXH

23

&RPPXQLFDWLRQD[LVDGGUHVV

Related page

Pr5.29 *

)RUGHWDLOVRIGLVSOD\UHIHUWR3+RZWR8VHWKH)URQW3DQHORI3UHSDUDWLRQ

Baud rate setup of


RS232 communication

Range

Unit

Default

Related
control mode

0 to 6

P S T F

Range

Unit

Default

Related
control mode

0 to 6

P S T F

You can set up the communication speed of RS232.

Note

Pr5.30 *

)RUEDXGUDWHVHWXSYDOXHUHIHUWR56VHWXS
Baud rate setup of
RS485 communication

You can set up the communication speed of RS485.


Setup value
0
1
[2]
3

Baud rate
2400bps
4800bps
9600bps
19200bps

Setup value
4
5
6

Baud rate
38400bps
57600bps
115200bps

%DXGUDWHHUURULVIRUWRESVDQGIRUWRESV

Note

4-50

2QO\IRUSRVLWLRQFRQWUROW\SHLVQRWSURYLGHGZLWK; &RPPXQLFDWLRQFRQQHFWRU 

1. Details of parameter

Pr5.31 *

$[LVDGGUHVV

Range

Unit

Default

Related
control mode

0 to 127

P S T F

'XULQJFRPPXQLFDWLRQZLWKWKHKRVW HJ3& WRFRQWUROPXOWLSOHVKDIWVWKHVKDIWEHLQJ


DFFHVVHGE\WKHKRVWVKRXOGEHLGHQWLHG

Note

:KHQXVLQJ5656WKHPD[LPXPYDOLGYDOXHLV

&RPPDQGSXOVHLQSXWPD[LPXPVHWXS

Range

Unit

Default

250 to 4000

k pulse/s

4000

Related
control mode

6HWWKHPD[LPXPQXPEHURISXOVHVWREHXVHGDVFRPPDQGSXOVHLQSXW,IWKHQXPEHURI
LQSXWSXOVHVH[FHHGVWKHVHWXSYDOXH(UU&RPPDQGSXOVHLQSXWIUHTXHQF\HUURU
protection occurs.

Caution

Pr5.32 setting range

'LJLWDOOWHU

250 to 499

200 ns 2-time reading

500 to 999

100 ns 2-time reading

1000 or more

1RUHDGLQJ WKUX

Enable/disable detection of Err28.0 Pulse


UHJHQHUDWLYHOLPLWSURWHFWLRQ

For manufacturer's use

Range

Unit

Default

Related
control mode

0 to 1

P S T F

Setup value
[0]
1

Content
,QYDOLG
Valid

5
Related
control mode

Range

Unit

Default

Range

Unit

Default

Related
control mode

0 to 1

P S T F

Adjustment

Pr5.34

4
Setup

Pulse regenerative output limit setup

3
Connection

Pr5.33 *

7KHQXPEHURILQSXWSXOVHVUHFHLYHGE\WKHGULYHULVDOZD\VFKHFNHG,IWKHIUHTXHQF\RIWKH
UHFHLYHGSXOVHLVKLJKHUWKDQWKHXSSHUOLPLWRIWKHVHWWLQJLQSXWSXOVHVDUHQRWDFFXUDWHO\
detected.
%\ VHOHFWLQJ D YDOXH ORZHU WKDQ  D GLJLWDO ILOWHU RI WKH VSHFLILFDWLRQ VKRZQ EHORZ LV
enabled against the command pulse input.

Preparation

Pr5.32 *

Before Using the Products

[Class 5] Enhancing setting

)L[HGWR

Pr5.35 *

Front panel lock setup

When in Trouble

Lock the operation on the front panel.

Setup value
Content
1ROLPLWRQWKHIURQWSDQHORSHUDWLRQ
[0]
1
Lock the operation on the front panel

Related page

$SDUDPHWHULVGHVLJQDWHGDVIROORZVClass Pr0.00 Parameter No.


)RUSDUDPHWHUVZKLFK1RKDYHDVXIIL[RI * FKDQJHGFRQWHQWVZLOOEHYDOLGDWHGZKHQ
\RXWXUQRQWKHFRQWUROSRZHU
3,QSXWVDQGRXWSXWVRQFRQQHFWRU;
4-51

Supplement

Note

1. Details of parameter

Setup

[Class 6] Special setting


'HIDXOW>@

Pr6.00

$QDORJWRUTXHIHHGIRUZDUGFRQYHUVLRQ
gain

Range

Unit

Default

0 to 100

0.1V/100%

Related
control mode

P S

6HWWKHLQSXWJDLQRIDQDORJWRUTXHIHHGIRUZDUG
 WRDUHLQYDOLG
8VDJHH[DPSOHRI$QDORJWRUTXHIHHGIRUZDUG!
6HWWLQJELWSODFHRI3U)XQFWLRQH[SDQVLRQVHWXSWRHQDEOHVWKHDQDORJWRUTXHIHHG
IRUZDUG:KHQWKHDQDORJLQSXWLVXVHGE\DQRWKHUIXQFWLRQ HJDQDORJWRUTXHOLPLW WKH
IXQFWLRQEHFRPHVLQYDOLG
7KHYROWDJH 9 DSSOLHGWRWKHDQDORJLQSXWLVFRQYHUWHGWRWKHWRUTXHYLD3U$QDORJ
WRUTXHIHHGIRUZDUGFRQYHUVLRQJDLQVHWXSDQGDGGHGWRWKHWRUTXHFRPPDQG  LQ&&:
GLUHFWLRQLILWLVSRVLWLYHYROWDJHRULQ&:GLUHFWLRQLIQHJDWLYH
7KH FRQYHUVLRQ RI DQDORJ LQSXW  LQSXW YROWDJH >9@ WR WKH WRUTXH FRPPDQG >@ WR WKH
PRWRUPD\EHH[SUHVVHGPDWKHPDWLFDOO\DVIROORZV
7RUTXHFRPPDQG   LQSXWYROWDJH 9  3UVHWXSYDOXH

Pr6.02

9HORFLW\GHYLDWLRQH[FHVVVHWXS

Range

Unit

Default

0 to 20000

r/min

Related
control mode

:KHQWKHVSHHGGHYLDWLRQ GLIIHUHQFHEHWZHHQLQWHUQDOSRVLWLRQDOFRPPDQGDQGDFWXDO
VSHHG H[FHHGVWKLVYDOXH(UU6SHHGRYHUGHYLDWLRQSURWHFWLRQRFFXUV
7KLVSURWHFWLRQLVQRWGHWHFWHGZKHQWKHVHWXSYDOXHLV

Pr6.04

JOG trial run command speed

Range

Unit

Default

Related
control mode

0 to 500

r/min

300

P S T F

Related
control mode

6HWXSWKHFRPPDQGVSHHGXVHGIRU-2*WULDOUXQ YHORFLW\FRQWURO 

Related page

Pr6.05

%HIRUHXVLQJUHIHUWR33UHSDUDWLRQ7ULDO5XQ

Position 3rd gain valid time

Range

Unit

Default

0 to 10000

0.1ms

6HWXSWKHWLPHDWZKLFKUGJDLQEHFRPHVYDOLG
:KHQQRWXVLQJWKLVSDUDPHWHUVHW3UWRDQG3UWR
7KLVLVYDOLGIRURQO\SRVLWLRQFRQWUROIXOOFORVHGFRQWURO

Pr6.06

Position 3rd gain scale factor

Range

Unit

Default

50 to 1000

100

Related
control mode

6HWXSWKHUGJDLQE\DPXOWLSO\LQJIDFWRURIWKHVWJDLQ
UGJDLQ VWJDLQ Pr6.06/100

Note
Related page
4-52

$SDUDPHWHULVGHVLJQDWHGDVIROORZVClass Pr0.00 Parameter No.


)RUSDUDPHWHUVZKLFK1RKDYHDVXIIL[RI * FKDQJHGFRQWHQWVZLOOEHYDOLGDWHGZKHQ
\RXWXUQRQWKHFRQWUROSRZHU
3,QSXWVDQGRXWSXWVRQFRQQHFWRU;33URWHFWLYH)XQFWLRQ

1. Details of parameter

1
'HIDXOW>@

Pr6.07

Torque command additional value

Range

Unit

Default

WR

Related
control mode

P S

6HW XS WKH RIIVHW ORDG FRPSHQVDWLRQ YDOXH XVXDOO\ DGGHG WR WKH WRUTXH FRPPDQG LQ D
FRQWUROPRGHH[FHSWIRUWKHWRUTXHFRQWUROPRGH
8SGDWHWKLVSDUDPHWHUZKHQWKHYHUWLFDOD[LVPRGHIRUUHDOWLPHDXWRWXQLQJLVYDOLG
Positive direction torque compensation
value

Range

Unit

Default

WR

Related
control mode

6HWXSWKHG\QDPLFIULFWLRQFRPSHQVDWLRQYDOXHWREHDGGHGWRWKHWRUTXHFRPPDQGZKHQ
IRUZDUGSRVLWLRQDOFRPPDQGLVIHG
8SGDWHWKLVSDUDPHWHUZKHQWKHIULFWLRQFRPSHQVDWLRQPRGHIRUUHDOWLPHDXWRWXQLQJLVYDOLG
Negative direction torque compensation
value

Range

Unit

Default

WR

Related
control mode

6HWXSWKHG\QDPLFIULFWLRQFRPSHQVDWLRQYDOXHWREHDGGHGWRWKHWRUTXHFRPPDQGZKHQ
QHJDWLYHGLUHFWLRQSRVLWLRQDOFRPPDQGLVIHG
8SGDWHWKLVSDUDPHWHUZKHQWKHIULFWLRQFRPSHQVDWLRQPRGHIRUUHDOWLPHDXWRWXQLQJLVYDOLG

Pr6.10

)XQFWLRQH[SDQVLRQVHWXS

Range

Unit

Default

Related
control mode

0 to 63

P S T F

4
Setup

Set up the function in unit of bit.


Function

3
Connection

Pr6.09

2
Preparation

Pr6.08

Before Using the Products

[Class 6] Special setting

Setup value
[0]

1
Valid

bit 0

6SHHGREVHUYHU

,QYDOLG

bit 1

'LVWXUEDQFHREVHUYHU

,QYDOLG

Valid

$OZD\VYDOLG

9DOLGRQO\ZKHQVWJDLQ
is selected.
Valid

'LVWXUEDQFHREVHUYHURSHUDWLRQVHWXS

bit 3

,QHUWLDUDWLRVZLWFKLQJ

,QYDOLG

bit 4

&XUUHQWUHVSRQVHLPSURYHPHQW

,QYDOLG

Valid

bit 5

$QDORJWRUTXH))

,QYDOLG

Valid

Adjustment

bit 2

* bit 0 = LSB

Current response setup

Unit

Default

Related
control mode

50 to 100

100

P S T F

)LQHWXQHWKHFXUUHQWUHVSRQVHZLWKUHVSHFWWRGHIDXOWVHWXS  

6
When in Trouble

Pr6.11

Range

Related page

$SDUDPHWHULVGHVLJQDWHGDVIROORZVClass Pr0.00 Parameter No.


)RUSDUDPHWHUVZKLFK1RKDYHDVXIIL[RI * FKDQJHGFRQWHQWVZLOOEHYDOLGDWHGZKHQ
\RXWXUQRQWKHFRQWUROSRZHU
3,QSXWVDQGRXWSXWVRQFRQQHFWRU;
4-53

Supplement

Note

1. Details of parameter
[Class 6] Special setting

'HIDXOW>@

Pr6.13

2nd Inertia ratio

Range

Unit

Default

Related
control mode

0 to 10000

250

P S T F

Set 2nd inertia ratio.


<RXFDQVHWXSWKHUDWLRRIWKHORDGLQHUWLDDJDLQVWWKHURWRU RIWKHPRWRU LQHUWLD
3U  ORDGLQHUWLDURWRULQHUWLD >@

Caution

Pr6.14

,IWKHLQHUWLDUDWLRLVFRUUHFWO\VHWWKHVHWXSXQLWRI3UDQG3UEHFRPHV +] :KHQ
WKHLQHUWLDUDWLRRI3ULVODUJHUWKDQWKHDFWXDOWKHVHWXSXQLWRIWKHYHORFLW\ORRSJDLQ
EHFRPHVODUJHUDQGZKHQWKHLQHUWLDUDWLRRI3ULVVPDOOHUWKDQWKHDFWXDOWKHVHWXSXQLW
RIWKHYHORFLW\ORRSJDLQEHFRPHVVPDOOHU

Emergency stop time at alarm

Range

Unit

Default

Related
control mode

0 to 1000

1ms

200

P S T F

6HWXSWKHWLPHDOORZHGWRFRPSOHWHHPHUJHQF\VWRSLQDQDODUPFRQGLWLRQ([FHHGLQJWKLV
time puts the system in alarm state.
:KHQVHWXSYDOXHLVLPPHGLDWHVWRSLVGLVDEOHGDQGWKHLPPHGLDWHDODUPVWRSLVHQDEOHG

Pr6.15

2nd over-speed level setup

Range

Unit

Default

Related
control mode

0 to 20000

r/min

P S T F

:KHQ WKH PRWRU VSHHG H[FHHGV WKLV VHWXS WLPH GXULQJ HPHUJHQF\ VWRS VHTXHQFH LQ DQ
DODUPFRQGLWLRQ(UUQGRYHUVSHHGSURWHFWLRQZLOOEHDFWLYDWHG
7KHRYHUVSHHGOHYHOEHFRPHVWLPHVRIWKHPRWRUPD[VSHHGE\VHWWLQJXSWKLVWR

Pr6.17 *

)URQWSDQHOSDUDPHWHUZULWLQJVHOHFWLRQ

Range

Unit

Default

Related
control mode

0 to 1

P S T F

6SHFLI\WKH((3520ZULWLQJSURFHGXUHZKHQSDUDPHWHULVHGLWHGIRUPWKHIURQWSDQHO
Setup value

Writing

[0]

'RQRWZULWHWR((3520DWWKHVDPHWLPH

Pr6.18 *

:ULWHWR((3520DWWKHVDPHWLPH

3RZHUXSZDLWWLPH

Range

Unit

Default

Related
control mode

0 to 100

0.1s

P S T F

6HWXSWKHVWDQGDUGLQLWLDOL]DWLRQWLPH V DIWHUSRZHUXS

Note
Related page
4-54

$SDUDPHWHULVGHVLJQDWHGDVIROORZVClass Pr0.00 Parameter No.


)RUSDUDPHWHUVZKLFK1RKDYHDVXIIL[RI * FKDQJHGFRQWHQWVZLOOEHYDOLGDWHGZKHQ
\RXWXUQRQWKHFRQWUROSRZHU
3((3520:ULWLQJ0RGH3,QSXWVDQGRXWSXWVRQFRQQHFWRU;

1. Details of parameter

1
'HIDXOW>@

Pr6.19 *

Encoder Z phase setup

Range

Unit

Default

Related
control mode

0 to 32767

pulse

P S T F

,IWKHQXPEHURIRXWSXWSXOVHVSHURQHPRWRUUHYROXWLRQDIWHUGLYLVLRQRISXOVHRXWSXWLVQRW
DQLQWHJHUQHDGMXVWWKHZLGWKRIHQFRGHU=SKDVH

=SKDVHVHWXSRIH[WHUQDOVFDOH

Range

Unit

Default

0 to 400

Related
control mode

6HWXSWKH=SKDVHUHJHQHUDWLYHZLGWKRIH[WHUQDOVFDOHLQXQLWRIWLPH(YHQLIWKHZLGWKRI
=SKDVHVLJQDOFDQQRWEHGHWHFWHGEHFDXVHWKHZLGWKHTXLYDOHQWRIWKHWUDYHOGLVWDQFHIURP
WKHH[WHUQDOVFDOHLVWRRVKRUWWKH=SKDVHVLJQDOZLOOEHRXWSXWIRUDWOHDVWWKHSHULRGVHWWR
this parameter.
6HULDODEVROXWHH[WHUQDOVFDOH=SKDVH
setup

Range

Unit

Default

0 to 228

pulse

Related
control mode

)XOOFORVHGFRQWUROXVLQJVHULDODEVROXWHH[WHUQDOVFDOH:KHQRXWSXWWLQJSXOVHVE\XVLQJWKH
H[WHUQDOVFDOHDVWKHVRXUFHRIWKHRXWSXWVHWWKH=SKDVHRXWSXWLQWHUYDOLQXQLWVRI$SKDVH
RXWSXWSXOVHVRIWKHH[WHUQDOVFDOH EHIRUHPXOWLSOLHGE\ 
Setup value

Content
2XWSXW=SKDVHRQO\DWDEVROXWHSRVLWLRQRIH[WHUQDOVFDOH

[0]

$IWHUWKHSRZHULVIHGWRWKHGULYHUWKH=SKDVHDVLWFURVVHVWKH]HURDW
WKHDEVROXWHSRVLWLRQRIH[WHUQDOVFDOHLVRXWSXWLQV\QFKURQRXVZLWKWKH
$SKDVH6XEVHTXHQWO\WKH=SKDVHLVRXWSXWDWWKH$SKDVHRXWSXWSXOVH
LQWHUYDOVVHWWRWKLVSDUDPHWHU

$%SKDVHH[WHUQDOVFDOHSXOVHRXWSXW
method selection

Range

Unit

Default

0 to 1

Setup

1 to 268435456

Pr6.22 *

Related
control mode

Setup value

Pr6.23

5
Adjustment

6HOHFWWKHSXOVHUHJHQHUDWLRQPHWKRGRI$%DQG=SDUDOOHOH[WHUQDOVFDOH
[0]

3
Connection

Pr6.21 *

Preparation

Pr6.20 *

Before Using the Products

[Class 6] Special setting

Regenerating method
'LUHFWO\RXWSXWWKHVLJQDOVIURP$%DQG=SDUDOOHOH[WHUQDOVFDOHV
2XWSXW$DQG%SKDVHVLJQDOVUHFRYHUHGIURP$%DQG=SDUDOOHOH[WHUQDOVFDOHV
Z-phase is output directly.

Disturbance torque compensating gain

Unit

Default

WR

Related
control mode

P S

6HWXSWRFRPSHQVDWLQJJDLQDJDLQVWGLVWXUEDQFHWRUTXH
$IWHUVHWWLQJXS3ULQFUHDVH3U
 7KH GLVWXUEDQFH VXSSUHVVLQJ FDSDELOLW\ LQFUHDVHV E\ LQFUHDVLQJ WKH JDLQ EXW LW LV
DVVRFLDWHGZLWKLQFUHDVLQJYROXPHRIRSHUDWLRQQRLVH
 7KLVPHDQVWKDWZHOOEDODQFHGVHWXSFDQEHREWDLQHGE\DGMXVWLQJ3UDQG3U

6
When in Trouble

Range

Related page

$SDUDPHWHULVGHVLJQDWHGDVIROORZVClass Pr0.00 Parameter No.


)RUSDUDPHWHUVZKLFK1RKDYHDVXIIL[RI * FKDQJHGFRQWHQWVZLOOEHYDOLGDWHGZKHQ
\RXWXUQRQWKHFRQWUROSRZHU
3,QSXWVDQGRXWSXWVRQFRQQHFWRU;
4-55

Supplement

Note

1. Details of parameter
[Class 6] Special setting

'HIDXOW>@

Pr6.24

Disturbance observer filter

Range

Unit

Default

0 to 2500

0.01ms

53

Related
control mode

P S

6HWXSWKHOWHUWLPHFRQVWDQWDFFRUGLQJWRWKHGLVWXUEDQFHWRUTXHFRPSHQVDWLRQ
)LUVW VHW XS 3U WR D ODUJHU YDOXH DQG FKHFN WKH RSHUDWLRQ ZLWK 3U 'LVWXUEDQFH
WRUTXHFRPSHQVDWLQJJDLQVHWWRDORZYDOXHDQGWKHQJUDGXDOO\GHFUHDVHWKHVHWXSYDOXH
RI3U$ORZOWHUVHWXSYDOXHDVVXUHVGLVWXUEDQFHWRUTXHHVWLPDWLRQZLWKVPDOOGHOD\
DQGHIIHFWLYHO\VXSSUHVVHVHIIHFWVRIGLVWXUEDQFH+RZHYHUWKLVUHVXOWVLQODUJHURSHUDWLRQ
QRLVH:HOOEDODQFHGVHWXSLVUHTXLUHG

Pr6.27 *

Alarm latch time selection

Range

Unit

Default

Related
control mode

0 to 10

P S T F

Range

Unit

Default

Related
control mode

0 to 3

P S T F

Set up the latch time.


Setup value

Content

/DWFKWLPHLQQLWH

1 [s]

2 [s]

3 [s]

4 [s]

[5]
6

Pr6.31

Latch time

5 [s]
6 [s]

7 [s]

8 [s]

9 [s]

10

10 [s]

Real time auto tuning estimation speed

6HWXSWKHORDGFKDUDFWHULVWLFVHVWLPDWLRQVSHHGZLWKWKHUHDOWLPHDXWRWXQLQJEHLQJYDOLG$
KLJKHUVHWXSYDOXHDVVXUHVIDVWHUUHVSRQVHWRDFKDQJHLQORDGFKDUDFWHULVWLFVEXWLQFUHDVHV
YDULDWLRQV LQ GLVWXUEDQFH HVWLPDWLRQ 5HVXOW RI HVWLPDWLRQ LV VDYHG WR ((3520 HYHU\ 
minutes.
Setup value

Mode

Description

1RFKDQJH

[1]

$OPRVWFRQVWDQW

Stop estimation of load characteristics.


5HVSRQVHWRFKDQJHVLQORDGFKDUDFWHULVWLFVLQHYHU\PLQXWH

6ORZHUFKDQJH

5HVSRQVHWRFKDQJHVLQORDGFKDUDFWHULVWLFVLQHYHU\VHFRQG

3*

Faster change

Obtain best suitable estimation in response to changes in load


characteristics.

* ,IWKHDXWRPDWLFRVFLOODWLRQGHWHFWLRQLVHQDEOHGE\WKHVXSSRUWVRIWZDUH3$1$7(50WKH
VHWXSYDOXHLVXVHG

Note

Related page
4-56

$SDUDPHWHULVGHVLJQDWHGDVIROORZVClass Pr0.00 Parameter No.


)RUSDUDPHWHUVZKLFK1RKDYHDVXIIL[RI * FKDQJHGFRQWHQWVZLOOEHYDOLGDWHGZKHQ
\RXWXUQRQWKHFRQWUROSRZHU
7KHVHWXSVXSSRUWVRIWZDUH3$1$7(50FDQEHGRZQORDGHGIURPRXUZHEVLWH
3,QSXWVDQGRXWSXWVRQFRQQHFWRU;

1. Details of parameter

Pr6.32

Real time auto tuning custom setup

Range

Unit

Default

Related
control mode

WR

P S T F

:KHQWKHRSHUDWLRQPRGHRIUHDOWLPHDXWRWXQLQJLVVHWWRWKHFXVWRPL]H 3U  VHW


WKHDXWRPDWLFDGMXVWLQJIXQFWLRQDVVKRZQEHORZ
Bit

Content

Preparation

Load characteristics
estimation *

Setup value
[0]
1

Function
Disable
Enable

* ,I WKH ORDG FKDUDFWHULVWLFV HVWLPDWLRQ LV GLVDEOHG WKH FXUUHQW VHWXS
FDQQRWEHFKDQJHGHYHQLIWKHLQHUWLDUDWLRLVXSGDWHGDFFRUGLQJWR
WKHHVWLPDWHGYDOXH:KHQWKHWRUTXHFRPSHQVDWLRQLVXSGDWHGE\
WKHHVWLPDWHGYDOXHLWLVFOHDUHGWR LQYDOLG 

Inertia ratio
update

Setup value
[0]
1

Function
Use the current setup.
8SGDWHE\WKHHVWLPDWHGYDOXH

6 to 4

Torque
compensation

Compensation setup
Pr6.07 Pr6.08 Pr6.09
0 clear 0 clear 0 clear
Update 0 clear 0 clear
/RZ

/RZ

Update

Middle

Middle

Update

High

High

5
Adjustment

Update

4
Setup

Set up the update to be made according to the results of load


FKDUDFWHULVWLFVHVWLPDWLRQRI3U7RUTXHFRPPDQGDGGLWLRQDOYDOXH
3U SRVLWLYH GLUHFWLRQ WRUTXH FRPSHQVDWLRQ YDOXH DQG 3U
QHJDWLYHGLUHFWLRQWRUTXHFRPSHQVDWLRQYDOXH
Setup value
Function
Use current setup
[0]
1
Disable torque compensation
2
9HUWLFDOD[LVPRGH
Friction compensation
3
ORZ
Friction compensation
4
PLGGOH
Friction
compensation
5
KLJK

3
Connection

Set up update to be made based on result of the load characteristics


estimation of Pr0.04 Inertia ratio.
3 to 2

Description
Enable/disable the load characteristics estimation function.

1 to 0

Before Using the Products

[Class 6] Special setting

Enable/disable the basic gain setup to be made according to Pr0.03


Real time auto tuning mechanical stiffness selection.

Stiffness
setup

)L[HG
parameter
setup

Setup value
[0]
1

Function
Disable
Enable

(QDEOHGLVDEOHWKHFKDQJHRISDUDPHWHUWKDWLVQRUPDOO\VHWDWD[HGYDOXH
Setup value
[0]
1

Function
Use the current setup.
6HWWRD[HGYDOXH

6HOHFWWKHJDLQVZLWFKLQJUHODWHGSDUDPHWHUWREHXVHGZKHQWKHUHDO
time auto tuning is enabled.

Gain
VZLWFKLQJ
setup

Setup value
[0]
1
2

Function
Use the current setup.
'LVDEOHJDLQVZLWFKLQJ
(QDEOHJDLQVZLWFKLQJ

Supplement

10 to 9

When in Trouble

FRQWLQXHG
4-57

1. Details of parameter
[Class 6] Special setting

'HIDXOW>@

Caution

7KLVSDUDPHWHUVKRXOGEHVHWXSELWE\ELW7RSUHYHQWVHWWLQJHUURUXVHRIWKHVHWXSVXSSRUW
VRIWZDUHLVUHFRPPHQGHGZKHQHGLWLQJSDUDPHWHU
6HWXSSURFHGXUHRIELWZLVHSDUDPHWHU!
:KHQVHWWLQJSDUDPHWHUWRDYDOXHRWKHUWKDQFDOFXODWHWKHVHWXSYDOXHRI3ULQWKH
IROORZLQJSURFHGXUH
 ,GHQWLI\WKH/6%RIWKHVHWXS
 ([DPSOH/6%RIWKHWRUTXHFRPSHQVDWLRQIXQFWLRQLV
 0XOWLSO\WKHVHWXSYDOXHE\SRZHURI /6% 
([DPSOH7RVHWWKHWRUTXHFRPSHQVDWLRQIXQFWLRQWRIULFWLRQFRPSHQVDWLRQ PLGGOH 
24 
 3HUIRUPVWHSV DQG IRUHYHU\VHWXSVVXPXSWKHYDOXHVZKLFKDUHWREH3UVHWXSYDOXH
([DPSOH/RDG FKDUDFWHULVWLFV PHDVXUHPHQW  HQDEOH LQHUWLD UDWLR XSGDWH  HQDEOH
WRUTXHFRPSHQVDWLRQ IULFWLRQFRPSHQVDWLRQ PLGGOH VWLIIQHVVVHWXS HQDEOH
[HGSDUDPHWHU VHWWRD[HGYDOXHJDLQVZLWFKLQJVHWXS HQDEOHWKHQ
2024789 

Pr6.34

Hybrid vibration suppression gain

Range

Unit

Default

0 to 30000

0.1/s

Related
control mode

6HWXSWKHK\EULGYLEUDWLRQVXSSUHVVLRQJDLQIRUIXOOFORVHGFRQWUROOLQJ
)LUVWVHWLWWRWKHYDOXHLGHQWLFDOWRWKDWRISRLVRQORRSJDLQDQGWKHQQHWXQHDVQHFHVVDU\

Pr6.35

Hybrid vibration suppression filter

Range

Unit

Default

0 to 6400

0.01ms

10

Related
control mode

6HWXSWKHWLPHFRQVWDQWRIWKHK\EULGYLEUDWLRQVXSSUHVVLRQOWHUIRUIXOOFORVHGFRQWUROOLQJ
:KLOH GULYLQJ XQGHU IXOOFORVHG FRQWURO JUDGXDOO\ LQFUHDVH WKH VHWXS YDOXH DQG FKHFN
changes in the response.

Pr6.37

Oscillation detecting level

Range

Unit

Default

Related
control mode

0 to 1000

0.1%

P S T F

6HWXSWKHRVFLOODWLRQGHWHFWLQJOHYHO
8SRQ GHWHFWLRQ RI D WRUTXH YLEUDWLRQ ZKRVH OHYHO LV KLJKHU WKDQ WKLV VHWXS YDOXH WKH
RVFLOODWLRQGHWHFWLRQDODUPZLOOEHLVVXHG

Pr6.38 *

Alarm mask setup

Range

Unit

Default

Related
control mode

WR

P S T F

Set up the alarm detection mask. Placing 1 to the corresponding bit position disables
detection of the alarm condition.

Pr6.39

For manufacturer's use

Range

Unit

Default

Related
control mode

)L[HGWR

Note
Related page
4-58

$SDUDPHWHULVGHVLJQDWHGDVIROORZVClass Pr0.00 Parameter No.


)RUSDUDPHWHUVZKLFK1RKDYHDVXIIL[RI * FKDQJHGFRQWHQWVZLOOEHYDOLGDWHGZKHQ
\RXWXUQRQWKHFRQWUROSRZHU
3,QSXWVDQGRXWSXWVRQFRQQHFWRU;

2.Trial Run (JOG run)

Setup

Inspection Before Trial Run

1
Before Using the Products

(1) Inspection on wiring






0LVZLULQJ" (VSHFLDOO\SRZHULQSXWDQGPRWRURXWSXW
6KRUWRUJURXQGHG"
/RRVHFRQQHFWLRQ"

(2) Confirmation of power supply and voltage


5DWHGYROWDJH"

Preparation

s la

Po er
s
l

3
Connection

4
(3) Fixing of the servo motor

8QVWDEOHPRXQWLQJ"
Setup

(4) Separation from the



PHFKDQLFDOV\VWHP

Co

e tor

(5) Release of the brake

5
e

Adjustment

ro
a

otor

(6) Turn to Servo-OFF after finishing the trial run by pressing

6
When in Trouble

7
'HWDLOVRIZLULQJUHIHUWR32YHUDOO:LULQJ
7KHJXUHDERYHVKRZVFRQQHFWLRQVRQYHORFLW\SRVLWLRQWRUTXHDQGIXOOFORVHGPRGHGULYHU
2QO\IRUSRVLWLRQFRQWUROW\SHLVQRWSURYLGHGZLWK; &RPPXQLFDWLRQFRQQHFWRU ; 6DIHW\
IXQFWLRQFRQQHFWRU ; ([WHUQDOVFDOHFRQQHFWRU 
4-59

Supplement

Note

2.Trial Run (JOG run)

Setup

Trial Run by Connecting the Connector X4

Trial Run (JOG run) at Position Control Mode


  &RQQHFWWKH&RQQHFWRU;
  (QWHUWKHSRZHU '&WR9 WRFRQWUROVLJQDO &20&20
  (QWHUWKHSRZHUWRWKHGULYHU
  &RQUPWKHGHIDXOWYDOXHVRISDUDPHWHUV
  0DWFKWRWKHRXWSXWIRUPDWRIWKHKRVWFRQWUROOHUZLWK3U &RPPDQGSXOVHLQSXW
PRGHVHWXS 
  :ULWHWR((3520DQGWXUQRIIRQWKHSRZHU RIWKHGULYHU 
  &RQQHFW WKH 6HUYR21 LQSXW 65921  DQG &20 &RQQHFWRU ; 3LQ  WR EULQJ
WKHGULYHUWR6HUYR21VWDWXVDQGHQHUJL]HWKHPRWRU

  (QWHUORZIUHTXHQF\IURPWKHKRVWFRQWUROOHUWRUXQWKHPRWRUDWORZVSHHG
  &KHFNWKHPRWRUURWDWLRQDOVSHHGDWPRQLWRUPRGHZKHWKHU
 URWDWLRQDOVSHHGLVDVSHUWKHVHWXSRUQRWDQG
 WKHPRWRUVWRSVE\VWRSSLQJWKHFRPPDQG SXOVH RUQRW
  ,IWKHPRWRUGRHVQRWUXQFRUUHFWO\UHIHUWR3'LVSOD\RI)DFWRUIRU1R0RWRU
5XQQLQJRI3UHSDUDWLRQ

:LULQJ'LDJUDP
Connector X4
7
29

DC
12V to 24V

41
3

1k
DC
12V

1k

COM+
SRV-ON
COMPULS1

PULS2

SIGN1

SIGN2

44
45
46

PULSH1

In case of
open collector input

2k
120

PULSH2

2k
2k

SIGNH1

47

SIGNH2

13

GND

20k
20k
20k

120
2k

H/L
PULS

SIGN

in case of
line receiver
input

20k

3DUDPHWHU
Pr No.

Title

Setup value

0.01

Control mode setup

5.04

2YHUWUDYHOLQKLELWLQSXWVHWXS

0.05

Selection of command pulse input

0/1

0.07

Command pulse input mode setup

5.18

,QYDOLGDWLRQRIFRPPDQGSXOVHLQKLELWLQSXW

5.17

Counter clear input mode

,QSXWVLJQDOVWDWXV
No.
0
4-60

Title of signal
6HUYR21

Monitor display
$

2.Trial Run (JOG run)

Trial Run (JOG run) at Velocity Control Mode

DC
12V to 24V

26
41

15

COM+
SRV-ON
ZEROSPD
COM

SPR/TRQR/SPL
GND

Run with ZEROSPD switch close,


and Stop with open

In case of bi-directional operation


(Positive/Negative), provide a bipolar
power supply, or use with Pr3.15 = 3.
In case of one-directional operation

Adjustment

14
DC
10V

3DUDPHWHU
Title
Control mode setup
2YHUWUDYHOLQKLELWLQSXWVHWXS
Speed zero-clamp function selection
6SHHGVHWXS,QWHUQDO([WHUQDOVZLWFKLQJ
Speed command rotational direction selection
Input gain of speed command
5HYHUVDORIVSHHGFRPPDQGLQSXW
$QDORJLQSXW $, RIIVHWVHWXS
$QDORJLQSXW $, ILOWHU

Setup value
1
1
1

6
When in Trouble

Pr No.
0.01
5.04
3.15
3.00
3.01
3.02
3.03
4.22
4.23

Set up as
required

,QSXWVLJQDOVWDWXV

Note

Title of signal
6HUYR21
Speed zero clamp

Monitor display
$

Supplement

No.
0
5

4
Setup

29

3
Connection

:LULQJ'LDJUDP
7

2
Preparation

 &RQQHFWWKH&RQQHFWRU;
 (QWHUWKHSRZHU '&WR9 WRFRQWUROVLJQDO &20&20
 (QWHUWKHSRZHUWRWKHGULYHU
 &RQUPWKHGHIDXOWYDOXHVRISDUDPHWHUV
 &RQQHFWWKH6HUYR21LQSXW 65921&RQQHFWRU;3LQ DQG&20 &RQQHFWRU
;3LQ WRWXUQWR6HUYR21DQGHQHUJL]HWKHPRWRU
 &ORVHWKHVSHHG]HURFODPSLQSXW =(5263' DQGDSSO\'&YROWDJHEHWZHHQYHORFLW\
FRPPDQGLQSXW635 &RQQHFWRU;3LQ DQG*1' &RQQHFWRU;3LQ DQG
JUDGXDOO\LQFUHDVHIURP9WRFRQUPWKHPRWRUUXQV
 &RQUPWKHPRWRUURWDWLRQDOVSHHGLQPRQLWRUPRGH
 :KHWKHUWKHURWDWLRQDOVSHHGLVSHUWKHVHWXSRUQRW
 :KHWKHUWKHPRWRUVWRSVZLWK]HURFRPPDQGRUQRW
 ,IWKHPRWRUGRHVURWDWHDWDPLFURVSHHGZLWKFRPPDQGYROWDJHRI
 :KHQ\RXZDQWWRFKDQJHWKHURWDWLRQDOVSHHGDQGGLUHFWLRQVHWXSWKHIROORZLQJSDrameters again.
 3U6SHHGVHWXS,QWHUQDO([WHUQDOVZLWFKLQJ
5HIHUWR33DUDP 3U6SHHGFRPPDQGURWDWLRQDOGLUHFWLRQVHOHFWLRQ HWHU6HWXS 3DUDPHWHUVIRU
9HORFLW\7RUTXH&RQWURO
 3U5HYHUVDORIVSHHGFRPPDQGLQSXW
 ,I WKH PRWRU GRHV QRW UXQ FRUUHFWO\ UHIHU WR 3 'LVSOD\ RI )DFWRU IRU 1R0RWRU
5XQQLQJRI3UHSDUDWLRQ

Before Using the Products

Trial Run by Connecting the Connector X4

2QO\IRUSRVLWLRQFRQWUROW\SHLVQRWSURYLGHGZLWKDQDORJLQSXW

4-61

2.Trial Run (JOG run)


Trial Run by Connecting the Connector X4

Trial Run (JOG run) at Torque Control Mode


 &RQQHFWWKH&RQQHFWRU;
 (QWHUWKHSRZHU '&9 WRFRQWUROVLJQDO &20&20
 (QWHUWKHSRZHUWRWKHGULYHU
 &RQUPWKHGHIDXOWYDOXHVRISDUDPHWHUV
 6HWDORZHUYDOXHWR3U WKVSHHGRIVSHHGVHWXS 
 (QHUJL]H WKH PRWRU E\ FRQQHFWLQJ WKH 6HUYR21 LQSXW 65921 &RQQHFWRU ;
3LQ DQG&20 3LQRI&RQQHFWRU; WRWXUQWR6HUYR21VWDWXV
 &RQUPWKDWWKHPRWRUUXQVDVSHUWKHVHWXSRI3UE\DSSO\LQJ'&YROWDJH SRVLWLYHQHJDWLYH EHWZHHQWKHWRUTXHFRPPDQGLQSXW 3LQRI&RQQHFWRU; DQG*1'
3LQRI&RQQHFWRU; 
 ,I\RXZDQWWRFKDQJHWKHWRUTXHPDJQLWXGHGLUHFWLRQDQGYHORFLW\OLPLWYDOXHDJDLQVW
WKHFRPPDQGYROWDJHVHWXSWKHIROORZLQJSDUDPHWHUV
 3UInput gain of torque command
5HIHUWR33DUDPHWHU6HWXS
3DUDPHWHUVIRU9HORFLW\7RUTXH&RQ 3U,QSXWUHYersal of torque command
WURO
 3U6SHHGOLPLWYDOXH
 ,IWKHPRWRUGRHVQRWUXQFRUUHFWO\UHIHUWR3'LVSOD\RIIDFWRUIRU1RPRWRUUXQQLQJRI3UHSDUDWLRQ

:LULQJ'LDJUDP
C
C

to

or
ro

re t o al r
Pos t e Ne at e
ea
olar o er s
l .

C
0

ase o o e

a r

3DUDPHWHU
Pr No.

Title

Setup value

0.01

Control mode setup

5.04

2YHUWUDYHOLQKLELWLQSXWVHWXS

3.15

Speed zero-clamp function selection

3.17

Selection of torque command

3.19

Input gain of torque command

3.20

,QSXWUHYHUVDORIWRUTXHFRPPDQG

Set up as
required

3.21

6SHHGOLPLWYDOXH

ORZHUYDOXH

,QSXWVLJQDOVWDWXV
No.

Note

4-62

Title of signal

Monitor display

6HUYR21

$

Speed zero clamp

2QO\IRUSRVLWLRQFRQWUROW\SHLVQRWSURYLGHGZLWKDQDORJLQSXW

2.Trial Run (JOG run)

Setup

Setup of Motor Rotational Speed and Input Pulse Frequency


Motor rotational speed
(r/min)

Pr0.08
17-bit

20-bit

17

2
40000

220
40000

500K

3000

217
10000

220
10000

250K

3000

217
5000

220
5000

100K

3000

217
2000

220
2000

500K

1500

217
20000

220
20000

2
Preparation

3000

2M

Caution

0D[LQSXWSXOVHIUHTXHQF\YDULHVGHSHQGLQJRQLQSXWWHUPLQDOV
7KHGHVLUHGVHWWLQJFDQEHGHWHUPLQHGE\VHOHFWLQJYDOXHRIQXPHUDWRUDQGGHQRPLQDWRURIHOHFWURQLFJHDU+RZHYHUDQH[FHVVLYHO\KLJKGLYLVLRQRUPXOWLSOLFDWLRQUDWLRFDQQRWJXDUDQWHHWKHRSHUDWLRQ7KHUDWLRVKRXOGEHLQDUDQJHEHWZHHQDQG
 ([FHVVLYHO\ KLJK PXOWLSOLFDWLRQ UDWLR ZLOO FDXVH (UU FRPPDQG SXOVH PXOWLSOLFDWLRQ
HUURUSURWHFWLRQ GXHWRYDU\LQJFRPPDQGSXOVHLQSXWRUQRLVHVHYHQLIWKHRWKHUVHWWLQJVDUHZLWKLQWKHVSHFLHGUDQJH
0

ear

P lle rat o
otal re

Command
pulse

determine
parameter

Decimal figures

21

22

24

16

25

32

64

2
20-bit

27

128

5840

28

256

67500

To rotate the output shaft by


HQWHUWKHFRPPDQGRI
 13 SXOVHVIURPWKH
host controller.

To rotate the output shaft by


HQWHUWKHFRPPDQGRI
10000 pulses from the host
controller.

365
17


18
213

5840

108

365
20


18
10000

5840

67500

5HIHUWR36HWXSRIFRPPDQGGLYLVLRQDQGPXOWLSOLFDWLRQUDWLR
 HOHFWURQLFJHDUUDWLR RI6XSSOHPHQW

512

210

1024

211

2048

12

4096

213

8192

214

16384

215

32768

216

65536

217

131072

218

262144

219

524288

220

1048576

7
Supplement

+RZWR

108

2n

When in Trouble

Pr0.10

5840

t o rat o

Adjustment

Encoder

Pr0.09

ear rat o

:KHQ VHWWLQJ WKH FRPPDQG GLYLVLRQ DQG PXOWLSOLFDWLRQ UDWLR


DV QXPHUDWRUGHQRPLQDWRU H[SUHVV LW DV 3U3U ZLWK
Pr0.08 = 0. )RU IXOO FORVHG FRQWUROOLQJ VHWWLQJ RI 3U LV LJQRUHGDQGVHWWLQJVRI3UDQG3UDUHDOZD\VDSSOLHG
HJ :KHQ\RXZDQWWRURWDWHWKHPRWRUE\ZLWKWKHORDG
of total reduction ratio of 18/365.
17-bit

4
Setup

:KHQVHWWLQJ3UDQGHQFRGHUUHVROXWLRQLVDXWRPDWLFDOO\VHWXSDVQXPHUDWRUV)RU
IXOOFORVHGFRQWUROOLQJVHWWLQJRI3ULVLJQRUHGDQGVHWWLQJVRI3UDQG3UDUH
DOZD\VDSSOLHG

Connection

Note

Relation between the motor


rotational speed and input
pulse counts

Before Using the Products

Input pulse frequency


(pps)

4-63

MEMO

4-64

5. Adjustment

1
Before Using the Products

1. Gain Adjustment

Outline ........................................................................................................5-2

2. Real-Time Auto-Gain Tuning


Preparation

Basic ...........................................................................................................5-4

3. Adaptive filter
$GDSWLYHOWHU ............................................................................................5-10

4. Manual Gain Tuning (Basic)


Outline ......................................................................................................5-13

$GMXVWPHQWLQ3RVLWLRQ&RQWURO0RGH........................................................5-14
$GMXVWPHQWLQ9HORFLW\&RQWURO0RGH ........................................................5-15

Connection

$GMXVWPHQWLQ7RUTXH&RQWURO0RGH .........................................................5-15
$GMXVWPHQWLQ)XOO&ORVHG&RQWURO0RGH ..................................................5-16
Gain Switching Function ...........................................................................5-17
6XSSUHVVLRQRI0DFKLQH5HVRQDQFH ........................................................5-20

5. Manual Gain Tuning (Application)

'DPSLQJ&RQWURO .......................................................................................5-24
)HHGIRUZDUGIXQFWLRQ ...............................................................................5-26

Setup

,QVWDQWDQHRXV6SHHG2EVHUYHU ................................................................5-28
'LVWXUEDQFHREVHUYHU................................................................................5-30
UGJDLQVZLWFKLQJIXQFWLRQ .......................................................................5-32
)ULFWLRQWRUTXHFRPSHQVDWLRQ ...................................................................5-34
,QHUWLDUDWLRVZLWFKLQJIXQFWLRQ ..................................................................5-36

+\EULGYLEUDWLRQGDPSLQJIXQFWLRQ ............................................................5-38

6. About Homing Operation


Adjustment

&DXWLRQRQ+RPLQJ2SHUDWLRQ ..................................................................5-39
Homing with Hit & Stop .............................................................................5-40
3UHVV +ROG&RQWURO ................................................................................5-41

6
When in Trouble

7
Supplement

5-1

1. Gain Adjustment

Adjustment

Outline

Purpose
,W LV UHTXLUHG IRU WKH VHUYR GULYHU WR UXQ WKH PRWRU LQ OHDVW WLPH GHOD\ DQG DV IDLWKIXO DV
SRVVLEOHDJDLQVWWKHFRPPDQGVIURPWKHKRVWFRQWUROOHU<RXFDQPDNHDJDLQDGMXVWPHQW
VRWKDW\RXFDQUXQWKHPRWRUDVFORVHO\DVSRVVLEOHWRWKHFRPPDQGVDQGREWDLQWKHRSWLPXPSHUIRUPDQFHRIWKHPDFKLQH
<e.g. : Ball screw>
Gain setup : Low

[r/min]
+2000

Gain setup : High

Gain setup : High + feed forward setup

0
Motor actual speed
Command Speed

-2000

0.0

125

250

375

0.0

125

250

375

0.0

125

250

375

Position loop gain


Velocity loop gain

: 20
: 100

Position loop gain


Velocity loop gain

: 100
: 50

Position loop gain


Velocity loop gain

: 100
: 50

Time constant of
V-loop integration

: 50

Time constant of
V-loop integration

: 50

Time constant of
V-loop integration

: 50

Velocity loop feed forward : 0


Inertia ratio
: 100

Velocity loop feed forward : 0


Inertia ratio
: 100

Velocity loop feed forward : 500


Inertia ratio
: 100

Procedures
Start adjustment
Automatic
adjustment ?

No

Yes
Ready for
command
input ?

Release of
auto-adjusting
function
No

Yes
(Default)

(see P.5-4)

Operation by using
the trial run function

Use the
gain setup of autoadjustment ?

No

(see P.5-17)

Gain automatic
setup function

Real time
auto-gain tuning

Action O.K.?

Yes

No

Yes
Release of
auto-adjusting
function

(see P.5-24)

Manual gain tuning

Action O.K.?

No

Yes
Writing to EEPROM
Finish adjustment

Note

5-2

Consult to authorized dealer

)RU VDIHW\ RSHUDWLRQ ILUVW DGMXVW WKH JDLQ E\ UHIHUULQJ WR 3 6HWXS SURWHFWLYH IXQFWLRQ
EHIRUHJDLQDGMXVWPHQW

1. Gain Adjustment

Type
Function

Explanation

Pages
to refer

$GDSWLYHOWHU

5HGXFHVWKHUHVRQDQFHYLEUDWLRQSRLQWE\DXWRPDWLFDOO\VHWWLQJXS
WKHQRWFKOWHUFRHIFLHQWZKLFKUHPRYHVWKHUHVRQDQFHFRPSRQHQWIURPWKHWRUTXHFRPPDQGZKLOHHVWLPDWLQJWKHUHVRQDQFH
IUHTXHQF\IURPWKHYLEUDWLQJFRPSRQHQWZKLFKDSSHDUVLQWKHPRWRUVSHHGLQDFWXDORSHUDWLQJFRQGLWLRQ

P.5-10

0DQXDOJDLQWXQLQJ EDVLF

([HFXWHWKHPDQXDODGMXVWPHQWRUQHWXQLQJZKHQUHDOWLPH
DXWRJDLQWXQLQJFDQQRWEHDFWLYDWHGGXHWRWKHOLPLWDWLRQRIRSHUDWLRQRUORDGFRQGLWLRQRUZKHQ\RXZDQWWRREWDLQDQRSWLPXP
UHVSRQVHDQGVWDELOLW\XQGHUWKHVHFRQGLWLRQV

P.5-13

$GMXVWPHQWRISRVLWLRQFRQWUROPRGH

P.5-14

$GMXVWPHQWRIYHORFLW\FRQWUROPRGH

P.5-15

$GMXVWPHQWRIWRUTXHFRQWUROPRGH

P.5-15

$GMXVWPHQWRIIXOOFORVHGFRQWUROPRGH

P.5-16

*DLQVZLWFKLQJIXQFWLRQ

<RXFDQH[SHFWWRUHGXFHYLEUDWLRQDWVWRSSLQJDQGVHWWOLQJWLPH
DQGWRLPSURYHFRPPDQGFRPSOLDQFHE\VZLWFKLQJWKHJDLQVE\
LQWHUQDOGDWDRUH[WHUQDOVLJQDOV

P.5-17

6XSSUHVVLRQRIPDFKLQH
UHVRQDQFH

:KHQWKHPDFKLQHVWLIIQHVVLVORZYLEUDWLRQRUQRLVHPD\EHJHQHUDWHGGXHWRWKHGLVWRUWHGD[LVKHQFH\RXFDQQRWVHWWKHKLJKHU
JDLQ<RXFDQVXSSUHVVWKHUHVRQDQFHZLWKWZRNLQGVRIOWHU

P.5-20

%DVLFSURFHGXUH

'DPSLQJFRQWURO

)XQFWLRQZKLFKUHGXFHVYLEUDWLRQE\UHPRYLQJWKHYLEUDWLRQIUHTXHQF\FRPSRQHQWZKLOHWKHIURQWHQGRIWKHPDFKLQHYLEUDWHV

P.5-24

)HHGIRUZDUGIXQFWLRQ

9HORFLW\IHHGIRUZDUGIXQFWLRQLPSURYHVUHVSRQVLYHQHVVGXULQJ
SRVLWLRQFRQWURODQGIXOOFORVHGFRQWURO7RUTXHIHHGIRUZDUG
LPSURYHVWKHUHVSRQVHRIYHORFLW\FRQWUROV\VWHP

P.5-26

Instantaneous speed
REVHUYHU

)XQFWLRQZKLFKREWDLQVERWKKLJKUHVSRQVHDQGUHGXFWLRQRI
YLEUDWLRQDWVWRSSLQJE\HVWLPDWLQJWKHPRWRUVSHHGZLWKWKHORDG
PRGHODQGKHQFHLPSURYHVWKHDFFXUDF\RIVSHHGGHWHFWLRQ

P.5-28

'LVWXUEDQFHREVHUYHU

)XQFWLRQZKLFKXVHVHVWLPDWHGGLVWXUEDQFHWRUTXHWRUHGXFH
HIIHFWVRIWKHGLVWXUEDQFHWRUTXHDQGWRUHGXFHYLEUDWLRQ

P.5-30

UGJDLQVZLWFKLQJ
IXQFWLRQ

%\XVLQJWKLVIXQFWLRQLQDGGLWLRQWRWKHQRUPDOJDLQVZLWFKLQJ
IXQFWLRQWKHJDLQFDQEHFKDQJHGDWWKHPRPHQWRIVWRSWRIXUWKHU
VKRUWHQWKHSRVLWLRQLQJWLPH

P.5-32

)ULFWLRQWRUTXH
compensation

2IIVHWORDGFRPSHQVDWLRQDQGG\QDPLFIULFWLRQFRPSHQVDWLRQDUH
XVHGWRUHGXFHHIIHFWVRIPHFKDQLFDOIULFWLRQ

P.5-34

,QHUWLDUDWLRVZLWFKLQJ
IXQFWLRQ

7KLVIXQFWLRQFDQEHXVHGZKHQVHOHFWDEOHLQHUWLDUDWLRVDUH
SURYLGHG

P.5-36

+\EULGYLEUDWLRQGDPSLQJ 7KLVIXQFWLRQZKHQXVHGLQIXOOFORVHGFRQWUROPRGHSUHYHQWV
IXQFWLRQ
YLEUDWLRQUHVXOWLQJIURPWRUVLRQRQPRWRUDQGORDG

P.5-38

5-3

7
Supplement

3D\ H[WUD DWWHQWLRQ WR VDIHW\ ZKHQ RVFLOODWLRQ DEQRUPDO QRLVH DQG YLEUDWLRQ  RFFXUV
VKXWRIIWKHPDLQSRZHURUWXUQWR6HUYR2))

When in Trouble

Remarks

<RXFDQREWDLQWKHKLJKHUSHUIRUPDQFHZKLOH\RXDUHQRWVDWLVHG
ZLWKWKHSHUIRUPDQFHREWDLQHGZLWKWKHEDVLFDGMXVWPHQWXVLQJ
WKHIROORZLQJDSSOLFDWLRQIXQFWLRQV

Adjustment

0DQXDODGMXVWPHQW

0DQXDOJDLQWXQLQJ
DSSOLFDWLRQ

Setup

P.5-4

Connection

(VWLPDWHVWKHORDGLQHUWLDRIWKHPDFKLQHLQUHDOWLPHDQGDXWRPDWLFDOO\VHWVXSWKHRSWLPXPJDLQFRUUHVSRQGLQJWRWKLVUHVXOW

Preparation

Automatic
adjustment

5HDOWLPHDXWRJDLQWXQLQJ

Before Using the Products

Outline

2. Real-Time Auto-Gain Tuning

Adjustment

Basic

Outline
7KH V\VWHP HVWLPDWHV WKH ORDG FKDUDFWHULVWLFV LQ UHDO WLPH DQG DXWRPDWLFDOO\ SHUIRUPV
EDVLFJDLQVHWWLQJDQGIULFWLRQFRPSHQVDWLRQE\UHIHUULQJWRVWLIIQHVVSDUDPHWHU
Position/
Velocity
command

Basic gain automatic


setting
Position/
Velocity
control

Adaptive
process

Friction torque
compensation

Notch
filter

Torque
command

Torque
command
Generation

current
control

Motor
current

Motor

Load characteristic
estimation
Resonant frequency
measurement
Servo driver

Motor
speed

Encoder

Applicable Range
5HDOWLPHDXWRJDLQWXQLQJLVDSSOLFDEOHWRDOOFRQWUROPRGHV
Real-time auto-tuning condition
6SHFLF UHDOWLPH DXWRWXQLQJ PRGH LV VHOHFWHG DFFRUGLQJ WR WKH FXUUHQWO\
Control Mode DFWLYH FRQWURO PRGH )RU GHWDLOV UHIHU WR WKH GHVFULSWLRQ RI 3U 5HDO
time auto-tuning setup.

Others

6KRXOGEHLQVHUYRRQFRQGLWLRQ
,QSXW VLJQDOV VXFK DV WKH GHYLDWLRQ FRXQWHU FOHDU DQG FRPPDQG LQSXW
LQKLELWDQGSDUDPHWHUVH[FHSWIRUFRQWUROVVXFKDVWRUTXHOLPLWVHWXSDUH
FRUUHFWO\VHWDVVXULQJWKDWWKHPRWRUFDQUXQVPRRWKO\

Caution
5HDOWLPHDXWRJDLQWXQLQJPD\QRWEHH[HFXWHGSURSHUO\XQGHUWKHFRQGLWLRQVGHVFULEHG
in the table below. 8QGHU WKHVH FRQGLWLRQV FKDQJH WKH ORDG FRQGLWLRQ RU RSHUDWLRQ SDWWHUQRUVWDUWPDQXDOJDLQWXQLQJ VHH3 
Conditions which obstruct real-time auto-gain tuning action
Load inertia

Load

Action
pattern

5-4

7KHORDGLVWRRVPDOORUODUJHFRPSDUHGWRWKHURWRULQHUWLD OHVVWKDQ
WLPHVRUPRUHWKDQWLPHV 
7KHORDGLQHUWLDFKDQJHVWRRTXLFNO\
7KHPDFKLQHVWLIIQHVVLVH[WUHPHO\ORZ
1RQOLQHDUFKDUDFWHULVWLFVVXFKDVEDFNODVKH[LVW
7KHPRWRULVUXQQLQJFRQWLQXRXVO\DWORZVSHHGRI >UPLQ@RUORZHU
$FFHOHUDWLRQGHFHOHUDWLRQLVVORZ >UPLQ@SHU>V@RUORZ 
$FFHOHUDWLRQGHFHOHUDWLRQ WRUTXH LV VPDOOHU WKDQ XQEDODQFHG ZHLJKWHG
YLVFRXVIULFWLRQWRUTXH
:KHQ WKH VSHHG FRQGLWLRQ RI  >UPLQ@ RU PRUH DQG DFFHOHUDWLRQ
GHFHOHUDWLRQ FRQGLWLRQ RI  >UPLQ@ SHU  >V@ DUH QRW PDLQWDLQHG IRU
>PV@

2. Real-Time Auto-Gain Tuning

How to Operate

,ISRZHULVWXUQHGRIIZLWKLQPLQXWHVDIWHUWKHHQGRIWXQLQJSURFHVVWKHUHVXOWRIWKH
UHDOWLPHDXWRWXQLQJLVQRWVDYHG,IWKHUHVXOWLVQRWVDYHGPDQXDOO\ZULWHSDUDPHWHUVWR
((3520DQGWKHQWXUQRIISRZHU

5
Adjustment

Caution

4
Setup

(VWLPDWLRQRIORDGFKDUDFWHULVWLFVVWDUWV
 :KHQWKHORDGFKDUDFWHULVWLFVDUHGHWHUPLQHG3U,QHUWLDUDWLRLVXSGDWHG
,QDVSHFLFPRGHWKHIROORZLQJSDUDPHWHUVDUHFKDQJHG
3U7RUTXHFRPPDQGDGGLWLRQDOYDOXH
3U3RVLWLYHGLUHFWLRQWRUTXHFRPSHQVDWLRQYDOXH
3U1HJDWLYHGLUHFWLRQWRUTXHFRPSHQVDWLRQYDOXH
 :KHQYDOXHRI3U5HDOWLPHDXWRWXQLQJVWLIIQHVVVHWXSLVLQFUHDVHGWKHPRWRUUHVSRQVLYHQHVVZLOOEHLPSURYHG
'HWHUPLQHWKHPRVWDSSURSULDWHVWLIIQHVVLQUHODWLRQWRWKHSRVLWLRQLQJVHWXSWLPHDQG
YLEUDWLRQFRQGLWLRQ
 7RVDYHWKHUHVXOWWRPHPRU\ZULWHWKHGDWDWR((3520

3
Connection

&RQWUROSDUDPHWHULVDXWRPDWLFDOO\VHWDFFRUGLQJWR3U5HDOWLPHDXWRWXQLQJVWLIIQHVVVHWXS)RUGHWDLOVVHH3DQG
 7XUQRQVHUYRDQGVWDUWWKHPDFKLQH

2
Preparation

 %ULQJWKHPRWRUWRVWDOO 6HUYR2)) 




 6HWXS3U 6HWXSRIUHDOWLPHDXWRJDLQWXQLQJPRGH WR
'HIDXOWLVVHWWR
* 9HORFLW\DQGWRUTXHFRQWUROVDUHWKH
Setup
Real-time auto-gain tuning
value
VDPHDVLQWKHVWDQGDUGPRGH
* 7RUTXHFRQWUROLVWKHVDPHDVLQWKH
0
Invalid
VWDQGDUGPRGH
1
6WDQGDUG
*
9HORFLW\FRQWUROLVWKHVDPHDVLQWKH
2
Positioning *1
YHUWLFDOD[LVPRGH7RUTXHFRQWUROLV
3
9HUWLFDOD[LV*2
WKHVDPHDVLQWKHVWDQGDUGPRGH
4
)ULFWLRQFRPSHQVDWLRQ*3
* &HUWDLQIXQFWLRQ V LVQRWDYDLODEOH
LQDVSHFLFFRQWUROPRGH5HIHUWR
5
/RDGFKDUDFWHULVWLFPHDVXUHPHQW
GHVFULSWLRQLQ3U
6
Customize *4

Before Using the Products

Basic

6
When in Trouble

Related page

:KLOHWKHDXWRWXQLQJLVYDOLGSDUDPHWHUVWKDWDUHWREHDXWRPDWLFDOO\DGMXVWHGFDQQRWEH
changed.
3((3520:ULWLQJ0RGH3'HWDLOVRISDUDPHWHU
5-5

Supplement

Note

2. Real-Time Auto-Gain Tuning


Basic

Parameters set/changed by real-time auto-gain tuning


3DUDPHWHUVZKLFKDUHXSGDWHG
7KH UHDOWLPH DXWRWXQLQJ IXQFWLRQ XSGDWHV WKH IROORZLQJ SDUDPHWHUV DFFRUGLQJ WR
3U 5HDOWLPH DXWRWXQLQJ VHWXS DQG 3U 5HDOWLPH DXWRWXQLQJ FXVWRP VHWXS
DQGE\XVLQJWKHORDGFKDUDFWHULVWLFHVWLPDWHYDOXHV
Class No.

Title

Function

04

,QHUWLDUDWLR

8SGDWHVWKLVSDUDPHWHUZKHQWKHUHDOWLPHDXWR
WXQLQJLQHUWLDUDWLRXSGDWHLVHQDEOHG

07

7RUTXHFRPPDQG
additional value

8SGDWHWKLVSDUDPHWHUZKHQWKHYHUWLFDOD[LVPRGH
IRUUHDOWLPHDXWRWXQLQJLVYDOLG

08

3RVLWLYHGLUHFWLRQWRUTXH 8SGDWHWKLVSDUDPHWHUZKHQWKHIULFWLRQ
compensation value
FRPSHQVDWLRQPRGHIRUUHDOWLPHDXWRWXQLQJLVYDOLG

09

1HJDWLYHGLUHFWLRQWRUTXH 8SGDWHWKLVSDUDPHWHUZKHQWKHIULFWLRQ
compensation value
FRPSHQVDWLRQPRGHIRUUHDOWLPHDXWRWXQLQJLVYDOLG

Parameters which are updated to setup value corresponding to stiffness setup


7KHUHDOWLPHDXWRWXQLQJIXQFWLRQXSGDWHVWKHIROORZLQJEDVLFJDLQVHWXSSDUDPHWHUV
DFFRUGLQJWR3U5HDOWLPHDXWRWXQLQJVWLIIQHVVVHWXS
Class No.

Title

00

VWJDLQRISRVLWLRQORRS

01

VWJDLQRIYHORFLW\ORRS

02

04

05

06

07

QGWLPHFRQVWDQWRIYHORFLW\
ORRSLQWHJUDWLRQ

09

QGWLPHFRQVWDQWRIWRUTXHOWHU

Function

VWWLPHFRQVWDQWRIYHORFLW\ORRS
:KHQVWLIIQHVVVHWXSLVYDOLGXSGDWHVWKH
LQWHJUDWLRQ
SDUDPHWHUEDVHGRQWKHVHWXSYDOXH
VWWLPHFRQVWDQWRIWRUTXHOWHU
5HIHUWR3%DVLFJDLQSDUDPHWHUVHWXS
QGJDLQRISRVLWLRQORRS
table.
QGJDLQRIYHORFLW\ORRS

3DUDPHWHUVZKLFKDUHVHWWRIL[HGYDOXH
5HDOWLPHDXWRWXQLQJIXQFWLRQVHWVWKHIROORZLQJSDUDPHWHUVWRWKH[HGYDOXH
Class No.

Related page

5-6

Title

Setup value when fixed parameter


setup is valid.

03

VWOWHURIVSHHGGHWHFWLRQ

08

QGOWHURIVSHHGGHWHFWLRQ

10

9HORFLW\IHHGIRUZDUGJDLQ

 

11

9HORFLW\IHHGIRUZDUGOWHU

 PV

12

7RUTXHIHHGIRUZDUGJDLQ

13

7RUTXHIHHGIRUZDUGOWHU

33U33U33U

2. Real-Time Auto-Gain Tuning

3DUDPHWHUVZKLFKDUHVHWLQUHVSRQVHWRJDLQVZLWFKLQJVHWXS
7KH UHDOWLPH DXWRWXQLQJ IXQFWLRQ VHWV WKH IROORZLQJ SDUDPHWHUV DV WKH JDLQ LV
switched.
Class No.

Title

Function

14

2nd gain setup

6HWVWRLIWKHFXUUHQWVHWWLQJLVQRW
maintained.

15

0RGHRISRVLWLRQFRQWUROVZLWFKLQJ

Sets to 10 to enable the gain switching.


Sets to 0 to disable the gain switching.

16

'HOD\WLPHRISRVLWLRQFRQWURO
switching

17

/HYHORISRVLWLRQFRQWUROVZLWFKLQJ

18

+\VWHUHVLVDWSRVLWLRQFRQWURO
switching

19

Position gain switching time

20

0RGHRIYHORFLW\FRQWUROVZLWFKLQJ

21

'HOD\WLPHRIYHORFLW\FRQWURO
switching

22

/HYHORIYHORFLW\FRQWUROVZLWFKLQJ

23

+\VWHUHVLVDWYHORFLW\FRQWURO
switching

24

0RGHRIWRUTXHFRQWUROVZLWFKLQJ

25

'HOD\WLPHRIWRUTXHFRQWUROVZLWFKLQJ

26

/HYHORIWRUTXHFRQWUROVZLWFKLQJ

27

+\VWHUHVLVDWWRUTXHFRQWUROVZLWFKLQJ

Preparation

6HWVWRLIWKHFXUUHQWVHWWLQJLVQRW
maintained.

3
Connection

6HWVWRLIWKHFXUUHQWVHWWLQJLVQRW
maintained.

6HWVWRLIWKHFXUUHQWVHWWLQJLVQRW
maintained.

Setup

3DUDPHWHUVZKLFKDUHDOZD\VVHWWRLQYDOLG
7KH IROORZLQJ VHWWLQJV DUH DOZD\V VHW WR LQYDOLG ZKHQ 3U 5HDOWLPH DXWRWXQLQJ
setup is not 0.
Title

10

)XQFWLRQH[SDQVLRQVHWXS

13

QG,QHUWLDUDWLR

23

'LVWXUEDQFHWRUTXH
compensating gain

24

'LVWXUEDQFHREVHUYHUOWHU

,QVWDQWDQHRXV VSHHG REVHUYHU IXQFWLRQ HQDEOH


ELW ELW GLVWXUEDQFHREVHUYHUIXQFWLRQHQDEOH
ELW ELW   DQG LQHUWLD UDWLR VZLWFKLQJ IXQFWLRQ
HQDEOHELW ELW DUHLQWHUQDOO\GLVDEOHG
3 D U D P H W H U V H W X S F D Q E H F K D Q J H G  E X W
GLVWXUEDQFHREVHUYHULVGLVDEOHG

6
When in Trouble

Function

5
Adjustment

Class No.

Before Using the Products

Basic

7
Supplement

Related page

33U33U

5-7

2. Real-Time Auto-Gain Tuning


Basic

Caution
  ,PPHGLDWHO\DIWHUWKHUVWVHUYRRQXSRQVWDUWXSRUDIWHULQFUHDVLQJ3U
 5HDOWLPH DXWRWXQLQJ VWLIIQHVV VHWXS DEQRUPDO VRXQG RU RVFLOODWLRQ PD\ EH JHQHUDWHGXQWLOWKHORDGFKDUDFWHULVWLFVHVWLPDWLRQLVVWDELOL]HG,IVXFKDEQRUPDOLW\ODVWVRU
UHSHDWVIRURUPRUHUHFLSURFDWLQJRSHUDWLRQVWDNHWKHIROORZLQJFRXQWHUPHDVXUHV
 /RZHU WKH VHWXS RI 3U 6HOHFWLRQ RI PDFKLQH VWLIIQHVV DW UHDOWLPH DXWRJDLQ
WXQLQJ 
 6HW3U5HDOWLPHDXWRWXQLQJVHWXSWRWRGLVDEOHWKHUHDOWLPHDXWRWXQLQJ
 6HW3U,QHUWLDOUDWLRWRWKHFDOFXODWLRQDOYDOXHRIWKHHTXLSPHQWDQGVHW3U
7RUTXH FRPPDQG DGGLWLRQ YDOXH 3U 3RVLWLYH GLUHFWLRQ FRPSHQVDWLRQ YDOXH
DQG3U1HJDWLYHGLUHFWLRQFRPSHQVDWLRQYDOXHWR
  :KHQ DEQRUPDO QRLVH DQG RVFLOODWLRQ RFFXU 3U ,QHUWLD UDWLR  RU 3U 7RUTXH
FRPPDQG DGGLWLRQDO YDOXH  3U 3RVLWLYH GLUHFWLRQ WRUTXH FRPSHQVDWLRQ YDOXH 
3U 1HJDWLYH GLUHFWLRQ WRUTXH FRPSHQVDWLRQ YDOXH  PLJKW KDYH FKDQJHG WR H[WUHPHYDOXHV7DNHWKHVDPHPHDVXUHVDVWKHDERYHLQWKHVHFDVHV
  $PRQJ WKH UHVXOWV RI UHDOWLPH DXWRJDLQ WXQLQJ 3U ,QHUWLD UDWLR  DQG 3U
7RUTXH FRPPDQG DGGLWLRQDO YDOXH  3U 3RVLWLYH GLUHFWLRQ WRUTXH FRPSHQVDWLRQ
YDOXH  3U 1HJDWLYH GLUHFWLRQ WRUTXH FRPSHQVDWLRQ YDOXH  ZLOO EH ZULWWHQ WR ((3520HYHU\PLQXWHV:KHQ\RXWXUQRQWKHSRZHUDJDLQWKHDXWRJDLQWXQLQJZLOO
EHH[HFXWHGXVLQJWKHODWHVWGDWDDVLQLWLDOYDOXHV
  %HFDXVH WKH FRQWURO JDLQ LV XSGDWHG ZKLOH WKH PRWRU VWRSV FKDQJHG VHWWLQJ YDOXH
RI 3U 5HDOWLPH DXWRWXQLQJ VWLIIQHVV VHWXS PD\ QRW EH UHHFWHG LI WKH PRWRU
FDQQRWVWRSGXHWRH[FHVVLYHO\ORZJDLQRUDSSOLFDWLRQRIDFRPPDQGWKDWGLUHFWVWKH
PRWRUWRWXUQLQWKHVDPHGLUHFWLRQFRQWLQXRXVO\,IWKHFKDQJHGVWLIIQHVVVHWWLQJYDOXH
LVUHHFWHGDIWHUPRWRUVWRSVLWPD\JHQHUDWHDEQRUPDOVRXQGRURVFLOODWH
$IWHU FKDQJLQJ VWLIIQHVV VWRS WKH PRWRU DQG FKHFN WR VHH WKDW WKH QHZ VWLIIQHVV
VHWWLQJLVPDGHHIIHFWLYH

Invalidation of Real-Time Auto-Gain Tuning


<RX FDQ VWRS WKH DXWRPDWLF FDOFXODWLRQ RI 3U ,QHUWLDO UDWLR  DQG LQYDOLGDWH WKH UHDO
WLPHDXWRJDLQWXQLQJE\VHWWLQJXS3U 5HDOWLPHDXWRJDLQWXQLQJVHWXS WR
1RWHWKDWWKHFDOFXODWLRQUHVXOWRI3U ,QHUWLDUDWLR ZLOOEHKHOGDQGLIWKLVSDUDPHWHU
EHFRPHVDEQRUPDOYDOXHXVHWKHQRUPDOPRGHDXWRJDLQWXQLQJRUVHWXSSURSHUYDOXH
PDQXDOO\REWDLQHGIURPIRUPXODRUFDOFXODWLRQ

Caution

5-8

,ISRZHULVWXUQHGRIIZLWKLQPLQXWHVDIWHUWKHHQGRIWXQLQJSURFHVVWKHUHVXOWRIWKH
UHDOWLPHDXWRWXQLQJLVQRWVDYHG,IWKHUHVXOWLVQRWVDYHGPDQXDOO\ZULWHSDUDPHWHUVWR
((3520DQGWKHQWXUQRIISRZHU

2. Real-Time Auto-Gain Tuning

1
Before Using the Products

Basic

Basic gain parameter setup table


1st gain
Pr1.00

Pr1.01

2nd gain

Pr1.02

Pr1.04

*2

Pr1.06

Pr1.07

Pr1.09 *2

A4
Series
Stiffness
setup

Time
Time
constant
constant
of velocity
of torque (reference)
loop
*1
filter
integration
[0.01ms]
[0.1ms]

15

10000

1500

2800

1100

30

20

10000

1100

2200

900

40

25

10000

900

30

1900

800

45

30

10000

800

45

35

1600

600

55

35

10000

600

55

45

1200

500

70

45

10000

500

75

60

900

400

95

60

10000

400

95

75

700

300

120

75

10000

300

115

90

600

300

140

90

10000

300

140

110

500

200

175

110

10000

200

10

175

140

400

200

220

140

10000

200

320

180

310

126

380

180

10000

126

390

220

250

103

460

220

10000

103

480

270

210

84

570

270

10000

84

14

630

350

160

65

730

350

10000

65

15

720

400

140

57

840

400

10000

57

16

900

500

120

45

1050

500

10000

45

17

1080

600

110

38

1260

600

10000

38

18

1350

750

90

30

1570

750

10000

30

19

1620

900

80

25

1880

900

10000

25

20

2060

1150

70

20

2410

1150

10000

20

10

21

2510

1400

60

16

2930

1400

10000

16

11

22

3050

1700

50

13

3560

1700

10000

13

12

23

3770

2100

40

11

4400

2100

10000

11

13

24

4490

2500

40

5240

2500

10000

14

25

5000

2800

35

5900

2800

10000

26

5600

3100

30

6500

3100

10000

15

27

6100

3400

30

7100

3400

10000

28

6600

3700

25

7700

3700

10000

29

7200

4000

25

8400

4000

10000

30

8100

4500

20

9400

4500

10000

31

9000

5000

20

10500

5000

10000

20

15

3700

25

20

30

25

40

4
5

11

*3

12
13

*3

6
When in Trouble

25

Adjustment

1500

Gain of
velocity
loop
[0.1Hz]

Setup

Gain of
velocity
loop
[0.1Hz]

Gain of
position
loop
[0.1/s]

Connection

Gain of
position
loop
[0.1/s]

Stiffness

)RUGHWDLOVRISDUDPHWHUVUHIHUWR3'HWDLOVRISDUDPHWHU
'RZQORDGWKH$VHULHVPDQXDOIURPWKHZHEVLWHVKRZQEHORZ
KWWSLQGXVWULDOSDQDVRQLFFRPMSLPRWRUBIDPRWRUBIDKWPO
5-9

7
Supplement

* 6WLIIQHVVVHWWLQJRI$VHULHVUHIHUVWRWKHVHWXSYDOXH  RI$VHULHVSDUDPHWHU3U5HDOWLPH


DXWRWXQLQJPDFKLQHVWLIIQHVVVHOHFWLRQ
* :KHQELWDEVROXWHHQFRGHUOLPLWHGE\WKHPLQLPXPYDOXH
* 'HIDXOWVWLIIQHVVVHWWLQJIRUIUDPHV$%DQG&IRUIUDPHV'()*DQG+

Note

2
Preparation

Time
Time
constant
constant
of velocity
of torque
loop
filter
integration
[0.01ms]
[0.1ms]

Pr1.05

$GDSWLYHOWHU

Adjustment

Adaptive filter

Outline
(VWLPDWHV WKH UHVRQDQFH IUHTXHQF\ RXW RI YLEUDWLRQ FRPSRQHQW SUHVHQWHG LQ WKH PRWRU
VSHHGLQPRWLRQWKHQUHPRYHVWKHUHVRQDQFHFRPSRQHQWIURPWKHWRUTXHFRPPDQGE\
VHWWLQJ XS WKH QRWFK OWHU FRHIFLHQW DXWRPDWLFDOO\ KHQFH UHGXFHV WKH UHVRQDQFH YLEUDtion.
Position/Velocity
command

Gain
auto-setup

Filter
auto-adjustment

Position/
Velocity control

Adaptive
Filter

Torque
command

Motor
current current
control

Motor

Action command under


actual condition
Resonance frequency
estimation
Load inertia estimation
Real time
auto-gain tuning

Motor
speed

Encoder

Servo driver

Applicable Range
7KLVIXQFWLRQZRUNVXQGHUWKHIROORZLQJFRQGLWLRQ
Conditions under which the Adaptive filter is activated
Control Mode $SSOLHVWRRWKHUFRQWUROPRGHVWKDQWRUTXHFRQWURO

Others

6KRXOGEHVHUYRRQVWDWXV
(OHPHQWVRWKHUWKDQFRQWUROSDUDPHWHUVVXFKDVGHYLDWLRQFRXQWHUFOHDU
FRPPDQGLQKLELWDQGWRUTXHOLPLWDUHDSSURSULDWHO\VHWHQDEOLQJWKHPRWRU
WRUXQQRUPDOO\

Caution
,QWKHIROORZLQJFRQGLWLRQQRUPDORSHUDWLRQPD\QRWEHH[SHFWHGPDQXDOO\VHWWKHQRWFK
OWHUWRSUHYHQWUHVRQDQFH
Conditions which obstruct adaptive filter action
Resonance
point

5HVRQDQFHIUHTXHQF\LVORZHUWKDQWLPHV
5HVRQDQFHSHDNLVORZRUFRQWUROJDLQLVORZZKHUHWKHPRWRUVSHHGLV
QRWDIIHFWHGE\WKLV
0XOWLSOHUHVRQDQFHRIRUPRUHSRLQWVH[LVW

Load

0RWRUVSHHGYDULDWLRQZLWKKLJKKDUPRQLFFRPSRQHQWLVJHQHUDWHGGXHWR
QRQOLQHDUIDFWRUVVXFKDVEDFNODVK

Command
pattern

5-10

$FFHOHUDWLRQGHFHOHUDWLRQLVUDSLGVXFKDV>UPLQ@SHU>V@

$GDSWLYHOWHU

How to Operate
(QWHUWKHDFWLRQFRPPDQGZLWK3U$GDSWLYHOWHUPRGHVHWWRDYDOXHRWKHUWKDQ
,IWKHUHVRQDQFHSRLQWDIIHFWVWKHPRWRUVSHHGSDUDPHWHUVRIUGQRWFKOWHUDQGRUWK
QRWFKOWHUVDUHDXWRPDWLFDOO\VHWDFFRUGLQJWRWKHQXPEHURIDGDSWLYHOWHUV

00

Function

>$GDSWLYHOWHULQYDOLG@
7KHDGDSWLYHOWHULVGLVDEOHG3DUDPHWHUVUHODWHGWR
WKHUGDQGWKQRWFKOWHUKROGWKHFXUUHQWYDOXH

>$GDSWLYHOWHUOWHULVYDOLG@
2QHDGDSWLYHOWHULVHQDEOHG3DUDPHWHUVUHODWHG
WRWKHUGQRWFKOWHUZLOOEHXSGDWHGEDVHGRQ
DGDSWLYHSHUIRUPDQFH

>$GDSWLYHOWHUOWHUVDUHYDOLG@
7ZRDGDSWLYHOWHUVDUHHQDEOHG3DUDPHWHUVUHODWHG
WRWKHUGDQGWKQRWFKOWHUVZLOOEHXSGDWHGEDVHG
RQDGDSWLYHSHUIRUPDQFH

>5HVRQDQFHIUHTXHQF\PHDVXUHPHQWPRGH@
0HDVXUHWKHUHVRQDQFHIUHTXHQF\5HVXOWRI
PHDVXUHPHQWFDQEHFKHFNHGZLWK3$1$7(50
3DUDPHWHUVUHODWHGWRWKHUGDQGWKQRWFKOWHU
KROGWKHFXUUHQWYDOXH

>&OHDUUHVXOWRIDGDSWDWLRQ@
3DUDPHWHUVUHODWHGWRWKHUGDQGWKQRWFKOWHU
DUHGLVDEOHGDQGUHVXOWVRIDGDSWLYHRSHUDWLRQDUH
FOHDUHG

$GDSWLYHOWHU
mode setup

Title

07

UGQRWFKIUHTXHQF\

08

UGQRWFKZLGWKVHOHFWLRQ

09

UGQRWFKGHSWKVHOHFWLRQ

10

WKQRWFKIUHTXHQF\

11

4th notch width selection

12

4th notch depth selection

Function

,QQRUHVRQDQFHSRLQWLVIRXQGWKHIUHTXHQF\LVVHW
to 5000.
$XWRPDWLFDOO\VHWZKHQWKHDGDSWLYHILOWHULVDFWLYH

1RWFK IUHTXHQF\ LV DXWRPDWLFDOO\ VHW WR WKH QG


UHVRQDQFH IUHTXHQF\ HVWLPDWHG E\ WKH DGDSWLYH
OWHU
,QQRUHVRQDQFHSRLQWLVIRXQGWKHIUHTXHQF\LVVHW
to 5000.

6
When in Trouble

Adjustment

$WWKHVDPHWLPHWKHIROORZLQJSDUDPHWHUVDUHDXWRPDWLFDOO\VHW
Class No.

Setup

Setup
value

Connection

Title

2
Preparation

6HWWKHRSHUDWLRQRIWKHDGDSWLYHOWHUWRWKHIROORZLQJSDUDPHWHU
Class No.

Before Using the Products

Adaptive filter

$XWRPDWLFDOO\VHWZKHQDGDSWLYHILOWHUVDUHDFWLYH

7
Supplement

Related page

3'HWDLOVRISDUDPHWHU

5-11

$GDSWLYHOWHU
Adaptive filter

Caution
  ,PPHGLDWHO\DIWHUWKHUVWVHUYRRQDWVWDUWXSRUDIWHULQFUHDVLQJVWLIIQHVVVHWWLQJZLWK
WKH UHDOWLPH DXWRWXQLQJ HQDEOHG DEQRUPDO VRXQG RU RVFLOODWLRQ PD\ EH JHQHUDWHG
XQWLOWKHDGDSWLYHOWHUVWDELOL]HV,IVXFKDEQRUPDOLW\ODVWVRUUHSHDWVIRURUPRUHUHFLSURFDWLQJRSHUDWLRQVWDNHWKHIROORZLQJFRXQWHUPHDVXUHV
  :ULWHWKHSDUDPHWHUVZKLFKKDYHJLYHQWKHQRUPDORSHUDWLRQLQWR((3520
  /RZHU WKH VHWXS RI 3U 6HOHFWLRQ RI PDFKLQH VWLIIQHVV DW UHDOWLPH DXWRJDLQ
WXQLQJ 
  ,QYDOLGDWHWKHDGDSWLYHOWHUE\VHWWLQJXS3U 6HWXSRIDGDSWLYHOWHUPRGH WR
 5HVHWRILQHUWLDFDOFXODWLRQDQGDGDSWLYHDFWLRQ
  6HWXSWKHQRWFKOWHUPDQXDOO\
  $EQRUPDOVRXQGRURVFLOODWLRQPD\H[FHVVLYHO\FKDQJHWKHVHWXSYDOXHRIUGDQGWK
QRWFKOWHUV,IVXFKFKDQJHRFFXUVGLVDEOHWKHDGDSWLYHOWHUDVGHVFULEHGLQVWHS 
DERYHFKDQJHVHWXSYDOXHRI3UUGQRWFKIUHTXHQF\DQG3UWKQRWFKIUHTXHQF\WR GLVDEOH DQGWKHQHQDEOHWKHDGDSWLYHOWHUDJDLQ
  7KHUGOWHUV 3U3U DQGWKQRWFKOWHUV 3U3U DUHZULWWHQWR((3520HYHU\PLQXWHV8SRQSRZHUXSWKHVHGDWDDUHXVHGDVGHIDXOWYDOXHVGXULQJDGDSWLYHSURFHVV

Related page

5-12

3'HWDLOVRISDUDPHWHU

4. Manual Gain Tuning (Basic)

Adjustment

Outline

$V H[SODLQHG SUHYLRXVO\ 0,1$6$ VHULHV IHDWXUHV WKH DXWRPDWLF JDLQ WXQLQJ IXQFWLRQ
KRZHYHUWKHUHPLJKWEHVRPHFDVHVZKHUHWKLVDXWRPDWLFJDLQWXQLQJFDQQRWEHDGMXVWHGSURSHUO\GHSHQGLQJRQWKHOLPLWDWLRQRQORDGFRQGLWLRQV2U\RXPLJKWQHHGWRUHDGMXVW
WKHWXQLQJWRREWDLQWKHRSWLPXPUHVSRQVHRUVWDELOLW\FRUUHVSRQGLQJWRHDFKORDG
+HUHZHH[SODLQWKLVPDQXDOJDLQWXQLQJPHWKRGE\HDFKFRQWUROPRGHDQGIXQFWLRQ

3
Connection

%\PRQLWRULQJZDYHIRUPVXVLQJWKHZDYHIRUPJUDSKLFIXQFWLRQRIWKHVHWXSVXSSRUWVRIWZDUH3$1$7(50LQVWDOOHGRQWKH3&RUE\PHDVXULQJWKHDQDORJYROWDJHZDYHIRUPZLWK
WKHKHOSRIWKHPRQLWRUIXQFWLRQDFFXUDWHDGMXVWPHQWFDQEHSRVLWLYHO\TXLFNO\DQGHDVLO\
GRQHZKHQFRPSDUHGZLWKWKDWSHUIRUPHGRQWKHIURQWSDQHO
1. Analog monitor output
<RX FDQ PHDVXUH WKH DFWXDO PRWRU VSHHG FRPPDQGHG VSHHG WRUTXH DQG GHYLDWLRQ
SXOVHVE\DQDORJYROWDJHOHYHOE\XVLQJDQRVFLOORVFRSH6HWXSWKHW\SHVRIWKHVLJQDOV
RUWKHRXWSXWYROWDJHOHYHOZLWK3U 6HOHFWLRQRIVSHHGPRQLWRU DQG3U 6HOHFWLRQRIWRUTXHPRQLWRU 

2
Preparation

Before Making a Manual Adjustment

Before Using the Products

Front panel

4
6

Setup

X7

Connector kit for


analog monitor signal
DV0PM20031

USB mini-B
connection cable

Adjustment

2. Waveform graphic function of the PANATERM


<RXFDQGLVSOD\WKHFRPPDQGWRWKHPRWRUPRWRUPRYHPHQW VSHHGWRUTXHFRPPDQG
DQGGHYLDWLRQSXOVHV DVDZDYHIRUPJUDSKLFRQ3&GLVSOD\5HIHUWR32XWOLQH
RIWKH6HWXS6XSSRUW6RIWZDUH3$1$7(50RI6XSSOHPHQW

6
When in Trouble

* Caution
Connect to X1

7
3OHDVH GRZQORDG WKH 6HWXS VXSSRUW VRIWZDUH 3$1$7(50IURP RXU ZHE VLWH DQGXVH DIWHU
install to the PC.

Related page

3'HWDLOVRISDUDPHWHU32XWOLQHRI6HWXSVXSSRUWVRIWZDUH3$1$7(50
5-13

Supplement

Caution

4. Manual Gain Tuning (Basic)

Adjustment

Adjustment in Position Control Mode

3RVLWLRQFRQWURORI0,1$6$VHULHVLVGHVFULEHGLQ%ORFNGLDJUDPRI3
0DNHDGMXVWPHQWLQSRVLWLRQFRQWUROSHUWKHIROORZLQJSURFHGXUHV
 6HWXSWKHIROORZLQJSDUDPHWHUVWRWKHYDOXHVRIWKHWDEOHEHORZ
Parameter
No.
(Pr
)

Title of parameter

Standard
value

Parameter
No.
(Pr
)

Title of parameter

Standard
value

1.00

1st gain of position loop

270

0.04

Inertia ratio

1.01

1st gain of velocity loop

150

0.02

Setup of real time auto-gain tuning mode

1.02

1st time constant of velocity loop integration

370

2.00

Adaptive filter setup mode

1.03

1st filter of velocity detection

1.04

1st time constant of torque filter time

1.10

Velocity feed forward

100

2.14

1st damping frequency

152

2.15

Setup of 1st damping filter

2.16

2nd damping frequency

1.11

Time constant of feed forward filter

2.17

Setup of 2nd damping filter

1.05

2nd gain of position loop

270

1.14

2nd gain setup

1.06

2nd gain of velocity loop

150

1.15

Mode of position control switching

1.07

2nd time constant of velocity loop integration

370

1.16

Delay time of position control switching delay

1.08

2nd filter of speed detection

1.17

Level of position control switching

1.09

2nd time constant of torque filter

152

1.18

Hysteresis at position control switching

2.01

1st notch frequency

5000

1.19

Position gain switching time

2.02

1st notch width selection

2.22

Positional command smoothing filter

2.23

Positional command FIR filter

  (QWHUWKHLQHUWLDUDWLRRI3U0HDVXUHWKHUDWLRRUVHWXSWKHFDOFXODWHGYDOXH
 0DNHDGMXVWPHQWXVLQJWKHVWDQGDUGYDOXHVEHORZ
Order

Parameter
No.
(Pr
)

Pr1.01

1st gain of
velocity loop

300

Pr1.04

1st time constant


of torque filter

50

Pr1.00

1st gain of
position loop

500

Pr1.02

1st time constant


of velocity loop
integration

250

Pr1.10

Velocity feed
forward gain

300

Related page

5-14

Title

Standard
value

How to adjust
Increase the value within the range where no abnormal noise and no
vibration occur. If they occur, lower the value.
When vibration occurs by changing Pr1.01, change this value.
Setup so as to make Pr1.01 x Pr1.04 becomes smaller than 10000.
If you want to suppress vibration at stopping, setup larger value to
Pr1.04 and smaller value to Pr1.01. If you experience too large
vibration right before stopping, lower than value of Pr1.04.
Adjust this observing the positioning time. Larger the setup, faster
the positioning time you can obtain, but too large setup may cause
oscillation.
Setup this value within the range where no problem occurs. If you
setup smaller value, you can obtain a shorter positioning time, but
too small value may cause oscillation. If you setup too large value,
deviation pulses do not converge and will be remained.
Increase the value within the range where no abnormal noise
occurs.
Too large setup may result in overshoot or chattering of position
complete signal, hence does not shorten the settling time. If the
command pulse is not even,you can improve by setting up Pr1.11
(Feed forward filter) to larger value.

3'HWDLOVRISDUDPHWHU3&RQWURO%ORFN'LDJUDP

4. Manual Gain Tuning (Basic)

Adjustment

Adjustment in Velocity Control Mode

2
Preparation

9HORFLW\FRQWURORI0,1$6$VHULHVLVGHVFULEHGLQ%ORFN'LDJUDPRI3RI9HORFLW\
&RQWURO0RGH
$GMXVWPHQWLQYHORFLW\FRQWUROLVDOPRVWVDPHDVWKDWLQSRVLWLRQFRQWUROGHVFULEHGLQ$GMXVWPHQWLQ3RVLWLRQ&RQWURO0RGHDQGPDNHDGMXVWPHQWVRISDUDPHWHUVSHUWKHSURFHGXUHVH[FHSWWKHJDLQVHWXSRISRVLWLRQORRSJDLQ 3U3U DQGWKHVHWXSRIYHORFLW\IHHGIRUZDUGJDLQ 3U 

Before Using the Products

4. Manual Gain Tuning (Basic)

Adjustment

Adjustment in Torque Control Mode

Connection

6HWXSRIVSHHGOLPLWLQJYDOXH

4
Setup

7RUTXH FRQWURO RI 0,1$6$ VHULHV LV GHVFULEHG LQ 3 %ORFN 'LDJUDP RI 7RUTXH
&RQWURO0RGH
7KLVWRUTXHFRQWUROLVEDVHGRQYHORFLW\FRQWUROZKLOHPDNLQJ3U>6SHHGOLPLWYDOXH@
3U>6SHHGOLPLWYDOXH@RU63/LQSXWDVDVSHHGOLPLW+HUHZHH[SODLQWKHVHWXSRI
speed limiting value.

The torque command selection (Pr3.17) specifies the setup method.


Pr3.17 = 0 Set up by using speed limit value 1 (Pr3.21)

Pr3.17 = 1 Set up by using analog input (SPL)


Pr3.17 = 2 For positive direction, set up by using the speed limit value 1

Adjustment

(Pr3.21)
For negative direction, set up by using the speed limit value 2
(Pr3.22)

Related page

7
Supplement

Note

6
When in Trouble

:KHQWKHPRWRUVSHHGDSSURDFKHVWRWKHVSHHGOLPLWLQJYDOXHWRUTXHFRQWUROIROORZLQJWKHDQDORJWRUTXHFRPPDQGVKLIWVWRYHORFLW\FRQWUROEDVHGRQWKHVSHHGOLPLWLQJ
value.
,QRUGHUWRVWDELOL]HWKHPRYHPHQWXQGHUWKHVSHHGOLPLWLQJ\RXDUHUHTXLUHGWRVHW
XSWKHSDUDPHWHUVDFFRUGLQJWRWKHDERYHPHQWLRQHG$GMXVWPHQWLQ9HORFLW\&RQWURO
0RGH
:KHQWKHVSHHGOLPLWLQJYDOXHLVWRRORZRUWKHYHORFLW\ORRSJDLQLVWRRORZRUZKHQ
WKH WLPH FRQVWDQW RI WKH YHORFLW\ ORRS LQWHJUDWLRQ LV  LQYDOLG  WKH LQSXW WRWKH
WRUTXHOLPLWLQJSRUWLRQRIWKHDERYHJEHFRPHVVPDOODQGWKHRXWSXWWRUTXHPD\QRW
EHJHQHUDWHGDVWKHDQDORJWRUTXHFRPPDQG

2QO\IRUSRVLWLRQFRQWUROW\SHLVQRWSURYLGHGZLWKDQDORJLQSXW
3,QSXWVDQGRXWSXWVRQFRQQHFWRU;

5-15

4. Manual Gain Tuning (Basic)

Adjustment

Adjustment in Full-Closed Control Mode

)XOOFORVHG FRQWURO RI 0,1$6$ VHULHV LV GHVFULEHG LQ %ORFN GLDJUDP RI 3 RI )XOO
&ORVHG&RQWURO
$GMXVWPHQW LQ IXOOFORVHG FRQWURO LV DOPRVW VDPH DV WKDW LQ SRVLWLRQ FRQWURO GHVFULEHG LQ
3$GMXVWPHQWLQ3RVLWLRQ&RQWURO0RGHDQGPDNHDGMXVWPHQWVRISDUDPHWHUVSHU
WKHSURFHGXUHVH[FHSWFDXWLRQVRI32XWOLQHRI)XOO&ORVHG&RQWURO GLIIHUHQFHRI
FRPPDQGXQLWDQGGLIIHUHQFHRIHOHFWURQLFJHDU 
+HUH ZH H[SODLQ WKH VHWXS RI IHHGEDFN VFDOH UDWLR DQG K\EULG GHYLDWLRQ H[FHVV RI IXOO
FORVHGFRQWURO

1) Setup of external scale ratio


Setup the external scale ratio using the numerator of external scale division
(Pr3.24) and denominator of external scale division (Pr3.25).
&KHFNWKHHQFRGHUIHHGEDFNSXOVHFRXQWVSHURQHPRWRUUHYROXWLRQDQGWKHH[WHUQDO
VFDOHSXOVHFRXQWVSHURQHPRWRUUHYROXWLRQWKHQVHWXSWKHQXPHUDWRURIH[WHUQDO
VFDOH GLYLVLRQ 3U  DQG GHQRPLQDWRU RI H[WHUQDO VFDOH GLYLVLRQ 3U  VR WKDW
WKHIROORZLQJIRUPXODFDQEHHVWDEOLVKHG

Number of encoder feedback pulses per motor rotation


Number of external scale pulses per motor rotation
Pr3.25
,IWKLVUDWLRLVLQFRUUHFWDJDSEHWZHHQWKHSRVLWLRQFDOFXODWHGIURPWKHHQFRGHUIHHGEDFNSXOVHFRXQWVDQGWKDWRIFDOFXODWHGIURPWKHH[WHUQDOVFDOHSXOVHFRXQWVZLOOEH
HQODUJHG DQG K\EULG GHYLDWLRQ H[FHVV (UU  ZLOO EH WULJJHUHG ZKHQ WKH ZRUN RU
ORDGWUDYHOVDORQJGLVWDQFH
:KHQ\RXVHWXS3UWRWKHHQFRGHUIHHGEDFNSXOVHFRXQWVZLOOEHDXWRPDWLcally set up.
Pr3.24

2) Setup of hybrid deviation excess


Set up the minimum value of hybrid deviation excess (Pr3.28) within the
range where the gap between the motor (encoder) position and the load
(feedback scale) position will be considered to be an excess.
1RWHWKDWWKHK\EULGGHYLDWLRQH[FHVV (UU PD\EHJHQHUDWHGXQGHURWKHUFRQGLWLRQVWKDQWKHDERYH VXFKDVUHYHUVHGFRQQHFWLRQRIWKHH[WHUQDOVFDOHRUORRVH
FRQQHFWLRQRIWKHPRWRUDQGWKHORDG

Caution
  (QWHUWKHFRPPDQGSXOVHVEDVHGRQWKHIHHGEDFNVFDOHUHIHUHQFH
  7KHIHHGEDFNVFDOHVWRXVHGIRUIXOOFORVHGFRQWURODUHDVIROORZV
 :KHQ$DQG%SKDVHSDUDOOHORUVHULDOVFDOH
 $%667$67$/$7$VHULHVE\0LWVXWR\R&RUS
 65656/6/E\0DJQHVFDOH&R/WG
  7RSUHYHQWWKHUXQDZD\DQGGDPDJHRIWKHPDFKLQHGXHWRWKHVHWXSRIWKHIHHGEDFN
VFDOHVHWXSWKHK\EULGGHYLDWLRQH[FHVV 3U WRWKHDSSURSULDWHYDOXHLQWKHXQLW
RIIHHGEDFNVFDOHUHVROXWLRQ
 We recommend the external scale as 1/40


Note
Related page
5-16

external scale ratio 160.

(YHQZLWKLQWKLVUDQJHLI\RXVHWXSWKHH[WHUQDOVFDOHUDWLRWRVPDOOHUYDOXHWKDQSRVLWLRQORRSJDLQ 3UDQG \RXPD\QRWEHDEOHWRFRQWUROE\RQHSXOVHXQLW,I


\RXVHWXSWRRODUJHH[WHUQDOVFDOHUDWLR\RXPD\H[SHFWODUJHUQRLVHLQPRYHPHQW

2QO\IRUSRVLWLRQFRQWUROW\SHLVQRWSURYLGHGZLWK; )RUH[WHUQDOVFDOHFRQQHFWRU 
3,QSXWVDQGRXWSXWVRQFRQQHFWRU;33URWHFWLYH)XQFWLRQ

4. Manual Gain Tuning (Basic)

Adjustment

Gain Switching Function

Action Command speed


Status
Gain

Stop
(Servo-Lock)
Low gain
(1st gain)

Run
High gain
(2nd gain)

Stop
(Servo-Lock)

Time

Low gain
(1st gain)

<Example>
)ROORZLQJLVWKHH[DPSOHZKHQ\RXZDQWWRUHGXFHWKHQRLVHDWPRWRULQVWDOO 6HUYR/RFN 
E\VHWWLQJXSWRORZHUJDLQDIWHUWKHPRWRUVWRSV
0DNHDGMXVWPHQWUHIHUULQJWRWKHEDVLFJDLQSDUDPHWHUVHWXSWDEOH 3 DVZHOO

Parameter
No.
(Pr
)

1.01
1.02
1.03
1.04
1.10
1.11
1.06
1.07
1.08
1.09
1.14
1.15
1.16
1.18
1.19

0.04

630
350

270

160
0
65

84

300
50
630
350
160
0
65
0

7
30
0
0
0
(QWHUWKHNQRZQ
value from load
calculation
0HDVXUHWKH
inertia ratio by
executing nor
mal auto-gain
tuning
'HIDXOWLV

7
Supplement

Related page

Inertia ration

When in Trouble

1.17

Adjust Pr1.01
and 1.04 at
stopping
(1st gain)

Adjustment

1.05

1st gain of position loop


1st gain of velocity loop
1st time constant of velocity integration
1st filter of velocity detection
1st time constant of torque filter
Velocity feed forward
Filter of velocity feed forward
2nd gain of position loop
2nd gain of velocity loop
2nd time constant of velocity integration
2nd filter of velocity detection
2nd time constant of torque filter time
Action setup of 2nd gain
1st mode of control switching
1st delay time of control switching
1st level of control switching
1st hysteresis of control switching
Switching time of position gain

Set up Pr1.14 to
1.19
(Gain switching
condition)

Setup

1.00

Title of parameter

Set up the same


value as Pr1.05
to 1.09 (2nd gain)
to Pr1.00 to 1.04
(1st gain)

Connection

1ms
2ms
Suppress the vibration by lowering the gain.

Execute manual
gain-tuning
without gain
switching

2
Preparation

%\VHOHFWLQJDSSURSULDWHJDLQEDVHGRQLQWHUQDOGDWDRUH[WHUQDOVLJQDOWKHIROORZLQJHIIHFWVFDQEHREWDLQHG
'HFUHDVHWKHJDLQDWWKHWLPHRIVWRSSDJH VHUYRORFN WRUHGXFHYLEUDWLRQ
,QFUHDVHWKHJDLQDWWKHWLPHRIVWRSSDJH VHWWLQJ WRVKRUWHQWKHVHWWOLQJWLPH
,QFUHDVHWKHJDLQGXULQJRSHUDWLRQWRLPSURYHFRPPDQGFRPSOLDQFH
%DVHGRQFRQGLWLRQRIWKHHTXLSPHQWFKDQJHWKHJDLQZLWKH[WHUQDOVLJQDO

Before Using the Products

3'HWDLOVRISDUDPHWHU

5-17

4. Manual Gain Tuning (Basic)


Gain Switching Function

Setup of Gain Switching Condition


3RVLWLQJFRQWUROPRGH)XOOFORVHGFRQWUROPRGH : Corresponding parameter is valid, : invalid)
Setup parameters at position control, full-closed control

Setup of gain switching condition


Pr1.15
0

Switching condition to
2nd gain

Fig.

)L[HGWRVWJDLQ

Delay time *1

Level

Hysteresis *2

Pr1.16

Pr1.17

Pr1.18

)L[HGWRQGJDLQ

Gain switching input

7RUTXHFRPPDQG

>@

>@

Invalid )L[HGWRVWJDLQ

Speed command

>UPLQ@

>UPLQ@

Position deviation

*3

*3

>SXOVH@

>SXOVH@

3RVLWLRQFRPPDQGH[LVWV

1RWLQSRVLWLRQLQJFRPSOHWH

Speed

>UPLQ@

>UPLQ@

10

&RPPDQGH[LVWVYHORFLW\

>UPLQ@ *5

>UPLQ@ *5

9HORFLW\FRQWUROPRGH
Setup parameters at velocity control mode

Setup of gain switching condition


Pr1.20
0

Switching condition to
2nd gain

Fig.

)L[HGWRVWJDLQ

Delay time *1

Level

Hysteresis *2

Pr1.16, 1.21

Pr1.17, 1.22

Pr1.18, 1.23

)L[HGWRQGJDLQ

Gain switching input

7RUTXHFRPPDQG

>@

>@

9DULDWLRQRIVSHHGFRPPDQGLV
ODUJH

*4

*4

Speed command

>UPLQ@

>UPLQ@

> UPLQ V@

> UPLQ V@

7RUTXHFRQWUROPRGH
Setup parameters at torque control mode

Setup of gain switching condition


Pr1.24

Switching condition to
2nd gain

Fig.

Delay time *1

Level

Hysteresis *2
Pr1.18, 1.27

Pr1.16, 1.25

Pr1.17, 1.26

)L[HGWRVWJDLQ

)L[HGWRQGJDLQ

*DLQVZLWFKLQJLQSXW*$,121

9DULDWLRQRIWRUTXHFRPPDQGLV
ODUJH

>@

>@

*'HOD\WLPH 3UDQG ZLOOEHYDOLGRQO\ZKHQUHWXUQLQJIURPQGWRVW


gain.
*+\VWHUHVLV 3UDQG LVGHQHGDVWKHJEHORZVKRZV
*'HVLJQDWHZLWKHLWKHUWKHHQFRGHUUHVROXWLRQRUWKHH[WHUQDOVFDOHUHVROXWLRQGHSHQGLQJRQWKHFRQWUROPRGH
Hysteresis
H
*:KHQ\RXPDNHLWDFRQGLWLRQWKDWWKHUH
(Pr1.18, 1.23, 1.27)
LV VSHHG YDULDWLRQ RI UPLQ LQ V VHW
Level
up the value to 1.
L
Pr1.17
Pr1.22
*:KHQ 3U  WKH PHDQLQJV RI GHPr1.26
0
OD\WLPHOHYHODQGK\VWHUHVLVDUHGLIIHUHQWIURPWKHQRUPDO UHIHUWR)LJ*

5-18

4. Manual Gain Tuning (Basic)

Fig.A

speed N

Fig. B

command
speed S

S
level

switching level

Preparation

level

switching level

delay
1st

1st gain

2nd

2nd

1st

1st

Before Using the Products

Gain Switching Function

1st gain

2nd

2nd

1st

3
Fig. C

motor speed or
commanded
speed S
level

Fig. D

delay
1st

2nd gain

Connection

speed N

deviation pulse

1st

level

delay
1st

2nd gain

Fig. F

Setup

Fig. E

1st

speed N

command
speed S

delay
1st

2nd gain

1st
Adjustment

COIN
delay
1st

2nd gain

1st

Fig. G

at stall
1st gain

no command pulse
Pr1.16,delay time

in action
2nd gain

| actual speed | <


Pr1.17 level

at settling

proximity of stall

2nd gain

2nd gain for velocity integrating


only and 1st gain for others

6
When in Trouble

command pulse
exists.

| actual speed | < (Pr1.17 level - Pr1.18 hysteresis)

| actual speed | < (Pr1.17 level - Pr1.178 hysteresis)

$ERYH)LJGRHVQRWUHHFWDWLPLQJODJRIJDLQVZLWFKLQJGXHWRK\VWHUHVLV 3UDQG
 

5-19

Supplement

Caution

4. Manual Gain Tuning (Basic)

Adjustment

Suppression of Machine Resonance

,QFDVHRIDORZPDFKLQHVWLIIQHVV\RXFDQQRWVHWXSDKLJKHUJDLQEHFDXVHYLEUDWLRQDQG
QRLVHRFFXUGXHWRRVFLOODWLRQFDXVHGE\D[LVGLVWRUWLRQRURWKHUFDXVHV%\VXSSUHVVLQJ
WKHUHVRQDQFHSHDNDWWKHQRWFKOWHUKLJKHUJDLQFDQEHREWDLQHGRUWKHOHYHORIYLEUDWLRQFDQEHORZHUHG

7RUTXHFRPPDQGOWHU 3UDQG3U
 6HWVXSWKHOWHUWLPHFRQVWDQWVRDVWRGDPSWKHIUHTXHQF\DWYLFLQLW\RIUHVRQDQFH
IUHTXHQF\<RXFDQREWDLQWKHFXWRIIIUHTXHQF\RIWKHWRUTXHFRPPDQGOWHULQWKH
IROORZLQJIRUPXOD
 &XWRIIIUHTXHQF\ +] IF  [SDUDPHWHUVHWXSYDOXH[

1RWFKOWHU 3UWR3U
$GDSWLYHOWHU
 0,1$6$VHULHVIHDWXUHWKHDGDSWLYHOWHU:LWKWKLVOWHU\RXFDQFRQWUROYLEUDWLRQRIWKHORDGZKLFKUHVRQDQFHSRLQWVYDU\E\PDFKLQHE\PDFKLQHDQGQRUPDO
QRWFKOWHURUWRUTXHOWHUFDQQRWUHVSRQG(QWHUWKHDFWLRQFRPPDQGZLWK3U
$GDSWLYHOWHUPRGHVHWWRDYDOXHRWKHUWKDQ
,IWKHUHVRQDQFHSRLQWDIIHFWVWKHPRWRUVSHHGSDUDPHWHUVRIUGQRWFKOWHUDQG
RUWKQRWFKOWHUVDUHDXWRPDWLFDOO\VHWDFFRUGLQJWRWKHQXPEHURIDGDSWLYHOWHUV
$GDSWLYHOWHULVYDOLG
DGDSWLYHILOWHUVDUHYDOLG
,QQRUHVRQDQFHSRLQWLVIRXQGWKHIUHTXHQF\LVVHWWR
5000.

Pr2.00

$GDSWLYHOWHUPRGH

Pr2.07

UGQRWFKIUHTXHQF\

Pr2.08
Pr2.09

UGQRWFKZLGWKVHOHFWLRQ
UGQRWFKGHSWKVHOHFWLRQ

$XWRPDWLFDOO\VHWZKHQWKHDGDSWLYHILOWHULVDFWLYH

Pr2.10

WKQRWFKIUHTXHQF\

1RWFKIUHTXHQF\LVDXWRPDWLFDOO\VHWWRWKHQG
UHVRQDQFHIUHTXHQF\HVWLPDWHGE\WKHDGDSWLYHOWHU
,QQRUHVRQDQFHSRLQWLVIRXQGWKHIUHTXHQF\LVVHWWR
5000.

Pr2.11
Pr2.12

4th notch width selection


4th notch depth selection

$XWRPDWLFDOO\VHWZKHQDGDSWLYHILOWHUVDUHDFWLYH

1RWFKOWHU 3UWR
 0,1$6$ VHULHV IHDWXUH  QRUPDO QRWFK ILOWHUV <RX FDQ DGMXVW IUHTXHQF\ DQG
width and depth.
Pr2.01
Pr2.02
Pr2.03
Pr2.04
Pr2.05
Pr2.06
Pr2.07
Pr2.08
Pr2.09
Pr2.10
Pr2.11
Pr2.12

6HWWKHFHQWHUIUHTXHQF\RIWKHVWQRWFKOWHU *1
6HWWKHZLGWKRIQRWFKDWWKHFHQWHUIUHTXHQF\RIWKHVW
1st notch width selection
QRWFKOWHU
6HWWKHGHSWKRIQRWFKDWWKHFHQWHUIUHTXHQF\RIWKH
1st notch depth selection
VWQRWFKOWHU
QGQRWFKIUHTXHQF\
6HWWKHFHQWHUIUHTXHQF\RIWKHQGQRWFKOWHU *1
6HWWKHZLGWKRIQRWFKDWWKHFHQWHUIUHTXHQF\RIWKH
2nd notch width selection
QGQRWFKOWHU
6HWWKHGHSWKRIQRWFKDWWKHFHQWHUIUHTXHQF\RIWKH
2nd notch depth selection
QGQRWFKOWHU
UGQRWFKIUHTXHQF\
6HWWKHFHQWHUIUHTXHQF\RIWKHUGQRWFKOWHU *1
6HWWKHZLGWKRIQRWFKDWWKHFHQWHUIUHTXHQF\RIWKHUG
UGQRWFKZLGWKVHOHFWLRQ
QRWFKOWHU
6HWWKHGHSWKRIQRWFKDWWKHFHQWHUIUHTXHQF\RIWKH
UGQRWFKGHSWKVHOHFWLRQ
UGQRWFKOWHU
WKQRWFKIUHTXHQF\
6HWWKHFHQWHUIUHTXHQF\RIWKHWKQRWFKOWHU *1
6HWWKHZLGWKRIQRWFKDWWKHFHQWHUIUHTXHQF\RIWKHWK
4th notch width selection
QRWFKOWHU
6HWWKHGHSWKRIQRWFKDWWKHFHQWHUIUHTXHQF\RIWKH
4th notch depth selection
WKQRWFKOWHU
VWQRWFKIUHTXHQF\

*1 7KHQRWFKOWHUIXQFWLRQZLOOEHLQYDOLGDWHGE\VHWWLQJXSWKLVSDUDPHWHUWR
5-20

4. Manual Gain Tuning (Basic)

1
Before Using the Products

Suppression of Machine Resonance

Machine characteristics at resonance


Resonance
gain

Anti-resonance

Preparation

frequency

Notch filter
characteristics
gain
Notch

frequency

width
torque
command
after filtering

torque
command

Connection

width

Depth

4
frequency

frequency

Adaptive filter

1st notch filter

2nd to 4th notch filter

Suppress resonance point


instantaneously.

Setup

frequency automatic following

Adjustment of frequency,
width and depth is enabled.
(refer to P.5-22)

Copying of the setup from


the adaptive filter to 1st
notch filter is enabled.

Example of application machine


Gain

Gain

Gain
frequency

frequency

Adjustment

frequency

velocity response
Machine which resonance point
varies by each machine or by aging

daptive filter enabled

Machine which has multiple


resonance points

Depth adjustment enabled


When in Trouble

Adaptive filter and


notch filter enabled

Machine which has small peak


nearby velocity response

7
Supplement

Related page

33'HWDLOVRISDUDPHWHU

5-21

4. Manual Gain Tuning (Basic)


Suppression of Machine Resonance

Notch width and depth


7KHZLGWKRIWKHQRWFKOWHULVWKHUDWLRRIWKHZLGWKRIG%DWWHQXDWLRQIUHTXHQF\EDQG
ZLWK UHVSHFW WR WKH QRWFK IUHTXHQF\ DW LWV FHQWHU ZKHQ GHSWK LV  DQG WKH YDOXH LV DV
shown in the table below.
7KHQRWFKOWHUGHSWKLQGLFDWHV,2UDWLRZKHUHWKHLQSXWDWWKHFHQWHUIUHTXHQF\LVFRPSOHWHO\VKXWZLWKVHWXSYDOXHEXWIXOO\UHFHLYHGZLWKVHWXSYDOXH7KHWDEOHEHORZ
VKRZVWKLVYDOXHLQG%RQWKHULJKW

Notch width

Band width/center
frequency
A4 series
(reference)

Notch depth

I/O ratio

[dB]

A5 series

0.41

0.5

0.56

0.59

0.01



0.71

0.71

0.02



0.86

0.84

0.03



1.01

0.04



1.19

0.05



1.41

0.06



1.68

0.07



0.08



2.38

0.09



10

2.83

10

0.1



11

3.36

15

0.15



12

20

0.2



13

4.76

25

0.25



14

5.66

30

0.3



15

6.73

35

0.35



16

40

0.4

17

9.51

45

0.45



18

11.31

50

0.5

19

13.45

60

0.6



20

16

70

0.7



80

0.8



90

0.9



100

Notch filter frequency characteristics


10

Depth 0, width 4
Depth 50, width 4
Depth 0, width 8

5
0

Gain [dB]

>G%@
5
10
15
20
25
30

10

100

Frequency [Hz]
5-22

1000

4. Manual Gain Tuning (Basic)

How to Check the Resonance Frequency of the Machine

Note

3
Connection

Remarks

2
Preparation

  6WDUWXSWKH6HWXS6XSSRUW6RIWZDUH3$1$7(50DQGEULQJWKHIUHTXHQF\FKDUDFWHULVWLFVPHDVXUHPHQWVFUHHQ
  6HWXSWKHSDUDPHWHUVDQGPHDVXUHPHQWFRQGLWLRQV )ROORZLQJYDOXHVDUHVWDQGDUG
6HWXS3U VWJDLQRIYHORFLW\ORRS WRRUVR WRORZHUWKHJDLQDQGPDNHLW
HDV\WRLGHQWLI\WKHUHVRQDQFHIUHTXHQF\
6HWXSWKHDPSOLWXGHWR UPLQ RUVR QRWWRVDWXUDWHWKHWRUTXH
0DNHWKHRIIVHWWR UPLQ RUVR WRLQFUHDVHWKHVSHHGGHWHFWLQJGDWDDQGWR
DYRLGWKHPHDVXUHPHQWHUURULQWKHYLFLQLW\RIVSHHG]HUR
3RODULW\LVPDGHSRVLWLYHGLUHFWLRQZLWKDQGQHJDWLYHGLUHFWLRQZLWK
6HWXSWKHVDPSOLQJUDWHWR VHWXSUDQJHWREHWR
  ([HFXWHWKHIUHTXHQF\FKDUDFWHULVWLFDQDO\VLV

Before Using the Products

Suppression of Machine Resonance

:KHQ\RXVHWDODUJHUYDOXHRIRIIVHWWKDQWKHDPSOLWXGHVHWXSDQGPDNHWKHPRWRUUXQ
WRWKHRQHGLUHFWLRQDWDOOWLPH\RXFDQREWDLQDEHWWHUPHDVXUHPHQWUHVXOW
6HWXSDVPDOOHUVDPSOLQJUDWHZKHQ\RXPHDVXUHDKLJKIUHTXHQF\EDQGDQGDODUJHU
VDPSOLQJUDWHZKHQ\RXPHDVXUHDORZIUHTXHQF\EDQGLQRUGHUWRREWDLQDEHWWHUPHDVXUHPHQWUHVXOW
:KHQ\RXVHWDODUJHUDPSOLWXGH\RXFDQREWDLQDEHWWHUPHDVXUHPHQWUHVXOWEXW
QRLVHZLOOEHODUJHU6WDUWDPHDVXUHPHQWIURP>UPLQ@DQGJUDGXDOO\LQFUHDVHLW

6
When in Trouble

,QRUGHUWRHQKDQFHWKHPDFKLQHVWLIIQHVV
  ,QVWDOOWKHEDVHRIWKHPDFKLQHUPO\DQGDVVHPEOHWKHPZLWKRXWORRVHQHVV
  8VHDFRXSOLQJGHVLJQHGH[FOXVLYHO\IRUVHUYRDSSOLFDWLRQZLWKKLJKVWLIIQHVV
  8VHDZLGHUWLPLQJEHOW%HOWWHQVLRQWREHZLWKLQWKHSHUPLVVLEOHORDGWRWKHPRWRU
VKDIW
  8VHDJHDUUHGXFHUZLWKVPDOOEDFNODVK
,QKHUHQWYLEUDWLRQ UHVRQDQFHIUHTXHQF\ RIWKHPDFKLQHV\VWHPKDVDODUJHHIIHFW
WRWKHJDLQDGMXVWPHQWRIWKHVHUYR




 <RXFDQQRWVHWXSDKLJKHUUHVSRQVHRIWKHVHUYRV\VWHPWRWKHPDFKLQHZLWKDORZ
UHVRQDQFHIUHTXHQF\ PDFKLQHVWLIIQHVVLVORZ 

Adjustment

Relation of Gain Adjustment and Machine Stiffness

Setup

0DNHVXUHWKDWWKHUHYROXWLRQGRHVQRWH[FHHGWKHWUDYHOOLPLWEHIRUHWKHPHDVXUHPHQW
 6WDQGDUGUHYROXWLRQVDUH
 2IIVHW UPLQ  VDPSOLQJUDWH
 /DUJHUWKHRIIVHWEHWWHUPHDVXUHPHQWUHVXOW\RXFDQREWDLQKRZHYHUUHYROXWLRQVPD\
EHLQFUHDVHG
6HWXS3U 6HWXSRIDGDSWLYHOWHUPRGH WRZKLOH\RXPDNHPHDVXUHPHQW

Related page

3OHDVH GRZQORDG WKH 6HWXS VXSSRUW VRIWZDUH 3$1$7(50IURP RXU ZHE VLWH DQGXVH DIWHU
install to the PC.
http://industrial.panasonic.com/jp/i/fa_motor.html
32XWOLQHRI6HWXSVXSSRUWVRIWZDUH3$1$7(50
5-23

Supplement

Note

5. Manual Gain Tuning (Application)

Adjustment

Damping Control

Outline
7KLVIXQFWLRQUHGXFHVWKHYLEUDWLRQDWWKHWRSRURQZKROHRIWKHHTXLSPHQWE\UHPRYLQJ
WKHYLEUDWLRQIUHTXHQF\FRPSRQHQWVVSHFLHGE\WKHSRVLWLRQDOFRPPDQG8SWRDPRQJ
IUHTXHQF\VHWWLQJVFDQEHXVHGDWWKHVDPHWLPH
Front edge vibrates.
Setup of front edge vibration
frequency

Position
command

Damping
filter

Torque
command
Position/Velocity
Current
control
control

Motor position

Driver
Motor

Vibration
measurement
with
displacement
sensor
travel

Coupling Work Ball


screw Machine
PLC

Motor
current

base

Motor

Load

Encoder

Servo driver

Applicable Range
7KLVIXQFWLRQFDQRQO\EHDSSOLFDEOHZKHQWKHIROORZLQJFRQGLWLRQVDUHVDWLVHG
Conditions under which the damping control is activated
 &RQWURO PRGH WR EH HLWKHU RU ERWK SRVLWLRQ FRQWURO RUDQG IXOOFORVHG
FRQWURO
3U 3RVLWLRQFRQWURO
Control mode
3U VWFRQWUROPRGHRISRVLWLRQDQGYHORFLW\FRQWURO
3U VWFRQWUROPRGHRISRVLWLRQFRQWURODQGWRUTXHFRQWURO
3U )XOOFORVHGFRQWURO

Caution
7KLVIXQFWLRQGRHVQRWZRUNSURSHUO\RUQRHIIHFWLVREWDLQHGXQGHUWKHIROORZLQJFRQGLtions.
Conditions which obstruct the damping control effect

Load

Related page

5-24

 9LEUDWLRQ LV WULJJHUHG E\ RWKHU IDFWRUV WKDQ FRPPDQG VXFK DV
GLVWXUEDQFH 
5DWLRRIUHVRQDQFHIUHTXHQF\DQGDQWLUHVRQDQFHIUHTXHQF\LVODUJH
9LEUDWLRQIUHTXHQF\LVRXWRIWKHUDQJHRI>+]@

33'HWDLOVRISDUDPHWHU32XWOLQHRI6HWXSVXSSRUWVRIWZDUH3$1$7(50

5. Manual Gain Tuning (Application)

How to Use

4
Setup

Caution

3
Connection

(2) Setup of damping filter (1st: Pr2.15, 2nd: Pr2.17, 3rd: Pr2.19, 4th: Pr2.21))
)LUVWVHWXS


<RX FDQ UHGXFH WKH VHWWOLQJ WLPH E\ Damping filter setup is
Damping filter setup is
VHWWLQJXSODUJHUYDOXHKRZHYHUWKH appropriate.
too large.
WRUTXH ULSSOH LQFUHDVHV DW WKH FRPTorque saturation
PDQG FKDQJLQJ SRLQW DV WKH ULJKW
ILJ VKRZV 6HWXS ZLWKLQ WKH UDQJH
ZKHUH QR WRUTXH VDWXUDWLRQ RFFXUV
XQGHU WKH DFWXDO FRQGLWLRQ ,I WRUTXH
Torque
command
VDWXUDWLRQ RFFXUV GDPSLQJ FRQWURO
HIIHFWZLOOEHORVW

2
Preparation

(1) Setup of damping frequency (1st: Pr2.14, 2nd: Pr2.16, 3rd: Pr2.18, 4th: Pr2.20))
0HDVXUH WKH YLEUDWLRQ IUHTXHQF\ RI WKH IURQW Command
Position deviation
HGJH RI WKH PDFKLQH :KHQ \RX XVH VXFK LQspeed
Calculation of
VWUXPHQW DV ODVHU GLVSODFHPHQW PHWHU DQG FDQ
vibration frequency
GLUHFWO\ PHDVXUH WKH ORDG HQG YLEUDWLRQ UHDG
RXW WKH YLEUDWLRQ IUHTXHQF\ IURP WKH PHDVXUHG
ZDYHIRUP DQG HQWHU WKH FRUUHFW YDOXH WR WKH
GDPSLQJIUHTXHQF\SDUDPHWHU
,I QR VXLWDEOH PHDVXULQJ LQVWUXPHQW LV DYDLODEOH XVH RXU VHWXS VXSSRUW VRIWZDUH
3$1$7(50 WKDW FDQ JUDSKLFDOO\ GLVSOD\ WKH SRVLWLRQ GHYLDWHG ZDYHIRUP DV VKRZQ
LQWKHJXUHEHORZ'HWHUPLQHWKHIUHTXHQF\ +] RIWKHUHVLGXDOYLEUDWLRQDQGVHWWKH
GDPSLQJIUHTXHQF\

Before Using the Products

Damping Control

6HWWLQJUDQJHRIWKHGDPSLQJOWHUVKRXOGEHOLPLWHGDVIROORZV
+]GDPSLQJIUHTXHQF\GDPSLQJOWHUVHWWLQJGDPSLQJIUHTXHQF\
(3) Setup of damping filter switching selection (Pr2.13)
<RXFDQVZLWFKWKHVWRUWKHQGGDPSLQJOWHUGHSHQGLQJRQWKHYLEUDWLRQFRQGLWLRQ
RIWKHPDFKLQH
VS-SEL2

VS-SEL1

OFF
OFF
21
21

OFF
21
OFF
21
OFF
21

Position command
direction
3RVLWLYHGLUHFWLRQ
1HJDWLYHGLUHFWLRQ

6
1st damping 2nd damping 3rd damping 4th damping

5-25

7
Supplement

'DPSLQJ FRQWURO LV VZLWFKHG RYHU RQ WKH ULVLQJ HGJH RI WKH FRPPDQG ZKLOH WKH
SRVLWLRQLQJ FRPSOHWH LV EHLQJ RXWSXW DQG WKH QXPEHU RI FRPPDQG SXOVHV PV
FKDQJHVIURPWRQRQVWDWH
,IKLJKHUGDPSLQJIUHTXHQF\LVVHOHFWHGRUGDPSLQJLVGLVDEOHGDQGSRVLWLRQLQJFRPSOHWH
UDQJH LV ZLGH DQG LI WKH SXOVH WKH DUHD RI WKH SXOVH  YDOXH RI SRVLWLRQ FRPPDQG
EHIRUHOWHUPLQXVYDOXHRISRVLWLRQFRPPDQGDIWHUOWHULQWHJUDWHGZLWKUHVSHFWWRWLPH 
UHPDLQVLQWKHOWHUDWWKHULVLQJHGJHRIWKHFRPPDQGWKHSXOVHLVUDSLGO\GLVFKDUJHG
LPPHGLDWHO\DIWHUGDPSLQJFKDQJH7KLVFDXVHVWKHPRWRUWRUXQDWDUDWHKLJKHUWKDQ
WKHFRPPDQGHGVSHHGIRUDZKLOHWRUHWXUQWRWKHSUHGHWHUPLQHGSRVLWLRQ

When in Trouble

Pr2.13

1st damping 2nd damping 3rd damping 4th damping

Adjustment

Pr2.13

5. Manual Gain Tuning (Application)

Adjustment

Feed forward function

Outline
:KHQSRVLWLRQFRQWURORUIXOOFORVHGFRQWUROLVXVHGSRVLWLRQDOGHYLDWLRQFDQEHIXUWKHU
UHGXFHG ZKHQ FRPSDUHG ZLWK GHYLDWLRQ ZKHUH FRQWURO LV PDGH RQO\ E\ IHHGEDFN DQG
UHVSRQVHLVDOVRLPSURYHGE\FDOFXODWLQJ WKH YHORFLW\FRQWURO FRPPDQGQHFHVVDU\ IRU
RSHUDWLRQEDVHGRQWKHLQWHUQDOSRVLWLRQDOFRPPDQGDQGE\DGGLQJYHORFLW\IHHGIRUZDUG
WRWKHVSHHGFRPPDQGFDOFXODWHGE\FRPSDULVRQZLWKSRVLWLRQIHHGEDFN
7KHUHVSRQVHWLPHRIWKHYHORFLW\FRQWUROV\VWHPLVDOVRLPSURYHGE\FDOFXODWLQJWRUTXH
FRPPDQGQHFHVVDU\IRURSHUDWLRQEDVHGRQWKHYHORFLW\FRQWUROFRPPDQGDQGE\DGGLQJ
WRUTXH IHHG IRUZDUG FDOFXODWHG E\ FRPSDULVRQ ZLWK YHORFLW\ IHHGEDFN WR WKH WRUTXH
command.

Related Parameter
)RU$VHULHVWKHYHORFLW\IHHGIRUZDUGDQGWRUTXHIHHGIRUZDUGFDQEHXVHG
Class No.

Title

Function

0XOWLSO\WKHYHORFLW\FRQWUROFRPPDQGFDOFXODWHG
DFFRUGLQJWRWKHLQWHUQDOSRVLWLRQDOFRPPDQGE\WKH
UDWLRRIWKLVSDUDPHWHUDQGDGGWKHUHVXOWWRWKHVSHHG
FRPPDQGUHVXOWLQJIURPWKHSRVLWLRQDOFRQWUROSURFHVV
6HWWKHWLPHFRQVWDQWRIVWGHOD\OWHUZKLFKDIIHFWVWKH
LQSXWRIYHORFLW\IHHGIRUZDUG
0XOWLSO\WKHWRUTXHFRPPDQGFDOFXODWHGDFFRUGLQJ
WRWKHYHORFLW\FRQWUROFRPPDQGE\WKHUDWLRRIWKLV
SDUDPHWHUDQGDGGWKHUHVXOWWRWKHWRUTXHFRPPDQG
UHVXOWLQJIURPWKHYHORFLW\FRQWUROSURFHVV
6HWXSWKHWLPHFRQVWDQWRIVWGHOD\OWHUZKLFKDIIHFWV
WKHLQSXWRIWRUTXHIHHGIRUZDUG

10

9HORFLW\IHHGIRUZDUG
gain

11

9HORFLW\IHHGIRUZDUG
OWHU

12

7RUTXHIHHGIRUZDUG
gain

13

7RUTXHIHHGIRUZDUG
OWHU

$QDORJWRUTXHIHHG
IRUZDUGFRQYHUVLRQ
gain

6HWWKHLQSXWJDLQRIDQDORJWRUTXHIHHGIRUZDUG
WRDUHLQYDOLG

10

)XQFWLRQH[SDQVLRQ
setup

6HWXSWKHIXQFWLRQLQXQLWRIELW
ELW $QDORJWRUTXHIHHGIRUZDUGLVLQYDOLG

$QDORJWRUTXHIHHGIRUZDUGLV9DOLG
ELW /6%

Usage example of velocity feed forward


7KHYHORFLW\IHHGIRUZDUGZLOOEHFRPHHIIHFWLYHDVWKHYHORFLW\IHHGIRUZDUGJDLQLV
JUDGXDOO\LQFUHDVHGZLWKWKHYHORFLW\IHHGIRUZDUGOWHUVHWDWDSSUR[ PV 7KH
SRVLWLRQDOGHYLDWLRQGXULQJRSHUDWLRQDWDFRQVWDQWYHORFLW\LVUHGXFHGDVVKRZQLQWKH
HTXDWLRQEHORZLQSURSRUWLRQWRWKHYDOXHRIYHORFLW\IHHGIRUZDUGJDLQ
3RVLWLRQDOGHYLDWLRQ>XQLWRIFRPPDQG@ FRPPDQGVSHHG>XQLWRIFRPPDQGV@
SRVLWLRQDOORRSJDLQ>V@ YHORFLW\IHHGIRUZDUGJDLQ>@ 
Positional deviation

Velocity feed forward gain


0[%]

Motor speed
Command speed

Positional deviation within the


constant speed range will
reduce as the velocity
forward gain is increased.

50[%]
80[%]
Time

5-26

5. Manual Gain Tuning (Application)

:LWKWKHJDLQVHWDWFDOFXODWRU\SRVLWLRQDOGHYLDWLRQLVEXWVLJQLFDQWRYHUVKRRW
RFFXUVGXULQJDFFHOHUDWLRQGHFHOHUDWLRQ
,I WKH XSGDWLQJ F\FOH RI WKH SRVLWLRQDO FRPPDQG LQSXW LV ORQJHU WKDQ WKH GULYHU FRQWURO
F\FOHRUWKHSXOVHIUHTXHQF\YDULHVWKHRSHUDWLQJQRLVHPD\LQFUHDVHZKLOHWKHYHORFLW\
IHHGIRUZDUGLVDFWLYH,IWKLVLVWKHFDVHXVHSRVLWLRQDOFRPPDQGOWHU VWGHOD\RU),5
VPRRWKLQJ RULQFUHDVHWKHYHORFLW\IRUZDUGOWHUVHWXSYDOXH

Velocity feed forward gain = Fixed 100[%]

Torque feed forward


gain
0[%]

Time

Positional deviation in the


region where acceleration
is constant can be reduced
by torque feed forward.

Setup

50[%]

3
Connection

7RXVHWKHWRUTXHIHHGIRUZDUGFRUUHFWO\VHWWKHLQHUWLDUDWLR
8VHWKHYDOXHWKDWZDVGHWHUPLQHGDWWKHVWDUWRIWKHUHDOWLPHDXWRWXQLQJRUVHWWKH
LQHUWLDUDWLRWKDWFDQEHFDOFXODWHGIURPWKHPDFKLQHVSHFLFDWLRQWR3U,QHUWLDUDWLR
 7KH WRUTXH IHHG IRUZDUG ZLOO EHFRPH HIIHFWLYH DV WKH WRUTXH IHHG IRUZDUG JDLQ LV
JUDGXDOO\LQFUHDVHGZLWKWKHWRUTXHIHHGIRUZDUGOWHULVVHWDWDSSUR[ PV 
 3RVLWLRQDO GHYLDWLRQ DW D FRQVWDQW DFFHOHUDWLRQGHFHOHUDWLRQ FDQ EH PLQLPL]HG FORVH
WR  E\ LQFUHDVLQJ WKH WRUTXH IRUZDUG JDLQ7KLV PHDQV WKDW SRVLWLRQDO GHYLDWLRQ FDQ
EHPDLQWDLQHGDWQHDURYHUHQWLUHRSHUDWLRQUDQJHZKLOHGULYLQJLQWUDSH]RLGDOVSHHG
SDWWHUQXQGHULGHDOFRQGLWLRQZKHUHGLVWXUEDQFHWRUTXHLVQRWDFWLYH
Positional deviation
Command speed

2
Preparation

Usage example of torque feed forward

Motor speed

Before Using the Products

Feed forward function

100[%]

=HURSRVLWLRQDOGHYLDWLRQLVLPSRVVLEOHLQDFWXDOVLWXDWLRQEHFDXVHRIGLVWXUEDQFHWRUTXH
$VZLWKWKHYHORFLW\IHHGIRUZDUGODUJHWRUTXHIHHGIRUZDUGOWHUWLPHFRQVWDQWGHFUHDVHV
WKHRSHUDWLQJQRLVHEXWLQFUHDVHVSRVLWLRQDOGHYLDWLRQDWDFFHOHUDWLRQFKDQJHSRLQW

7
Supplement

7RUTXHFRPPDQG   LQSXWYROWDJH 9  3UVHWXSYDOXH


Related page

6
When in Trouble

6HWWLQJELWSODFHRI3U)XQFWLRQH[SDQVLRQVHWXSWR
Torque command [%]
HQDEOHVWKHDQDORJWRUTXHIHHGIRUZDUG:KHQWKHDQDORJ
333
LQSXW  LV XVHG E\ DQRWKHU IXQFWLRQ HJ DQDORJ WRUTXH
200
OLPLW WKHIXQFWLRQEHFRPHVLQYDOLG
7KHYROWDJH 9 DSSOLHGWRWKHDQDORJLQSXWLVFRQYHUWHG
6 10
WRWKHWRUTXHYLD3U$QDORJWRUTXHIHHGIRUZDUG
6
10
Input voltage
FRQYHUVLRQJDLQVHWXSDQGDGGHGWRWKHWRUTXHFRPPDQG
[V]
 LQ&&:GLUHFWLRQLILWLVSRVLWLYHYROWDJHRULQ&:
200
GLUHFWLRQLIQHJDWLYH
333
7KHYROWDJH 9 DSSOLHGWRWKHDQDORJLQSXWLVFRQYHUWHG
WRWKHPRWRUWRUTXHFRPPDQG  WKURXJKWKHSURFHVVDV
VKRZQLQWKHJUDSKEHORZ
7KHVORSHUHSUHVHQWVZKHQ3U 7KHVORSHFKDQJHVDVWKHVHWXSYDOXHFKDQJHV

Adjustment

Usage example of analog torque feed forward

3'HWDLOVRISDUDPHWHU

5-27

5. Manual Gain Tuning (Application)

Adjustment

Instantaneous Speed Observer

Outline
7KLVIXQFWLRQHQDEOHVERWKUHDOL]DWLRQRIKLJKUHVSRQVHDQGUHGXFWLRQRIYLEUDWLRQDWVWRSSLQJE\HVWLPDWLQJWKHPRWRUVSHHGXVLQJDORDGPRGHOKHQFHLPSURYLQJWKHDFFXUDF\
RIWKHVSHHGGHWHFWLRQ
Velocity
command

Velocity
control

Estimated
velocity
value

Torque
command
Current
control

Motor
current
Motor

Load

Instantaneous
speed observer
Load model

Position control

(Total inertia)
Motor
position
Encoder

Servo driver

Applicable Range
7KLVIXQFWLRQFDQEHDSSOLFDEOHRQO\ZKHQWKHIROORZLQJFRQGLWLRQVDUHVDWLVHG
Conditions under which the instantaneous speed observer is activated
&RQWUROPRGHWREHHLWKHURUERWKSRVLWLRQFRQWURORUDQGYHORFLW\FRQWURO
Control mode 3U 3RVLWLRQFRQWURO
3U 9HORFLW\FRQWURO

Others

6KRXOGEHLQVHUYRRQFRQGLWLRQ
,QSXW VLJQDOV VXFK DV WKH GHYLDWLRQ FRXQWHU FOHDU DQG FRPPDQG LQSXW
LQKLELWDQGSDUDPHWHUVH[FHSWIRUFRQWUROVVXFKDVWRUTXHOLPLWVHWXSDUH
FRUUHFWO\VHWDVVXULQJWKDWWKHPRWRUFDQUXQVPRRWKO\
5HDOWLPHDXWRWXQLQJVKRXOGEHGLVDEOHG 3U 

Caution
7KLVIXQFWLRQGRHVQRWZRUNSURSHUO\RUQRHIIHFWLVREWDLQHGXQGHUWKHIROORZLQJFRQGLtions.
Conditions which obstruct instantaneous speed observer action

Load

Others

Related page

5-28

*DSEHWZHHQWKHHVWLPDWHGWRWDOORDGLQHUWLD PRWRUORDG DQGDFWXDO


PDFKLQHLVODUJH
HJ /DUJHUHVRQDQFHSRLQWH[LVWVLQIUHTXHQF\EDQGRI>+]@RU
EHORZ1RQOLQHDUIDFWRUVXFKDVODUJHEDFNODVKH[LVWV
/RDGLQHUWLDYDULHV
'LVWXUEDQFHWRUTXHZLWKKDUPRQLFFRPSRQHQWLVDSSOLHG
6HWWOLQJUDQJHLVYHU\VPDOO

33'HWDLOVRISDUDPHWHU

5. Manual Gain Tuning (Application)

1
Before Using the Products

Instantaneous Speed Observer

Related Parameter
Class No.

10

Title

)XQFWLRQH[SDQVLRQ
setup

Function

2
Preparation

6SHHGREVHUYHUHQDEOHELW ELW YDOLGLQYDOLGWKH


IXQFWLRQ
ELW,QYDOLG9DOLG
*ELW /6%

How to Use
(1) Setup of inertia ratio (Pr0.04)

:KHQWKHLQHUWLDUDWLR 3U LVDOUHDG\REWDLQHGWKURXJKUHDOWLPHDXWRJDLQWXQLQJ DQG LV DSSOLFDEOH DW QRUPDO SRVLWLRQ FRQWURO XVH WKLV YDOXH DV 3U VHWXS
value.
:KHQ WKH LQHUWLD UDWLR LV DOUHDG\ NQRZQ WKURXJK FDOFXODWLRQ HQWHU WKLV FDOFXODWHG
value.
:KHQWKHLQHUWLDUDWLRLVQRWNQRZQH[HFXWHWKHQRUPDOPRGHDXWRJDLQWXQLQJDQG
PHDVXUHWKHLQHUWLDUDWLR

5
Adjustment

(3) Setup of instantaneous velocity observer (Pr6.10)


%\ HQDEOLQJ LQVWDQWDQHRXV VSHHG REVHUYHU IXQFWLRQ WKURXJK IXQFWLRQ H[SDQVLRQ
VHWXS 3U  WKH VSHHG GHWHFWLRQ PHWKRG FKDQJHV WR WKH LQVWDQWDQHRXV VSHHG
REVHUYHU
:KHQ\RXH[SHULHQFHDODUJHYDULDWLRQRIWKHWRUTXHZDYHIRUPRUQRLVHUHWXUQWKLV
WRDQGUHFRQUPWKHDERYHFDXWLRQVDQG  
:KHQ\RXREWDLQWKHHIIHFWVXFKDVDUHGXFWLRQRIWKHYDULDWLRQRIWKHWRUTXHZDYHIRUP DQG QRLVH VHDUFK DQ RSWLPXP VHWXS E\ PDNLQJ D QH DGMXVWPHQW RI 3U
,QHUWLD UDWLR  ZKLOH REVHUYLQJ WKH SRVLWLRQ GHYLDWLRQ ZDYHIRUP DQG DFWXDO VSHHG
ZDYHIRUP WR obtain WKH OHDVW YDULDWLRQ ,I \RX FKDQJH WKH SRVLWLRQ ORRS JDLQ DQG
YHORFLW\ORRSJDLQWKHRSWLPXPYDOXHRIWKHLQHUWLDUDWLR 3U PLJKWKDYHEHHQ
FKDQJHGDQG\RXQHHGWRPDNHDQHDGMXVWPHQWDJDLQ

Setup

(2) Adjustment at normal position control


$GMXVWWKHSRVLWLRQORRSJDLQYHORFLW\ORRSJDLQHWF

Connection

Set up as exact inertia ratio as possible.

6
When in Trouble

7
Supplement

5-29

5. Manual Gain Tuning (Application)

Adjustment

Disturbance observer

Outline
7KLVIXQFWLRQXVHVWKHGLVWXUEDQFHWRUTXHGHWHUPLQHGE\WKHGLVWXUEDQFHREVHUYHUWRUHGXFHHIIHFWRIGLVWXUEDQFHWRUTXHDQGYLEUDWLRQ
Disturbance torque

Torque command +
Added in the direction to
cancel the disturbance

Motor + load

+
Torque command

Motor speed

Load model

Gain
Set in Pr6.23

Filter

Set in Pr6.24

Disturbance observer
Estimated disturbance torque value

Applicable Range
7KLVIXQFWLRQFDQEHDSSOLFDEOHRQO\ZKHQWKHIROORZLQJFRQGLWLRQVDUHVDWLVHG
Conditions under which the disturbance observer is activated
&RQWUROPRGHWREHHLWKHURUERWKSRVLWLRQFRQWURORUDQGYHORFLW\FRQWURO
Control mode 3U 3RVLWLRQFRQWURO
3U 9HORFLW\FRQWURO

Others

6KRXOGEHLQVHUYRRQFRQGLWLRQ
,QSXW VLJQDOV VXFK DV WKH GHYLDWLRQ FRXQWHU FOHDU DQG FRPPDQG LQSXW
LQKLELWDQGSDUDPHWHUVH[FHSWIRUFRQWUROVVXFKDVWRUTXHOLPLWVHWXSDUH
FRUUHFWO\VHWDVVXULQJWKDWWKHPRWRUFDQUXQVPRRWKO\
5HDOWLPHDXWRWXQLQJVKRXOGEHGLVDEOHG 3U 
,QVWDQWDQHRXVVSHHGREVHUYHUVKRXOGEHGLVDEOHG 3UELW 

Caution
(IIHFWPD\QRWEHH[SHFWHGLQWKHIROORZLQJFRQGLWLRQ
Conditions which obstruct disturbance observer action
Load

Related page

5-30

5HVRQDQW IUHTXHQF\ LV ORZHU WKDQ WKH FXWRII IUHTXHQF\ HVWLPDWHG E\ WKH
GLVWXUEDQFHREVHUYHU
'LVWXUEDQFHWRUTXHFRQWDLQVPDQ\KLJKIUHTXHQF\FRPSRQHQWV

33'HWDLOVRISDUDPHWHU

5. Manual Gain Tuning (Application)

1
Before Using the Products

Disturbance observer

Related Parameter
Class No.

10

Function

Function
H[SDQVLRQVHWXS

6HWVELWVUHODWHGWRGLVWXUEDQFHREVHUYHU
ELW ,QYDOLG
9DOLG
ELW $OZD\VYDOLG alid only when 1st gain is selected.
*ELW /6%
([DPSOH
7RXVHWKHGLVWXUEDQFHREVHUYHULQWKHHQDEOHGPRGHRQO\
ZKHQVWJDLQLVVHOHFWHG
6HWXSYDOXH 
7RXVHWKHGLVWXUEDQFHREVHUYHUDOZD\VLQWKHHQDEOHG
PRGH
6HWXSYDOXH 

23

24

'LVWXUEDQFH
REVHUYHUOWHU

3
Connection

'LVWXUEDQFH
WRUTXHFRPSHQsating gain

2
Preparation

Title

6HWXSFRPSHQVDWLQJJDLQDJDLQVWGLVWXUEDQFHWRUTXH
6HWXSWKHOWHUWLPHFRQVWDQWDFFRUGLQJWRWKHGLVWXUEDQFH
WRUTXHFRPSHQVDWLRQ

How to Use

Setup

 :LWK3U)XQFWLRQHQKDQFHPHQWVHWXSVHWREVHUYHUHQDEOHGLVDEOHDQGRSHUDWLRQ
PRGH DOZD\VHQDEOHHQDEOHRQO\ZKHQVWJDLQLVVHOHFWHG 
2) Setup of Pr6.24 (Disturbance observer filter)
)LUVW VHW XS 3U WR D ODUJHU YDOXH DQG FKHFN WKH RSHUDWLRQ ZLWK 3U 'LVWXUEDQFH

3) Setup of Pr6.23 (Disturbance torque compensating gain)


$IWHUVHWWLQJXS3ULQFUHDVH3U
 7KH GLVWXUEDQFH VXSSUHVVLQJ FDSDELOLW\ LQFUHDVHV E\ LQFUHDVLQJ WKH JDLQ EXW LW LV
DVVRFLDWHGZLWKLQFUHDVLQJYROXPHRIRSHUDWLRQQRLVH
 7KLVPHDQVWKDWZHOOEDODQFHGVHWXSFDQEHREWDLQHGE\DGMXVWLQJ3UDQG3U

5
Adjustment

WRUTXHFRPSHQVDWLQJJDLQVHWWRDORZYDOXHDQGWKHQJUDGXDOO\GHFUHDVHWKHVHWXSYDOXH
RI3U$ORZOWHUVHWXSYDOXHDVVXUHVGLVWXUEDQFHWRUTXHHVWLPDWLRQZLWKVPDOOGHOD\
DQGHIIHFWLYHO\VXSSUHVVHVHIIHFWVRIGLVWXUEDQFH+RZHYHUWKLVUHVXOWVLQODUJHURSHUDWLRQ
QRLVH:HOOEDODQFHGVHWXSLVUHTXLUHG

6
When in Trouble

7
Supplement

5-31

5. Manual Gain Tuning (Application)

Adjustment

3rd gain switching function

Outline
,QDGGLWLRQWRWKHQRUPDOJDLQVZLWFKLQJIXQFWLRQGHVFULEHGRQ3UGJDLQVZLWFKLQJ
IXQFWLRQ FDQ EH VHW WR LQFUHDVH WKH JDLQ MXVW EHIRUH VWRSSLQJ7KH KLJKHU JDLQ VKRUWHQV
positioning adjusting time.

Applicable Range
7KLVIXQFWLRQFDQEHDSSOLFDEOHRQO\ZKHQWKHIROORZLQJFRQGLWLRQVDUHVDWLVHG
Conditions under which the 3rd gain switching function is activated
&RQWUROPRGHWREHHLWKHURUERWKSRVLWLRQFRQWURORUDQGIXOOFORVHG
FRQWURO
Control mode
3U 3RVLWLRQFRQWURO
3U )XOOFORVHGFRQWURO

Others

6KRXOGEHLQVHUYRRQFRQGLWLRQ
,QSXW VLJQDOV VXFK DV WKH GHYLDWLRQ FRXQWHU FOHDU DQG FRPPDQG LQSXW
LQKLELWDQGSDUDPHWHUVH[FHSWIRUFRQWUROVVXFKDVWRUTXHOLPLWVHWXSDUH
FRUUHFWO\VHWDVVXULQJWKDWWKHPRWRUFDQUXQVPRRWKO\

Related Parameter
Class No.

Related page

5-32

Title

Function

3RVLWLRQUGJDLQ
valid time

6HWXSWKHWLPHDWZKLFKUGJDLQEHFRPHVYDOLG

3RVLWLRQUGJDLQ
VFDOHIDFWRU

6HWXSWKHUGJDLQE\DPXOWLSO\LQJIDFWRURIWKHVWJDLQ
UGJDLQ VWJDLQ3U

33'HWDLOVRISDUDPHWHU

5. Manual Gain Tuning (Application)

How to Use

:KHQWKHJDLQLVVZLWFKHGIURPQGWRVWE\WKHFKDQJHLQSDUDPHWHUWKHUGJDLQSHULRGDSSHDUV
([DPSOH 
3U3RVLWLRQFRQWUROVZLWFKLQJPRGH VZLWFKLQJFRQGLWLRQZLWKSRVLWLRQDOFRPPDQG

3
Connection

Caution

2
Preparation

:KLOHLQWKHFRQGLWLRQXQGHUZKLFKWKHQRUPDOJDLQVZLWFKLQJIXQFWLRQVVHWWKHUGJDLQ
DSSOLFDWLRQWLPHWR3U3RVLWLRQUGJDLQHQDEOHWLPHDQGVHWWKHUGJDLQ VFDOHIDFWRUZLWKUHIHUHQFHWRVWJDLQ WR3U3RVLWLRQUGJDLQPDJQLFDWLRQUDWLR
,IUGJDLQLVQRWXVHGVHW3UWRDQG3UWR
7KHUGJDLQLVHQDEOHGRQO\IRUSRVLWLRQFRQWURORUIXOOFORVHGFRQWURO
'XULQJWKHUGJDLQSHULRGRQO\SRVLWLRQORRSJDLQVSHHGSURSRUWLRQDOJDLQEHFRPHVUG
JDLQGXULQJRWKHUSHULRGVVWJDLQVHWWLQJLVXVHG
:KHQWKHQGJDLQVZLWFKLQJFRQGLWLRQLVHVWDEOLVKHGGXULQJUGJDLQSHULRGQGJDLQLV
used.
'XULQJ WUDQVLWLRQ IURP QG JDLQ WR UG JDLQ 3U 3RVLWLRQ JDLQ VZLWFKLQJ WLPH LV DSplied.

Before Using the Products

3rd gain switching function

Position speed command [r/min]


Setup

Pr6.050.1ms

2nd gain
Pr1.05 to 1.09

3rd gain

1st gain
Pr1.00 to 1.04

Adjustment

[3rd gain period]


Position loop gain = Pr1.00 Pr6.06/100
Speed proportional gain = Pr1.01 Pr6.06/100
Time constant of velocity integration, speed
detection filter and torque filter directly use the
1st gain value.

6
When in Trouble

7
Supplement

5-33

5. Manual Gain Tuning (Application)

Adjustment

Friction torque compensation

Outline
7RUHGXFHHIIHFWRIIULFWLRQUHSUHVHQWHGE\PHFKDQLFDOV\VWHPW\SHVRIIULFWLRQWRUTXH
FRPSHQVDWLRQ FDQ EH DSSOLHG RIIVHW ORDG FRPSHQVDWLRQ WKDW FDQFHOV FRQVWDQW RIIVHW
WRUTXHDQGWKHG\QDPLFIULFWLRQFRPSHQVDWLRQWKDWYDULHVGLUHFWLRQDVWKHRSHUDWLQJGLUHFWLRQYDULHV

Applicable Range
7KLVIXQFWLRQFDQEHDSSOLFDEOHRQO\ZKHQWKHIROORZLQJFRQGLWLRQVDUHVDWLVHG
Conditions under which the Friction torque compensation is activated
Control mode

6SHFLILF WR LQGLYLGXDO IXQFWLRQV 5HIHU WR 5HODWHG SDUDPHWHUV VKRZQ


below.

Others

6KRXOGEHLQVHUYRRQFRQGLWLRQ
,QSXW VLJQDOV VXFK DV WKH GHYLDWLRQ FRXQWHU FOHDU DQG FRPPDQG LQSXW
LQKLELWDQGSDUDPHWHUVH[FHSWIRUFRQWUROVVXFKDVWRUTXHOLPLWVHWXSDUH
FRUUHFWO\VHWDVVXULQJWKDWWKHPRWRUFDQUXQVPRRWKO\

Related Parameter
&RPELQHWKHIROORZLQJSDUDPHWHUVWRVHWXSDSSURSULDWHIULFWLRQWRUTXHFRPSHQVDWLRQ
Class No.

Related page

5-34

Title

Function

7RUTXH
command
additional value

6HWXSWKHRIIVHWORDGFRPSHQVDWLRQYDOXHXVXDOO\DGGHGWR
WKHWRUTXHFRPPDQGLQDFRQWUROPRGHH[FHSWIRUWKHWRUTXH
FRQWUROPRGH

Positive
GLUHFWLRQWRUTXH
compensation
value

6HWXSWKHG\QDPLFIULFWLRQFRPSHQVDWLRQYDOXHWREHDGGHG
WRWKHWRUTXHFRPPDQGZKHQIRUZDUGSRVLWLRQDOFRPPDQG
LVIHG

1HJDWLYH
GLUHFWLRQWRUTXH
compensation
value

6HWXSWKHG\QDPLFIULFWLRQFRPSHQVDWLRQYDOXHWREHDGGHG
WRWKHWRUTXHFRPPDQGZKHQQHJDWLYHGLUHFWLRQSRVLWLRQDO
FRPPDQGLVIHG

3'HWDLOVRISDUDPHWHU

5. Manual Gain Tuning (Application)

How to Use
7KH IULFWLRQ WRUTXH FRPSHQVDWLRQ ZLOO EH DGGHG LQ UHVSRQVH WR WKH HQWHUHG SRVLWLRQDO
FRPPDQGGLUHFWLRQDVVKRZQEHORZ

Before Using the Products

Friction torque compensation

[Positive direction]

Pr6.07
Torque command
additional value

Pr6.08
Positive direction torque
compensation value
Pr6.09
Negative direction torque
compensation value

Preparation

Command speed

]
3

Time

Connection

[Negative direction]
Motor
de-energized

Motor energized

Motor
de-energized

The friction compensation torque is the sum of the offset load compensation value which is set

according to the torque command additional value (always constant) and the dynamic friction
compensation torque which is set according to positive/negative direction torque compensation
Setup

value.
The command speed direction is reset upon power-up or when the motor is de-energized.

Caution

7
Supplement

5-35

6
When in Trouble

7KHRIIVHWORDGFRPSHQVDWLRQDQGG\QDPLFIULFWLRQFRPSHQVDWLRQFDQEHXVHGLQGLYLGXDOO\RULQFRPELQDWLRQ+RZHYHUVRPHFRQWUROPRGHVLPSRVHOLPLWRQDSSOLFDWLRQ
)RUWRUTXHFRQWURO2IIVHWORDGFRPSHQVDWLRQDQGG\QDPLFIULFWLRQFRPSHQVDWLRQDUHVHW
DWUHJDUGOHVVRISDUDPHWHUVHWWLQJ
)RUYHORFLW\FRQWUROZLWKVHUYRRII2IIVHWORDGFRPSHQVDWLRQSHU3ULVHQDEOHG'\QDPLFIULFWLRQFRPSHQVDWLRQLVVHWDWUHJDUGOHVVRISDUDPHWHUVHWWLQJ
)RUSRVLWLRQFRQWURORUIXOOFORVHGFRQWUROZLWKVHUYRRQ3UHYLRXVRIIVHWORDGFRPSHQVDWLRQ DQG G\QDPLF IULFWLRQ FRPSHQVDWLRQ YDOXHV DUH PDLQWDLQHG XQWLO WKH UVW SRVLWLRQDO
FRPPDQGLVDSSOLHGZKHUHWKHRIIVHWORDGFRPSHQVDWLRQYDOXHLVXSGDWHGDFFRUGLQJWR
3U7KHG\QDPLFIULFWLRQFRPSHQVDWLRQYDOXHLVXSGDWHGWRSDUDPHWHUV3UDQG
3UGHSHQGLQJRQFRPPDQGGLUHFWLRQ

5
Adjustment

3U >7RUTXH FRPPDQG DGGLWLRQDO YDOXH@ UHGXFHV YDULDWLRQV LQ SRVLWLRQLQJ RSHUDWLRQ
SHUIRUPDQFHLVDIIHFWHGE\GLUHFWLRQRIPRYHPHQW 7KHVHYDULDWLRQVRFFXUZKHQFRQVWDQWRIIVHWWRUTXHUHVXOWLQJIURPZHLJKWRQYHUWLFDOD[LVLVDSSOLHGWRWKHPRWRU
&HUWDLQ ORDGV VXFK DV EHOW GULYHQ VKDIW UHTXLUHV KLJK G\QDPLF IULFWLRQ WRUTXH ZKLFK
OHQJWKHQV SRVLWLRQLQJ VHWWLQJ WLPH RU YDULHV SRVLWLRQLQJ DFFXUDF\7KHVH SUREOHPV FDQ
EHPLQLPL]HGE\VHWWLQJWKHIULFWLRQWRUTXHRIHYHU\URWDWLQJGLUHFWLRQLQWRLQGLYLGXDOSDUDPHWHUV 3U >3RVLWLYH GLUHFWLRQ WRUTXH FRPSHQVDWLRQ YDOXH@ DQG 3U >1HJDWLYH
GLUHFWLRQWRUTXHFRPSHQVDWLRQYDOXH@FDQEHXVHGIRUWKLVSXUSRVH

5. Manual Gain Tuning (Application)

Adjustment

Inertia ratio switching function

Outline
,QHUWLDUDWLRFDQEHVZLWFKHGEHWZHHQ1RDQG1RE\WKHVZLWFKLQJLQSXW -6(/ 7KLV
IHDWXUHLVXVHIXOLQDSSOLFDWLRQZKHUHWKHORDGLQHUWLDFKDQJHVLQWZRVWHSV

Applicable Range
7KLVIXQFWLRQFDQEHDSSOLFDEOHRQO\ZKHQWKHIROORZLQJFRQGLWLRQVDUHVDWLVHG
Conditions under which the Inertia ratio switching function is activated
&DQEHXVHGLQDOOFRQWUROPRGHV
3U 3RVLWLRQFRQWURO
3U 9HORFLW\FRQWURO
3U 7RUTXHFRQWURO
Control mode
3U 3RVLWLRQ9HORFLW\FRQWURO
3U 3RVLWLRQ7RUTXHFRQWURO
3U 9HORFLW\7RUTXHFRQWURO
3U )XOOFORVHGFRQWURO

Others

6KRXOGEHLQVHUYRRQFRQGLWLRQ
,QSXW VLJQDOV VXFK DV WKH GHYLDWLRQ FRXQWHU FOHDU DQG FRPPDQG LQSXW
LQKLELWDQGSDUDPHWHUVH[FHSWIRUFRQWUROVVXFKDVWRUTXHOLPLWVHWXSDUH
FRUUHFWO\VHWDVVXULQJWKDWWKHPRWRUFDQUXQVPRRWKO\
5HDOWLPHDXWRWXQLQJVKRXOGEHGLVDEOHG 3U 
$GDSWLYHOWHUVKRXOGEHGLVDEOHG 3U 
,QVWDQWDQHRXVVSHHGREVHUYHUVKRXOGEHGLVDEOHG 3UELW 
'LVWXUEDQFHREVHUYHUVKRXOGEHGLVDEOHG 3U ELW 

Caution
%HVXUHWRFKDQJHWKHLQHUWLDUDWLRZKLOHWKHPRWRULVLQVWRSVWDWH2WKHUZLVHYLEUDWLRQ
RURVFLOODWLRQZLOORFFXU
,IWKHGLIIHUHQFHEHWZHHQWKHVWLQHUWLDUDWLRDQGQGLQHUWLDUDWLRLVODUJHYLEUDWLRQHWF
PD\RFFXUHYHQLQVWRSPRGH7KHVHSRWHQWLDOSUREOHPVVKRXOGEHLGHQWLHGRQWKHDFtual model.

Related page

5-36

3,QSXWVDQGRXWSXWVRQFRQQHFWRU;33'HWDLOVRISDUDPHWHU

5. Manual Gain Tuning (Application)

Related Parameter
&RPELQHWKHIROORZLQJSDUDPHWHUVWRVHWXSDSSURSULDWHLQHUWLDUDWLRVZLWFKLQJIXQFWLRQ
Class No.

Title

Function

04

,QHUWLDUDWLR

13

QG,QHUWLDUDWLR

6HWQGLQHUWLDUDWLR
<RXFDQVHWXSWKHUDWLRRIWKHORDGLQHUWLDDJDLQVWWKHURWRU RI
WKHPRWRU LQHUWLD

3
Connection

6HWVWLQHUWLDUDWLR
<RXFDQVHWXSWKHUDWLRRIWKHORDGLQHUWLDDJDLQVWWKHURWRU RI
WKHPRWRU LQHUWLD

Preparation

10

6HWVELWVUHODWHGWRLQHUWLDUDWLRVZLWFKLQJIXQFWLRQ
ELW ,QYDOLG
9DOLG
ELW $OZD\VYDOLG 9DOLG only when 1st gain is selected.
Function
*ELW /6%
H[SDQVLRQVHWXS
([DPSOH 
7RHQDEOHLQHUWLDOUDWLRVZLWFKLQJ
6HWXSYDOXH 

Before Using the Products

Inertia ratio switching function

How to Use
 6HOHFWVWLQHUWLDUDWLRRUQGLQHUWLDUDWLRDFFRUGLQJWRWKHLQHUWLDUDWLRVHOHFWLQSXW -6(/ 
Applicable inertia ratio

OFF

VW,QHUWLDUDWLR 3U

21

QG,QHUWLDUDWLR 3U

Setup

Inertia ratio switching


input (J-SEL)

5
Adjustment

6
When in Trouble

7
Supplement

5-37

5. Manual Gain Tuning (Application)

Adjustment

Hybrid vibration damping function

Outline
7KLVIXQFWLRQVXSSUHVVHVYLEUDWLRQGXHWRDPRXQWRIWZLVWEHWZHHQWKHPRWRUDQGORDGLQ
WKHIXOOFORVHGFRQWUROPRGH7KLVIXQFWLRQHQDEOHVKLJKJDLQVHWWLQJ

Applicable range
7KLVIXQFWLRQFDQEHDSSOLFDEOHRQO\ZKHQWKHIROORZLQJFRQGLWLRQVDUHVDWLVHG
Conditions under which the Hybrid vibration damping function is activated
Control mode )XOOFORVHGFRQWUROPRGH

Others

6KRXOGEHLQVHUYRRQFRQGLWLRQ
,QSXW VLJQDOV VXFK DV WKH GHYLDWLRQ FRXQWHU FOHDU DQG FRPPDQG LQSXW
LQKLELWDQGSDUDPHWHUVH[FHSWIRUFRQWUROVVXFKDVWRUTXHOLPLWVHWXSDUH
FRUUHFWO\VHWDVVXULQJWKDWWKHPRWRUFDQUXQVPRRWKO\

Caution
7KHHIIHFWRIWKLVIXQFWLRQZLOOEHSURSRUWLRQDOWRWKHDPRXQWRIWZLVWEHWZHHQWKHPRWRU
and load.

Related Parameter
Class No.

Title

Function

34

+\EULGYLEUDWLRQ
VXSSUHVVLRQJDLQ

6HWXSWKHK\EULGYLEUDWLRQVXSSUHVVLRQJDLQIRUIXOOFORVHG
FRQWUROOLQJ
)LUVWVHWLWWRWKHYDOXHLGHQWLFDOWRWKDWRISRLVRQORRSJDLQDQG
WKHQQHWXQHDVQHFHVVDU\

35

+\EULGYLEUDWLRQ
VXSSUHVVLRQOWHU

6HWXSWKHWLPHFRQVWDQWRIWKHK\EULGYLEUDWLRQVXSSUHVVLRQOWHU
IRUIXOOFORVHGFRQWUROOLQJ

How to Use
>@ 6HW3U+\EULGYLEUDWLRQVXSSUHVVLRQJDLQWRWKHYDOXHHTXDOWRWKDWRISRVLWLRQDOORRS
gain.
>@ 'ULYLQJXQGHUIXOOFORVHGFRQWUROJUDGXDOO\LQFUHDVHWKHVHWXSYDOXHRI3U
 +\EULGYLEUDWLRQVXSSUHVVLRQILOWHUZKLOHFKHFNLQJUHVSRQVHFKDQJH
 :KHQWKHUHVSRQVHLVLPSURYHGDGMXVW3UDQG3UWRGHWHUPLQHWKHFRPELQDWLRQ
WKDWSURYLGHVWKHEHVWUHVSRQVH

Related page

5-38

3'HWDLOVRISDUDPHWHU

6. About Homing Operation

Adjustment

Caution on Homing Operation

([DPSOHRI+RPLQJ$FWLRQ
3UR[LPLW\GRJRQ'HFHOHUDWHVDWDQHQWU\RIWKHSUR[LPLW\LQSXWDQGVWRSVDWDQHQWU\
RIWKHUVWRULJLQLQSXW =SKDVH
proximity dog

speed

origin input

3
Connection

proximity input

2
Preparation

,Q KRPLQJ DFWLRQ E\ XVLQJ WKH KRVW FRQWUROOHU VWRS SRVLWLRQ PLJKW QRW EH VWDELOL]HG LI
WKHRULJLQLQSXW =SKDVHRIWKHHQFRGHU LVHQWHUHGZKLOHWKHPRWRULVQRWGHFHOHUDWHG
HQRXJKDIWHUWKHSUR[LPLW\LQSXWLVWXUQHGRQ6HWXSWKH21SRVLWLRQVRISUR[LPLW\LQSXW
DQGWKHSRVLWLRQRIRULJLQSRLQWFRQVLGHULQJWKHQHFHVVDU\SXOVHFRXQWVIRUGHFHOHUDWLRQ7DNHWKHSRVLWLRQLQJDFWLRQDQGKRPLQJDFWLRQLQWRDFFRXQWZKHQ\RXVHWSXWDFFHOHUDWLRQGHFHOHUDWLRQWLPHZLWKSDUDPHWHUVLQFHWKLVDIIHFWWKHVHDFWLRQDVZHOO
For the details of homing, observe the instruction manual of the host controller.

Before Using the Products

encoder Z-phase

Setup

3UR[LPLW\GRJRII'HFHOHUDWHVDWDQHQWU\RIWKHSUR[LPLW\LQSXWDQGVWRSVDWDQHQWU\
RIWKHUVWRULJLQLQSXW =SKDVH DIWHUWKHLQSXWLVWXQHGRII
proximity dog
proximity input

5
speed
Adjustment

origin input
encoder Z-phase

6
When in Trouble

7
Supplement

5-39

6. About Homing Operation

Adjustment

Homing with Hit & Stop

<RXFDQVHWXSWKHKRPLQJSRVLWLRQZLWK+LW 6WRSZKHUHLWLVQRWHDV\WRLQVWDOODVHQVRUGXHWRHQYLURQPHQW

(1) when you make a point where the


work (load) hits as an origin

1st
TL-SEL *1

Factory setting:
no allocation

TLC

Factory setting:
40-pin

(2) when you stop the work (load) using


Z-phase after making a hitting point
as a starting point, then make that
stopping point as an origin.
1st

2nd torque limit

TL-SEL *1

setting:
(Factory
no allocation )

ON

ON

TLC

ON

2nd torque limit

ON

setting:
(Factory
)
40-pin

50%
Torque

Torque
hits

Counter
clear

ON

command

command

Motor
speed

Motor
speed
(1)

hits

Counter
clear

ON

(1)

(2)

(2)

(3)

Z-phase

(1)

(1)
(2)

(2)

origin
origin (3)

Parameter No.
5.22
0.14
5.13
5.21

Title
Setup of 2nd torque limit
Excess setup of position deviation
Setup of over-speed level
Selection of torque limit

Setup example
50 (Set up to less than 100%)
25000
0 (6000r/min)
3

Remarks

Assign TL-SEL to the input signal.


8SRQFRPSOHWLRQRIWKHKRPLQJZLWKKLWDQGVWRSWXUQRII7/6(/ RSHQLIORJLFDOVHWWLQJ
LVDFRQWDFWFORVHLIEFRQWDFW 

Related page

3'HWDLOVRISDUDPHWHU

5-40

6. About Homing Operation

Adjustment

Press & Hold Control

1
Before Using the Products

Application example
Setup
example
3
Selection of torque limit
200
Setup of 1st torque limit
50
Setup of 2nd torque limit
Excess setup of position deviation 25000
Setup of over-speed level
0
Title

2
Preparation

Parameter
No.
5.21
0.13
5.22
0.14
5.13

Press fit
machine

3
(1)

(2)

(3)

setting:
(Factory
no allocation )

(5)
Connection

TL-SEL

(4)

*1

ON

: Torque limit switching input

4
TLC

setting:
(Factory
)
40-pin

Setup

ON

: Torque in-limit output

Setup value of 2nd torque limit


(+)

Adjustment

Torque
()

B
Command

(+)

()

Search speed
(low speed)

C=A+B

Motor speed

(+)

When in Trouble

Holds the non-traveled


portion with deviation
counter
()

(1)

(3)

(4)

(5)

Supplement

Remarks

(2)

Assign TL-SEL to the input signal.

5-41

MEMO

5-42

6. When in Trouble

1
Before Using the Products

1. When in Trouble

What to Check ? .........................................................................................6-2


Protective Function (What is Error Code ?) ................................................6-2

Preparation

Protective function (Detail of error code) ....................................................6-4

2. Setup of gain pre-adjustment protection ................................6-18


3. Troubleshooting
Motor Does Not Run .................................................................................6-21
Unstable Rotation (Not Smooth) ,

Motor Runs Slowly Even with Speed Zero at Velocity Control Mode .......6-23
Positioning Accuracy Is Poor ....................................................................6-24

Connection

Origin Point Slips ......................................................................................6-25


Abnormal Motor Noise or Vibration ...........................................................6-25
Overshoot/Undershoot,
Overheating of the Motor (Motor Burn-Out) ..............................................6-26
Motor Speed Does Not Reach to the Setup,

Motor Revolutions (Travel) Is Too Large or Small .....................................6-26


Parameter Returns to Previous Setup ......................................................6-27

Setup

5
Adjustment

6
When in Trouble

7
Supplement

6-1

1. When in Trouble

When in Trouble

What to Check ?

Isn't error code No. is displayed ?


Aren't the parameter
setups wrong ?

Doesn't the power voltage vary ?


Is the power turned on ?
Any loose connection ?

Motor does not run.


Check the cause by referring to P.2-98,
Display of Factor of No Motor Running of
Preparation, and then take necessary measure.

Is the connecting portion


disconnected ?
(Broke wire, contact)
Is the wiring correct ?
Isn't the connector pulled off ?
Isn't the short wire pulled off ?

Host
controller
Is the wiring to Connector
X4 correct ?
Or aren't any wires pulled
off ?

Is abnormal noise generated


from the motor ?

Isn't the holding


brake engaged ?

Machine

Ground

Is the wiring to Connector X6


correct ?
Or aren't any wires pulled off ?

Motor

Isn't the connection


loose ?

Is the wiring to Connector X5


in case of full-closed control
correct ?
Or aren't any wires pulled off ?

External scale

1. When in Trouble

When in Trouble

Protective Function (What is Error Code ?)

Various protective functions are equipped in the driver. When these are triggered, the motor
will stall due to error, the driver will turn the Servo-Alarm output (ALM) to off (open).
(UURUVWDWXVDQGWKHLUPHDVXUHV
'XULQJWKHHUURUVWDWXVWKHHUURUFRGH1RZLOOEHGLVSOD\HGRQWKHIURQWSDQHO/('
and you cannot turn Servo-ON.
<RXFDQFOHDUWKHHUURUVWDWXVE\$ODUPFOHDULQSXW $&/5 LQPVRUORQJHU
:KHQRYHUORDGSURWHFWLRQLVWULJJHUHG\RXFDQFOHDULWE\$ODUPFOHDULQSXW $&/5 
LQVHFRUORQJHUDIWHUWKHHUURURFFXUV 7DEOHEHORZ <RXFDQFOHDUWKH2YHUORDG
protection time characteristics (refer to P.6-14) by turning off the control power supply
EHWZHHQ/&DQG/& 99 9DQG9 9 RIWKHGULYHU
<RXFDQFOHDUWKHDERYHHUURUE\RSHUDWLQJWKHIURQWSDQHONH\VDQGVHWXSVXSSRUW
VRIWZHDU3$1$7(505HIHUWR3Alarm Clear Screen of Preparation.
%HVXUHWRFOHDUWKHDODUPGXULQJVWRSDIWHUUHPRYLQJWKHFDXVHRIWKHHUURUDQGVHcuring safety.

Note

Related page

6-2

7KH ILJXUH DERYH VKRZV FRQQHFWLRQV RQ YHORFLW\ SRVLWLRQ WRUTXH DQG IXOOFORVHG PRGH
driver.
2QO\IRUSRVLWLRQFRQWUROW\SHLVQRWSURYLGHGZLWK;;DQG;
3+RZWR8VHWKH)URQW3DQHO3,QSXWVDQGRXWSXWVRQFRQQHFWRU;
32XWOLQHRI6HWXSVXSSRUWVRIWZDUH3$1$7(50

1. When in Trouble

<List of error code No.>


Error code

Attribute

Protective function

Main Sub

11

12

13
1
14
15
16

1


21
1
23




24
1


26


1


27
2








1
2
3
4
5
6
7

37
38


6-5


6-6


41
42
43
44

6-7

45
47
48



6-8

51

55


87


2


3
6-11

6-12

6-13

6
When in Trouble

33

6-4

 Software limit protection


WR EEPROM parameter error pro2 tection
WR EEPROM check code error
2 protection
 Over-travel inhibit input protection
 Analog input1 excess protection
1 Analog input2 excess protection
2 Analog input3 excess protection
Absolute system down error

protection
Absolute counter over error

protection
Absolute over-speed error pro
tection
 Initialization failure
Absolute single turn counter

error protection
Absolute multi-turn counter er
ror protection
 Absolute status error protection
 Encoder Z-phase error protection
 Encoder CS signal error protection
Feedback scale connection er
ror protection
Feedback scale communication
1
error protection
)HHGEDFNVFDOHVWDWXVHUURU

protection
Feedback scale status 1 error
1
protection
Feedback scale status 2 error
2
protection
Feedback scale status 3 error
3
protection
Feedback scale status 4 error
4
protection
Feedback scale status 5 error
5
protection
 A-phase connection error protection
1 B-phase connection error protection
2 Z-phase connection error protection
 Compulsory alarm input protection
Motor automatic recognition
WR
error protection

Adjustment

28

36

Detail
Can be Immediate page
History cleared stop

Setup

25

34

Attribute

Protective function

Connection

18


1




Error code
Main Sub

Preparation

Control power supply undervoltage protection


Over-voltage protection
Main power supply under-voltage protection (between P and N)
Main power supply undervoltage protection
(AC interception detection)
Over-current protection
IPM error protection
Over-heat protection
Over-load protection
Over-regeneration load protection
Over-regeneration Tr error
protection
Encoder communication disconnect error protection
Encoder communication error
protection
Encoder communication data
error protection
Position deviation excess protection
Velocity deviation excess protection
+\EULGGHYLDWLRQH[FHVVHUURU
protection
Over-speed protection
2nd over-speed protection
Command pulse input frequency error protection
Command pulse multiplier error
protection
Limit of pulse replay error protection
'HYLDWLRQFRXQWHURYHURZ
protection
Safety detection
IF overlaps allocation error 1
protection
IF overlaps allocation error 2
protection
IF input function number error 1
protection
IF input function number error 2
protection
IF output function number error
1 protection
IF output function number error
2 protection
&/WWLQJHUURUSURWHFWLRQ
,1+WWLQJHUURUSURWHFWLRQ

Detail
Can be Immediate page
History cleared stop

Before Using the Products

Protective Function (What is Error Code ?)

 
Other Other error
number



+LVWRU\7KHHUURUZLOOEHVWRUHGLQWKHHUURUKLVWRU\
Can be cleared...To cancel the error, use the alarm clear input (A-CLR).
If the alarm clear input is not effective, turn off power, remove the cause of the error and then turn on
power again.
Immediate stop...Instantaneous controlled stop upon occurrence of an error.
  6HWWLQJRI3U6HTXHQFHDWDODUPLVDOVRUHTXLUHG

Note

2QO\IRUSRVLWLRQFRQWUROW\SHLVQRWSURYLGHGZLWK;;; and analog input.


6-3

7
Supplement

Note

1. When in Trouble

When in Trouble

Protective function (Detail of error code)

Protective
function
Control
power
supply
undervoltage
protection

Over-voltage
protection

Error code No.


Main Sub

11

12

Causes
Voltage between P and N of the converter
portion of the control power supply has
IDOOHQEHORZWKHVSHFLHGYDOXH
9YHUVLRQapprox.9'& approx.9$&
9YHUVLRQapprox. 145 VDC (approx.9$&
9YHUVLRQapprox. 15 VDC
1) Power supply voltage is low.
Instantaneous power failure has
occurred
2) Lack of power capacity...Power supply
voltage has fallen down due to inrush
current at the main power-on.
3) Failure of servo driver (failure of the circuit)

Measure the voltage between lines of


connector and terminal block.
99GULYHU/&/&
9GULYHU99

Voltage between P and N of the


converter portion of the control power
VXSSO\KDVH[FHHGHGWKHVSHFLHGYDOXH
9YHUVLRQapprox.9'& approx.9$&
9YHUVLRQapprox.9'& approx.9$&
9YHUVLRQapprox.9'& approx.9$&
1) Power supply voltage has exceeded
the permissible input voltage. Voltage
surge due to the phase-advancing
capacitor or UPS (Uninterruptible
Power Supply) have occurred.
2) Disconnection of the regeneration
discharge resistor

Measure the voltage between lines of


connector (L1, L2 and L3).

3) External regeneration discharge


resistor is not appropriate and could
not absorb the regeneration energy.
4) Failure of servo driver (failure of the
circuit)
Main power
supply
undervoltage
protection
(PN)
Main power
supply
undervoltage
protection
(AC)

13

Instantaneous power failure has occurred


between L1 and L3 for longer period than
WKHSUHVHWWLPHZLWK3U 0DLQSRZHU
RIIGHWHFWLQJWLPH ZKLOH3U /9WULS
selection at the main power-off) is set
to 1. Or the voltage between P and N of
the converter portion of the main power
VXSSO\KDVIDOOHQEHORZWKHVSHFLHG
value during Servo-ON.
9YHUVLRQapprox.9'& approx. 55 VAC)
9YHUVLRQapprox.9'& approx. 75 VAC)
9YHUVLRQapprox.9'& approx. 125 VAC)
1) Power supply voltage is low.
Instantaneous power failure has
occurred
2) Instantaneous power failure has
occurred.
3) Lack of power capacity...Power supply
voltage has fallen down due to inrush
current at the main power-on.
4) Phase lack...3-phase input driver has
been operated with single phase input.
5) Failure of servo driver (failure of the circuit)

6-4

Measures

1) Increase the power capacity. Change the


power supply.
2) Increase the power capacity.

3) Replace the driver with a new one.

1) Enter correct voltage. Remove a phaseadvancing capacitor.

2) Measure the resistance of the external


resistor connected between terminal B1
- B2 of the driver. Replace the external
UHVLVWRULIWKHYDOXHLV
 &KDQJHWRWKHRQHZLWKVSHFLHG
resistance and wattage.
4) Replace the driver with a new one.
Measure the voltage between lines of
connector (L1, L2 and L3).

1) Increase the power capacity. Change the


power supply. Remove the causes of the
shutdown of the magnetic contactor or the
main power supply, then re-enter the power.
 6HWXSWKHORQJHUWLPHWR3U 0DLQ
power off detecting time). Set up each
phase of the power correctly.
3) Increase the power capacity. For the capacity,
UHIHUWR3'ULYHUDQG/LVWRI$SSOLFDEOH
Peripheral Equipments" of Preparation.
4) Connect each phase of the power supply
(L1, L2 and L3) correctly. For single phase,
9DQG9GULYHUXVH/DQG/
5) Replace the driver with a new one.

1. When in Trouble

Protective
function
*
Over-current
protection

Error code No.


Main Sub

14

Current through the converter portion has


H[FHHGHGWKHVSHFLHGYDOXH
1) Failure of servo driver (failure of the
circuit, IGBT or other components)

1
2) Short of the motor wire (U, V and W)

,30
Intelligent
Power Module

3) Earth fault of the motor wire

4) Burnout of the motor

6) Welding of contact of dynamic braking


relay due to frequent servo ON/OFF
operations.
7) Timing of pulse input is same as or
earlier than Servo-ON.
8) Blowout of thermal fuse due to
overheating dynamic brake circuit.
(Only F and G frames)
15

Temperature of the heat sink or power


GHYLFHKDVEHHQULVHQRYHUWKHVSHFLHG
temperature.
1) Ambient temperature has risen over
WKHVSHFLHGWHPSHUDWXUH
2) Over-load

4
Setup

*
Over-heat
protection

1) Turn to Servo-ON, while disconnecting the


motor. If error occurs immediately, replace
with a new driver.
2) Check that the motor wire (U, V and W) is
not shorted, and check the branched out
wire out of the connector. Make a correct
wiring connection.
3) Measure the insulation resistance between
motor wires, U, V and W and earth wire. In
case of poor insulation, replace the motor.
4) Check the balance of resister between
each motor line, and if unbalance is found,
replace the motor.
5) Check the loose connectors. If they are, or
SXOOHGRXW[WKHPVHFXUHO\
6) Replace the servo driver. Do not use
Servo-ON/Servo-OFF as a means of
staring/stopping the operation.
 (QWHUWKHSXOVHVPVRUORQJHUDIWHU
Servo-ON.
8) Replace the driver.

Connection

5) Poor contact of the motor wire.

Measures

Preparation

*
IPM error
protection

Causes

Before Using the Products

Protective function (Detail of error code)

1) Improve the ambient temperature and


cooling condition.
2) Increase the capacity of the driver
and motor. Set up longer acceleration/
deceleration time. Lower the load.

5
Adjustment

6
When in Trouble

Related page

 :KHQSURWHFWLYHIXQFWLRQPDUNHGZLWK * in the protective function table is activated, it cannot be disabled by the alarm clear input (A-CLR). To return to the normal operation, turn off
power, remove the cause, and then turn on power again.
36\VWHP&RQJXUDWLRQDQG:LULQJ3'HWDLOVRISDUDPHWHU
6-5

Supplement

Note

1. When in Trouble
Protective function (Detail of error code)

Protective
function
Over-load
protection

Error code No.


Main Sub

16

Causes
Torque command value has exceeded
the over-load level set with Pr5.12
(Setup of over-load level) and resulted in
overload protection according to the time
characteristics (described later)
1) Load was heavy and actual torque has
exceeded the rated torque and kept
running for a long time.
2) Oscillation and hunching action due to
poor adjustment.
Motor vibration, abnormal noise.
,QHUWLDUDWLR 3U VHWXSHUURU
3) Miswiring, disconnection of the motor.
4) Machine has collided or the load has
gotten heavy. Machine has been
distorted.
5) Electromagnetic brake has been kept
engaged.
6) While wiring multiple axes, miswiring
has occurred by connecting the motor
cable to other axis.

Measures
Check that the torque (current) does not
RVFLOODWHVQRUXFWXDWHXSDQGRZQYHU\
much on the analog outoput and via
communication. Check the over-load alarm
display and load factor with the analog
outoput and via communication..
1) Increase the capacity of the driver
and motor. Set up longer acceleration/
deceleration time. Lower the load.
2) Make a re-adjustment.

3) Make a wiring as per the wiring diagram.


Replace the cables.
4) Remove the cause of distortion. Lower the
load.
5) Measure the voltage between brake
terminals. Release the brake
6) Make a correct wiring by matching the
correct motor and encoder wires.

7KHRYHUORDGSURWHFWLRQWLPHFKDUDFWHULVWLFVDUHGHVFULEHGRQ3

Caution
*

18

Overregeneration
load
protection

Regenerative energy has exceeded the


capacity of regenerative resistor.

Check the load factor of the regenerative


resistor from the front panel or via communication.
Do not use in the continuous regenerative
1) Due to the regenerative energy during
brake application.
deceleration caused by a large load
1) Check the running pattern (velocity
inertia, converter voltage has risen,
monitor). Check the load factor of the
and the voltage is risen further due to
regenerative resistor and over-regeneration
the lack of capacity of absorbing this
warning display. Increase the capacity
energy of the regeneration discharge
of the driver and the motor, and loosen
resistor.
the deceleration time. Use the external
regenerative resistor.
2) Check the running pattern (speed monitor).
2) Regenerative energy has not been
Check the load factor of the regenerative
DEVRUEHGLQWKHVSHFLHGWLPHGXHWRD
resistor. Increase the capacity of the driver
high motor rotational speed.
and the motor, and loosen the deceleration
time. Lower the motor rotational speed.
Use an external regenerative resistor.
3) Active limit of the external regenerative  6HWXS3UWR
UHVLVWRUKDVEHHQOLPLWHGWRGXW\

Caution

Note
Related page
6-6

2QFHWKLVHUURURFFXUVLWFDQQRWEHFOHDUHGDWOHDVWIRUVHF

Install an external protection such as thermal fuse without fail when


\RXVHWXS3UWR2WKHUZLVHUHJHQHUDWLYHUHVLVWRUORVHVWKH
protection and it may be heated up extremely and may burn out.

 :KHQSURWHFWLYHIXQFWLRQPDUNHGZLWK * in the protective function table is activated, it cannot be disabled by the alarm clear input (A-CLR). To return to the normal operation, turn off
power, remove the cause, and then turn on power again.
3'HWDLOVRISDUDPHWHU

1. When in Trouble

Protective
function

Error code No.


Main Sub

18

*
Encoder
communication disconnection error
protection

21

Regenerative driver transistor on the


servo driver is defective.

Replace the driver.

Communication between the encoder


and the driver has been interrupted
in certain times, and disconnection
detecting function has been triggered.

Make a wiring connection of the encoder as


per the wiring diagram. Correct the miswiring
of the connector pins.

23

Position
deviation
excess
protection

24

Communication error has occurred in


data from the encoder. Mainly data
error due to noise. Encoder cables are
connected, but communication data has
some errors.

Data communication between the


encoder is normal, but contents of data
are not correct.
Mainly data error due to noise. Encoder
cables are connected, but communication
data has some errors.

Deviation pulses have exceeded the


VHWXSRI3U
1) The motor movement has not followed
the command.

1) Check that the motor follows to the position


command pulses. Check that the output
toque has not saturated in torque monitor.
Make a gain adjustment. Set up maximum
YDOXHWR3UDQG3U0DNHD
encoder wiring as per the wiring diagram.
Set up the longer acceleration/deceleration
time. Lower the load and speed.
 6HWXSDODUJHUYDOXHWR3U

,QFUHDVHWKHVHWXSYDOXHRI3U
/HQJWKHQWKHDFFHOHUDWLRQGHFHOHUDWLRQ
time of internal positional command speed,
or improve the follow-up characteristic by
adjusting the gain.
'LVDEOHWKHH[FHVVVSHHGGHYLDWLRQ
GHWHFWLRQ 3U  

6
When in Trouble

7
Supplement

The difference between the internal


positional command speed and actual
speed (speed deviation) exceeds the
VHWXSYDOHRI3U
Note) If the internal positional command
VSHHGLVIRUFLEO\VHWWRGXHWR
instantaneous stop caused by the
FRPPDQGSXOVHLQKLELWLQSXW ,1+ RU
CW/CCW over-travel inhibit input, the
speed deviation rapidly increases at this
PRPHQW3UVHWXSYDOXHVKRXOGKDYH
VXIFLHQWPDUJLQEHFDXVHWKHVSHHG
deviation also largely increases on the
rising edge of the internal positional
command speed.

Adjustment

 6HWXSYDOXHRI3U 3RVLWLRQ
deviation excess setup) is small.

6HFXUHWKHSRZHUVXSSO\IRUWKHHQFRGHU
RI'&9WR9 SD\DQDWWHQWLRQ
especially when the encoder cables are
long.
6HSDUDWHWKHHQFRGHUFDEOHDQGWKHPRWRU
cable if they are bound together.
&RQQHFWWKHVKLHOGWR)*

Setup

*
Encoder
communication data
error
protection

Connection

*
Encoder
communication error
protection

Velocity
deviation
excess
protection

Measures

Preparation

*
Regenerative
transistor
error
protection

Causes

Before Using the Products

Protective function (Detail of error code)

6-7

1. When in Trouble
Protective function (Detail of error code)

Protective
function
*
Hybrid
deviation
excess error
protection

Error code No.


Main Sub

25

Causes

Measures

3RVLWLRQRIORDGE\WKHH[WHUQDOVFDOH
and position of the motor by the
encoder slips larger than the setup
pulses with Pr3.28 (Setup of hybrid
deviation excess) at full-closed control.

&KHFNWKHFRQQHFWLRQEHWZHHQWKHPRWRU
and the load.
&KHFNWKHFRQQHFWLRQEHWZHHQWKHH[WHUQDO
scale and the driver.
&KHFNWKDWWKHYDULDWLRQRIWKHPRWRU
position (encoder feedback value) and
the load position (external scale feedback
value) is the same sign when you move the
load.
Check that the numerator and denominator
of the external scale division (Pr3.24 and
3.25) and reversal of external scale direction
(Pr3.26) are correctly set.
'RQRWFKDQJHFRPPDQGGLYLVLRQ
multiplication during full closed control.

'XULQJIXOOFORVHGFRQWUROQXPHUDWRU
of command division/multiplication is
changed or switched over.
Over-speed
protection

26

2nd Overspeed
protection

Command
pulse input
frequency
error
protection

27

Electronic
gear error
protection

Pulse
regeneration
limit
protection

6-8

28

The motor rotational speed has exceeded


the setup value of Pr5.13.

The motor rotational speed has exceeded


the setup value of Pr6.15.

'RQRWJLYHDQH[FHVVLYHVSHHGFRPPDQG
&KHFNWKHFRPPDQGSXOVHLQSXWIUHTXHQF\
and division/multiplication ratio.
0DNHDJDLQDGMXVWPHQWZKHQDQRYHUVKRRW
has occurred due to a poor gain adjustment.
0DNHDZLULQJFRQQHFWLRQRIWKHHQFRGHUDV
per the wiring diagram.

The frequency of command pulse input is


more than 1.2 times the setting in Pr5.32.

Check the command pulse input for


frequency.

Division and multiplication ratio which are


set up with the command pulse counts
per single turn and the1st and the 4th
numerator/denominator of the electronic
gear are not appropriate.
7KHFRPPDQGSXOVHVSHUPV
multiplied by the command division and
PXOWLSOLFDWLRQUDWLRH[FHHGV0SSV
7KHFRPPDQGSXOVHLQSXWXFWXDWHV
Noises mixed with the command pulse
input cause counting error.

6HWWKHFRPPDQGGLYLVLRQDQGPXOWLSOLFDWLRQ
ratio to a value as small as possible e.g.
EHWZHHQDQG
&KHFNWKHVHWXSYDOXHRIHOHFWURQLFJHDU
,ISRVVLEOHXVHWKHOLQHGULYHU,)
6HW3U VHWWLQJRIPD[FRPPDQGSXOVH
LQSXW WRDYDOXHOHVVWKDQDQGHQDEOH
GLJLWDOOWHU

The output frequency of pulse


regeneration has exceeded the limit.

&KHFNWKHVHWXSYDOXHVRI3UDQG
7RGLVDEOHWKHGHWHFWLRQVHW3UWR

1. When in Trouble

Protective
function

Error code No.


Main Sub

Measures

Positional deviation of encoder pulse


reference has exceeded 2  

&KHFNWKDWWKHPRWRUUXQVDVSHUWKH
position command pulses.
&KHFNWKDWWKHRXWSXWWRTXHKDVQRW
saturated in torque monitor.
0DNHDJDLQDGMXVWPHQW
6HWXSPD[LPXPYDOXHWR3UDQG
Pr5.22.
0DNHDZLULQJFRQQHFWLRQRIWKHHQFRGHUDV
per the wiring diagram.

Safety input
protection

30

Input photocoupler of both or one of


safety input 1 and 2 is OFF.

Check wiring of safety input 1 and 2.

*
I/F input
duplicated
allocation
error 1
protection

33

Input signals (SI1, SI2, SI3, SI4, SI5) are


assigned with two functions.

Allocate correct function to each connector


pin.

*
I/F input
duplicated
allocation
error 2
protection

,QSXWVLJQDOV 6,6,6,6,6, 
are assigned with two functions.

*
I/F input
function
number error
1 protection

Input signals (SI1, SI2, SI3, SI4, SI5) are


DVVLJQHGZLWKXQGHQHGQXPEHU

*
I/F input
function
number error
2 protection

,QSXWVLJQDOV 6,6,6,6,6, 
DUHDVVLJQHGZLWKXQGHQHGQXPEHU

*
I/F output
function
number error
1 protection

Output signals (SO1, SO2, SO3) are


DVVLJQHGZLWKXQGHQHGQXPEHU

*
I/F output
function
number error
2 protection

4
Setup

29

Connection

Deviation
counter
RYHURZ
protection

Preparation

Causes

Before Using the Products

Protective function (Detail of error code)

5
Adjustment

6
When in Trouble

Output signals (SO4, SO5, SO6) are


DVVLJQHGZLWKXQGHQHGQXPEHU

7
 :KHQSURWHFWLYHIXQFWLRQPDUNHGZLWK * in the protective function table is activated, it cannot be disabled by the alarm clear input (A-CLR). To return to the normal operation, turn off
power, remove the cause, and then turn on power again.
 2QO\IRUSRVLWLRQFRQWUROW\SHLVQRWSURYLGHGZLWK;DQGDQODRJLQSXW


Supplement

Note

1. When in Trouble
Protective function (Detail of error code)

Protective
function
*
CL
assignment
error

Error code No.


Main Sub

33

*
INH
assignment
error
Software
limit
protection

34

Causes

Counter clear function is assigned to a


signal number other than SI7.

Command pulse inhibit input function is


assigned to a signal number other than
6,

When a position command within the


VSHFLHGLQSXWUDQJHLVJLYHQWKHPRWRU
operates outside its working range
VSHFLHGLQ3U
1) Gain is not appropriate.

2) Pr5.14 setup value is low.

Allocate correct function to each connector


pin.

1) Check the gain (balance between position


loop gain and speed loop gain) and inertia
ratio.
2) Increase the setup value of Pr5.14. Or,
6HW3UWRWRGLVDEOHWKHSURWHFWLYH
function.

Data in parameter storage area has been


damaged when reading the data from
EEPROM at power-on.

6HWXSDOOSDUDPHWHUVDJDLQ
,IWKHHUURUSHUVLVWVUHSODFHWKHGULYHU LW
may be a failure.) Return the product to the
dealer or manufacturer.

'DWDIRUZULWLQJFRQUPDWLRQWR((3520
has been damaged when reading the
data from EEPROM at power-on.

Replace the driver. (it may be a failure).


Return the product to a dealer or
manufacturer.

:LWK3URYHUWUDYHOLQKLELWLQSXW
VHWXS ERWKSRVLWLYHDQGQHJDWLYH
over-travel inhibit inputs (POT/NOT)
have been ON.
:LWK3U SRVLWLYHRUQHJDWLYH
over-travel inhibit input has turned ON.

Check that there are not any errors in


switches, wires or power supply which are
connected to positive direction/ negative
direction over-travel inhibit input. Check that
the rising time of the control power supply
(DC12 to 24V) is not slow.

+LJKHUYROWDJHKDVEHHQDSSOLHGWRWKH
analog input 1 than the value that has
been set by Pr4.24.

6HWXS3UFRUUHFWO\&KHFNWKH
FRQQHFWLQJFRQGLWLRQRIWKHFRQQHFWRU;
6HWXS3UWRDQGLQYDOLGDWHWKH
protective function.

Analog
input 2 (AI2)
excess
protection

+LJKHUYROWDJHKDVEHHQDSSOLHGWRWKH
analog input 2 than the value that has
been set by Pr4.27.

6HWXS3UFRUUHFWO\&KHFNWKH
FRQQHFWLQJFRQGLWLRQRIWKHFRQQHFWRU;
6HWXS3UWRDQGLQYDOLGDWHWKH
protective function.

Analog
input 3 (AI3)
excess
protection

+LJKHUYROWDJHKDVEHHQDSSOLHGWRWKH
analog input 3 than the value that has
EHHQVHWE\3U

6HWXS3UFRUUHFWO\&KHFNWKH
FRQQHFWLQJFRQGLWLRQRIWKHFRQQHFWRU;
6HWXS3UWRDQGLQYDOLGDWHWKH
protective function.

*
EEPROM
parameter
error
protection

36

*
EEPROM
check code
error
protection

37

*
Over-travel
inhibit
input
protection

38

Analog
input 1 (AI1)
excess
protection

39

Note



Measures

0
1
2
0
1
2

 2QO\IRUSRVLWLRQFRQWUROW\SHLVQRWSURYLGHGZLWKDQDORJLQSXW

1. When in Trouble

Protective
function
Absolute
system
down error
protection

Error code No.


Main Sub

40

Causes
Voltage of the built-in capacitor has fallen
EHORZWKHVSHFLHGYDOXHEHFDXVHWKH
power supply or battery for the absolute
encoder has been down.

41

Absolute
counter
over error
protection
42

After connecting the power supply for the


battery, clear the absolute encoder.

Once this error occurs, the alarm cannot be cleared until the absolute
encoder is reset.

Multi-turn counter of the absolute


HQFRGHUKDVH[FHHGHGWKHVSHFLHG
value.

6HW3UWRWRLJQRUHWKHPXOWLWXUQ
counter over.
/LPLWWKHWUDYHOIURPWKHPDFKLQHRULJLQ
within 32767 revolutions.

The motor speed has exceeded the


VSHFLHGYDOXHZKHQRQO\WKHVXSSO\
from the battery has been supplied to
17-bit encoder during the power failure.

&KHFNWKHVXSSO\YROWDJHDWWKHHQFRGHU
VLGH 9
&KHFNWKHFRQQHFWLQJFRQGLWLRQRIWKH
FRQQHFWRU;

Caution

3
Connection

Absolute
overspeed error
protection

Measures

Once this error occurs, the alarm cannot be cleared until the absolute
encoder is reset.

43

Encoder initialization error was detected.

Replace the motor.

*
Absolute
single turn
counter error
protection *1

44

$EVROXW
single turn counter error protection
LQFUHPHQWDO
single turn counter error protection

Replace the motor.

*
Absolute
multi-turn
counter error
protection *1

45

$EVROXW
multi-turn counter error protection
LQFUHPHQWDO
single turn counter error protection

Replace the motor.

*
Absolute
status error
protection *1

47

Encoder has been running at faster


VSHHGWKDQWKHVSHFLHGYDOXHDWSRZHU
on.

Arrange so as the motor does not run at


power-on.

*
Encoder
Z-phase
error
protection*1

48

Missing pulse of Z-phase of serial


incremental encoder has been detected.
The encoder might be a failure.

Replace the motor.

4
Setup

*
Encoder
initialization
error
protection *1

Preparation

Caution

Before Using the Products

Protective function (Detail of error code)

5
Adjustment

6
When in Trouble

7
 :KHQSURWHFWLYHIXQFWLRQPDUNHGZLWK * in the protective function table is activated, it cannot be disabled by the alarm clear input (A-CLR). To return to the normal operation, turn off
power, remove the cause, and then turn on power again.
6-11

Supplement

Note

1. When in Trouble
Protective function (Detail of error code)

Protective
function

Error code No.


Main Sub

Measures

*
Encoder CS
signal error
protection*1

49

CS signal logic error of serial incremental


encoder has been detected.
The encoder might be a failure.

Replace the motor.

*
Feedback
scale
wiring error
protection

50

Communication between the external


scale and the driver has been interrupted
in certain times, and disconnection
detecting function has been triggered.

0DNHDZLULQJFRQQHFWLRQRIWKHH[WHUQDO
scale as per the wiring diagram.
&RUUHFWWKHPLVZLULQJRIWKHFRQQHFWRUSLQV

Communication error has occurred in


data from the external scale. Mainly data
error due to noise. External scale cables
are connected, but communication date
has some error.

6HFXUHWKHSRZHUVXSSO\IRUWKHH[WHUQDO
VFDOHRI'& WR9 SD\
attention especially when the external scale
cables are long.
6HSDUDWHWKHH[WHUQDOVFDOHFDEOHDQGWKH
motor cable if they are bound together.
&RQQHFWWKHVKLHOGWR)*UHIHUWRZLULQJ
diagram.

%LWRIWKHH[WHUQDOVFDOHHUURUFRGH
(ALMC) has been turned to 1.
&KHFNWKHVSHFLFDWLRQVRIWKHH[WHUQDO
scale.

Remove the causes of the error, then clear


the external scale error from the front panel.
And then, shut off the power to reset.

*
External
scale status
1 error
protection *1

Bit 1 of the external scale error code


(ALMC) has been turned to 1.
&KHFNWKHVSHFLFDWLRQVRIWKHH[WHUQDO
scale.

*
External
scale status
2 error
protection *1

Bit 2 of the external scale error code


(ALMC) has been turned to 1.
&KHFNWKHVSHFLFDWLRQVRIWKHH[WHUQDO
scale.

*
External
scale status
3 error
protection *1

Bit 3 of the external scale error code


(ALMC) has been turned to 1.
&KHFNWKHVSHFLFDWLRQVRIWKHH[WHUQDO
scale.

*
External
scale status
4 error
protection *1

Bit 4 of the external scale error code


(ALMC) has been turned to 1.
&KHFNWKHVSHFLFDWLRQVRIWKHH[WHUQDO
scale.

*
External
scale status
5 error
protection *1

Bit 5 of the external scale error code


(ALMC) has been turned to 1.
&KHFNWKHVSHFLFDWLRQVRIWKHH[WHUQDO
scale.

*
External
communication data
error
protection

*
External
scale status
0 error
protection *1

Note

6-12

Causes

51

 :KHQSURWHFWLYHIXQFWLRQPDUNHGZLWK * in the protective function table is activated, it cannot be disabled by the alarm clear input (A-CLR). To return to the normal operation, turn off
power, remove the cause, and then turn on power again.
 2QO\IRUSRVLWLRQFRQWUROW\SHLVQRWSURYLGHGZLWK;

1. When in Trouble

Protective
function
*
A-phase
wiring error
protection

Error code No.


Main Sub

55

Causes

Before Using the Products

Protective function (Detail of error code)

Measures

A-phase wiring in the external scale is


defective, e.g. discontinued.

Check the A-phase wiring connection.

B-phase wiring in the external scale is


defective, e.g. discontinued.

Check the B-phase wiring connection.

*
Z-phase
wiring error
protection

Z-phase wiring in the external scale is


defective, e.g. discontinued.

Check the Z-phase wiring connection.

Preparation

*
B-phase
wiring error
protection

3
Forced alarm input (E-STOP) is applied.

87

*
Motor
automatic
recognition
error
protection

95 0 to 4 The motor and the driver has not been


matched.

*
Other error

99

Check the wiring of forced alarm input


(E-STOP).

Connection

Forced
alarm input
protection

Replace the motor which matches to the


driver.

4
7XUQRIIWKHSRZHURQFHWKHQUHHQWHU
,IHUURUUHSHDWVWKLVPLJKWEHDIDLOXUH
Stop using the products, and replace the
motor and the driver. Return the products to
the dealer or manufacturer.
$GMXVWWKHFRQGLWLRQRIWKHVDIHW\LQSXW
safety input 2 and then start the alarm clear.

Control circuit has malfunctioned due to


excess noise or other causes.
Some error has occurred inside of the
driver while triggering self-diagnosis
function of the driver.

7XUQRIIWKHSRZHURQFHWKHQUHHQWHU
,IHUURUUHSHDWVWKLVPLJKWEHDIDLOXUH
Stop using the products, and replace the
motor and the driver. Return the products to
the dealer or manufacturer.

5
Adjustment

Excessive noise or the like is detected as


an abnormal signal.
This type of error will occur if the alarm
clear is attempted while the safety input
1/safety input 2 is not in normal state
(input photocoupler is ON).

Setup

Other
No.

6
When in Trouble

7
Supplement

6-13

1. When in Trouble
Protective function (Detail of error code)

Time characteristics of Err16.0 (Overload protection)


Overload protection time characteristics

Motor Type: M * MD
MSMD 50W
MSMD 100W100V

Time [s]
100

MSMD 100W200V
MSMD
MHMD
MSMD
MHMD

200W
200W
400W
400W

MSMD 750W
MHMD 750W
* Only for position control type.

10

0.1

115
100

200

300

400

500

Torque [%]

Motor Type: M * ME
MSME 50W
MSME 100W100V

Time [s]
100

MSME 100W200V
MSME 200W
MSME 400W

10

MSME 750W200V
MSME 750W(400V),
1.0kW to 5.0kW
MDME 400W(400V),
600W(400V),
1.0kW to 15.0kW
MFME 1.5kW to 4.5kW
MHME 1.0kW to 7.5kW
MGME 0.9kW to 6.0kW

0.1

115
100

200

300

400

500

Torque [%]

* MDME 7.5kW to 15.0kW, MHME 7.5kW and MGME 6.0kW is less than 300%.
* Only for position control type is not provided with MSME 50W to 750W(200V), 750W(400V),
MDME 400W(400V), 600W(400V), 7.5kW to 15.0kW, MFME, MHME 7.5kW and MGME 4.5kW, 6.0kW.

Caution

6-14

Use the motor so that actual torque stays in the continuous running range shown in S-T
characteristic of the motor. For the S-T characteristics, see P.7-55 Motor characteristics
(S-T characteristics).

1. When in Trouble

Software Limit Function (Err34.0)

Conditions under which the software limit works


Control mode

3RVLWLRQFRQWURO)XOOFORVHGFRQWURO
6KRXOGEHLQVHUYRRQFRQGLWLRQ
,QSXWVLJQDOVVXFKDVWKHGHYLDWLRQFRXQWHUFOHDUDQGFRPPDQGLQSXW
inhibit, and parameters except for controls such as torque limit setup,
are correctly set, assuring that the motor can run smoothly.

4
Setup

3) Cautions
 7KLVIXQFWLRQLVQRWDSURWHFWLRQDJDLQVWWKHDEQRUPDOSRVLWLRQFRPPDQG
 :KHQWKLVVRIWZDUHOLPLWSURWHFWLRQLVDFWLYDWHGWKHPRWRUGHFHOHUDWHVDQGVWRSVDFFRUGLQJWR3U VHTXHQFHDWDODUP  

The work (load) may collide to the machine end and be damaged depending on the
load during this deceleration, hence set up the range of Pr5.14 including the deceleration movement.
 7KLV VRIWZDUH OLPLW SURWHFWLRQ ZLOO EH LQYDOLGDWHG GXULQJ WKH WULDO UXQ DQG IUHTXHQF\
characteristics functioning of the PANATERM.

Connection

Others

2
Preparation

1) Outline
 <RXFDQPDNHDQDODUPVWRSRIWKHPRWRUZLWKVRIWZDUHOLPLWSURWHFWLRQ (UU ZKHQ
the motor travels exceeding the movable range which is set up with Pr5.14 (Motor
working range setup) against the position command input range.
 <RXFDQSUHYHQWWKHZRUNIURPFROOLGLQJWRWKHPDFKLQHHQGFDXVHGE\PRWRURVFLOODtion.
2) Applicable range
This function works under the following conditions.

Before Using the Products

Protective function (Detail of error code)

5
Adjustment

6
When in Trouble

Related page

Supplement

Note

2QO\IRUSRVLWLRQFRQWUROW\SHLVQRWSURYLGHGZLWK;
3'HWDLOVRISDUDPHWHU

6-15

1. When in Trouble
Protective function (Detail of error code)

4) Example of movement
(1) When no position command is entered (Servo-ON status),
The motor movable range will be the travel range which is set at both sides of the
motor with Pr5.14 since no position command is entered. When the load enters to
WKH(UURFFXUUHQFHUDQJH REOLTXHOLQHUDQJH VRIWZDUHOLPLWSURWHFWLRQZLOOEH
activated.

Motor

Load

Pr5.14 Pr5.14
Error occurrence range

Motor
movable
range

Error occurrence range

(2) When the load moves to the right (at Servo-ON),


When the position command to the right direction is entered, the motor movable
range will be expanded by entered position command, and the movable range will
be the position command input range + Pr5.14 setups in both sides.

Motor

Load

Pr5.14
Error occurrence range

Position command
input range

Pr5.14
Error occurrence range

Motor movable range

(3) When the load moves to the left (at Servo-ON),


When the position command to the left direction, the motor movable range will be
expanded further.

Motor

Load

Pr5.14
Error occurrence range

Position command
input range
Motor movable range

Pr5.14
Error occurrence range

5) Condition under which the position command input range is cleared


 7KHSRVLWLRQFRPPDQGLQSXWUDQJHZLOOEHFOHDUHGXQGHUWKHIROORZLQJFRQGLWLRQV
ZKHQWKHSRZHULVWXUQHGRQ
ZKLOHWKHSRVLWLRQGHYLDWLRQLVEHLQJFOHDUHG 'HYLDWLRQFRXQWHUFOHDULVYDOLG3U
(Sequence at over-travel inhibition) is 2 and over-travel inhibition input is valid.)
$WWKHEHJLQQLQJDQGHQGLQJRIWULDOUXQYLDFRPPXQLFDWLRQ

Related page

6-16

3'HWDLOVRISDUDPHWHU

1. When in Trouble

Warning Function

Alarm
Overload protection

Alarm
No.
$
A1

Battery alarm

A2

Fan alarm
Encoder communication
alarm
Encoder overheat alarm
Oscillation detection
alarm

A3

Content
/RDGIDFWRULVRUPRUHWKHSURWHFWLRQOHYHO
5HJHQHUDWLYHORDGIDFWRULVRUPRUHWKH
protection level.

Fixed at no
time limit.

Battery voltage is 3.2 V or lower.

A5

Fan has stopped for 1 sec. *2


The number of successive encoder communication
HUURUVH[FHHGVWKHVSHFLHGYDOXH
The encoder detects overheat alarm.

A6

Oscillation or vibration is detected.

A4

Lifetime detection alarm

A7

External scale error alarm


External scale
communication alarm

A8
$

Fixed at no
time limit.

The life expectancy of capacity or fan becomes


VKRUWHUWKDQWKHVSHFLHGWLPH
The feedback scale detects the alarm.
The number of successive feedback scale
FRPPXQLFDWLRQHUURUVH[FHHGVWKHVSHFLHGYDOXH

no fan alarm is displayed.

4
Setup

* 7KHFLUFOHPHDQVWKDWDWLPHLQWKHUDQJHWRVRUQRWLPHOLPLWFDQEHVHOHFWHG
through Pr6.27 Warning latching time. Note that the battery warning and the end of life
warning have no time limit.
*2 7KHXSSHUIDQRQWKH+IUDPHGULYHUVWRSVGXULQJVHUYR2))WRVDYHHQHUJ\7KLVLVQRUPDODQG

Connection

Over-regeneration alarm

Pr6.27 *1

2
Preparation

When an error condition e.g. overloading occurs, the alarm code is issued to indicate that the
corresponding protective function will be triggered if suitable corrective action is not taken.
7KHDODUPZLOOEHFOHDUHGDVWKHFDXVHRIWKHHUURULVUHPRYHG+RZHYHUFHUWDLQDODUPZLOO
remain latched for predetermined period as shown in the table below. To forcibly clear the
alarm, take the normal alarm clear procedure.

Before Using the Products

Protective function (Detail of error code)

5
Adjustment

6
When in Trouble

7
Supplement

6-17

2. Setup of gain pre-adjustment protection

When in Trouble
Before starting gain adjustment, set the following parameters based on the conditions of
use, to assure safe operation.
1) Setup of over-travel inhibit input

By inputting the limit sensor signal to the driver, the bumping against mechanical end
can be prevented. Refer to interface specification, positive/negative direction overtravel inhibit input (POT/NOT). Set the following parameters which are related to overtravel inhibit input.
3U6HWXSRIRYHUWUDYHOLQKLELWLQSXW
3U6HTXHQFHDWRYHUWUDYHOLQKLELW
Related page

3 327127 3 3U3U


2) Setup of torque limit

By limiting motor maximum torque, damage caused by failure or disturbance such as


bite of the machine and collision will be minimized. To apply standardized limit through
SDUDPHWHUVVHW3U7KHVWWRUTXHOLPLW
If the torque limit setup is lower than the value required during the actual application,
WKH IROORZLQJ WZR SURWHFWLYH IHDWXUHV ZLOO EH WULJJHUHG RYHUVSHHG SURWHFWLRQ ZKHQ
overshoot occurs, and excess positional deviation protection when response to the
command delays.
%\DOORFDWLQJWKHWRUTXHLQOLPLWRXWSXW 7/& RILQWHUIDFHVSHFLFDWLRQWRWKHRXWSXWVLJnal, torque limit condition can be detected externally.
Related page

3 7/& 3 3U 3 3U


3) Setup of over-speed protection

*HQHUDWHV(UU2YHUVSHHGSURWHFWLRQZKHQWKHPRWRUVSHHGLVH[FHVVLYHO\KLJK
Default setting is the applicable motor maximum speed [r/min] 1.2.
If your application operates below the motor maximum speed, set Pr5.13 Setup of
over-speed level by using the formula below.
3U6HWXSRIRYHUVSHHGOHYHO 9PD[  to 1.5)
9PD[PRWRUPD[LPXPVSHHG>UPLQ@LQRSHUDWLQJFRQGLWLRQ
Factor in ( ) is margin to prevent frequent activation of over-speed protection.
When running the motor at a low speed during initial adjustment stage, setup the overspeed protection by multiplying the adjusting speed by a certain margin to protect the motor against possible oscillation.
Related page

P.4-46 (Pr5.13)
(Continued ...)

6-18

2. Setup of gain pre-adjustment protection

2
Preparation

During the position control or full-closed control, this function detects potential excesVLYHGLIIHUHQFHEHWZHHQWKHSRVLWLRQDOFRPPDQGDQGPRWRUSRVLWLRQDQGLVVXHV(UU
Excess positional deviation protection.
([FHVV SRVLWLRQDO GHYLDWLRQ OHYHO FDQ EH VHW WR 3U 6HWXS RI SRVLWLRQDO GHYLDWLRQ
excess. The deviation can be detected through command positional deviation [pulse
(command unit)] and encoder positional deviation [pulse (encoder unit)], and one of
ZKLFKFDQEHVHOHFWHGE\3U3RVLWLRQVHWXSXQLWVHOHFW 6HHWKHFRQWUROEORFNGLDgram.)
'HIDXOWVHWWLQJLV>SXOVH FRPPDQGXQLW @
Because the positional deviation during normal operation depends on the operating
VSHHGDQGJDLQVHWWLQJOOWKHHTXDWLRQEHORZEDVHGRQ\RXURSHUDWLQJFRQGLWLRQDQG
LQSXWWKHUHVXOWLQJYDOXHWR3U

Before Using the Products

4) Setup of the excess positional deviation protection

3
Connection

:KHQ3U  GHWHFWLRQWKURXJKFRPPDQGSRVLWLRQDOGHYLDWLRQ


3U6HWXSRISRVLWLRQDOGHYLDWLRQH[FHVV 9FNS WR
9FPD[LPXPIUHTXHQF\RISRVLWLRQDOFRPPDQGSXOVH>SXOVH FRPPDQGXQLW V@
.SSRVLWLRQORRSJDLQ>V@
Factor in ( ) is margin to prevent frequent activation of excess positional deviation

protection.

3U6HWXSRISRVLWLRQDOGHYLDWLRQH[FHVV 9H.S WR


9HPD[LPXPRSHUDWLRQIUHTXHQF\>SXOVHV@LQHQFRGHUXQLWRUIXOOFORVHGXQLW
.SSRVLWLRQORRSJDLQ>V@
Note 3) When switching position loop gain Kp, select the smallest value for calculation.
1RWH  :KHQ3U VHWXSVRISRVLWLRQDOFRPPDQGILOWHUDQGGDPSLQJFRQWUROKDYH

3 3U 3 3U


5) Setup of motor working range

During the position control or full-closed control, this function detects the motor position which exceeds the revolutions set to Pr5.14 Motor working range setup, and isVXHV(UUSoftware limit protection.
P.4-46 (Pr5.14)

7
Supplement

Related page

6
When in Trouble

no effect.
Related page

5
Adjustment

:KHQ3U  GHWHFWLRQWKURXJKHQFRGHUSRVLWLRQDOGHYLDWLRQ


full-closed positional deviation)

Setup

Note 1) When switching position loop gain Kp, select the smallest value for calculation.
Note 2) When using the positional command filter and damping control, add the
following values.

3RVLWLRQDOFRPPDQGVPRRWKLQJILOWHU9F filter time constant [s]

3RVLWLRQDOFRPPDQG),5ILOWHU9F filter time constant [s]/2

'DPSLQJFRQWURO9F GDPSLQJIUHTXHQF\>+]@



2. Setup of gain pre-adjustment protection

6) Setup of hybrid deviation excess error protection

At the initial operation with full-closed control, operation failure may occur due to reverse connection of external scale or wrong external scale division ratio.
7R LQGLFDWH WKLV W\SH RI GHIHFW (UU +\EULG GHYLDWLRQ H[FHVV HUURU SURWHFWLRQ LV LVsued when the deviation of motor position (encoder unit) and load position (external
scale unit) exceed Pr3.28 Setup of hybrid deviation excess.
'HIDXOWVHWWLQJLVSXOVH FRPPDQGXQLW %HFDXVHWKHGHYLDWLRQLQQRUPDORSHUDtion varies with the operation speed and gain setup. Add a margin to this setting according to your operating condition.
Related page



P.4-32 (Pr3.28)

3. Troubleshooting

When in Trouble

Motor Does Not Run

:KHQWKHPRWRUGRHVQRWUXQUHIHUWR3'LVSOD\RI)DFWRURI1R0RWRU5XQQLQJRI3UHSDUDWLRQ
as well.
&ODVVLFDWLRQ
Parameter

Check that the present


control mode is correct
with monitor mode of the
front panel.

 6HWXS3UDJDLQ
2) Check that the input to control mode switching
&02'( RIWKH&QQHFWRU;LVFRUUHFWZKHQ
3ULVVHWWRWR

Selection of
torque limit is not
correct

Check that the external


analog input (N-ATL/
P-ATL) is not used for the
torque limit.

 6HWXS3UWRDQGDSSO\>9@WR1$7/DQG
>9@WR3$7/ZKHQ\RXXVHWKHH[WHUQDOLQSXW
 6HWXS3UWRDQGVHWXSWKHPD[YDOXHWR
3UZKHQ\RXXVHWKHSDUDPHWHUYDOXH

Setup of
electronic gear
is not correct.
(Position/Fullclosed)

Check that the motor


moves by expected
revolution against the
command pulses.

 &KHFNWKHVHWXSVRI3U3UDQG3UWR
3UDJDLQ
2) Connect the electronic gear switching input (DIV) of
&RQQHFWRU;WR&20RULQYDOLGDWHWKHGLYLVLRQ
multiplication switching by setting up the same
YDOXHWR3UDQG3U

Servo-ON input
of Connector
; 65921 LV
open.

In the front panel monitor


mode, is the Pin No.
corresponding to SRVON in - state?

Check and make a wiring so as to connect the SRV21LQSXWWR&20

Positive/negative
direction overtravel inhibit input
RI&RQQHFWRU;
(NOT/POT) is
open.

In the front panel monitor


mode, is the Pin No.
corresponding to NOT/
POT in A state?

1) Check and make a wiring so as to connect both


127327LQSXWVWR&20
 6HWXS3UWR LQYDOLG DQGUHVHWWKHSRZHU

Command pulse
input setup
is incorrect.
(Position/Fullclosed)

Check that the input


pulse counts and
variation of command
pulse sum does not slips,
with monitor mode of the
front panel.

1) Check that the command pulses are entered


FRUUHFWO\WRWKHGLUHFWLRQVHOHFWHGZLWK3U
2) Check that the command pulses are entered
FRUUHFWO\LQWKHIRUPDWVHOHFWHGZLWK3U

Command
pulse input
LQKLELWLRQ ,1+ RI
&RQQHFWRU;LV
open. (Position/
Full-closed)

In the front panel monitor


mode, is the Pin No.
FRUUHVSRQGLQJWR,1+LQ
A state?

 &KHFNDQGPDNHDZLULQJVRDVWRFRQQHFWWKH,1+
LQSXWWR&20
2) Set up Pr5.18 to 1 (invalid).

Counter clear
input (CL) of
&RQQHFWRU;
is connected to
&20 3RVLWLRQ
Full-closed)

In the front panel monitor


mode, is the Pin No.
corresponding to CL in
A state?

1) Check and make wiring so as to open the CL input


 6HWXS3UWR LQYDOLG 

4
Setup

Setup of the
control mode is
not correct

Connection

5
Adjustment

6
When in Trouble

7
Supplement

Related page

Measures

Preparation

Wiring

Causes

Before Using the Products

3+RZWR8VHWKH)URQW3DQHO3,QSXWVDQGRXWSXWVRQFRQQHFWRU;
3'HWDLOVRISDUDPHWHU

6-21

3. Troubleshooting
Motor Does Not Run

:KHQWKHPRWRUGRHVQRWUXQUHIHUWR3'LVSOD\RI)DFWRURI1R0RWRU5XQQLQJRI3UHSDUDWLRQ
as well.
&ODVVLFDWLRQ
Wiring

Installation

Related page

6-22

Causes

Measures

Speed command
is invalid
(Velocity)

Check that the velocity


command input method
(external analog
command/internal
velocity command) is
correct.

 &KHFNWKHVHWXSVRI3UWR3UDJDLQE\
VHWWLQJXS3UWRZKHQ\RXXVHWKHH[WHUQDO
analog command.
 6HWXS3UWR3UDQG3UWR3UE\
VHWWLQJXS3UWRHLWKHURQHRIRUZKHQ
you use the internal speed command.

Speed zero
clamp input
(ZEROSPD) of
&RQQHFWHU;LV
open.
(Velocity/Torque)

In the front panel


monitor mode, is the Pin
No. corresponding to
ZEROSPD in A state?

1) Check and make wiring so as to connect speed


]HURFODPSLQSXWWR&20
2) Set up Pr3.15.

Torque command
is invalid (Torque)

Check that the torque


command input method
(SPR/TRQR input,
P-ATL/TRQR input) is
correct.

1) Check that the input voltage is applied correctly by


VHWWLQJXS3UWRZKHQ\RXXVH6357545
input.
2) Check that the input voltage is applied correctly by
setting up Pr3.17 to 1, when you use the P-ATL/
TRQR input.

Velocity control is
invalid (Torque)

Check that the velocity


limit input method
(parameter velocity, SPR/
TRQR/SPL input) is
correct.

1) Set up the desired value to Pr3.21 by setting up


3UWRZKHQ\RXXVHWKHSDUDPHWHUVSHHG
2) Check that the input voltage is applied correctly
by setting up Pr3.17 to 1, when you use the SPR/
TRQR/SPL input.

Main power is
shut off.

In the front panel monitor


mode, is the Pin No.
FRUUHVSRQGLQJWR65'<
in - state?

Check the wiring/voltage of main power of the driver


(L1, L2 and L3).

The motor shaft


drags, the motor
does not run.

1)Check that you can


turn the motor shaft,
after turning off the
power and separate it
from the machine.
2)Check that you can
turn the motor shaft
while applying DC24V
to the brake in case
of the motor with
electromagnetic brake.

If you cannot turn the motor shaft, consult with the


dealer for repair.

3'HWDLOVRISDUDPHWHU3,QSXWVDQGRXWSXWVRQFRQQHFWRU;

6
&ODVVLFDWLRQ

Adjustment

Unstable Rotation (Not Smooth),


Motor Runs Slowly Even with Speed Zero at Velocity Control Mode

Causes
Setup of the control mode is not
correct.

Measures
,I\RXVHWXS3UWR 9HORFLW\FRQWUROPRGH E\PLVWDNHDW
position control mode, the motor runs slowly at servo-ON due to
VSHHGFRPPDQGRIIVHW&KDQJHWKHVHWXSRI3UWR

Velocity and position command


are not stable.

&KHFNWKHPRWRUPRYHPHQWZLWKFRQQHFWRU;RIWKHIURQWSDQHO
or the waveform graphic function of the PANATERM. Review the
wiring, connector contact failure and controller.

Each input signal of Connector


;LVFKDWWHULQJ
1) Servo-ON signal

 &KHFNWKHZLULQJDQGFRQQHFWLRQEHWZHHQ3LQDQGRIWKH
&RQQHFWRU;XVLQJWKHGLVSOD\IXQFWLRQRI,2VLJQDOVWDWXV
Correct the wiring and connection so that the Servo-ON signal
can be turned on normally. Review the controller.
2) Check the wiring and connection between Pin-18 and 17, 16 and
RIWKH&RQQHFWRU;XVLQJWHVWHURURVFLOORVFRSH&RUUHFWWKH
wiring and connection so that Positive/Negative direction torque
limit input can be entered normally.
 &KHFNWKHZLULQJDQGFRQQHFWLRQEHWZHHQ3LQDQGRIWKH
&RQQHFWRU;XVLQJGLVSOD\IXQFWLRQRI,2VLJQDOVWDWXV&RUUHFW
the wiring and connection so that the deviation counter input can
be turned on normally. Review the controller.
4) Check the wiring and connection between Pin-26 and 41of the
&RQQHFWRU;XVLQJ'LVSOD\IXQFWLRQRI,2VLJQDOVWDWXV&RUUHFW
the wiring and connection so that the speed zero clamp input can
be entered normally. Review the controller.
5) Check the wiring and connection between Pin-33 and 41of the
&RQQHFWRU;XVLQJGLVSOD\IXQFWLRQRI,2VLJQDOVWDWXV&RUUHFW
the wiring and connection so that the command pulse inhibition
input can be entered normally. Review the controller.

2) Positive/Negative direction
torque limit input signal

3) Deviation counter input signal

4) Speed zero clamp signal

5) Command pulse inhibition


input

8VHDVKLHOGFDEOHIRUFRQQHFWLQJFDEOHWRWKH&RQQHFWRU;
6HSDUDWHWKHSRZHUOLQHDQGVLJQDOOLQH FPRUORQJHU LQWKH
separate duct.

Slip of offset

Check the voltage between Pin-14 and 15 (speed command input)


using a tester or an oscilloscope.

Noise is on the position


command.

8VHDVKLHOGFDEOHIRUFRQQHFWLQJFDEOHWRWKH&RQQHFWRU;
6HSDUDWHWKHSRZHUOLQHDQGVLJQDOOLQH FPRUORQJHU LQWKH
separate duct.

5
Adjustment

Noise is on the velocity


command.

Setup

,QFUHDVHWKHVHWXSRI3UVWYHORFLW\ORRSJDLQ(QWHUWRUTXH
OWHURI3UDQGLQFUHDVHWKHVHWXSRI3UDJDLQ

Connection

Gain adjustment is not proper.

Preparation

Wiring

Before Using the Products

When in Trouble

Parameter

3. Troubleshooting

6
When in Trouble

7
Supplement

Related page

3'HWDLOVRISDUDPHWHU3,QSXWVDQGRXWSXWVRQFRQQHFWRU;
32XWOLQHRI6HWXSVXSSRUWVRIWZDUH3$1$7(50

6-23

3. Troubleshooting

When in Trouble

Positioning Accuracy Is Poor

&ODVVLFDWLRQ

Causes
Position command is not correct.
(Amount of command pulse)

Count the feedback pulses with a monitor function of the


PANATERM or feedback pulse monitor mode of the console while
repeating the movement of the same distance. If the value does
not return to the same value, review the controller. Make a noise
measure to command pulse.

Captures the positioning


complete signal at the edge.

Monitor the deviation at positioning complete signal reception


ZLWKWKH&RQQHFWRU;RUWKHZDYHIRUPJUDSKLFIXQFWLRQRIWKH
PANATERM.
Make the controller capture the signal not at the edge but with
some time allowance.

Shape or width of the


command pulse is not per the
VSHFLFDWLRQV

If the shape of the command pulse is broken or narrowed, review


the pulse generating circuit. Make a noise measure.

Noise is superposed on
deviation counter clear input CL
&RQQHFWRU;3LQ 

Make a noise measure to external DC power supply and make no


wiring of the unused signal lines.

Adjustment

Position loop gain is small.

Check the position deviation with the monitor function of the


PANATERM or at the monitor mode of the console.
,QFUHDVHWKHVHWXSRI3UZLWKLQWKHUDQJHZKHUHQRRVFLOODWLRQ
occurs.

Parameter

Setup of the positioning


complete range is large.

Lower the setup of Pr4.31 within the range where no chattering of


complete signal occurs.

Command pulse frequency have


H[FHHGHGNSSVRU0SSV

Lower the command pulse frequency. Change the division/


multiplication ratio of 1st and 2nd numerator of command division/
PXOWLSOLFDWLRQ3UDQG3U8VHDSXOVHOLQHLQWHUIDFH
exclusive to line driver when pulse line interface is used.

Setup of the division/


multiplication is not correct.

Check if the repetition accuracy is same or not. If it does not


change, use a larger capacity motor and driver.

Velocity loop gain is proportion


action at motor in stall.

6HWXS3UDQG3URIWLPHFRQVWDQWRIYHORFLW\ORRS
LQWHJUDWLRQWRRUVPDOOHU
5HYLHZWKHZLULQJDQGFRQQHFWLRQVRWKDWWKHFRQQHFWLRQEHWZHHQ
Pin-27 and 41 of the gain switching input connector, Connector
;EHFRPHVRIIZKLOH\RXVHWXS3URIQGJDLQVHWXSWR

Each input signal of Connector


;LVFKDWWHULQJ
1) Servo-ON signal

 &KHFNWKHZLULQJDQGFRQQHFWLRQEHWZHHQ3LQDQGRIWKH
FRQQHFWRU&RQQHFWRU;XVLQJWKHGLVSOD\IXQFWLRQRI,2VLJQDO
status. Correct the wiring and connection so that the servo-On
signal can be turned on normally. Review the controller.
 &KHFNWKHZLULQJDQGFRQQHFWLRQEHWZHHQ3LQDQGRIWKH
FRQQHFWRU&RQQHFWRU;XVLQJGLVSOD\IXQFWLRQRI,2VLJQDO
status. Correct the wiring and connection so that the deviation
counter clear input can be turned on normally. Review the
controller.
3 Check the wiring and connection between Pin-18 and 17, 16 and
RIWKHFRQQHFWRU&RQQHFWRU;XVLQJWHVWHURURVFLOORVFRSH
Correct the wiring and connection so that Positive/Negative
direction torque limit input can be entered normally.
4) Check the wiring and connection between Pin-33 and 41of the
FRQQHFWRU&RQQHFWRU;XVLQJGLVSOD\IXQFWLRQRI,2VLJQDO
status. Correct the wiring and connection so that the command
pulse inhibition input can be entered normally. Review the controller.

System

Wiring

2) Deviation counter clear input


signal

3) Positive/Negative direction
torque limit input signal

4) Command pulse inhibition


input

Installation

Related page

6-24

Measures

Load inertia is large.

Check the overshoot at stopping with graphic function of the


PANATERM. If no improvement is obtained, increase the driver and
motor capacity.

3'HWDLOVRISDUDPHWHU3,QSXWVDQGRXWSXWVRQFRQQHFWRU;
32XWOLQHRI6HWXSVXSSRUWVRIWZDUH3$1$7(50

3. Troubleshooting

When in Trouble

Origin Point Slips

&ODVVLFDWLRQ
System

Measures

Z-phase is not detected.

Check that the Z-phase matches to the center of proximity dog.


Execute the homing matching to the controller correctly.

+RPLQJFUHHSVSHHGLVIDVW

Lower the homing speed at origin proximity. Or widen the origin


sensor.

Chattering of proximity sensor


(proximity dog sensor) output .

Check the dog sensor input signal of the controller with


oscilloscope.
Review the wiring near to proximity dog and make a noise measure
or reduce noise.

Noise is on the encoder line.

5HGXFHQRLVH LQVWDOODWLRQRIQRLVHOWHURUIHUULWHFRUH VKLHOG


treatment of I/F cables, use of a twisted pair or separation of power
and signal lines.

Check the Z-phase signal with oscilloscope. Check that the PinRIWKHFRQQHFWRUFRQQHFWRU;LVFRQQHFWHGWRWKHHDUWKRIWKH
controller. Connect the earth of the controller because the open
collector interface is not insulated. Replace the motor and driver.
Request for repair.

Miswiring of Z-phase output.

Check the wiring to see only one side of the line driver is connected
or not. Use a CZ output (open collector if the controller is not
differential input.

3
Connection

No Z-phase signal output.

Preparation

Wiring

Causes

1
Before Using the Products

4
Setup

3. Troubleshooting

When in Trouble

Abnormal Motor Noise or Vibration

Causes

Measures

Wiring

Noise is on the speed command.

Measure the speed command inputs of Pin-14 and 15 of the


connector, &RQQHFWRU; with an oscilloscope. Reduce noise
LQVWDOODWLRQRIQRLVHOWHURUIHUULWHFRUH VKLHOGWUHDWPHQWRI,)
cables, use of a twisted pair, separation of power and signal lines.

Adjustment

Gain setup is large.

/RZHUWKHJDLQE\VHWWLQJXSORZHUYDOXHVWR3UDQGRI
YHORFLW\ORRSJDLQDQG3UDQG3URISRVLWLRQORRSJDLQ

Installation

Resonance of the machine and


the motor.

5HDGMXVW3UDQG
Check if the machine resonance exists or not with frequency
characteristics analyzing function of the PANATERM. Set up the
QRWFKIUHTXHQF\WR3U3U3URU3ULIUHVRQDQFH
exists.

Motor bearing

Check the noise and vibration near the bearing of the motor while
running the motor with no load. Replace the motor to check.
Request for repair.

Electro-magnetic sound, gear


noise, rubbing noise at brake
engagement, hub noise or
rubbing noise of encoder.

Check the noise of the motor while running the motor with no load.
Replace the motor to check. Request for repair.

Adjustment

&ODVVLFDWLRQ

6
When in Trouble
Supplement

6-25

3. Troubleshooting

When in Trouble
&ODVVLFDWLRQ

Causes

Measures

Adjustment

Gain adjustment is not proper.

Check with graphic function of PANATERM or monitor (connector


; 0DNHDFRUUHFWJDLQDGMXVWPHQW5HIHUWR$GMXVWPHQW

Installation

Load inertia is large.

Check with graphic function of PANATERM or monitor (Connector


; 0DNHDQDSSURSULDWHDGMXVWPHQW,QFUHDVHWKHPRWRUDQG
driver capacity and lower the inertia ratio. Use a gear reducer.

Looseness or slip of the


machine.

Review the mounting to the machine.

Ambient temperature,
environment.

Lower the temperature with cooling fan if the ambient temperature


exceeds the predications.

Stall of cooling fan, dirt of fan


ventilation duct.

Check the cooling fans of the driver and the machine. Replace the
GULYHUIDQRUUHTXHVWIRUUHSDLU 7KHXSSHUIDQRQWKH+IUDPHGULYHU
stops during servo OFF to save energy. This is normal.)

Mismatching of the driver and


the motor.

Check the name plates of the driver and the motor. Select a
correct combination of them referring to the instruction manual or
catalogue.

Failure of motor bearing.

Check that the motor does not generate rumbling noise while
turning it by hand after shutting off the power. Replace the motor
and request for repair if the noise is heard.

Electromagnetic brake is kept


engaged (left un-released).

Check the voltage at brake terminals. Apply the power (DC24V) to


release the brake.

Motor failure (oil, water or


others)

Avoid the installation place where the motor is subject to high


temperature, humidity, oil, dust or iron particles.

Motor has been turned by


external force while dynamic
brake has been engaged.

Check the running pattern, working condition and operating status,


and inhibit the operation under the condition of the left.

3. Troubleshooting

When in Trouble
&ODVVLFDWLRQ

Motor Speed Does Not Reach to the Setup,


Motor Revolutions (Travel) Is Too Large or Small

Causes

Measures

Parameter

Velocity command input gain is


not correct.

&KHFNWKDWWKHVHWXSRI3UVSHHGFRPPDQGLQSXWJDLQLV
PDGHVRDVWRPDNHWKHVHWXSRIPDNHVUPLQ9

Adjustment

Position loop gain is low.

6HWXS3UDQG3USRVLWLRQORRSJDLQWRDSSUR[

Division/Multiplication is not
proper.

6HWXSFRUUHFWYDOXHVWR3UVWQXPHUDWRURIHOHFWURQLF
JHDU3UQXPHUDWRUPXOWLSOLHURIHOHFWURQLFJHDUDQG3U
denominator of electronic gear. Refer to parameter setup at each
mode.

Related page

6-26

Overshoot/Undershoot,
Overheating of the Motor (Motor Burn-Out)

3'HWDLOVRISDUDPHWHU32XWOLQHRI6HWXSVXSSRUWVRIWZDUH3$1$7(50

3. Troubleshooting

When in Trouble

Parameter Returns to Previous Setup

&ODVVLFDWLRQ

Causes

Parameter

No writing to EEPROM has been


carried out before turning off the
power.

1
Before Using the Products

Measures
5HIHUWR3((3520:ULWLQJ0RGHRI3UHSDUDWLRQ

2
Preparation

3
Connection

4
Setup

5
Adjustment

6
When in Trouble

7
Supplement

6-27

MEMO

6-28

7. Supplement

1
Before Using the Products

1. Safety function
Outline ........................................................................................................7-2
Input & output signals .................................................................................7-3

2
Preparation

Safety Circuit Block Diagram ......................................................................7-5


Timing Chart ...............................................................................................7-6
Example of connection ...............................................................................7-8

2. Absolute system
Outline ......................................................................................................7-10
&RQJXUDWLRQ ............................................................................................7-11
Battery (for Backup) Installation ................................................................7-12
Setup (Initialization) of Absolute Encoder .................................................7-16
Transferring absolute data ........................................................................7-16
Transferring external scale absolute data .................................................7-21
Display of Battery Alarm ...........................................................................7-25

3
Connection

3.Outline of Setup Support Software, PANATERM


Setup on the PC .......................................................................................7-26

4. Communication
Outline ......................................................................................................7-27
6SHFLFDWLRQV............................................................................................7-28
List of Communication Command .............................................................7-39

Details of Communication Command .......................................................7-40


Setup

5. Motor Characteristics (S-T Characteristics)


Motor .........................................................................................................7-55

6. Dimensions
Driver A-frame, B-frame .........................................................................7-73
C-frame, D-frame (200 V) ............................................................7-74
D-frame (400 V), E-frame (200 V) ................................................7-75
E-frame (400 V), F-frame .............................................................7-76

5
Adjustment

G-frame ........................................................................................7-77
H-frame ........................................................................................7-78
Motor .........................................................................................................7-79

7. Options
Noise Filter ................................................................................................7-94

6
When in Trouble

Surge Absorber .........................................................................................7-98


Noise Filter for Signal Lines ......................................................................7-99
Junction Cable for Encoder ....................................................................7-100
Junction Cable for Motor (Without brake) ...............................................7-103
Junction Cable for Motor (With brake) ....................................................7-106
Junction Cable for Brake ........................................................................7-108
Connector Kit ..........................................................................................7-109
Battery For Absolute Encoder .................................................................7-118
Mounting Bracket ....................................................................................7-119
Reactor ...................................................................................................7-120
External Regenerative Resistor ..............................................................7-122

7
Supplement

Recommended components(Surge absorber for motor brake) ..............7-124


List of Peripheral Equipments .................................................................7-125

7-1

1. Safety function

Supplement

Outline

Outline description of safe torque off (STO)


The safe torque off (STO) function is a safety function that shuts the motor current
and turns off motor output torque by forcibly turning off the driving signal of the servo
driver internal power transistor. For this purpose, the STO uses safety input signal and
hardware (circuit).
When STO function operates, the servo driver turns off the servo ready output signal
(S-RDY) and enters safety state.
This is an alarm condition and the 7-seg LED on the front panel displays the error code
number.

Safety precautions
When using the STO function, be sure to perform equipment risk assessment to ensure
that the system conforms to the safety requirements.
Even while the STO function is working, the following potential safety hazards exist.
Check safety in risk assessment.
The motor may move when external force (e.g. gravity force on vertical axis) is
exerted on it. Provide an external brake, etc., as necessary to secure the motor. Note
that the purpose of motor with brake is holding and it cannot be used for braking
application.
When parameter Pr5.10 Sequence at alarm is set to free run (disable dynamic
brake), the motor is free run state and requires longer stop distance even if no
external force is applied. Make sure that this does not cause any problem.
When power transistor, etc., becomes defective, the motor will move to the extent
equivalent of 180 electrical angle (max.). Make sure that this does not cause any
problem.
The STO turns off the current to the motor but does not turn off power to the servo
driver and does not isolate it. When starting maintenance service on the servo driver,
turn off the driver by using a different disconnecting device.
External device monitor (hereafter EDM) output signal is not a safety signal. Do not use
it for an application other than failure monitoring.
Dynamic brake and external brake release signal output are not related to safety
function. When designing the system, make sure that the failure of external brake
release during STO condition does not result in danger condition.
When using STO function, connect equipment conforming to the safety standards.

Note
Related page

7-2

2QO\IRUSRVLWLRQFRQWUROW\SHLVQRWSURYLGHGZLWK; 6DIHW\IXQFWLRQFRQQHFWRU 
3&RQIRUPDQFHWRLQWHUQDWLRQDOVWDQGDUGV3+RZWR8VHWKH)URQW3DQHO
3,QSXWVDQGRXWSXWVRQFRQQHFWRU;

1. Safety function

Supplement

Input & output signals

1
Before Using the Products

7
Safety input signal

For list of connector pin numbers, refer to P.2-53,


Signal

SF1+

6)

SF2+

6)

Safety
input 1

Safety
input 2

Control
mode

Contents
Input 1 that triggers STO function. This input turns
off the upper arm drive signal of power transistor.
When using the function, connect this pin in a way
so that the photocoupler of this input circuit turns off
to activate STO function.
Input 2 that triggers STO function. This input turns
off the lower arm drive signal of power transistor.
When using the function, connect this pin in a way
so that the photocoupler of this input circuit turns off
to activate STO function.

Compatible
all control
mode

<Response time>
Safety input 1 or 2 enables STO to operate: within 5 ms of response time, the motor
output torque will be turned off.

Caution

4
Setup

6DIHW\HTXLSPHQWVHOIGLDJQRVLV/SXOVH
Safety output signal from the safety controller and safety sensor may include L pulse for
self-diagnosis.
To prevent the L pulse from mis-triggering STO function, the safety input circuit has
EXLOWLQOWHUWKDWUHPRYHVWKHVHOIGLDJQRVLV/SXOVH
Therefore, if the off period of safety input signal less than 1 ms, the safety input circuit
GRHVQRWGHWHFWWKLVRIIHYHQW
7RYDOLGDWHWKLVRIISHULRGWXUQRIIWKHLQSXWVLJQDOIRUPRUHWKDQPV

3
Connection

Pin No.

Preparation

Symbol

L pulse for self-diagnosis

5 ms or more

1 ms or shorter
Servo driver
Operate

Adjustment

Safety input
signal

5 ms or shorter
Response time

STO state

When in Trouble

7
Supplement

Note

2QO\IRUSRVLWLRQFRQWUROW\SHLVQRWSURYLGHGZLWK; 6DIHW\IXQFWLRQFRQQHFWRU 

7-3

1. Safety function
Input & output signals

External device monitor (EDM) output signal


The monitor output signal is used by the external device to monitor the state of the safety
input signal. Connect the monitor output to the external device monitor terminal of the
safety devices such as safety controller and safety sensor.
Signal

Control
mode

Symbol

Pin No.

Contents

EDM+

Outputs monitor signal that is used to check the

EDM
output

safety function.
('0

Caution

This output signal is not a safety output.

Compatible
all control
mode

/RJLFDOUHODWLRQVKLSEHWZHHQVDIHW\LQSXWVLJQDODQG('0RXWSXWVLJQDO
When both safety input 1 and 2 are off, i.e. when STO function of 2 safety input channels
are active, the photocoupler in EDM output circuit turns on.
Signal
Safety input
EDM output

Symbol
SF1

Photocoupler logic
ON

ON

OFF

OFF

SF2

ON

EDM

OFF

OFF

ON

OFF

OFF

OFF

ON

By monitoring the logics (all 4 states) of photocoupler shown in the table above, the
external device can determine the status (normal or abnormal) of safety input circuit and
EDM output circuit.

7-4

Note

Maximum delay time from input of safety 1 and 2 signals to output of EDM signal is 6 ms.

Note

2QO\IRUSRVLWLRQFRQWUROW\SHLVQRWSURYLGHGZLWK; 6DIHW\IXQFWLRQFRQQHFWRU 

1. Safety function

Supplement

Safety Circuit Block Diagram

C
analog
input

SF2+

LPF3ms

C
analog
input

EDM+

+5V

+5V

I_SF2

+5V

+5V
in

N
O_EDM

PC

5V

C port
3.3V
level
shifter

('0

PC

Connection

6)

ASIC

IL_ERR1
+5V

Power section interface

+5V

Preparation

IL_EMG
I_SF1

Before Using the Products

Control
Circuit

X3
4

6)

Power

+5V

+5V

SF1+

5V

+5V
out

+5V PS
Voltage
Monitor

4
Motor
Setup

5
Adjustment

6
When in Trouble

7
Supplement

Note

2QO\IRUSRVLWLRQFRQWUROW\SHLVQRWSURYLGHGZLWK; 6DIHW\IXQFWLRQFRQQHFWRU 

7-5

1. Safety function

Supplement

Timing Chart

Operating timing for safety status


Servo-ON input
(SRV-ON)

input coupler OFF


(Servo-OFF command)

input coupler ON
(Servo-ON command)

Safety input 1
Safety input 2 *3

input coupler OFF (STO)

input coupler ON

max 5ms
Motor energization
energized

not-energized
max 6ms

EDM output

output coupler ON

output coupler OFF

0.5 to 5ms
Dynamic brake

*2

released

Servo-Ready output
(S-RDY)

Servo-Alarm output
(ALM)

External brake
release output
(BRK-OFF)

engaged
output coupler OFF
(not ready)

output coupler ON
(ready)

output coupler ON
(not Alarm)

output coupler ON
(Break release)

output coupler OFF


(Alarm)
Setup value of Pr4.38
output coupler OFF
(Break engage)
t1*1

motor speed
Setup value of Pr4.39

Setup value of Pr4.38

when setup
value of Pr4.38
is shorter,

output coupler OFF


(Break engage)

output coupler ON
(Break release)
t1*1
motor speed
Setup value of Pr4.39

when time to fall


below value of
Pr4.39 is shorter,

*1 t1 is the value set to Pr4.38 Setup of mechanical brake action at running or the time
at which the motor revolution speed drops below the time set to Pr4.39 Brake release
speed setup, whichever comes first.
*2 Dynamic brake operates to the setting of Pr5.10 Sequence at alarm.
*3 When safety input 1 or 2 turns off, the state changes to STO condition.

Note
Related page

7-6

2QO\IRUSRVLWLRQFRQWUROW\SHLVQRWSURYLGHGZLWK; 6DIHW\IXQFWLRQFRQQHFWRU 
33U3U33U

1. Safety function

1
Before Using the Products

Timing Chart

Return timing from safety state


input coupler OFF
(Servo-OFF command)

Servo-ON input
(SEV-ON) *1
input coupler OFF

input coupler ON

Motor energization

2
Preparation

Safety input 1
Safety input 2

input coupler ON
(Servo-ON command)

not-energized
max 6ms

EDM output

released/engaged *2
generated alarm

Servo-Ready output
(S-RDY)

Servo-Clear intput
(ALM) *1

input coupler OFF

output coupler OFF


(Alarm)

External brake
release output
(BRK-OFF)

released/engaged *3
Servo-OFF
output coupler ON
(ready)

Once the servo


on command is
input, the
operation
proceeds in
synchronous
with normal
servo on/off
timing.
(Refer to P.2-61
Timing Chart)

input coupler ON
Setup

Servo-Alarm output
(ALM)

output coupler OFF


(not ready)

output coupler OFF

Connection

Dynamic brake

output coupler ON

output coupler ON
(not Alarm)

output coupler OFF (Break engage)

5
Adjustment

6
When in Trouble

*1 Photocouplers for safety input 1 and 2 should be turned on again with servo-on input
turned off. Otherwise, alarm occurs, and should be cleared.
Alarm clear should be performed after the safety input 1 and 2 have been turned
back to on.
Otherwise, alarm occurs.
*2 This is an alarm condition and the dynamic brake operates according to Pr5.10 Sequence at alarm.
*3 This is normal servo-off condition and the dynamic brake operates according to
Pr5.06 Sequence at servo-off.

Related page

Supplement

Note

2QO\IRUSRVLWLRQFRQWUROW\SHLVQRWSURYLGHGZLWK; 6DIHW\IXQFWLRQFRQQHFWRU 
33U33U

7-7

1. Safety function

Supplement

Example of connection

Example of connection to safety switch


24V

Safety
switch

Servo driver
Contact output

SF1+

Safety input
6)

M
Safety input

SF2+
6)

0V

EDM output

EDM+
EDM

Example of connection to safety sensor


Safety sensor

Sefety output
(source)

Servo driver

Control output 1
SF1+

Safety input
6)

Control output 2

Safety input

SF2+

0V

6)

24V

EDM+

EDM input

EDM

EDM output

Example of connection to safety controller


Safety
controller

Contact output
T31

Servo driver
T33
SF1+

Safety input
6)

M
SF2+
A2

S14

6)

S24

EDM+
EDM

Sefety output
(source)

Note

7-8

EDM output
0V

2QO\IRUSRVLWLRQFRQWUROW\SHLVQRWSURYLGHGZLWK; 6DIHW\IXQFWLRQFRQQHFWRU 

1. Safety function

1
Before Using the Products

Example of connection

Example of connection when using multiple axes


Safety sensor

Sefety output
(source)

Control
output 1

Servo driver
Preparation

Control
output 2

SF1+
6)

0V
SF2+
24V

6)

EDM input
EDM+
EDM

Connection

EDM
output

Servo driver
SF1+

6)

M
SF2+

Setup

6)

EDM+
EDM

EDM
output

5
Servo driver
Adjustment

SF1+
6)

M
SF2+
6)

EDM+

EDM output

Capacity requirement per safety output (source) channel: 50 No. of connected axes
(mA)
24 VDC supply allowable voltage: 24 V15%
Maximum No. of connectable axes: 8

7
Supplement

Note

When in Trouble

EDM

2QO\IRUSRVLWLRQFRQWUROW\SHLVQRWSURYLGHGZLWK; 6DIHW\IXQFWLRQFRQQHFWRU 

7-9

2. Absolute system

Supplement

Outline

Outline of Absolute System


When you compose an absolute system using an absolute encoder, you are not required
to carry out homing operation at the power-on, and this function suits very well to such an
application as a robot.
&RQQHFWWKHKRVWFRQWUROOHUZLWKWKH0,1$6$ZLWKDEVROXWHVSHFLFDWLRQV PRWRUZLWK
absolute encoder and driver with absolute spec) and set up the parameter, Pr0.15 to 0 or 2,
then connect the battery for absolute encoder to compose an absolute system with which
you can capture the exact present position information after the power-ON.
Shift the system to origin once after installing the battery and clear the multi-turn data by
clearing the absolute encoder, then you can detect the absolute position without carrying
out homing operation.
Via RS232 or RS485 communication, the host controller can connect up to 32 MINAS-A5
and capture the present position information as serial data to obtain the absolute position
of each axis by processing. each data.

Applicable Mode
<RXFDQXVHDOORI0,1$6$VHULHVGULYHULQDEVROXWHVSHFLFDWLRQVE\VHWWLQJXSSDUDPHWHU8VHWKHPRWRUZKLFKWKSODFH GHVLJQDWHGIRUURWDU\HQFRGHUVSHFLFDWLRQV LV6
(7-wire type).

S
8th place

Rotary encoder specifications

$EVROXWH6SHFLFDWLRQV
There are 3 connecting methods of the host controller and MINAS-A5 driver as described
below, and select a method depending on the interface of the host controller specs or
number of axis to be connected. Designate a module ID to Pr5.31 of each MINAS-A5
driver when you connect multiple MINAS-A5 in communication to one host controller as
shown below.

[Parameter Pr5.31]
 :KHQ\RXFRQQHFWHDFK0,1$6$WRWKHKRVWVHSDUDWHO\ZLWK56DQGVZLWFKWKH
communication individually, designate 0 to 31 to each MINAS-A5.
:KHQ\RXFRQQHFWRQH0,1$6$WRWKHKRVWZLWK56DQGFRQQHFWHDFK0,1$6$
with RS485, designate 0 to the MINAS-A5 connected with the host, and designate 1 to
31 to other MINAS-A5. (Max 32 axis are connectable.)
:KHQ\RXFRQQHFW0,1$6$WRWKHKRVWZLWK56WKHKRVWLVJLYHQPRGXOH,'RI
and designate 1 to 31 to MINAS-A5. (Max 31 axis are connectable.)

Note

7-10

2QO\IRUSRVLWLRQFRQWUROW\SHLVQRWSURYLGHGZLWK; &RPPXQLFDWLRQFRQQHFWRU 
2QO\IRUSRVLWLRQFRQWUROW\SHGRHVQRWVXSSRUWWKHELWDEVROXWHVSHFLFDWLRQ
 ,WVXSSRUWVRQO\ELWLQFUHPHQWDOVSHFLFDWLRQ

2. Absolute system

Supplement

Configuration

1
Before Using the Products

&RQJXUDWLRQRIDEVROXWHV\VWHPRIVFDOHXVLQJ56LQWHUIDFH
Host controller
RS232
interface

Servo driver
X2

SN751701 or equivalent

4
RXD
3
TXD
1
GND
8
RS485+
7
RS485
6
RS485+
5
RS485

RS485 can be
connecter to either
terminal pair.

X4

X6

Relay
connector

Motor

X5

Relay
connector

Detection
head

Positioning
controller

Preparation

TXD
RXD
GND

External scale unit

When longer wirings


are used and/or drivers
are connected to
different power
sources, interconnect
GND terminals of these
drivers to prevent
potential generation.

SN751701 or equivalent

4
RXD
3
TXD
1
GND
8
RS485+
7
RS485
6
RS485+
5
RS485
X4

RS485 can be
connecter to either
terminal pair.

X6

Relay
connector

Motor

X5

Relay
connector

Detection
head

Connection

X2

* No connection to X5 when no
external scale is used.

External scale unit

Setup

Related page

3&RQQHFWLRQRI&RPPXQLFDWLRQ/LQH

&RQJXUDWLRQRIDEVROXWHV\VWHPRIVFDOHXVLQJ56LQWHUIDFH
Host controller

RS485+
RS485
GND

X2
6
RS485+
5
RS485
1
GND
8
RS485+
7
RS485
X4

Positioning
controller

* No connection to X5 when no
external scale is used.
X6

Relay
connector

Motor

X5

Relay
connector

Detection
head

External scale unit

When in Trouble

Related page

ADM485 or equivalent

Adjustment

RS485
interface

Servo driver

3&RQQHFWLRQRI&RPPXQLFDWLRQ/LQH

7
* Battery for absolute encoder is required to store the multi-turn data into the encoder.
Connect the battery between BAT+ and BAT of the motor.
2QO\IRUSRVLWLRQFRQWUROW\SHLVQRWSURYLGHGZLWK; &RPPXQLFDWLRQFRQQHFWRU 
2QO\IRUSRVLWLRQFRQWUROW\SHGRHVQRWVXSSRUWWKHELWDEVROXWHVSHFLFDWLRQ
 ,WVXSSRUWVRQO\ELWLQFUHPHQWDOVSHFLFDWLRQ
7-11

Supplement

Note

2. Absolute system

Supplement

Battery (for Backup) Installation

First Installation of the Battery


After installing and connecting the back-up battery to the motor, execute an absolute encoder setup. Refer to P.7-16, "Setup (initialization) of Absolute Encoder ".
It is recommended to perform ON/OFF action once a day after installing the battery for
refreshing the battery.
A battery error might occur due to voltage delay of the battery if you fail to carry out the
battery refreshment.

Caution

8VHWKHIROORZLQJEDWWHU\IRUDEVROXWHHQFRGHU
Battery .............Part No. : DV0P2990 (3.6V 2000mAh)
Battery box ......Part No. : DV0P4430

Replacement of the Battery


It is necessary to replace the battery for absolute encoder when battery alarm occurs.
Replace while turning on the control power. Data stored in the encoder might be
lost when you replace the battery while the control power of the driver is off.
After replacing the battery, clear the battery alarm. Refer to P.7-25, "How to Clear the
Battery Alarm".

Caution

When you execute the absolute encoder with the front panel (refer to P.2-113 of Preparation), or via communication (refer to P.7-54), all of error and multi-turn data will be cleared
WRJHWKHU ZLWK DODUP DQG \RX DUH UHTXLUHG WR H[HFXWH 6HWXS ,QLWLDOL]DWLRQ  RI DEVROXWH
HQFRGHU UHIHUWR3 

How to Replace the Battery


1) Refresh the new battery.
Connector with lead wire of the
battery to CN601 and leave of 5 min.
Pull out the connector from CN601 5
min after.

CN601
Pull out after 5 min.
connection

Note
Related page
7-12

2) Take off the cover of the battery box.

Raise the latch and


take off the cover.

2QO\IRUSRVLWLRQFRQWUROW\SHGRHVQRWVXSSRUWWKHELWDEVROXWHVSHFLFDWLRQ
 ,WVXSSRUWVRQO\ELWLQFUHPHQWDOVSHFLFDWLRQ
3%DWWHU\)RU$EVROXWH(QFRGHU

2. Absolute system

1
Before Using the Products

Battery (for Backup) Installation

3) Install the battery to the battery box.

2
Preparation

Place the battery with


+ facing downward.

Connect
the connector.

4) Close the cover of the battery box.

3
Connection

Close the cover not to


pinch the connector cable.

7
Supplement

7-13

6
When in Trouble

The disposal of used batteries after they have been replaced may be subject to
restrictions imposed by local governing authorities. In such cases, ensure
that their disposal is in accordance with these restrictions.

5
Adjustment

Caution

%H DEVROXWHO\ VXUH WR IROORZ WKH SUHFDXWLRQV EHORZ VLQFH LPSURSHU XVH RI WKH EDWWHU\ FDQ
cause electrolyte to leak from the battery, giving rise to trouble where the product may become corroded, and/or the battery itself may rupture.
  ,QVHUWWKHEDWWHU\ZLWKLWVDQGHOHFWURGHVRULHQWHGFRUUHFWO\
2) Leaving a battery which has been used for a long period of time or a battery which is no
longer usable sitting inside the product can cause electrolyte leakage and other trouble.
For this reason, ensure that such a battery is replaced at an early date. (As a general
guideline, it is recommended that the battery be replaced every two years.)
7KHHOHFWURO\WHLQVLGHWKHEDWWHU\LVKLJKO\FRUURVLYHDQGLILWVKRXOGOHDNRXWLWZLOOQRW
only corrode the surrounding parts but also give rise to the danger of short-circuiting
since it is electrically conductive. For this reason, ensure that the battery is replaced
periodically.
  'RQRWGLVDVVHPEOHWKHEDWWHU\RUWKURZLWLQWRDUH
'RQRWGLVDVVHPEOHWKHEDWWHU\VLQFHIUDJPHQWVRIWKHLQWHULRUSDUWVPD\\LQWR\RXU
H\HVZKLFKLVH[WUHPHO\GDQJHURXV,WLVDOVRGDQJHURXVWRWKURZDEDWWHU\LQWRDUH
or apply heat to it as doing to may cause it to rupture.
  'RQRWFDXVHWKHEDWWHU\WREHVKRUWFLUFXLWHG8QGHUQRFLUFXPVWDQFHVPXVWWKHEDWWHU\
tube be peeled off.
,WLVGDQJHURXVIRUPHWDOLWHPVWRPDNHFRQWDFWZLWKWKHDQGHOHFWURGHVRIWKH
EDWWHU\VLQFHVXFKREMHFWVPD\FDXVHDKLJKFXUUHQWWRRZDOODWRQFHZKLFKZLOOQRW
only reduce the battery performance but also generate considerable heat, possibly
leading to the rupture of the battery.
 7KLVEDWWHU\LVQRWUHFKDUJHDEOH8QGHUQRFLUFXPVWDQFHVPXVWDQ\DWWHPSWEHPDGHWR
recharge it.

Setup

Caution

2. Absolute system
Battery (for Backup) Installation

/LIHRIWKHEDWWHU\
Following example shows the life calculation of the back-up battery used in assumed robot operation.
2000[mAh] of battery capacity is used for calculation.
Note that the following value is not a guaranteed value, but only represents a calculated
value.

Caution

The values below were calculated with only the current consumption factored in. The calculations do not factor in electrolyte leakage and other forms of battery deterioration.
Life time may be shortened depending on ambient condition.
1) 2 cycles/day
Mon. to Sat. 313 days/365 day

Sun. 52 days/365 days

24h

24h

ON
Power
supply

10h

2h

10h

2h

bc

bc

OFF
c

a : Current consumption in normal mode 3.6[A]


b : Current consumption at power failure timer mode 180[A]
* Power failure timer mode...Action mode in time period when the motor
can respond to max. speed even the power is off (5sec).
c : Current consumption at power failure mode 60[A]
Annual consumption capacity =
(10h a + 0.0014h b + 2h c) 2 313 days + 24h c 52 days =
172.7[mAh] )
Battery life = 2000[mAh]/172.7[mAh/year] = 11.6 (11.581) [year]
2) 1 cycle/day
(2nd cycle of the above 1) is for rest.
Annual consumption capacity =
(10h a + 0.0014h b + 14h c) 313 days + 24h c 52 days =
349.1[mAh] )
Battery life = 2000[mAh]/349.1[mAh/year] = 5.7 (5.728) [year]

7-14

2. Absolute system

When you make your own cable for 17-bit absolute encoder
When you make your own cable for 17-bit absolute encoder, connect the optional battery
for absolute encoder, DV0P2990 as per the wiring diagram below. Connector of the battery for absolute encoder shall be provided by customer as well.

:LULQJ'LDJUDP

BAT+
BAT

Pin number when a connector (small motor) is used Twisted


pair
Pin number when a connector (large motor) is used

PS

2
Battery box for absolute encoder:
DV0P4430
1

2 (5)

BAT+

BAT+

BAT

BAT

Battery *1

5
6

E5V
E0V

PS

PS
FG (Case)

Adjustment

Connector, ZHR-2
(by J.S.T.)

4 (7)

PS

Connector X6
(Optional connector kit)
1

5 (6)
7 (3)

4
Setup

Junction connector for


encoder cable
(Optional connector kit)
6 (4)
E5V
3 (1)
E0V

1 (9)

FG

*1 Battery for absolute encoder (Option):


DV0P2990
Part No.
ZMR-2
SMM-003T-P0.5
YRS-800

Manufacturer
J.S.T.
J.S.T.
J.S.T.

6
When in Trouble

Title
Connector
Connector pin
Clamping Jig

3
Connection

,QVWDOODWLRQ3ODFH
1) Indoors, where the products are not subjected to rain or direct sun beam.
2) Where the products are not subjected to corrosive atmospheres such as hydrogen
VXOGH VXOIXURXV DFLG FKORULQH DPPRQLD FKORULF JDV VXOIXULF JDV DFLG DONDOLQH
DQG VDOW DQG VR RQ DQG DUH IUHH IURP VSODVK RI LQDPPDEOH JDV JULQGLQJ RLO RLO
mist, iron powder or chips and etc.
3) Well-ventilated and humid and dust-free place.
4) Vibration-free place

2
Preparation

,QVWDOODQG[WKHEDWWHU\VHFXUHO\,IWKHLQVWDOODWLRQDQG[LQJRIWKHEDWWHU\LVQRWDSSURpriate, it may cause the wire breakdown or damage of the battery.


Refer to the instruction manual of the battery for handling the battery.

Caution

Before Using the Products

Battery (for Backup) Installation

Connector for absolute encoder connection


(To be provided by customer)

Related page

Supplement

Note

2QO\IRUSRVLWLRQFRQWUROW\SHGRHVQRWVXSSRUWWKHELWDEVROXWHVSHFLFDWLRQ
 ,WVXSSRUWVRQO\ELWLQFUHPHQWDOVSHFLFDWLRQ
3%DWWHU\)RU$EVROXWH(QFRGHU
7-15

2. Absolute system

Supplement

Setup (Initialization) of Absolute Encoder

Absolute multi-turn data will be maintained by the absolute encoder battery.


:KHQRSHUDWLQJWKHPDFKLQHIRUWKHUVWWLPHDIWHULQVWDOOLQJWKHEDWWHU\WRWKHDEVROXWHHQcoder, clear the encoder data (multi-turn data) to 0 at the origin by following the procedure
described below.
Clear the absolute encoder from the front panel (see P.2-113) or PANATERM. Turn off
power and then on again.

2. Absolute system

Supplement

Transferring absolute data

Transfer the absolute data (absolute data of external scale) from the servo driver to the
host controller: turn on power and wait until the servo ready output (S-RDY) is turned on,
and then start transfer.

Setup of serial communication interface on host controller


56
Baud rate

2400, 4800, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200bps

Data

8 bit

Parity

none

Start bit

1 bit

Stop bit

1 bit

The baud rate is set according to Pr5.29 Baud rate setup of RS232 communication.

56
Baud rate

2400, 4800, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200bps

Data

8 bit

Parity

none

Start bit

1 bit

Stop bit

1 bit

The baud rate is set according to Pr5.30 Baud rate setup of RS485 communication.

Note
Related page
7-16

2QO\IRUSRVLWLRQFRQWUROW\SHLVQRWSURYLGHGZLWK; &RPPXQLFDWLRQFRQQHFWRU 
2QO\IRUSRVLWLRQFRQWUROW\SHGRHVQRWVXSSRUWWKHELWDEVROXWHVSHFLFDWLRQ
 ,WVXSSRUWVRQO\ELWLQFUHPHQWDOVSHFLFDWLRQ
3,QSXWVDQGRXWSXWVRQFRQQHFWRU;3'HWDLOVRISDUDPHWHU

2. Absolute system

RS232 Communication Protocol


Refer to the instruction manual of the host for the transmission/reception method of command.

05h transmission

04h reception
Host requests
for absolute
data to driver

06h reception

05h reception

Host receives
absolute data
from driver

Reception of
absolute data
(15 characters)

06h transmission

transmission finishes

15h transmission

00h
01h
02h
03h
04h
05h
06h
07h
08h
09h
0Ah
0Bh
0Ch
0Dh
0Eh
0Fh
10h
11h
12h
13h
14h
15h
16h
17h
18h
19h
1Ah
1Bh
1Ch
1Dh
1Eh
1Fh

2Eh
2Dh
2Ch
2Bh
2Ah
29h
28h
27h
26h
25h
24h
23h
22h
21h
20h
1Fh
1Eh
1Dh
1Ch
1Bh
1Ah
19h
18h
17h
16h
15h
14h
13h
12h
11h
10h
0Fh

5
Adjustment

Check sum
OK'ed reception

Data of *2

Setup

04h transmission

Data of *1

Connection

00h transmission
01h transmission *1
D2h transmission
2Dh transmission *2

Axis address
(example)
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31

Check sum becomes OK'ed when the lower


8-bit of the sum of the received absolute data
(15 characters) is 0.

2QO\IRUSRVLWLRQFRQWUROW\SHLVQRWSURYLGHGZLWK; &RPPXQLFDWLRQFRQQHFWRU 
2QO\IRUSRVLWLRQFRQWUROW\SHGRHVQRWVXSSRUWWKHELWDEVROXWHVSHFLFDWLRQ
 ,WVXSSRUWVRQO\ELWLQFUHPHQWDOVSHFLFDWLRQ
7-17

7
Supplement

Note

$OORZPVRUORQJHULQWHUYDOIRUD[LVVZLWFKLQJZKHQ\RXZDQWWR
capture multiple axes data.
,WLVUHFRPPHQGHGIRU\RXWRUHSHDWWKHDERYHFRPPXQLFDWLRQPRUH
than 2 times to confirm the absolute data coincide, in order to avoid
mis-operation due to unexpected noise.

6
When in Trouble

Enter the Pr5.31 value of the driver to which you want to communicate from the host to
axis (*1 data) of the command block, and transmit the command according to the RS232
communication protocol. For details of communication, refer to P.7-27, "Communication".

Caution

2
Preparation

Data of *1 and *2 are determined by the setup


RI3U$[LVDGGUHVV

Transmission starts

Before Using the Products

Transferring absolute data

2. Absolute system
Transferring absolute data

56&RPPXQLFDWLRQ3URWRFRO
Refer to the instruction manual of the host for the transmission/reception method of comPDQG)ROORZLQJVKRZVWKHFRPPXQLFDWLRQH[DPSOHRIWKHGULYHUWR3U$[LVDGGUHVV

Data of *1, *2 and *3 are determined by the setup of
3U$[LVDGGUHVV

Transmission starts
81h transmission
05h transmission

Host requests
for absolute
data to driver

*1

81h reception *1
04h reception
Y

00h transmission
01h transmission *2
D2h transmission
2Dh transmission *3

06h reception
Y
80h reception
05h reception

Y
80h transmission
04h transmission
Host receives
absolute data
from driver

Reception of
absolute data
(15 characters)

Check sum
OK'ed reception

Y
06h transmission
transmission finishes

15h transmission

Axis
address
(example)
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31

Data of *1

Data of *2

Data of *3

not usable with RS485 communication


81h
01h
2Dh
82h
02h
2Ch
83h
03h
2Bh
84h
04h
2Ah
85h
05h
29h
86h
06h
28h
87h
07h
27h
88h
08h
26h
89h
09h
25h
8Ah
0Ah
24h
8Bh
0Bh
23h
8Ch
0Ch
22h
8Dh
0Dh
21h
8Eh
0Eh
20h
8Fh
0Fh
1Fh
90h
10h
1Eh
91h
11h
1Dh
92h
12h
1Ch
93h
13h
1Bh
94h
14h
1Ah
95h
15h
19h
96h
16h
18h
97h
17h
17h
98h
18h
16h
99h
19h
15h
9Ah
1Ah
14h
9Bh
1Bh
13h
9Ch
1Ch
12h
9Dh
1Dh
11h
9Eh
1Eh
10h
9Fh
1Fh
0Fh

Check sum becomes OK'ed when the lower 8-bit of the


sum of the received absolute data (15 characters) is 0.

Command from the host will be transmitted to the desired driver based on RS485 transmission protocol. For details of communication, refer to P.7-27, "Communication".

Caution

Note

7-18

$OORZPVRUORQJHULQWHUYDOIRUD[LVVZLWFKLQJZKHQ\RXZDQWWRFDSture multiple axes data.


,W LV UHFRPPHQGHG IRU \RX WR UHSHDW WKH DERYH FRPPXQLFDWLRQ PRUH
WKDQ  WLPHV WR FRQUP WKH DEVROXWH GDWD FRLQFLGH LQ RUGHU WR DYRLG
mis-operation due to unexpected noise.
2QO\IRUSRVLWLRQFRQWUROW\SHLVQRWSURYLGHGZLWK; &RPPXQLFDWLRQFRQQHFWRU 
2QO\IRUSRVLWLRQFRQWUROW\SHGRHVQRWVXSSRUWWKHELWDEVROXWHVSHFLFDWLRQ
 ,WVXSSRUWVRQO\ELWLQFUHPHQWDOVSHFLFDWLRQ

2. Absolute system

Composition of Absolute Data


Absolute data consists of singe-turn data which shows the absolute position per one
revolution and multi-turn data which counts the number of revolution of the motor after
clearing the encoder.
13107 1 0,1,2 131071 0,1,

1 0

Multi-turn data
Motor rotational direction

01

12

CW

2
Preparation

131071 0,1,2

Single-turn data

Before Using the Products

Transferring absolute data

CCW

Single-turn data and multi-turn data are composed by using 15-character data (hexadecimal binary code) which are received via RS232 or RS485.

Connection

0Bh
Setup value of Pr5.31 Axis address.

Axis address

D2h
03h
11h
Encoder status (L)
Received
absolute data
(15 characters)

Encoder status (H)


Single-turn data (L)

Setup

Single-turn data (M)


Single-turn data (H)
Multi-turn data (L)
Multi-turn data (H)
00h
Becomes to 0 when the communication is
carried out normally. If not 0, capture the
absolute data from the driver again

Error code
Checksum

Adjustment

'HWDLOVRIPXOWLWXUQGDWD
Multi-turn data

65535

Single-turn data
multi-turn data

Error

0
Normal

CCW
Error

Single-turn data (H)10000h+Single-turn data (M)100h+Single-turn data (L)

When in Trouble

CW
Absolute counter over
error protection

multi-turn data (H) 100h+multi-turn data (L)

Note

,I WKH PXOWLWXUQ GDWD RI WKH DERYH J LV EHWZHHQ  WR  FRQYHUW LW WR VLJQHG
date after deducting 65536.
2QO\IRUSRVLWLRQFRQWUROW\SHLVQRWSURYLGHGZLWK; &RPPXQLFDWLRQFRQQHFWRU 
2QO\IRUSRVLWLRQFRQWUROW\SHGRHVQRWVXSSRUWWKHELWDEVROXWHVSHFLFDWLRQ
 ,WVXSSRUWVRQO\ELWLQFUHPHQWDOVSHFLFDWLRQ
7-19

Supplement

Remarks

2. Absolute system
Transferring absolute data

(QFRGHUVWDWXV / UHSUHVHQWVHUURURFFXUUHQFH
Encoder status (L)
bit7

bit6

bit5

bit4

bit3

bit2

bit1

bit0

(4)

(5)

(6)

(7)

0
(1)

(2)

(3)

(1) Over-speed

Err42.0 (Absolute over-speed error protection)

(2) Full absolute status

Err47.0 (Absolute status error protection)

(3) Counter error

Err44.0 (Absolute single-turn counter error protection)

(4) Counter overflow

Err41.0 (Absolute counter over error protection)

(5) Multi-turn error

Err45.0 (Absolute multi-turn counter error protection)

(6) Battery error

Err40.0 (Absolute system down error protection)

(7) Battery alarm

Alarm No.A2 Battery alarm

(QFRGHUVWDWXV / UHSUHVHQWVHUURURFFXUUHQFH
Encoder status (H)
bit7

bit6

bit5

bit4

bit3

bit2

bit1

bit0

Battery error
One of the following has occurred.
Battery alarm, multi-turn error, counter overflow,
counter error, full absolute status, Counter overflow
multi-turn error, battery error or battery alarm

Remarks

)RUGHWDLORIWKH(QFRGHUVWDWXVUHIHUWRWKH(QFRGHUVSHFLFDWLRQ

Remarks

7UDQVPLWWKHDEVROXWHGDWDZKLOHIL[LQJWKHPRWRUZLWKEUDNHE\WXUQing to Servo-Off.

Note
Related page
7-20

2QO\IRUSRVLWLRQFRQWUROW\SHLVQRWSURYLGHGZLWK; &RPPXQLFDWLRQFRQQHFWRU 
2QO\IRUSRVLWLRQFRQWUROW\SHGRHVQRWVXSSRUWWKHELWDEVROXWHVSHFLFDWLRQ
 ,WVXSSRUWVRQO\ELWLQFUHPHQWDOVSHFLFDWLRQ
33URWHFWLYH)XQFWLRQ3'LVSOD\RI%DWWHU\$ODUP

2. Absolute system

Supplement

Transferring external scale absolute data

Refer to the instruction manual of the host for the transmission/reception method of comPDQG)ROORZLQJVKRZVWKHFRPPXQLFDWLRQH[DPSOHRIWKHGULYHUWR3U$[LVDGGUHVV


05h transmission

04h reception
Host requests
for absolute
data to driver

06h reception

05h reception

Host receives
absolute data
from driver

Reception of
absolute data
(15 characters)

06h transmission

transmission finishes

15h transmission

K
K
K
K
K
K
K
K
K
K
$K
%K
&K
'K
(K
)K
K
11h
12h
13h
14h
15h
16h
17h
K
19h
1Ah
1Bh
1Ch
1Dh
1Eh
1Fh

3Eh
3Dh
3Ch
3Bh
3Ah
39h
K
37h
36h
35h
34h
33h
32h
31h
K
2Fh
2Eh
2Dh
2Ch
2Bh
2Ah
29h
K
27h
26h
25h
24h
23h
22h
21h
K
1Fh

5
Adjustment

Check sum
OK'ed reception

Data of *2

Setup

04h transmission

Data of *1

Connection

00h transmission
01h transmission *1
C2h transmission
3Dh transmission *2

Axis address
(example)

1
2
3
4
5
6
7

9

11
12
13
14
15
16
17

19

21
22
23
24
25
26
27

29

31

Check sum becomes OK'ed when the lower


8-bit of the sum of the received absolute data
(15 characters) is 0.

2QO\IRUSRVLWLRQFRQWUROW\SHLVQRWSURYLGHGZLWK; &RPPXQLFDWLRQFRQQHFWRU DQG; &RQnector for External Scale).


2QO\IRUSRVLWLRQFRQWUROW\SHGRHVQRWVXSSRUWWKHELWDEVROXWHVSHFLFDWLRQ
 ,WVXSSRUWVRQO\ELWLQFUHPHQWDOVSHFLFDWLRQ
7-21

7
Supplement

Note

$OORZPVRUORQJHULQWHUYDOIRUD[LVVZLWFKLQJZKHQ\RXZDQWWR
capture multiple axes data.
,WLVUHFRPPHQGHGIRU\RXWRUHSHDWWKHDERYHFRPPXQLFDWLRQPRUH
than 2 times to confirm the absolute data coincide, in order to avoid
mis-operation due to unexpected noise.

6
When in Trouble

Enter the Pr5.31 value of the driver to which you want to communicate from the host to
axis (*1 data) of the command block, and transmit the command according to the RS232
communication protocol. For details of communication, refer to P.7-27, "Communication".

Caution

2
Preparation

Data of *1 and *2 are determined by the setup


RI3U$[LVDGGUHVV

Transmission starts

Before Using the Products

External scale RS232 communication procedure

2. Absolute system
Transferring external scale absolute data

([WHUQDOVFDOH56FRPPXQLFDWLRQSURFHGXUH
Refer to the instruction manual of the host for the transmission/reception method of comPDQG)ROORZLQJVKRZVWKHFRPPXQLFDWLRQH[DPSOHRIWKHGULYHUWR3U$[LVDGGUHVV

Data of *1, *2 and *3 are determined by the setup of
3U$[LVDGGUHVV

Transmission starts
81h transmission
05h transmission

Host requests
for absolute
data to driver

*1

81h reception *1
04h reception
Y

00h transmission
01h transmission *2
C2h transmission
3Dh transmission *3

06h reception
Y
80h reception
05h reception

Y
80h transmission
04h transmission
Host receives
absolute data
from driver

Reception of
absolute data
(15 characters)

Check sum
OK'ed reception

Y
06h transmission
transmission finishes

15h transmission

Axis
address
(example)

1
2
3
4
5
6
7

9

11
12
13
14
15
16
17

19

21
22
23
24
25
26
27

29

31

Data of *1

Data of *2

Data of *3

1RWXVDEOHZLWK56FRPPXQLFDWLRQ
K
K
3Dh
K
K
3Ch
K
K
3Bh
K
K
3Ah
K
K
39h
K
K
K
K
K
37h
K
K
36h
K
K
35h
$K
$K
34h
%K
%K
33h
&K
&K
32h
'K
'K
31h
(K
(K
K
)K
)K
2Fh
K
K
2Eh
91h
11h
2Dh
92h
12h
2Ch
93h
13h
2Bh
94h
14h
2Ah
95h
15h
29h
96h
16h
K
97h
17h
27h
K
K
26h
99h
19h
25h
9Ah
1Ah
24h
9Bh
1Bh
23h
9Ch
1Ch
22h
9Dh
1Dh
21h
9Eh
1Eh
K
9Fh
1Fh
1Fh

Check sum becomes OK'ed when the lower 8-bit of the


sum of the received absolute data (15 characters) is 0.

Command from the host will be transmitted to the desired driver based on RS485 transmission protocol. For details of communication, refer to P.7-27, "Communication".

Caution

$OORZPVRUORQJHULQWHUYDOIRUD[LVVZLWFKLQJZKHQ\RXZDQWWRFDSture multiple axes data.


,W LV UHFRPPHQGHG IRU \RX WR UHSHDW WKH DERYH FRPPXQLFDWLRQ PRUH
WKDQ  WLPHV WR FRQUP WKH DEVROXWH GDWD FRLQFLGH LQ RUGHU WR DYRLG
mis-operation due to unexpected noise.

Note

2QO\IRUSRVLWLRQFRQWUROW\SHLVQRWSURYLGHGZLWK; &RPPXQLFDWLRQFRQQHFWRU DQG; &RQnector for External Scale).


2QO\IRUSRVLWLRQFRQWUROW\SHGRHVQRWVXSSRUWWKHELWDEVROXWHVSHFLFDWLRQ
 ,WVXSSRUWVRQO\ELWLQFUHPHQWDOVSHFLFDWLRQ

7-22

2. Absolute system

Composition of external scale absolute data


8VLQJFKDUDFWHUGDWDUHFHLYHGWKURXJK5656RUJDQL]HWXUQGDWDDQGPXOWL
turn data.

Before Using the Products

Transferring external scale absolute data

0Bh

C2h
FFh *1
31h *2
External scale status (L)
External scale status (H)

Setup value of Pr5.31 Axis address.


*1 Undefined
*2 Depends on external scale.
31h: Mitsutoyo made
AT573
32h: Mitsutoyo made
ST771A, ST773A
41h: Magnescale made
SR77, SR87

3
Connection

Received
absolute data
(15 characters)

Preparation

Axis address

Absolute data (1)


Absolute data (2)
Absolute data (3)
Absolute data (4)

Absolute data (5)


Absolute data (6)
Error code

Remarks

5
Adjustment

External scale absolute data


Absolute data (6)10000000000h
+Absolute data (5)100000000h
+Absolute data (4)1000000h
+Absolute data (3)10000h
+Absolute data (2)100h
+Absolute data (1)
Absolute data of external scale is represented as 48 bit number (negative value is represented as two's complement).

Setup

Checksum

Becomes to 0 when the communication is


carried out normally. If not 0, capture the
absolute data from the driver again

6
When in Trouble

,I WKH PXOWLWXUQ GDWD RI WKH DERYH J LV EHWZHHQ  WR  FRQYHUW LW WR VLJQHG
date after deducting 65536.

7
2QO\IRUSRVLWLRQFRQWUROW\SHLVQRWSURYLGHGZLWK; &RPPXQLFDWLRQFRQQHFWRU DQG; &RQnector for External Scale).
2QO\IRUSRVLWLRQFRQWUROW\SHGRHVQRWVXSSRUWWKHELWDEVROXWHVSHFLFDWLRQ
 ,WVXSSRUWVRQO\ELWLQFUHPHQWDOVSHFLFDWLRQ
7-23

Supplement

Note

2. Absolute system
Transferring external scale absolute data

([WHUQDOVFDOHVWDWXV / UHSUHVHQWVHUURURFFXUUHQFH
External scale status (L)
bit7

bit6

bit5

bit4

bit3

bit2

bit1

bit0

(5)

(6)

(7)

(8)

0
(1)

(2)

(3)

(4)

(1) Alarm No. A8 External scale error alarm


(2) Alarm No. A8 External scale error alarm
(3) Err51.5 External scale status 5 error protection
(4) Err51.4 External scale status 4 error protection
(5) Err51.3 External scale status 3 error protection
(6) Err51.2 External scale status 2 error protection
(7) Err51.1 External scale status 1 error protection
(8) Err51.0 External scale status 0 error protection
([WHUQDOVFDOHVWDWXV + UHSUHVHQWVHUURURFFXUUHQFH
External scale status (H)
bit7

bit6

bit5

bit4

bit3

bit2

bit1

bit0

Logical sum of bit6 and bit 7 of external scale status (L)


Logical sum of bit0 to bit 5 of external scale status (L)

Remarks

)RUGHWDLORIWKHH[WHUQDOVFDOHVWDWXVUHIHUWRWKHH[WHUQDOVFDOHVSHFLFDWLRQ

Remarks

7UDQVPLWWKH([WHUQDOVFDOHDEVROXWHGDWDZKLOHIL[LQJWKHPRWRUZLWK
brake by turning to Servo-Off.

Note

Related page
7-24

2QO\IRUSRVLWLRQFRQWUROW\SHLVQRWSURYLGHGZLWK; &RPPXQLFDWLRQFRQQHFWRU DQG; &RQnector for External Scale).


2QO\IRUSRVLWLRQFRQWUROW\SHGRHVQRWVXSSRUWWKHELWDEVROXWHVSHFLFDWLRQ
 ,WVXSSRUWVRQO\ELWLQFUHPHQWDOVSHFLFDWLRQ
33URWHFWLYH)XQFWLRQ1H[WSDJH'LVSOD\RI%DWWHU\$ODUP

2. Absolute system

Supplement

Display of Battery Alarm

Following alarm will be displayed when making the front panel to alarm execution mode
of monitor mode.
....... No alarm condition

Before Using the Products

...... Highest priority alarm


Preparation

Alarm number
3UHVVWRVFUROODODUPFRQGLWLRQV

alarm
No.

Alarm

A1

Over-regeneration alarm

A2
A3

A5
A6

Battery alarm
Fan alarm
Encoder communication
alarm
Encoder overheat alarm
Oscillation detection alarm

A7

Lifetime detection alarm

A8

External scale error alarm


External scale
communication alarm

A4

A9

Load factor is 85% or more the protection level.


Regenerative load factor is 85% or more the
protection level.
Battery voltage is 3.2 V or lower.
Fan has stopped for 1 sec.
The number of successive encoder communication
HUURUVH[FHHGVWKHVSHFLHGYDOXH
The encoder detects overheat alarm.
Oscillation or vibration is detected.
The life expectancy of capacity or fan becomes
VKRUWHUWKDQWKHVSHFLHGWLPH
The external scale detects the alarm.
The number of successive external scale
FRPPXQLFDWLRQHUURUVH[FHHGVWKHVSHFLHGYDOXH

VRU
)L[HGDW
WRVRU
WRVRU
WRVRU
WRVRU
)L[HGDW

WRVRU

Replace the battery for absolute encoder when battery alarm occurs according to P.7-12,
"How to Replace the Battery". After replacement, clear the battery alarm in the following
3 methods.

2QO\IRUSRVLWLRQFRQWUROW\SHGRHVQRWVXSSRUWWKHELWDEVROXWHVSHFLFDWLRQ
 ,WVXSSRUWVRQO\ELWLQFUHPHQWDOVSHFLFDWLRQ
3$ODUP&OHDU6FUHHQ3,QSXWVDQGRXWSXWVRQFRQQHFWRU;
32XWOLQHRI6HWXS6XSSRUW6RIWZDUH3$1$7(50
7-25

7
Supplement

D  &RQQHFWRU;&RQQHFWLQJ$ODUPFOHDULQSXW $&/5 WR&20IRUPRUHWKDQPV


(b) Executing the alarm clear function in auxiliary function mode by using the front panel.
(c) Click the "Battery warning" Clear button, after select the "Absolute encoder" tab in the
monitor display window by using the PANATERM (option).

6
When in Trouble

How to Clear the Battery Alarm

Related page

WRVRU

*1 Alarms can be cleared by using the alarm clear. Because the all existing alarms are kept cleared while the alarm
clear input (A-CLR) is kept ON, be sure to turn it OFF during normal operation. Either 1-10s or can be selected
by using user parameter.
 ([FHSWLRQ%DWWHU\DODUPLV[HGDWEHFDXVHLWLVODWFKHGE\WKHHQFRGHU
 %HFDXVHWKHHQGRIOLIHDODUPPHDQVWKDWWKHOLIHH[SHFWDQF\FDQQRWEHH[WHQGHGWKHDODUPLVVHWDW

Note

Adjustment

Overload protection

/DWFKHG
time *1
WRVRU

Setup

A0

Content

Connection

.LQGVRIDODUP

3.Outline of Setup Support Software, PANATERM

Supplement

Setup on the PC

&RQQHFWRU;RI0,1$6$FDQEHFRQQHFWHGWR\RXU3&WKURXJK86%FDEOHIRUFRPSXWHU
Once you download the setup support software PANATERM from our web site and install it
to your PC, the following tasks can be easily performed.

Outline of PANATERM
With the PANATERM, you can execute the followings.
(1) Setup and storage of parameters, and writing to the memory (EEPROM).
(2) Monitoring of I/O and pulse input and load factor.
(3) Display of the present alarm and reference of the error history.
(4) Data measurement of the wave-form graphic and bringing of the stored data.
(5) Normal auto-gain tuning
(6) Frequency characteristic measurement of the machine system.

Note

Distribution media such as CD-ROM for this software are not prepared.
Download the software from our web site and install it to your PC.

How to Connect

Connect to connector X1.


(USB mini-B)
Download setup support software PANATERM
from our web site and install it to your PC.

86%FDEOH
7KHFRQQHFWLRQFDEOHVKRXOGEHSURYLGHGZLWK86%PLQL%FRQQHFWRUDWWKHGULYHUVLGH
and the PC compatible connector on the other end.
,IWKHFDEOHKDVQRQRLVHOWHULQVWDOODVLJQDOQRLVHOWHU '90P1460) to both ends of
the cable.

System required for PANATERM


To use PANATERM, the following system components are required.
3&

'LVSOD\

OS

Windows;363 ELW9HU
Windows VISTA SP1 (32-bit Ver.)
Windows 7 (32-bit Ver., 64-bit Ver.)
(Japanese, English, Chinese or Korean version)

CPU

Pentium III 512 MHz or better

Memory

256 MB or more (512 MB recommended)

Hard disk

512 MB or more free space

Serial communication

86%SRUW

Resolution

1024 768 pixel or more

No. of colors

24-bit color (True Color) or better

3OHDVHFRQUPWKHODWHVWV\VWHPUHTXLUHPHQWVRQWKHKRPHSDJH
7-26

4. Communication

Supplement

Outline

You can connect up to 32 MINAS-A5 series with your computer or NC via serial communication based on RS232 and RS484, and can execute the following functions.
(1) Change over of the parameters
(2) Referring and clearing of alarm data status and history
(3) Monitoring of control conditions such as status and I/O.
(4) Referring of the absolute data
(5) Saving and loading of the parameter data

Before Using the Products

2
Preparation

0HULWV

3
Connection

<RXFDQZULWHSDUDPHWHUVIURPWKHKRVWWRWKHGULYHULQEDWFKZKHQ\RXVWDUWXSWKH
machine.
<RXFDQGLVSOD\WKHUXQQLQJFRQGLWLRQRIPDFKLQHWRLPSURYHVHUYLFHDELOLW\
<RXFDQFRPSRVHPXOWLD[LVDEVROXWHV\VWHPZLWKVLPSOHZLULQJ

4
Setup

5
Adjustment

6
When in Trouble

Related page

2QO\IRUSRVLWLRQFRQWUROW\SHLVQRWSURYLGHGZLWK; &RPPXQLFDWLRQFRQQHFWRU DQG; &RQnector for External Scale).


2QO\IRUSRVLWLRQFRQWUROW\SHGRHVQRWVXSSRUWWKHELWDEVROXWHVSHFLFDWLRQ
 ,WVXSSRUWVRQO\ELWLQFUHPHQWDOVSHFLFDWLRQ
3:LULQJWRWKH&RQQHFWRU;3$EVROXWHV\VWHP
32XWOLQHRI6HWXS6XSSRUW6RIWZDUH3$1$7(50
7-27

Supplement

Note

4. Communication

Supplement

Specifications

&RQQHFWLRQRI&RPPXQLFDWLRQ/LQH
MINAS-A5 series provide 2 types of communications ports of RS232 and RS485, and
support the following 3 types of connection with the host.

56FRPPXQLFDWLRQ
Connect the host and the driver in one to one with RS232, and communicate according to RS232 transmission protocol.

Selector etc.
RS232

Host
X2

Pr5.31=1

X2

Pr5.31=1

X2

Pr5.31=1

X2

Pr5.31=1

 6HWXSWKHPRGXOH,'RI0,1$6$,QWKHDERYHFDVH\RXFDQVHWDQ\YDOXHRIWR
<RXFDQVHWWKHVDPHPRGXOH,'DVORQJDVWKHKRVWKDVQRGLIFXOW\LQFRQWURO

56DQG56FRPPXQLFDWLRQ
When you connect one host to multiple MINAS-A5s, connect the host to connecWRU;RIRQHGULYHUZLWK56FRPPXQLFDWLRQDQGFRQQHFWHDFK0,1$6$ZLWK
RS485 communication. Set up the Pr5.31 of the driver to 0 which is connected to the
host, and set up 1 to 31 to other drivers each.

RS232

RS485

RS485

X2

Host

RS485

X2

X2

X2

... Max. 32 axis

Pr5.31=0

Note

7-28

Pr5.31=1

Pr5.31=2

Pr5.31=3

2QO\IRUSRVLWLRQFRQWUROW\SHLVQRWSURYLGHGZLWK; &RPPXQLFDWLRQFRQQHFWRU DQG; &RQnector for External Scale).


2QO\IRUSRVLWLRQFRQWUROW\SHGRHVQRWVXSSRUWWKHELWDEVROXWHVSHFLFDWLRQ
 ,WVXSSRUWVRQO\ELWLQFUHPHQWDOVSHFLFDWLRQ

4. Communication

1
Before Using the Products

Specifications

2
56FRPPXQLFDWLRQ

RS485

RS485

RS485

X2

RS485

X2

X2

X2

... Max. 31 axis

Pr5.31=1

Pr5.31=2

Pr5.31=3

Connection

Module ID=0
Host

Preparation

Connect the host to multiple MINAS-A5s with RS485 communication, set up the
Pr5.31 of each front panel of MINAS-A5 to 1 to 31.

Pr5.31=4

4
Setup

$OORZPVRUORQJHULQWHUYDOIRUVZLWFKLQJWKHD[HVZKLOHFDSWXULQJGDWDRIPXOtiple axes.

5
Adjustment

6
When in Trouble

7
2QO\IRUSRVLWLRQFRQWUROW\SHLVQRWSURYLGHGZLWK; &RPPXQLFDWLRQFRQQHFWRU DQG; &RQnector for External Scale).
2QO\IRUSRVLWLRQFRQWUROW\SHGRHVQRWVXSSRUWWKHELWDEVROXWHVSHFLFDWLRQ
 ,WVXSSRUWVRQO\ELWLQFUHPHQWDOVSHFLFDWLRQ
7-29

Supplement

Note

4. Communication
Specifications

Interface of Communication Connector


&RQQHFWLRQWRWKHKRVWZLWK56
Host controller
RS232
interface

Servo driver
X2

TXD
RXD
GND

4
RXD
3
TXD
1
GND
8
RS485+
7
RS485
6
RS485+
5
RS485
X4

SN751701 or equivalent

RS485 can be
connecter to either
terminal pair.

X6

Relay
connector

Motor

X5

Relay
connector

Detection
head

Positioning
controller

External scale unit

X2

When longer wirings


are used and/or drivers
are connected to
different power
sources, interconnect
GND terminals of these
drivers to prevent
potential generation.

4
RXD
3
TXD
1
GND
8
RS485+
7
RS485
6
RS485+
5
RS485
X4

* No connection to X5 when no
external scale is used.

SN751701 or equivalent

RS485 can be
connecter to either
terminal pair.

X6

Relay
connector

Motor

X5

Relay
connector

Detection
head

External scale unit

&RQQHFWLRQWRWKHKRVWZLWK56
Host controller
RS485
interface
RS485+
RS485
GND

Servo driver
X2
6
RS485+
5
RS485
1
GND

ADM485 or equivalent

8
RS485+
7
RS485
X4
Positioning
controller

* No connection to X5 when no
external scale is used.
X6

Relay
connector

Motor

X5

Relay
connector

Detection
head

External scale unit

Communication Method

Communication baud rate


Data
Parity
Start bit
Stop bit

RS232
Full duplex, asynchronous
2400, 4800, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200bps
8 bit
none
1 bit
1 bit

56
Half duplex, asynchronous
2400, 4800, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200bps
8 bit
none
1 bit
1 bit

Set up the RS232 communication baud rate with Pr5.29, and RS485 communication baud
rate with Pr5.30. The change of these parameters will be validated after the control power
entry. For details, refer to the following list of parameters related to communication.

Note

7-30

2QO\IRUSRVLWLRQFRQWUROW\SHLVQRWSURYLGHGZLWK; &RPPXQLFDWLRQFRQQHFWRU DQG; &RQnector for External Scale).


2QO\IRUSRVLWLRQFRQWUROW\SHGRHVQRWVXSSRUWWKHELWDEVROXWHVSHFLFDWLRQ
 ,WVXSSRUWVRQO\ELWLQFUHPHQWDOVSHFLFDWLRQ

4. Communication

1
Before Using the Products

Specifications

/LVWRI8VHU3DUDPHWHUVIRU&RPPXQLFDWLRQ
Class No.

Setup
value

Function

0 to
127

Set the axis number for serial communication to 0 to 31.


This parameter setup value has no effect on servo operation.

31

Axis address

29

Baud rate
setup of RS232
communication

0 to
6

Set up the communication speed of RS232 communication.


0 : 2400[bpps], 1 : 4800[bps], 2 : 9600[bps], 3 : 19200[bps],
4 : 38400[bps], 5 : 57600[bps], 6 : 115200[bps]
8SGDWHGVHWXSRILVYDOLGDWHGXSRQWXUQLQJRQRIFRQWUROSRZHU

30

Baud rate
setup of RS485
communication

0 to
6

Set up the communication speed of RS485 communication.


0 : 2400[bpps], 1 : 4800[bps], 2 : 9600[bps], 3 : 19200[bps],
4 : 38400[bps], 5 : 57600[bps], 6 : 115200[bps]
8SGDWHGVHWXSRILVYDOLGDWHGXSRQWXUQLQJRQRIFRQWUROSRZHU

1000 / 9600 (1 + 8 + 1 ) = 1.04 [ms/byte]


Start bit
Stop bit
Data
Note that the time for processing the received command and time for switching the line
and transmission/reception control will added to the actual communication time.

3
Connection

5HTXLUHGWLPHIRUGDWDWUDQVPLVVLRQSHUE\WHLVFDOFXODWHGLQWKHIROORZLQJIRUPXODLQ
case of 9600[bps].

2
Preparation

Title

+DQGVKDNHFRGH
Setup

Following codes are used for line control.


Title

Code

Function

ENQ
EOT
ACK
NAK

05h (Module recognition byte of the transmitted)


04h (Module recognition byte of the transmitted)
06h
15h

Enquire for transmission


Ready for receiving
Acknowledgement
Negative acknowledgement

1 byte of module recognition is added to ENQ and EOT at RS485 communication.


Module recognition byte... Make the Pr5.31 value of the front panel as a module ID,
and data which makes its bit7 as 1, becomes a module recognition byte.
bit7
1

bit6
0

bit5
0

bit4
0

bit3

bit2
bit1
Module ID

bit0

2QO\IRUSRVLWLRQFRQWUROW\SHLVQRWSURYLGHGZLWK; &RPPXQLFDWLRQFRQQHFWRU DQG; &RQnector for External Scale).


2QO\IRUSRVLWLRQFRQWUROW\SHGRHVQRWVXSSRUWWKHELWDEVROXWHVSHFLFDWLRQ
 ,WVXSSRUWVRQO\ELWLQFUHPHQWDOVSHFLFDWLRQ
7-31

Supplement

Module ID : The module ID of the host side will be 0 in case of RS485 communication, therefore set up Pr5.31 of MINAS-A5 to 1 to 31.

Note

6
When in Trouble

Caution

Adjustment

ENQ ..... The module (host or driver) sends out ENQ when it has a block to send.
EOT ..... The module (host or driver) sends out EOT when it is ready to receive a
block. The line enters to a transmission mode when ENQ is transmitted and
EOT is received.
ACK ..... When the received block is judged normal, the module (host or driver) will
send out ACK.
NAK ..... When the received block is judged abnormal, NAK will be sent. A judgment is
based on checksum and timeout.

4. Communication
Specifications

Transmission Sequence
7UDQVPLVVLRQSURWRFRO
,QFDVHRI56
Host

MINAS-A5
1) ENQ(05h)
2) EOT(04h)
3) Data block

Receiving
data

4) ACK(06h)
(or NAK (15h))
5) ENQ(05h)
6) EOT(04h)
7) Data block

Transmitting
data

8) ACK(06h)
(or NAK (15h))

,QFDVHRI56
Host
Module ID : 0

MINAS-A5

1) 81h, ENQ (05h)


2) 81h, EOT (04h)
3) Data block

Module ID : 1
Receiving
data

4) ACK (06h)
(or NAK (15h))
5) 80h, ENQ (05h)
6) 80h, EOT (04h)
7) Data block

Transmitting
data

8) ACK (06h)
(or NAK (15h))

/LQHFRQWURO
Decides the direction of transmission and solves the contention.
Reception mode... From when the module (host or driver) returns EOT after receiving ENQ.
Transmission mode... From when the module (host or driver) receives EOT after transmitting ENQ.
At contention of transmission and reception... Slave side will enter to reception mode
when it receives ENQ while waiting for EOT after transmitting ENQ, by giving priority
to ENQ (of master side).
7UDQVPLVVLRQFRQWURO
On entering to transmission mode, the module transmits the command block continuously and then waits for ACK reception. Transmission completes at reception of ACK..
ACK may not be returned at transmission failure of command byte counts. If no ACK
is received within T2 period, or other code than NAK or ACK is received, sequence will
be retried. Retry will start from ENQ.
5HFHSWLRQFRQWURO
On entering to reception mode, the module receives the transmitted block continuously. It
ZLOOUHFHLYHWKHFRPPDQGE\WHFRXQWVIURPWKHUVWE\WHDQGFRQWLQXRXVO\UHFHLYHH[WUD
bytes. It will return ACK when the received data sum becomes 0, by taking this status as
normal. In case of a check sum error or a timeout between characters, it will return NAK.

Note

7-32

2QO\IRUSRVLWLRQFRQWUROW\SHLVQRWSURYLGHGZLWK; &RPPXQLFDWLRQFRQQHFWRU DQG; &RQnector for External Scale).


2QO\IRUSRVLWLRQFRQWUROW\SHGRHVQRWVXSSRUWWKHELWDEVROXWHVSHFLFDWLRQ
 ,WVXSSRUWVRQO\ELWLQFUHPHQWDOVSHFLFDWLRQ

4. Communication

1
Before Using the Products

Specifications

'DWD%ORFN&RPSRVLWLRQ
Below shows the composition of data block which is transmitted in physical phase.
(1 byte)

N
axis

Preparation

mode

command
Parameter
(N byte)
check sum

3
Connection

: Command byte counts (0 to 240)


Shows the number of parameters which are required by command.
axis
: Sets up the value of Pr5.31.(0 to 127)
command : Control command (0 to 15)
mode
: Command execution mode (0 to 15)
Contents vary depending on the mode.
check sum : 2's complement of the total number of bytes, ranging from the top to the
end of the block

3URWRFRO3DUDPHWHU
Following parameters are used to control the block transmission. You can set any
value with the INIT command (described later).
Title

Function
Time out between characters

T2

Protocol time out

T6

Driver response time

RTY
M/S

Retry limit
Master/Slave

Initial value
5 (0.5 sec)
1 (0.1 sec)
5 (0.5 sec)
1 (0.1 sec)
0 (0ms)
6 (6ms)
1 (once)
0 (Slave)

Setup range

Unit

1 to 255

0.1 sec

1 to 255

1 sec

0 to 255
2 to 255
18
0, 1 (Master)

Setup

T1

RS232
RS485
RS232
RS485
RS232
RS485

1 ms
Once

7
Supplement

7-33

6
When in Trouble

2QO\IRUSRVLWLRQFRQWUROW\SHLVQRWSURYLGHGZLWK; &RPPXQLFDWLRQFRQQHFWRU DQG; &RQnector for External Scale).


2QO\IRUSRVLWLRQFRQWUROW\SHGRHVQRWVXSSRUWWKHELWDEVROXWHVSHFLFDWLRQ
 ,WVXSSRUWVRQO\ELWLQFUHPHQWDOVSHFLFDWLRQ

Adjustment

7 3HUPLVVLEOH WLPH LQWHUYDO IRU WKLV GULYHU WR UHFHLYH WKH FRQVHFXWLYH FKDUDFWHU FRGV ZKLFK H[LVWV
between the module recognition bytes and ENQ/EOT, or in the transmission/reception data
block. Time out error occurs and the driver returns NAK to the transmitter when the actual reception time has exceed ed this setup time.
7 3HUPLVVLEOHWLPHLQWHUYDOIRUWKHGULYHUWRWUDQVPLW(14DQGWRUHFHLYH(27,IWKHDFWXDOUHFHStion time exceeds this setup, this represents that the receiver is not ready to receive, or it has
failed to receive ENQ code in some reason, and the driver will re-transmit ENQ code to the receiver. (retry times)
3HUPLVVLEOH WLPH LQWHUYDO IRU WKH GULYHU WR WUDQVPLW (27 DQG WR UHFHLYH WKH UHFHSWLRQ RI WKH VW
FKDUDFWHUFRGH7KHGULYHUZLOOUHWXUQ1$.DQGQLVKHVWKHUHFHSWLRQPRGHLIWKHDFWXDOUHFHSWLRQ
has exceeded this setup time.
3HUPLVVLEOH WLPH LQWHUYDO IRU WKH PRGXOH WR WUDQVPLW WKH FKHFN VXP E\WHV DQG WR UHFHLYH$&.
The module will re-transmit ENQ code to the receiver in the same way as the NAK reception, if
the actual reception time exceeds this setup time.
7 3HUPLVVLEOH WLPH LQWHUYDO IRU WKH GULYHU WR UHFHLYH (14 DQG WR WUDQVPLW (27 3HUPLVVLEOH WLPH
LQWHUYDOIRUWKHGULYHUWRUHFHLYHWKHFKHFNVXPE\WHVDQGWRWUDQVPLW$&.DQG3HUPLVVLEOHWLPH
interval for the driver to receive EOT and to transmit the 1st character.
RTY: Maximum value of retry times. Transmission error occurs if the actual retry has exceeds this setup
value.
M/S: Switching of master and slave. When contention of ENQ has occurred, the module decides which
is to be given priority.
Priority is given to the transmitter which is set up as a master. (0: Slave mode, 1 : Master mode)

Note

4. Communication
Specifications

Example of Data Communication


HJ5HIHUHQFHRI$EVROXWH'DWD
When you connect the host to one driver with RS232 communication, and connect
PXOWLSOH 0,1$6$V ZLWK 56 FRPPXQLFDWLRQ )ROORZLQJ RZ FKDUW GHVFULEHV WKH
DFWXDORZRIWKHFRPPXQLFDWLRQGDWDZKHQ\RXZDQWWRFDSWXUHWKHDEVROXWHGDWDRI
the module ID=1.

e.g. of system composition


Pr5.31=0

Pr5.31=1

RS485

RS485

X2

RS232

Pr5.31=2

Pr5.31=3

RS485

X2

X2

X2

Host

e.g. of capturing the absolute data


Following shows the communication data in time series when you want to capture the
absolute data. Data is presented in hexadecimals.
RS232 communication
Host

05
(ENQ)

00

01

D2

2D

04
(EOT)

MINAS-A5 (0)

04
(EOT)
06
(ACK)

05
(ENQ)

0B

01

D2

Obtain data with RS485


(see the below)
06
(ACK)

Host
MINAS-A5 (0)

03

11

00

00

D8

FF

01

00

01

D2

00

00

00

00

36

* RS485 communication
MINAS-A5 (0)

81
05
(ENQ)

2D

81
04
(EOT)

MINAS-A5 (1)

80
04
(EOT)
06
(ACK)

80
05
(ENQ)

MINAS-A5 (0)
MINAS-A5 (1)

0B

01

D2

Caution

11

00

00

D8

FF

01

00

00

06
(ACK)

MINAS-A5 (0)
MINAS-A5 (1)

03

00

00

36

See the below for the captured data. Refer to P.7-48, "Read out of Absolute Encoder " of
details of communication command, for the data composition.
Multi-turn data : 0000h = 0
Single turn data : 01FFD8h = 131032

$OORZPVRUORQJHULQWHUYDOIRUVZLWFKLQJWKHD[LVZKLOHFDSWXULQJGDWDRIPXOWLSOHD[HV
Note

7-34

2QO\IRUSRVLWLRQFRQWUROW\SHLVQRWSURYLGHGZLWK; &RPPXQLFDWLRQFRQQHFWRU DQG; &RQnector for External Scale).


2QO\IRUSRVLWLRQFRQWUROW\SHGRHVQRWVXSSRUWWKHELWDEVROXWHVSHFLFDWLRQ
 ,WVXSSRUWVRQO\ELWLQFUHPHQWDOVSHFLFDWLRQ

4. Communication

([DPSOHRI3DUDPHWHU&KDQJH

1) Capture of execution right


Host

05

01

01

71

01

8C

04

(ENQ)

MINAS-A5(1)

(EOT)
04

06

05

01

01

71

00

00

00

(ACK) (ENQ)

2) Writing of individual parameter


Host

06

05

06

01

17

00

02

00

E0

Connection

(EOT)

2
Preparation

Following shows the communication data in time series when you change parameters.
Communication in general will be carried out in sequence of (1) Request for capturing of execution right, (2) Writing of individual parameter, and (3) Writing to EEPROM
when saving of data is required, and (4) Release of execution right. Here the hardware connection shows the case that the driver (user ID=1) is directly connected to
the host with RS232. Date is presented in hexadecimals.

Before Using the Products

Specifications

(ACK) (ENQ)

MINAS-A5(1)

00

8D

04

06

(EOT)

04

06

(EOT)

MINAS-A5(1)

05

05

01

27

01

17

00

E6

04
(EOT)

D8

06

04

06

(EOT)

(ACK)

05

01

01

27

00

5
Adjustment

MINAS-A5(1)

01

(ACK) (ENQ)

(ENQ)

Host

00

Setup

Host

(ACK)
3) Writing of parameter to EEPROM

D7

(ACK) (ENQ)
4) Release of execution right

Host

05

01

01

71

00

8D

04

(ENQ)

MINAS-A5(1)

(EOT)
04

06

Host

01

01

71

(ACK) (ENQ)

When in Trouble

(EOT)

05

06
(ACK)

MINAS-A5(1)

Caution

8D

For details of command, refer to P.7-40, "Details of Communication Command".

2QO\IRUSRVLWLRQFRQWUROW\SHLVQRWSURYLGHGZLWK; &RPPXQLFDWLRQFRQQHFWRU DQG; &RQnector for External Scale).


2QO\IRUSRVLWLRQFRQWUROW\SHGRHVQRWVXSSRUWWKHELWDEVROXWHVSHFLFDWLRQ
 ,WVXSSRUWVRQO\ELWLQFUHPHQWDOVSHFLFDWLRQ
7-35

Supplement

Note

00

4. Communication
Specifications

Status Transition Chart


56&RPPXQLFDWLRQ
Transmitter

Reception of EOT
SizeCommand bytes+3
T2 stop

Ready for EOT

Enquiry for
transmission, and
retry times are
within setup
Transmission of
ENQ,
T2 start

Transmission of
one character
SizeCommand bytes1

Block transmission

Reception of ENQ and


at slave
Return ENQ to reception
buffer
Clear of transmission enquiry
(reception processing)

T2 time out
One count of retry times
T2 stop
Clear of transmission
buffer

Size becomes 0
Trransmission of check sum
T2 start

Ready for ACK/NAK

Enquiry for transmission, but


retry times are over.
Reset of retry times
Clear of transmission enquiry

Reception of other than


ACK orT2 time out
Count once of retry times
T2 stop
Clearance of transmission
buffer

Reception of ACK
Reset of retry times
T2 stop
Clear of transmission
enquiry

Idling = It waits for the reception of ENQ, and or it is dealing with reception.

ENQ
Transmission
of EOT
T2 start

T2 time out
Transmission of NAK,
T2 stop

T1 time out
Transmission of NAK,
T1 stop
Success of reception
(Check sum OK'ed when
size becomes o.)
Transmission of ACK,
T1 stop

Ready for command byte counts

Receiver

7-36

T1 time out
Transmission
of NAK,
T1 stop

Ready for finish of receiving data

Reception of remained block

Reception of command byte counts


Sizecommand byte counts + 3
Sumcommand byte counts
T1 start, T2 stop

Note

Failure of reception.
(Check sum OK'ed when
size becomes o.)
T1 start

Reception of one character


SizeSize 1
SumSum + received character
T1 start

Reception of
one character
T1 start

2QO\IRUSRVLWLRQFRQWUROW\SHLVQRWSURYLGHGZLWK; &RPPXQLFDWLRQFRQQHFWRU DQG; &RQnector for External Scale).


2QO\IRUSRVLWLRQFRQWUROW\SHGRHVQRWVXSSRUWWKHELWDEVROXWHVSHFLFDWLRQ
 ,WVXSSRUWVRQO\ELWLQFUHPHQWDOVSHFLFDWLRQ

4. Communication

1
Before Using the Products

Specifications

56&RPPXQLFDWLRQ
Transmitter

Module identification byte


of transmitter is the module
ID | 80h of the counterpart.

Ready for ID
ID reception of other than
opponent and at slave
Return ENQ to reception
buffer
(receipt processing)
Clear of transmission enquiry
Enquiry for transmission,
butretry times are over.
Reset of retry times
Clear of transmission
enquiry

T2 time out
One count of
retry times
T2 stop
Clearance of
transmission
buffering
T1 time out
One count of
retry times
T1 stop
Clearance of
transmission
buffering

Block transmission
Size becomes 0
Trransmission of
check sum
T2 start

Ready for ACK/NAK


Reception of ACK or
T2 time out
Count once of
retry times
T2 stop
Clearance of
transmission buffer

Reception of ACK
Reset of retry times
T2 stop
Clearance of
transmission enquiry

T1 time out
T1 stop

Module
identification byte
isnot module ID
and ENQ
reception or
T1 timeout
T1 stop

Reception of command byte counts


Sizecommand byte counts + 3
Sumcommand byte counts
T1 start, T2 stop

Reception of one character


SizeSize - 1
SumSum + received character
T1 start

Reception of remained block


Reception of
one character
T1 start

2QO\IRUSRVLWLRQFRQWUROW\SHLVQRWSURYLGHGZLWK; &RPPXQLFDWLRQFRQQHFWRU DQG; &RQnector for External Scale).


2QO\IRUSRVLWLRQFRQWUROW\SHGRHVQRWVXSSRUWWKHELWDEVROXWHVSHFLFDWLRQ
 ,WVXSSRUWVRQO\ELWLQFUHPHQWDOVSHFLFDWLRQ
7-37

Supplement

Receiver
Note

Failure of reception.
(Check sum error when
size becomes o.)
T1 start

Ready for finish of receiving data

Ready for command byte counts


Module recognition byte is
module ID and reception of ENQ
Module recognition byte,
Transmission of EOT, T2 start

Transmission to other
axis (module recognition
byte is not module ID
when size becomes 0)
T1 stop

T1 time out
Transmission
of NAK,
T1 stop

When in Trouble

Reception of
of EOT
T2 start

T2 time out
Transmission of NAK
and T2 stop when
module recognition
byte is module ID.
T2 stop in other case
than the above.

T1 time out
Transmission of NAK and
T1 stop when module
recognition byte is
module ID.
T1 stop in other case
than the above.

Adjustment

Ready for ENQ or EOT

Success of reception
(Check sum OK'ed and
module recognition
byte is module ID,
when size becomes o.)
Transmission of ACK,
T1 stop

Setup

Idling = It waits for the reception of Module ID, and or it is dealing with reception.

Reception of
module
recognition
bytes
T1 start

Connection

Enquiry for
transmission,
and retry times
are within setup
Module
recognition byte,
Transmission
of ENQ,
T2 start

Ready for EOT

Preparation

Module ID of opponent
T1 start

Transmission of
one character
SizeSize - 1

Reception of EOT
Size Command bytes +3
T2 stop

4. Communication
Specifications

Timing of Data Communication


,QFDVHRI56 56WRIROORZ
T3

T4

T3

T5

T4

Host to driver
Enquiry for transmission

Data block

Driver to host
Permission for
transmission

0 to 2ms

RS485 bus
occupation

T3

T5

0 to 2ms

T3

0 to 2ms

T4

ACK/
NAK

0 to 2ms

T5

Host to driver
Permission for
transmission

ACK/NAK

Driver to host
0 to 2ms

RS485 bus
occupation

Caution

Note

7-38

Enquiry for
transmission

0 to 2ms

0 to 2ms

Data block

0 to 2ms

Symbol

Title

Minimum

Maximum

T3

Continuous inter-character time

Stop bit length

Protocol parameter T1

T4

Response time of driver

Protocol parameter T6

Protocol parameter T2

T5

Response time of host

2ms

Protocol parameter T2

Above time represents a period from the rising edge of the stop bit.

2QO\IRUSRVLWLRQFRQWUROW\SHLVQRWSURYLGHGZLWK; &RPPXQLFDWLRQFRQQHFWRU DQG; &RQnector for External Scale).


2QO\IRUSRVLWLRQFRQWUROW\SHGRHVQRWVXSSRUWWKHELWDEVROXWHVSHFLFDWLRQ
 ,WVXSSRUWVRQO\ELWLQFUHPHQWDOVSHFLFDWLRQ

4. Communication

Supplement

/LVWRI&RPPXQLFDWLRQ&RPPDQG

command

0
1
2
6
7
8

8VHWKHDERYHFRPPDQGVRQO\,I\RXXVHRWKHUFRPPDQGVDFWLRQRIWKHGULYHUFDQQRW
be guaranteed.
:KHQWKHUHFHSWLRQGDWDFRXQWVDUHQRWFRUUHFWLQWKHDERYHFRPPDQGWUDQVPLVVLRQ
byte1 (Error code only) will be returned regardless of communication command.

When in Trouble

0
2
3
4
B

Adjustment

0
1
2
4
5
6
7
8
9
A
C
D
E

Setup

7
8
9

NOP
Read out of CPU version
Read out of driver model
Read out of motor model
INIT
Capture and release of execution right
Setup of RS232 protocol parameter
Setup of RS485 protocol parameter
POS, STATUS, I/O
Read out of status
Read out of command pulse counter
Read out of feedback pulse counter
Read out of present speed
Read out of present torque output
Read out of present deviation counter
Read out of input signal
Read out of output signal
Read out of present speed, torque and deviation counter
Read out of status, input signal and output signal
Read out of external scale
Read out of absolute encoder
Read out of external scale deviation and sum of pulses
PARAMETER
Individual read out of parameter
Individual writing of parameter
Writing of parameter to EEPROM
Individual read out of user parameter
Read out of two or more user parameter
Writing of two or more user parameter
ALARM
Read out of present alarm data
Batch read out of alarm history
Clear of user alarm history
Alarm clear
Absolute clear

Connection

1
5
6

Content

Preparation

mode

1
Before Using the Products

7
Supplement

7-39

4. Communication

Supplement

Details of Communication Command

command
0

mode
1

5HDGRXWRI&38YHUVLRQ
5HFHSWLRQGDWD
0
axis
1

7UDQVPLVVLRQGDWD
0Dh
 axis
axis
0

1 Model of ,motor (upper)


0
9HUVLRQ XSSHU
9HUVLRQ ORZHU
Model
of motor (lower)
Error
code
Error
code
checksum
checksum

checksum

(UURUFRGH
ELW
0 : Normal
1 : Error

5

Command error 56HUURU

9HUVLRQLQIRUPDWLRQZLOOEHUHWXUQHGLQXSSHUGDWDDQGORZHUGDWD
 'HFLPDOSRLQWZLOOEHUHWXUQHGE\PDNLQJWKHORZHUELWRIWKHXSSHUGDWDDV
9HUVLRQZLOOEHGLVSOD\HGLQILJXUHVIURPWR HJ9HUVLRQZLOOEHXSSHUGDWDKORZHUGDWDK

command
0

mode
5

5HDGRXWRIGULYHUPRGH
5HFHSWLRQGDWD
0
axis
5

7UDQVPLVVLRQGDWD
0Dh
axis
0

5
0
0RGHORIGULYHU XSSHU

checksum

0RGHORIGULYHU ORZHU
Error code
checksum
(UURUFRGH
ELW
0 : Normal
1 : Error

5

Command error 56HUURU

'ULYHUPRGHOFRQVLVWRIFKDUDFWHUVDQGZLOOEHWUDQVPLWWHGLQ$6&,,FRGH
 HJ 0$'+7 

command
0

mode
6

5HDGRXWRI0RWRU0RGHO
5HFHSWLRQGDWD
0
axis
6

7UDQVPLVVLRQGDWD
0Dh
axis
0

6
0
Model of motor (upper)

checksum

Model of motor (lower)


Error code
checksum
(UURUFRGH
ELW
0 : Normal
1 : Error

5

Command error 56HUURU

0RWRUPRGHOFRQVLVWRIFKDUDFWHUVDQGZLOOEHWUDQVPLWWHGLQ$6&,,FRGH
 HJ 060(6 

7-40

4. Communication

command
1

mode


Before Using the Products

Details of Communication Command

&DSWXUHDQGUHOHDVHRIH[HFXWLRQULJKW
5HFHSWLRQGDWD
1
axis


7UDQVPLVVLRQGDWD
1
axis
1

mode
checksum

(UURUFRGH
checksum

5
4
&RPPDQGHUURU 56HUURU

3
PRGHHUURU

Preparation

(UURUFRGH
ELW
1RUPDO
(UURU

2
1

0
LQXVH

&DSWXUHWKHH[HFXWLRQULJKWWRSUHYHQWWKHFRQIOLFWRIWKHRSHUDWLRQYLDFRPPXQLFDWLRQDQGWKDWZLWKWKHIURQWSDQHO
(QTXLUHVIRUWKHFDSWXUHRIWKHH[HFXWLRQULJKWDWSDUDPHWHUZULWLQJDQG((3520ZULWLQJDQGUHOHDVHWKHH[HFXWLRQ
ULJKWDIWHUWKHDFWLRQILQLVKHV
PRGH (QTXLUHVIRUWKHFDSWXUHRIWKHH[HFXWLRQULJKWPRGH (QTXLUHVIRUWKHUHOHDVHRIWKHH[HFXWLRQULJKW
<RXFDQQRWRSHUDWHZLWKWKHIURQWSDQHODWRWKHUWKDQPRQLWRUPRGHZKLOHWKHH[HFXWLRQULJKWLVFDSWXUHGYLD
FRPPXQLFDWLRQ
:KHQWKHPRGXOHIDLOVWRFDSWXUHWKHH[HFXWLRQULJKWLWZLOOWUDQVPLWWKHHUURUFRGHRILQXVH

mode
8

Connection

command
1

6HWXSRI56SURWRFROSDUDPHWHU
5HFHSWLRQGDWD
4
axis
8

T1
T2
T6

1
(UURUFRGH
checksum

Setup

7UDQVPLVVLRQGDWD
1
axis

RTY
checksum

(UURUFRGH
ELW
1RUPDO
(UURU

5
7HUURU

4
56HUURU

3
57<HUURU

2
7HUURU

1
7HUURU

command
1

mode
9

Adjustment

8QWLOWKLVFRPPDQGFRPSOHWHVSUHYLRXVVHWXSSURWRFROSDUDPHWHUZLOOEHSURFHVVHG
$IWHUWKLVFRPPDQGKDVEHHQH[HFXWHGWKLVSDUDPHWHUVHWXSZLOOEHYDOLGIURPWKHQH[WFRPPDQG
57<LVELW
8QLW7V7V7PV

6HWXSRI56SURWRFROSDUDPHWHU
5HFHSWLRQGDWD
4
axis
9

1
T1
T2
T6

When in Trouble

7UDQVPLVVLRQGDWD
1
axis
1
(UURUFRGH
checksum
RTY

checksum
(UURUFRGH
ELW
1RUPDO
(UURU

5
7HUURU

4
56HUURU

3
57<HUURU

2
7HUURU

1
7HUURU

Supplement

8QWLOWKLVFRPPDQGFRPSOHWHVSUHYLRXVO\VHWXSSURWRFROSDUDPHWHUZLOOEHSURFHVVHG
$IWHUWKLVFRPPDQGKDVEHHQH[HFXWHGWKLVSDUDPHWHUVHWXSZLOOEHYDOLGIURPWKHQH[WFRPPDQG
57<LVELW
8QLW7V7V7PV

7-41

4. Communication
Details of Communication Command

FRPPDQG
2

PRGH
0

5HDGRXWRIVWDWXV
7UDQVPLVVLRQGDWD

D[LV

5HFHSWLRQGDWD
0
D[LV
0

FKHFNVXP

2
FRQWUROPRGH
VWDWXV
HUURUFRGH
FKHFNVXP

VWDWXV
ELW
(UURUFRGH
ELW
1RUPDO
(UURU

2
1

0
3RVLWLYHGLUHFWLRQ 1HJDWLYHGLUHFWLRQ 6ORZHUWKDQ'% 7RUTXHLQOLPLW
SHUPLVVLRQ
UXQQLQJ
UXQQLQJ

5
4
&RPPDQGHUURU 56HUURU

&RQWUROPRGHVDUHGHILQHGDVIROORZV
0
3RVLWLRQFRQWUROPRGH
1
9HORFLW\FRQWUROPRGH
2
7RUTXHFRQWUROPRGH

)XOOFORVHGFRQWUROPRGH
SRVLWLYHGLUHFWLRQQHJDWLYHGLUHFWLRQUXQQLQJ7KLVEHFRPHVZKHQPRWRUVSHHG DIWHUFRQYHUWHGWRUPLQ LVSRVLWLYH
SRVLWLYHGLUHFWLRQ RUQHJDWLYH QHJDWLYHGLUHFWLRQ 
6ORZHUWKDQ'%SHUPLVVLRQ7KLVEHFRPHVZKHQPRWRUVSHHG DIWHUFRQYHUWHGWRUPLQ LVEHORZUPLQ
7RUTXHLQOLPLW7KLVEHFRPHVZKHQWRUTXHFRPPDQGLVOLPLWHGE\DQDORJLQSXWRUSDUDPHWHU

FRPPDQG
2

PRGH
1

5HDGRXWRIFRPPDQGSXOVHFRXQWHU
5HFHSWLRQGDWD
0
D[LV
1

7UDQVPLVVLRQGDWD
5
D[LV
2

FKHFNVXP

2
FRXQWHUYDOXH/

+
HUURUFRGH
FKHFNVXP
(UURUFRGH
ELW
1RUPDO
(UURU

5
4
&RPPDQGHUURU 56HUURU

0RGXOHUHWXUQVWKHSUHVHQWSRVLWLRQLQDEVROXWHFRRUGLQDWHVIURPWKHVWDUWLQJSRLQW 7RWDOVXPRIDFFXPXODWHG
FRPPDQGSXOVHV
&RXQWHUYDOXHLQELW
&RXQWHUYDOXHZLOOEHIRUQHJDWLYHGLUHFWLRQDQGIRUSRVLWLYHGLUHFWLRQ

7-42

4. Communication

command
2

mode
2

Before Using the Products

Details of Communication Command

5HDGRXWRIIHHGEDFNSXOVHFRXQWHU
5HFHSWLRQGDWD
0
axis
2

7UDQVPLVVLRQGDWD
5
axis
2

checksum

FRXQWHUYDOXH/
Preparation

+
HUURUFRGH
checksum
(UURUFRGH
ELW
1RUPDO
(UURU

5
4
&RPPDQGHUURU 56HUURU

command
2

mode
4

5HDGRXWRISUHVHQWVSHHG
5HFHSWLRQGDWD
0
axis
4

7UDQVPLVVLRQGDWD
3
axis
2

5
4
&RPPDQGHUURU 56HUURU

Setup

4
2
'DWD SUHVHQWVSHHG /
+
HUURUFRGH
checksum

checksum

(UURUFRGH
ELW
1RUPDO
(UURU

Connection

0RGXOHUHWXUQVWKHSUHVHQWSRVLWLRQRIIHHGEDFNSXOVHFRXQWHULQDEVROXWHFRRUGLQDWHVIURPWKHVWDULQJSRLQW
&RXQWHUYDOXHZLOOEHIRUQHJDWLYHGLUHFWLRQDQGIRUSRVLWLYHGLUHFWLRQ
)HHGEDFNSXOVHFRXQWHULVWKHWRWDOSXOVHFRXQWVRIWKHHQFRGHUDQGUHSUHVHQWVWKHDFWXDOPRWRUSRVLWLRQWUDYHOHG

command
2

mode
5

Adjustment

5HDGVRXWWKHSUHVHQWVSHHG 8QLW>UPLQ@
2XWSXWYDOXHLQELW
6SHHGZLOOEHIRUQHJDWLYHGLUHFWLRQDQGIRUSRVLWLYHGLUHFWLRQ

5HDGRXWRISUHVHQWWRUTXHRXWSXW
5HFHSWLRQGDWD
0
axis
5

7UDQVPLVVLRQGDWD
3
axis
2

5
4
&RPPDQGHUURU 56HUURU

When in Trouble

checksum

(UURUFRGH
ELW
1RUPDO
(UURU

5
2
'DWD SUHVHQWWRUTXH /
+
HUURUFRGH
checksum

7
Supplement

5HDGVRXWWKHSUHVHQWWRUTXHRXWSXW 8QLW&RQYHUWHGZLWK5DWHGPRWRUWRUTXH 


2XWSXWYDOXHLQELW
7RUTXHFRPPDQGZLOOEHYDOXHIRUQHJDWLYHGLUHFWLRQDQGYDOXHIRUSRVLWLYHGLUHFWLRQ

7-43

4. Communication
Details of Communication Command

command
2

mode
6

5HDGRXWRISUHVHQWSRVLWLRQDOFRPPDQGGHYLDWLRQ
5HFHSWLRQGDWD
0
axis
6

7UDQVPLVVLRQGDWD
5
axis
2

checksum

2
GDWD GHYLDWLRQ /

H
Error code
checksum
(UURUFRGH
bit7
0 : Normal
1 : Error

5
4
Command error 56HUURU

5HDGVRXWWKHSUHVHQWSRVLWLRQDOFRPPDQGGHYLDWLRQ 8QLW>FRPPDQGXQLW@
2XWSXWYDOXHLQELW
%HFRPHVZKHQWKHHQFRGHULVORFDWHGDWQHJDWLYHGLUHFWLRQDJDLQVWSRVLWLRQFRPPDQGDQGZKHQLWLVORFDWHG
at positive direction.

command
2

mode
7

5HDGRXWRILQSXWVLJQDO
5HFHSWLRQGDWD
0
axis
7

7UDQVPLVVLRQGDWD
5
axis
2

checksum

2
data L

data H
Error code
checksum
(UURUFRGH
bit7
0 : Normal
1 : Error

5
4
Command error 56HUURU

'DWD
6
5
bit7
For
6ZLWFKLQJRI
6SHHG]HUR
manufacturer's use electronic gear 1 clamp

4
Control mode
switching

bit15
14
13
Internal speed
For
For
command
manufacturer's use manufacturer's use selection 2

Internal speed
command
selection 1

bit23
22
21
Damping control Torque limit
6ZLWFKLQJRI
electronic gear 2 switching 2
switching

Internal speed
command
selection 3

12

20

31
29

bit31
For
For
For
6DIHW\LQSXW
manufacturer's use manufacturer's use manufacturer's use

2
1
3
CCW over-travel CW over-travel Alarm clear
inhibit
inhibit

0
6HUYR21

11
10
For
Counter clear
manufacturer's use


Command pulse
input inhibition

9
Gain switching

19

17
16
Damping control For
For
For
switching 1
manufacturer's use manufacturer's use manufacturer's use
27
6DIHW\LQSXW

26
25
Torque
For
manufacturer's use command sign

24
6SHHG
command sign

Logic of input signal is based on assignment set in the parameter.


Because of the internal logical data after conversion of input, it does not directly correspond to the input signal from the
connector X5.
CW over-travel inhibit input and CCW over-travel inhibit input will change according to the input logic, even if they have
been disabled by the parameter,

7-44

4. Communication

command
2

mode
8

Before Using the Products

Details of Communication Command

5HDGRXWRIRXWSXWVLJQDO
5HFHSWLRQGDWD
0
axis
8

7UDQVPLVVLRQGDWD
7
axis
2

checksum

2
data L

Preparation

data H
alarm data L
H
error code
checksum
HUURUFRGH
bit7
0 : Normal
1 : Error

5
4
Command error RS485 error

'DWD
5
Torque in-limit

bit15
Excite motor

13
11
12
Dynamic brake Control inrush Control
regeneration
engagement
suppression relay brake

bit23
6DIHW\('0

14
&RQWUROSRZHU
latch
22
Speed
command
ON/OFF

21
Alarm attribute
output

4
Zero speed
detection

20
Speed in-limit
output

3
Mechanical
brake released

2
Positioning
complete
(In-position)

10
Full-closed
positioning
complete

19

18

2nd positioning Positional


command
complete
ON/OFF
(In-position)

1
Servo-Alarm

0
Servo-Ready

9
At-speed

8
For
PDQXIDFWXUHU
VXVH

17
Alarm output 2

16
Alarm output 1

6
Fan
alarm

Setup

31
29
28
27
26
25
24
bit31
For
For
For
For
For
For
For
For
PDQXIDFWXUHU
VXVH PDQXIDFWXUHU
VXVH PDQXIDFWXUHU
VXVH PDQXIDFWXUHU
VXVH PDQXIDFWXUHU
VXVH PDQXIDFWXUHU
VXVH PDQXIDFWXUHU
VXVH PDQXIDFWXUHU
VXVH
DODUPGDWD
bit7
Overload
protection

Connection

bit7
6
For
In-speed
PDQXIDFWXUHU
VXVH

4
3
5
2
1
0
Over-regeneration Encoder
Encoder overheat /LIHWLPH
For
Battery
communication
alarm
alarm
detection alarm PDQXIDFWXUHU
VXVH alarm
alarm

bit15
14
13
For
For
For
PDQXIDFWXUHU
VXVH PDQXIDFWXUHU
VXVH PDQXIDFWXUHU
VXVH

12

11

10

External scale Oscillation


communication detection
alarm
alarm

8
External scale
error alarm

0
Servo-Not Ready
Normal
Positioning not completed
Mechanical brake engaged
Zero speed not detected
Torque not in-limit
Not at-speed(Speed not arrived)
Not in-speed(Speed not coincided)
Full-closed positioning not completed
7XUQRIIUHJHQHUDWLRQ7U
Release inrush suppression relay
Dynamic brake released
5HOHDVHSRZHUODWFK
Energize motor

1
At Servo-Ready
At Servo-Alarm
Positioning in-complete
Mechanical brake released
Zero speed detected
Torque in-limit
Speed arriving
In-speed (Speed coincided)
Full-closed positioning completed
Turn on regeneration Tr
Operate inrush suppression relay
Dynamic brake engaged
3RZHUDEQRUPDOODWFKLQJ
6HUYRIUHH

6
When in Trouble

Signal title
Servo-Ready
Servo-Alarm
Positioning completed
Mechanical brake released
Zero speed detection
Torque in-limit
At-speed (Speed arrival)
In-speed (Speed coincidence)
Full-closed positioning complete
Control regeneration brake
Control inrush suppression relay
Dynamic brake engagement
&RQWUROSRZHUODWFK
Excite motor

Adjustment

7KHWDEOHEHORZVKRZVWKHUHODWLRQRIWKHVLJQDOVDQGDFWLRQV

7
Supplement

%HFDXVHRIWKHLQWHUQDOORJLFDOGDWDEHIRUHRXWSXWFRQYHUVLRQLWGRHVQRWGLUHFWO\FRUUHVSRQGWRWKHRXWSXWVLJQDOWRWKH
FRQQHFWRU;
1DPHVDQGIXQFWLRQVVKRZQDERYHDUHIRU0,1$6$ JHQHUDOSXUSRVHPRGHO 6RPHRILQSXWVLJQDOVZLOOKDYH
GLIIHUHQWPHDQLQJIRUGLIIHUHQWVHULHV

7-45

4. Communication
Details of Communication Command

command
2

mode
9

5HDGRXWRISUHVHQWVSHHGWRUTXHDQGSRVLWLRQDOFRPPDQGGHYLDWLRQ
5HFHSWLRQGDWD
0
axis
9

7UDQVPLVVLRQGDWD
9
axis
2

(UURUFRG
ELW
1RUPDO
(UURU

2
GDWD/
VSHHG +
GDWD/
WRUTXH +
GDWD/

checksum

GHYLDWLRQ +
HUURUFRGH
checksum
6

5
4
&RPPDQGHUURU 56HUURU

2XWSXWYDOXHRIVSHHGDQGWRUTXHDUHLQELWDQGGHYLDWLRQLQELW
8QLWDQGVLJQRIWKHRXWSXWGDWDLVDVVDPHDVWKDWRIFRPPDQG1R FRPPDQG PRGH   PRGH  
DQG PRGH  

command
2

mode
A

5HDGRXWRIVWDWXVLQSXWVLJQDODQGRXWSXWVLJQDO
7UDQVPLVVLRQGDWD
 'K
axis

5HFHSWLRQGDWD
0
axis
A

checksum

2
FRQWUROPRGH
VWDWXV
LQSXWVLJQDO/

LQSXWVLJQDO+
RXWSXWVLJQDO/

RXWSXWVLJQDO+
DODUPGDWD/
DODUPGDWD+
HUURUFRGH
checksum
(UURUFRG
ELW
1RUPDO
(UURU

5
4
&RPPDQGHUURU 56HUURU

0HDQLQJRIHDFKELWRIFRQWUROPRGHVWDWXVLQSXWVLJQDORXWSXWVLJQDODQGDODUPGDWDLVDVVDPHDVWKDWRIFRPPDQG
1R FRPPDQG PRGH   PRGH  DQG PRGH  

7-46

4. Communication

command
2

mode
C

Before Using the Products

Details of Communication Command

5HDGRXWRIIHHGEDFNVFDOH
5HFHSWLRQGDWD
0
axis
C

7UDQVPLVVLRQGDWD
 %K
axis
C

Preparation

encoder ID (L)
(H)
status (L)
(H)
(L)

checksum

DEVROXWHSRVLWLRQGDWD ELW

(H)
error code
checksum

(QFRGHU,'
Encoder ID (H)
32h
31h

Connection

Encoder ID (L)
$GGUHVVGDWDRI((3520
$GGUHVVGDWDRI((3520

ST771
$7VHULHV

&RPPDQGHUURURFFXUVDWRWKHUFRQWUROPRGHVWKDQIXOOFORVHGFRQWURO
67
6WDWXV /
bit7
Thermal alarm
6WDWXV +
bit7
0

4
5
6
Signal intensity Signal intensity Transducer
error
error
alarm

1
Initialization
error

4
3
2
1
Encoder
0
0
0
error *2
*2 bit4 : logical sum of bit6 and bit 7 of status (L)

4
CPU, memory
error

3
&DSDFLW\DQG
SKRWRHOHFWULF
error

2
Encoder
non-matching
error

1
Initialization
error

4
3
2
1
Encoder
0
0
0
alarm *4
*4 bit4 : logical sum of bit6 and bit 7 of status (L)

5
4
Command error 56HUURU

0
2YHUVSHHG

0
0

0
2YHUVSHHG

0
0

Adjustment

2
Hardware
error

Setup

5
Encoder
error *1
*1 bit5 : Logical sum of bit0 to bit 5 of status (L)
$7VHULHV
6WDWXV /
bit7
6
5
Thermal alarm 0
Communication
error
6WDWXV +
bit7
6
5
0
0
Encoder
error *3
*3 bit5 : Logical sum of bit0 to bit 5 of status (L)
(UURUFRGH
bit7
0 : Normal
1 : Error

3
$%6GHWHFWLRQ
error

$EVROXWHSRVLWLRQGDWD ELW WR)))))))))))K 

6
When in Trouble

7
Supplement

7-47

4. Communication
Details of Communication Command

command
2

mode
D

5HDGRXWRIDEVROXWHHQFRGHU
5HFHSWLRQGDWD
0
axis
D

7UDQVPLVVLRQGDWD
 %K
axis
D

(QFRGHU,' /
3

ELWDEVROXWH
6WDWXV /
ELW
%DWWHU\DODUP


6\VWHPGRZQ


0XOWLWXUQHUURU

2
HQFRGHU,' /
 +
VWDWXV  /

 +

 /
VLQJOHWXUQGDWD

 +
PXOWLWXUQGDWD /
 +
0
(UURUFRGH
checksum

checksum

(QFRGHU,' +
K

3
&RXQWHU
RYHUIORZ

2
&RXQWHUURU


)XOODEVROXWH
VWDWXV

0
2YHUVSHHG

6WDWXV +

ELW6\VWHPGRZQ
ELW%DWWHU\DODUPPXOWLWXUQHUURUFRXQWHURYHUIORZFRXQWHUURUIXOODEVROXWHVWDWXVDQGORJLFDOVXPRIRYHUVSHHG
(UURUFRGH
ELW
1RUPDO
(UURU



&RPPDQGHUURU 56HUURU

&RPPDQGHUURUZLOORFFXUZKHQ\RXXVHWKHDERYHHQFRGHURUDEVROXWHHQFRGHUDVDQLQFUHPHQWDOHQFRGHU
6LQJOHWXUQGDWD ELW KWR))))K
0XOWLWXUQGDWD ELW KWR))))K

command
2

mode
(

5HDGRXWRIH[WHUQDOVFDOHGHYLDWLRQDQGVXPRISXOVHV
5HFHSWLRQGDWD
0
axis
(

7UDQVPLVVLRQGDWD
9
axis
(
2
 /
H[WHUQDOVFDOH
)%SXOVHVXP
 +
 /
H[WHUQDOVFDOHGHYLDWLRQ

2
checksum

(UURUFRGH
ELW
1RUPDO
(UURU

 +
HUURUFRGH
checksum




&RPPDQGHUURU 56HUURU

([WHUQDOVFDOH)%SXOVHVXPZLOOUHWXUQWKHSUHVHQWSRVLWLRQRIWKHH[WHUQDOVFDOHFRXQWHULQDEVROXWHFRRUGLQDWHVIURP
WKHVWDUWLQJSRLQW
([WHUQDOVFDOH)%SXOVHVXPZLOOEHIRUQHJDWLYHGLUHFWLRQDQGIRUSRVLWLYHGLUHFWLRQ
([WHUQDOVFDOHGHYLDWLRQEHFRPHVZKHQWKHH[WHUQDOVFDOHLVSRVLWLRQHGDWQHJDWLYHGLUHFWLRQDJDLQVWSRVLWLRQ
FRPPDQGDQGZKHQLWLVSRVLWLRQHGDWSRVLWLYHGLUHFWLRQ

7-48

4. Communication

command
7

mode


Before Using the Products

Details of Communication Command

,QGLYLGXDOUHDGRXWRISDUDPHWHU
5HFHSWLRQGDWD

D[LV

7UDQVPLVVLRQGDWD
5
D[LV

7
 L
SDUDPHWHUYDOXH

Preparation

SDUDPHWHUW\SH
SDUDPHWHU1R
FKHFNVXP

 H
error code
FKHFNVXP
(UURUFRGH
ELW
1RUPDO
(UURU

5
4
Command error 56HUURU


1R(UURU

command
7

mode
1

Connection

,IWKHSDUDPHWHUW\SHRUWKHSDUDPHWHU1RLVRXWVLGHWKHUDQJHUHWXUQV1RHUURU
3DUDPHWHUYDOXHLVVLJQH[WHQGHGWRELWVDQGUHWXUQHG

,QGLYLGXDOZULWLQJRISDUDPHWHU
5HFHSWLRQGDWD
6
D[LV

7UDQVPLVVLRQGDWD
1
D[LV

SDUDPHWHUW\SH
SDUDPHWHU1R
 L
SDUDPHWHUYDOXH

7
error code
FKHFNVXP

Setup

 H
FKHFNVXP
(UURUFRGH
ELW
1RUPDO
(UURU

6
'DWD(UURU

5
4
Command error 56HUURU


1R(UURU

command
7

mode


:ULWLQJRISDUDPHWHUWR((3520

FKHFNVXP

(UURUFRGH
ELW
1RUPDO
(UURU

6
'DWD(UURU

5
4
Command error 56HUURU

When in Trouble

7UDQVPLVVLRQGDWD
1
D[LV

5HFHSWLRQGDWD

D[LV


7
error code
FKHFNVXP

Adjustment

,IWKHSDUDPHWHUW\SHRUWKHSDUDPHWHU1RLVRXWVLGHWKHUDQJHUHWXUQV1RHUURU
7KLVFRPPDQGFKDQJHSDUDPHWHUVRQO\WHPSRUDULO\,I\RXZDQWWRZULWHLQWR((3520H[HFXWHWKHSDUDPHWHUZULWLQJ
WR((3520 PRGH  
6HWXSSDUDPHWHUVQRWLQXVHWRZLWKRXWIDLORULWOHDGVWRGDWDHUURU'DWDHUURUDOVRRFFXUVZKHQWKHSDUDPHWHUYDOXH
H[FHHGVWKHVHWXSUDQJH
3DUDPHWHUYDOXHVKRXOGEHVLJQH[WHQGHGWRELWVEHIRUHEHLQJWUDQVPLWWHG

1
Control LV

Supplement

:ULWHVWKHSUHVHWSDUDPHWHUVWR((3520
7UDQVPLVVLRQGDWDZLOOEHUHWXUQHGDIWHU((3520ZULWLQJFRPSOHWHV,WPD\WDNHPD[VHFIRU((3520ZULWLQJ
ZKHQDOOSDUDPHWHUVKDYHEHHQFKDQJHG
'DWDHUURUZLOORFFXUZKHQZULWLQJIDLOV
:KHQXQGHUYROWDJHRFFXUVHUURUFRGHRIFRQWURO/9ZLOOEHUHWXUQHGLQVWHDGRIH[HFXWLQJZULWLQJ

7-49

4. Communication
Details of Communication Command

command
7

mode
6

,QGLYLGXDOUHDGRXWRIXVHUSDUDPHWHU
5HFHSWLRQGDWD
2
D[LV
6

7UDQVPLVVLRQGDWD
17 (11h)
D[LV
6

7
parameter type
parameter No.
checksum

7
parameter type
parameter No.
(L)
parameter value
(H)
(L)
0,1 value
(H)
(L)
0$; value
(H)
Property L
H
Error code
checksum

3URSHUW\
bit7
Parameter
not in use

6
Display inhibited

bit15

14

13

(UURUFRGH
bit7
0 : Normal
1 : Error

4
Change at
initialization
12

5
4
Command error RS485 error

11

10

3
No.Error

,IWKHSDUDPHWHUW\SHRUWKHSDUDPHWHU1RLVRXWVLGHWKHUDQJHUHWXUQV1RHUURU
3DUDPHWHUYDOXH0,1YDOXHDQG0$;YDOXHVKRXOGEHVLJQH[WHQGHGWRELWVEHIRUHEHLQJWUDQVPLWWHG

7-50

8
Read only

4. Communication

command
7

mode
7

Before Using the Products

Details of Communication Command

5HDGRXWRIWZRRUPRUHXVHUSDUDPHWHU
5HFHSWLRQGDWD
K(16)
D[LV

7UDQVPLVVLRQGDWD
 K)
D[LV

 SDUDPHWHUW\SH
 SDUDPHWHU1R
FKHFNVXP






 0,1YDOXH





+

/
 0$;YDOXH

Preparation

7
 SDUDPHWHUW\SH
 SDUDPHWHU1R


/
 SDUDPHWHUYDOXH

 SDUDPHWHUW\SH
 SDUDPHWHU1R
 SDUDPHWHUW\SH
 SDUDPHWHU1R

+
/

3
Connection



+
  3URSHUW\ /)


+)

 SDUDPHWHUW\SH
 SDUDPHWHU1R

  3URSHUW\ /)


+)
HUURUFRGH
FKHFNVXP

ELW

14



4
&KDQJHDW
LQLWLDOL]DWLRQ


5
4
&RPPDQGHUURU 56HUURU

11

10


1R(UURU

8
5HDGRQO\

0
Adjustment

(UURUFRGH
ELW
1RUPDO
(UURU

6
'LVSOD\
LQKLELWHG

Setup

3URSHUW\
ELW
3DUDPHWHU
QRWLQXVH

,IWKHSDUDPHWHUW\SHRUWKHSDUDPHWHU1RLVRXWVLGHWKHUDQJHUHWXUQV1RHUURU
3DUDPHWHUYDOXH0,1YDOXHDQG0$;YDOXHVKRXOGEHVLJQH[WHQGHGWRELWVEHIRUHEHLQJWUDQVPLWWHG

6
When in Trouble

7
Supplement

7-51

4. Communication
Details of Communication Command

command
7

mode
8

:ULWLQJRIWZRRUPRUHXVHUSDUDPHWHU
5HFHSWLRQGDWD
30h(48)
axis

7UDQVPLVVLRQGDWD
17(11h)
axis

7
(1) parameter type
(1) parameter No.
(L)
(1) parameter value

7
(1) parameter type
(1) parameter No.
(2) parameter type
(2) parameter No.

(H)
(8) parameter type
(8) parameter No.
Error code
checksum

(8) parameter type


(8) parameter No.
(L)
(8) parameter value
(H)
checksum
(UURUFRGH
ELW
0 : Normal
1 : Error


Data Error

5
4
Command error RS485 error

3
No.Error

6HWWRXQXVHGSDUDPHWHU2WKHUZLVHGDWDHUURURFFXUV:KHQGDWDRXWVLGHWKHVSHFLILHGVHWWLQJUDQJHLVVHQWGDWD
error occurs.
,IWKHSDUDPHWHUW\SHRUWKHSDUDPHWHU1RLVRXWVLGHWKHUDQJHUHWXUQV1RHUURU

command
9

mode
0

5HDGRXWRISUHVHQWDODUPGDWD
5HFHSWLRQGDWD
0
axis
0

7UDQVPLVVLRQGDWD
3
axis
9

checksum

(UURUFRGH
ELW
0 : Normal
1 : Error

5
4
Command error RS485 error

9
alarm No. (Main)
DODUP1R 6XE
error code
checksum

,IQRDODUPRFFXUVDODUP1REHFRPHV
 )RUDODUP1RUHIHUWR33URWHFWLYHIXQFWLRQ :KDWLVDODUPFRGH" RI:KHQLQ7URXEOH

7-52

4. Communication

command
9

mode
2

%DWFKUHDGRXWRIDODUPKLVWRU\
5HFHSWLRQGDWD
0
axis
2

7UDQVPLVVLRQGDWD
 'K
axis
9

2
VWODWHVW

checksum

DODUP1R 0DLQ
DODUP1R 6XE
HUURUFRGH
checksum

0
Connection

5
4
&RPPDQGHUURU &RPPDQGHUURU

Preparation

WKODWHVW

9
DODUP1R 0DLQ
DODUP1R 6XE
DODUP1R 0DLQ
DODUP1R 6XE

QGODWHVW

(UURUFRGH
ELW
1RUPDO
(UURU

Before Using the Products

Details of Communication Command

<RXFDQUHDGRXWODVWHUURUHYHQWV

command
9

mode
3

&OHDURIXVHUDODUPKLVWRU\
5HFHSWLRQGDWD
0
axis
3

(UURUFRGH
checksum

checksum

(UURUFRGH
ELW
1RUPDO
(UURU

6
'DWD(UURU

Setup

7UDQVPLVVLRQGDWD
1
axis

5
4
&RPPDQGHUURU 56HUURU

1
&RQWURO/9

command
9

mode
4

$ODUPFOHDU
5HFHSWLRQGDWD
0
axis

7UDQVPLVVLRQGDWD
1
axis
4

5
4
&RPPDQGHUURU 56HUURU

9
(UURUFRGH
checksum

checksum

Supplement

(UURUFRGH
ELW
1RUPDO
(UURU

When in Trouble

Adjustment

&OHDUVWKHDODUPGDWDKLVWRU\
'DWDHUURUZLOORFFXUZKHQ\RXIDLOWRFOHDU
:KHQXQGHUYROWDJHRIFRQWUROSRZHUVXSSO\RFFXUVHUURUFRGHRIFRQWURO/9ZLOOEHUHWXUQHGLQVWHDGRIH[HFXWLQJZULWLQJ

&OHDUVWKHSUHVHQWDODUP RQO\WKRVH\RXFDQFOHDU

7-53

4. Communication
Details of Communication Command

command
9

mode
B

$EVROXWHFOHDU
5HFHSWLRQGDWD
0
axis
B

7UDQVPLVVLRQGDWD

axis
B

(UURUFRGH
ELW
1RUPDO
(UURU

5
4
&RPPDQGHUURU 56HUURU

&OHDUVDEVROXWHHQFRGHUHUURUDQGPXOWLWXUQGDWD
&RPPDQGHUURUZLOOEHUHWXUQHGZKHQ\RXXVHRWKHUHQFRGHUWKDQELWDEVROXWHHQFRGHU

7-54

9
(UURUFRGH
checksum

checksum

5. Motor Characteristics (S-T


Characteristics )

Supplement

MSMD series :WR:

1RWHWKDWWKHPRWRUFKDUDFWHULVWLFVPD\YDU\GXHWRWKHH[LVWHQFHRIRLOVHDORUEUDNH
&RQWLQXRXVWRUTXHYVDPELHQWWHPSHUDWXUHFKDUDFWHULVWLFVKDYHEHHQPHDVXUHGZLWKDQ
aluminum flange attached to the motor (approx. twice as large as the motor flange).

MSMD series (50W to 100W)


Without oil seal

With oil seal


MSMD5AZ * 1 *

,QSXWYROWDJHWRGULYHU$&99
 'RWWHGOLQHUHSUHVHQWVWRUTXHDWOHVVYROWDJH 

,QSXWYROWDJHWRGULYHU$&99
 'RWWHGOLQHUHSUHVHQWVWRUTXHDWOHVVYROWDJH 

* Continuous torque vs. ambient temp.

ratio vs. rated torque


>@

0.5
(0.4)

3HDNUXQQLQJUDQJH

0.25

* Continuous torque vs. ambient temp.


95

0.5

50

0.25

3000

4000 5000
VSHHG>UPLQ@



20

30

40

(3600)



2000

3000

ambient temp. >&@

4000 5000
VSHHG>UPLQ@



20

MSMD011 * 1 *

,QSXWYROWDJHWRGULYHU$&9
 'RWWHGOLQHUHSUHVHQWVWRUTXHDWOHVVYROWDJH 

,QSXWYROWDJHWRGULYHU$&9
 'RWWHGOLQHUHSUHVHQWVWRUTXHDWOHVVYROWDJH 

* Continuous torque vs. ambient temp.

torque
>1P@

ratio vs. rated torque


>@

95







0.5

Continuous running range



2000

3000

75
70
50

3HDNUXQQLQJUDQJH

without
EUDNH

ZLWKEUDNH

Continuous running range

4000

5000



VSHHG>UPLQ@

20

30

40



2000

3000

ambient temp. >&@

4000

5000



20

VSHHG>UPLQ@

MSMD012 * 1 *

Input voltage to driver: AC2009


 'RWWHGOLQHUHSUHVHQWVWRUTXHDWOHVVYROWDJH 

Input voltage to driver: AC2009


 'RWWHGOLQHUHSUHVHQWVWRUTXHDWOHVVYROWDJH 

* Continuous torque vs. ambient temp.



2000

3000

75
70
50

3HDNUXQQLQJUDQJH

0.5

Continuous running range





50

0.5

without
EUDNH

ZLWKEUDNH

Adjustment

ratio vs. rated torque


>@


95
3HDNUXQQLQJUDQJH

* Continuous torque vs. ambient temp.

ratio vs. rated torque


>@



40

ambient temp. >&@

MSMD012 * 1 *

torque
>1P@

30

4
Setup

0.5

ratio vs. rated torque


>@

(0.6)

50

40

* Continuous torque vs. ambient temp.

torque
>1P@

(0.8)

3HDNUXQQLQJUDQJH

(0.6)

30

ambient temp. >&@

MSMD011 * 1 *

(0.8)

ZLWKEUDNH

Connection

2000

70
60
50

3HDNUXQQLQJUDQJH

Continuous running range


(3600)



without
EUDNH



(0.4)

Continuous running range

ratio vs. rated torque


>@

torque
>1P@

Preparation

MSMD5AZ * 1 *

torque
>1P@

1
Before Using the Products

Continuous running range

4000

5000

VSHHG>UPLQ@



20

30

40



2000

ambient temp. >&@

3000

4000

5000

VSHHG>UPLQ@



20

30

40

ambient temp. >&@

When in Trouble

* These are subject to change. Contact us when you use these values for your machine design.
* 5DWLRWRWKHUDWHGWRUTXHDWDPELHQWWHPSHUDWXUHRI&LVLQFDVHRIZLWKRXWRLOVHDOZLWKRXWEUDNH

:KHQ\RXORZHUWKHWRUTXHOLPLWVHWXS 3DQG 
running range at high speed might be lowered as well.
torque

5XQQLQJUDQJH 7RUTXHOLPLWVHWXS

Continuous running range

speed

7-55

Supplement

5XQQLQJUDQJH 7RUTXHOLPLWVHWXS
5XQQLQJUDQJH 7RUTXHOLPLWVHWXS

5. Motor Characteristics (S-T


Characteristics )

Supplement

MSMD series :

MSMD series (200W)


Without oil seal

With oil seal

MSMD021 * 1 *

MSMD021 * 1 *

Input voltage to driver: AC100V


(Dotted line represents torque at 10% less voltage.)

Input voltage to driver: AC100V


(Dotted line represents torque at 10% less voltage.)

* Continuous torque vs. ambient temp.

torque
[Nm]

ratio vs. rated torque


[%]
100

2.0
Peak running range

1.0

Continuous running range

1000

2000

3000

4000 5000
speed [r/min]

80
70
50

1.0

(0.9)
(0.5)

10

20

30

40

(3600)

1000

2000

3000

30

ratio vs. rated torque


[%]

100

2.0
(1.5)
(1.2)

40

1.0

Continuous running range

80
70
50

Peak running range

with brake

Continuous running range


(4500)

3000

without
brake

100

2.0
(1.5)
(1.2)

50

Peak running range

2000

20

ambient temp. [C]

* Continuous torque vs. ambient temp.

ratio vs. rated torque


[%]

1000

10

Input voltage to driver: AC200V


(Dotted line represents torque at 10% less voltage.)

* Continuous torque vs. ambient temp.

torque
[Nm]

4000 5000
speed [r/min]

MSMD022 * 1 *

Input voltage to driver: AC200V


(Dotted line represents torque at 10% less voltage.)

1.0

with brake

Continuous running range

ambient temp. [C]

MSMD022 * 1 *

without
brake

100
Peak running range

50

(3600)

ratio vs. rated torque


[%]

2.0

(0.9)
(0.5)

* Continuous torque vs. ambient temp.

torque
[Nm]

4000 5000
speed [r/min]

10

20

30

40

(4500)

1000

2000

ambient temp. [C]

3000

4000 5000
speed [r/min]

10

20

30

40

ambient temp. [C]

* These are subject to change. Contact us when you use these values for your machine design.

:KHQ\RXORZHUWKHWRUTXHOLPLWVHWXS 3DQG 
running range at high speed might be lowered as well.
torque

Running range (Torque limit setup : 300%)


Running range (Torque limit setup : 200%)
Running range (Torque limit setup : 100%)

Continuous running range

speed

7-56

5. Motor Characteristics (S-T


Characteristics )

Supplement

MSMD series :WR:

MSMD series (400W to 750W)


Without oil seal

With oil seal

MSMD041 * 1 *

MSMD041 * 1 *

Input voltage to driver: AC100V


(Dotted line represents torque at 10% less voltage.)

Input voltage to driver: AC100V


(Dotted line represents torque at 10% less voltage.)
* Continuous torque vs. ambient temp.

* Continuous torque vs. ambient temp.

ratio vs. rated torque


[%]

torque
[Nm]

ratio vs. rated torque


[%]

4.0

100
90

4.0

100

50

2.0

Preparation

torque
[Nm]

75
Peak running range

2.0
(1.3)
(0.6)

(1.3)

Continuous running range

(0.6)

(2800) (3200)

1000

2000

3000 4000 5000


[r/min]

10

20

30

40

Peak running range

50

Continuous running range

[C]

MSMD042 * 1 *

(2800) (3200)

1000

2000

3000 4000 5000


[r/min]

10

* Continuous torque vs. ambient temp.

torque
[Nm]

ratio vs. rated torque


[%]

4.0

100
90

4.0

100

50

2.0

Peak running range

(1.7)
(1.3)

75
50

Continuous running range

(3400)(3800)

3000

Peak running range

(1.7)
(1.3)

Continuous running range

4000 5000
speed [r/min]

10

20

30

40

(3400)(3800)

1000

2000

3000

ambient temp. [C]

4000 5000
speed [r/min]

10

20

30

40

ambient temp. [C]

Setup

MSMD082 * 1 *

MSMD082 * 1 *

Input voltage to driver: AC200V


(Dotted line represents torque at 10% less voltage.)

Input voltage to driver: AC200V


(Dotted line represents torque at 10% less voltage.)

* Continuous torque vs. ambient temp.

* Continuous torque vs. ambient temp.

torque
[Nm]

ratio vs. rated torque


[%]

torque
[Nm]

ratio vs. rated torque


[%]

8.0

100

8.0

100

Peak running range

Peak running range

50

4.0

50

4.0

(3.0)

(3.0)

Continuous running range

(3200)(3600)

1000

2000

3000

4000 5000
speed [r/min]

10

20

30

40

ambient temp. [C]

(3200)(3600)

1000

2000

3000

4000 5000
speed [r/min]

10

20

30

40

ambient temp. [C]

Adjustment

Continuous running range

3
Connection

* Continuous torque vs. ambient temp.

2000

40

Input voltage to driver: AC200V


(Dotted line represents torque at 10% less voltage.)

ratio vs. rated torque


[%]

1000

30

[C]

torque
[Nm]

20

MSMD042 * 1 *

Input voltage to driver: AC200V


(Dotted line represents torque at 10% less voltage.)

2.0

1
Before Using the Products

* These are subject to change. Contact us when you use these values for your machine design.

6
When in Trouble

7
Supplement

7-57

5. Motor Characteristics (S-T


Characteristics )

Supplement

MSME series :WR:

MSME series (50W to 100W)


Without oil seal

With oil seal

MSME5AZ * 1 *

MSME5AZ * 1 *

,QSXWYROWDJHWRGULYHU$&9
 'RWWHGOLQHUHSUHVHQWVWRUTXHDWOHVVYROWDJH 

,QSXWYROWDJHWRGULYHU$&9
 'RWWHGOLQHUHSUHVHQWVWRUTXHDWOHVVYROWDJH 

* Continuous torque vs. ambient temp.

ratio vs. rated torque


>@

torque
>1P@
0.5




0.5

50

0.25

3HDNUXQQLQJUDQJH



0.25


* Continuous torque vs. ambient temp.

Continuous running range



 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000



ratio vs. rated torque


>@

torque
>1P@

20

30

40

MSME5AZ * 1 *

Continuous running range

 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000

* Continuous torque vs. ambient temp.

20



50





20

30

40

ZLWKEUDNH

70
60
50

Continuous running range

 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000



VSHHG>UPLQ@

ambient temp. >&@

VSHHG>UPLQ@

20

MSME011 * 1 *

,QSXWYROWDJHWRGULYHU$&9
 'RWWHGOLQHUHSUHVHQWVWRUTXHDWOHVVYROWDJH 

,QSXWYROWDJHWRGULYHU$&9
 'RWWHGOLQHUHSUHVHQWVWRUTXHDWOHVVYROWDJH 

* Continuous torque vs. ambient temp.

torque
>1P@

ratio vs. rated torque


>@



ratio vs. rated torque


>@



75
70

0.5

50

3HDNUXQQLQJUDQJH

50

0.5





Continuous running range


 

 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000


VSHHG>UPLQ@



20

30

40

ambient temp. >&@

without
EUDNH
ZLWKEUDNH





3HDNUXQQLQJUDQJH


Continuous running range


 

 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000


VSHHG>UPLQ@



20

MSME012 * 1 *

Input voltage to driver: AC2009


 'RWWHGOLQHUHSUHVHQWVWRUTXHDWOHVVYROWDJH 

Input voltage to driver: AC2009


 'RWWHGOLQHUHSUHVHQWVWRUTXHDWOHVVYROWDJH 

* Continuous torque vs. ambient temp.

ratio vs. rated torque


>@





3HDNUXQQLQJUDQJH

50

0.5




20

30

40

ambient temp. >&@

without
EUDNH
ZLWKEUDNH





Continuous running range

 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000


VSHHG>UPLQ@

ratio vs. rated torque


>@



3HDNUXQQLQJUDQJH

0.5

75
70
50

Continuous running range

 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000


VSHHG>UPLQ@



20

30

40

ambient temp. >&@

* These are subject to change. Contact us when you use these values for your machine design.
* 5DWLRWRWKHUDWHGWRUTXHDWDPELHQWWHPSHUDWXUHRI&LVLQFDVHRIZLWKRXWRLOVHDOZLWKRXWEUDNH

7-58

40

* Continuous torque vs. ambient temp.

torque
>1P@





30

ambient temp. >&@

MSME012 * 1 *

torque
>1P@

40

* Continuous torque vs. ambient temp.

torque
>1P@



30

ambient temp. >&@

MSME011 * 1 *

40

without
EUDNH


3HDNUXQQLQJUDQJH

0.25

Continuous running range

 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000

ratio vs. rated torque


>@

0.5

3HDNUXQQLQJUDQJH

0.25



30

ambient temp. >&@

* Continuous torque vs. ambient temp.

torque
>1P@



0.5



Input voltage to driver: AC2009

ratio vs. rated torque


>@

torque
>1P@



VSHHG>UPLQ@

MSME5AZ * 1 *

Input voltage to driver: AC2009



ZLWKEUDNH

70
60
50

3HDNUXQQLQJUDQJH

ambient temp. >&@

VSHHG>UPLQ@

without
EUDNH



5. Motor Characteristics (S-T


Characteristics )

Supplement

MSME series :

MSME series (200W)


Without oil seal

With oil seal

MSME021 * 1 *

MSME021 * 1 *

Input voltage to driver: AC100V


(Dotted line represents torque at 10% less voltage.)

* Continuous torque vs. ambient temp.

torque
[Nm]

100

Peak running range

1.0

50

(0.32)

(2600) (3100)

1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000


speed [r/min]

50

(0.8)

Continuous running range

10

20

30

40

Continuous running range

ambient temp. [C]

MSME022 * 1 *

(2600) (3100)

20

30

40

ambient temp. [C]

100

(1.3)
(1.1)

50

(0.32)

1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000


speed [r/min]

10

20

30

40

ambient temp. [C]

without
brake
with brake

100
80
70

Peak running range

50

1.0

Continuous running range


(4600)

ratio vs. rated torque


[%]

2.0

Peak running range

1.0

* Continuous torque vs. ambient temp.

torque
[Nm]

Connection

ratio vs. rated torque


[%]

2.0

10

Input voltage to driver: AC200V


(Dotted line represents torque at 10% less voltage.)

* Continuous torque vs. ambient temp.

torque
[Nm]

(0.32)

1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000


speed [r/min]

MSME022 * 1 *

Input voltage to driver: AC200V


(Dotted line represents torque at 10% less voltage.)

(1.3)
(1.1)

without
brake
with brake

100
80
70

2.0

Peak running range

1.0

(0.8)
(0.32)

ratio vs. rated torque


[%]

Preparation

ratio vs. rated torque


[%]

2.0

Input voltage to driver: AC100V


(Dotted line represents torque at 10% less voltage.)

* Continuous torque vs. ambient temp.

torque
[Nm]

1
Before Using the Products

Continuous running range


(4600)

1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000


speed [r/min]

10

20

30

40

ambient temp. [C]

Setup

* These are subject to change. Contact us when you use these values for your machine design.

5
Adjustment

6
When in Trouble

:KHQ\RXORZHUWKHWRUTXHOLPLWVHWXS 3DQG 
running range at high speed might be lowered as well.
torque

Running range (Torque limit setup : 100%)

Continuous running range

speed

7-59

Supplement

Running range (Torque limit setup : 300%)


Running range (Torque limit setup : 200%)

5. Motor Characteristics (S-T


Characteristics )

Supplement

MSME series :WR:

MSME series (400W to 750W)


Without oil seal

With oil seal

MSME041 * 1 *

MSME041 * 1 *

Input voltage to driver: AC100V


(Dotted line represents torque at 10% less voltage.)

Input voltage to driver: AC100V


(Dotted line represents torque at 10% less voltage.)

* Continuous torque vs. ambient temp.

torque
[Nm]

ratio vs. rated torque


[%]

4.0

* Continuous torque vs. ambient temp.

torque
[Nm]

100
90

4.0

50

2.0

Peak running range


(1.7)

75

(0.32)

(2600) (3100)

1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000


speed [r/min]

50

(1.7)

Continuous running range

100
Peak running range

2.0

(0.32)

ratio vs. rated torque


[%]

10

20

30

40

Continuous running range


(2600) (3100)

ambient temp. [C]

MSME042 * 1 *

* Continuous torque vs. ambient temp.

4.0

40

100

4.0

50

2.0

ratio vs. rated torque


[%]
100
75

Peak running range

(1.7)

(0.64)

(3100)(3600)

1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000


speed [r/min]

50

(1.7)

Continuous running range

10

20

30

40

Continuous running range


(3100)(3600)

1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000


speed [r/min]

ambient temp. [C]

MSME082 * 1 *

10

20

30

40

ambient temp. [C]

MSME082 * 1 *

Input voltage to driver: AC200V


(Dotted line represents torque at 10% less voltage.)

Input voltage to driver: AC200V


(Dotted line represents torque at 10% less voltage.)

* Continuous torque vs. ambient temp.

torque
[Nm]

ratio vs. rated torque


[%]

8.0

* Continuous torque vs. ambient temp.

torque
[Nm]

ratio vs. rated torque


[%]

8.0

100
Peak running range

100
Peak running range

4.0 (3.4)

4.0 (3.4)

50

(3.0)

30

* Continuous torque vs. ambient temp.

torque
[Nm]

Peak running range

2.0

(0.6)

20

ambient temp. [C]

Input voltage to driver: AC200V


(Dotted line represents torque at 10% less voltage.)

ratio vs. rated torque


[%]

torque
[Nm]

10

MSME042 * 1 *

Input voltage to driver: AC200V


(Dotted line represents torque at 10% less voltage.)

(0.64)

1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000


speed [r/min]

(0.6)

(3200)(3600)

1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000


speed [r/min]

50

(3.0)

Continuous running range

10

20

30

40

Continuous running range

(3200)(3600)

1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000

ambient temp. [C]

10

speed [r/min]

20

30

40

ambient temp. [C]

MSME084 * 1 *
Input voltage to driver: AC400V
(Dotted line represents torque at 10% less voltage.)
* Continuous torque vs. ambient temp.

torque
[Nm]

ratio vs. rated torque


[%]

8.0

100
Peak running range

4.0
(2.6)
(1.6)

50
Continuous running range
(3500)(3800)

1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000


speed [r/min]

* These are subject to change. Contact us when you use these values for your machine design.

7-60

10

20

30

40

ambient temp. [C]

5. Motor Characteristics (S-T


Characteristics )

Supplement

MSME series N:WRN:

MSME series (1.0kW to 2.0kW)


With oil seal
060(* 1 *

060(* 1 *

Input voltage to driver: AC200V


(Dotted line represents torque at 10% less voltage.)

100

100
Peak running range

(6.0)

50

ratio vs. rated torque


[%]

10

Peak running range

(6.0)

* Continuous torque vs. ambient temp.

torque
[Nm]

50

(4.0)

(4.0)

Continuous running range

Continuous running range

(1.9)

(1.9)

1000

2000

3000

(3800) (4200)

4000 5000
speed [r/min]

10

20

30

40

1000

2000

3000

ambient temp. [C]

060(* 1 *

(3800) (4200)

15

(4.0)

Continuous running range


(3200) (3600)

3000

4000 5000
speed [r/min]

100
85

10

20

30

40

without
brake

with brake

Peak running range

50

Continuous running range

1000

2000

(3200) (3600)

3000

ambient temp. [C]

4000 5000
speed [r/min]

10

20

30

40

ambient temp. [C]

Setup

060(* 1 *

060(* 1 *

Input voltage to driver: AC200V


(Dotted line represents torque at 10% less voltage.)

Input voltage to driver: AC400V


(Dotted line represents torque at 10% less voltage.)

* Continuous torque vs. ambient temp.

torque
[Nm]

ratio vs. rated torque


[%]

20
Peak running range

without
brake

* Continuous torque vs. ambient temp.

torque
[Nm]

ratio vs. rated torque


[%]

20

100
85
70

10

100
85
70

Peak running range

with brake
10

50

(7.0)

without
brake

with brake

50

(7.0)

Continuous running range

1000

2000

(2.0)

(3300) (3700)

3000

4000 5000
speed [r/min]

10

20

30

40

Continuous running range

1000

2000

ambient temp. [C]

(3300) (3700)

3000

4000 5000
speed [r/min]

10

20

30

40

ambient temp. [C]

Adjustment

40

* Continuous torque vs. ambient temp.

7.5

50

2000

30

ratio vs. rated torque


[%]

torque
[Nm]

with brake

Peak running range

7.5

without
brake

15

100
85

1000

20

ambient temp. [C]

Connection

* Continuous torque vs. ambient temp.

10

Input voltage to driver: AC400V


(Dotted line represents torque at 10% less voltage.)

ratio vs. rated torque


[%]

torque
[Nm]

(4.0)

4000 5000
speed [r/min]

060(* 1 *

Input voltage to driver: AC200V


(Dotted line represents torque at 10% less voltage.)

(2.0)

Preparation

ratio vs. rated torque


[%]

10

Input voltage to driver: AC400V


(Dotted line represents torque at 10% less voltage.)

* Continuous torque vs. ambient temp.

torque
[Nm]

1
Before Using the Products

* These are subject to change. Contact us when you use these values for your machine design.

6
When in Trouble

:KHQ\RXORZHUWKHWRUTXHOLPLWVHWXS 3DQG 
running range at high speed might be lowered as well.
torque

Running range (Torque limit setup : 100%)

Continuous running range

speed

7-61

Supplement

Running range (Torque limit setup : 300%)


Running range (Torque limit setup : 200%)

5. Motor Characteristics (S-T


Characteristics )

Supplement

MSME series N:WRN:

MSME series (3.0kW to 5.0kW)


With oil seal
060( * 1 *

060( * 1 *

Input voltage to driver: AC200V


(Dotted line represents torque at 10% less voltage.)

Input voltage to driver: AC400V


(Dotted line represents torque at 10% less voltage.)

* Continuous torque vs. ambient temp.

ratio vs. rated torque


[%]

torque
[Nm]

100
90
85

30

1000

(3100) (3400)

2000

3000

4000 5000
speed [r/min]

50

(12)
(8.0)
(5.7)

10

20

30

Continuous running range

40

1000

(3100) (3400)

2000

3000

ambient temp. [C]

060(* 1 *

4000 5000
speed [r/min]

ratio vs. rated torque


[%]
100
90
85

40

without
brake

(10)

Continuous running range

2000

(2800) (3100)

3000

4000 5000
speed [r/min]

100
90
85

40

10

20

30

with brake

50
Continuous running range

40

without
brake

Peak running range

20

1000

2000

(2800) (3100)

3000

ambient temp. [C]

060(* 1 *

4000 5000
speed [r/min]

10

20

30

40

ambient temp. [C]

060(* 1 *

Input voltage to driver: AC200V


(Dotted line represents torque at 10% less voltage.)

Input voltage to driver: AC400V


(Dotted line represents torque at 10% less voltage.)

* Continuous torque vs. ambient temp.

torque
[Nm]

* Continuous torque vs. ambient temp.

torque
[Nm]

ratio vs. rated torque


[%]

50

100

50

25

70
50

25

Peak running range

(15)

ratio vs. rated torque


[%]
100
70
50

Peak running range

(15)

Continuous running range

30

ratio vs. rated torque


[%]

40

50

1000

20

ambient temp. [C]

* Continuous torque vs. ambient temp.

torque
[Nm]

with brake

Peak running range

10

Input voltage to driver: AC400V


(Dotted line represents torque at 10% less voltage.)

* Continuous torque vs. ambient temp.

torque
[Nm]

(10)

060(* 1 *

Input voltage to driver: AC200V


(Dotted line represents torque at 10% less voltage.)

20

without
brake

with brake

Peak running range

15

Continuous running range

100
90
85

30

50

(12)
(8.0)
(5.7)

* Continuous torque vs. ambient temp.

ratio vs. rated torque


[%]

torque
[Nm]

with brake

Peak running range

15

without
brake

1000

Continuous running range

(2800) (3200)

2000

3000

4000 5000
speed [r/min]

10

20

30

40

1000

(2800) (3200)

2000

ambient temp. [C]

3000

4000 5000
speed [r/min]

10

20

30

40

ambient temp. [C]

* These are subject to change. Contact us when you use these values for your machine design.

:KHQ\RXORZHUWKHWRUTXHOLPLWVHWXS 3DQG 
running range at high speed might be lowered as well.
torque

Running range (Torque limit setup : 300%)


Running range (Torque limit setup : 200%)
Running range (Torque limit setup : 100%)

Continuous running range

speed

7-62

5. Motor Characteristics (S-T


Characteristics )

Supplement

MDME series :WRN:

MDME series (400W to 2.0kW)


With oil seal
0'0(* *

0'0(* *

Input voltage to driver: AC400V


(Dotted line represents torque at 10% less voltage.)

(3.5)

Peak running range

50

Continuous running range

1000

2000
3000
speed [r/min]

100
Peak running range

50

(4.5)
(1.9)

(2400) (2700)

ratio vs. rated torque


[%]

10

100

(1.3)

* Continuous torque vs. ambient temp.

torque
[Nm]

10

20

30

40

Continuous running range

1000

ambient temp. [C]

0'0(* *

(2100)(2400)

50

Peak running range

50

(4.0)
(3.2)

Continuous running range

1000

(2200)

2000
3000
speed [r/min]

10

20

30

40

Continuous running range

1000

ambient temp. [C]

(2200)

10

20

30

40

ambient temp. [C]

Setup

Input voltage to driver: AC400V


(Dotted line represents torque at 10% less voltage.)

* Continuous torque vs. ambient temp.

torque
[Nm]
20

* Continuous torque vs. ambient temp.

torque
[Nm]

ratio vs. rated torque


[%]

ratio vs. rated torque


[%]

20

100
Peak running range

100
Peak running range

50

10

2000
3000
speed [r/min]

10

20

30

40

Continuous running range

1000

ambient temp. [C]

0'0(* *

(2300)

2000
3000
speed [r/min]

10

20

30

40

ambient temp. [C]

Adjustment

(2300)

50

10
(6.0)
(4.8)

Continuous running range

0'0(* *

Input voltage to driver: AC200V


(Dotted line represents torque at 10% less voltage.)

Input voltage to driver: AC400V


(Dotted line represents torque at 10% less voltage.)

* Continuous torque vs. ambient temp.

torque
[Nm]

ratio vs. rated torque


[%]

* Continuous torque vs. ambient temp.

torque
[Nm]

100

30

50

15

Peak running range

ratio vs. rated torque


[%]
100
Peak running range

15
(11)

(11)

(6.4)

(6.4)

Continuous running range


(2200)

2000
3000
speed [r/min]

10

20

30

40

ambient temp. [C]

50
Continuous running range

1000

(2200)

2000
3000
speed [r/min]

10

20

30

40

6
When in Trouble

30

1000

2000
3000
speed [r/min]

0'0(* *

Input voltage to driver: AC200V


(Dotted line represents torque at 10% less voltage.)

1000

100

(6.0)

0'0(* *

40

Connection

10

Peak running range

30

ratio vs. rated torque


[%]

15

100

(6.0)

(6.0)
(4.8)

20

ambient temp. [C]

* Continuous torque vs. ambient temp.

torque
[Nm]

ratio vs. rated torque


[%]

15

10

Input voltage to driver: AC400V


(Dotted line represents torque at 10% less voltage.)

* Continuous torque vs. ambient temp.

torque
[Nm]

(4.0)
(3.2)

2000
3000
speed [r/min]

0'0(* *

Input voltage to driver: AC200V


(Dotted line represents torque at 10% less voltage.)

10

Preparation

ratio vs. rated torque


[%]

Input voltage to driver: AC400V


(Dotted line represents torque at 10% less voltage.)

* Continuous torque vs. ambient temp.

torque
[Nm]

1
Before Using the Products

ambient temp. [C]

* These are subject to change. Contact us when you use these values for your machine design.

7
Supplement

7-63

5. Motor Characteristics (S-T


Characteristics )

Supplement

MDME series N:WRN:

MDME series (3.0kW to 5.0kW)


With oil seal
0'0(* 1 *

0'0(* 1 *

Input voltage to driver: AC200V


(Dotted line represents torque at 10% less voltage.)

Input voltage to driver: AC400V


(Dotted line represents torque at 10% less voltage.)

* Continuous torque vs. ambient temp.

torque
[Nm]
50
(28)

25

Peak running range

(9.5)

(28)

50

25

1000

(9.5)

2000
3000
speed [r/min]

100

Peak running range

50

(20)

Continuous running range


(2200)(2400)

ratio vs. rated torque


[%]

50

100

(20)

* Continuous torque vs. ambient temp.

torque
[Nm]

ratio vs. rated torque


[%]

10

20

30

40

Continuous running range

(2200)(2400)

1000

0'0(* 1 *

50

100
Peak running range

50

25
Continuous running range
(1900)(2100)

2000
3000
speed [r/min]

50

25
(13)

10

20

30

40

Continuous running range

(1900)(2100)

1000

20

30

40

ambient temp. [C]

Input voltage to driver: AC400V


(Dotted line represents torque at 10% less voltage.)

* Continuous torque vs. ambient temp.

torque
[Nm]

ratio vs. rated torque


[%]

without
brake
with
brake

100
90
85

70
Peak running range

2000
3000
speed [r/min]

(3)

10

20

30

40

without
brake
with
brake

100
90
85

70

(20)

ratio vs. rated torque


[%]

50

35

Continuous running range


(1900)(2100)

* Continuous torque vs. ambient temp.

torque
[Nm]

Peak running range

50

35

1000

10

0'0(* 1 *

Input voltage to driver: AC200V


(Dotted line represents torque at 10% less voltage.)

2000
3000
speed [r/min]

ambient temp. [C]

0'0(* 1 *

(3)

40

ratio vs. rated torque


[%]

50

100
Peak running range

(20)

30

* Continuous torque vs. ambient temp.

torque
[Nm]

ratio vs. rated torque


[%]

1000

20

ambient temp. [C]

Input voltage to driver: AC400V


(Dotted line represents torque at 10% less voltage.)

* Continuous torque vs. ambient temp.

torque
[Nm]

10

0'0(* 1 *

Input voltage to driver: AC200V


(Dotted line represents torque at 10% less voltage.)

(13)

2000
3000
speed [r/min]

ambient temp. [C]

Continuous running range

(1900)(2100)

1000

2000
3000
speed [r/min]

ambient temp. [C]

10

20

30

40

ambient temp. [C]

* These are subject to change. Contact us when you use these values for your machine design.

:KHQ\RXORZHUWKHWRUTXHOLPLWVHWXS 3DQG 
running range at high speed might be lowered as well.
torque

Running range (Torque limit setup : 300%)


Running range (Torque limit setup : 200%)
Running range (Torque limit setup : 100%)

Continuous running range

speed

7-64

5. Motor Characteristics (S-T


Characteristics )

Supplement

MDME series N:WRN:

0'0(series(N:WRN:)
:LWKRLOVHDO
0'0(* *

0'0(* *

Input voltage to driver: AC200V


(Dotted line represents torque at 10% less voltage.)

(60)

50

50

100
90

100

Peak running range

Peak running range

50

50

(47.8)

(47.8)

Continuous running range

1000

(1500)

(12)
(2200) (2500)

2000
3000
speed [r/min]

10

20

30

40

Continuous running range

150

20

30

40

ambient temp. [C]

ratio vs. rated torque


[%]

150

100

(130)

Peak running range

Peak running range

50

75

(1500)(1700)

2000
3000
speed [r/min]

50

75

(70)
(52.5)

Continuous running range

10

20

30

40

Continuous running range

1000

(1500)(1700)

2000
3000
speed [r/min]

ambient temp. [C]

10

20

30

40

ambient temp. [C]

Setup

0'0(&* *

0'0(&* *

Input voltage to driver: AC200V


(Dotted line represents torque at 10% less voltage.)

Input voltage to driver: AC400V


(Dotted line represents torque at 10% less voltage.)

* Continuous torque vs. ambient temp.

torque
[Nm]

ratio vs. rated torque


[%]

(224)

200

* Continuous torque vs. ambient temp.

torque
[Nm]

ratio vs. rated torque


[%]

(224)

200

100
90
Peak running range

100
90
Peak running range

50

100

2000
3000
speed [r/min]

10

20

30

40

ambient temp. [C]

Continuous running range

1000

(1500)(1700)

2000
3000
speed [r/min]

10

20

30

40

ambient temp. [C]

Adjustment

(1500)(1700)

50

100

(95.5)
(57)

Continuous running range

1000

10

* Continuous torque vs. ambient temp.

torque
[Nm]
(175)

100

(130)

Connection

ratio vs. rated torque


[%]

(175)

1000

(2200) (2500)

2000
3000
speed [r/min]

Input voltage to driver: AC400V


(Dotted line represents torque at 10% less voltage.)

* Continuous torque vs. ambient temp.

torque
[Nm]

(1500)

0'0(&* *

Input voltage to driver: AC200V


(Dotted line represents torque at 10% less voltage.)

(70)
(52.5)

1000

ambient temp. [C]

0'0(&* *

(95.5)
(57)

ratio vs. rated torque


[%]

119

100
90

100

(12)

* Continuous torque vs. ambient temp.

torque
[Nm]

Preparation

ratio vs. rated torque


[%]

119

(60)

Input voltage to driver: AC400V


(Dotted line represents torque at 10% less voltage.)

* Continuous torque vs. ambient temp.

torque
[Nm]

1
Before Using the Products

* These are subject to change. Contact us when you use these values for your machine design.

6
When in Trouble

7
Supplement

7-65

5. Motor Characteristics (S-T


Characteristics )

Supplement

MFME series (1.5kW to 4.5kW)

MFME series (1.5kW to 4.5kW)


With oil seal
0)0(* 1 *

0)0(* 1 *

Input voltage to driver: AC200V


(Dotted line represents torque at 10% less voltage.)

Input voltage to driver: AC400V


(Dotted line represents torque at 10% less voltage.)

* Continuous torque vs. ambient temp.

torque
[Nm]

ratio vs. rated torque


[%]

21.5

14

Peak running range

100

20

14

10

ratio vs. rated torque


[%]

21.5

100

20

7.16
4.8

* Continuous torque vs. ambient temp.

torque
[Nm]

50

Continuous running range


(2200) (2600)

1000

Peak running range

10

7.16
4.8

2000
3000
speed [r/min]

10

20

30

40

Continuous running range

(2200) (2600)

1000

20

30

40

ambient temp. [C]

Input voltage to driver: AC400V


(Dotted line represents torque at 10% less voltage.)

* Continuous torque vs. ambient temp.

torque
[Nm]

ratio vs. rated torque


[%]

* Continuous torque vs. ambient temp.

torque
[Nm]

30.4

ratio vs. rated torque


[%]

30.4

100

30

100

30

Peak running range

Peak running range

50

15

11.9

Continuous running range

Continuous running range

1000

50

15

11.9

(1800)

2000
3000
speed [r/min]

10

20

30

40

(1800)

1000

2000
3000
speed [r/min]

ambient temp. [C]

0)0(* 1 *

10

20

30

40

ambient temp. [C]

0)0(* 1 *

Input voltage to driver: AC200V


(Dotted line represents torque at 10% less voltage.)

Input voltage to driver: AC400V


(Dotted line represents torque at 10% less voltage.)

* Continuous torque vs. ambient temp.

torque
[Nm]

ratio vs. rated torque


[%]

* Continuous torque vs. ambient temp.

torque
[Nm]

54.9

ratio vs. rated torque


[%]

54.9

100

50

100

50

Peak running range

Peak running range

50

25

50

25

21.5

21.5

10

10

Continuous running range

10

0)0(* 1 *

Input voltage to driver: AC200V


(Dotted line represents torque at 10% less voltage.)

2000
3000
speed [r/min]

ambient temp. [C]

0)0(* 1 *

50

1000

Continuous running range

(1800)

2000
3000
speed [r/min]

10

20

30

40

(1800)

1000

2000
3000
speed [r/min]

ambient temp. [C]

10

20

30

40

ambient temp. [C]

* These are subject to change. Contact us when you use these values for your machine design.

:KHQ\RXORZHUWKHWRUTXHOLPLWVHWXS 3DQG 
running range at high speed might be lowered as well.
torque

Running range (Torque limit setup : 300%)


Running range (Torque limit setup : 200%)
Running range (Torque limit setup : 100%)

Continuous running range

speed

7-66

5. Motor Characteristics (S-T


Characteristics )

Supplement

MGME series N:WRN:

0*0(VHULHV(N:WRN:)
:LWKRLOVHDO
0*0$* *

0*0$* *

Input voltage to driver: AC200V


(Dotted line represents torque at 10% less voltage.)
ratio vs. rated torque
[%]

20

torque
[Nm]

50

(8)
(4.3)

1000

Peak running range

10

50

(8)
(4.3)

Continuous running range

100

(14)

Peak running range

10

ratio vs. rated torque


[%]

20

100

(14)

* Continuous torque vs. ambient temp.

Continuous running range

(1600)(1800)

2000
3000
speed [r/min]

10

20

30

40

1000

(1600)(1800)

50
Peak running range

(18)
(9.6)

2000
3000
speed [r/min]

Peak running range

50

25

Continuous running range

10

20

30

40

Continuous running range

(1400)(1600)

1000

2000
3000
speed [r/min]

ambient temp. [C]

10

20

30

40

ambient temp. [C]

Setup

0*0$* *

Input voltage to driver: AC200V


(Dotted line represents torque at 10% less voltage.)

Input voltage to driver: AC400V


(Dotted line represents torque at 10% less voltage.)

* Continuous torque vs. ambient temp.

torque
[Nm]

ratio vs. rated torque


[%]

70

ratio vs. rated torque


[%]

70

Peak running range

(40)

50

35

* Continuous torque vs. ambient temp.

torque
[Nm]

100

100

Peak running range

50

35

(1400)(1600)

2000
3000
speed [r/min]

10

20

30

40

ambient temp. [C]

1000

(1400)(1600)

2000
3000
speed [r/min]

10

20

30

40

ambient temp. [C]

Adjustment

(20)
(14) Continuous running range

(20)
(14) Continuous running range

1000

100

(28)

50

(1400)(1600)

ratio vs. rated torque


[%]

50

0*0$* *

40

* Continuous torque vs. ambient temp.

torque
[Nm]

100

25

(40)

30

Connection

ratio vs. rated torque


[%]

1000

20

ambient temp. [C]

Input voltage to driver: AC400V


(Dotted line represents torque at 10% less voltage.)

* Continuous torque vs. ambient temp.

torque
[Nm]

10

0*0$* *

Input voltage to driver: AC200V


(Dotted line represents torque at 10% less voltage.)

(18)
(9.6)

2000
3000
speed [r/min]

ambient temp. [C]

0*0$* *

(28)

Preparation

torque
[Nm]

Input voltage to driver: AC400V


(Dotted line represents torque at 10% less voltage.)

* Continuous torque vs. ambient temp.

1
Before Using the Products

* These are subject to change. Contact us when you use these values for your machine design.

6
When in Trouble

7
Supplement

7-67

5. Motor Characteristics (S-T


Characteristics )

Supplement

MGME series N:WRN:

0'0(series (N:WRN:)
With oil seal
0*0(* 1 *

0*0(* 1 *

Input voltage to driver: AC400V


(Dotted line represents torque at 10% less voltage.)

Input voltage to driver: AC200V


(Dotted line represents torque at 10% less voltage.)
* Continuous torque vs. ambient temp.

torque
[Nm]

ratio vs. rated torque


[%]

* Continuous torque vs. ambient temp.

torque
[Nm]

(107)

(107)

100

100

100

100

Peak running range

Peak running range

(70)

(70)

50

50

(43)
(22)

ratio vs. rated torque


[%]

(22)

Continuous running range

1000

(1500)(1700)

2000
3000
speed [r/min]

50

50

(43)

10

20

30

40

Continuous running range

1000

(1500)(1700)

20

30

40

ambient temp. [C]

Input voltage to driver: AC400V


(Dotted line represents torque at 10% less voltage.)

Input voltage to driver: AC200V


(Dotted line represents torque at 10% less voltage.)
* Continuous torque vs. ambient temp.

torque
[Nm]

ratio vs. rated torque


[%]

150

* Continuous torque vs. ambient temp.

torque
[Nm]

ratio vs. rated torque


[%]

150

100

(143)

100

(143)

(100)

(100)

50

75 Peak running range

10

0*0(* 1 *

0*0(* 1 *

(57.3)
(28)

2000
3000
speed [r/min]

ambient temp. [C]

Continuous running range

1000

(1500)(1700)

2000
3000
speed [r/min]

50

75 Peak running range


(57.3)
(28)

10

20

30

40

Continuous running range

1000

(1500)(1700)

2000
3000
speed [r/min]

ambient temp. [C]

10

20

30

40

ambient temp. [C]

* These are subject to change. Contact us when you use these values for your machine design.

:KHQ\RXORZHUWKHWRUTXHOLPLWVHWXS 3DQG 
running range at high speed might be lowered as well.
torque

Running range (Torque limit setup : 300%)


Running range (Torque limit setup : 200%)
Running range (Torque limit setup : 100%)

Continuous running range

speed

7-68

5. Motor Characteristics (S-T


Characteristics )

Supplement

MHMD series :

MHMD series (200W)


Without oil seal

With oil seal

0+0'* *

0+0'* *

Input voltage to driver: AC100V


(Dotted line represents torque at 10% less voltage.)
ratio vs. rated torque
[%]

2.0

100
Peak running range

1.0

(0.5)

torque
[Nm]

(0.5)

1000

2000

3000

4000 5000
speed [r/min]

Peak running range

1.0

10

20

30

40

Continuous running range

1000

2000

(3600)

3000

4000

2.0

100

30

40

* Continuous torque vs. ambient temp.

torque
[Nm]

Peak running range

Continuous running range

without
brake

100
80
70

Peak running range

1.0

50

3000

ratio vs. rated torque


[%]

2.0
(1.5)
(1.2)

1.0

2000

20

ambient temp. [C]

with brake

50

Continuous running range


(4500)

4000

5000

speed [r/min]

10

20

30

40

ambient temp. [C]

1000

2000

Connection

ratio vs. rated torque


[%]

1000

10

Input voltage to driver: AC200V


(Dotted line represents torque at 10% less voltage.)

* Continuous torque vs. ambient temp.

torque
[Nm]

5000

speed [r/min]

0+0'* *

Input voltage to driver: AC200V


(Dotted line represents torque at 10% less voltage.)

(1.5)
(1.2)

with brake

50

ambient temp. [C]

0+0'* *

without
brake

100
80
70

(0.9)

Continuous running range


(3600)

ratio vs. rated torque


[%]

2.0

50

(0.9)

* Continuous torque vs. ambient temp.

Preparation

torque
[Nm]

Input voltage to driver: AC100V


(Dotted line represents torque at 10% less voltage.)

* Continuous torque vs. ambient temp.

1
Before Using the Products

3000

(4500)

4000

5000

speed [r/min]

10

20

30

40

ambient temp. [C]

Setup

* These are subject to change. Contact us when you use these values for your machine design.

5
Adjustment

6
When in Trouble

7
Supplement

7-69

5. Motor Characteristics (S-T


Characteristics )

Supplement

MHMD series :WR:

MHME series (400W to 750W)


Without oil seal

With oil seal

0+0'* *

0+0'* *

Input voltage to driver: AC100V


(Dotted line represents torque at 10% less voltage.)

Input voltage to driver: AC100V


(Dotted line represents torque at 10% less voltage.)

* Continuous torque vs. ambient temp.

* Continuous torque vs. ambient temp.

torque
[Nm]

ratio vs. rated torque


[%]

torque
[Nm]

4.0

100
90

4.0

50

2.0

ratio vs. rated torque


[%]
100
75

Peak running range

2.0

Peak running range

(1.3)
Continuous running range
(0.6)

1000

2000

50

(1.3)
Continuous running range
(0.6)

(2800) (3200)

3000

4000

5000

10

speed [r/min]

20

30

40

1000

2000

(2800) (3200)

3000

ambient temp. [C]

0+0'* *

4000

5000

10

speed [r/min]

20

30

40

ambient temp. [C]

0+0'* *

Input voltage to driver: AC200V


(Dotted line represents torque at 10% less voltage.)

Input voltage to driver: AC200V


(Dotted line represents torque at 10% less voltage.)

* Continuous torque vs. ambient temp.

* Continuous torque vs. ambient temp.

torque
[Nm]

ratio vs. rated torque


[%]

torque
[Nm]

4.0

100
90

4.0

ratio vs. rated torque


[%]
100
75

Peak running range

Peak running range

50

2.0

50

2.0

(1.7)
(1.3)

(1.7)
(1.3)

Continuous running range

1000

2000

Continuous running range


(3400) (3800)

3000

4000 5000
speed [r/min]

10

20

30

40

1000

2000

(3400) (3800)

3000

ambient temp. [C]

0+0'* *

4000

ratio vs. rated torque


[%]

8.0

30

40

* Continuous torque vs. ambient temp.

torque
[Nm]

ratio vs. rated torque


[%]

8.0

100
Peak running range

100
Peak running range

4.0

4.0

50

(3.0)

Continuous running range

(3200) (3600)

3000

50

(3.0)

Continuous running range

2000

20

ambient temp. [C]

Input voltage to driver: AC200V


(Dotted line represents torque at 10% less voltage.)

* Continuous torque vs. ambient temp.

torque
[Nm]

1000

10

0+0'* *

Input voltage to driver: AC200V


(Dotted line represents torque at 10% less voltage.)

5000

speed [r/min]

4000 5000
speed [r/min]

10

20

30

40

1000

2000

ambient temp. [C]

(3200) (3600)

3000

4000

5000

speed [r/min]

10

20

30

40

ambient temp. [C]

* These are subject to change. Contact us when you use these values for your machine design.

:KHQ\RXORZHUWKHWRUTXHOLPLWVHWXS 3DQG 
running range at high speed might be lowered as well.
torque

Running range (Torque limit setup : 300%)


Running range (Torque limit setup : 200%)
Running range (Torque limit setup : 100%)

Continuous running range

speed

7-70

5. Motor Characteristics (S-T


Characteristics )

Supplement

MHME series N:WRN:

0+0(series (N:WRN:)
With oil seal
0+0(* *

0+0(* *

Input voltage to driver: AC200V


(Dotted line represents torque at 10% less voltage.)
ratio vs. rated torque
[%]

15
10

torque
[Nm]

10

Peak running range

50

100
Peak running range

50

(6.0)

ratio vs. rated torque


[%]

15

100

(6.0)
(4.0)
(3.2)

* Continuous torque vs. ambient temp.

(4.0)
(3.2)

Continuous running range

1000

(2200)

2000
3000
speed [r/min]

10

20

30

40

Continuous running range

1000

ambient temp. [C]

0+0(* *

(2200)

20

100

Continuous running range


(2300)

2000
3000
speed [r/min]

50

10
(6.0)
(4.8)

10

20

30

40

1000

(2300)

10

20

30

40

ambient temp. [C]

Setup

Input voltage to driver: AC400V


(Dotted line represents torque at 10% less voltage.)

* Continuous torque vs. ambient temp.

torque
[Nm]

ratio vs. rated torque


[%]

30

* Continuous torque vs. ambient temp.

torque
[Nm]

100

30

50

15

Peak running range

ratio vs. rated torque


[%]
100

Peak running range

15

(2200)

2000
3000
speed [r/min]

10

20

30

40

50
Continuous running range

1000

ambient temp. [C]

0+0(* *

(2200)

2000
3000
speed [r/min]

10

20

30

40

ambient temp. [C]

Adjustment

(6.4)

Continuous running range

0+0(* *

Input voltage to driver: AC200V


(Dotted line represents torque at 10% less voltage.)

Input voltage to driver: AC400V


(Dotted line represents torque at 10% less voltage.)

* Continuous torque vs. ambient temp.

torque
[Nm]

ratio vs. rated torque


[%]

* Continuous torque vs. ambient temp.

torque
[Nm]

ratio vs. rated torque


[%]

50

100
Peak running range

100
Peak running range

50

25

(20)

(9.5)

Continuous running range


(2400)

2000
3000
speed [r/min]

50

25

(20)

10

20

30

40

ambient temp. [C]

Continuous running range

1000

(2400)

2000
3000
speed [r/min]

10

20

30

40

6
When in Trouble

50

1000

2000
3000
speed [r/min]

0+0(* *

Input voltage to driver: AC200V


(Dotted line represents torque at 10% less voltage.)

Continuous running range

ambient temp. [C]

0+0(* *

(9.5)

Peak running range

50

1000

40

ratio vs. rated torque


[%]

20

100

10

30

* Continuous torque vs. ambient temp.

torque
[Nm]

Peak running range

(6.4)

20

ambient temp. [C]

Connection

ratio vs. rated torque


[%]

1000

10

Input voltage to driver: AC400V


(Dotted line represents torque at 10% less voltage.)

* Continuous torque vs. ambient temp.

torque
[Nm]

2000
3000
speed [r/min]

0+0(* *

Input voltage to driver: AC200V


(Dotted line represents torque at 10% less voltage.)

(6.0)
(4.8)

Preparation

torque
[Nm]

Input voltage to driver: AC400V


(Dotted line represents torque at 10% less voltage.)

* Continuous torque vs. ambient temp.

1
Before Using the Products

ambient temp. [C]

* These are subject to change. Contact us when you use these values for your machine design.

7
Supplement

7-71

5. Motor Characteristics (S-T


Characteristics )

Supplement

MHME series N:WRN:

0+0(series (N:WRN:)
With oil seal
0+0(* 1 *

0+0(* 1 *

Input voltage to driver: AC400V


(Dotted line represents torque at 10% less voltage.)

Input voltage to driver: AC200V


(Dotted line represents torque at 10% less voltage.)

* Continuous torque vs. ambient temp.

* Continuous torque vs. ambient temp.

torque
[Nm]

torque
[Nm]

ratio vs. rated torque


[%]

50

50

100

100
Peak running range

Peak running range

(13)

Continuous running range

(1900) (2100)

1000

50

25

50

25
(13)

ratio vs. rated torque


[%]

2000
3000
speed [r/min]

10

20

30

40

Continuous running range

(1900) (2100)

1000

0+0(* 1 *

ratio vs. rated torque


[%]
100
90
85

70
Peak running range

without
brake

30

40

* Continuous torque vs. ambient temp.

torque
[Nm]

ratio vs. rated torque


[%]

70

100
90
85

with brake

Peak running range

50

35

without
brake

with brake

50

35

(20)

(20)

Continuous running range

(3)

1000

Continuous running range

(3)

(1900) (2100)

2000
3000
speed [r/min]

10

20

30

40

(1900) (2100)

1000

2000
3000
speed [r/min]

ambient temp. [C]

0+0(* 1 *

10

20

30

40

ambient temp. [C]

0+0(* 1 *

Input voltage to driver: AC200V


(Dotted line represents torque at 10% less voltage.)

Input voltage to driver: AC400V


(Dotted line represents torque at 10% less voltage.)

* Continuous torque vs. ambient temp.

ratio vs. rated torque


[%]

torque
[Nm]

* Continuous torque vs. ambient temp.

ratio vs. rated torque


[%]

torque
[Nm]

119

119

100

100

100

100

Peak running range

(60)

50

50

Peak running range

50

50

(47.8)

20

ambient temp. [C]

Input voltage to driver: AC400V


(Dotted line represents torque at 10% less voltage.)

* Continuous torque vs. ambient temp.

torque
[Nm]

(12)

10

0+0(* 1 *

Input voltage to driver: AC200V


(Dotted line represents torque at 10% less voltage.)

(60)

2000
3000
speed [r/min]

ambient temp. [C]

(47.8)

Continuous running range

1000

(1500)

(12)
(2200) (2500)

2000
3000
speed [r/min]

10

20

30

40

Continuous running range

1000

(1500)

ambient temp. [C]

(2200) (2500)

2000
3000
speed [r/min]

10

20

30

40

ambient temp. [C]

* These are subject to change. Contact us when you use these values for your machine design.

:KHQ\RXORZHUWKHWRUTXHOLPLWVHWXS 3DQG 
running range at high speed might be lowered as well.
torque

Running range (Torque limit setup : 300%)


Running range (Torque limit setup : 200%)
Running range (Torque limit setup : 100%)

Continuous running range

speed

7-72

6. Dimensions

Supplement

Driver

1
Before Using the Products

7
A-frame

2
(22.4)

40
7

2.5

20.4

Mounting bracket
(Option)

.2
(18)

(20)

Preparation

40

3.5

.2

125

140

5.2

2.5

4.5

Rack mount type


Option :
Front-end mounting

Mounting bracket
(Option)

180

24

Connection

Name plate

170

150

150

(27)

5.2
28

130

(70)

Base mount type


Standard:
Back-end mounting

Mass: 0.8kg
Setup

B-frame

5
55

55
7

2.5

20.4

Mounting bracket
(Option)

.2
(18)

(20)

Adjustment

(22.4)

47

3.5

.2

125

140

24

2.5
4.5

Rack mount type


Option :
Front-end mounting

Mounting bracket
(Option)

5.2
43

130

(70)

Base mount type


Standard:
Back-end mounting

3'ULYHU3'ULYHUDQG/LVWRI$SSOLFDEOH3HULSKHUDO(TXLSPHQWV
3'ULYHUDQG/LVWRI$SSOLFDEOH3HULSKHUDO(TXLSPHQWV
7-73

7
Supplement

Mass: 1.0kg

Related page

When in Trouble

Name plate
5.2

180

170

150

150

(27)

6. Dimensions
Driver

C-frame

65

65
40

(22.4)
20.4

(22)

20

2.5

Mounting bracket
(Option)

(15)

5.

.2

120

140

180

170

150

150

(27)

Name plate

24

5.2

2.5
4.5

20

Mounting bracket
(Option)

5.2
50

170

Rack mount type


Option :
Front-end mounting

7.5

Base mount type


Standard:
Back-end mounting

(70)

40

(18)

Mass: 1.6kg

'IUDPH 9

(86)

(86)
85

(22.4)

60
10

(22)

40

2.5

20.4

Mounting bracket
(Option)

(15)

2-5.2

.2

120

140

180

170

150

150

(27)

Name plate

24

(18)

Direction of air flowing


from the internal
cooling fan

5.2 5.2
40
60

10

Rack mount type


Option :
Front-end mounting

2.5
4.5

Mounting bracket
(Option)

5.2
70

170

(70)

R2
.6

8.5

Base mount type


Standard:
Back-end mounting

Mass: 1.8kg

Related page

7-74

3'ULYHU3&KHFNRIWKH&RPELQDWLRQRIWKH'ULYHUDQGWKH0RWRU
3'ULYHUDQG/LVWRI$SSOLFDEOH3HULSKHUDO(TXLSPHQWV

6. Dimensions

1
Before Using the Products

Driver

'IUDPH 9

2
(92)
85
60
(22)

40
2-5.2

(15)

10

(22.4)
20.4

Preparation

(92)

2.5

Mounting bracket
(Option)

.2

120

3
140

24

180

170

150

150

(27)

Name plate

Connection

Direction of air flowing


from the internal
cooling fan

10

5.2
40

4.5

5.2

Mounting bracket(Option)

5.2

170

7.5

(70)

Rack mount type


Option :
Front-end mounting

2.5

(18)

70

Base mount type


Standard:
Back-end mounting

Setup

Mass: 1.9kg

(IUDPH 9

5
85
17.5

50
42.5

(33.1)
31.7

2.5

Mounting bracket
(deviation from shipping specification)

(3.5)

.2

Mounting bracket

(29)

5.2

(22)

(to shipping specification)

130

198

188

168

When in Trouble

168

(32)

Name plate

24

(18)

5.2
42.5
17.5

5.2

50
85

5.2

Mounting bracket (to shipping specification)


Mounting bracket
2.5

(deviation from shipping specification)

193

Supplement

Direction of air flowing


from the internal
cooling fan

Adjustment

(86)

(86)

Mass: 2.7kg
7-75

6. Dimensions
Driver

(IUDPH 9

94
85

94
17.5

50
42.5
.2

5.2

2.5

Mounting bracket
(deviation from shipping specification)

Mounting bracket

(29)

5.2

(33.1)
31.7

(22)

(to shipping specification)

130

198

188

168

168

(32)

Name plate

24

(18)

5.2

5.2
42.5

Direction of air flowing


from the internal
cooling fan

17.5

Mounting bracket (to shipping specification)


Mounting bracket

5.2

2.5
50

(deviation from shipping specification)


193

Mass: 2.7kg

)IUDPH 9

130

214
(22)

5.2

42.7

2.5

Mounting bracket

(deviation from shipping specification)


Mounting bracket (to shipping specification)

(23)

65
5.2

.2

130
100

15

125

(32)

Mass: 4.8kg [200V]


4.7kg [400V]
7-76

5.2
65
15

5.2

Direction of air flowing


from the internal
cooling fan

100
130

5.2

Name plate

250

240

220

220

24

Mounting bracket (to shipping specification)


Mounting bracket
2.5

(deviation from shipping specification)

(3.5)

(3.5)

6. Dimensions

1
Before Using the Products

Driver

*IUDPH 9

L1

Preparation

L2

L3

B1

B2

NC

Connection

Direction of air flowing


from the internal
cooling fan
233
210

12
90

27

90
(22)

5.2

5.2

Mounting bracket

52
2.5

(deviation from shipping specification)

.2

.2

Mounting bracket

(23)

5.2

334

90

72

(to shipping specification)

3.5

Handle

125

Setup

L1

(32)

L2

L3

24

B2

250

220
235

B1

NC

Name plate

90

Adjustment

27

Mounting bracket
5.2

2.5

(to shipping specification)

Mounting bracket

(deviation from shipping specification)

90

72
12

5.2

5.

5.

5.2

90
210

6
When in Trouble

7
Related page

3'ULYHU3&KHFNRIWKH&RPELQDWLRQRIWKH'ULYHUDQGWKH0RWRU
3'ULYHUDQG/LVWRI$SSOLFDEOH3HULSKHUDO(TXLSPHQWV

7-77

Supplement

Mass: 13.5kg

6. Dimensions
Driver

+IUDPH 9

261

21

270

30.5

200
4

125

(32)

435

450

Name
plate

7
30.5

200

Direction of air flowing


from the internal
cooling fan

7.5

Name
plate

Base mount type


(Back-end mounting)
266

Mount

Mount

Related page

7-78

3'ULYHU3&KHFNRIWKH&RPELQDWLRQRIWKH'ULYHUDQGWKH0RWRU
3'ULYHUDQG/LVWRI$SSOLFDEOH3HULSKHUDO(TXLSPHQWV

Mass: 21.0kg

6. Dimensions

Supplement

Motor

1
Before Using the Products

060':WR:

2
Brake connector

RH
RH

90

LW
LK

3
LBh7

Connection

4-LZ
LA

(Key way with center tap shaft)


LW
KW
LK
KH

LC

LH

(7)

(D-cut shaft)

Motor connector

Sh6

(7)

Shaft end spec.

200

230

LF

LR
LE

TP
RH

LL

Preparation

Encoder connector

LN

4
Setup

* Dimensions are subject to change without notice. Contact us or a dealer for the latest information.

060'VHULHV /RZLQHUWLD
50W
5A * * 1 *
72
102

100W
01 * * 1 *
92
122

25
8
45
30
38
3
6
32
26.3

Adjustment

46.5

Key way
dimensions

3.4
25
20
7.5
14
12.5
3h9
3
6.2
M3 depth 6

When in Trouble

0.32
0.47
0.53
0.68
5HIHUWR36SHFLFDWLRQVRI0RWRUFRQQHFWRU

Caution

Reduce the moment of inertia ratio if high speed response operation is required.

Related page

3&KHFNRIWKH0RGHO3&KHFNRIWKH&RPELQDWLRQRIWKH'ULYHUDQGWKH0RWRU
367&KDUDFWHULVWLFV

Supplement

Motor output
Motor model
MSMD
Without brake
LL
With brake
LR
S
LA
LB
LC
LE
LF
LH
LN
LZ
LW
D
LK
RH
LW
LK
KW
KH
RH
TP
Without brake
Mass (kg)
With brake
&RQQHFWRUVSHFLFDWLRQV

7-79

6. Dimensions
Motor

060':WR:

Encoder connector

Shaft end spec.

Brake connector

(D-cut shaft)
LW
1

LK

RH

Motor connector

4-LZ

LC

LBh7

LH

LA

(Key way with center tap shaft)


LW
KW
LK
KH

(7)

Sh6

(7)

200

220

90

LF

LR
LE

RH

LL

RH

TP

* Dimensions are subject to change without notice. Contact us or a dealer for the latest information.

060'VHULHV /RZLQHUWLD
200W
02 * * 1 *
79.5
116

400W
04 * * 1 *
99
135.5
30

11

14
70
50
60

750W
08 * * 1 *
112.2
149.2
35
19
90
70
80

3
6.5
43
4.5
30
22

Motor output
Motor model
MSMD
Without brake
LL
With brake
LR
S
LA
LB
LC
LE
LF
LH
LZ
LW
D
LK
RH
LW
LK
KW
KH
RH
TP
Without brake
Mass (kg)
With brake
&RQQHFWRUVSHFLFDWLRQV

Key way
dimensions

10
20
18
4h9
4
8.5
M4 depth 8
0.82
1.3

12.5
25
22.5
5h9
5
11
M5 depth 10
1.2
1.7
5HIHUWR36SHFLFDWLRQVRI0RWRUFRQQHFWRU

8
53
6
35
25
17.5
25
22
6h9
6
15.5
2.3
3.1

Caution

Reduce the moment of inertia ratio if high speed response operation is required.

Related page

3&KHFNRIWKH0RGHO3&KHFNRIWKH&RPELQDWLRQRIWKH'ULYHUDQGWKH0RWRU
367&KDUDFWHULVWLFV

7-80

6. Dimensions

1
Before Using the Products

Motor

060(:WR:
Encoder connector
Motor connector
LL
LM

LT

LR

LC

Shaft end spec.


(Key way with center tap shaft)

LH

KW
KH

LA

LBh7

LN

LW
LK

4-LZ

Sh6

LE

Preparation

LF

RH

TP

[With brake]

LL
LM

LT

LR

LC

Shaft end spec.


(Key way with center tap shaft)

LH

LA

LBh7

LN

LW
LK

4-LZ

KW
KH

LE

Sh6

LF

RH

TP

Setup

* Dimensions are subject to change without notice. Contact us or a dealer for the latest information.

060(VHULHV /RZLQHUWLD
50W
5A * * 1 *
72
102

100W
01 * * 1 *
92
122

200W
02 * * 1 *
79.5
116

400W
04 * * 1 *
99
135.5
30

11

14
70
50
60

750W
082 * 1 *
112.2
148.2
35
19
90
70
80

5
Adjustment

25
8
45
30
38

46.6

6.5
52.5
64.8
94.8
43

27.2
3.4
14
12.5
3h9
3
6.2
M3 depth 6

72.5
109

26.5

4.5
20
25
18
22.5
4h9
5h9
4
5
8.5
11
M4 depth 8
M5 depth 10
0.46
0.78
1.2
0.66
1.2
1.6
5HIHUWR36SHFLFDWLRQVRI0RWRUFRQQHFWRU

Caution

Reduce the moment of inertia ratio if high speed response operation is required.

Related page

3&KHFNRIWKH0RGHO3&KHFNRIWKH&RPELQDWLRQRIWKH'ULYHUDQGWKH0RWRU
3WR67&KDUDFWHULVWLFV

6
25
22
6h9
6
15.5

2.3
3.1

Supplement

0.31
0.51

53
89.5

8
61.6
85.7
121.7

When in Trouble

44.8
74.8
23

Key way
dimensions

Motor output
Motor model
MSME
Without brake
LL
With brake
LR
S
LA
LB
LC
LE
LF
LH
Without brake
LM
With brake
LN
LT
LZ
LW
LK
KW
KH
RH
TP
Without brake
Mass (kg)
With brake
&RQQHFWRUVSHFLFDWLRQV

Connection

Encoder connector Brake connector


Motor connector

7-81

6. Dimensions
Motor

060(: 9 N:WRN: 'HVLJQ2UGHU


<MSME 750W(400V), 1.0kW to 2.0kW>
LL

Motor/Brake
connector

44

LC

LR
LM

Shaft end spec.


(Key way shaft)

LF LE
LH

KW

KH

Sh6

D
L

LBh7

LG

M3 through

LW
LK

4-LZ

L
A

RH

Encoder
connector

<MSME 3.0kW to 5.0kW> * All sizes are identical to those of MSME 1.0 to 2.0 kW versions except for LF.
LF

* Dimensions are subject to change without notice. Contact us or a dealer for the latest information.

060(VHULHV /RZLQHUWLD
Motor output
Motor model
LL

MSME
Without brake
With brake

750W

1.0kW

1.5kW

2.0kW

3.0kW

4.0kW

5.0kW

084 * 1 *

10 * * 1 *

15 * * 1 *

20 * * 1 *

30 * * 1 *

40 * * 1 *

50 * * 1 *

131.5

141

159.5

178.5

190

208

243

158.5

168

186.5

205.5

215

233

LR

55

19

LA

115

LB

95

LC

100

LD

135

LE

22
110
120

130

162

165
6

10

12

LG

60

LH

101

113

118

Without brake

87.5

97

115.5

134.5

146

164

199

With brake

114.5

124

142.5

161.5

171

189

224

LZ
Key way
dimensions
Mass (kg)

24
145

LF

LM

268
65

9
LW

45

LK

42

KW

6h9

KH

RH

15.5

55
41

51
8h9
7

18

20

Without brake

3.1

3.5

4.4

5.3

8.3

11.0

14.0

With brake

4.1

4.5

5.4

6.3

9.4

12.6

16.0

&RQQHFWRUVSHFLFDWLRQV

5HIHUWR36SHFLFDWLRQVRI0RWRUFRQQHFWRU

Caution

Reduce the moment of inertia ratio if high speed response operation is required.

Related page

3&KHFNRIWKH0RGHO3&KHFNRIWKH&RPELQDWLRQRIWKH'ULYHUDQGWKH0RWRU
367&KDUDFWHULVWLFV

7-82

6. Dimensions

1
Before Using the Products

Motor

060(N:WRN: 'HVLJQ2UGHU&
<MSME 1.0kW to 2.0kW>
LL

Motor/Brake
connector

46

LC

LR

LM

Shaft end spec.


(Key way shaft)

LF LE
LH

KH

L
A

KW

RH

Sh6

D
L

LBh7

LG

M3 through

LW
LK

4-LZ

Preparation

Encoder
connector

3
Connection

<MSME 3.0kW to 5.0kW> * All sizes are identical to those of MSME 1.0 to 2.0 kW versions except for LF.
LF

4
* Dimensions are subject to change without notice. Contact us or a dealer for the latest information.
Setup

060(VHULHV /RZLQHUWLD
Motor output
Motor model
LL

MSME
Without brake
With brake

1.0kW

1.5kW

2.0kW

3.0kW

4.0kW

5.0kW

10 * * C *

15 * * C *

20 * * C *

30 * * C *

40 * * C *

50 * * C *

143

161.5

180.5

192

210

245

170

188.5

207.5

217

235

LR

55
19
115

LB

95

LC

100

LD

135

LE

22
110

130

162

165
6
12

84

LH

101

113

118

97

115.5

134.5

146

164

199

124

142.5

161.5

171

189

224

Key way
dimensions

When in Trouble

Without brake
With brake
LZ

Mass (kg)

120

10

LG

LM

24
145

LF

5
Adjustment

S
LA

270
65

9
LW

45

LK

42

KW

6h9

KH

RH

15.5

55
41

51
8h9
7

18

20

3.5

4.4

5.3

8.3

11.0

14.0

With brake

4.5

5.4

6.3

9.4

12.6

16.0

&RQQHFWRUVSHFLFDWLRQV

Supplement

Without brake

5HIHUWR36SHFLFDWLRQVRI0RWRUFRQQHFWRU

Caution

Reduce the moment of inertia ratio if high speed response operation is required.

Related page

3&KHFNRIWKH0RGHO3&KHFNRIWKH&RPELQDWLRQRIWKH'ULYHUDQGWKH0RWRU
367&KDUDFWHULVWLFV
7-83

6. Dimensions
Motor

0'0(:WRN: 'HVLJQ2UGHU

Encoder connector
Motor/Brake connector
LL
44

LR

LC

LM

Shaft end spec.


(Key way shaft)

LE

4-LZ

KW

KH
LBh7

Sh6

LD

LA

RH

LG

M3 through

LW
LK

LH

LF

* Dimensions are subject to change without notice. Contact us or a dealer for the latest information.

MDME series (Middle inertia)


Motor output

600W

1.0kW

1.5kW

2.0kW

3.0kW

4.0kW

5.0kW

044 * 1 *

064 * 1 *

10 * * 1 *

15 * * 1 *

20 * * 1 *

30 * * 1 *

40 * * 1 *

50 * * 1 *

Without brake

131.5

141

138

155.5

173

208

177

196

With brake

158.5

168

163

180.5

198

233

202

Motor model
LL

400W
MDME

LR

55

19

22

24

35

LA

115

145

200

95

110

114.3

LC

100

130

176

LD

135

165

233

LE

3.2

LF

10

12

18

60

LH

101

116

118

140

Without brake

87.5

97

94

111.5

129

164

133

152

With brake

114.5

124

119

136.5

155

189

158

177

LZ

9
LW

13.5

45

55

Key way
dimensions

LK

42

KW

6h9

8h9

10h9

KH

RH
Mass (kg)

70

LB

LG

LM

221

65

41

15.5

18

Without brake

3.1

3.5

With brake

4.1

4.5

&RQQHFWRUVSHFLFDWLRQV

51

50

20

30

5.2

6.7

8.0

11.0

15.5

18.6

6.7

8.2

9.5

12.6

18.7

21.8

5HIHUWR36SHFLFDWLRQVRI0RWRUFRQQHFWRU

Caution

Reduce the moment of inertia ratio if high speed response operation is required.

Related page

3&KHFNRIWKH0RGHO3&KHFNRIWKH&RPELQDWLRQRIWKH'ULYHUDQGWKH0RWRU
367&KDUDFWHULVWLFV

7-84

6. Dimensions

1
Before Using the Products

Motor

0'0(:WRN: 'HVLJQ2UGHU&

Encoder connector
Motor/Brake connector
LR

LC

Preparation

LL
46

LM

Shaft end spec.


(Key way shaft)

LE

4-LZ

KH

KW

LA

LD

RH

Sh6

M3 through

LW
LK

Connection

LBh7

LG

LH

LF

* Dimensions are subject to change without notice. Contact us or a dealer for the latest information.

MDME series (Middle inertia)


Motor output

1.5kW

2.0kW

3.0kW

4.0kW

5.0kW

15 * * C *

20 * * C *

30 * * C *

40 * * C *

50 * * C *

140

157.5

175

210

179

198

With brake

165

182.5

200

235

204

MDME

LR

55

65

35

LA

145

200

LB

110

114.3

LC

130

176

LD

165

233

LE

3.2

LF

12

18
84

116

118

140

94

111.5

129

164

133

152

With brake

119

136.5

155

189

158

177

Key way
dimensions

LW

45

LK

41

13.5
55
51

50

KW

8h9

10h9

KH

RH

18

20

30

5.2

6.7

8.0

11.0

15.5

18.6

With brake

6.7

8.2

9.5

12.6

18.7

21.8

Supplement

Without brake

&RQQHFWRUVSHFLFDWLRQV

6
When in Trouble

Without brake
LZ

Mass (kg)

5
Adjustment

22

LH
LM

223
70

LG

Setup

10 * * C *

Without brake

Motor model
LL

1.0kW

5HIHUWR36SHFLFDWLRQVRI0RWRUFRQQHFWRU

Caution

Reduce the moment of inertia ratio if high speed response operation is required.

Related page

3&KHFNRIWKH0RGHO3&KHFNRIWKH&RPELQDWLRQRIWKH'ULYHUDQGWKH0RWRU
367&KDUDFWHULVWLFV
7-85

6. Dimensions
Motor

0'0(N:WRN:
<MDME 7.5kW>

LL
LM

44

LC
43.5 43.5

LR
Eye bolt
(Thread 10)

48

Shaft end spec.


(Key way shaft)
LW
LK

4-LZ

M4 through
KW

KH

LH
LBh7

LG

Sh6

LF LE

D
L

L
A

RH

Encoder
connector

Motor connector
Brake connector

<MDME 11.0kW, 15.0kW>


LL
LM

44

LC
57 57

LR

Shaft end spec.

Eye bolt
(Thread 10)

(Key way shaft)

LE

KH

M5 through

D
L

L
A
RH

LG

LW
LK

4-LZ
LH

LF

Sm6
LBh7

48

* Dimensions are subject to change without notice. Contact us or a dealer for the latest information.

MDME series (Middle inertia)

Key way
dimensions

Motor output
Motor model
MDME
Without brake
LL
With brake
LR
S
LA
LB
LC
LD
LE
LF
LG
LH
Without brake
LM
With brake
LZ
LW
LK
KW
KH
RH

Without brake
With brake
&RQQHFWRUVSHFLFDWLRQV

Mass (kg)

7.5kW
75 * * 1 *
312
337
113
42
200
114.3
176
233
3.2
24

11.0kW
C1 * * 1 *
316
364

15.0kW
C5 * * 1 *
348
432
116
55
235
200
220
268
4
32

60
184
268
293
96
90
12h9
8
37 0

36.4
40.4

205
272
320
13.5

340
388
98

90
16h9
10
49

0


52.7
58.9
5HIHUWR36SHFLFDWLRQVRI0RWRUFRQQHFWRU

70.2
76.3

Caution

Reduce the moment of inertia ratio if high speed response operation is required.

Related page

3&KHFNRIWKH0RGHO3&KHFNRIWKH&RPELQDWLRQRIWKH'ULYHUDQGWKH0RWRU
367&KDUDFWHULVWLFV

7-86

KW

6. Dimensions

1
Before Using the Products

Motor

MFME 1.5kW to 4.5kW

Encoder connector
Motor/Brake connector
LL
LM

LC

LR

Preparation

44

Shaft end spec.


(Key way shaft)

LE

4-LZ
LW
LK

M3 through
KH

LH

D
L

L
A

KW

3
Connection

RH

LBh7

LG

Sh6

LF

* Dimensions are subject to change without notice. Contact us or a dealer for the latest information.

MFME series (Middle inertia)


Motor output

2.5kW

4.5kW

25 * * 1 *

45 * * 1 *

142

136

156

With brake

167

169

189

MFME

LR

70

35
200

235

LB

114.3

200

LC

176

220

LD

233

266

LE

3.2

LF

18

16

LG

60

LH
LM

140

162

98

91

111

With brake

123

124

144

Key way
dimensions

When in Trouble

Without brake
LZ

176
LW

55

LK

50

KW

10h9

KH

RH
Mass (kg)

5
Adjustment

LA

Setup

15 * * 1 *

Without brake

Motor model
LL

1.5kW

With brake

12.5

13.1

18.2

17.2

23.1

Supplement

9.5

&RQQHFWRUVSHFLFDWLRQV

30

Without brake

5HIHUWR36SHFLFDWLRQVRI0RWRUFRQQHFWRU

Caution

Reduce the moment of inertia ratio if high speed response operation is required.

Related page

3&KHFNRIWKH0RGHO3&KHFNRIWKH&RPELQDWLRQRIWKH'ULYHUDQGWKH0RWRU
367&KDUDFWHULVWLFV
7-87

6. Dimensions
Motor

0*0(:WRN: 'HVLJQ2UGHU
Encoder connector
Motor/Brake connector
LL
44

LR

LC

LM

Shaft end spec.


(Key way shaft)

LE

4-LZ

LW
LK

KH

M3 through

LD

LA

RH

LBh7

LG

Sh6

LH

LF

* Dimensions are subject to change without notice. Contact us or a dealer for the latest information.

MGME series (Middle inertia)


Motor output

2.0kW

3.0kW

09 * * 1 *

20 * * 1 *

30 * * 1 *

Without brake

155.5

163.5

209.5

With brake

180.5

188.5

Motor model
LL

900W
MGME

70

80

22

35

LA

145

200

LB

110

114.3

LC

130

176

LD

165

233

LE

3.2

LF

12

18

LG

60

LH
LM

116

140

Without brake

111.5

119.5

165.5

With brake

136.5

144.5

190.5

LZ
Key way
dimensions

13.5

LW

45

55

LK

41

50

KW

8h9

10h9

KH

RH
Mass (kg)

234.5

LR

18

Without brake

6.7

With brake

8.2

&RQQHFWRUVSHFLFDWLRQV

30
14.0

20.0

17.5

23.5

5HIHUWR36SHFLFDWLRQVRI0RWRUFRQQHFWRU

Caution

Reduce the moment of inertia ratio if high speed response operation is required.

Related page

3&KHFNRIWKH0RGHO3&KHFNRIWKH&RPELQDWLRQRIWKH'ULYHUDQGWKH0RWRU
367&KDUDFWHULVWLFV

7-88

KW

6. Dimensions

1
Before Using the Products

Motor

0*0(:WRN: 'HVLJQ2UGHU&

Encoder connector
Motor/Brake connector
LR

LC

Preparation

LL
LM

46

Shaft end spec.


(Key way shaft)

LE

4-LZ

M3 throug

LH

LW
LK

KH

LD

RH

LA

Connection

LBh7

LG

Sh6

LF

* Dimensions are subject to change without notice. Contact us or a dealer for the latest information.

MGME series (Middle inertia)


Motor output

2.0kW

3.0kW

20 * * C *

30 * * C *

157.5

165.5

211.5

With brake

182.5

190.5

MGME

80

22

35

LA

145

200

LB

110

114.3

LC

130

176

LD

165

233

LE

3.2

LF

12

18
84

116

140

111.5

119.5

165.5

With brake

136.5

144.5

190.5

Key way
dimensions

13.5

LW

45

55

LK

41

50

KW

8h9

10h9

KH

RH

18
6.7

With brake

8.2

&RQQHFWRUVSHFLFDWLRQV

30
14.0

20.0

17.5

23.5

Supplement

Without brake

6
When in Trouble

Without brake
LZ

Mass (kg)

5
Adjustment

70

LH
LM

236.5

LR

LG

Setup

09 * * C *

Without brake

Motor model
LL

900W

5HIHUWR36SHFLFDWLRQVRI0RWRUFRQQHFWRU

Caution

Reduce the moment of inertia ratio if high speed response operation is required.

Related page

3&KHFNRIWKH0RGHO3&KHFNRIWKH&RPELQDWLRQRIWKH'ULYHUDQGWKH0RWRU
367&KDUDFWHULVWLFV
7-89

6. Dimensions
Motor

0*0(N:N:
<MGME 4.5kW>

Motor/Brake connector
LR

LC
43.5 43.5

Eye bolt
(Thread 10)

Shaft end spec.


(Key way shaft)

LF LE

KH

D
L

Motor connector
Brake connector
LL
LM

44

L
A

Shaft end spec.


(Key way shaft)
LW
LK

4-LZ

LH
LBh7

LG

Sh6

LF LE

D
L

L
A

* Dimensions are subject to change without notice. Contact us or a dealer for the latest information.

MGME series (Middle inertia)

Key way
dimensions

Motor output
Motor model
MGME
Without brake
LL
With brake
LR
S
LA
LB
LC
LD
LE
LF
LG
LH
Without brake
LM
With brake
LZ
LW
LK
KW
KH
RH
Without brake
Mass (kg)
With brake
&RQQHFWRUVSHFLFDWLRQV

4.5kW
45 * * 1 *
266
291

6.0kW
60 * * 1 *
312
337
113
42
200
114.3
176
233
3.2
24
60

140
222
247

184
268
293
13.5
96
90
12h9
8
0
37 

29.4
36.4
33.0
40.4
5HIHUWR36SHFLFDWLRQVRI0RWRUFRQQHFWRU

Caution

Reduce the moment of inertia ratio if high speed response operation is required.

Related page

3&KHFNRIWKH0RGHO3&KHFNRIWKH&RPELQDWLRQRIWKH'ULYHUDQGWKH0RWRU
367&KDUDFWHULVWLFV

7-90

KW

LC
43.5 43.5

LR
Eye bolt
(Thread 10)

48

M4 through

M4 through
KH

Encoder
connector

LH

Sh6
LBh7

LG

<MGME 6.0kW>

LW
LK

4-LZ

RH

LL
LM

44

RH

Encoder
connector

KW

6. Dimensions

1
Before Using the Products

Motor

0+0':WR:

RH

3
LH

4-LZ

(Key way with center tap shaft)


LW
KW
LK

Connection

Sh6

LC

KH

200

(7)

220

(7)

LK

RH

LF

(D-cut shaft)
LW

LR
LE

90

LL

Shaft end spec.

Motor connector

Preparation

Encoder connector
Brake connector

LBh7

LA

RH

TP

4
Setup

* Dimensions are subject to change without notice. Contact us or a dealer for the latest information.

MHMD series (High inertia)


200W
02 * * 1 *
99
135.5

400W
04 * * 1 *
118.5
155

750W
08 * * 1 *
164.2
127.2
35
19
900.2
70
80

14
70
50
60

5
Adjustment

30
11

Key way
dimensions

12.5
25
22.5
5h9
5
11

M5 depth 10
1.4
1.8
5HIHUWR36SHFLFDWLRQVRI0RWRUFRQQHFWRU

2.5
3.3

Caution

Reduce the moment of inertia ratio if high speed response operation is required.

Related page

3&KHFNRIWKH0RGHO3&KHFNRIWKH&RPELQDWLRQRIWKH'ULYHUDQGWKH0RWRU
367&KDUDFWHULVWLFV

Supplement

10
20
18
4h9
4
8.5
M4 depth 8
0.96
1.4

8
53
6
35
25
17.5
25
22
6h9
6
15.5

When in Trouble

6.5
43
4.5
30
22

Motor output
Motor model
MHMD
Without brake
LL
With brake
LR
S
LA
LB
LC
LE
LF
LH
LZ
LW
D
LK
RH
LW
LK
KW
KH
RH
TP
Without brake
Mass (kg)
With brake
&RQQHFWRUVSHFLFDWLRQV

7-91

6. Dimensions
Motor

0+0(N:WRN: 'HVLJQ2UGHU
<MHME 1.0kW5.0kW>

Motor/Brake connector

LL
44

Encoder
connector

LR

LC

LM

Shaft end spec.


(Key way shaft)
LE

4-LZ

LW
LK

<MHME 7.5kW>

KH

KW

LD

LA

Motor connector
LL
LM

44

LR

LC
43.5 43.5

Brake connector

Shaft end spec.


(Key way shaft)

Eye bolt
(Thread 10)

LF LE

M4 through
KW

KH

LH
LBh7

LG

LW
LK

4-LZ

D
L

L
A

RH

48

Sh6

Encoder
connector

M3 through

RH

LG

Sh6
LBh7

LH

LF

* Dimensions are subject to change without notice. Contact us or a dealer for the latest information.

MHME series (High inertia)


1.0kW
10 * * 1 *
173
198

&RQQHFWRUVSHFLFDWLRQV

1.5kW
15 * * 1 *
190.5
215.5

2.0kW
20 * * 1 *
177
202

3.0kW
30 * * 1 *
196
221

70
22
145
110
130
165
6
12

4.0kW
40 * * 1 *
209.5
234.5

5.0kW
50 * * 1 *
238.5
263.5

80
35
200
114.3
176
233
3.2
18

24

116
129
154

140
146.5
171.5

133
158

152
177

9
45
41
8h9
7
18
6.7
8.1

165.5
190.5
13.5

194.5
219.5

55
50
10h9

184
313
338
96
90
12h9

8
30
8.6
10.1

12.2
15.5

16.0
19.2

18.6
21.8

23.0
26.2

5HIHUWR36SHFLFDWLRQVRI0RWRUFRQQHFWRU

Caution

Reduce the moment of inertia ratio if high speed response operation is required.

Related page

3&KHFNRIWKH0RGHO3&KHFNRIWKH&RPELQDWLRQRIWKH'ULYHUDQGWKH0RWRU
367&KDUDFWHULVWLFV

7-92

7.5kW
75 * * 1 *
357
382
113
42

60

Key way
dimensions

Motor output
Motor model
MHME
Without brake
LL
With brake
LR
S
LA
LB
LC
LD
LE
LF
LG
LH
Without brake
LM
With brake
LZ
LW
LK
KW
KH
RH
Without brake
Mass (kg)
With brake

0
37 
42.3
46.2

6. Dimensions

1
Before Using the Products

Motor

0+0(N:WRN: 'HVLJQ2UGHU&

Encoder connector
Motor/Brake connector

Preparation

LL
46

LC

LR
LM

Shaft end spec.


(Key way shaft)

LE
4-LZ

LW
LK

KW

KH

LA

M3 through

RH

LD

3
Connection

LBh7

Sh6

LG

LH

LF

* Dimensions are subject to change without notice. Contact us or a dealer for the latest information.

MHME series (High inertia)


Motor output

1.5kW

2.0kW

3.0kW

4.0kW

5.0kW

15 * * C *

20 * * C *

30 * * C *

40 * * C *

50 * * C *

175

192.5

179

198

211.5

240.5

With brake

200

217.5

204

223

236.5

265.5

MHME

70

80

22

35

LA

145

200

LB

110

114.3

LC

130

176

LD

165

233

LE

3.2

LF

12

18

LG

84

LH
LM

116

140

129

146.5

133

152

165.5

194.5

With brake

154

171.5

158

177

190.5

219.5

Key way
dimensions

13.5

LW

45

55

LK

41

50

KW

8h9

10h9

KH

RH

18

30

6.7

8.6

12.2

16.0

18.6

23.0

With brake

8.1

10.1

15.5

19.2

21.8

26.2

Supplement

Without brake

&RQQHFWRUVSHFLFDWLRQV

6
When in Trouble

Without brake
LZ

Mass (kg)

5
Adjustment

LR

Setup

10 * * C *

Without brake

Motor model
LL

1.0kW

5HIHUWR36SHFLFDWLRQVRI0RWRUFRQQHFWRU

Caution

Reduce the moment of inertia ratio if high speed response operation is required.

Related page

3&KHFNRIWKH0RGHO3&KHFNRIWKH&RPELQDWLRQRIWKH'ULYHUDQGWKH0RWRU
367&KDUDFWHULVWLFV
7-93

7. Options

Supplement

Noise Filter

:KHQ\RXLQVWDOORQHQRLVHOWHUDWWKHSRZHUVXSSO\IRUPXOWLD[HVDSSOLFDWLRQFRQWDFWWR
DPDQXIDFWXUHRIWKHQRLVHOWHU,IQRLVHPDUJLQLVUHTXLUHGFRQQHFWOWHUVLQVHULHVWR
emphasize effectiveness.

2SWLRQV
9ROWDJH
specifications
for driver
Single phase
100V, 200V

Option
part No.
DV0P4170
100.0 2.0
88.0
75.0

7.0

5.0

Manufacturer's
part No.

Applicable
driver (frame)

Manufacturer

683(.(5

A and B-frame

Okaya Electric Ind.

Terminal cover
(transparent)
53.11.0

IN

Circuit diagram
L

12.0
50.0
60.0

1
2.0

6 M4

9ROWDJH
specifications
for driver
3-phase 200V

Option
part No.

DV0PM20042

3
Cx

2 4.5

2 4.5 x 6.75

Cy

Cx
Cy

10.0

Label

OUT
L

Single phase
100V, 200V
3-phase 200V

(11.6)
(13.0)

[Unit: mm]

Manufacturer's
part No.

Applicable
driver (frame)
A and B-frame

683+8(5

C-frame
Okaya Electric Ind.

DV0P4220

Single/3-phase
200V

683+8(5

D-frame

DV0PM20043

3-phase 200V

683+8(5

E-frame

[DV0PM20042, DV0P4220]

Manufacturer

[DV0PM20043]

A
B
C

A
B
C

Earth terminal
M4

Label

D
E

10

Label

Earth terminal
M4

Screw for cover


M3
M4

Screw for cover


M3

M5

Cover
G

Cover

Body

Body

Circuit diagram
[Size]

[Unit: mm]

A
B
C
D E F G H
DV0PM20042 115 105 95 70 43 10 52 5.5
DV0P4220 145 135 125 70 50 10 52 5.5
DV0PM20043 165 136 165 90 80 40 54 5.5

IN

7-94

For single phase application, use 2 terminals among 3 terminals,


leaving the remaining terminal unconnected.

Related page

OUT

L1

3&RQIRUPDQFHWRLQWHUQDWLRQDOVWDQGDUGV
3'ULYHUDQG/LVWRI$SSOLFDEOH3HULSKHUDO(TXLSPHQWV

Cx1

Cx1
Cy1

7. Options

1
Before Using the Products

Noise Filter

Option
part No.

9ROWDJH
specifications
for driver

Manufacturer's
part No.

Applicable
driver (frame)

Manufacturer

DV0P3410

3-phase 200V

683+/(5%

F-frame

Okaya Electric Ind.

Circuit diagram

2-5.5 x 7
150

2-5.5

(13) (18)
901.0
120

6-6M

Label

IN

OUT

[Unit: mm]

5HFRPPHQGHGFRPSRQHQWV

RTHN-5010

Current rating Applicable driver


(A)
(frame)
10

Single phase
100V, 200V
3-phase 200V

RTHN-5030
RTHN-5050

[RTHN-5010]

Connection

9ROWDJH
specifications
for driver

Part No.

Manufacturer

A, B, C-frame

30

D-frame

50

E, F-frame

TDK-Lambda Corp.

[RTHN-5030]
2102
1951

M4
4.5

6-M4

M4

101

18.51 18.51

1052
851
4.51

18.51 18.51

101

2402
2251

Setup

952
781
4.51

2
Preparation

2863.0
270
2551.0
240

6-M4

4.5
552

502

5
Adjustment

[RTHN-5050]

12.51

211 211

1282
1021
5.51

3002
2801

M4

6-M5

5.5
682

Use options correctly after reading operation manuals of the options to better understand the precautions.
Take care not to apply excessive stress to each optional part.
7-95

7
Supplement

Caution

 6HOHFWDQRLVHOWHURIFDSDFLW\WKDWH[FHHGVWKHFDSDFLW\RIWKHSRZHUVRXUFH DOVR
check for load condition).
 )RUGHWDLOHGVSHFLFDWLRQRIWKHOWHUFRQWDFWWKHPDQXIDFWXUHU

When in Trouble

Remarks

7. Options
Noise Filter

9ROWDJH
specifications
for driver

part No.
FS5559-60-34

Current rating Applicable driver


(A)
(frame)
60

G-frame

80

H-frame

FN258L-16-07

16

D, E-frame

FN258L-30-07

30

F-frame

FS5559-80-34

FN258-42-07

3-phase 200V

3-phase 400V

42

FN258-42-33

Manufacturer

Schaffner

G, H-frame

42

[FS5559-60-34, FS5559-80-34]
C

1.5

25

95

[Unit: mm]

[Size]

25

M8

50

140

50

6.5

FS5559-60-34
FS5559-80-34

A
410
460

B
170
180

C
370
420

D
388
438

Circuit diagram
L1

L1'

L2

L2'

L3

L3'

PE
LINE

LOAD

[FN258L-16-07]

[FN258L-30-07]
275

300`10

305

400`10
9

M5

150

142

Litze AWG14

M5

Litze AWG10

60

290

55

35

30

6.5

6.5

320

L2'

L2

L3

L3'

3x1,5F(X2)

47nF(Y2)
E

LINE

L2

3x1,35mH

3x0,65mH

L2'

L1

L1'
3x2,2F(X2)SH

3x1,5MOhm
3x2,2F(X2)SH
L3'

3x2,2F(X2)SH

47nF(Y2)SH
E

LOAD

Circuit diagram

LOAD

LINE

3x1,5MOhm
3x2,2F(X2)

L3

3x2,2F(X2)

7-96

3x1mH

L1'

L1

[Unit: mm]

344.5

Circuit diagram
3x2mH

335

[Unit: mm]

305

7. Options

[FN258-42-07]

[FN258-42-33]
300

1.5

1.5

45
6.5

45
6.5

70

314

70

Preparation

314

329

185

50010
12

185

300

Before Using the Products

Noise Filter

329

[Unit: mm]

350

[Unit: mm]

Circuit diagram

3
L1'

L2

L2'

L3

L3'

Connection

L1

E
LINE

LOAD

4
Setup

5
Adjustment

6
When in Trouble

Remarks

Use options correctly after reading operation manuals of the options to better understand the precautions.
Take care not to apply excessive stress to each optional part.
7-97

7
Supplement

Caution

 6HOHFWDQRLVHOWHURIFDSDFLW\WKDWH[FHHGVWKHFDSDFLW\RIWKHSRZHUVRXUFH DOVR
check for load condition).
 )RUGHWDLOHGVSHFLFDWLRQRIWKHOWHUFRQWDFWWKHPDQXIDFWXUHU

7. Options

Supplement

Surge Absorber

3URYLGHDVXUJHDEVRUEHUIRUWKHSULPDU\VLGHRIQRLVHOWHU
Option
part No.

9ROWDJH
specifications
for driver

Manufacturer's
part No.

DV0P1450

3-phase 200V

RA9%;=

DV0PM20050

3-phase 400V

RA9%;=

Manufacturer

5.51
111

Okaya Electric Ind.

[Unit: mm]

Circuit diagram
(1)

281

1 2 3

(1) (3)

UL-1015 AWG16

4.50.5

+30
200 -0

28.51

4.20.2

411

9ROWDJH
specifications
for driver
Single phase
100V, 200V

Option
part No.

5.51
111

DV0P4190

Manufacturer

RAV-781BWZ-4

Okaya Electric Ind.

[Unit: mm]

Circuit diagram
(1)

(2)

UL-1015 AWG16

4.50.5

1 2

281

+30
200 -0

28.51

4.20.2

Manufacturer's
part No.

411

Remarks

Take off the surge absorber when you execute a dielectric test to the machine or equipment, or it may damage the surge absorber.

Related page

3&RQIRUPDQFHWRLQWHUQDWLRQDOVWDQGDUGV
3'ULYHUDQG/LVWRI$SSOLFDEOH3HULSKHUDO(TXLSPHQWV

7-98

7. Options

Supplement

1RLVH)LOWHUIRU6LJQDO/LQHV

2SWLRQV
<24 V 3RZHUFDEOH0RWRUFDEOH(QFRGHUFDEOH,QWHUIDFHFDEOH86%FDEOH>
Manufacturer's part No.

Manufacturer

DV0P1460

ZCAT3035-1330

TDK Corp.

391

Remarks

341

To connect the noise filter to


the connector XB connection
cable, adjust the sheath length
at the tip of the cable, as
required.

Mass: 62.8g

301

131

2
Preparation

Option part No.

3
Connection

[Unit: mm]

5HFRPPHQGHGFRPSRQHQWV
<Power cable>
Part No.

Applicable driver (frame)

RJ8035

E-frame 200 V, F-frame 200 V

Manufacturer

KK-CORP.CO.JP
RJ8095

Before Using the Products

IQVWDOOQRLVHOWHUVIRUVLJQDOOLQHVWRDOOFDEOHV SRZHUFDEOHPRWRUFDEOHHQFRGHUFDEOH
and interface cable)

G-frame, H-frame

D1

D2

Setup

A
B

Adjustment

F
E

'LPHQVLRQ>8QLWPP@

Manufacturer's
part No.

Current
value

100kHz
+

RJ8035

35A

9.93

170

150

23

80

53

24

R3.5

RJ8095

95A

7.93

200

180

34

130

107

35

R3.5

D1

D2

Core thikness

Part No.

Applicable driver (frame)

Manufacturer

T400-61D

G-frame, H-frame

MICROMETALS

When in Trouble

<Motor cable>

Remarks

Supplement

33

57.2
102

7
[Unit: mm]

)L[WKHVLJQDOOLQHQRLVHOWHULQSODFHWRHOLPLQDWHH[FHVVLYHVWUHVVWRWKHFDEOHV
7-99

7. Options

Supplement

Junction Cable for Encoder


Compatible
motor output

0)(&$* * ($0

Part No.

MSMD 50W to 750W, MHMD 200W to 750W

Specifications For 20-bit incremental encoder (Without battery box)

(11.8)

(6.5)

(4)

(14)

(4)

Title

Part No.

Connector (Driver side)

3E206-0100 KV

Shell kit

3E306-3200-008

Connector (Motor side)

172160-1

Connector pin

170365-1

Cable

0.20mm23P (6-wire type)

Manufacturer
Sumitomo 3M *1
Tyco Electronics

/ P

Part No.

MFECA0030EAM

MFECA0050EAM

10

MFECA0100EAM

20

MFECA0200EAM

Oki Electric Cable Co., Ltd.

*1 Old model number: 55100-0670 (Japan Molex Inc.)

0)(&$ * * 0-'

(Highly bendable type, Direction of motor shaft)

0)(&$ * * 0.'
(Highly bendable type, Opposite direction of motor shaft)

Part No.

Compatible
motor output

0)(&$ * * 7-'

50W to
750W (200V)

(Standard bendable type, Direction of motor shaft)

0)(&$ * * 7.'
(Standard bendable type, Opposite direction of motor shaft)
Specifications For 20-bit incremental encoder (Without battery box) * Also for 17-bit version.
L
(5.5)

Direction of
motor shaft

Opposite direction of
motor shaft

Identification label

Title

Part No.

Connector (Driver side)

3E206-0100 KV

Shell kit

3E306-3200-008

Connector

JN6FR07SM1

Manufacturer
Sumitomo 3M *1

Connector pin

LY10-C1-A1-10000

Japan Aviation
Electronics Ind.

Cable

AWG244P, AWG222P

Hitachi Cable, Ltd.

*1 Old model number: 55100-0670 (Japan Molex Inc.)

Caution

Option cable does not conform to IP65 and IP67.

Related page

3-XQFWLRQFDEOHIRUPRWRU36SHFLFDWLRQVRI0RWRUFRQQHFWRU

7-100

/ P

Part No.

MFECA0030MJD

MFECA0050MJD

10

MFECA0100MJD

20

MFECA0200MJD

7. Options

1
Before Using the Products

Junction Cable for Encoder

0)(&$ * * 0-(

(Highly bendable type, Direction of motor shaft)

0)(&$ * * 0.(
(Highly bendable type, Opposite direction of motor shaft)

Part No.

0)(&$ * * 7-(

Compatible
motor output

50W to
750W (200V)

(Standard bendable type, Direction of motor shaft)


Preparation

0)(&$ * * 7.(
(Standard bendable type, Opposite direction of motor shaft)
Specifications For 17-bit absolute encoder (With battery box)
L

Direction of
motor shaft

300

(5.5)

110

Connection

Opposite direction of
motor shaft
Identification label

Part No.
3E206-0100 KV

Manufacturer

Shell kit

3E306-3200-008

Connector

ZMR-02

Connector pin

SMM-003T-P0.5

Connector

JN6FR07SM1

Connector pin

LY10-C1-A1-10000

Japan Aviation
Electronics Ind.

Cable

AWG24 4P, AWG222P

Hitachi Cable, Ltd.

Sumitomo 3M *1
J.S.T Mfg. Co., Ltd.

/ P

Part No.

MFECA0030MJE

MFECA0050MJE

10

MFECA0100MJE

20

MFECA0200MJE

*1 Old model number: 55100-0670 (Japan Molex Inc.)

Compatible
motor output

400W (400V), 600W (400V), 750W (400V),


0.9kW to 15.0kW

Adjustment

0)(&$ * * (7'

Part No.

4
Setup

Title
Connector (Driver side)

Specifications For 20-bit incremental encoder (Without battery box), Design order: 1

20

(6)

Part No.

Connector (Driver side)

3E206-0100 KV

Shell kit

3E306-3200-008

Connector

JN2DS10SL1-R

Connector pin

JN1-22-22S-PKG100

Cable

0.2mm 3P

Manufacturer
Sumitomo 3M *1
Japan Aviation
Electronics Ind.

/ P

Part No.

MFECA0030ETD

MFECA0050ETD

10

MFECA0100ETD

20

MFECA0200ETD

When in Trouble

Title

Oki Electric Cable Co., Ltd.


Supplement

*1 Old model number: 55100-0670 (Japan Molex Inc.)

Caution

Option cable does not conform to IP65 and IP67.

Related page

3-XQFWLRQFDEOHIRUPRWRU36SHFLFDWLRQVRI0RWRUFRQQHFWRU

7-101

7. Options
Junction Cable for Encoder

Part No.

0)(&$* * (6'

Compatible
motor output

0.9kW to 5.0kW (IP65 Motor)

Specifications For 20-bit incremental encoder (Without battery box), Design order: C

37.3

(6.5)

Title
Connector (Driver side)
Shell kit
Connector (Motor side)
Cable clamp
Cable

Part No.
3E206-0100 KV
3E306-3200-008
N/MS3106B20-29S
N/MS3057-12A
0.2mm2 3P (6-wire type)

Manufacturer

/ P
3
5
10
20

Sumitomo 3M *1
Japan Aviation
Electronics Ind.
Oki Electric Cable Co., Ltd.

Part No.
MFECA0030ESD
MFECA0050ESD
MFECA0100ESD
MFECA0200ESD

*1 Old model number: 55100-0670 (Japan Molex Inc.)

Part No.

0)(&$ * * (7(

400W (400V), 600W (400V), 750W (400V),


0.9kW to 15.0kW

Compatible
motor output

Specifications For 17-bit absolute encoder (With battery box), Design order: 1
L
300

20

(6)

110

Title
Connector (Driver side)
Shell kit
Connector
Connector pin
Connector
Connector pin
Cable

Part No.
3E206-0100 KV
3E306-3200-008
ZMR-02
SMM-003T-P0.5
JN2DS10SL1-R
JN1-22-22S-PKG100
0.2mm2 3P

Manufacturer

/ P
3
5
10
20

Sumitomo 3M *1
J.S.T Mfg. Co., Ltd.

Part No.
MFECA0030ETE
MFECA0050ETE
MFECA0100ETE
MFECA0200ETE

Japan Aviation
Electronics Ind.
Oki Electric Cable Co., Ltd.

*1 Old model number: 55100-0670 (Japan Molex Inc.)

Part No.

0)(&$* * (6(

Compatible
motor output

0.9kW to 5.0kW (IP65 Motor)

Specifications For 17-bit absolute encoder (With battery box), Design order: C
L
300

37.3

(8)

110

Title
Connector (Driver side)
Shell kit
Connector (Motor side)
Cable clamp
Cable

Part No.
3E206-0100 KV
3E306-3200-008
N/MS3106B20-29S
N/MS3057-12A
0.2mm2 4P (8-wire type)

Manufacturer
Sumitomo 3M *1
Japan Aviation
Electronics Ind.
Oki Electric Cable Co., Ltd.

*1 Old model number: 55100-0670 (Japan Molex Inc.)

Caution
7-102

Option cable does not conform to IP65 and IP67.

/ P
3
5
10
20

Part No.
MFECA0030ESE
MFECA0050ESE
MFECA0100ESE
MFECA0200ESE

7. Options

Supplement

Junction Cable for Motor (Without brake)

(50)

(50)







(4)

Preparation

(4)

Before Using the Products

Applicable
MSMD 50W to 750W, MHMD 200W to 750W
model

0)0&$* * (('

Part No.

Title

Part No.

Connector

172159-1

Manufacturer
Tyco Electronics

170366-1

Rod terminal

AI0.75-8GY

Phoenix Contact

Nylon insulated
round terminal

N1.25-M4

J.S.T Mfg. Co., Ltd.

Cable

ROBO-TOP 600V 0.75mm2 4-wire type

Daiden Co.,Ltd.

Part No.

MFMCA0030EED

MFMCA0050EED

10

MFMCA0100EED

20

MFMCA0200EED

3
Connection

Connector pin

/ P

0)0&$ * * 1-'

(Highly bendable type, Direction of motor shaft)

0)0&$ * * 1.'
(Highly bendable type, Opposite direction of motor shaft)

Part No.

0)0&$ * * 5-'

Applicable
MSME 50W to 750W
model
Setup

(Standard bendable type, Direction of motor shaft)

0)0&$ * * 5.'
(Standard bendable type, Opposite direction of motor shaft)
(28.8)

(50)

(6)

Direction of
motor shaft

Adjustment

Opposite direction of
motor shaft

Identification label

Caution

Motor cable for opposite direction of


motor shaft cannot be used with a
motor 50W and 100W.

Part No.
JN8FT04SJ1

Manufacturer

/ P

Part No.
MFMCA0030NJD

ST-TMH-S-C1B-3500

Japan Aviation
Electronics Ind.

Connector pin

MFMCA0050NJD

Rod terminal

AI0.75-8GY

Phoenix Contact

10

MFMCA0100NJD

20

MFMCA0200NJD

Nylon insulated
round terminal

N1.25-M4

J.S.T Mfg. Co., Ltd.

Cable

AWG184P

Hitachi Cable, Ltd.

Option cable does not conform to IP65 and IP67.

Related page

3-XQFWLRQFDEOHIRUPRWRU36SHFLFDWLRQVRI0RWRUFRQQHFWRU

7
Supplement

Caution

When in Trouble

Title
Connector

7-103

7. Options
Junction Cable for Motor (Without brake)

MSME 750W (400V), 1.0kW to 2.0kW,

0)0&' * * 2ECD

Part No.

Applicable
MDME 1.0kW to 2.0kW, MHME 1.0kW to 1.5kW,
model

MGME 0.9kW
(50)

37.3

(12.5)

Title

Part No.

Manufacturer

/ P

Part No.

Connector

JL04V-6A20-4SE-EB-R

MFMCD0032ECD

MFMCD0052ECD

10

MFMCD0102ECD

20

MFMCD0202ECD

Cable clamp

JL04-2022CK(14)-R

Japan Aviation
Electronics Ind.

Rod terminal

178%

J.S.T Mfg. Co., Ltd.

Nylon insulated
round terminal

N2-M4

J.S.T Mfg. Co., Ltd.

Cable

ROBO-TOP 600V 2.0mm2

Daiden Co.,Ltd.

0)0&( * * 2ECD

Part No.

Applicable
MHME 2.0kW
model
(50)

40.5

Title

Part No.

Manufacturer

/ P

Part No.

Connector

JL04V-6A22-22SE-EB-R

MFMCE0032ECD

MFMCE0052ECD

10

MFMCE0102ECD

20

MFMCE0202ECD

Cable clamp

JL04-2022CK(14)-R

Japan Aviation
Electronics Ind.

Rod terminal

178%

J.S.T Mfg. Co., Ltd.

Nylon insulated
round terminal

N2-M4

J.S.T Mfg. Co., Ltd.

Cable

ROBO-TOP 600V 2.0mm2

Daiden Co.,Ltd.

0)0&$ * * 3ECT

Part No.

Applicable MSME 3.0kW to 5.0kW, MDME 3.0kW to 5.0kW


model
MHME 3.0kW to 5.0kW, MGME 2.0kW to 3.0kW
(50)

40.5

(14)

Title

Part No.

Connector

JL04V-6A22-22SE-EB-R

Cable clamp
Nylon insulated
round terminal
Cable

Manufacturer

/ P

Part No.
MFMCA0033ECT

JL04-2022CK(14)-R

Japan Aviation
Electronics Ind.

3
5

MFMCA0053ECT

N5.5-5

J.S.T Mfg. Co., Ltd.

10

MFMCA0103ECT

20

MFMCA0203ECT

ROBO-TOP 600V 3.5mm

Daiden Co.,Ltd.

Caution

Option cable does not conform to IP65 and IP67.

Related page

3-XQFWLRQFDEOHIRUPRWRU36SHFLFDWLRQVRI0RWRUFRQQHFWRU

7-104

7. Options

0)0&$ * * 2ECD

Part No.

Before Using the Products

Junction Cable for Motor (Without brake)

Applicable
MFME 1.5kW (200V)
model
(50)

2
Preparation

37.3

(12.5)

Title

Part No.

Manufacturer

/ P

Part No.

Connector

JL04V-6A20-18SE-EB-R

MFMCA0032ECD

Cable clamp

JL04-2022CK(14)-R

Japan Aviation
Electronics Ind.

MFMCA0052ECD

Rod terminal

$,%8

Phoenix Contact

10

MFMCA0102ECD

20

MFMCA0202ECD

N2-M4

J.S.T Mfg. Co., Ltd.

Cable

ROBO-TOP 600V 2.0mm2

Daiden Co.,Ltd.

0)0&) * * 2ECD

Part No.

Applicable
MFME 1.5kW (400V), 2.5kW
model
(50)

43.7

3
Connection

Nylon insulated
round terminal

Setup

Title

Part No.

Manufacturer

/ P

Part No.

Connector

JL04V-6A24-11SE-EB-R

MFMCF0032ECD

JL04-2428CK(14)-R

Japan Aviation
Electronics Ind.

Cable clamp

MFMCF0052ECD

Rod terminal

178%

Phoenix Contact

10

MFMCF0102ECD

20

MFMCF0202ECD

N2-M4

J.S.T Mfg. Co., Ltd.

Cable

ROBO-TOP 600V 2.0mm2

Daiden Co.,Ltd.

0)0&' * * 3ECT

Part No.

Applicable
MFME 4.5kW
model
(50)

43.7

When in Trouble

(14)

Title

Part No.

Manufacturer

/ P
3

MFMCA0033ECT

MFMCA0053ECT

10

MFMCA0103ECT

20

MFMCA0203ECT

Connector

JL04V-6A24-11SE-EB-R

Cable clamp

JL04-2428CK(17)-R

Japan Aviation
Electronics Ind.

Nylon insulated
round terminal

N5.5-5

J.S.T Mfg. Co., Ltd.

ROBO-TOP 600V 3.5mm

Part No.

Daiden Co.,Ltd.

Caution

Option cable does not conform to IP65 and IP67.

Related page

3-XQFWLRQFDEOHIRUPRWRU36SHFLFDWLRQVRI0RWRUFRQQHFWRU

7
Supplement

Cable

5
Adjustment

Nylon insulated
round terminal

7-105

7. Options

Supplement

Junction Cable for Motor (With brake)


MSME
MDME
Applicable
MFME
model
MHME
MGME

0)0&$ * * 2FCD

Part No.

1.0kW to 2.0kW (200V)


1.0kW to 2.0kW (200V)
1.5kW (200V)
1.0kW to 1.5kW (200V)
0.9kW (200V)

(50)

( 9

.8)

37.3

(12.5)

L
(50
)

Title

Part No.

Manufacturer

/ P

Part No.

Connector

JL04V-6A20-18SE-EB-R

MFMCA0032FCD

JL04-2022CK(14)-R

Japan Aviation
Electronics Ind.

Cable clamp

MFMCA0052FCD

Rod terminal

178%

J.S.T Mfg. Co., Ltd.

10

MFMCA0102FCD

20

MFMCA0202FCD

Nylon insulated
round terminal

Earth

N2-M4

Brake

N1.25-M4
ROBO-TOP 600V 0.75mm2 and
ROBO-TOP 600V 2.0mm2

Cable

0)0&( * * 2FCD

Part No.

J.S.T Mfg. Co., Ltd.


Daiden Co.,Ltd.

MSME
MDME
Applicable
MFME
model
MGME
MHME

750W to 2.0kW (400V)


400W to 2.0kW (400V)
1.5kW (400V), 2.5kW
0.9kW (400V)
1.0kW (400V), 1.5kW (400V), 2.0kW
(50)

43.7

(50
)

Title

Part No.

Connector

JL04V-6A24-11SE-EB-R

Cable clamp
Rod terminal
Nylon insulated
round terminal
Cable

Manufacturer

/ P

Part No.
MFMCE0032FCD

JL04-2428CK(17)-R

Japan Aviation
Electronics Ind.

3
5

MFMCE0052FCD

178%

J.S.T Mfg. Co., Ltd.

Earth

N2-M4

Brake

N1.25-M4
ROBO-TOP 600V 0.75mm2 and
ROBO-TOP 600V 2.0mm2

J.S.T Mfg. Co., Ltd.


Daiden Co.,Ltd.

Caution

Option cable does not conform to IP65 and IP67.

Related page

3-XQFWLRQFDEOHIRUPRWRU36SHFLFDWLRQVRI0RWRUFRQQHFWRU

7-106

10

MFMCE0102FCD

20

MFMCE0202FCD

7. Options

0)0&$ * * 3FCT

Part No.

Before Using the Products

Junction Cable for Motor (With brake)

MSME 3.0kW to 5.0kW, MDME 3.0kW to 5.0kW


MHME 3.0kW to 5.0kW
MGME 2.0kW to 4.5kW

Applicable
MFME 4.5kW,
model

(9

.8)

Preparation

43.7

(14)

(50)

(50
)

Part No.
JL04V-6A24-11SE-EB-R

Cable clamp

JL04-2428CK(17)-R

Nylon insulated
round terminal
Cable

Earth

N5.5-5

Brake

N1.25-M4
ROBO-TOP 600V 0.75mm2 and
ROBO-TOP 600V 3.5mm2

Manufacturer

/ P

Part No.

Japan Aviation
Electronics Ind.

MFMCA0033FCT

MFMCA0053FCT

J.S.T Mfg. Co., Ltd.

10

MFMCA0103FCT

20

MFMCA0203FCT

Connection

Title
Connector

Daiden Co.,Ltd.

Setup

5
Adjustment

6
When in Trouble

7
Option cable does not conform to IP65 and IP67.

Related page

3-XQFWLRQFDEOHIRUPRWRU36SHFLFDWLRQVRI0RWRUFRQQHFWRU

Supplement

Caution

7-107

7. Options

Supplement

Junction Cable for Brake

0)0&%* * *(7

Part No.

Applicable
MSMD 50W to 750W, MHMD 200W to 750W
model












Title

Part No.

Connector

172157-1

Connector pin

170366-1, 170362-1

Manufacturer
Tyco Electronics

Nylon insulated
round terminal

N1.25-M4

J.S.T Mfg. Co., Ltd.

Cable

ROBO-TOP 600V 0.75mm2 2-wire type

Daiden Co.,Ltd.

/ P

Part No.

MFMCB0030GET

MFMCB0050GET

10

MFMCB0100GET

20

MFMCB0200GET

0)0&% * * 3-7

(Highly bendable type, Direction of motor shaft)

0)0&% * * 3.7
(Highly bendable type, Opposite direction of motor shaft)

Part No.

0)0&% * * 6-7

Applicable
MSME 50W to 750W
model

(Standard bendable type, Direction of motor shaft)

0)0&% * * 6.7
(Standard bendable type, Opposite direction of motor shaft)
(26.6)

(50)
(4.3)

Direction of
motor shaft

Opposite direction of
motor shaft

Identification label

Title

Part No.

Connector

JN4FT02SJMR

Manufacturer

/ P

Part No.
MFMCB0030PJT

ST-TMH-S-C1B-3500

Japan Aviation
Electronics Ind.

Connector pin

MFMCB0050PJT

Nylon insulated
round terminal

N1.25-M4

J.S.T Mfg. Co., Ltd.

10

MFMCB0100PJT

20

MFMCB0200PJT

Cable

AWG22

Hitachi Cable, Ltd.

Caution

Option cable does not conform to IP65 and IP67.

Related page

3-XQFWLRQFDEOHIRUPRWRU36SHFLFDWLRQVRI0RWRUFRQQHFWRU

7-108

7. Options

Supplement

&RQQHFWRU.LW

1
Before Using the Products

&RQQHFWRU.LWIRU,QWHUIDFH
'93

Part No.

&RPSRQHQWV
Title

Number

Connector

10150-3000PE equivalent

Connector cover

10350-52A0-008 equivalent

Manufacturer

Note

Sumitomo 3M *1

)RU&RQQHFWRU;
(50-pins)

*1 Old model number: Connector 54306-5019, Connector cover 54331-0501 (Japan Molex Inc.)

Preparation

Part No.

Pin disposition (50 pins) (viewed from the soldering side)


26
SI3

28
SI5
29
SI6

32
SI9
31
SI8

34
SO2
33
SI10

1
3
5
7
OPC1 PULS1 SIGN1 COM
2
4
6
8
OPC2 PULS2 SIGN2 SI1

9
SI2

36
SO3

35
SO2+

37
SO3+

11
SO1+
10
SO1

38
SO4

39
SO4+

13
GND

12
SO5

40
SO6

41
COM

15
GND

14
SPR/
SPL

42
IM

44
46
48
PULSH1 SIGNH1 OB
43
SP

17
GND

50
FG

45
47
49
PULSH2 SIGNH2 OB
19
CZ

21
OA

16
18
20
P-ATL N-ATL NC
/TRQR

23
OZ
22
OA

Connection

27
SI4

30
SI7

25
GND
24
OZ

4
Setup

1) Check the stamped pin-No. on the connector body while making a wiring.
2) For the function of each signal title or its symbol, refer to the wiring example of the connector X4.
3) Do not connect anything to NC pins in the above table.

Interface Cable
'93
Connector cover: 10350-52A0-008
Sumitomo 3M or equivalent

12.7
50
26

52.4

50 +10
0

25

39

Adjustment

2000+200
0

Connector: 10150-3000PE
Sumitomo 3M or equivalent

Part No.

18

7DEOHIRUZLULQJ
color
Pin No.
Orange (Red1)
11
Orange (Black1)
12
Gray (Red1)
13
Gray (Black1)
14
White (Red1)
15
White (Black1)
16
Yellow (Red1)
17
Pink (Red1)
18
Pink (Black1)
19
Orange (Red2)
20

color
Pin No.
Orange (Black2)
21
Yellow (Black1)
22
Gray (Red2)
23
Gray (Black2)
24
White (Red2)
25
Yellow (Red2)
26
Yel (Blk2)/Pink (Blk2) 27
Pink (Red2)
28
White (Black2)
29

30

color
Pin No.
Orange (Red3)
31
Orange (Black3)
32
Gray (Red3)
33
Gray (Black3)
34
White (Red3)
35
White (Black3)
36
Yellow (Red3)
37
Yellow (Black3)
38
Pink (Red3)
39
Pink (Black3)
40

color
Pin No.
Orange (Red4)
41
Orange (Black4)
42
Gray (Red4)
43
White (Red4)
44
White (Black4)
45
Yellow (Red4)
46
Yellow (Black4)
47
Pink (Red4)
48
Pink (Black4)
49
Gray (Black4)
50

color
Orange (Red5)
Orange (Black5)
Gray (Red5)
White (Red5)
White (Black5)
Yellow (Red5)
Yellow (Black5)
Pink (Red5)
Pink (Black5)
Gray (Black5)

<Remarks>
Color designation of the cable e.g.) Pin-1 Cable color : Orange (Red1) : One red dot on the cable
The shield of this cable is connected to the connector shell but not to the terminal.
7-109

7
Supplement

Pin No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10

When in Trouble

This 2 m connector cable contains AWG28 conductors.

7. Options
&RQQHFWRU.LW

&RQQHFWRU.LWIRU&RPPXQLFDWLRQ&DEOH IRU5656
Part No.

'930

&RPSRQHQWV
Title

Part No.

Manufacturer

Note

Connector

2040008-1

Tyco Electronics

)RU&RQQHFWRU; SLQV

5.2

GND
TXD (Viewed from cable)




8 (1.5)

Shell: FG

8 6 4 2
7 5 3 1

7.3

10.7

RXD
NC

(6.7)

485+
485+

11

3LQGLVSRVLWLRQRIFRQQHFWRUFRQQHFWRU; 'LPHQVLRQV

(33)

(11)

&RQQHFWRU.LWIRU6DIHW\
Part No.

'930

&RPSRQHQWV
Title

Part No.

Manufacturer

Note

Connector

2013595-1

Tyco Electronics

)RU&RQQHFWRU; SLQV

5.2

NC
6)

('0
6)

8 (1.5)

Shell: FG

8 6 4 2
7 5 3 1

7.3

10.7

SF1+
NC

(6.7)

SF2+
EDM+

11

3LQGLVSRVLWLRQRIFRQQHFWRUFRQQHFWRU; 'LPHQVLRQV

(33)

(Viewed from cable)

(11)

&RQQHFWRU.LWIRU([WHUQDO6FDOH
Part No.

'930

&RPSRQHQWV
Title

Part No.

Manufacturer

Note

Connector

08)3..;

J.S.T Mfg. Co., Ltd.

)RU&RQQHFWRU;

Remarks

3
2

5
4

7
6

EXA

9
8 10

EXZ
EXB (Viewed from cable)

18.5

11.9
10.4

E0V
PS

EXB
EXZ

EXA

13.6

PS
E5V

7.1

3LQGLVSRVLWLRQRIFRQQHFWRUFRQQHFWRU; 'LPHQVLRQV

(10.5)

(32)

&RQQHFWRU;XVHZLWKFRPPHUFLDOO\DYDLODEOHFDEOH
&RQJXUDWLRQRIFRQQHFWRU;86%PLQL%

)RUFULPSWRROHWFQHFHVVDU\WRSURGXFHDFDEOHDFFHVVWKHZHEVLWHRIWKHPDQXIDFWXUHU
or consult with the manufacturer for details. For inquiries of manufacturer, refer to P.7-125
"List of Peripheral Equipments".
7-110

7. Options

1
Before Using the Products

&RQQHFWRU.LW

&RQQHFWRU.LWIRU(QFRGHU
'930

Part No.

&RPSRQHQWV
Title

Part No.
3E206-0100 KV

Shell kit

3E306-3200-008

Note

Sumitomo 3M *1

)RU&RQQHFWRU;

Preparation

Connector (Driver side)

Manufacturer

*1 Old model number: 55100-0670 (Japan Molex Inc.)

3LQGLVSRVLWLRQRIFRQQHFWRUFRQQHFWRU; 'LPHQVLRQV

PS

0.8

2.4
13.7
18.2

37.4

7.1

PS

1.7
5.4
5.8

4.5

12.0

Shell: FG
(Viewed from cable)

2.0
2.0

11.0

NC

10.1

E0V

18.8

NC

7.8

E5V

Connection

<Connector>

18.8

<Shell kit>

33.0

&RQQHFWRU.LWIRU$QDORJ0RQLWRU6LJQDO

'930

Part No.

Title

Part No.

Number

Connector

510040600

Connector pin

500118100

Setup

&RPSRQHQWV
Manufacturer

Note

Molex Inc

)RU&RQQHFWRU; SLQV

DM
5

140.3

NC
6

5.30.3

Adjustment

3 GND
AM2
1 AM1
2

0.8

3LQGLVSRVLWLRQRIFRQQHFWRUFRQQHFWRU; 'LPHQVLRQV

NC

MX
12.90.3

3.350.3

&RQQHFWRU.LWIRUPower Supply Input

When in Trouble

'930 (For A to D-frame: Single row type)

Part No.

&RPSRQHQWV
Title

Part No.

Number

Connector

-)$76$;*)

Handle lever

J-FAT-OT

Note

J.S.T Mfg. Co., Ltd.

)RU&RQQHFWRU;$

)RUFULPSWRROHWFQHFHVVDU\WRSURGXFHDFDEOHDFFHVVWKHZHEVLWHRIWKHPDQXIDFWXUHU
or consult with the manufacturer for details. For inquiries of manufacturer, refer to P.7-125
"List of Peripheral Equipments".

7-111

Supplement

Remarks

Manufacturer

7. Options
&RQQHFWRU.LW

Part No.

'930 (For A to D-frame: double row type)

&RPSRQHQWV
Title

Part No.

Number

Connector

-)$76$;*6$&

Handle lever

J-FAT-OT

Manufacturer

Note

J.S.T Mfg. Co., Ltd.

)RU&RQQHFWRU;$

Manufacturer

Note

J.S.T Mfg. Co., Ltd.

)RU&RQQHFWRU;$

'LPHQVLRQV
B
2

26

Part No.

27.6

39.3

'930 (For E-frame 200 V)

&RPSRQHQWV

Part No.

Title

Part No.

Number

Connector

-)$76$;*6$/

Handle lever

J-FAT-OT-L

'930 (For D-frame 400 V, E-frame 400 V and 24 V Input power)

&RPSRQHQWV

Part No.

Title

Part No.

Number

Connector

02MJFAT-SAGF

Handle lever

MJFAT-OT

Manufacturer

Note

J.S.T Mfg. Co., Ltd.

)RU&RQQHFWRU;'

Manufacturer

Note

J.S.T Mfg. Co., Ltd.

)RU&RQQHFWRU;$

Manufacturer

Note

J.S.T Mfg. Co., Ltd.

)RU&RQQHFWRU;$

'930 (For D-frame 400 V)

&RPSRQHQWV

Part No.

Title

Part No.

Number

Connector

03JFAT-SAYGSA-M

Handle lever

J-FAT-OT-L

'930 (For E-frame 400 V)

&RPSRQHQWV

7-112

Title

Part No.

Number

Connector

03JFAT-SAYGSA-L

Handle lever

J-FAT-OT-L

7. Options

1
Before Using the Products

&RQQHFWRU.LW

&RQQHFWRU.LWIRU5HJHQHUDWLYH5HVLVWRU&RQQHFWLRQ (E-frame)
Part No.

'930 (For E-frame)

&RPSRQHQWV
Part No.

Number

Connector

-)$76$;*6$/

Handle lever

J-FAT-OT-L

Manufacturer

Note

J.S.T Mfg. Co., Ltd.

)RU&RQQHFWRU;&

Manufacturer

Note

J.S.T Mfg. Co., Ltd.

)RU&RQQHFWRU;&

Preparation

Part No.

Title

'930 (For D-frame 400 V)

&RPSRQHQWV
Part No.

Number

Connector

-)$76$;*6$0

Handle lever

J-FAT-OT-L

3
Connection

Title

&RQQHFWRU.LWIRU0RWRU&RQQHFWLRQ
Part No.

'930 (For A to D-frame)

&RPSRQHQWV
Part No.

Number

Connector

-)$76$;*)

Handle lever

J-FAT-OT

Manufacturer

Note

J.S.T Mfg. Co., Ltd.

)RU&RQQHFWRU;%

Setup

Part No.

Title

'930 (For E-frame)

&RPSRQHQWV
Part No.

Number

Connector

-)$76$;*6$/

Handle lever

J-FAT-OT-L

Manufacturer

Note

J.S.T Mfg. Co., Ltd.

)RU&RQQHFWRU;%

Adjustment

Part No.

Title

'930 (For D-frame 400 V)

&RPSRQHQWV
Part No.

Number

Connector

-)$76$;*6$0

Handle lever

J-FAT-OT-L

Manufacturer

Note

J.S.T Mfg. Co., Ltd.

)RU&RQQHFWRU;%

When in Trouble

Title

7
Supplement

7-113

7. Options
&RQQHFWRU.LW

&RQQHFWRU.LWIRU0RWRU(QFRGHU&RQQHFWLRQ
Applicable MSMD 50W to 750W, MHMD 200W to 750W
model
(incremental encoder type)

'93

Part No.

&RPSRQHQWV
Title
Connector (Driver side)
Shell kit
Connector
Connector pin
Connector
Connector pin

Part No.
3E206-0100 KV
3E306-3200-008
172160-1
170365-1
172159-1
170366-1

Number
1
1
1
6
1
4

Manufacturer

Note

Sumitomo 3M *1

)RU&RQQHFWRU; SLQV
For Encoder cable
(6-pins)
For Motor cable
(4-pins)

Tyco Electronics
Tyco Electronics

*1 Old model number: 55100-0670 (Japan Molex Inc.)

3LQGLVSRVLWLRQRIFRQQHFWRU
FRQQHFWRU;
1

E5V

E0V

NC*

NC*

PS

PS

Case
FG

*NC: None Connect

3LQGLVSRVLWLRQRIFRQQHFWRU
for motor cable

NC

PS

PS

E5V

E0V

FG

Applicable
MSME 50W to 750W
model

'930

Part No.

3LQGLVSRVLWLRQRIFRQQHFWRU
for encoder cable

&RPSRQHQWV
Title
Connector (Driver side)
Shell kit
Encoder plug connector
Socket contact
Motor plug connector
Socket contact

Part No.
3E206-0100 KV
3E306-3200-008
JN6FR07SM1
LY10-C1-A1-10000
JN8FT04SJ1
ST-TMH-S-C1B-3500

Number
1
1
1
7
1
4

Manufacturer
Sumitomo 3M

Note

*1

)RU&RQQHFWRU; SLQV

Japan Aviation
Electronics Ind.
Japan Aviation
Electronics Ind.

For Encoder cable


(7-pins)
For Motor cable
(4-pins)

*1 Old model number: 55100-0670 (Japan Molex Inc.)

3LQGLVSRVLWLRQRIFRQQHFWRU
FRQQHFWRU;

E5V

NC

*1

PS

(Case
FG )

E0V

NC

*1

PS

3LQGLVSRVLWLRQRIFRQQHFWRU
3LQGLVSRVLWLRQRIFRQQHFWRU
for encoder cable
for motor cable
[Direction of motor shaft]
4

PS

E0V

BAT

FG

PS

U
V

Gasket

E5V

BAT+

PE

[Opposite direction of motor shaft]


5
6

Secure the gasket in place


without removing it from the
connector. Otherwise, the degree
of protection of IP67 will not be
guaranteed.

7
6

*1 NC: None Connect

Remarks

Gasket

BAT+
E5V

PS

Gasket

FG

PE

BAT

E
W

E0V

PS

Gasket

* Pins 2 and 5 are left unused (NC)


with an incremental encoder.

Caution

:KHQ,3RU,3DUHQHFHVVDU\WKHFXVWRPHUPXVWJLYHDSSURULDWHSURFHVVLQJ

Remarks

)RUFULPSWRROHWFQHFHVVDU\WRSURGXFHDFDEOHDFFHVVWKHZHEVLWHRIWKHPDQXIDFWXUHU
or consult with the manufacturer for details. For inquiries of manufacturer, refer to P.7-125
"List of Peripheral Equipments".

7-114

7. Options

Part No.

'930

Specifications Design order: 1

MSME 750W (400V), 1.0kW to 2.0kW,

Applicable
MDME 400W (400V), 600W (400V), 1.0kW to 2.0kW
model

MHME 1.0kW to 1.5kW, MGME 0.9kW

Without
brake

&RPSRQHQWV
Part No.
3E206-0100 KV
3E306-3200-008
JN2DS10SL1-R
JN1-22-22S-PKG100
JL04V-6A-20-4SE-EB-R
JL04-2022CK(14)-R

Number
1
1
1
5
1
1

Manufacturer
Sumitomo 3M

*1

Japan Aviation
Electronics Ind.
Japan Aviation
Electronics Ind.

Note
)RU&RQQHFWRU; SLQV
For Encoder cable
For Motor cable

*1 Old model number: 55100-0670 (Japan Molex Inc.)

Part No.

'93

Applicable MSME 1.0kW to 2.0kW, MDME 1.0kW to 2.0kW


model
MHME 1.0kW to 1.5kW, MGME 0.9kW

Without
brake

&RPSRQHQWV
Title
Connector (Driver side)
Shell kit
Encoder connector
Cable clamp
Motor connector
Cable clamp

Part No.
3E206-0100 KV
3E306-3200-008
N/MS3106B20-29S
N/MS3057-12A
N/MS3106B20-4S
N/MS3057-12A

Number
1
1
1
1
1
1

Manufacturer

Note

Sumitomo 3M *1

)RU&RQQHFWRU; SLQV

Japan Aviation
Electronics Ind.
Japan Aviation
Electronics Ind.

For Encoder cable

Setup

'930

Specifications Design order: 1

Applicable MSME 3.0kW to 5.0kW, MDME 3.0kW to 5.0kW


model
MHME 2.0kW to 5.0kW, MGME 2.0kW to 3.0kW

Without
brake

&RPSRQHQWV
Part No.
3E206-0100 KV
3E306-3200-008
JN2DS10SL1-R
JN1-22-22S-PKG100
JL04V-6A22-22SE-EB-R
JL04-2022CK(14)-R

Number
1
1
1
5
1
1

Manufacturer

Note

Sumitomo 3M *1

)RU&RQQHFWRU; SLQV

Japan Aviation
Electronics Ind.
Japan Aviation
Electronics Ind.

For Encoder cable

Adjustment

Title
Connector (Driver side)
Shell kit
Encoder connector
Connector pin
Motor connector
Cable clamp

For Motor cable

*1 Old model number: 55100-0670 (Japan Molex Inc.)

Part No.

Connection

Specifications Design order: C

Preparation

Title
Connector (Driver side)
Shell kit
Encoder connector
Connector pin
Motor connector
Cable clamp

Before Using the Products

&RQQHFWRU.LW

For Motor cable

*1 Old model number: 55100-0670 (Japan Molex Inc.)

Part No.

'93

Without
brake

&RPSRQHQWV
Part No.
3E206-0100 KV
3E306-3200-008
N/MS3106B20-29S
N/MS3057-12A
N/MS3106B22-22S
N/MS3057-12A

Number
1
1
1
1
1
1

Manufacturer
Sumitomo 3M

*1

Japan Aviation
Electronics Ind.
Japan Aviation
Electronics Ind.

Note
)RU&RQQHFWRU; SLQV
For Encoder cable

For Motor cable


Supplement

Title
Connector (Driver side)
Shell kit
Encoder connector
Cable clamp
Motor connector
Cable clamp

When in Trouble

Specifications Design order: C

Applicable MSME 3.0kW to 5.0kW, MDME 3.0kW to 5.0kW


model
MHME 2.0kW to 5.0kW, MGME 2.0kW to 3.0kW

*1 Old model number: 55100-0670 (Japan Molex Inc.)

Caution

:KHQ,3RU,3DUHQHFHVVDU\WKHFXVWRPHUPXVWJLYHDSSURULDWHSURFHVVLQJ

Remarks

)RUFULPSWRROHWFQHFHVVDU\WRSURGXFHDFDEOHDFFHVVWKHZHEVLWHRIWKHPDQXIDFWXUHU
or consult with the manufacturer for details. For inquiries of manufacturer, refer to P.7-125
"List of Peripheral Equipments".
7-115

7. Options
&RQQHFWRU.LW

Part No.

'930

Specifications Design order: 1

MSME 1.0kW to 2.0kW (200V),


Applicable MDME 1.0kW to 2.0kW (200V),
model
MFME 1.5kW (Common to with/without brake) (200V),

With
brake

MHME 1.0kW to 1.5kW (200V), MGME 0.9kW (200V)

&RPSRQHQWV
Title
Connector (Driver side)
Shell kit
Encoder connector
Connector pin
Motor connector
Cable clamp

Part No.
3E206-0100 KV
3E306-3200-008
JN2DS10SL1-R
JN1-22-22S-PKG100
JL04V-6A20-18SE-EB-R
JL04-2022CK(14)-R

Number
1
1
1
5
1
1

Manufacturer

Note

Sumitomo 3M *1

)RU&RQQHFWRU; SLQV

Japan Aviation
Electronics Ind.
Japan Aviation
Electronics Ind.

For Encoder cable


For Motor cable

*1 Old model number: 55100-0670 (Japan Molex Inc.)

Part No.

'93

Specifications Design order: C

Applicable MSME 1.0kW to 2.0kW, MDME 1.0kW to 2.0kW


model
MHME 1.0kW to 1.5kW, MGME 0.9kW

With
brake

&RPSRQHQWV
Title
Connector (Driver side)
Shell kit
Encoder connector
Cable clamp
Motor connector
Cable clamp

Part No.
3E206-0100 KV
3E306-3200-008
N/MS3106B20-29S
N/MS3057-12A
N/MS3106B20-18S
N/MS3057-12A

Number
1
1
1
1
1
1

Manufacturer

Note

Sumitomo 3M *1

)RU&RQQHFWRU; SLQV

Japan Aviation
Electronics Ind.
Japan Aviation
Electronics Ind.

For Encoder cable


For Motor cable

*1 Old model number: 55100-0670 (Japan Molex Inc.)

Part No.

'930

Specifications Design order: 1

MSME
MDME
Applicable
MFME
model
MHME
MGME

750W to 2.0kW (400V), 3.0kW to 5.0kW


400W to 2.0kW (400V), 3.0kW to 5.0kW
With
1.5kW (400V), 2.5kW to 4.5kW (Common to with/without brake)
brake
1.0kW to 1.5kW (400V), 2.0kW to 5.0kW
0.9kW (400V), 2.0kW to 4.5kW

&RPSRQHQWV
Title
Connector (Driver side)
Shell kit
Encoder connector
Connector pin
Motor connector
Cable clamp

Part No.
3E206-0100 KV
3E306-3200-008
JN2DS10SL1-R
JN1-22-22S-PKG100
JL04V-6A24-11SE-EB-R
JL04-2428CK(17)-R

Number
1
1
1
5
1
1

Manufacturer

Note

Sumitomo 3M *1

)RU&RQQHFWRU; SLQV

Japan Aviation
Electronics Ind.
Japan Aviation
Electronics Ind.

For Encoder cable


For Motor cable

*1 Old model number: 55100-0670 (Japan Molex Inc.)

Part No.

'93

Specifications Design order: C

Applicable MSME 3.0kW to 5.0kW, MDME 3.0kW to 5.0kW


model
MHME 2.0kW to 5.0kW, MGME 2.0kW to 3.0kW

With
brake

&RPSRQHQWV
Title
Connector (Driver side)
Shell kit
Encoder connector
Cable clamp
Motor connector
Cable clamp

Part No.
3E206-0100 KV
3E306-3200-008
N/MS3106B20-29S
N/MS3057-12A
N/MS3106B24-11S
N/MS3057-16A

Number
1
1
1
1
1
1

Manufacturer

Note

Sumitomo 3M *1

)RU&RQQHFWRU; SLQV

Japan Aviation
Electronics Ind.
Japan Aviation
Electronics Ind.

For Encoder cable


For Motor cable

*1 Old model number: 55100-0670 (Japan Molex Inc.)

Caution

:KHQ,3RU,3DUHQHFHVVDU\WKHFXVWRPHUPXVWJLYHDSSURULDWHSURFHVVLQJ

Remarks

)RUFULPSWRROHWFQHFHVVDU\WRSURGXFHDFDEOHDFFHVVWKHZHEVLWHRIWKHPDQXIDFWXUHU
or consult with the manufacturer for details. For inquiries of manufacturer, refer to P.7-125
"List of Peripheral Equipments".

7-116

7. Options

Part No.

'930

Specifications Design order: 1

Applicable MDME 7.5kW to 15.0kW


model
MGME 6.0kW, MHME 7.5kW

Without
brake

&RPSRQHQWV
Part No.
3E206-0100 KV
3E306-3200-008
JN2DS10SL1-R
JN1-22-22S-PKG100
JL04V-6A32-17SE-EB-R
JL04-32CK(24)-R *2

Number
1
1
1
5
1
1

Manufacturer

Note

Sumitomo 3M *1

)RU&RQQHFWRU; SLQV

Japan Aviation
Electronics Ind.
Japan Aviation
Electronics Ind.

For Encoder cable

Preparation

Title
Connector (Driver side)
Shell kit
Encoder connector
Connector pin
Motor connector
Cable clamp

Before Using the Products

&RQQHFWRU.LW

For Motor cable

*1 Old model number: 55100-0670 (Japan Molex Inc.)


*2 &DEOHFRYHUVL]HWR&DEOHFRUHPDWHULDOLVQRWVSHFLILHG7KHXVHUFDQVHOHFWWKHFDEOHFRPSDWLEOHZLWKWKHFRQQHFWRUWREHXVHG

'930

Specifications Design order: 1

Applicable MDME 7.5kW to 15.0kW


model
MGME 6.0kW, MHME 7.5kW

With
brake

&RPSRQHQWV
Part No.
3E206-0100 KV
3E306-3200-008
JN2DS10SL1-R
JN1-22-22S-PKG100
JL04V-6A32-17SE-EB-R
JL04-32CK(24)-R *2
N/MS3106B14S-2S
N/MS3057-6A

Number
1
1
1
5
1
1
1
1

Manufacturer
Sumitomo 3M

*1

Japan Aviation
Electronics Ind.
Japan Aviation
Electronics Ind.
Japan Aviation
Electronics Ind.

Note
)RU&RQQHFWRU; SLQV
For Encoder cable
For Motor cable

4
Setup

Title
Connector (Driver side)
Shell kit
Encoder connector
Connector pin
Motor connector
Cable clamp
Brake connector
Cable clamp

Connection

Part No.

For Brake cable

*1 Old model number: 55100-0670 (Japan Molex Inc.)


*2 &DEOHFRYHUVL]HWR&DEOHFRUHPDWHULDOLVQRWVSHFLILHG7KHXVHUFDQVHOHFWWKHFDEOHFRPSDWLEOHZLWKWKHFRQQHFWRUWREHXVHG

5
&RQQHFWRU.LWIRU0RWRU%UDNH&RQQHFWLRQ
Adjustment

Part No.

'930

&RPSRQHQWV
Title

Part No.

Number

Manufacturer

Connector

JN4FT02SJM-R

Socket contact

ST-TMH-S-C1B-3500

Japan Aviation
Electronics Ind.

Note

%UDNH

%UDNH

Remarks

*DVNHW

%UDNH

When in Trouble

3LQGLVSRVLWLRQRIFRQQHFWRUIRUEUDNHFDEOH
>'LUHFWLRQRIPRWRUVKDIW@
>2SSRVLWHGLUHFWLRQRIPRWRUVKDIW@
*DVNHW

%UDNH

6HFXUHWKHJDVNHWLQSODFHZLWKRXWUHPRYLQJLWIURPWKHFRQQHFWRU2WKHUZLVHWKHGHJUHHRI
SURWHFWLRQRI,3ZLOOQRWEHJXDUDQWHHG

:KHQ,3RU,3DUHQHFHVVDU\WKHFXVWRPHUPXVWJLYHDSSURULDWHSURFHVVLQJ

Remarks

)RUFULPSWRROHWFQHFHVVDU\WRSURGXFHDFDEOHDFFHVVWKHZHEVLWHRIWKHPDQXIDFWXUHU
or consult with the manufacturer for details. For inquiries of manufacturer, refer to P.7-125
"List of Peripheral Equipments".
7-117

Supplement

Caution

7. Options

Supplement

Battery For Absolute Encoder

Battery For Absolute Encoder


Part No.

'93

/LWKLXPEDWWHU\9P$K
84

Lead wire length 50mm

DV0P2990
00090001

ZHR-2
(J.S.T Mfg. Co., Ltd.)

14.5

BAT+ BAT
18

Paper insulator

Caution

This battery is categorized as hazardous substance, and you may be required to present
an application of hazardous substance when you transport by air (both passenger and
cargo airlines).

Battery Box For Absolute Encoder


Part No.

'93

&RPSRQHQWV
(112)
(110)

DV0P4430

(27)

P04090001*

(31)

R5

Related page

7-118

3$EVROXWHV\VWHP

7. Options

Supplement

Mounting Bracket

15

40

3
B-frame

17

9.5

2-R
1

15

10

R1

ss
le
or
2.5

R2

5.2

2.5

R2

2
R

2
R

.2

5 18 0.2

R1

ss
le
or

10

9.5

2.5

Connection

18 0.2

Bottom side

Upper side

Dimensions

2-M4, Pan head

5
C
2-

5
C
2-

2-M4, Pan head

24

M4 L6 Pan head 4pcs

Mounting screw

2.5

Frame symbol of
applicable driver

'930

17

ss
le
or

33
40

15

2.5

R2

R1

Part No.

5.2

2-R
1

2.5

17

9.5

11 0.2

10

10

R1

ss
le
or
2.5

17

9.5

R2

2
R

.2

2
Preparation

2.5

Bottom side

2
R

2-M4, Pan head

5
C
2-

5
C
2-

Upper side

Dimensions

11 0.2

M4 L6 Pan head 4pcs

Mounting screw

2-M4, Pan head

24

15

A-frame

Before Using the Products

Frame symbol of
applicable driver

'930

Part No.

40
47

47

Setup

9.5

17
15

2.5

40

17
15

2.5

.2
5
2-

10

R1

ss
le
or

2
R

2
R

R2

19
5.2

36 0.2
5.2

1
4-R

2.5

R2

R1
10

9.5

2.5

Bottom side

36 0.2

2-M4, Pan head

9.5

2-M4, Pan head

40 0.2
60

M4 L6 Pan head 4pcs

10

6
When in Trouble

17

Mounting screw
5
C
2-

5
C
2-

Upper side

Dimensions

15

D-frame

ss
le
or
2.5

Frame symbol of
applicable driver

'930

10

ss
le
or

20
40

2.5

R2

R1

20

Part No.

5.2

10

9.5
10

R1

ss
le
or

30 0.2

2-R
1

Adjustment

R2

5
2
R

15

2-M4, Pan head

5
C
2-

2
R

.2

2.5

Bottom side

Upper side

Dimensions

30 0.2

M4 L6 Pan head 4pcs

Mounting screw

2-M4, Pan head

5
C
2-

17

C-frame

2.5

Frame symbol of
applicable driver

'930

Part No.

40 0.2
60

For E, F and G-frame, you con make a front end and back end mounting by changing the
mounting direction of L-shape bracket (attachment).

Related page

3'LPHQVLRQVRIGULYHU
7-119

Supplement

Caution

7. Options

Supplement

Reactor

Fig.1

X Y Z

NP

R S T

6-I

4-H

(Mounting pitch)

F: Center-to-center distance
on outer circular arc

(Mounting pitch)

Fig.2

2-I

4-H

(Mounting pitch)

F: Center-to-center distance
on slotted hole

(Mounting pitch)

Fig.2

Part No.

E (Max)

'93
'93
'93
'93
'93
'93
'93
'93
'930

651
601
601
601
601
601
550.7
550.7
550.7

1251
1501
1501
1501
1501
1501
801
801
801

(93)
(113)
(113)
(113)
(113)
(113)
66.51
66.51
66.51

136Max
155Max
155Max
155Max
160Max
160Max
110Max
110Max
110Max

155
130
140
150
155
170
90
95
105







412
462
562

852
752
852
952
1002
1152
552
602
702











M4
M4
M4
M4
M5
M5
M4
M4
M4

Motor
series

Power supply

Rated output

Part No.

MSME

Single phase,
100V

50W to 100W

DV0P227

MSME

200W to 400W

DV0P228

MDME

MSME

Single phase,
200V

50W to 200W

DV0P227

MHME

400W to 750W

DV0P228

MGME

1.0kW

DV0P228

MSME

1.5kW

DV0PM20047

MDME

0.9kW

DV0P228

MHME

MSME
MDME
MHME

Single phase,
200V

MGME

Single phase,
200V

Motor
series

MSME

50W to 750W

DV0P220

MGME

MGME

0.9kW

DV0P221

MSME

MSME

MDME

3-phase, 200V

MDME

1.0kW
1.5kW

DV0P222

1.5kW

DV0PM20047

1.5kW

DV0P222

2.5kW

DV0P224

MHME
Single phase,
200V

MFME
3-phase, 200V

7-120

Fig.1

MHME

Power supply

3-phase, 200V

Inductance Rated
current
(mH)
(A)
6.81
3
4.02
5
2
8
1.39
11
0.848
16
0.557
25
4.02
5
2
8
1.39
11

Rated output

Part No.

2.0kW

DV0P223

3.0kW

DV0P224

4.0kW

DV0P225

7. Options

Harmonic restraint

3
Connection

4
Setup

5
Adjustment

6
When in Trouble

$OOW\SHVRIWKHJHQHUDOSXUSRVHLQYHUWHUVDQGVHUYRGULYHUVXVHGE\VSHFLFXVHUVDUH
XQGHUWKHFRQWURORIWKH*XLGHOLQHVIRUKDUPRQLFUHVWUDLQWRQKHDY\FRQVXPHUVZKRUHFHLYHSRZHUWKURXJKKLJKYROWDJHV\VWHPRUH[WUDKLJKYROWDJHV\VWHP7KHXVHUVZKR
are required to apply the guidelines must calculate the equivalent capacity and harmonic current according to the guidelines and must take appropriate countermeasures
LIWKHKDUPRQLFFXUUHQWH[FHHGVDOLPLWYDOXHVSHFLHGLQDFRQWUDFWGHPDQG 5HIHUWR
JEM-TR 210 and JEM-TR 225.)
7KH*XLGHOLQHVIRUKDUPRQLFUHVWUDLQWRQKRXVHKROGHOHFWULFDODSSOLDQFHVDQGJHQHUDO
SXUSRVH DUWLFOHV ZDV DEROLVKHG RQ 6HSWHPEHU   +RZHYHU EDVHG RQ FRQYHQtional guidelines, JEMA applies the technical documents JEM-TR 226 and JEM-TR
 WR DQ\ XVHUV ZKR GR QRW W LQWR WKH *XLGHOLQHV IRU KDUPRQLF UHVWUDLQW RQ KHDY\
consumers who receive power through high voltage system or extra high voltage sysWHPIURPDSHUVSHFWLYHRQHQOLJKWHQPHQWRQJHQHUDOKDUPRQLFUHVWUDLQW7KHSXUSRVH
of these guidelines is the execution of harmonic restraint at every device by a user as
usual to the utmost extent.

2
Preparation

Harmonic restraint measures are not common to all countries. Therefore, prepare the
measures that meet the requirements of the destination country.
:LWK SURGXFWV IRU -DSDQ RQ 6HSWHPEHU  *XLGHOLQHV IRU KDUPRQLF UHVWUDLQW RQ
heavy consumers who receive power through high voltage system or extra high voltage
V\VWHP DQG *XLGHOLQHV IRU KDUPRQLF UHVWUDLQW RQ KRXVHKROG HOHFWULFDO DSSOLDQFHV DQG
JHQHUDOSXUSRVH DUWLFOHV HVWDEOLVKHG E\ WKH$JHQF\ IRU 1DWXUDO 5HVRXUFHV DQG (QHUJ\
of the Ministry of Economy, Trade and Industry (the ex-Ministry of International Trade and
Industry). According to those guidelines, the Japan Electrical Manufacturers Association
(JEMA) have prepared technical documents (procedure to execute harmonic restraint:
JEM-TR 198, JEM-TR 199 and JEM-TR 201) and have been requesting the users to understand the restraint and to cooperate with us. On January, 2004, it has been decided to
H[FOXGHWKHJHQHUDOSXUSRVHLQYHUWHUDQGVHUYRGULYHUIURPWKH*XLGHOLQHVIRUKDUPRQLF
UHVWUDLQW RQ KRXVHKROG HOHFWULFDO DSSOLDQFHV DQG JHQHUDOSXUSRVH DUWLFOHV$IWHU WKDW
WKH *XLGHOLQHV IRU KDUPRQLF UHVWUDLQW RQ KRXVHKROG HOHFWULFDO DSSOLDQFHV DQG JHQHUDO
SXUSRVHDUWLFOHVZDVDEROLVKHGRQ6HSWHPEHU
We are pleased to inform you that the procedure to execute the harmonic restraint on
JHQHUDOSXUSRVHLQYHUWHUDQGVHUYRGULYHUZDVPRGLHGDVIROORZV

Before Using the Products

Reactor

7
Supplement

7-121

7. Options

Supplement

External Regenerative Resistor


Specifications

Manufacturer's
Resistance
part No.

Part No.

Mass

Free air

with fan

mm

kg

0.1

10

25

DV0P4280

Rated power
(reference) *1

cable core
outside
diameter

RF70M

50

DV0P4281

RF70M

100

0.1

10

25

DV0P4282

RF180B

25

0.4

17

50

DV0P4283

RF180B

50

0.2

17

50

DV0P4284

RF240

30

DV0P4285

RH450F

20

DV0PM20048

RF240

120

DV0PM20049

RH450F

80

DV0PM20058

RH450F 6

3.3

DV0PM20059

RH450F 6

13.3


AWG18
stranded
wire

0.5

40

100

1.2

52

130

0.5

35

80

1.2

65

190

16

*3

780

16

*3

*2

*2

Activation
temperature of
built-in thermostat

&
B-contact
Open/Close capacity
(resistance load)
1A 125VAC 6000 times
0.5A 250VAC 10000 times

1140

Manufacturer : Iwaki Musen Kenkyusho

*1 Power with which the driver can be used without activating the built-in thermostat.

A built-in thermal fuse and a thermal protector are provided for safety.
The circuit should be so designed that the power supply will be turned off as the thermal protector operates.
The built-in thermal fuse blows depending on changes in heat dissipation condition, operating temperature limit, power
supply voltage or load.
Mount the regenerative resistor on a machine operating under aggressive regenerating condition (high power supply
voltage, large load inertia, shorter deceleration time, etc.) and make sure that the surface temperature will not exceed
100C.
$WWDFKWKHUHJHQHUDWLYHUHVLVWRUWRDQRQDPPDEOHPDWHULDOVXFKDVPHWDO
&RYHUWKHUHJHQHUDWLYHUHVLVWRUZLWKDQRQDPPDEOHPDWHULDOVRWKDWLWFDQQRWEHGLUHFWO\WRXFKHG
Temperatures of parts that may be directly touched by people should be kept below 70C.
*2 Terminal block with screw tightening torque as shown below.
T1, T2, 24V, 0V, EM41.2 to 1.4Nm
R1, R2
M52.0 to 2.4Nm
 8VHWKHFDEOHZLWKWKHVDPHGLDPHWHUDVWKHPDLQFLUFXLWFDEOH 5HIHUWR3 
*3 With built-in fan which should always be operated with the power supply connected across 24 V and 0 V.

DV0P4280, DV0P4281


17

60

13


30



thermostat
(light yellow 2)

DV0P4283

DV0P4284

DV0PM20048

DV0P4284
2 in parallel or
DV0P4285

DV0PM20049

DV0P4285
2 in parallel

DV0PM20049
2 in parallel

DV0P4285
3 in parallel

DV0PM20049
3 in parallel

DV0P4285
6 in parallel or
DV0PM20058

DV0PM20049
6 in parallel or
DV0PM20059

DV0P4282, DV0P4283
1701


160



thermostat
(light yellow 2)

10

Drawing process
(2mm MAX)

1


30030



24
23

21

13



DV0P4282

SKDVH9

28








DV0P4283

300

13

DV0P4280

DV0P4281
(50W, 100W)
DV0P4283
(200W)

7-122

Single phase,
9
SKDVH9

10MAX


Single phase,
9



Frame

10MAX

Power supply

7. Options

DV0P4284, DV0PM20048

DV0P4285, DV0PM20049

300
290
280

300
278



thermostat
(light yellow 2)

300

450

100
50

15

20

10
288
18
11

9MAX

10MAX

Preparation

300
71

140
130

70

14

15

100
25
4.5

450

10

450




53

thermostat
(light yellow 2)

Before Using the Products

External Regenerative Resistor

DV0PM20058, DV0PM20059
R1 R2

T1 T2 24V 0V E

T.F R

T.F R

T.F R

T.F R

T.F R

FAN

Connection

T.F R

The third from the top

FG

6-

5 DV0PM20058
5 DV0PM20059

4
240
228

Circuit diagram

Setup

20

215

215

20

470
380

193

Cover (Punching metal)

124
(38)

Adjustment

270 MAX

470

Regenerative resistor gets very hot.

7
Supplement

Caution

Thermal fuse is installed for safety. Compose the circuit so that the power will
be turned off when the thermostat is activated. The thermal fuse may blow
due to heat dissipating condition, working temperature, supply voltage or load
fluctuation.
0DNHLWVXUHWKDWWKHVXUIDFHWHPSHUDWXUHRIWKHUHVLVWRUPD\QRWH[FHHG&DW
the worst running conditions with the machine, which brings large regeneration
(such case as high supply voltage, load inertia is large or deceleration time is
short) Install a fan for a forced cooling if necessary.

When in Trouble

Remarks

Take preventive measures for fire and burns.


Avoid the installation near inflammable
objects, and easily accessible place by hand.
7-123

7. Options

Supplement

Recommended components

Surge absorber for motor brake


Motor

Part No.

50W to 750W (200V)


MSME

Manufacturer

Z15D271

750W (400V)
1.0kW to 5.0kW

Ishizuka Electronics Co.


Z15D151

400W (400V)
600W (400V)
MDME

1.0kW to 3.0kW

NVD07SCD082

KOA CORPORATION

4.0kW to 7.5kW

Z15D151

Ishizuka Electronics Co.

NVD07SCD082

KOA CORPORATION

0.9kW to 6.0kW

Z15D151

Ishizuka Electronics Co.

1.0kW, 1.5kW

NVD07SCD082

KOA CORPORATION

2.0kW to 7.5kW

Z15D151

Ishizuka Electronics Co.

11kW, 15kW
1.5kW
MFME
2.5kW, 4.5kW
MGME
MHME

7-124

7. Options

Supplement

/LVWRI3HULSKHUDO(TXLSPHQWV

Manufacturer

Tel No. / Home Page

Peripheral components

81-6-6908-1131
http://panasonic-denko.co.jp/ac

Circuit breaker
Surge absorber

Iwaki Musen Kenkyusho Co., Ltd.

81-44-833-4311
http://www.iwakimusen.co.jp/

Regenerative resistor

Ishizuka Electronics Corp.

81-3-3621-2703
http://www.semitec.co.jp/

KOA CORPORATION

81-42-336-5300
http://www.koanet.co.jp/

TDK Corp.

81-3-5201-7229
http://www.tdk.co.jp/

(Nisshin Electric Co., Ltd.)

81-4-2934-4151
http://www.nisshin-electric.com/

81-3-4544-7040
http://www.okayatec.co.jp/

Japan Aviation Electronics Industry, Ltd.

81-3-3780-2717
http://www.jae.co.jp

Sumitomo 3M

81-3-5716-7290
http://www.mmmco.jp

Tyco Electronics

81-44-844-8052
http://www.tycoelectronics.com/
japan/

Japan Molex Inc.

81-462-65-2313
http://www.molex.co.jp

J.S.T. Mfg. Co., Ltd.

81-45-543-1271
http://www.jst-mfg.com/index_i.
html

Daiden Co., Ltd.

81-3-5805-5880
http://www.dyden.co.jp/

Mitutoyo Corp.

81-44-813-8236
http://www.mitutoyo.co.jp

Magnescale Co., Ltd.

81-463-92-7973
http://www.mgscale.com

Schaffner EMC, Inc.

81-3-5712-3650
http://www.schaffner.jp/

Surge absorber
1RLVHOWHU

5
Connector

6
When in Trouble

Okaya Electric Industries Co. Ltd.

1RLVHOWHUIRUVLJQDOOLQHV

Adjustment

81-184-53-2307
http://www.kk-corp.co.jp/

Setup

KK-CORP.CO.JP

Surge absorber
for holding brake

Cable

External scale

7
1RLVHOWHU
Supplement

Note

Connection

MICROMETALS

2
Preparation

Automation Controls Company


Panasonic Electric Works, Co.,Ltd

Before Using the Products

Contact information shown above is as of Februaly 2011.


This list is for reference only and subject to change without notice.

7-125

Warranty

Warranty period
 7KH ZDUUDQW\ SHULRG LV RQH \HDU IURP WKH GDWH RI SXUFKDVH RU  PRQWKV IURP WKH
month of manufacture in our plant.
For a motor with brake, the axis accelerated and decelerated more times than the
VSHFLHGOLPLWLVQRWFRYHUHGE\ZDUUDQW\

Warranty information
 6KRXOG DQ\ GHIHFW GHYHORS GXULQJ ZDUUDQW\ SHULRG XQGHU VWDQGDUG VHUYLFH FRQGLWLRQV
as described in the manual, the company agrees to make repairs free of charge.
Even during warranty period, the company makes fee-based repair on product containing:
[1] Failure or damage due to misuse, improper repair or alteration.
[2] Failure or damage due to falling, or damage during transportation, after the original delivery
>@ 'HIHFWVUHVXOWLQJIURPQHJOHFWRIWKHVSHFLFDWLRQLQXVHRIWKHSURGXFW
>@ )DLOXUHRUGDPDJHGXHWRXQUHJXODWHGYROWDJHDQGUHDQGDFWRIQDWXUDOGLVDVWHUVVXFKDVHDUWKTXDNHOLJKWQLQJZLQGRRGDQGVDOWSROOXWLRQ
[5] Defects resulting from invasion of foreign materials such as water, oil and metal
pieces.
3DUWVH[FHHGLQJWKHLUVWDQGDUGOLIHWLPHVSHFLHGLQWKLVGRFXPHQWDUHH[FOXGHG
 7KHFRPSDQ\VKDOOQRWEHOLDEOHIRUDQ\LQGLUHFWLQFLGHQWDORUFRQVHTXHQWLDOGDPDJHRU
loss of any nature that may arise in connection with the product.

7-126

Cautions for Proper Use

3UDFWLFDOFRQVLGHUDWLRQVIRUH[SRUWLQJWKHSURGXFWRUDVVHPEO\FRQWDLQLQJWKHSURGXFW
When the end user of the product or end use of the product is associated with military
affair or weapon, its export may be controlled by the Foreign Exchange and Foreign
Trade Control Law. Complete review of the product to be exported and export formalities
should be practiced.
7KLVSURGXFWLVLQWHQGHGWREHXVHGZLWKDJHQHUDOLQGXVWULDOSURGXFWEXWQRWGHVLJQHG
or manufactured to be used in a machine or system that may cause personal death
when it is failed.
,QVWDOODWLRQ ZLULQJ RSHUDWLRQ PDLQWHQDQFH HWF RI WKH HTXLSPHQW VKRXOG EH GRQH E\
TXDOLHGDQGH[SHULHQFHGSHUVRQQHO
$SSO\DGHTXDWHWLJKWHQLQJWRUTXHWRWKHSURGXFWPRXQWLQJVFUHZE\WDNLQJLQWRFRQVLGeration strength of the screw and the characteristics of material to which the product is
LQVWDOOHG 2YHUWLJKWHQLQJ FDQ GDPDJH WKH VFUHZ DQGRU PDWHULDO XQGHUWLJKWHQLQJ FDQ
result in loosening.
Example) Steel screw into steel section:
M4 1.35 to 1.65 Nm.
M5 2.7 to 3.3 Nm.
M6 4.68 to 5.72 Nm.
M8 11.25 to 13.75 Nm.
M10 22.05 to 26.95 Nm.
M11 37.8 to 46.2 Nm.
,QVWDOODVDIHW\HTXLSPHQWVRUDSSDUDWXVLQ\RXUDSSOLFDWLRQZKHQDVHULRXVDFFLGHQWRU
loss of property is expected due to the failure of this product.
Consult us if the application of this product is under such special conditions and environments as nuclear energy control, aerospace, transportation, medical equipment, various
safety equipments or equipments which require a lesser air contamination.
:HKDYHEHHQPDNLQJWKHEHVWHIIRUWWRHQVXUHWKHKLJKHVWTXDOLW\RIWKHSURGXFWVKRZever, application of exceptionally larger external noise disturbance and static electricity,
or failure in input power, wiring and components may result in unexpected action. It is
highly recommended that you make a fail-safe design and secure the safety in the operative range.
,IWKHPRWRUVKDIWLVQRWHOHFWULFDOO\JURXQGHGLWPD\FDXVHDQHOHFWURO\WLFFRUURVLRQWR
the bearing, depending on the condition of the machine and its mounting environment,
DQGPD\UHVXOWLQWKHEHDULQJQRLVH&KHFNLQJDQGYHULFDWLRQE\FXVWRPHULVUHTXLUHG
)DLOXUH RI WKLV SURGXFW GHSHQGLQJ RQ LWV FRQWHQW PD\ JHQHUDWH VPRNH RI DERXW RQH
cigarette. Take this into consideration when the application of the machine is clean room
related.
3OHDVH EH FDUHIXO ZKHQ XVLQJ LQ DQ HQYLURQPHQW ZLWK KLJK FRQFHQWUDWLRQV RI VXOIXU RU
sulfric gases, as sulfuration can lead to disconnection from the chip resistor or a poor
contact connection.
7DNHFDUHWRDYRLGLQSXWWLQJDVXSSO\YROWDJHZKLFKVLJQLFDQWO\H[FHHGVWKHUDWHGUDQJH
to the power supply of this product. Failure to heed this caution may result in damage to
WKHLQWHUQDOSDUWVFDXVLQJVPRNLQJDQGRUDUHDQGRWKHUWURXEOH
The user is responsible for matching between machine and components in terms of
FRQJXUDWLRQGLPHQVLRQVOLIHH[SHFWDQF\FKDUDFWHULVWLFVZKHQLQVWDOOLQJWKHPDFKLQH
RU FKDQJLQJ VSHFLFDWLRQ RI WKH PDFKLQH 7KH XVHU LV DOVR UHVSRQVLEOH IRU FRPSO\LQJ
with applicable laws and regulations.
7KHSURGXFWZLOOQRWEHJXDUDQWHHGZKHQLWLVXVHGRXWVLGHLWVVSHFLFDWLRQOLPLWV
Parts are subject to minor change to improve performance.

7-127

After-Sale Service (Repair)

Repair
Consult to a dealer from whom you have purchased the product for details of repair.
When the product is incorporated to the machine or equipment you have purchased,
consult to the manufacturer or the dealer of the machine or equipment.

Technical information
Technical information of this product (Operating Instructions, CAD data) can be downloaded from the
following web site.

http://industrial.panasonic.com/ww/i_e/25000/motor_fa_e/motor_fa_e.html

Panasonic Corporation, Motor Business Unit, Industrial Sales Group


Tokyo: Kyobashi MID Bldg, 2-13-10 Kyobashi, Chuo-ku, Tokyo 104-0031
 

TEL +81-3-3538-2961
)$; 

Osaka: 1-1, Morofuku 7-chome, Daito, Osaka 574-0044





TEL +81-72-870-3065
)$; 

For your records:


The model number and serial number of this product can be found on either the back or the bottom of the unit.
Please note them in the space provided and keep for future reference.
Model No.

DH

ME

Serial No.

Date of
purchase
Name

Dealer

Address
Phone

7-1-1 Morofuku, Daito, Osaka, 574-0044, Japan Phone : +81-72-871-1212


Panasonic Corporation 2009

IME10
A1009-3121

Вам также может понравиться